Gate Paper Electrical
Uploaded by
ks399060Gate Paper Electrical
Uploaded by
ks399060Title : GATE 2023 : Electrical Engineering - Solved Papers 2000-2022
Language : English
Editor’s Name : Vinit Garg
Copyright © : 2022 CLIP
No part of this book may be reproduced in a retrieval system or transmitted, in any form or by any
means, electronics, mechanical, photocopying, recording, scanning and or without the written
permission of the Author/Publisher.
Typeset & Published by :
Career Launcher Infrastructure (P) Ltd.
A-45, Mohan Cooperative Industrial Area, Near Mohan Estate Metro Station, New Delhi - 110044
Marketed by :
G.K. Publications (P) Ltd.
Plot No. 9A, Sector-27A, Mathura Road, Faridabad, Haryana-121003
ISBN : 978-93-94168-05-3
For product information :
Visit www.gkpublications.com or email to [email protected]
Preface ............ (v)
About GATE ............ (vii)
GATE Syllabus ............ (xvii)
Chapter-Wise Analysis ............ (xix)
SOLVED PAPERS
2022 ......... 1-22
2021 ......... 1-27
2020 ......... 1-20
2019 ......... 1-17
2018 ......... 1-20
2017 ......... 1-23
2016 (SET 1) ......... 1-18
2016 (SET 2) ......... 1-18
2015 (SET 1) ......... 1-18
2015 (SET 2) ......... 1-14
2014 (SET 1) ......... 1-16
2014 (SET 2) ......... 1-16
2014 (SET 3) ......... 1-16
2013 ......... 1-16
2012 ......... 1-16
2011 ......... 1-16
2010 ......... 1-20
2009 ......... 1-20
2008 ......... 1-28
2007 ......... 1-22
2006 ......... 1-20
2005 ......... 1-20
2004 ......... 1-20
2003 ......... 1-26
2002 ......... 1-20
2001 ......... 1-24
2000 ......... 1-16
(iii)
(iv)
Preface
The Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE) is an online exam conducted by the IITs
for admissions to PG courses in IITs, IISc Bangalore, NITs and many state run universities as
well as private universities. Also there are more than 37 PSUs that use GATE score for
recruitments. A large number of corporates are also using GATE score as a tool to screen
students for placements.
GK Publications is well known as the ‘‘publisher of choice’’ to students preparing for GATE and
other technical examinations in the country. We published the first set of books in 1994 when
GATE exam, both objective and conventional, was conducted in the paper and pencil
environment, and used as a check point for entry to post graduate courses in IITs and IISCs.
At that time, students had little access to technology and relied mainly on instructor led learning
followed by practice with books available for these examinations.
A lot has changed since then!
Today, GATE is conducted in an online only mode with multiple choice and numerical based
questions. The score is valid for three years and is used not only for post graduate courses but
is also used by major PSUs for recruitment. Today’s students have easy access to technology
and the concept of a monologue within the classroom has changed to dialogue where students
come prepared with concepts and then discuss topics. They learn a lot of things on the go with
their mobile devices and practice for mock tests online.
We, as a leading publisher of GATE books, have also embraced change. Today, our books are no
more guides and papers only but come with a fully supported mobile app and a web portal. The
mobile app provides access to video lectures, short tests and regular updates about the exam.
The web portal in additional to what is available on the app provides full length mock tests to
mimic the actual exam and help you gauge your level of preparedness. The combination of
practice content in print, video lectures, and short and full length tests on mobile and web
makes this product a complete courseware for GATE preparation.
This book includes previous years GATE questions along with detailed solution of each question
for better understanding. It will help the GATE aspirants to know an idea about the pattern of
questions asked in GATE examination.
We also know that improvement is a never ending process and hence we welcome your
suggestions and feedback or spelling and technical errors if any. Please write to us at
[email protected]
We hope that our small effort will help you prepare well for the examination.
We wish you all the best!
GK Publications Pvt. Ltd.
(v)
About GATE
The Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE) conducted by IISc and IITs has emerged as one of
the bench mark tests for engineering and science aptitude in facilitating admissions for higher education
(M.Tech./Ph.D.) in IITs, IISc and various other Institutes/Universities/Laboratories in India. With the
standard and high quality of the GATE examination in 27 disciplines of engineering and science,
Humanities and Social Sciences subjects, it identifies the candidate's understanding of a subject and
aptitude and eligibility for higher studies. During the last few years, GATE score is also being used as
one of the criteria for recruitment in Government Organizations such as Cabinet Secretariat, and
National/State Public Sector Undertakings in India. Because of the importance of the GATE examination,
the number of candidates taking up GATE exams has increased tremendously. GATE exams are conducted
by the IITs and IISc as a computer based test having multiple choice questions and numerical answer
type questions. The questions are mostly fundamental, concept based and thought provoking. From
2017 onwards GATE Exam is being held in Bangladesh, Ethiopia, Nepal, Singapore, Sri Lanka and
United Arab Emirates. An Institute with various nationalities in its campus widens the horizons of an
academic environment. A foreign student brings with him/her a great diversity, culture and wisdom to
share. Many GATE qualified candidates are paid scholarships/assistantship, especially funded by Ministry
of Human Resources Development, Government of India and by other Ministries. IIT, Kanpur is the
Organizing Institute for GATE 2023.
Why GATE?
Admission to Post Graduate and Doctoral Programmes
Admission to postgraduate programmes with MHRD and some other government scholarships/
assistantships in engineering colleges/institutes is open to those who qualify through GATE. GATE
qualified candidates with Bachelor’s degree in Engineering/Technology/Architecture or Master’s degree
in any branch of Science/Mathematics/Statistics/Computer Applications are eligible for admission to
Master/Doctoral programmes in Engineering/Technology/Architecture as well as for Doctoral
programmes in relevant branches of Science with MHRD or other government scholarships/
assistantships. Candidates with Master’s degree in Engineering/Technology/Architecture may seek
admission to relevant Ph.D programmes with scholarship/assistantship without appearing in the GATE
examination.
Financial Assistance
A valid GATE score is essential for obtaining financial assistance during Master’s programs and direct
Doctoral programs in Engineering/Technology/Architecture, and Doctoral programs in relevant
branches of Science in Institutes supported by the MHRD or other Government agencies. As per the
directives of the MHRD, the following procedure is to be adopted for admission to the post-graduate
programs (Master’s and Doctoral) with MHRD scholarship/assistantship. Depending upon the norms
adopted by a specific institute or department of the Institute, a candidate may be admitted directly
into a course based on his/her performance in GATE only or based on his/her performance in GATE
and an admission test/interview conducted by the department to which he/she has applied and/or the
(vii)
candidate’s academic record. If the candidate is to be selected through test/interview for post-graduate
programs, a minimum of 70% weightage will be given to the performance in GATE and the remaining
30% weightage will be given to the candidate’s performance in test/interview and/or academic record,
as per MHRD guidelines. The admitting institutes could however prescribe a minimum passing
percentage of marks in the test/interview. Some colleges/institutes specify GATE qualification as the
mandatory requirement even for admission without MHRD scholarship/assistantship.
To avail of the financial assistance (scholarship), the candidate must first secure admission to a program
in these Institutes, by a procedure that could vary from institute to institute. Qualification in GATE
is also a minimum requirement to apply for various fellowships awarded by many Government
organizations. Candidates are advised to seek complete details of admission procedures and availability
of MHRD scholarship/assistantship from the concerned admitting institution. The criteria for
postgraduate admission with scholarship/assistantship could be different for different institutions.
The management of the post-graduate scholarship/assistantship is also the responsibility of the
admitting institution. Similarly, reservation of seats under different categories is as per the policies
and norms prevailing at the admitting institution and Government of India rules. GATE offices will
usually not entertain any enquiry about admission, reservation of seats and/or award of scholarship/
assistantship.
PSU Recruitments
As many as 37 PSUs are using GATE score for recruitment. It is likely that more number of PSUs
may start doing so by next year. Below is the list of PSUs:
MDL, BPCL, GAIL, NLC LTD, CEL, Indian Oil, HPCL, NBPC, NECC, BHEL, WBSEDCL, NTPC,
ONGC, Oil India, Power Grid, Cabinet Secretariat, Govt. of India, BAARC, NFL, IPR, PSPCL, PSTCL,
DRDO, OPGC Ltd., THDC India Ltd., BBNL, RITES, IRCON, GHECL, NHAI, KRIBHCO, Mumbai
Railway Vikas Corporation Ltd. (MRVC Ltd.), National Textile Corporation, Coal India Ltd., BNPM,
AAI, NALCO, EdCIL India.
Important :
1. Admissions in IITs/IISc or other Institutes for M.Tech./Ph.D. through GATE scores shall be
advertised separately by the Institutes and GATE does not take the responsibility of admissions.
2. Cabinet Secretariat has decided to recruit officers for the post of Senior Field Officer (Tele) (From
GATE papers of EC, CS, PH), Senior Research Officer (Crypto) (From GATE papers of EC, CS,
MA), Senior Research Officer (S&T) (From GATE papers EC, CS, CY, PH, AE, BT) in the
Telecommunication Cadre, Cryptographic Cadre and Science & Technology Unit respectively of
Cabinet Secretariat. The details of the scheme of recruitment shall be published in National
Newspaper/Employment News by the concerned authority.
3. Some PSUs in India have expressed their interest to utilize GATE scores for their recruitment
purpose. The Organizations who intend to utilize GATE scores shall make separate advertisement
for this purpose in Newspapers etc.
Who Can Appear for GATE?
Eligibility for GATE
Before starting the application process, the candidate must ensure that he/she meets the eligibility
criteria of GATE given in Table.
(viii)
Eligibility Criteria for GATE 2023
Expected
Description
Year of
of Eligible
Degree/Program Qualifying Degree/Examination Completi
Candidates
on
Bachelor’s degree in Engineering / Currently in the
B.E. / B.Tech. / Technology (4 years after 10+2 or 3 3rd year or higher 2023
B.Pharm. years after B.Sc. / Diploma in grade or already
Engineering / Technology) completed
2024 (for
Bachelor’s degree of Architecture (5- 5-year
Currently in the
year course) / Naval Architecture (4- program),
B. Arch. 3rd year or higher 2023 (for
year course) /
Planning (4- year course) grade or already 4-year
completed program)
Currently in the
B.Sc. (Research) / Bachelor’s degree in Science 3rd year or higher 2023
B.S. (Post-Diploma/4 years after 10+2) grade or already
completed
Currently in the
6 years degree program, consisting
Pharm. D. (after
of internship or residency training, 3rd/4th/5th/6th 2025
10+2) year or already
during third year onwards
completed
Degree holders of M.B.B.S. and 5th, 6th, 7th or higher
those who are in the 5th/6th/7th
M.B.B.S. semester or higher semester of such semester or already 2023
programme. completed
Currently in the
Master’s degree in any branch of
Sc. / M.A. / MCA or first year or higher
Arts/Science/Mathematics/Statistics/ 2023
equivalent or already
Computer Applications or equivalent
Completed
Post-B.Sc Integrated Master’s degree Currently in the 1st /
Int. M.E./ M.Tech.
programs in Engineering/ 2nd/3rd/4th year or 2025
(Post-B.Sc.)
Technology (4-year program) already completed
Int. M.E./ M.Tech. Integrated Master’s degree program Currently in the
or Dual Degree or Dual Degree program in
(after Diploma or Engineering/Technology (5-year 3rd 2024
10+2) program) /4th/5th year or
alreadycompleted
Bachelor degree in any branch of Currently in the
B.Sc. / B.A. /
B.Com. Science / Arts / 3rd year or already 2022
Commerce (3 years program) completed
Currently in the
M.Sc. / Int. B.S. / Integrated M.Sc. or 5-year 3rd year or higher 2023
M.S. integrated B.S.-M.S. program or already
completed
B.E./B.Tech./B.Arch. equivalent
Professional examinations of Professional
Society Societies, recognized by Completed Section
Examinations MoE/UPSC/AICTE A or equivalent of
(equivalent to NA
(e.g. AMIE by Institution of such professional
B.E. / B.Tech. / Engineers- India, AMICE by the courses
B.Arch.) Institute of Civil
Engineers-India and so on)
In case a candidate has passed one of the qualifying examinations as mentioned above in 2020 or
earlier, the candidate has to submit the degree certificate / provisional certificate / course completion
certificate / professional certificate / membership certificate issued by the society or institute. In
case, the candidate is expected to complete one of the qualifying criteria in 2023 or later as mentioned
above, he/she has to submit a certificate from Principal or a copy of marks card for section A of AMIE.
(ix)
Certificate From Principal
Candidates who have to submit a certificate from their college Principal have to obtain one from his/
her institution beforehand and upload the same during the online submission of the application form.
Candidates With Backlogs
Candidates, who have appeared in the final semester/year exam in 2022, but with a backlog (arrears/
failed subjects) in any of the papers in their qualifying degree should upload a copy of any one of the
mark sheets of the final year,
OR
obtain a declaration from their Principal along with the signature and seal beforehand and upload the
same during the online submission of the application form.
GATE Structure
Structure of GATE
GATE 2023 will be conducted on 29 subjects (papers). Table below shows the list of papers and paper
codes for GATE 2023. A candidate is allowed to appear in ANY ONE or UP TO TWO papers of the
GATE examination. However, note that the combination of TWO papers in which a candidate can
appear MUST be from the pre-defined list as given in Table. Also note that for a paper running in
multiple sessions, a candidate will be mapped to appear for the examination in one of the sessions
ONLY.
List of GATE Papers and Corresponding Codes
GATE Paper Code GATE Paper Code
Aerospace Engineering AE Instrumentation Engineering IN
Agricultural Engineering AG Mathematics MA
Architecture and Planning (New Pattern) AR Mechanical Engineering ME
Biomedical Engineering BM Mining Engineering MN
Biotechnology BT Metallurgical Engineering MT
Civil Engineering CE Naval Architecture and Marine Engineering NM
Chemical Engineering CH Petroleum Engineering PE
Computer Science and Information Technology CS Physics PH
Chemistry CY Production and Industrial Engineering PI
Electronics and Communication Engineering EC Statistics ST
Electrical Engineering EE Textile Engineering and Fibre Science TF
Environmental Science & Engineering ES Engineering Sciences XE
Ecology and Evolution EY Humanities & Social Sciences XH
Geomatics Engineering GE Life Sciences XL
Geology and Geophysics GG
(x)
*XE Paper Sections Cod **XH Paper Code ***XL Paper Code
e Sections Sections
Engineering
A Reasoning and B1 Chemistry P
Mathematics Comprehension (Compulsory)
(Compulsory) (Compulsory)
(15 marks) (25 marks)
(25 marks)
Any TWO optional Any ONE optional Any TWO optional
Sections Section Sections
(2x35 = 70 marks) (60 marks) (2x30 = 60 marks)
Fluid Mechanics B Economics C1 Biochemistry Q
Materials Science C English C2 Botany R
Solid Mechanics D Linguistics C3 Microbiology S
Thermodynamics E Philosophy C4 Zoology T
Polymer Science and F Psychology C5 Food U
Engineering Technology
Food Technology G Sociology C6
Atmospheric and H
Oceanic Sciences
*XE (Engineering Sciences), **XH (Humanities & Social Sciences), ***XL (Life Sciences), papers are
of general nature and will be comprised of Sections listed in the above table
Note: Each subject/paper is of total 100 marks. General Aptitude (GA) section of 15 marks is common
for all papers. Hence remaining 85 marks are for the respective subject/paper code.
Combination of Two Papers Allowed to Appear in GATE 2023
(subject to availability of infrastructure and schedule)
Code of The First Codes of Papers Allowed as The Second
(Primary) Paper Paper
AE XE
AG ES
AR CE
BM BT / XL
BT BM / XL
CE AR / ES
CH CY / PE / XE
CS MA
CY CH / XL
EC IN / PH
EE IN
ES AG / CE
EY XL
GG MN / PE / PH
IN EC / EE / PH
MA CS / PH / ST
ME XE
MN GG / XE
MT PH / XE
PE CH / GG / XE
PH EC / GG / IN / MA / MT / ST
PI XE
ST MA / PH
TF XE
XE AE / CH / ME / MN / MT / PE / PI / TF
XH ----
XL BM / BT / CY / EY
(xi)
General Aptitude Questions
All the papers will have a few questions that test the General Aptitude (Language and Analytical
Skills), apart from the core subject of the paper.
Duration and Examination Type
All the papers of the GATE 2023 examination will be for 3 hours duration and they consist of
65 questions for a total of 100 marks. Since the examination is an ONLINE computer based test
(CBT), at the end of the stipulated time (3-hours), the computer screen will automatically close the
examination inhibiting any further action.
Candidates will be permitted to occupy their allotted seats 40 minutes before the scheduled start of
the examination. Candidates can login and start reading the instructions 20 minutes before the start
of examination. The late login time (if any) recorded by the computer system MUST NOT be beyond
30 minutes from the actual starting time of the examination. Under NO circumstances, will a candidate
be permitted to login after 30 minutes from the actual examination starting time. Candidates will
NOT be permitted to leave the examination hall before the end of the examination.
Pattern of Question Papers
GATE 2022 may contain questions of THREE different types in all the papers:
(i) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each, in all the papers and sections.
These questions are objective in nature, and each will have choice of four answers, out of
which ONLY ONE choice is correct.
Negative Marking for Wrong Answers: For a wrong answer chosen in a MCQ, there will be
negative marking. For 1-mark MCQ, 1/3 mark will be deducted for a wrong answer. Likewise,
for 2-mark MCQ, 2/3 mark will be deducted for a wrong answer.
(ii) Multiple Select Questions (MSQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all the papers and sections.
These questions are objective in nature, and each will have choice of four answers, out of
which ONE or MORE than ONE choice(s) is / are correct.
Note: There is NO negative marking for a wrong answer in MSQ questions. However, there is
NO partial credit for choosing partially correct combinations of choices or any single wrong
choice.
(iii) Numerical Answer Type (NAT) Questions carrying 1 or 2 marks each in most of the papers
and sections. For these questions, the answer is a signed real number, which needs to be
entered by the candidate using the virtual numeric keypad on the monitor (keyboard of the
computer will be disabled). No choices will be shown for these types of questions. The answer
can be a number such as 10 or –10 (an integer only). The answer may be in decimals as well,
for example, 10.1 (one decimal) or 10.01 (two decimals) or –10.001 (three decimals). These
questions will be mentioned with, up to which decimal places, the candidates need to present
the answer. Also, for some NAT type problems an appropriate range will be considered while
evaluating these questions so that the candidate is not unduly penalized due to the usual
round-off errors. Candidates are advised to do the rounding off at the end of the calculation
(not in between steps). Wherever required and possible, it is better to give NAT answer up to
a maximum of three decimal places.
Note: There is NO negative marking for a wrong answer in NAT questions.
Also, there is NO partial credit in NAT questions.
Marking Scheme – Distribution of Marks and Questions
General Aptitude (GA) Questions
In all papers, GA questions carry a total of 15 marks. The GA section includes 5 questions carrying 1-
mark each (sub-total 5 marks) and 5 questions carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 10 marks).
(xii)
Question Papers other than GG, XE, XH and XL
These papers would contain 25 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 25 marks) and 30 questions
carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 60 marks) consisting of some MCQ type questions, while the remaining
may be MSQ and / or NAT questions.
GG (Geology and Geophysics) Paper
Apart from the General Aptitude (GA) section, the GG question paper consists of two parts: Part A
and Part B. Part A is compulsory for all the candidates. Part B contains two sections: Section 1
(Geology) and Section 2 (Geophysics). Candidates will have to attempt questions in Part A and questions
in either Section 1 or Section 2 of Part B. The choice of Section 1 OR Section 2 of Part B has to be
made at the time of online registration in GOAPS. At the examination hall, candidate cannot request
for change of section.
Part A consists of 25 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 25 marks and some of these will be
MSQ and/or numerical answer type questions while remaining questions will be MCQ type). Either
section of Part B (Section 1 and Section 2) consists of 30 questions carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 60
marks and some of these will be MSQ and/or numerical answer type questions while remaining
questions will be MCQ type).
XE Paper (Engineering Sciences)
A candidate appearing in the XE paper has to answer the following:
• GA – General Aptitude carrying a total of 15 marks.
• Section A – Engineering Mathematics (Compulsory): This section contains 11 questions carrying a
total of 15 marks: 7 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 7 marks), and 4 questions carrying
2-marks each (sub-total 8 marks). Some questions will be of numerical answer type while remaining
questions will be MCQ type.
• Any two of XE Sections B to H: The choice of two sections from B to H can be made during the
examination after viewing the questions. Only TWO optional sections can be answered at a time.
A candidate wishing to change midway of the examination to another optional section must first
choose to deselect one of the previously chosen optional sections (B to H). Each of the optional
sections of the XE paper (Sections B through H) contains 22 questions carrying a total of 35 marks:
9 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 9 marks) and 13 questions carrying 2-marks each (sub-
total 26 marks). Some questions will be of MSQ and/or numerical answer type while remaining
questions will be MCQ type.
XH Paper (Humanities and Social Sciences)
A candidate appearing in the XH paper has to answer the following:
• GA – General Aptitude carrying a total of 15 marks.
• Section B1 – Reasoning and Comprehension (Compulsory): This section contains 15 questions
carrying a total of 25 marks: 5 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 5 marks) and 10 questions
carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 20 marks). Some questions will be of MSQ and/or numerical
answer type while remaining questions will be MCQ type.
• Any ONE of XH Sections C1 to C6: The ONE choice of section from C1 to C6 has to be made at the
time of online registration in GOAPS. At the examination hall, candidate cannot request for change
of section. Each of the optional sections of the XH paper (Sections C1 through C6) contains 40
questions carrying a total of 60 marks: 20 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 20 marks) and
20 questions carrying 2-marks each (sub-total 40 marks). Some questions will be of MSQ and/or
numerical answer type while remaining questions will be MCQ type.
(xiii)
XL Paper (Life Sciences)
A candidate appearing in the XL paper has to answer the following:
• GA – General Aptitude carrying a total of 15 marks.
• Section P–Chemistry (Compulsory): This section contains 15 questions carrying a total of
25 marks: 5 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 5 marks) and 10 questions carrying
2-marks each (sub-total 20 marks). Some questions will be of MSQ and/or numerical answer type
while remaining questions will be MCQ type.
• Any two of XL Sections Q to U: The choice of two sections from Q to U can be made during the
examination after viewing the questions. Only TWO optional sections can be answered at a time.
A candidate wishing to change midway of the examination to another optional section must first
choose to deselect one of the previously chosen optional sections (Q to U). Each of the optional
sections of the XL paper (Sections Q through U) contains 20 questions carrying a total of
30 marks: 10 questions carrying 1-mark each (sub-total 10 marks) and 10 questions carrying
2-marks each (sub-total 20 marks). Some questions will be of MSQ and/or numerical answer type
while remaining questions will be MCQ type.
GATE Score
After the evaluation of the answers, the actual (raw) marks obtained by a candidate will be considered
for computing the GATE Score. For multi-session papers (subjects), raw marks obtained by the
candidates in different sessions will be converted to Normalized marks for that particular subject.
Thus, raw marks (for single session papers) or normalized marks (for multi-session papers) will be
used for computing the GATE Score, based on the qualifying marks.
Calculation of Normalized Marks for Multi-Session Papers
In GATE 2022 examination, some papers may be conducted in multi-sessions. Hence, for these papers,
a suitable normalization is applied to take into account any variation in the difficulty levels of the
question papers across different sessions. The normalization is done based on the fundamental
assumption that "in all multi-session GATE papers, the distribution of abilities of candidates is the
same across all the sessions". This assumption is justified since the number of candidates appearing
in multi-session papers in GATE 2023 is large and the procedure for allocation of session to candidates
is random. Further, it is also ensured that for the same multi-session paper, the number of candidates
allotted in each session is of the same order of magnitude.
Based on the above, and considering various normalization methods, the committee arrived at the
following formula for calculating the normalized marks for the multi-session papers.
Normalization mark of j th candidate in the i th session
Mij is given by
g g
Mt – Mq ( M – M ) M g
Mij ij iq q
M ti – Miq
where
Mij : is the actual marks obtained by the j th candidate in ith session
Mtg : is the average marks of the top 0.1% of the candidates considering all sessions
Mqg : is the sum of mean and standard deviation marks of the candidates in the paper
considering all sessions
Mti : is the average marks of the top 0.1% of the candidates in the ith session
Miq : is the sum of the mean marks and standard deviation of the ith session
(xiv)
Calculation of GATE Score for All Papers
For all papers for which there is only one session, actual marks obtained by the candidates will be
used for calculating the GATE 2023 Score. For papers in multi-sessions, normalized marks will be
calculated corresponding to the raw marks obtained by a candidate and the GATE 2023 Score will be
calculated based on the normalized marks.
The GATE 2023 score will be computed using the formula given below.
( M – Mq )
GATE Score = Sq (St – Sq )
( Mt – Mq )
where
M : marks obtained by the candidate (actual marks for single session papers and
normalized marks for multi-session papers)
Mq : is the qualifying marks for general category candidate in the paper
Mt : is the mean of marks of top 0.1% or top 10 (whichever is larger) of the candidates
who appeared in the paper (in case of multi-session papers including all sessions)
Sq : 350, is the score assigned to Mq
St : 900, is the score assigned to Mt
In the GATE 2023 the qualifying marks (Mq) for general category student in each subject will be
25 marks (out of 100) or , whichever is larger. Here is the mean and is the standard
deviation of marks of all the candidates who appeared in the paper.
After the declaration of results, GATE Scorecards can be downloaded by the GATE qualified candidates
ONLY.
The GATE 2023 Committee has the authority to decide the qualifying mark/score for each GATE
paper. In case of any claim or dispute with respect to GATE 2023 examination or score, the Courts
and Tribunals in Mumbai alone will have the exclusive jurisdiction to entertain and settle them.
(xv)
GATE Syllabus
GENERAL APTITUDE
Verbal Aptitude
Basic English Grammar: tenses, articles, adjectives, prepositions, conjunctions, verb-noun agreement, and
other parts of speech.
Basic Vocabulary: words, idioms, and phrases in context, Reading and comprehension, Narrative sequencing.
Quantitative Aptitude
Data Interpretation: data graphs (bar graphs, pie charts, and other graphs representing data), 2-and
3-dimensional plots, maps, and tables.
Numerical Computation and Estimation: ratios, percentages, powers, exponents and logarithms,
permutations and combinations, and series, Mensuration and geometry, Elementary statistics and probability.
Analytical Aptitude
Logic: Deduction and induction, Analogy, Numerical relations and reasoning.
Spatial Aptitude
Transformation of shapes: translation, rotation, scaling, mirroring, assembling, and grouping Paper folding,
cutting, and patterns in 2 and 3 dimensions.
Section 1: Engineering Mathematics
Linear Algebra: Matrix Algebra, Systems of linear equations, Eigenvalues, Eigenvectors.
Calculus: Mean value theorems, Theorems of integral calculus, Evaluation of definite and improper integrals,
Partial Derivatives, Maxima and minima, Multiple integrals, Fourier series, Vector identities, Directional
derivatives, Line integral, Surface integral, Volume integral, Stokes’s theorem, Gauss’s theorem, Divergence
theorem, Green’s theorem.
Differential Equations: First order equations (linear and nonlinear), Higher order linear differential equations
with constant coefficients, Method of variation of parameters, Cauchy’s equation, Euler’s equation, Initial and
boundary value problems, Partial Differential Equations, Method of separation of variables.
Complex Variables: Analytic functions, Cauchy’s integral theorem, Cauchy’s integral formula, Taylor series,
Laurent series, Residue theorem, Solution integrals.
Probability and Statistics: Sampling theorems, Conditional probability, Mean, Median, Mode, Standard Deviation,
Random variables, Discrete and Continuous distributions, Poisson distribution, Normal distribution, Binomial
distribution, Correlation analysis, Regression analysis.
Section 2: Electric Circuits
Network elements: Ideal voltage and current sources, dependent sources, R, L, C, M elements; Network solution
methods: KCL, KVL, Node and Mesh analysis; Network Theorems: Thevenin’s, Norton’s, Superposition and
Maximum Power Transfer theorem; Transient response of dc and ac networks, sinusoidal steady-state analysis,
resonance, two port networks, balanced three phase circuits, star-delta transformation, complex power and
power factor in ac circuits.
Section 3: Electromagnetic Fields
Coulomb's Law, Electric Field Intensity, Electric Flux Density, Gauss's Law, Divergence, Electric field and
potential due to point, line, plane and spherical charge distributions, Effect of dielectric medium, Capacitance of
simple configurations, Biot Savart’s law, Ampere’s law, Curl, Faraday’s law, Lorentz force, Inductance,
Magnetomotive force, Reluctance, Magnetic circuits, Self and Mutual inductance of simple configurations.
(xvii)
Section 4: Signals and Systems
Representation of continuous and discrete time signals, shifting and scaling properties, linear time invariant
and causal systems, Fourier series representation of continuous and discrete time periodic signals, sampling
theorem, Applications of Fourier Transform for continuous and discrete time signals, Laplace Transform and
Z transform.
Section 5: Electrical Machines
Single Phase Transformer: Equivalent circuit, phasor diagram, open circuit and short circuit tests, regulation
and efficiency; Three-phase transformers: connections, vector groups, parallel operation; Auto-transformer,
Electromechanical energy conversion principles; DC machines: separately excited, series and shunt, motoring
and generating mode of operation and their characteristics, speed control of dc motors; Three-phase induction
machines: principle of operation, types, performance, torque-speed characteristics, no-load and blocked-rotor
tests, equivalent circuit, starting and speed control; Operating principle of single-phase induction motors;
Synchronous Machines: Cylindrical and salient pole machines, performance and characteristics, regulation and
parallel operation of generators, starting of synchronous motors; Types of losses and efficiency calculations of
electric machines.
Section 6: Power Systems
Basic concepts of electrical power generation, ac and dc transmission concepts, Models and performance of
transmission lines and cables, Series and shunt compensation, Electric field distribution and insulators,
Distribution systems, Per ]unit quantities, Bus admittance matrix, Gauss-Seidel and Newton-Raphson load flow
methods, Voltage and Frequency control, Power factor correction, Symmetrical components, Symmetrical and
unsymmetrical fault analysis, Principles of over current, differential, directional and distance protection; Circuit
breakers, System stability concepts, Equal area criterion, Economic Load Dispatch (with and without considering
transmission losses).
Section 7: Control Systems
Mathematical modeling and representation of systems, Feedback principle, transfer function, Block diagrams
and Signal flow graphs, Transient and Steady ]state analysis of linear time invariant systems, Stability analysis
using Routh-Hurwitz and Nyquist criteria, Bode plots, Root loci, Lag, Lead and Lead Lag compensators; P, PI
and PID controllers; State space model, Solution of state equations of LTI systems, R.M.S. value, average value
calculation for any general periodic waveform.
Section 8: Electrical and Electronic Measurements
Bridges and Potentiometers, Measurement of voltage, current, power, energy and power factor; Instrument
transformers, Digital voltmeters and multimeters, Phase, Time and Frequency measurement; Oscilloscopes,
Error analysis.
Section 9: Analog and Digital Electronics
Simple diode circuits: clipping, clamping, rectifiers; Amplifiers: biasing, equivalent circuit and frequency response;
oscillators and feedback amplifiers; operational amplifiers: characteristics and applications; single stage active
filters, Sallen Key, Butterworth, VCOs and timers, combinatorial and sequential logic circuits, multiplexers,
demultiplexers, Schmitt triggers, sample and hold circuits, A/D and D/A converters.
Section 10: Power Electronics
Static V-I characteristics and firing/gating circuits for Thyristor, MOSFET, IGBT; DC to DC conversion: Buck,
Boost and Buck-Boost Converters; Single and three-phase configuration of uncontrolled rectifiers; Voltage and
Current commutated Thyristor based converters; Bidirectional ac to dc voltage source converters; Magnitude
and Phase of line current harmonics for uncontrolled and thyristor based converters; Power factor and Distortion
Factor of ac to dc converters; Single-phase and three-phase voltage and current source inverters, sinusoidal
pulse width modulation.
(xviii)
Chapter-Wise Analysis
GATE PAPERS (Electrical Engineering)
Subject 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022
1. Engineering Mathematics
1 Mark Questions 3 4 4 3 5 2 5 5 2 4 1
2 Marks Questions 5 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 2 4 6
Total Marks 13 12 14 11 15 10 15 13 6 12 13
2. Electric Circuits
1 Mark Questions 4 4 3 3 3 3 4 2 2 3 5
2 Marks Questions 7 3 4 5 3 4 4 3 4 4 1
Total Marks 18 10 11 13 9 11 12 8 10 11 7
3. Electromagnetic Fields
1 Mark Questions 3 2 1 1 1 2 1
2 Marks Questions 2 1 1 0 1 2 3
Total Marks 7 4 3 1 3 6 7
4. Signals and Systems
1 Mark Questions 2 3 3 2 2 5 1 5 3 2 0
2 Marks Questions 2 1 2 2 2 3 3 1 3 3 4
Total Marks 6 5 7 6 6 11 7 7 9 8 8
5. Electrical Machines
1 Mark Questions 2 2 4 3 2 2 3 5 4 2 2
2 Marks Questions 4 1 4 3 5 5 7 6 4 3 5
Total Marks 10 4 12 9 12 12 17 17 12 8 12
6. Power Systems
1 Mark Questions 2 2 1 3 4 2 4 2 3 4 4
2 Marks Questions 1 3 4 2 2 5 1 4 5 4 2
Total Marks 4 8 9 7 8 12 6 10 13 12 8
7. Control Systems
1 Mark Questions 2 3 2 3 0 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 Marks Questions 5 4 4 3 4 2 2 3 3 3 3
Total Marks 12 11 10 9 8 6 6 8 8 8 8
(xxvii)
Subject 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022
8. Electrical and
Electronic
Measurements
1 Mark Questions 3 2 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 2 2
2 Marks Questions 1 1 3 3 2 0 2 1 1 0 0
Total Marks 5 4 8 8 5 2 5 3 3 2 2
9. Analog, Digital
Electronics and
Microprocessor
1 Mark Questions 3 3 3 4 2 1 2 0 4 3 5
2 Marks Questions 2 5 3 5 2 4 4 4 3 3 2
Total Marks 7 13 9 14 6 9 10 8 10 9 9
10. Power Electronics
& Drives
1 Mark Questions 4 0 3 2 1 4 2 2 3 1 3
2 Marks Questions 3 6 1 3 4 2 1 4 4 4 4
Total Marks 10 12 5 8 9 8 4 10 11 9 11
11. General Aptitude
1 Mark Questions 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
2 Marks Questions 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
Total Marks 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15
(xx)
SOLVED PAPER - 2022
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Total of 65 questions carrying 100 marks, out of which 10 questions carrying a total of 15 marks are in
General Aptitude (GA)
2. The Engineering Mathematics will carry around 15% of the total marks, the General Aptitude section
will carry 15% of the total marks and the remaining 70% of the total marks.
3. Types of Questions
(a) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. These
questions are objective in nature, and each will have a choice of four options, out of which the candidate
has to mark the correct answer(s).
(b) Numerical Answer Questions of 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. For these questions
the answer is a real number, to be entered by the candidate using the virtual keypad. No choices will
be shown for these type of questions.
(c) Multiple Select Questions (MSQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all the papers and sections.
These questions are objective in nature, and each will have choice of four answers, out of which ONE
or MORE than ONE choice(s) is / are correct.
4. For 1-mark multiple-choice questions, 1/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. Likewise, for
2-marks multiple-choice questions, 2/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. There is no negative
marking for numerical answer type questions & multiple selection questions.
Chapter-Wise Analysis
# Subject
Marks # Subject
Marks
1 2 Total 1 2 Total
1 General Aptitude 5 5 15 7 Power Systems 4 2 8
2 Engineering Mathematics 1 6 13 8 Control Systems 2 3 8
Electrical and Electronics
3 Electric Circuits 5 1 7 9 2 0 2
Measurements
Analog and Digital
4 Electromagnetic Fields 1 3 7 10 5 2 9
Electronics
Power Electronics and
5 Signals and Systems 0 4 8 11 3 4 11
Drives
6 Electrical Machines 2 5 12
2 Solved Paper – 2022
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
Q. 1 to Q. 5 : Carry One Mark Each.
1. As you grow older, an injury to your ______ may
take longer to .
(a) heel / heel (b) heal / heel
(c) heal / heal (d) heel / heal
2. In a 500 m race, P and Q have speeds in the ratio 1
of 3 : 4. Q starts the race when P has already (a) 0 (b)
3
covered 140 m. 2
(c) (d) 1
What is the distance between P and Q (in m) 3
when P wins the race? Q. 6 to Q. 10 : Carry Two Marks Each.
(a) 20 (b) 40 6. Altruism is the human concern for the well being
(c) 60 (d) 140 of others. Altruism has been shown to be
motivated more by social bonding, familiarity and
3. Three bells P, Q and R are rung periodically in a
identification of belongingness to a group. The
school. P is rung every 20 minutes; Q is rung notion that altruism may be attributed to
every 30 minutes and R is rung every 50 minutes. empathy or guilt has now been rejected.
If all the three bells are rung at 12:00 PM, when Which one of the following is the CORRECT
will the three bells ring together again the next logical inference based on the information in the
time? above passage?
(a) 5:00 PM (b) 5:30 PM (a) Humans engage in altruism due to guilt but
(c) 6:00 PM (d) 6:30 PM not empathy.
4. Given below are two statements and four (b) Humans engage in altruism due to empathy
but not guilt.
conclusions drawn based on the statements.
Statement I : Some bottles are cups. (c) Humans engage in altruism due to group
identification but not empathy.
Statement II : All cups are knives.
(d) Humans engage in altruism due to empathy
Conclusion I : Some bottles are knives but not familiarity.
Conclusion II : Some knives are cups. 7. There are two identical dice with a single letter
Conclusion III : All cups are bottles. on each of the faces. The following six letters :
Conclusion IV : All knives are cups. Q, R, S, T, U and V, one on each of the faces.
Any of the six outcomes are equally likely.
Which one of the following options can be logically
The two dice are thrown once independently at
inferred?
random.
(a) Only conclusion I and conclusion II are What is the probability that the outcomes on the
correct. dice were composed only of any combination of
(b) Only conclusion II and conclusion III are the following possible outcomes : Q, U and V?
correct. 1 3
(a) (b)
(c) Only conclusion II and conclusion IV are 4 4
correct. 1 5
(c) (d)
(d) Only conclusion III and conclusion IV are 6 36
correct. 8. The price of an item is 10% cheaper in an online
5. The figure below shows the front and rear view store S compared to the price at another online
store M. Store S charges Rs. 150 for delivery.
of a disc, which is shaded with identical patterns.
There are no delivery charges for orders from
The disc is flipped once with respect to any one
the store M. A person bought the item from the
of the fixed axes 1–1, 2–2 or 3–3 chosen uniformly store S and saved Rs. 100. What is the price of
at random. the item at the online store S (in Rs.) if there are
What is the probability that the disc DOES NOT no other charges than what is described above?
retain the same front and rear views after the (a) 2500 (b) 2250
flipping operation? (c) 1750 (d) 1500
Solved Paper – 2022 3
9. The letters P, Q, R, S, T and U are to be placed (a) low pass filter.
one per vertex on a regular convex hexagon, but (b) high pass filter.
not necessarily in the same order.
(c) band pass filter.
Consider the following statements
(d) an integrator.
• The line segment joint R and S is longer than
12. For an ideal MOSFET biased in saturation, the
the line segment joining P and Q.
magnitude of the small signal current gain for a
• The line segment joining R and S is common drain amplifier is
perpendicular to the line segment joining P
(a) 0 (b) 1
and Q.
• The line segment joining R and U is parallel (c) 100 (d) Infinite
to the line segment joining T and Q. 13. The most commonly used relay, for the protection
Based on the above statements, which one of the of an alternator against loss of excitation, is
following options is CORRECT? (a) offset Mho relay. (b) over current relay.
(a) The line segment joining R and T is parallel (c) differential relay. (d) Buchholz relay.
to the line segment joining Q and S. 14. The geometric mean radius of a conductor, having
(b) The line segment joining T and Q is parallel four equal strands with each strand of radius r,
to the line joining P and U. as shown in the figure below, is
(c) The line segment joining R and P is
perpendicular to the line segment joining U
and Q.
(d) The line segment joining Q and S is
perpendicular to the line segment joining R
and P.
10. An ant is at the bottom-left corner of a grid (point
P) as shown below in the figure. It aims to move (a) 4r (b) 1.414r
to the top-right corner of the grid. The ant moves (c) 2r (d) 1.723r
only along the lines marked in the grid such that
15. The valid positive, negative and zero sequence
the current distance to the top-right corner
impedances (in p.u.), respectively, for a 220 kV,
strictly decreases. Which one of the following is
fully transposed three-phase transmission line,
a part of a possible trajectory of the ant during
from the given choices are
the movement?
(a) 1.1, 0.15 and 0.08
(b) 0.15, 0.15 and 0.35
(c) 0.2, 0.2 and 0.2
(d) 0.1, 0.3 and 0.1
16. The steady state output (Vout), of the circuit shown
below, will
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Q.11 to Q.35 : Carry One Mark Each
11. The transfer function of a real system, H(s), is
given as :
(a) saturate to +VDD
As B (b) saturate to –VEE
H(s) = ,
s2 Cs D (c) become equal to 0.1 V
where A, B, C and D are positive constants. This
(d) become equal to –0.1 V
system cannot operate as
4 Solved Paper – 2022
17. The Bode magnitude plot of a first order stable (a) 20–30°
system is constan t with fr equen cy. The (b) 2030°
asymptotic value of the high frequency phase,
(c) 20–60°
for the system, is –180°. This system has
(d) 2060°
22. A charger supplies 100 W at 20 V for charging the
battery of a laptop. The power devices, used in
the converter inside the charger, operate at a
switching frequency of 200 kHz. Which power
device is best suited for this purpose?
(a) IGBT (b) Thyristor
(c) MOSFET (d) BJT
23. A long conducting cylinder having a radius b is
(a) one LHP pole and one RHP zero at the same
placed along the z-axis. The current density is
frequency.
(b) one LHP pole and one LHP zero at the same J J r 3 z for the region r < b where r is the
a
frequency. distance in the radial direction.
(c) two LHP poles and one RHP zero. The magnetic field intensity (H) for the region
(d) two RHP poles and one LHP zero. inside the conductor (i.e., for r < b) is
18. A balanced Wheatstone bridge ABCD has the Ja 4 Ja 3
(a) r (b) r
following arm resistances : 4 3
RAB = 1 k 2.1%; RBC = 100 0.5%; RCD is an Ja 4
unknown resistance; (c) r (d) Jar3
5
RDA = 300 0.4%. The vaue of RCD and its 24. The type of single-phase induction motor, expected
accuracy is to have the maximum power factor during steady
(a) 30 3 (b) 30 0.9 state running condition, is
(c) 3000 90 (d) 3000 3 (a) split phase (resistance start).
19. The open loop transfer function of a unity gain (b) shaded pole.
neg ative feedback system is given by (c) capacitor start.
k (d) capacitor start capacitor run
G(s) = 2 . The range of k for which the
s 2s 5 25. For the circuit shown below with ideal diodes,
system is stable, is
the output will be
(a) k > 3 (b) k < 3
(c) k > 5 (d) k < 5
20. Consider a 3 × 3 matrix A whose (i, j)-th element,
ai,j = (i –j)3. Then the matrix A will be
(a) symmetric. (b) skew-symmetric.
(c) unitary. (d) null.
21. In the circuit shown below, a three-phase star-
connected unbalanced load is connected to a
balanced three-phase supply of 100 3V with (a) Vout = Vin for Vin > 0
phase sequence ABC. The star connected load has (b) Vout = Vin for Vin < 0
ZA = 10 and ZB = 2060°. The value of ZC in (c) Vout = –Vin for Vin> 0
, for which the voltage difference across the (d) Vout = –Vin for Vin < 0
nodes n and n is zero, is
26. A MOD-2 and a MOD-5 up-counter when cascaded
together results in a MOD ___ counter. (in
integer).
27. An inductor having a Q-factor of 60 is connected
in series with a capacitor having a Q-factor of 240.
The overall Q-factor of the circuit is ____. (round
off to nearest integer).
Solved Paper – 2022 5
28. The network shown below has a resonant 34. Two balanced three-phase loads, as shown in the
frequency of 150 kHz and a bandwidth of 600 Hz. figure, are connected to a 100 3V, three-phase,
The Q-factor of the network is ____. (round off to 50 Hz main supply. Given Z1 = (18 + j24) and
nearest integer). Z2 = (6 + j8) . The ammeter reading, in amperes,
is _____. (round off to nearest integer).
29. The maximum clock frequency in MHz of a
4-stage ripple counter, utilizing flip-flops, with
35. The frequencies of the stator and rotor currents
each flip-flop having a propagation delay of 20 ns,
flowing in a three-phase 8-pole induction motor
is ____. (round off to one decimal place).
are 40 Hz and 1 Hz, respectively. The motor speed,
30. If only 5% of the supplied power to a cable reaches in rpm, is _____. (round off to nearest integer).
the output terminal, the power loss in the cable,
Q.36 to Q.65 : Carry Two Marks Each.
in decibels, is _____. (round off to nearest inte-
36. The output impedance of a non-ideal operational
ger).
amplifier is denoted by Zout. The variation in
31. In the circuit shown below, the switch S is closed
the magnitude of Zout with increasing frequency,
at t = 0. The magnitude of the steady state voltage, f, in the circuit shown below, is best represented
in volts, across the 6 resistor is ____. (round
by
off to two decimal places).
(a)
32. A single-phase full-bridge diode rectifier feeds a
resistive load of 50 from a 200 V, 50 Hz single
phase AC supply. If the diodes are ideal, then the
active power, in watts, drawn by the load is ___ . (b)
(round off to nearest integer).
33. The voltage at the input of an AC-DC rectifier is
given by v(t) 230 2 sin t where = 2 × 50
rad/s. The input current drawn by the rectifier is (c)
given by
i(t) 10sin t 4 sin 3t
3 6
(d)
3sin 5t
3
The input power factor, (rounded off to two decimal
places), is ______lag.
6 Solved Paper – 2022
37. An LTI system is shown in the figure where Consider the following two statements:
100 Statement 1 : e is an eigen value of eA.
G(s) 2 . The steady state output of
Statement 2 : v is an eigen-vector of eA.
s 0.1s 10
the system, to the input r(t), is given as y(t) = a + Which one of the following options is correct?
b sin(10t + ). The values of a and b will be (a) Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false.
(b) Statement 1 is false and statement 2 is true.
(c) Both the statements are correct.
(a) a = 1, b = 10 (b) a = 10, b = 1 (d) Both the statements are false.
x
(c) a = 1, b = 100 (d) a = 100, b = 1 41. Let f (x) e t (t 1)(t 2)dt. Then f(x) decreases
38. The open loop transfer function of a unity gain 0
negative feedback system is given as in the interval.
(a) x (1, 2) (b) x (2, 3)
1
G(s) (c) x (0, 1) (d) x (0.5, 1)
s(s 1)
The Nyquist contour in the s-plane encloses the 1 0 0
entire right half plane and a small neighbourhood
42. Consider a matrix A 0 4 2 . The matrix
around the origin in the left half plane, as shown
0 1 1
in the figure below. The number of encirclements
of the point (–1 + j0) by the Nyquist plot of G(s), A satisfies the equation 6A–1 = A2 + cA + dI, where
corresponding to the Nyquist contour, is denoted c and d are scalars and I is the identity matrix.
as N. Then N equals to Then (c + d) is equal to
(a) 5 (c) 17
(c) –6 (d) 11
43. The fuel cost functions in rupees/hour for two
600 MW thermal power plants are given by
Plant 1 : C1 = 350 + 6P1 + 0.004P12
Plant 2 : C2 = 450 + aP2 + 0.003P22
where P1 and P2 are power generated by plant 1
and plant 2, respectively, in MW and a is constant.
(a) 0 (b) 1 The incremental cost of power () is 8 rupees per
(c) 2 (d) 3 MWh. The two thermal power plants together
meet a total power demand of 550 MW. The
39. The damping ratio and undamped natural optimal generation of plant 1 and plant 2 in MW,
frequency of a closed loop system as shown in respectively, are
the figure, are denoted as and n, respectively. (a) 200, 350 (b) 250, 300
The values of and n are
(c) 325, 225 (d) 350, 200
44. The current gain (Iout/Iin) in the circuit with an
ideal current amplifier given below is
(a) = 0.5 and n = 10 rad/s
(b) = 0.1 and n = 10 rad/s
(c) = 0.707 and n = 10 rad/s
(d) = 0.707 and n = 100 rad/s
40. eA denotes the exponential of a square matrix A.
Suppose is an eigen value and v is the
corresponding eigen-vector of matrix A.
Solved Paper – 2022 7
C –Cf 2
j n
f 2
(a) (b) (a) 2 2e 6 cos n
Cc Cc
6
Cc –Cc 2
(c) (d) j n 2
Cf Cf (b) 1 2e 6 cos n
6
45. If the magnetic field intensity (H) in a conducting 2
j n 2
region is given by the expression, H x 2 i x 2 y 2 ˆj (c) 1 2e 3 cos n
6
x 2 y 2 z2 kˆ A/m. The magnitude of the current
2
density, in A/m2, at x = 1 m, y = 2 m and z = 1 m is j n 2
(d) 2 2e 6 cos n
(a) 8 (c) 12 6
(b) 16 (d) 20 50. Let f(x, y, z) = 4x2 + 7xy + 3xz2. The direction in
which the function f(x, y, z) increases most rapidly
46. Let a causal LTI system be governed by the
at point P = (1, 0, 2) is
1 dy
following differential equation y(t) 2x(t), (a) 20iˆ 7 ˆj (b) 20iˆ 7ˆj 12kˆ
4 dt
where x(t) and y(t) are the input and output
(c) 20iˆ 12kˆ (d) 20iˆ
respectivly. Its impulse response is
51. Let R be a region in the first quadrant of the xy
1
t plane enclosed by a closed curve C considered in
(a) 2e 4 u(t) (b) 2e–4tu(t) counter-clockwise direction. Which of the
1 following expressions does not represent the area
t
(d) 8e 4 u(t) (d) 8e–4tu(t) of the region R?
47. Let an input x(t) = 2 sin(10t) + 5 cos(15t) +
7 sin(42t) + 4 cos(45t) is passed through an LTI
system having an impulse response,
sin(10t)
h(t) 2 cos(40t)
t
The output of the system is
(a) 2 sin(10t) + 5 cos(15t)
(b) 5 cos(15t) + 7 sin(42t) (a) dxdy (b) xdy
R C
(c) 7 sin(42t) + 4 cos(45t)
1
(d) 2 sin(10t) + 4 cos(45t) (c) ydx (d)
2
(xdy ydx)
C C
48. Consider the system as shown below:
52. Let E(x, y,z) 2x 2 ˆi 5yjˆ 3zk.
ˆ The value of
(.E)dV, where V is the volume enclosed by
V
where y(t) = x(et). The system is
the unit cube defined by 0 x 1, 0 y 1, and
(a) linear and causal. 0 z 1, is
(b) linear and non-causal. (a) 3 (b) 8
(c) non-linear and causal. (c) 10 (d) 5
(d) non-linear and non-causal. 53. As shown in the figure below, two concentric
49. The discrete time Fourier series representation conducting spherical shells, centred at r = 0 and
of a signal x[n] with period N is written as having radii r = c and r = d are maintained at
potentials such that the potential V(r) at r = c is
x[n] N 1
k 0 a k e
j(2kn / N)
. A discrete time V1 and V(r) at r = d is V2. Assume that V(r) depends
only on r, where r is the radial distance. The
periodic signal with period N = 3, has the non-
expression for V(r) in the region between r = c and
zero Fourier series coefficients: a –3 = 2 and a4 = 1.
r = d is
The signal is
8 Solved Paper – 2022
is obtained when diagonal switches of the inverter
are switched with 50% duty cycle. The inverter
feeds a load with a sinusoidal current given by,
2
i(t) = 10sin t A, where . The active
3 T
power, in watts, delivered to the load is ____.
(round off to nearest integer).
cd(V2 V1 ) V1 c V2 d 2V1 d
(a) V(r)
(d c)r dc
cd(V1 V2 ) V2 d V1 c
(b) V(r) 59. For the ideal AC-DC rectifier circuit shown in the
(d c)r dc
figure below, the load current magnitude is Idc =
cd(V1 V2 ) V1c V2 c 15A and is ripple free. The thyristors are fired
(c) V(r)
(d c)r dc with a delay angle of 45°. The amplitude of the
cd(V2 V1 ) V2 c V1c fundamental component of the source current,
(d) V(r)
(d c)r dc in amperes, is _____. (round off to two decimal
54. Let the probability density function of a random places).
variable x be given as
f(x) = ae–2|x|
The value of a is _____.
55. In the circuit shown below, the magnitude of the
voltage V1 in volts, across the 8 k resistor is
____ . (round off to nearest integer).
60. A 3-phase grid-connected voltage source converter
with DC link voltage of 1000 V is switched using
sinusoidal Pulse Width Modulation (PWM)
technique. If the grid phase current is
10 A and the 3-phase complex power supplied by
the converter is given by (–4000 – j3000) VA, then
56. Two generating units rated for 250 MW and 400 MW the modulation index used in sinusoidal PWM is
have governor speed regulations of 6% and 6.4%, ____. (round off to two decimal places).
respectively, from no load to full load. Both the
61. The steady state current flowing through the
generating units are operating in parallel to share
inductor of a DC-DC buck boost converter is given
a load of 500 MW. Assuming free governor action,
in the figure below. If the peak-to-peak ripple in
the load shared in MW, by the 250 MW generating
the output voltage of the converter is 1 V, then
unit is _____. (round off to nearest integer).
the value of the output capacitor, in F, is ____.
57. A 20 MVA, 11.2 kV, 4-pole, 50 Hz alternator has (round off to nearest integer).
an inertia constant of 15 MJ/MVA. If the input
and output powers of the alternator are 15 MW
and 10 MW, respectively, the angular acceleration
in mechanical degree/s2 is _____. (round off to
nearest integer).
58. Consider an ideal full-bridge single-phase DC-AC
inverter with a DC bus voltage magnitude of 1000
V. The inverter output voltage v(t) shown below,
Solved Paper – 2022 9
62. A 280 V, separately excited DC motor with 64. A star-connected 3-phase, 400 V, 50 kVA,
armature resistance of 1 and constant field 50 Hz synchronous motor has a synchronous
excitation drives a load. The load torque is reactance of 1 ohm per phase with negligible
proportional to the speed. The motor draws a armature resistance. The shaft load on the motor
current of 30 A when running at a speed of 1000 is 10 kW while the power factor is 0.8 leading.
rpm. Neglect frictional losses in the motor. The
The loss in the motor is 2 kW. The magnitude of
speed, in rpm, at which the motor will run, if an
the per phase excitation emf of the motor, in volts,
additional resistance of value 10 is connected
in series with the armature, is ___. (round off to is ____. (round off to nearest integer).
nearest integer). 65. A 3-phase, 415 V, 50 Hz induction motor draws
63. A 4-pole induction motor with inertia of 5 times the rated current at rated voltage at
0.1 kg-m2 drives a constant load torque of 2 Nm. starting. It is required to bring down the starting
The speed of the motor is increased linearly from current from the supply to 2 times of the rated
1000 rpm to 1500 rpm in 4 seconds as shown in current using a 3-phase autotransformer. If the
the figure below. Neglect losses in the motor. The magnetizing impedance of the induction motor
energy, in joules, consumed by the motor during
and no load current of the autotransformer is
the speed change is____. (round off to nearest
neglected, then the transformation ratio of the
integer).
autotransformer is given by ____. (round off to
two decimal places).
ANSWERS
General Aptitude
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (c)
7. (a) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (c)
Electrical Engineering
11. (b) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (b)
17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (c) 20. (b) 21. (c) 22. (c)
23. (c) 24. (d) 25. (a) 26. (10) 27. (48) 28. (250)
29. (12.5) 30. (13) 31. (5) 32. (800) 33. (0.447) 34. (20)
35. (585) 36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (b) 39. (a) 40. (c)
41. (a) 42. (a) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (b) 46. (d)
47. (c) 48. (b) 49. (b) 50. (b) 51. (c) 52. (c)
53. (b) 54. (1) 55. (100) 56. (200) 57. (75) 58. (3183)
59. (17.65) 60. (0.47) 61. (168) 62. (482.75) 63. (1732.586) 64. (244.54)
65. (0.6324)
10 Solved Paper – 2022
EXPLANATIONS
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA) And with respect to 2-2 and 3-3 front and rear
view are not symmetry.
1. Heel means the back of the humar foot below the
ankle and behind the arch. m 2
So, Probability (Pr) =
Heal means to make free from injury or disease. n 3
2. According to the question; 6. Altruism means charitable acts done through
R
identification of group and the last line suggests
not through empathy.
0m 7. As given that
Favourable = 3 × 3 = 9
Total outcomes = 6 × 6 = 36
SP : SQ = 3 : 4 (P Target 360 m) So, probability
P = 3x Favourable
Q = 4x P(E) =
Total
So, 3x = 360
3 3 9 1
x = 120 m P(E) =
6 6 36 4
Q = 4x = 4 × 120 = 480 m
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
When P completed races reaches 500 metres and
8. As Given; there are two online stores S and M
Q completed race reaches only 480 metres.
So, P wins by 20 m. Let, Cap price on M= Rs. P
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. Cap Price on S = (P – 0.1P) = 0.9P
3. As given that; Delivery charges on S = Rs. 100
Three bells are rung such as, p – (0.9P + 150) = 100
P = every 20 minutes 0.1P – 150 = 100
Q = every 30 minutes P = 2500
R = every 50 minutes Price of item of the online store (S) = 90% p
L.C.M. of (20, 30, 50) = 300 minutes = 5 hours = 0.9 × 2500 = 2250
12:00 PM + 5 hours = 5.00 P.M. Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
So, three bells ring together again at 5:00 P.M. 9. As per given statements;
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer. (RS > PQ) RS PQ
4. K
RU || TQ
B C
C
U Q
C K
B R S
B
K
C T P
From the above hexagon, the line segment joining
R and T is parallel to the line segment joining Q
From above Conclusions I and II are correct and S.
statements. 10. To move from bottom-left (P) to top-right (Q) with
5. As given that minimum distance we need to follow below path
Total out comes (n) = 3 Q
Favourable (m) = disc does not retain the same
front and rear views after the flipping = 2
Front and rear view are symmetry at 1-1, so same P
front and rear view occur. Hence, above figure is given in option (c)
Solved Paper – 2022 11
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING Therefore, suitable answer from given options is
option (b)
11. As given function;
X1 = X2 = 0.15
As B X0 = 0.35
H(s) = 2
s Cs D Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
At low = freq. (s = 0)
16. As given inverting integrator circuit.
B
H(0) = (exist)
D
At high – freq. (s = )
H() = 0 (No output)
Since, H() should be non-zero for HPF. So, the
above system cannot be operated as HPF because Vo
for high pass filter should pass high-frequency
component i.e H() should be non-zero.
Hence, the system cannot operate as high pass filter.
12. As given that,
Voltage gain AV = 1
As we know that,
For common drain amplifier, the small signal Vo
current gain is; t
( For, FET, Ig 0
Sourcecurrent is is 0.1
AI = –Vsat
Gatecurrent ig 0
or –VEE
13. The impedance seen by the relay lies in the 4th Saturation
Quadrant of R-X diagram. –VEE or region
X –Vsat
Block Block By apply KCL at Node (1)
I1 + I2 = 0
V1 0 d
–R R C1 Vo 0 = 0
R1 dt
Block Block
dVo Vi
–X dt R1C1
This relay is called the “OFFSET MHO RELAY”
And that relay is used for the protection of an VA = 0
alternator against loss of excitation. 1
14. As we know that
Vo =
R1C1
Vi dt
Daa = 0.7788 r Vi = 0.1 V
Dab = 2r 1 0.1
Dac = 8 r= 2 2r
Vo =
R1C1
0.1 dt
R1C1 t
d c
Dad = 2r t
Vo = –0.1 R C
1 1 1
GMR = Daa Dab Dac Dad 4 when t=0
1 Vo = 0V
= 0.7788r 2r 8r 2r 4 When t = R1C1, Vo = –0.1 V
t=
GMR = 1.723r
Vo = –
15. For a 3- fully transferred transmission line, For large value of ‘t’ the op-amp enters into
X1 = X2 = Xs – Xm negative saturation region.
X0 = Xs + 2Xm Hence, the output will be constant i.e.
(X1 X2) < X0 Vout = –VEE.
12 Solved Paper – 2022
17. For, the first order system, there exist one finite EA
pole, by observing magnitude of plot, it is Phase Voltage =
3
maintaining constant magnitude, this exist for
all pass system. Z A = 10= 100°
So, EA 1000
I A ...(i)
s 1 1 s ZA 10
Possibilities, T.F = or =
s 1 1s
Observe phase angle at w EB 100 – 120
IB Z 2060 ..(ii)
= – 180° B
Number of poles, P = 1 ZC = ?
Number of zeros, Z = 1 Now,
It is having one pole at left and one zero at right. n and n are same potential
18. B
RAB So, IA IB IC 0
RB C
C E A EB EC
G 0
A Z A Z B ZC
RA D
RC D =? 1000 100 – 120 100120
D 0
10 2060 ZC
~
100120
Under balanced condition, 10 5 – 180 0
ZC
RAB RCD = RBC * RDA
Z C = 20–60°
RCD =
R BC R DA
100 0.5% 300 0.4% 22. As given the switching frequency = 200 kHz
R AB 1000 2.1% So, most suitable power device is MOSFET.
100 300
RCD = 0.5% 0.4% 2.1% 23.
1000
RCD = 30 3% y
Given % Error = 3%
3
RCD = 30 30 × = 30 0.9 r
100 x
19. As we know that z b
Characteristics equation, 1 + G(s) = 0
K Amperian path
So, 1+ 0
s2 2s 5
As given that; J Ja r3 Zˆ
Now, s2 + 2s + (K – 5) = 0
By Routh table analysis, From Ampere’s law
K – 5 > 0, K > 5 and K > 0 I J.ds;ds rdrdzˆ
For stability K > 5 S
20. As given that
aˆ r aˆ aˆ z |drddz|r
A = [aij]3×3, where, aij = (i – j)3
when, i = j aii = (i – i)3 = 0, i ds rdrdzˆ
when i j aij = (i – j)3 = (–(j – i))3
I Ja r 3z.rdrd
ˆ zˆ
So, aij = –(j – i)3 = (i – j)3 = –aji
A3×3 is a skew-symmetric matrix. r 2
Hence option (b) is the correct answer. Ja r 4 dr d
21. As given that, from phasor; r 0 0
EA = 100 0°
r
EB = 100–120° r5 2 J (2)r 5
Ja . 0 a
EC = 100120° 5 0 5
Solved Paper – 2022 13
As H.dL Ienc J.ds
s
Ja (2)r 5
H(2r)
5
So, the value of magnetic field (H) at r <b is
Ja r 4
H ; for r b.
5
24. Capacitor start and capacitor run; Hence, Vo = Vin for Vin > 0
It has good starting torque and high power factor. Vo = 0 for vin < 0
25. During +ve cycle (vin > 0); 26. The resultant counter size is Mod P* Q when Mod
P and Mod Q counters are in cascading
connections.
P Q
Vin Vo
For overall configuration = Mod (2 × 5)
= 10 P 2
Q 5
Hence, result will be mod 10 counter.
(+ve) positive half cycle
27. According to the question;
D1 and D2 will be ON(S.C.)
The overall Q-factor of the circuit is
Vin Vo = Vin
(–ve) For Negative half cycle Q L .QC
QT
D1 and D2 will be OFF (O.C). QL QC
(60 240) 240
Q 48
(60 240) 5
28. As given that,
Resonance frequency, fo = 150 kHz
Bandwidth width, B.W. = 600 Hz
As we know that,
The Q-factor of the network
( Vo = Vin) Resonant frequency f 150k
Qo o 250
Bandwidth B.W 600
So, the output waveform;
29. Type of counter is Ripple also known as
asymetronous counter.
As given that for ripple counter. tpd = 20 nsec for
each flip-flop
Number of flip-flops = 4
Total (T) = ntpd = 4 × 20 nsec = 80 nsec
14 Solved Paper – 2022
So the maximum clock frequency 33. As given that
1 1 V(t) = 230 2 sin (t); = 2× 50 rad/s
T 80 10 –9 Input power factor = ?
1000 As we know that,
12.5MHz
80 Active Input Power (P) = VRMS iRMS cos (s)
30. As given that, 10
= 230 cos
% power loss in the cable (Ploss) = 95% of power 2 3
input (Pin).
P = 813.1728 W
Power output of the cable (Pout) = 5% of power
input (Pin). 2 2 2
10 4 3
I rms
Practically cables power loss in decibels is 2 2 2
calculated as
= 7.906A
Power loss in decibels (dB) = 10 log (power ratio)
Now, apparent power (S) = VRMS irms
P 95 = 230 × 7.906
= 10 log in 10 log = 12.78 13 dB
Pout 5 = 1818.36VA
31. In steady state capacitor acts as an open circuit So, Input power factor = P/S
for DC supply. 813.1728
0.447
1818.38
34. By delta to star conversation;
Z1 Z1 Z 18 j24
Directly writing SS DC equivalent. Z1 1 (6 j8)
Z1 Z1 Z1 3 3
Now, After redrawing network
– +
V
So, the voltage across 6 is
2
Vo 10 5Volt.
22
R
32. As given that, A
+
1- full bridge diode rectifier, 100v 5
Resistive Load, R = 50 1003v
f = 50 Hz, P = ?
5 5
1- Active power supply
Vs = 200 Volts
V0 rms = Vs rms = 200V (for 1- full bridge rectifier) Y
B
As we know that
Zeq = Z1 || Z2
V02rms Vs2rms 2002 = (6 + j8) || (6 + j8)
P P0 avg 800W
R R 50 = 3 + j4
Solved Paper – 2022 15
As frequency A
|Zeq 32 4 2 9 16 5
As gain Zof
V 100
IR IPh RY 20A
Zeq 5
35. As given that,
Stator frequency (f1) = 40 Hz,
Rotor frequency (f2) = 1 Hz
Poles = 8, N = ?
As we know that log
f2 = sf1 A = constant (low frequency)
f2 Zo
s= Zof [Constant]
f1 1 A
A = Decreasing
1
s 0.025 When gain constant Zof also constant
40
When gain becomes zero.
120 40 Zof = Zo Max
Ns 600rpm
8
Zo
Nr = Ns(1 – s) f Zof
1A
Nr = 600 (1 – 0.025) A=0
Nr = 585 rpm Zo
36. Analysis: Zof Zo
1 0
It is a voltage series feedback, employed with 37. As given that
feedback factor 1( = 1) for voltage series negative
100
feedback amplifier the output impedance is, G(S) 2
S 0.18 10
Z
Zof out ( = 1) 100
1 A G( j)
2
( j) 0.1 10
Z
Zof out Given, r(t) = [1 + 0.1 sin(10t)]
1 A
As we know that,
B = A|G(j)|
100
a 1 1
100 – 2 0.1j 0
100
b 0.1
100 2 – 0.1j 10
Now, Voltage is a shunt connection, 100 100
b 0.1 0.1
100 100 j0.1 10 1
Zout feedback,
b = 10
Zo Zo
Zof Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
1A 1A
38. In given figure;
Given Nyquist contour S–plane
Img(s)
×
–1 Real(s)
f1
A = Open loop gain
16 Solved Paper – 2022
Corresponding to the Nyquist contour, the Nyquist d d
plot is drawn, and is shown in figure below, e x (x 1)(x 2) (x) [e0 (0 1)(0 2) (0)
dx dx
G(j)H(j) f(x)>0 f(x)<0 f(x)>0
=0 +ve –ve +ve
–
–
–
1 2
f(x) = [ex(x – 1)(x – 2)] – 0 < 0
(–1, j0) = – = (x – 1)(x – 2) < 0
=
+
(N=1
= x > 1 and x < 2
+ = x (1, 2)
So, f(x) is decreasing in (1, 2).
= 0+
42. As given Matrix;
From the plot
Number of Encirclement (N) = 1 1 0 0
39. Transfer function of given system is A 0 4 2 A 1
0 1 1
C(s) 100
T.F
2
R(s) s 10s 100 Now, the characteristic equation of matrix A3×3 is
By compair it to standard transfer function given by;
3 – (1 + 4 + 1)2 + (4 + 6 + 1)– 6 = 0
2n
T.F = A3 – 6A2 + 11A – 6I = 0
s2 2 ns 2n
A2 – 6A + 11I – 6A– 1 = 0
2n 10 6A–1 = A2 – 6A + 11 I
So, 2n 100 Compair with 6A–1 = A2 + cA + dI
n = 10 rad/sec So, we get, c = – 6, d = 11
10 c + d = (–6) + 11 = 5.
43. As we know that
2 10
0.5 dC1 dC2
40. From the property of eigen values and eigen dP1 dP2
vector. IC1(P1) = 0.008P1 + 6
If is an eigen value of A, is the eigen vector of A. IC2(P2) = 0.006P2 + a
Then eigen value of IC1 = IC2 = = 8
A A2 A3 IC1 = 8
e 1 A ... is
2! 3! (0.008P1 + 6) = 8
2
1 ... e . 0.008P1 = 2
2!
2 1000
So, Statement (1) is true P1
0.008
We know that,
P1 = 250 MW
eigen vector of A and polynomial matrix in A is
same. P2 = 300 MW
is an eigen vector of eA 44. As given circuit;
So, Statement (2) is true
Hence, both statements are correct.
41. As given that, a
x
b
f (x) e t (t 1)(t 2)dt is decreasing if f(x) = 0
0 Va = 0
Now, By Leibnitz rule:
d
f (x) f (x) 0
dx
Solved Paper – 2022 17
1 I in Now, applying inverse, Laplace-transform;
Vx
Cf Iin dt Cf t
So, Impulse response of system is:
dVx h(t) = 2e1/4t.u(t) = 8e–4tu(t)
I out CC Hence, option (d) is the correct answer.
dt
47. As given that;
d Iin Vd 0
CC t x(t) = 2sin(10t) + 5cos(15t) + 7sin(42t) +
dt Cf Va Vb 0 4cos(45t)
I in
CC sin(10 t)
Cf h(t) = 2 cos(40 t)
t
So, The current gain (Iout/Iin) in the circuit with
sin10t
an ideal current amplifier is X1(t) =
t
Iout Cc X1
AI
Iin Cf
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
45. As given expression:
H x 2 ˆi x 2 y 2 ˆj x 2 y 2z 2 kˆ A / m
Now, from Ampere’s law.
As J H sin(t)
aˆ x aˆ y aˆ z t
X
J
x y z
x2 x2 y 2 x 2 y 2 z2
2x 2 yz2 0 aˆ x 2xy 2z2 0 aˆ y 2xy 2 0 aˆ z
J|(1,2,1) 2(1)(2)(1)aˆ x 2(1)(2)2 (1)2 aˆ y 2(1)(2)2 aˆ z
–a a
J 4aˆ x 8aˆ y 8aˆ z h(t) = 2g(t) cos(40t)
So, the magnitude of current density: Now, by apply Fourier transform
X ( – 40) X1 ( 40)
|J| (4)2 (8)2 (8)2 12 H() 2 1
2
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
= X1(– 40) + X1( + 40)
46. As given differential equation;
1 dy(t)
y(t) 2x(t)
4 d(t)
Now, by applying Laplace-transform on given
differential equation,
1
Y(s) s.Y(s) 2X(s)
4
s
Y(s) 1 2X(s)
4
Y(s) 2 8
H() is a band pass filter which allows the
X(s) s s4
1 frequencies from 30 to 50with unity gain.
4
2sin(10t) + 5cos(15t) + 7sin(42t) + 4 cos(45t)
2 8
H(s) 1 = 102 = 153 = 424 = 45
s4
s So, the output of LTI system is
4
y(t) = 7 sin (42t) + 4 cos (45t)
18 Solved Paper – 2022
48. As given that, j2
n
j2
n
j2
n
x(n) 1 e 3 e 6 .e 6
y(t) = x(et)
y1(t) = x1(et) ...(i) j2 j2 n – j2
n n
y2(t) = x2 (et) ...(ii) x(n) 1 e 6 e 6 e 6
y3(t) = x1(et) + x2(et) ...(iii) 2
j n 2
From (i) and (ii) equations 1e 6 2 cos n
6
y3(t) = y1 (t) y 2 (t) j2
n
2
So, the given system will satisfy law of x(n) 1 2e 6
cos n
superposition. So the system will be linear. 6
y(t) = x(et) ( given) Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
Put, t = 0 50. As given that f(x, y, z) = 4x2 + 7xy + 3xz2
y(0) = x(1) As we know that,
The scalar function f(x, y, z) rapidly increases in
Since present output is depending on future value
of input. So it is non-causal system. the direction of its normal vector at P.
49. As given that; a f
N = 3,
f i j k f
a–3 = 2 x y z
ak is periodic function with period ‘N’. f f f
i j k
aK = aK+N ( K = –3) x y z
So, a–3 = a–3+N f i(8x + 7y + 3z2) + j(7x) + k(6xz)
= a–3+3 = a0 ( N = 3) Now, f at P(1, 0, 2)
a–3 = a0
(f )(1,0,2) 20i 7 j 12k
a4 = 1
Hence, option (b) is the correct answer.
a4 = a*–4
51. As we know that
a–4 = 1 K = 4)
The Green theorem;
a4 = a4+3 = a7
N M
a–4 = a–4+3 = a–1 (Mdx Ndy) X Y dxdy.
a–1 = a1 = 1
Now, by apply Green’s theorem for all options:
a1 = a4 = 1
2
j Kn
(a) dxdy Area of region R bounded by C
N 1 R
N
x[n] aK e [ Given]
K 0
(b) xdy (1 0)dxdy 1dxdy Area of R
C R
3 1 2
j kn
3 bounded by C
x(n) aK e
K 0 (c) ydx (0 1)dxdy dxdy –[Area of R]
C R
2 2
j kn
3 1 1
x(n) aK e (d)
2
(xdy ydx) [1 (1)]dxdy 1dxdy
2
K 0 C R
2
j n
2
j 2n
= Area of R
x(n) a 0 a1 e3 a2 e3 So, option (c) gives the negative area but in the
2
given diagram, it is positive.
j n
3 0 Hence, option (c) is wrong.
x(n) 2 1.e
52. As given that
2
j n
x(n) 2e 3 E 2x 2 ˆi 5yjˆ 3zkˆ
2
j n So, .E i j k .(2x 2 i 5yj 3zk)
3 1
x(n) 1 e x y z
= 4x + 5 + 3
Solved Paper – 2022 19
Then the value of given expressions; From (1),
1 1 1 C1
.EdV C2 V1
(4x 5 3)dzdydx c
V x 0 y 0 z 0
V V2
C2 V1 1 d
1 1 c d
(4x 5 3)dzdydx V V2
0 0 1 cd
cd V V2
1 1 V V1 d 1
1 r cd
(4xz 8z)0 dydx
0 0 (V1 V2 )cd V V2
V(r) V1 d 1
1 (d c)r dc
(4xy 8y)10 dx (V1 V2 )cd V1 d V1 c V1d V2 d
0 V(r)
(d c)r dc
(2x 2 8x)10 cd(V1 V2 ) V2 d V1 c
V(r)
= 10 (d c)r dc
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer. 54. As given that the probability density function
53. V(r) at r = d is V2 f(x) = a.e–2|x|
V(r) at r = c is V1 As we know that,
f(x) is a p.d.f. if f (x)dx 1.
2|x|
ae dx 1
As we know that 0
ae 2|x|dx ae 2(x) dx 1
The Laplace equation (2 V 0); 0
0
1 r 2 sin V e2x e2x
2 a
V . 0 a 1
r 2 sin r 1 r 2 2 0
a 0 a
r2
dV
C1;C1 Constant e e [e e0 ]
dr 2 2
dV C1 a a
2 [1 0] 0 1 1
dr r 2 2
a a
–C1 1
V C2 ; C2 Constant 2 2
r
a=1
at r = c; V = V1
55. As given circuit;
C1
V1 C2 ...(1)
c
at r = d; V = V2
C1
V2 C2 ...(2)
d
(1) – (2), we get
C1 C1 The voltage across 8 k is
V1 V2
c d V1 = IR = I * 8000
c d V1 = 8000I
V1 V2 C1
cd Now, by apply kVL in first loop;
V V2
C1 1 cd V1
c d –75 + 2000I + 0
2
20 Solved Paper – 2022
75 0.5V1 5
I So, 150 electrical degree/sec2
2000 0.030
In Mechanical degree:
75 0.5V1
V1 8000 2 2
2000 150 150
V1 = 4(75 – 0.5V1) P 4
V1 = (300 – 2V1) = 75 Mechanical degree/sec2 .
3V1 = 300 58. As given that,
V1 = 100 Volts Single phase inverter
56. According to question, Vs = 1000V, Io = 10
i(t) = 10 sin (t – )A
3
Poutput = ?
Common
E A D
load of
500 MW
P1 O P2 P
3 50 f
...(i)
250 Pa
3.2 50 f °
...(ii)
400 500 Pa
Now, equation (i) is divide by the equation (ii), Poutput= V01 I0r cos 60
3
=
2 2 I
Vs o cos60
250 500 – Pa 2
3.2 Pa
400 2 2 10
= 1000 0.5
500 Pa 2
1.5
Pa Poutput = 3183 W
Pa = 200 MW 59. As given that,
So, the load shared by 250 MW plant is 200 MW. IDC = 15A, = 45°, Is =?
1 Peak
57. As we know that,
from swing equation;
d 2 IDC
M Pa
dt2
d
Acceleration
dt 2
–IDC
M. = Pa
P a = Ps – P e
Pa = 15 – 10 = 5 Maximum, of fundamental component of the
So, M = Pa source current is;
Pa 4.I0 n 4I0 cos 1 n 1
Îsn t cos =
M n 2 2
We also know that
4 15 45 = 17.65 A
Îs1 cos
M
s
15 20
1
0.033 2
180f 180 50 30
Solved Paper – 2022 21
60. As given that 62. As given that
3 V = 280 V, Sep. excited motor, (Ra) = 1 , :
Constant, Ia Ia = 30 A, N = 1000 rpm, Rext = 10
+ , N2 = ?
As we know that
VSI
– T · Ia
Flux constant, T Ia
Load
T2 Ia2
VS = 1000V
T1 Ia1
Ipn rms = 10A
G iven: TL N
S = (–4000 – j3000)VA
As we know that T2 N2
P0 = 3 VL1(rms) I0rms pF T1 N1
4000 Ia2 N2
4000 = 3 VL1(rms) 10
Ia1 N1
40002 30002
Now, VL1 (rms) = 288.675 V Let, Ia1 = 30 A, N1 = 1000 rpm
For, 3– VSI – SPWM, MA 1
V
Ia2 =
30
N
1000 2
V̂L1 3 MA s
2 Ia2 = 0.03 N2
We also know that,
V̂ 3
VL1 rms L1 M A 1000 Eb N
2 2 2
Eb2
N2
V Ia 2 R a R ext
3
288.675 = M A 1000 Eb1 N1 V Ia1R a
2 2
N2 280 0.03N2 1 10 280 0.33N2
MA = 0.471
1000 280 30 1 250
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
61. As given that 250N2 = 280 × 1000 – 330 N2
ToN = 20 × 10–6 sec; 580 N2 = 280000
Toff = 30 × 10–6 sec; 280000
N2 =
T = 50 × 10–6 sec; 580
V0 = Vc = 1V N2 = 482.75 rpm
C= ? 63. According to the given figure;
As we know that The Equation of speed vs. time from 4 sec to 8 sec
N = 125t + 500 ....(i)
Imax Imin 16 12
We have: J d Te TL
IL(avg) = = 14 A
2 2
dt
I0(avg) = IL(avg)(1 – )
d
20 or Te = J TL
20 dt
I0(avg) = 14 × 1 ; 50
50 d
or Te J TL
30 dt
I0(avg) = 14 × = 8.4 Amp.
50 Pe Te
We also know that d
or Pe = J PL
I0 ToN 8.4 20 10 6 dt
C= =
V0 1 or dE J d PL
dt dt
C = 168 F
22 Solved Paper – 2022
or dE = J d PL dt As we know that,
As we know that Excitation EMF (Eb):
V V
2 2
E=
P e dt Eb = ph cos Ia Ra ph sin Ia X s
( +ve for Lead and – ve for lagg)
or So, E = J d PL dt ....(i)
1500 1500 To find Ia: Current drawn, we need to find Input.
E= J
1000
d
1000
PL dt
PInput = POutput + Losses = Psh + Losses
2 1500 8 = 10 + 2 = 12 kW
2 2
or E = J
60
1000
NdN
60
Ndt
4
We also know that
Pin
2 1500 8 IL =
2 N
2
2 3VL cos
= J
60
2 1000
2
60 125t 500 dt 12000
4
IL = = 21.65 A = Ia(ph)
2 3 400 0.8
From equation (i); From eq(i);
2
2 15002 10002
V cos I R V sin I X
2 2
= 0.1 × Eb = a a a s
60 2
2 125t2
8 = 230.94 0.8 21.65 02
2. 500t + (230.94 × 0.6 + 21.65 × 1)2
60 2 4
= 685.389 + 1047.197 = 184.752 160.214 2
= 1732.586 J Eb = 244.54 V per phase
64. As given that 65. As Given that
400 Isc = 5 Irated Isc = 5If1
VL = 400 V, Vph = = 230.94 V
3 It is required to make starting current to “2If"
Xs = 1 /ph, using auto transformer. Line current with auto
transformer,
Shaft load Psh = 10 kW,
2If
Loading losses = 2 kW, = k2
Isc
Ra : Negligible = 0
p.f(cos ) = 0.8
1
k2 = 2 ×
5 I sc 5Ig
2
k= = 0.632
5
Ist(S.AT) = k2 Isc = 2If ( IL = 2If),
SOLVED PAPER - 2021
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Total of 65 questions carrying 100 marks, out of which 10 questions carrying a total of 15 marks are in
General Aptitude (GA)
2. The Engineering Mathematics will carry around 15% of the total marks, the General Aptitude section
will carry 15% of the total marks and the remaining 70% of the total marks.
3. Types of Questions
(a) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. These
questions are objective in nature, and each will have a choice of four options, out of which the candidate
has to mark the correct answer(s).
(b) Numerical Answer Questions of 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. For these questions
the answer is a real number, to be entered by the candidate using the virtual keypad. No choices will
be shown for these type of questions.
(c) Multiple Select Questions (MSQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all the papers and sections.
These questions are objective in nature, and each will have choice of four answers, out of which ONE
or MORE than ONE choice(s) is / are correct.
4. For 1-mark multiple-choice questions, 1/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. Likewise, for
2-marks multiple-choice questions, 2/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. There is no negative
marking for numerical answer type questions & multiple selection questions.
Chapter-Wise Analysis
# Subject
Marks # Subject
Marks
1 2 Total 1 2 Total
1 General Aptitude 5 5 15 7 Power Systems 4 4 12
2 Engineering Mathematics 4 4 12 8 Control Systems 2 3 8
Electrical and Electronic
3 Electric Circuits 3 4 11 9 2 - 2
Measurements
Analog, Digital
4 Electromagnetic Fields 2 2 6 10 Electronics and 3 3 9
Microprocessor
Power Electronics &
5 Signals and Systems 2 3 8 11 1 4 9
Drives
6 Electrical Machines 2 3 8
2 Solved Paper – 2021
4. Which one of the following numbers is exactly
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
divisible by (1113 + 1)?
Q. 1 to Q. 5 : Multiple Choice Question (MCQ)
(a) 1126 + 1 (b) 1133 + 1
carry One mark each.
1. The people _______ were at the demonstration (c) 1139 –1 (d) 1152 – 1
were from all sections of society. 5. Oasis is to sand as island is to
(a) whose (b) which Which one of the following options maintains a
(c) who (d) whom similar logical relation in the above sentence?
(a) Stone (b) Land
(c) Water (d) Mountain
Q. 6 to Q. 10 : Multiple Choice Question (MCQ),
2. carry Two marks each.
6. The importance of sleep is often overlooked by
students when they are preparing for exams.
Research has consistently shown that sleep
A transpart square sheet shown above is folded deprivation greatly reduces the ability to recall
along the dotted line. The folded sheet will look the material learnt. Hence, cutting down on sleep
like______. to study longer hours can be counter productive.
Which one of the following statements is the
CORRECT inference from the above passage?
(a) (a) Sleeping well alone is enough to prepare for
an exam. Studying has lesser benefit.
(b) Students are efficient and are not wrong in
thinking that sleep is a waste of time.
(c) If a student is extremely well prepared for an
exam, he needs little or no sleep.
(b) (d) To do well in an exam, adequate sleep must
be part of the preparation.
7.
(c)
(d)
In the figure shown above, each inside square is
formed by joining the midpoints of the sides of
the next larger square. The area of the smallest
3. For a regular polygon having 10 sides, the interior square (shaded) as shown, in cm2 is :
angle between the sides of the polygon, in (a) 12.50
degrees, is : (b) 6.25
(a) 396 (b) 324 (c) 3.125
(c) 216 (d) 144 (d) 1.5625
Solved Paper – 2021 3
8. Let X be a continuous random variable denoting the temperature measured. The range of temperature is
[0, 100] degree Celsius and let the probability density function of X be f(x) = 0.01 for 0 X 100.
The mean of X is ____________
(a) (b) 5.0 (c) (d)
9.
The number of students passing or failing in an exam for a particular subject are presented in the bar
chart above. Students who pass the exam cannot appear for the exam again. Students who fail the exam
in the first attempt must appear for the exam in the following year. Students always pass the exam in
their second attempt.
The number of students who took the exam for the first time in the year 2 and the year 3 respectively, are
________
(a) 65 and 53 (b) 60 and 50 (c) 55 and 53 (d) 55 and 48
10. Seven cars P, Q, R, S, T, U and V are parked in a ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (EE)
row not necessarily in that order. The cars T Q. 1 to Q. 12 : Multiple Choice Question (MCQ),
and U should be parked next to each other. The carry One mark each.
cars S and V also should be parked next to each 1. Let p and q be real numbers such that p2 + q2 = 1.
other, whereas P and Q cannot be parked next
p q
to each other. Q and S must be parked next to The eigen values of the matrix are
each other. R is parked to the immediate right q p
of V. T is parked to the left of U. (a) 1 and 1 (b) 1 and – 1
Based on the above statements, the only (c) j and – j (d) pq and – pq
INCORRECT option given below is : z3 z2
2. Let p(z) = + (1 + j) + (2 + j) z + 3, where z is a
complex number. Which one of the following is
(a) There are two cars parked in between Q and
true?
V.
(a) conjugate {p(z)} = p (conjugate {z}) for all z
(b) Q and R are not parked together. (b) The sum of the roots of p(z) = 0 is a real number
(c) V is the only car parked in between S and R. (c) The complex roots of the equation p(z) = 0
(d) Car P is parked at the extreme end. come in conjugate pairs
(d) All the roots cannot be real
4 Solved Paper – 2021
3. Let f(x) be a real-valued function such that f(x0) 8. Consider the table given :
= 0 for some x0 (0, 1), and f(x) > 0 for all x (0, Constructional Machine type Mitigation
1). Then f(x) has feature
(a) no local minimum in (0, 1) (P) Damper bars (S) Induction (X) Hunting
(b) one local maximum in (0, 1) motor
(c) exactly one local minimum in (0, 1) (Q) Skewed rotors (T) Transformer (Y) Magnetic
(d) two distinct local minima in (0, 1) slots locking
4. For the network shown, the equivalent Thevenin (R) Compensating (U) Synchronous (Z) Armature
voltage and Thevenin impedance as seen across winding machine reaction
terminals ‘ab’ is (V) DC machine
The correct combination that relates the
constructional feature, machine type and
mitigation is
(a) P-V-X, Q-U-Z, R-T-Y
(b) P-U-X, Q-S-Y, R-V-Z
(a) 10 V in series with 12
(b) 65 V in series with 15 (c) P-T-Y, Q-V-Z, R-S-X
(c) 50 V in series with 2 (d) P-U-X, Q-V-Y, R-T-Z
(d) 35 V in series with 2 9. Consider a power system consisting of N number
5. Which one of the following vector functions of buses. Buses in this power system are
categorized into slack bus, PV buses and PQ buses
represents a magnetic field B ? ( x, ˆ and zˆ are
ˆ y,
unit vectors along x-axis, y-axis, and z-axis, for load flow study. The number of PQ buses is
respectively). NL. The balanced Newton-Raphson method is
used to carry out load flow study in polar form.
(a) 10xxˆ 20yyˆ 30zzˆ
H, S, M, and R are sub-matrices of the Jacobian
(b) 10yxˆ 20xyˆ 10zzˆ matrix J as shown below :
(c) 10zxˆ 20yyˆ 30xzˆ
P H S
Q J V , where J = M R
(d) 10xxˆ 30zyˆ 20yzˆ
6. If the input x(t) and output y(t) of a system are The dimension of the sub-matrix M is
related as y(t) = max (0, x(t)), then the system is
(a) NL × (N – 1) (b) (N – 1) × (N – 1 – NL)
(a) linear and time-variant
(c) NL × (N – 1 + NL) (d) (N – 1) × (N – 1 + NL)
(b) linear and time-invariant
10. Two generators have cost functions F1 and F2.
(c) non-linear and time-variant Their incremental-cost characteristics are
(d) non-linear and time-invariant
dF1 dF2
7. Two discrete-time linear time-invariant systems 40 0.2P1 32 0.4P2
dP1 dP2
with impulse responses h1[n] = [n – 1] + [ n + 1]
and h2[n] = [n] + [n – 1] are connected in cascade, They need to deliver a combined load of 260 MW.
where [n] is the Kronecker delta. The impulse Ignoring the network losses, for economic
response of the cascaded system is operation, the generations P1 and P2 (in MW) are
(a) [n – 2] + [n + 1] (a) P1 = P2 = 130
(b) [n – 1] [n] + [n + 1] [n – 1] (b) P1 = 160, P2 = 100
(c) [n – 2] + [n – 1] + [n] + [n + 1] (c) P1 = 140, P2 = 120
(d) [n] [n – 1] + [n – 2] [n + 1] (d) P1 = 120, P2 = 140
Solved Paper – 2021 5
11. For the closed-loop system shown, the transfer 15. Two single-core power cables have total conductor
resistances of 0.7 and 0.5 , respectively, and
E(s)
function is their insulation resistances (between core and
R(s) sheath) are 600 M and 900 M, respectively.
When the two cables are joined in series, the ratio
of insulation resistance to conductor resistance
is ________ × 106.
16. In the given circuit, for voltage Vy to be zero, the
value of should be ______. (Round off to 2
decimal places).
G GH
(a) (b)
1 GH 1 GH 17. A 1 C point charge is held at the origin of a
cartesian coordinate system. If a second point
1 1 charge of 10 C is moved from (0, 10, 0) to (5, 5, 5)
(c) (d)
1 GH 1 G and subsequently to (5, 0, 0), then the total work
done is _______ mJ. (Round off to 2 decimal
12. Inductance is measured by places).
(a) Schering bridge (b) Maxwell bridge 1
Take 9 109 in SI units. All coordinates are
(c) Kelvin bridge (d) Wien bridge 40
in meters.
Q. 13 to Q. 25 : Numerical Answer Type (NAT),
18. The power input to a 500 V, 50 Hz, 6-pole, 3-phase
carry One mark each.
induction motor running at 975 RPM is 40 kW.
13. Suppose the circles x2 + y2 = 1 and (x – 1)2 + (y – The total stator losses are 1 kW. If the total
1)2 = r2 intersect each other orthogonally at the friction and windage losses are 2.025 kW, then
point (u, v). Then u + v = _________. the efficiency is _________%.
19. An alternator with internal voltage of 1 1 p.u
14. In the given circuit, the value of capacitor C that and synchronous reactance of 0.4 p.u is connected
makes current I = 0 is _________ F. by a transmission line of reactance 0.1 p.u to a
synchronous motor having synchronous
reactance 0.35 p.u and internal voltage of 0.85
2 p.u. If the real power supplied by the alternator
is 0.866 p.u., then (1 – 2) is _______ degrees.
(Round off to 2 decimal places.)
(Machines are of non-salient type. Neglect
resistances.)
Vo (s)
20. The Bode magnitude plot for the transfer function V (s) of the circuit is as shown. The value of R is _____
i
. (Round off to 2 decimal places.)
6 Solved Paper – 2021
21. A signal generator having a source resistance of value of RS is 6. The Zener diode has a maximum
50 is set to generate a 1 kHz sinewave. Open rated power dissipation of 2.5 W. Assuming the
circuit terminal voltage is 10 V peak-to-peak. Zener diode to be ideal, the minimum value of R0
Connecting a capacitor across the terminals is __________ .
reduces the voltage to 8 V peak-to-peak. The
value of this capacitor is ________ F. (Round off
to 2 decimal places.)
22. A 16-bit synchronous binary up-counter is clocked
with a frequency fCLK. The two most significant
bits are OR-ed together to form an output Y.
Measurements show that Y is periodic, and the Q. 26 to Q. 37 : Multiple Choice Question (MCQ),
duration for which Y remains high in each period carry TWO marks each.
is 24 ms. The clock frequency fCLK is _________ 26. In the open interval (0, 1), the polynomial p(x) =
MHz. (Round off to 2 decimal places.) x4 – 4x3 + 2 has
23. In the BJT circuit shown, beta of the PNP (a) two real roots (b) one real root
transistor is 100. Assume VBE = –0.7 V. The (c) three real roots (d) no real roots
voltage across RC will be 5 V when R2 is ________
27. Suppose the probability that a coin toss shows
k. (Round off to 2 decimal places.)
“head” is p, where 0 < p < 1. The coin is tossed
repeatedly until the first “head” appears. The
expected number of tosses required is
(a) p/(1 – p) (b) (1 – p)/p
(c) 1/p (d) 1/p2
28. Let (–1 – j), (3 – j), (3 + j) and (– 1 + j) be the
vertices of a rectangle C in the complex plane.
Assuming that C is traversed in counter-clockwise
direction, the value of the contour integral
dz
C z2 (z 4) is
(a) j/2 (b) 0
24. In the circuit shown, the input Vi is a sinusoidal (c) – j/8 (d) j/16
AC voltage having an RMS value of 230 V ± 20%. 29. In the circuit, switch ‘S’ is in the closed position
The worst-case peak-inverse voltage seen across for a very long time. If the switch is opened at
any diode is ________ V. (Round off to 2 decimal time t = 0, then iL(t) in amperes, for t 0 is
places.)
(a) 8 e–10t (b) 10
(c) 8 + 2 e–10t (d) 10(1 – e–2t)
30. The input impedance, Zin (s), for the network
shown is
25. In the circuit shown, a 5V Zener diode is used to
regulate the voltage across load R0. The input is
an unregulated DC voltage with a minimum
value of 6 V and a maximum value of 8 V. The
Solved Paper – 2021 7
23s 2 46s 20
(a) (b) 6s + 4
4s 5
25s 2 46s 20
(c) 7s + 4 (d)
4s 5
31. The causal signal with z-transform z2 (z – a)–2 is
(u[n] is the unit step signal)
(a) a2nu[n] (b) (n + 1) anu[n]
(c) n–1anu[n] (d) n2anu[n]
32. Let f(t) be an even function, i.e., f(–t) = f(t) for all
t. Let the Fourier transform of f(t) be defined as 4j j j 4j 2j 2j
j 4j j
(b) 2j 4j 2j
dF() (a)
f (t)e
j t
F() = dt . Suppose F() for
d j j 4j 2j 2j 4j
all , and F(0) = 1. Then 1 1 1
3
j
1
j
1
j 2 j 4 j 4
j
(a) f(0) < 1 (b) f(0) > 1 4 4 4
1 j 1 j 1 j
(c) f(0) = 1 (d) f(0) = 0 1
j j 3 1
j 4 2 4
33. In a single-phase transformer, the total iron loss (c) 4 4 4 (d)
1j 1 1
is 2500 W at nominal voltage of 440 V and j1 1 3 j j
j j 4 4 2
frequency 50 Hz. The total iron loss is 850 W at 4 4 4
220 V and 25 Hz. Then, at nominal voltage and 36. Suppose IA, IB and IC are a set of unbalanced
frequency, the hysteresis loss and eddy current current phasors in a three-phase system. The
loss respectively are phase-B zero-sequence current IB0 = 0.10° p.u.
If phase-A current IA = 1.1 0° p.u. and phase-C
(a) 1600 W and 900 W
current IC = (1 120° + 0.1) p.u., then IB in p.u is
(b) 900 W and 1600 W
(a) 1 240° – 0.1 0°
(c) 250 W and 600 W
(b) 1.1 240° – 0.1 0°
(d) 600 W and 250 W
(c) 1.1 –120° + 0.1 0°
34. In the figure shown, self-impedances of the two
(d) 1 –120° + 0.1 0°
transmission lines are 1.5j p.u each, and Zm = 0.5
37. A counter is constructed with three D flip-flops.
j p.u is the mutual impedance. Bus voltages shown
The input-output pairs are named (D0, Q0), (D1,
in the figure are in p.u. Given that > 0, the
Q1), and (D2, Q2), where the subscript 0 denotes
maximum steady-state real power that can be
the least significant bit. The output sequence is
transferred in p.u from Bus-1 to Bus-2 is
desired to be the Gray-code sequence 000, 001,
011, 010, 110, 111, 101, and 100, repeating
periodically. Note that the bits are listed in the
Q 2 Q 1 Q 0 format. The combinational logic
expression for D1 is
(a) Q2Q1Q0 (b) Q 2Q 0 Q1Q 0
(c) Q 2Q 0 Q1Q 0 (d) Q 2Q1 Q 2 Q1
E V Q. 38 to Q. 55 : Numerical Answer Type (NAT),
(a) E V (b)
2 carry TWO mark each.
3E V 38. Let A be a 10 × 10 matrix such that A5 is a null
(c) 2 E V (d)
2 matrix, and let I be the 10 × 10 identity matrix.
35. A 3-bus network is shown. Consider generators The determinant of A + I is _________.
as ideal voltage sources. If rows 1, 2 and 3 of the 39. A three-phase balanced voltage is applied to the
Y Bus matrix correspond to Bus 1, 2 and 3, load shown. The phase sequence is RYB. The ratio
respectively, then YBus of the network is IB
is ________.
IR
8 Solved Paper – 2021
taking 10 kW from the DC grid. The armature
resistance is 0.025 , field resistance is 50 ,
and brush drop is 2 V. Ignoring armature reaction,
the speed of the motor is _______ RPM. (Round
off to 2 decimal places.)
45. An 8-pole, 50 Hz, three-phase, slip-ring induction
motor has an effective rotor resistance of 0.08
per phase. Its speed at maximum torque is 650
RPM. The additional resistance per phase that
must be inserted in the rotor to achieve maximum
torque at start is ______ . (Round off to 2 decimal
places). Neglect magnetizing current and stator
leakage impedance. Consider equivalent circuit
parameters referred to stator.
46. Consider a closed-loop system as shown,
14.4
G p (s) is the plant transfer function
s(1 0.1s)
40. In the given circuit, for maximum power to be
delivered to RL, its value should be _________ . and Gc(s) = 1 is the compensator. For a unit-step
input, the output response has damped
(Round off to 2 decimal places.)
oscillations. The damped natural frequency is
_________ rad/s. (Round off to
2 decimal places).
41. One coulomb of point charge moving with a
uniform velocity 10 x m/s enters the region x 0 47. In the given figure, plant G p (S) =
having a magnetic flux density 2.2
and compensator Gc(S)
(1 0.1s)(1 0.4s)(1 1.2s)
B 10yxˆ 10xyˆ 10zˆ T. The magnitude of force
1 T1s
on the charge at x = 0+ is _______ N. = K 1 T s . The external disturbance input is
2
( x, ˆ and zˆ are unit vectors along x-axis, y-axis
ˆ y,
D(s). It is desired that when the disturbance is a
and z-axis, respectively.) unit step, the steady-state error should not exceed
42. Consider a large parallel plate capacitor. The gap 0.1 unit. The minimum value of K is _________.
d between the two plates is filled entirely with a
(Round off to 2 decimal places.)
dielectric slab of relative permittivity 5. The plates
are initially charged to a potential difference of V
volts and then disconnected from the source. If
the dielectric slab is pulled out completely, then
the ratio of the new electric field E2 in the gap to
the original electric field E1 is ______.
43. Consider a continuous-time signal x(t) defined by
x(t) = 0 for |t| > 1, and x(t) = 1 – |t| for |t| 1.
48. The waveform shown in solid line is obtained by
Let the Fourier transform of x(t) be defined as
clipping a full-wave rectified sinusoid (shown
dashed). The ratio of the RMS value of the full-
x(t)e
jt
X() = dt. The maximum magnitude of
wave rectified waveform to the RMS value of the
X() is _____. clipped waveform is ________.
44. A belt-driven DC shunt generator running at 300 (Round off to 2 decimal places).
RPM delivers 100 kW to a 200 V DC grid. It
continues to run as a motor when the belt breaks,
Solved Paper – 2021 9
52. A CMOS Schmitt-trigger inverter has a low output
level of 0 V and a high output level of 5 V. It has
input thresholds of 1.6 V and 2.4 V. The input
capacitance and output resistance of the Schmitt-
trigger are negligible. The frequency of the
oscillator shown is _______ Hz.
(Round off to 2 decimal places.)
49. The state space representation of a first-order
system is given as
x x u
yx
where, x is the state variable, u is the control
input and y is the controlled output. Let u = – Kx
be the control law, where K is the controller gain.
To place a closed-loop pole at –2, the value of K is
_________.
50. An air-core radio-frequency transformer as shown
has a primary winding and a secondary winding. 53. Consider the boost converter shown. Switch Q is
The mutual inductance M between the windings operating at 25 kHz with a duty cycle of 0.6.
of the transformer is _______ H. Assume the diode and switch to be ideal. Under
(Round off to 2 decimal places.) steady-state condition, the average resistance Rin
as seen by the source is _____ .
(Round off to 2 decimal places.)
54. Consider the buck-boost converter shown. Switch
Q is operating at 25 kHz and 0.75 duty-cycle.
51. A 100 Hz square wave, switching between 0 V Assume diode and switch to be ideal. Under
and 5V, is applied to a CR high-pass filter circuit steady-state condition, the average current
as shown. The output voltage waveform across flowing through the inductor is _____A.
the resistor is 6.2 V peak-to-peak. If the resistance
R is 820 , then the value of C is ______ F.
(Round off to 2 decimal places.)
10 Solved Paper – 2021
55. A single-phase full-bridge inverter fed by a 325 V
DC produces a symmetric quasi-square waveform
across ‘ab’ as shown. To achieve a modulation
index of 0.8, the angle expressed in degrees
should be _______.
(Round off to 2 decimal places.)
(Modulation index is defined as the ratio of the
peak of the fundamental component of Vab to the
applied DC value.)
ANSWERS
General Aptitude (GA)
1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (d)
7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (a)
Electrical Engineering
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (a) 6. (d)
7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (b) 11. (c) 12. (b)
13. (1 to 1) 14. (20.00 to 20.00) 15. (300 to 300) 16. (–3.30 to –3.20)
17. (8.90 to 9.10) 18. (90.00 to 90.00) 19. (59.00 to 61.00) 20. (0.09 to 0.11)
21. (2.30 to 2.50) 22. (2.00 to 2.10) 23. (16.70 to 17.70) 24. (389 to 391)
25. (29.00 to 31.00) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (c)
30. (a) 31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (a) 35. (c)
36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (1 to 1) 39. (1 to 1) 40. (1.40 to 1.42) 41. (100 to 100)
42. (5 to 5) 43. (1 to 1) 44. (275.15 to 275.25) 45. (0.50 to 0.53)
46. (10.80 to 11.00) 47. (9.50 to 9.60) 48. (1.20 to 1.23) 49. (1 to 1)
50. (50.00 to 52.00) 51. (12.30 to 12.60) 52. (3150.00 to 3170.00)
53. (1.55 to 1.65) 54. (24 to 24) 55. (50.00 to 52.00)
Solved Paper – 2021 11
EXPLANATIONS
GENERAL APTITUDE 100
1. Here the subject of the verb is ‘who’ because we
E[x] = x.f(x)dx 0 x 100
0
can not use ‘Which’ for people, ‘Who’ is the only 100
word which acts as a subject for the verb.
100
x2
= x.(0.01)dx 0.01
2 0
2. If the square sheet is folded along the dotted line 0
by upon rotation, then the folded sheet will look 1
like as follows. = 100 100 50
200
9. From the given bar graph:
In year 2 : Total number of students who took
the exam = 60 + 5 = 65
Failed students = 0
But who appeared the exam for 1st time = 65 – 10
= 55.
In year 3 : Total number of students who took
3. As given that, the exam = 50 + 3 = 53
n = 10 Failed students = 5
As we know that But who took the exam for 1st exam = 53 –5 = 48
The sum of interior angles for a regular Hence option (d) is correct.
polygon = (n – 2) × 180°
10. According to the given information, possible
= (10 –2) × 180 = 8 × 180° = 1440 arrange:
8 180
So, Each interior side angle = 144. Q
10 T U P S V R
4. (an – bn) is divisible by (a + b), only when ‘n’ is
U Q S V R P I
even
So, we take the option (d). I U O S V R P
1152 –1 = (1126)2 – 12 Statements : (b), (c), (d) are true and
= (1126 + 1) (1126 – 1) Statements (A) is incorrect.
= (1126 + 1) [(1113)2 – (12)] Hence, there is only one car between Q and V.
= (1126 + 1) [(1113) – 1] (1113 + 1)
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1113 + 1 is divisor of 1152 – 1.
5. Oasis is a water pool amidst sand just as island is p q
1. Let A
a piece of land amidst water. q p
6. Deprivation of sleep during exams will have
(Hint : 2 – × (trace) + (determinant of matrix))
negative effect on exams. So, considerable sleep
is necessary to well in exams. Characteristic equation of the matrix is
7. According to the question. 2 – × (– p + p) + (–p2 – q2) = 0
Total number of squares = 6
Now, by using Pythagoras theorem, in each
2 P2 q2 0
square, we can find side length. 2 – 1 = 0
5 = –1, 1 (since p2 + q2 = 1)
Side of smallest square becomes =
8 2. As given that,
5 5 25 P(z) = z3 + (1 + j) z2 + (2 + j) z + 3
So, Area of smallest square = 3.125
8 8 8 Let z = j be a complex number
8. As we know that, z j
p(z) = j3 + (1 + j) j2 + (2 + j) j + 3
E(X) = Mean of X = x.f x x dx = – j – 1 – j + 2j – 1 + 3 = 1
12 Solved Paper – 2021
p(z) 1 Z+h
a
And p(z) p( j) ( j) 3 (1 j)( j) 2 (2 j)( j) 3 15
=j–1–j–2j+1+3=3–2j
Vth 65V
p(z) p(z)
So, option (a) is not true.
Now, take example: b
(i) Let p(z) = z3 – jz2 + z – j has a 3 complex roots
By KVL:
z = –j, j, j
(ii) Let P(z) = z3 – z2 + z – 1 has 2 complex roots – VT = 2I – 3i1 + 10i1
j, j and one real root VT = 2I + 13i1
From the above two examples, sum of the roots
contain imaginary term so all the roots cannot VT = 15I ( i1 = I )
be real.
VT
Hence, option (d) is the correct answer. Zth I 15
3. Since f(x0) = 0 x0 is called stationary point and T
x0 (0, 1) Zth = 15
So, f(x0) = 0 and f(x) > 0 for all x (0, 1)
Vth = 65V, Zth = 15
f(xo) > 0 for all x (0, 1)
Hence, option (b) is correct answer.
Hence, f(x) has exactly one local minimum in at
x0in (0, 1) 5. As we know that,
4. According to the question we need to obtain Vth By Maxwell’s equation, the divergence of
and Rth in the following network magnetic field in zero
.B = 0
Option (a) B
x
10x y 20y z 30z
So, (a).B = 10 + 20 – 30 = 0
(b).B = 0 + 0 – 10 = – 10
For Calculation of Vth (c) .B = 0 + 20 – 0 = 20
(d).B = 10 + 0 + 0 = 10
.B = x B x y B y y B z
Hence, option (a) is correct answer.
6. As given that
Vth = 2 × 0 + 3i1 + 10i1 y(t) = Max (0,x(t))
Vth = 13i1 = 13 × 5 = 65 y1(t) = Max [0, x1(t)]
For, Calculation of Zth: y2(t) = Max [0, x2(t)]
3i1 I1 y3(t) = Max [0, (x1(t) + x2(t))]
2
–+ y4(t) = Max [0, x (t)]
y5(t) = Max [0, x(t)]
For additively y3(t) = y1(t) + y2(t)
10 i1 + VT
0A – For, Homogeneity y4(t) = y5(t)
Let x(1) = 1 and x2(t) = – 1 (both D.C)
Then y1(t) = Max (0, 1) = 1
(Current source is opened, dependent source is y2(t) = Max (0, –1) = 0
not disturbed) y3(t) = Max (0, 0) = 0
y3(t) y1(t) + y2(t)
Solved Paper – 2021 13
So, system is nonlinear. 9. As we know that,
If input is x(t – to) then y1(t) = Max [0, x(t – to)] Jacobian matrix is given by
y(t – to) = Max [0, x(t – to)] P P
Since y1(t) = y(t1 – to) system is time invariant H S V
J
Hence, system is nonlinear and time invariant. Q Q
7. As given that M R
V
h1(n) = (n – 1) + (n + 1) Where numerator part of each sub matrices talks
h2(n) = (n) + (n – 1) about known quantities and denominator about
As we know that, unknown.
So, h(n) = h1(n) * h2(n) Q
Here for M =
h(n) = h{(n – 1) * [(n) + (n – 1)]} + {(n + 1) *
[(n) + (n – 1) ]} Q is known for PQ buses i.e., NL (given) and S is
unknown for all buses except slack buses i.e.,
= [(n – 1) * (n)] + [(n – 1) * (n – 1)] + [(n + 1) *
(N – 1)
(n)] + [(n + 1) * (n – 1)]
So, dimension of M should be NL × (N – 1).
= (n – 1) + (n – 2) + (n + 1) + (n)
Hence, option (a) is the correct answer.
[ (n – no) * (n – n1) = [n – (n0 + n1)]]
dF1 dF2
= (n – 2) + (n – 1) + (n) + (n + 1) 10. As we know that,
dP1 dP2
8. (i) Synchronous machines are not self-starting
machines. These machines are made self- 40 + 0.2P1 = 32 + 0.4P2
starting by providing a special winding in the 40 – 32 = 0.4P2 – 0.2P1
rotor poles known as damper winding. When 8 = 0.4P2 – 0.2P1
there is change in load, excitation or change P1 + P2 = 260 MW
in other conditions of the systems rotor of the
P1 – 2P2 = –40 ...(i)
synchronous motor will oscillate to and fro
about an equilibrium position. These P1 + P2 = 260 ...(ii)
oscillations becomes more violent and Solve (i) and (ii) for finding the values of P1 and
resulting in loss of synchronism of the motor P2:
and comes to halt. –3P2 = – 300
(ii) If the rotor and the stator conductors are P2 = 100MW
parallel to each other, there is a strong
P1 = 160MW
possibility of the magnetic locking between
11. As given circuit:
the rotor and stator. Therefore, the rotor slots
are skewed.
(iii)In order to neutralize the cross-magnetizing
effect of armature reaction, a compensating
winding is used in DC machines. The
compensating windings consist of a series coils
embedded in slots in the pole faces. These coils
are connected in series with the armature.
P : Damper bars used in synchronous machine
to prevent hunting (x). C(s) G
So, (standard negative feedback
Q : Skewed rotor slots used in induction motor(s) R(s) 1 GH
to avoid magnetic locking (y).
system)
R : Compensating winding used in DC machine
E(s) = R(s) – C(s)H
(V) to neutrodize cross magnitizing effect of
armature reaction (Z) under main poles GH
(polarzone). = R(s) R(s)
1 GH
Hence, PUX – QSY – RVZ’
14 Solved Paper – 2021
14. According to the question we need to obtain value
GH
of C for which I = 0
= R(s) 1
1 GH
1 GH GH 1
= R(s) R(s)
1 GH 1 GH
E(s) 1
R(s) 1 GH
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
12. For inductance measurement Maxwell’s bridge
is used.
• Schering bridge is used for measurement of
capacitance, dielectric loss and permittivity
etc.
• Wien bridge is used for measurement of V
frequency. If Z = then Zx = and hence I = 0A
Zx
• Kelvin bridge is used for measurement of
resistance. 1
j5 j5
• Maxwell’s bridge is used for measurment of 1 j C
Z j5 || j5
inductance. jC j5 j5 1
13. Letus consider f(x, y) = x2 + y2 = 1 ...(i) jC
and g(x, y) = (x – 1)2 + (y – 1)2 = r2 ...(ii) 1
For Z = we need j5 j5 0
As we know that jC
f j
j10
dy x C
m1 =
dx f 1 1
So, C 20F
y 10 10 5 103
2x x Hence, for current I = 0 we get C 20F.
m1 this is the slope of curve (1).
2y y
We also know that, 15. As we know that,
g RC(total) = RC1 + RC2 (series) = 0.7 + 0.5 = 1.2
m2 = dy x 600 900
360 106
dx g Rins (total) = R i ||R i2
600 900
y
R ins(total) 360 106
300 106
m2 2(x 1) (x 1) R C(total) 1.2
2(y 1) y 1
16. According to the question;
This is the slope of curve (2)
we need to obtain value of for which Vy is 0
Now we also know that,
So, for orthogonal curves, product of slopes is – 1
m1 × m2 = – 1
x (x 1)
1
y (y 1)
x2 – x = –y2 + y
x2 + y2 = x + y Now, writing Nodal equation at node X:
x+y=1 ( x2 + y2 = 1)
Vx 6 Vx Vy Vx
Since (i) and (ii) intersect at (u, v) 0
1 2 4
uv 1 4Vx – 24 + 2Vx – 2Vy + Vx = 0
Solved Paper – 2021 15
7Vx – 2Vy = 24 Nr = 975 rpm
24 f and W loss = 2.025 kW
If Vy = 0 Vx = V
7 V = 500 V,
Now, writing nodal equation at node y: f = 50 Hz
Vy Vx Vy Vx As we know that
20
2 3 For, Synchronous speed,
Vx Vx 120f 120 50
If Vy = 0 then 2 NS =
2 3 P 60
–3Vx – 2Vx = 12 NS = 1000 rpm
Vx(3 + 2) = – 12 NS N r 1000 975
S= 0.025
12 NS 1000
3 + 2 =
Vx Pgm = (1 – S) Pi = (1 – 0.025) × (Pin – stator loss)
12 Pgm = 38.025 kW
2 = 3
Vx Motor efficiency,
7 Pout Pgm Pmech 38.025 2.025
2 = 12 3 m =
24 Pin Pin 40
6.5 m = 0.9 = 90%
= 3.25
2 19. As given that,
Hence, = –3.25 E = 1V
XS = j0.4 pu
17. As we know that, Ra = j0.1 pu
Work done depends on initial and final position: XS1 = j0.35 pu
Where, P = 0.866 pu
Initial point (0, 10, 0) distance from origin = 10 As we know that,
Total power transferred,
Ef V
P sin 1 2
X eq
1 0.85
0.866 = sin 1 2
0.1 0.35 0.4
sin(1 – 2) = 0.866
1 – 2 = 60°
20. For the following RLC circuit, the gain at
Final point (5, 0, 0) distance from origin = 5 frequency 2000 rad/sec is given 26dB. We need to
WAB = – q2(EA – EB) obtain value of R.
As we know that,
q1 1 106 9 109
EA = 9 10 2
4 0 rA 10
q1 1 10 6 9 109
EB = 18 10 2
4 0 rB 5
= 10 × 10–6 [9 × 102] = 90 × 10–4
EB = 9 × 10–3 J or 9 mJ When the operating frequency is 2000 rad/sec
18. As given that, ZL = jwL = j × 2000 × 1 × 10–3 = j2
P=6 j 1
Zc = j2
Pi = 40 kW C 200 250 106
16 Solved Paper – 2021
In general 2
1 RC
2 5
ZC 4
Vo(j) = Vi (j)
R ZL ZC (1.25) 2 1 (1.25) 2 1
C=
R
2 2
(2 103 )2 (50) 2
Vo (j) j2
at 2000r/sec 0.5625
Vi (j) R j2 j2 So, C = 2.38F
9.86 1010
22. According to the question we can draw the
Vo (j) 2
...(i) following block diagram
Vi (j) R
As given that,
Vo (j)
20log 26
Vi (j)
26
Vo (j)
10 20 (at = 2000 rad/sec)
Vi (j)
00 00 00 14
y0 2 States
00 11 11
Vo (j)
19.95 ...(ii)
Vi (j) 01 00 00 16
y 1
11 11 11
2 2
14
States
2
Equating equation (i) and (ii) 19.95 As given that,
R
Y = 1 for 24 m.sec in every period of Y. We need
2 to obtain the clock frequency.
R R = 0.1
19.95
Since it’s a 16-bit synchronous binary up counter,
21. According to the question the equivalent circuit: when it will receive clocks it will change its states
from [00…000 to 11…111] i.e., total 216 number
+ of distinct states in one counting cycle.
R
Y will be 0 only when Q15 and Q14 both are zero
C V0(j ) = 4 simultaneously else Y will be 1.
i ) = 5 0
V(j
So out of 216 number of states, the number of
– states when Q15 = Q14 = 0 is 214 (i.e., Q15 = Q14 =
0, but rest of the 14 bits Q 13 to Q 0 can vary
minimum to maximum).
1/ jC Total 216 number of states
V0(j) = Vi (j )
R 1/jC
Out of 216 states in 214 states Y = 0
1
50 Out of 216 states (216 – 214) states Y = 1
1 jRC
(216 – 214)Tclk = 24 m.sec
Vi j 50 24 10 3
So, Tclk = 488 10 9 sec 448n.sec
216 214
5
V0 ( j)
1 RC
2
1 1
And, fclk = 2.048MHz
Tclk 488 109
5
4 Hence, fclk = 2.048 MHz 2.05 MHz
1 RC
2
Solved Paper – 2021 17
23. As given circuit:
2
230 1.2 2
(230 1.2) 2 (276)
2 2
=
2
VD max PIV 390.32V
Hence, the worst case peak-inverse voltage seen
across any diode is 390.32V.
25. According to the question given circuit:
As given that, VC = 5V.
VBE = – 0.7 V.
VC 5 Ideal Zener diode characteristic:
So, IC = mA
R C 3.3
We know that,
IC 1 101 5
IE IC mA 1.53mA
100 3.3
VE = 12V – 1.53 × 1.2
VE = 10.164V
As given that,
VB – VE = –0.7 V
VB = VE – 0.7V = 10.164V – 0.7V = 9.464V
Now, by applying, For Zener diode I min = Iknee = 0mA
Thevenin’s equivalent at the input bias network: As given that, PZmax = IZmax VZ
R2 PZmax 2.5
VB = VTh VCC IZmax = 0.5A
R1 R 2 VZ 5
R2
9.464V 12V VZ
4.7k R 2 R0(min) = I ?
L(max)
4.7k 12
1 IS = IZ + IL
R 2 9.464
IS(max) = IZmin + IL(max)
4.7k 12
1 0.267 Vi(max) VZ
R2 9.464 0 I L(max)
RS
Hence, R 2 17.53k
85 3
24. As given that, IL(max) 0.5A = 500 mA
6 6
Vi = 230 ± 20%.
From the given diagram: IS min Vi min VZ = 166.67mA
6
We have to calculated worst case peak inverse
voltage seen across any diode. To get minimum value of R0, current through
As we know that, R0 must be maximum for this.
ISmin = VZmin + ILmax
Vi max VC max
2 2
(VD max)PIV =
18 Solved Paper – 2021
As zener is ideal consider 28. Let us consider A(–1, –1) = –1 – j; B(3, –1); D(3, 1)
IZmin = 0 and E(–1, 1) be the vertices of rectangle.
IS(min) = IL(max) = 166.67 mA
z2(z – 4) = 0
5
= 166.67 × 10–3 A z = 0, 4
R 0 min
5
R0 min
166.67 10 3
= 29.9994
26. From intermediate value theorem:
p(0) = 2 > 0 and p(1) = 1 – 4 + 2 = –1 < 0
So, exactly one real root lies between 0 and 1
Signs of p(x) : Only z = 0 lies inside the curve:
two sign changes in p(x)
1
2
dz z 4 dz
Signs of p(–x) : C z (z 4)
C z 0 2
So, no sign changes in p(–x)
Thus, p(x) has at most two positive roots and no 2 i d 1
=
negative root. We know that complex roots occur 1! dz z 4 at z = 0
in pairs and p(x) is a 4th degree polynomial also,
Now by using Cauchy’s integral formula
Now, p(3) = 81 – 108 + 2 < 0 and
p(4) = 256 – 256 + 2 > 0
1 i j
root lies between 3 and 4 = 2ix
or
z 4 at z = 0
2
8 8
Hence, p(x) has one real root in (0, 1)
27. Let us consider p = Pr (head) 29. According to given question we need to obtain iL
q = Pr (tail) = 1 – p (t) for t 0
Let X be a random variable denote number of
tosses till to get one head then X = 1, 2, 3, .... is a
discrete variable
So, Xx P(x)
1 p
2 qp
3 qqp For, t < 0
4 qqqp Network in steady state
– Switch is closed
t=0
E(x) = x.P(x)
x 1
Inductor is short circuited
= 1 × p + 2 × qp + 3 × q2p + q3p + ....
= p × [1 + 2q + 3q2 + ...]
= p × (1 – q)–2
2 1
= p p
p
Hence, option (c) is the correct answer.
Solved Paper – 2021 19
Network is in steady state
at = (S.S) Switch is open
0A Inductor is short circuited
V1(s) = (4 + 6s) I1(s) + sI2(s)
I2(s) (5 + 4s) + sI1(s) = 0
I2(s) = – sI1(s)/(4s + 5)
Network for t > 0 ‘S’ is open
is to be referred
Rth
Independent voltage
source to be shorted
The original network in S domain becomes
As we know that,
L 0.5 1
Time constan =
R th 5 10
i L (t) i L () i L 0 i L ( ) e t/ ; t 0
3s 2 5s
Zin = 4 5s s || 3s 5 4 5s
= 8 10 8 e 10t 8 2e 10t ;t 0 4s 5
16s 20 20s 2 25s 3s 2 5s 23s 2 46s 20
30. According to the question we need to obtain input =
4s 5 4s 5
impedance.
23s 2 46s 20
Zin =
4s 5
Hence, option (a) is correct answer.
z2 1
31. As given that X(z) =
z a 1 az
2 1 2
1
We know that, (n 1)a n u(n)
1 az1
2
(standard z-transform)
32. As given that
f(– t) = f(t) = f(t), At
dF()
F(),
d
F(0) = 1
20 Solved Paper – 2021
dF() Substitute f2 = 25 Hz in (b)
d
F() 850
A 25B
25
2
n F() C 34 = A + 25 B ...(iv)
2
Solve (iii) and (iv) equations, we get
2
C
F() e 2 A = 18, B = 0.64
Substitute A and B values in equation (i) and (ii)
F(0) e0C
to find Wh and Wf .
1 = eC Wh = A × f = 18 × 50 = 900 W
C=0 Wf = Bf2 = 0.64 × 502 = 1600 W
2
So F() e 2 V2 V1 220 440
f2 f1 25 50
As we know that,
Hence, Bm2 = Bm1
2
at 2 4a 34. According to the question given circuit is:
e e
a
2
1 t
2
If a = then e 2 2e 2
2
2
1 t2 2
e 2
e
2
t2
1 2
So, f(t) = e
2
1
f(0) = so f(0) 1
2
33. As given that:
W1 = 2500W
V1 = 440V
f1 = 50Hz
W2 = 850W
V2 = 220V
L1L 2 M 2
f2 = 25Hz Where, Leq =
L1 L 2 2M
As we know that,
Iron loss, Wi = Wh + Wf ...(a)
jL1 jL 2 jM
2
Hysteresis loss, Wh = Af ...(i) Or, jLeq =
Wf = Bf 2 ...(ii)
jL1 jL 2 2 jM
Substitute (i) and (ii) in (a) equation, we get
X1s X 2s X m2 1.5 1.5 0.5 2
Wi = Af + Bf2 Or, Xeq = 1pu
X1s X 2s 2X m 1.5 1.5 2 0.5
Wi
A Bf ...(b) As we know that,
f
Substitute, f1 = 50 Hz in (b) E V EV
Pmax = X 1 E V
2500
A 50B eq
50
50 = A + 50 B ...(iii)
Solved Paper – 2021 21
35. According to the question given circuit is: 3 1 1
4 j 4 j j
4 V
I1 1
1 3 1
I
2 4 j j j V3
4 4
I3 V
1j 1 3 4
j j
4 4
4
ybus matrix
36. As given that, IB0 = 0.1 0 pu
IA = 1.1 0 pu
IC = (1 120° + 0.1)pu
I A 1 1 1 IA0
As, we know that, I B 1 2 IA1
IC IA2
All voltage sources are ideal and IA0 = IB0 = IC0
I1 + I3 + I4 = I2 ...(i) IA = IA0 + IA1 + IA2 = 1.1 0
I1 = (V1 – V2) (–j1) IA1 + IA2 = 1.1 0 – IA0 = 1.0 ...(i)
I1 = (–j1) V1 + (j1) V2 ...(ii) Also, I C = IA0 + IA1 + 2IA2
I2 = V2(–j1) ...(iii) = 1 120 + 0.1
I3 = (–j1) V2 + (j1)V3 ...(iv) IA1 + 2 + IA2 = 1 120° ...(ii)
Solving (i) and (ii),
I4 = (j1) V2 – (j1) V4 ...(v)
IA1 = 1.0 pu and IA2 = 0
I4 = (V4 – V2) (–j1)
Then, IB = IA0 + 2IA1 + IA2
I4 = (j1) V2 – (j1) V4
= IB0 + 2IA1 + IA2
From equation (ii) and (iii)
= 0.1 + 1240 + 0
I1 + I3 + I4 = V2(–j1)
= 1 – 120 + 0.10
V2 = (j1) [(–j1)V1 + (j1)V2 + (j1)V2 + (–j1) V3
37. According to the question we can have the
+ (j1)V2 – (j1)V4] following table is about counter design:
V2 = V1 – 3V2 + V3 + V4 Present state Next state Flip flop inputs
4V2 = V1 + V3 + V4
Q2 Q1 Q0 Q 2 Q1 Q 0 D2 D1 D0
1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 1
V2 = V1 V3 V4 ...(vi)
4 4 4
0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1
1 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0 1 1 0
I1 ( j1)V1 (j1) V1 V3 V4 I1
4 4 4 0 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 0
1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3 1 1
I1 j V1 j V3 j V4 ...(vii) 1 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0
4 4 4
1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 1
I3 ( j1) V3 V1 V3 V4
4 4 4 D1 (Q2, Q1, Q0) = m (1, 2, 3, 6)
1 3 1
I3 j V1 j V3 j V4 I2 ...(viii)
4 4 4
1 1 1
I4 ( j1) V1 V3 V4 ( j1)V4
4 4 4
1 1 3
I4 j V1 j V3 j V4 I3 ...(ix)
4 4 4
From equations (vii), (viii) & (ix) D1 = Q 2Q 0 Q1Q 0
22 Solved Paper – 2021
38. As given that 40. According to the question, we need to obtain
A5 = 0 where, valved RL for maximum power transfer.
A is Nilpotent matrix.
eigen values of A are all ‘0’
eigen values of the matrix A + I are all equal
to 0 + 1 = 1
Determinant of (A + I) is product of eigen
values of (A + I)
Since the load is purely resistance the condition
= 1 × 1 × 1 .... × 1 (10 times) for maximum power transfer is RL = |Zth|
= 1 ( By using properties of eigen values) Computation of Zth independent voltage source is
39. According to given questions. short circuited.
IB
We need to obtain
IR
Since the source is balanced:
ZL = jL = j × 1000 × 4 × 10–3 = j4
1 j
ZC = j2
C 0.5×103 103
Zth = 2||(j4 – j2) = 2 || j2
j4 j2 290
= 2 45
2 j2 1 j 2 45
RL = Z th 2 45 2 1.414
VRY = V0 41. As we know that,
VYB = V–120 The Lorentz magnetic force F due to change
VBR = V120 moving with velocity V in a magnetic field B is
given by
VRB VBR V120 V
So, IR = 30
j10 j10 –j10 10
F q V*B
VYB V 120 V As given that,
IY = –210
j10 j10 10 q = 1C,
IR + IY + IB = 0 Velocity V = 10xm/sec,
ˆ magnetic field
V V B 10yxˆ 10xyˆ 10zˆ
IB = IR IY 30 210
10 10
F 110xˆ 10yxˆ 10xyˆ 10zˆ
V V
= 130°+1210 90 = 100x xˆ yˆ 100 xˆ xˆ
10 10
F 100xzˆ 100(y)
ˆ
V V
IR 30 At x = 0+
10 10
F 100yˆ
IB
1
IR Magnitude of force F = 100 N
Solved Paper – 2021 23
42. According to the question when removal of voltage Ra = 0.025
source, charge on the capacitor will remain Rsh = 50
constant.
Brush drop = 2V
5A
Initially, Q1 = o v1 (Q CV) ...(a)
d + –
After removing dielectric slab and voltage source
o A
Q1 = v2 ...(b)
d
V1 and V2 are potential between plates
V E V
Electric field E = 1 1
d E 2 V2 As we know that,
E1 original electric field PL = VIL
E2 new electric field PL 100 103
Line current, IL = 500A
Since (a) = (b), V 200
o 5.A .A V 200
V1 o V2 Ish = 4A
d d R sh 50
V1 1 Ia = IL + Ish
V2 5 Ia = 500 + 4
E1 1 Ia = 504 A
or
E2 5 Now, Apply KVL
So, the ratio of new electric field strength to Eg – Ia Ra – B.D = VBus
original electric field strength = 5 Eg = Ia Ra + B.D + VBus
43. As given that, = 504 × 0.025 + 2 + 200
Signal : CTFT Eg = 214.6 V
1 t ; t 1 I f belt brokes, P = 10 × 103
x t
0; t 1 P
IL = 50A
V
x(t)
V 200
Ish = 4A
R sh 50
Ia = IL – Ish = 50 – 4
Ia = 46 A
By KVL, V – Ia Ra – BD = Eb
200 – 46 × 0.025 = Eb
T Eb = 196.85V
X() = (Area of triangle) X Sa2
2
Eb
1 2 2 N
= 2 1 Sa Sa [ T = 1]
2 2 2
2
X(0) = Sa (0) ‘’ is constant since current through shunt field
X(0) = 1 winding is constant
Hence, the maximum magnitude of x(W) is `1 . Nm Em
Ng E g
44. As given that,
N = 300 rpm Em 196.85
Nm = Ng 300
P0 = 100 kW Eg 214.6
V = 200 V Hence, Nm = 275.18 rpm
24 Solved Paper – 2021
45. As given that, 144 2n
2
P = 8, s 10s 144 s 2n s 20
2
f = 50 Hz,
Now, by comparison 2n 144
R2 = 0.08 /ph
n = 12 rad/sec
NTm = 650 rpm
2n = 10
As we know that,
10 10
Synchronous speed, = 0.416
2n 24
120f 120 50
NS = 750rpm So, damped natural frequency :
P 8
We also know that, d = n 1 2 12 1 (0.416)2 10.90rad/sec
Slip at maximum torque, 47. According to the given block diagram :
NS N Tm 750 650
STm 0.133
NS 750
We also have,
R 2
STm X
2
R 2 0.08
X2 0.6
STm 0.133 2.2 1 T1s
G p (s) ,G c (s) k
So, for producing maximum torque at starting (1 0.1s)(1 0.4s)(1 1.2s) 1 T2s
STm = 1 When D(s) is unit step the steady state error
should be at maximum 0.1, we need to obtain
R
2(new)
1 minimum value of k.
X 2
Since there are 2 inputs (R(s), D(s)), we want E(s)
R 2(new) X2 0.6 due to D(s), so R(s) should be made 0
Rext = 0.6 R 2 0.6 0.08 We know that,
Rext = 0.52 E(s) G p (s)
46. As given block diagram: D(s) 1 G p G c (s)
G p (s) 1
Now, E(s) D(s)
s 1 G p (s)G 0 (s) s
Steady state error e() =
G p (s)
limsE(s) lim
s 0 s 0 1 G (s)G (s)
As given that, p c
For unit step input response has damped
2.2
oscillation we need to obtain damped natural
frequency. (1 0.1s)(1 0.4s)(1 1.2s)
e( ) lim
s0 1 T1s 2.2
Now, we get, 1 k
1 T2s (1 0.1s)(1 0.4s1 1.2s)
The closed loop transfer function for the given
diagram. 2.2
14.4 1 2.2k
C(s)
G(s)G(s)
s 0.1s
1 Now, We need e() 0.1
R(s) 1 G c (s)Gp(s) 1 14.4 2.2
So, 0.1
s 1 0.1s 1 2.2k
14.4 14.4 k 9.54
s 1 0.1s 14.4 s 0.1s2 14.4 kmin = 9.54
Hence, the Minimum value of k is 9.54.
Solved Paper – 2021 25
48. According to the questions we need to obtain the
ratio of r.m.s values of two wave forms. Vm2 1 1 3
sin sin 0
4 2 2 2 4
Vm2 1
4 2 4
Vm2 1
2
1
Vm2
As we know that 2
T
2 1 o
Vu max Vu2dt
T0 0 Vu rms 0.707Vm
1.21
VCrms 0.583Vm
1
Vmsin t 2 dt
0
1
VCrms Vm2 0.5838Vm
V2 2
m 1 cos 2t dt
2 0
49. As given that
V2 sin 2t
m (t)0 x x u
2 2 0
y=x
2 2
V 1 V u = –kx
( 0) 2 sin 2 sin 0 2
m m
2 According to the question we need to obtain value
V of such that closed loop pole will be at s = –2.
Vurms m 0.707Vm
2 Closed loop pole is roots of characteristic equation,
Characteristic equation in terms of state space is
|sI – A| = 0
x x u x kx ( u = –kx)
sX(s) = –X(s) – kX(s)
x x( k 1)
X(s) [s + 1 – k] = 1
As we know that,
x Ax BU
T
V 1 o
2
C rms VC2dt By comparison A = – k – 1
To 0
As we know that,
1
4 3 4 2
V Characteristic equation : |sI – A| = 0
Vm2 sin 2 tdt m dt Vmsin 2 tdt
0 /4 2 3/4 |s – (–k – 1) = 0|
Vm2 1 cos 2t
4
1
3 4 /4
1 cos 2t |s + k + 1| = 0
dt dt dt
s+k+1=0
0 2 2 /4 3/4
2
(Determinant of a constant is constant)
V2
4 3 4
1
m 1 cos 2t dt dt k+1=2
0 2 /4
(closed loop pole is k + 1 and if should be at 2)
Vm2 / 4 sin 2t 1 3 / 4
/ 4
(t)0 k1
(t) / 4
2 0 2
26 Solved Paper – 2021
50. As given circuit,
From KVL, Vi – VC – V0 = 0 V0 = Vi – VC
(Charging)
T
For 0 t , VC (0) VC,min (assumed)
2
VC() = 5V
( input available is maximum 5V capacitor can
change maximum upto 5 only)
As VC(t) = V() + [V(0) – V()]et/
VC(t) = 5 + (VC,min – 5)e–t/
T
At t , VC VC,max
We need to calculate mutual inductance M 2
between the windings of the transformer. VC,max = 5 + (V,Cmin – 5)e–T/2 ...(i)
Secondary is open circuited, (Discharging)
Isec = 0A T
For t T,
2
7.3p p MI primary
VC(0) = VC,max
5 V1() = 0
7.3 = 2 100 103 M
22 VC = 0 + VC,min
22 5 VC,min = VC,maxe–T/2 ...(ii)
= 2 100 103 M
7 22
Given, Vo,P–P = 6.2 V
M 51.1 H (5 – VC,min) – (–VC,max) = 6.2
Hence, the mutual inductance M between the VC,max – VC,min = 1.2 V ...(iii)
windings of the transformer is 51.1 H. Solving (i), (ii) and (iii),
51. According to the question: 1
Square wave: = 0.0102 using T = sec
100
RC = 0.0102
0.0102
C
820
R 820
C = 12.43 F
52. According to given question,
Vmax
Vmax
Vmin
t
5 –Vmin
V0 = VS –VC
5–Vmax
t
1
–Vmin T = T1 T2 1,f
T
–Vmax For T1 : VC(0–) = 2.4V, VC() = 0V
Solved Paper – 2021 27
t
VS 15
VC(t) = VC () VC (0 ) VC ( ) e RC 37.5V,
Vo =
1 D 1 0.6
At t = T1, VC = 1.6 V Vo 37.5
T1 Io = R 10 8.75A
1.6V 0 (24 0)e RC o
Io 3.75
T1
1.6 IS = 9.375A
e RC
1 D 0.4
2.4 So,
T1 1.6 2.4
So, n n 1.6 15
RC 2.4 R in 1.6
9.375
T1 = RCn (1.5) = 10 × 103 × 47 × 10–9 × n(1.5)
Hence, the average resistance Rin as seen by the
= 1.9 × 10–4 sec
source is 1.6.
Now, for T2 : VC(0–) = 1.6V, VC() = 5V
54. As given that,
t
VC (t) VC ( ) VC (0 ) VC ()e
RC foperating = 25 kHz, D = 0.75 and converter is buck
boost.
At t = T2; VC = 2.4V
First of all we should check for continuity or
T2
2.4V = 5 (1.6 5)e
RC discontinuity of converter
T2
(1 D) 2 R (1 0.75) 2 10
2.4 5 3.4e RC
LC =
2f 2 25 10 3
T2
2.6 3.4e RC
= 1.25 × 10–5 or 12.5 mH
T
2 2.6 L(given) > LC hence it is continuous mode of
e RC
3.4 operation.
T2 2.6 3.4
n n DVsc
RC 3.4 2.6 Vo 1 D
As we know that, Io = 6A
R R
T2 = RCn (1.307)
= 10 × 103 × 47 × 10–9 × n(1.307) ID 6
IL = 24A
= 1.258 × 10–4 sec 1 D 1 0.75
So, T = T1 + T2 = (1.9 + 1.258) × 10–4 sec 55. As given that,
= 3.151 × 10–4 sec Vdc = 325V, m(Need to achieve) = 0.8
As we know that,
4Vdc
1 1 Vab =
1,3,5 n
cos n sin n(t)
f= Hz 3166.201Hz
T 3.15110 4
Hence, f 3166.20Hz 4 Vdc
(Vab ) peak01 cos
53. As given circuit,
4
(Vab01 ) peak Vdc cos
m=
Vac Vdc
4
0.8 = cos
foperating = 25 kHz and D = 0.6 = 51.07°
Hence, to achieve a modulation index of 0.8,
VS
So, we need to calculate average Rin = I the angle expressed in degrees should be
S DC 51.07°.
SOLVED PAPER – 2020
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Total of 65 questions carrying 100 marks, out of which 10 questions carrying a total of 15 marks are in
General Aptitude (GA)
2. The Engineering Mathematics will carry around 15% of the total marks, the General Aptitude section
will carry 15% of the total marks and the remaining 70% of the total marks.
3. Types of Questions
( a ) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. These
questions are objective in nature, and each will have a choice of four options, out of which the candidate
has to mark the correct answer(s).
(b ) Numerical Answer Questions of 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. For these questions
the answer is a real number, to be entered by the candidate using the virtual keypad. No choices will
be shown for these type of questions.
4. For 1-mark multiple-choice questions, 1/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. Likewise, for
2-marks multiple-choice questions, 2/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. There is no negative
marking for numerical answer type questions.
Chapter-Wise Analysis
# Subject
Marks # Subject
Marks
1 2 Total 1 2 Total
1 General Aptitude 5 5 15 8 Control Systems 2 3 8
Electrical and Electronics
2 Engineering Mathematics 2 2 6 9 1 1 3
Measurements
Analog Circuits, Digital
3 Electric Circuits 2 4 10 10 Electronics and 4 3 10
Microprocessor
Power Electronics and
4 Electromagnetic Fields 1 1 3 11 3 4 11
Drives
5 Signals and Systems 3 3 9
6 Electrical Machines 4 4 12
7 Power Systems 3 5 13
2 SOLVED PAPER - 2020
9. Given a semicircle with 'O' as the centre, as
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
AC CB
Q 1 – Q 5 Carry one mark each. shown in the figure, the ratio is _____.
AB
1. This book, including all its chapters, _____
interesting. The students as well as instructor Where AC , CB and AB are chords.
____ in agreement about it. C
(a) is, was (b) are, are
(c) is, are (d) were, was
2. People were prohibited _____ their vehicles near
the entrance of the main administrative building
(a) to park (b) from parking
(c) parking (d) to have parked
A O B
3. Select the word that fits the analogy
Do : Undo :: Trust: ______. (a) 2 (b) 3
(a) Entrust (b) Intruct (c) 2 (d) 3
(c) Distrust (d) Untrust 10. The revenue and expenditure of four different
4. Stock markets _____ at the news of the coup companies P, Q, R and S in 2015 are shown in
the figure. If the revenue of company Q in 2015
(a) poised (b) plunged
was 20% more than that in 2014, and company Q
(c) plugged (d) probed had earned a profit of 10% on expenditure in 2014,
5. If P, Q, R, S are four individuals, how many teams then its expenditure (in million rupees) in 2014
of size exceeding one can be formed, with Q as a was ______.
member? Revenue and Expenditure (in million rupees)
(a) 5 (b) 6 of four companies P, Q, R and S in 2015
55
(c) 7 (d) 8 50
Revenue Expenditure
Revenue/Expenditure
Q 6 – Q 10 Carry two marks each.
(in million ruppees)
45
40
6. Non-performing assets (NPAs) of a bank in India
35
is defined as an asset, which remains unpaid by
30
a borrower for a certain period of time in terms 25
of interest. Principal, or both. Reserve Bank of 20
India (RBI) has changed the definition of NPA 15
10
thrice during 1993 - 2004 in terms of holding 5
period of loans. The holding period was reduced
0 CompanyP CompanyQ CompanyR CompanyS
by one quarter each time. In 1993, the holding
period was four quarters (360 days). (a) 32.7 (b) 33.7
Based on the above paragraph, the holding period (c) 34.1 (d) 35.1
of loans in 2004 after the third revision was _____
days. ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
(a) 45 (b) 90 Q 1 – Q 25 Carry one mark each.
(c) 135 (d) 180 1. ax3 + bx2 + cx + d is a polynomial on real x over
7. Select the next element of the series Z, WV, RQP, real coefficients a, b, c, d, wherein a 0. Which
_____. of the following statements is true?
(a) LKJI (b) JIHG (a) d can be chosen to ensure that x = 0 is a root
for any given set a, b, c
(c) KJIH (d) NMLK
8. In four-digit integer numbers from 1001 to 9999 (b) No choice of coefficients can make all roots
the digit group "37" (in the same sequence) identical
appears ______ times. (c) a, b, c, d can be chosen to ensure that all
(a) 270 (b) 279 roots are complex
(c) 280 (d) 299 (d) c alone cannot ensure that all roots are real
SOLVED PAPER - 2020 3
2. Which of the following is true for all possible 7. A three-phase cylindrical rotor synchronous
non-zero choices of integers m, n; m n, or all generator has a synchronous reactance Xs and a
possible non-zero choices of real numbers p, q; negligible armature resistance. The magnitude
p q as applicable? of per phase terminal voltage is VA and the
magnitude of per phase induced emf is EA.
(a) 1 sin m sin nd = 0 Considering the following two statements, P and Q
0
P : For any 3-phase balanced leading load
/2
1 connected across the terminal of this synchronous
2 / 2
(b) sin p sin qd = 0 generator, VA is always more than EA
Q : For any 3-phase balanced lagging load
1 con nected ac ross the terminals of this
(c)
2 sin p cos qd =0
synchronous generator VA is always less than EA
1
Which of the following options is correct.
(d) L im
2 sin p sin qd =0
(a) P is false and Q is true
3. Which of the following statements is true about (b) P is true and Q is false
the two-sided Laplace transform? (c) P is false and Q is false
(a) It exists for every signal that may or may not (d) P is true and Q is ture
have a Fourier Transform 8. A lossless transmission line with 0.2 pu reactance
(b) It has no poles for any bounded signal that is per phase uniformly distributed along the length
non-zero only inside a finite time interval. of the line, connecting a generator bus to a load
bus, is protected up to 80% of its length by a
(c) The number of finite poles and finite zeroes distance relay placed at the generator bus. The
is must be equal. generator terminal voltage is 1 pu. There is no
(d) If a signal can be expressed as a weighted generation at the load bus. The threshold Pu
sum of shifted one sided exponentials, then current for operation of the distance relay for a
its Laplace transform will have no poles. solid three-phase to ground fault on the
n
transmission line is closest to ______
1 (a) 1.00 (b) 3.61
4. Consider a signal x(n) = 1(n), where 1(n) = 0
2 (c) 5.00 (d) 6.25
if n < 0 and 1(n) = 1 if n 0. The z-transform of
9. Out of the following options, the most relevant
zk information needed to specify the real power (P)
x(n – k), k > 0 is with region of at the PV, buses, in a load flow analysis is
1
1 z 1 (a) solution of economic load dispatch
convergence being 2
(a) |z| < 2 (b) |z| > 2 (b) rated power output of the generator
(c) rated voltage of the generator
1 1
(c) | z | (d) | z | (d) base power of the generator
2 2
5. The value of the following complex integral, with 10. Consider a linear time-invariant system whose
'C' representing the unit circle centered at origin input r(t) and output y(t) are related by the following
d 2 y(t)
Z2 1 differential equation 4y(t) = 6r(t),
in the counter clockwise sense, is : Z 2 2Z dZ dt 2
c the poles of this system are at
(a) 8i (b) – 8i
(a) +2j, –2j (b) +2, –2
(c) – i (d) i
(c) +4, –4 (d) + 4j, –4j
6. XR and XA are, respectively, the rms and average
values of x(t) = x(t – T). and similarly, YR and YA 11. A single-phase full-bridge diode rectifier fed from
are respectively, the rms and average values of a 230 V, 50 Hz sinusoidal source supplies a series
y(t) = kx(t).k, T are independent of t. Which of combination of finite resistance, R, and a very
large inductance, L. The two most dominant
the following is true?
frequency components in the source current are
(a) yA = kxA; yR = kxR (b) yA = kxA; yR kxR
(a) 50 Hz, 0 Hz (b) 50 Hz, 100 Hz
(c) yA kxA; yR = kxR (d) yA kxA; yR kxR
(c) 50 Hz, 150 Hz (d) 150 Hz, 250 Hz
4 SOLVED PAPER - 2020
12. Thyristor T1 is triggered at angle (in degree) 15. A sequence detector is designed to detect
and T2 at angle 180° + in each cycle of the precisely 3 digital inputs, with overlapping
sinusoidal input voltage. Assume both thyristors sequences detectable. For the sequence (1,0,1)
to be ideal. To control the load power over the and input data (1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0)
range 0 to 2 kW. The minimum range of what is the output of this detector?
variation in is (a) 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0
(b) 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 0, 0
T1
(c) 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 0
(d) 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0
+
200 V T2 16. Consider the initial value problem below. The
10 – 60°
50 Hz
–
value of y at x = ln 2, (rounded off to 3 decimal
dy
places) is _____ = 2x – y, y (0) = 1
dx
(a) 0° to 60° (b) 0° to 120° 17. A 3-phase, 50 Hz, 4-pole induction motor runs at
(c) 60° to 120° (d) 60° to 180° no-load with a slip of 1% with full load, the slip
13. Which of the options is an equ ivalent increases to 5%. The % speed regulation of the
representation of the signal flow graph shown here motor (rounded off to 2 decimal places) is _____.
c 18. Currents through ammeters A2 and A3 in the
figure are 110° and 170° respectively. The
1 a d 1 reading of ammeter A1 (rounded off to 3 decimal
places) is ____ A.
A2
I2
e
I1
1 a(d + c) 1 A1
(a)
e I3
A3
1 (a + c)d 1
(b) 19. The Thevenin equivalent voltage V TH , in
V (rounded off to 2 decimal places) of the network
e
shown below is _____.
a d
2 3 +
1 1 – cd 1
(c)
+ 3 5A VTH
e 4V –
a c
–
1 1 – cd 1
(d)
20. A double pulse measurement for an inductively
loaded circuit controlled by the IGBT switch is
e
carried out to evaluate the reverse recovery
14. A common-source amplifier with a drain characteristics of the diode D, represented
resistance RD = 4.7 k is powered using a 10 V approximately as a piecewise linear plot of current
power supply. Assuming that the transconductance, versus time at diode turn-off. Lpar is a parasitic
gm, is 520 A/V, the voltage gain of the amplifier inductance due to wiring of the circuit, and is in
is closest to ______ series with the diode. The point on the plot (indicate
(a) –2.44 (b) –1.22 your choice by entering 1,2,3 or 4) at which the
(c) 1.22 (d) 2.44 IGBT experiences the highest current stress
is _____.
SOLVED PAPER - 2020 5
and never passes through this origin for a certain
IGBT G(s)
1 value of 'K'. Then the number of poles of
+ 1 G(s)
Diode current
– Vsource Lpar Rload lying in the open right half of the s-plane is _____.
25. The cross-section of a metal-oxide semiconductor
D Lload
structure is shown schematically. Starting from
2 4 Time an uncharged condition a bias of +3 V is applied
to the gate contact with respect of body contact.
The charge inside the silicon dioxide layer is then
measured to be +Q. The total charge contained
3 within the dashed box shown, upon application
21. A single phase, 4 kVA, 200V/100 V, 50 Hz of bias, expressed as a multiple of Q (absolute
transformer with laminated CRGO steel core has value in Coulombs, rounded off to the nearest
rated no-load loss of 450 W. When the high-voltage integer) is ____.
winding is excited with 160 V, 40 Hz sinusoidal
AC supply, the no-load losses are found to be 320 W. GATE
When the high-voltage winding of the same
transformer is supplied from a 100 V, 25 Hz Silicon Dioxide
sinusoidal AC source, the no-load losses will be
_____ W. (rounded off to 2 decimal places)
22. A single-phase inverter is fed from a 100 V DC Si
source and is controlled using a quasi-square
wave modulation scheme to produce an output
waveform v(t) as shown. The angle '' is adjusted BODY
to entirely eliminate the 3rd harmonic component
from the output voltage. Under this condition, DASHED BOX
for v(t), the magnitude of 5th harmonic component Q 26 – Q 55 Carry two marks each.
as a percentage of the magnitude of the 26. For real number x and y with y = 3x2 + 3x + 1,
fundamental component is ____. (rounded off to the maximum and minimum value of y for
two decimal places). x [–2, 0] are respectively
v(t) 1
100 V (a) 7 and (b) 7 and 1
4 4
3 /2 2 7/2
0 t 1 1
/2
5/2 3
(c) –2 and (d) 1 and
2 4
–100 V
27. The vector function expressed by
23. A single 50 Hz synchronous generator on droop F = ax(5y – K1z) + ay (3z + K2x) + az(K3y – 4x).
control was delivering 100 MW power to a
Represents a conservative field, where ax, ay, az
system. Due to increase in load, generator power
are unit vectors along x, y and z directions
had to increased by 10 MW, as a result of which,
respectively. The values of constant K1, K2, K3
system frequency dropped to 49.75 Hz. Further
are given by
increase in load in the system resulted in a
frequency of 49.25 Hz. At this condition, the (a) K1 = 3, K2 = 3, K3 = 7,
power in MW, supplied by the generator is ____. (b) K1 = 3, K2 = 8, K3 = 5
(rounded off to 2 decimal places) (c) K1 = 4, K2 = 5, K3 = 3
24. Consider a negative unity feedback system with (d) K1 = 0, K2 = 0, K3 = 0
for ward path tran sfer function
28. A 250 V DC shunt motor has an armature
K resistance of 0.2 and a field resistance of 100 .
G(s) = , where K, a, b, c are
(s a)(s b)(s c) When the motor is operated on no-load at rated
positive real numbers. For a Nyquist path voltage, it draws an armature current of 5 A and
enclosing the entire imaginary axis and right half runs at 1200 rpm. When a load is coupled to the
of the s-plane in the clockwise direction, the motor, it draws a line current of 50 A at rated
Nyquist plot of [1 + G(s)], encircles the origin of voltage, with a 5% reduction in the air gap flux
[1 + G(s)]-plane once in the clockwise direction due to armature reaction. Voltage drop across
6 SOLVED PAPER - 2020
the brushes can be taken as 1V per brush under 31. A non-ideal diode is biased with a voltage of
all operating conditions. The speed of the motor – 0.03 V, and a diode current of I1 is measured.
in rpm under this loaded condition is closest to: The thermal voltage is 26 mV and the ideality
(a) 1200 (b) 1000 factor for the diode is 15/13. The voltage, in V, at
which the measured current increases to 1.5I1 is
(c) 1220 (d) 900 closest to
29. Two buses, i and j, are connected with a (a) – 0.02 (b) – 0.09
transmission line of admittance Y, at the two
(c) – 1.50 (d) – 4.50
ends for which there are ideal transformers with
turns ratios as shown. Bus admittance matrix 32. A benchtop dc power supply acts as an ideal 4A
for the system is: current source as long as its terminal voltage is
below 10 V. Beyond this point, it begins to behave
Vi as an ideal 10 V voltage source for all load
Vj
Y
currents going down to 0 A. When connected to
1 : ti
an ideal rheostat, find the load resistance value
Bus-i tj : 1
Bus-j at which maximum power is transferred, and the
corresponding load voltage and current
t i t jY t2j Y
(a) Short, A, 10 V (b) Open, 4 A, 10V
(a) 2
it Y t t Y
i j (c) 2.5 , 4 A, 10 V (d) 2.5 , 4 A, 5 V
t i t j Y t 2j Y 33. The static electric field inside a dielectric medium
(b) 2
with relative permittivity, r = 2.25, expressed in
t Y t t Y cylindrical coordinate system is given by the
i i j
following expression
t2i Y t i t j Y
(c) 3
t i t j Y t2j Y E = ar2r + a + az6
r
tit j Y (t i t j )2 Y where ar, a, az ae unit vectors along r, , and z
(d) directions, respectively. If the above expression
(t i t j )2 Y t t Y
i j represents a valid electrostatic field inside the
30. Consider the diode circuit shown below. The medium, then the volume charge density
diode, D, obeys current-voltage characteristic associated with this field in terms of free space
permittivity, 0, in SI units is given by:
VD
ID = Is exp nV 1 , where n > 1, VT > 0, VD (a) 30 (b) 40
T
(c) 50 (d) 90
is
34. Consider a permanent magnet dc (PMDC) motor
the voltage across the diode and ID is the current
through it. The circuit is biased so that voltage, which is initially at rest. At t = 0, a dc voltage of
V > 0 and current, I < 0. If you had to design this 5 V is applied to the motor. Its speed monotonically
circuit, to transfer maximum power from the increases from 0 rad/s to 6.32 rad/s in 0.5 s and
current source (I1) to a resistive load (not shown) finally settles to 10 rad/s. Assuming that the
at the output, what values of R1 and R2 would armature inductance of the motor is negligible,
you choose? the transfer function of the motor is
+ 10 2
R1 I (a) (b)
0.5s 1 0.5s 1
2 10
I1 D R2 V (c) (d)
s 0.5 s 0.5
35. Which of the following options is correct for the
system shown below?
I –
R(s) 1 1 Y(s)
+
(a) Large R1 and large R2 – s+1 s2
(b) Small R1 and small R2
(c) Large R1 and small R2 20
(d) Small R1 and large R2 s + 20
SOLVED PAPER - 2020 7
(a) 4th order and stable 41. A stable real linear time-invariant system with
(b) 3rd order and stable single pole at P, has a transfer function H(s) =
(c) 4th order and unstable s2 100
with a dc gain of 5. The smallest positive
(d) 3rd order and unstable sp
frequency, in rad/s, at unity gain is closed to
36. Consider a negative unity feedback system with
the forw ard path transfer function (a) 8.84 (b) 11.08
s2 s 1 (c) 78.13 (d) 122.87
, where K is a positive real
s3 2s2 2s K 42. The number of purely real elements in a lower
number. The value of K for which the system will triangular respresentation of the given 3 × 3
have some of its poles in the imaginary axis is ____. matrix, obtained through the given decomposition
(a) 9 (b) 8 is _____.
(c) 7 (d) 6 2 3 3
T
a11 0 0 a11 0 0
37. Suppose for input x(t) a linear time-invariant 3 2 1 a a
system with impulse response h(t) produces = 12 22 0 a12 a 22 0
3 1 7 a13 a 23 a 33 a13 a 23 a33
output y(t), so that x(t) * h(t) = y(t). Further, if
|x(t)|*|h(t)| = z(t), which of the following (a) 5 (b) 6
statements is true? (c) 8 (d) 9
(a) for all t (–, ), z(t) y(t) 43. The figure below shows as per phase open circuit
(b) for some but not all t (–, ), z(t) y(t) characteristics (measured in V) and short circuit
(c) for all t (–, ), z(t) y(t) characteristics (measured in A) of a 14 kVA,
(d) for some but not all t (–, ), z(t) y(t) 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole, 3-phase, delta connected
alternator driven at 1500 rpm. The field current,
38. The causal realization of a system transfer
function H(s) having poles at (2, –1) and (–2, 1) If is measured in A. Readings are marked as
and zeros at (2, 1) and (–2, –1) will be respective (x, y) coordinates in the figure. Ratio
of the unsaturated and saturated synchronous
(a) Stable, real, all pass
impedances (Z S unsaturared /Z S saturated ) of the
(b) Unstable, complex, all pass alternator is closest to:
(c) Unstable, real, high pass
VOC C ISC
(d) Stable, complex, low pass OC (8, 400)
39. Which of the following options is true for a linear
time-invariant discrete time system that obeys
)
10
,2
the difference equation :
(2
y[n] = ay[n – 1] = b0x[n] – b1x[n – 1] 0)
,2
(a) y(n) is unaffected by the values of x[n – k]; (4
)
00
,1
k>2
(1
C
(b) The system is necessarily causal
(0, 10) SC
(c) The system impulse response is non-zero at If
(0, 0)
infinitely many instants
(a) 2.100 (b) 2.025
(d) When x[n] = 0, n < 0, the function y[n]; n > 0
is solely determined by the function x[n] (c) 2.000 (d) 1.000
40. Let ar, a and az be unit vectors along r, and z 44. Let ax and ay be unit vectors along x and y
directions respectively in the cylindrical directions, respectively. A vector function is given
coordinate system. For the electric flux density by F = axy – ayx.
given by D = (a r 15 a 2r a z 3rz) Coulomb/m2, The line integral of the above function F.d
the total electric flux, in coulomb, emanating c
from the volume enclosed by a solid cylinder of along the curve C, which follows the parabola
radius 3m and height 5m oriented along the y = x2 as shown below is ____ (rounded off to
z-axis with its base at the origin is _____. 2 decimal places).
(a) 54 (b) 90
(c) 108 (d) 180
8 SOLVED PAPER - 2020
y voltage (in V, rounded off to 2 decimal places)
across winding 'X' is _____.
4
230 0°V
+ A
C
230 –120°V
X
1
+ B
C
x
–1 2
230 120°V
45. A resistor and a capacitor are connected in series +
to a 10 V dc supply through a switch. The switch
closed at t = 0, and the capacitor voltage is found
49. A cylindrical rotor synchronous generator has
to cross 0 V at t = 0.4, where is the circuit time
steady state synchronous reactance of 0.7 pu and
constant. The absolute value of % change required
subtransient reactance of 0.2 pu. It is operating
in the initial capacitor voltage if the zero crossing
at (1 + j0) pu terminal voltage with an internal
has to happen at t = 0.2 is _____. (rounded off to
emf of (1 + j0.7) pu. Following a three-phase solid
2 decimal places)
short circuit fault at the termainal of the
46. A cylindrical rotor synchronous generator with
generator, the magnitude of the sub-transient
constant real power output and constant terminal
internal emf (rounded off to 2 decimal places) is
voltage is supplying 100 A current to a 0.9 lagging
____ pu.
power factor load. An ideal reactor is now connected
in parallel with the load, as a result of which the 50. In the dc-dc converter circuit shown, switch Q is
total lagging reactive power requirement of the switched at a frequency of 10 kHz with a duty
load is twice the previous value while the real ratio of 0.6. All components of the circuit are ideal,
and the initial current in the inductor is zero.
power remains unchanged. The armature current
Energy stored in the inductor in mJ (rounded off
is now ______ A. (rounded off to 2 decimal places)
to 2 decimal places) at the end of 10 complete
47. Bus 1 with voltage magnitude V1 = 1.1 pu is switching cycles is _____.
sending reactive power Q12 towards bus 2 with
voltage magnitude V2 = 1 pu through a lossless
D
transmission line of reactance X. Keeping the
voltage at bus 2 fixed at 1 pu, magnitude of 10 mH 50 V
voltage at bus 1 is changed, so that the reactive 50 V
power Q12 sent from bus 1 is increased by 20%.
Real power flow through the line under both the
Q
conditions is zero, the new value of the voltage
magnitude, V1, in pu (rounded off to 2 decimal
places) at bus 1 is _____.
51. A single-phase full-bridge, fully controlled
V1 V2 thyristor rectifier feeds a load comprising a 10
resistance in series with a very large inductance.
The rectifier is fed from an ideal 230 V, 50 Hz
Q 12 sinusoidal source through cables which have
Bus-1 Bus-2 negligible internal resistance and a total
48. Windings A, B and C have 20 turns each and are inductance of 2.28 mH. If the thyristors are
wound on the same iron core as shown, along triggered at an angle = 45°, the commutation
with winding 'X' which has 2 turns. The figure overlap angle in degree (rounded off to 2 decimal
shows the sense (clockwise/anti-clockwise) of places) is _____.
each of the windings only and doesn't reflect the 52. A non-ideal Si-based pn junction diode is tested
exact number of turns. If windings A, B and C by sweeping the bias applied across its terminals
are supplied balanced 3-phase voltages at 50 Hz from –5V to +5V. The effective thermal voltage,
and there is no core saturation the no-load RMS VT, for the diode is measured to be (29 ± 2)mV.
SOLVED PAPER - 2020 9
The resolution of the voltage source in the LXI H, 2001 H
measurement range is 1 mV. The % uncertainty MVI A, 21H
(rounded off to 2 decimal places) in the measured INX H
current at a bias voltage of 0.02 V is ______.
ADD M
53. The temperature of the coolant oil bath for a
INX H
transformer is monitored using the circuit
MOV M, A
shown. It contain s a thermistor with a
temperature dependent resistance, R thermistor = HLT
2(1 + T) k, where T is temperature in °C. The At the end of this program, the memory location
temperature coefficient, is –(4 ± 0.25)% /°C. 2003 H contains the number in decimal (base 10)
Circuit parameters : R1 = 1k, R2 = 1.3 k, form _____.
R3 = 2.6 k. The error in the output signal (in V, 55. A conducting square loop of side length 1 m is
rounded off to 2 decimal places) at 150°C is ____. placed at a distance of 1 m from a long straight
wire carrying a current I = 2 A as shown below.
+ The mutual inductance, in nH (rounded off to 2
RThermistor Vout
– decimal places), between the conducting loop and
+ R1 the long wire is _____.
3V –
Z
R3 I = 2A
R2
d = 1m a = 1m
+
– 0.1V
54. An 8085 microprocessor accesses two memory a = 1m
locations (2001 H) and (2002 H), that contain
8 bit numbers 98 H and B1H, respectively. The
following program is executed :
ANSWERS
General Aptitude (GA)
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (a) 10. (c)
Electrical Engineering
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (c) 6. (a) 7. (a)
8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (a) 11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (a)
15. (b) 16. (0.88000 to 0.88630) 17. (4.10 to 4.40) 18. (1.700 to 1.750)
19. (13.80 to 14.20) 20. (3 to 3) 21. (162.41 to 162.59) 22. (19.90 to 20.20)
23. (125.00 to 135.00) 24. (2 to 2) 25. (0 to 0) 26. (a) 27. (c) 28. (c)
29. (c) 30. (d) 31. (b) 32. (c) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (c)
36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (d) 41. (a) 42. (c)
43. (b) 44. (–3.05 to –2.95) 45. 54.00 to 56.00 46. 123.00 to 127.00
47. (1.11 to 1.13) 48. (45.90 to 46.10) 49. (1.01 to 1.03) 50. (4.95 to 5.05)
51. (4.51 to 5.10) 52. (11.50 to 12.00) 53. (0.01 to 0.05) 54. (210 to 210)
55. (138.10 to 139.20)
10 SOLVED PAPER - 2020
EXPLANATIONS
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA) (3) – 3 7
1. Subject + Verb + agreement
9 × 10 Integers
This question asking how many times 37 appears not
is are
how many number.
2. Prohibited from parking means "to officially refuse
allow something" So, total ways = 100 + 90 + 90 = 280 ways
3. Do : Undo : Trust : Distrust 9. AB = Diameter = 2r
The obvious analogical relationship is do and undo OC = radius = r = AO = OB
are antonyms just as trust and distrust are consider is AOC
antonyms. C
4. Plunged means plummet especially (prices,
temperature, etc.) to decrease suddenly and quickly.
r
r
2
r
2
5. When team size is more than 1 then
r r
Case 1 : When team size = 2, then Q is fixed, A B
O
only 41 member to be selected among P, R & S
using pythagerous theorem
3C = 3 ways
1 AC2 = r2 + r2 AC2 = 2r
Case 2 : When team size = 3, then Q is fixed,
only 2 members to be selected among P, R & S AC = r 2
3C = 3 ways similarly COB BC = r 2
2
Case 3 : When team size = 4, then Q is fixed, AC CB r 2r 2
only 3 members to be selected among P, R & S so, the ratio : = 2
AB 2r
3C = 1 ways
3 10. Revenue of company Q in 2015 = 45 revenue of
Case 4 : When team size 5; That Q Not possible. company Q in 2015 was 20% more than that
So, total possible ways = 3 + 3 + 1 = 7 ways in 2014.
Hence, possible combinations are : Let, Revenue in 2014 = x,
PQ, RQ, SQ, PRQ, PSQ, RSQ, PQRS. R2015 = 120% (Rx)
6. Based on the given paragraph the holding period 120
45 = x
of loans was reduced by one quater in 2004. 100
Therefore after the third revision equal to one x = 37.5 in million rupees.
quarter days of the year. Revenue of company Q in 2014 = 37.5
1 10% profit in 2014 for company Q.
= 360 = 90 days.
4 Revenue in (R2014)x = 110% Expenditure of
7. 26 23,22 18,17,16 11,10,9,8
company in 2014.
Z, WV, RQP, KJIH
110
37.5 = Expenditure Q2014
YX UTS ONML GFED 100
8. Four digit integer numbers from 1001 to 9999, 375
with 37 as sequence appears as : Expenditure of company Q in 2014 = = 34.1
11
(1) 3 7 (Note : profit & loss is calculated on Expenditure)
10 × 10 = 100 integers ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
(2) 3 7 1. As given that
ax3 + bx2 + cx + d = 0; a 0
9 × 10 = 90 Integers When, d = 0 and at least one of a, b, c 0 then
x = 0 is a root. 'C' is true.
SOLVED PAPER - 2020 11
x(t)
1
2. sin(p) cos(q)d , the integral is an odd
2
function its value is zero.
3. It has no poles for any bounded signal i.e., non-
zero only inside a finite time interval. t
n 0 T/2 T 3T/2 2T
1 Hence, YA = KXA, YR = KXR
4. x (n) = u(n) ;
2
7. For any 3-phase balanced leading load, VA is
1 always more than EA.
ROC of x(n) : z
2 For leading loads VA is depends on the magnitude
z 1 1 of load and power factor for a given excitation.
x(z) = ; z
1 1 1 2 The regulation may be positive, zero or negative
z 1 z
2 2 for leading PF loads.
x(n – k) z–k. x(z)
E V
k Regulation =
k 1 z V
x(n – k) z ,
1 1 1 1
1 z 1 z If EA > VA regulation in positive
2 2
EA = VA regulation zero
1
ROC of x(n – k) : z EA < VA regulation negative
2
This can be observed from the phasor diagram
1 VA
z jIaXs
2
Time shifting property will not effect ROC
EA EA EA
z2 1
5. (z2 2z) dz (where C is |Z| = 1) y jIaXs
IA
C VA
2
Ia Ia
z 1
z(z 2) dz –1 0 1
x
Ia
C
Z = 0 is inside VA > EA VA > EA VA > EA
it is rotating in anti-clockwise direction lead pf lead pf lead pf
So, statement 'P' is false.
z2 1 1
2i Lt z = 2i = –i Q : For any 3-phase balanced lagging load VA is
z 0
z(z 2) 2
always is less than EA
6. As given that, The voltage regulation is always positive for lag
X(t) = X(t T) PF loads
That equation represents a periodic signal VA is always less than EA. This can be observed
waveform with time period 'T'. from the phasor diagram also.
XR RMS value of x(t) E
XA Average value of x(t) jIa S
Now y(t) = Kx(t) = Kx(t – T) V
For example :
Ia
X(t) = sin w0t
Y(t) = (1 + 2j) X(t)
YR = k1 · XR
So, Statement Q is true.
1 5
= 1 2 j Hence, P is false, Q is correct.
2 2
12 SOLVED PAPER - 2020
8. Reactance of transmission line, Zl = 0.2 p.u 13. Apply the Mason's gain formula to the
Protective zone ad
given, SFG T.F = ...(1)
Generator 1 ade dc
Zl
d
1 a 1 cd
Distance
relay
Load e
The distance relay will be protecting upto 80% apply the Mason's gain formula to the optionn (c)
length of line. The terminal voltage of generator, d
|Vt| = 1 p.u. For a 3- to ground fault at the end a
1 cd ad
of protective zone, the fault current will be, T.F = ...(2)
ade 1 ade dc
1
Vt 1 1 1 cd
If = = = = 6.25 p.u
0.8Z l 0.8 0.2 0.16 (1) = (2)
Hence, the relay will operate for a threshold d
a
current of 6.25 A. 1 1 cd 1
10. Applying the laplace transform
e
s2Y(s) + 4Y(s) = 6R(s)
14. As given that,
Y(s) 6 RD = 4.7 k, gm = 520 AN
T.F = 2
R(s) s 4 As we know that
If s2 + 4 = 0
The voltage gain of a common source amplifier is
Hence, Poles are s = ± j2 Av = – gm RD
11. 1- full wave diode bridge rectifier is fed from = – 520 × 10–6 × 4.7 × 103
230 V, 50 Hz sinusoidal source having supplied
= –2.44
with large value of inductance, then shape of
supply current would be square wave. For the 15. The given input data
square wave, if fourier analysis is carried out, it 11010011010110
4I0 The question says that the sequence detector is
will wave is = sin nt for 101 with overlapping sequence.
n 1,3 n
The frequency components, they are present in Input : 1 1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 1 0
wave form are 1,3,5,7,9,.....etc. So, it’s having Output : 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
frequencies of 50 Hz, 150 Hz, 250 Hz, 350 hz.... etc. No correct option. But 101 sequence is there for
12. V 3 times in the given data. Hence, the nearest
option is (b).
dy
16. = 2x – y;
t dx
dy
y = 2x
dx
I.F = e
1.dx
ex
yex = 2 xe x dx = 2ex (x–1) + C
t
120° y(0) = 1 1 = – 2 + C
C=3
y = 2x – 2 + 3e–x
A 1- full wave AC voltage controller feeding At, x = ln (2)
capacitive load 10 – 60° means current loads y = 2 (log 2) – 2 + 3 eln 2
voltage by 60°. It is possible to have control for a
range of 0° to 120°. In the other range thyristor
3
= 1.386 2
gets commutated. So, the range of firing angle is 2
0° to 120°. y = 0.886
SOLVED PAPER - 2020 13
17. As given that, Then PC = Af + Bf2
Poles P = 4, frequency (f) = 50 Hz 450 = A (50) + B(50)2 ....(i)
120f 320 = A (40) + B(40)2 ....(ii)
synchronous speed Ns = 1500 rpm
P By solving (i) & (ii)
No load slip = 1% A = 4 & B = 0.1
No load speed Nrn = Ns(1 – Sn) So, PC at = 100 V, 25 Hz
= 1500 (1 – 0.01) = 1485 rpm PC = Af + Bf2
full load slip (Sf) = 5% PC = 4 (25) + 0.1 (25)2 = 162.5 Watt
full load speed (Nrfl) = Ns(1 – Sf)
22. According to the question, the wave for for m is
= 1500 (1 – 0.05) = 1425 rpm produced in 1- inverter using single pulse
Speed regulation is. modulation the value of is so selected that it is
free from 3rd harmonic. It is only for a pulse width
N rn N rf
% Speed Regulation = 100 of 120° i.e = 30°
N rf
Fourier analysis expression of output voltage
1485 1425
= 100 = 4.21% wave form is
1425
18. As given that, 4Vs n
V(t) = sin sin nd sin nt
n 1,3 n 2
I1 = I2 I3
V(t) 2d = 120°
Where, I2 110
d = 60°
I3 170 100 V
= [110°] + [170°]
= [0.985 + j0.173] + [0.342 + j0.939]
=30° =30°
= [1.327 + j1.113]
2d
I1 = 1.732 40°A t
120°
19. 4V 2 VTh 3
+
+
4V – 3 5A Vth 4Vs 5 1
Vs 5 sin 2 sin(5 6)
2
– Vi = 4Vs 1
sin 2 sin(60)
2
By kVL ;
1 sin 5 / 2 sin 300
(VTh 4) = 100%
5 VTh = 14 volts 5 sin / 2 sin 60
2
20. Since reverse recovery current will flow through V5 1
% 100 20%
IGBT, hence IGBT experiences highest current V1 5
stress at 3. 23. A generator supplying 100 MW power to a system
21. At 200 V, 50 Hz coreloss, PC = 450 W at 50 Hz frequency.
At 160 V, 40 Hz coreless, PC = 320 W The demand was increased by 10 MW and the
What is Iron loss at 100 V, 25 Hz frequency was reduced to 49.75 Hz.
V Change in demand, P = 10 MW
Verification of ratio = constant Change in frequency, f = 0.25 Hz
f
200 160 100 f 0.25
= Speed regulation, R = = Hz/MW
50 40 25 p 10
V
= constant, Bm = constant The power supplied by the generator at 49.75 Hz
f is 100 + 10 = 110 MW
14 SOLVED PAPER - 2020
Frequency (f(Hz)) 27. As given that,
F = aˆ x (5y k 1z) aˆ y (3z k 2 x) aˆ z (k 3 y 4x)
F (5y k1z)iˆ (3z k 2 x)ˆj (k 3 y 4x)kˆ
As F is conservative field (or) irrotational and
50 Hz hence F 0 (or) A null vector.
49.75 Hz aˆ x aˆ y aˆ z
49.25 Hz
x y z
(5y k1z) (3z k 2 x) (k 3y 4x)
100 MW 110 MW XMW Power (MW)
At this present operation again load was increase = 0.aˆ x 0.aˆ y 0.aˆ z = 0
by a value Pnew for which the new frequency was k3 – 3 = 0
49.25 Hz. that in fnew = 49.75 – 49.25 = 0.5 Hz k3 = 3
f new – 4 + k1 = 0
As tan = =R
Pnew
k1 = 4
0.5
pnew = = 20 MW k2 – 5 = 0
0.025
k2 = 5
The power supplied by the generator at 49.25 Hz
is (x) = 110 + 20 = 130 MW Hence, k1 = 4, k2 = 5 & k3 = 3
24. As given that 28. At No-load Condition:
K No load current
O.L.T.F = G(s)
(s a)(s – b)(s c) (Ial) = 5A, N1 = 1200 rpm
P=1
N = –1 2.5 A 5A
N=P–Z
Z = P – N = 1 – ( – 1) rf = 100 Ra = 0.1 V = 250 V
Z=2
G(s)
Hence, has two poles in the right half
1 G(s)
of s-plane.
Brush drop = 1 V per brush
25. As given figure is MOSFET, it behaves like a
capacitor. So, the total charge inside the dotted Total brush drop = 2 V
line is = q + q – q – q = 0, charge. Ebl = V – Ial Ra – B.D
26. As given that = 250 – 5 × 0.1 – 2
f(x) = y 3x2 + 3x + 1, x (– 2, 0) = 247.5 V
y At Load condition:
f (x) = =0
x Ia2 = 47.5 A
(6x + 3) = 0
2 = 0.95 1
2y
6 N2 = ______
x 2
Eb2 = V – Ia2Ra – B.D = 250 – (47.5 × 0.1) – 2
1
x= (2, 0) = 238.5 V
2
f (x) = 6 > 0 5A
2.5 A 47.5A
f ( 2) 7
f (0) 1 1
Min Ra = 0.1 V = 250 V
1 3 3 1 4
f 1
2 4 2 4
So, maximum value = 7 & minimum value = 1/4
SOLVED PAPER - 2020 15
N2 E If R2 is large VD.
= b2 1
N1 Eb1 2 If R1 is less VD = V.
N2 238.5 1 Step (2) : For I to be less than zero, V to be more
= = 1.0164 than (OR) for example say V VD, R2 should be
1200 247.5 0.951
very large and R1 to should be very low.
N2 = 1220 rpm
VD
29. As given that : V T
31. Diode current ID = I 0 e
Bus-i 1 : ti tj : 1 Bus-j
line ID = eVD1/VT
1
ID = eVD2/VT
2
Y
VD2 / V T
Vi Vj
ID2 e (VD2 VD1 ) / V T
= e
The per phase electrical equivalent given circuit is ID1 e
VD1 / V T
i Where,
Ii 1 : ti Ii/ti Y Ij/tj tj : 1 Ii
+
+ ID
VD – VD = VT n 2
Vi V j/ti Vj/tj Vj
2 1
ID1
ID
– VD = VD1 VT n 2
Ideal transformer Line Ideal transformer
2
ID1
The relation between Bus-i and Bus-j voltage and 15
currents, Given VD = –0, 03, = , VT = 26 mV
1 13
Ii Yii Yij Vi ID = I1, ID = 1.5I1
I = 1 2
j Yij Yjj Vj 15 1.5I1
VD = 0.03 26 10 3 n
From the equivalent circuit, 2
13 I1
Ii = –0.03 + 15 × 2 × 10–3 n(1.5) = – 0.02 V
By above equivelent (Vi t i Vjt j )Y
ti 32. Maximum power transistor of V.I product is
Ii = t2i .Y Vi (ti t j Y).Vj ...(1) maximum.
If we draw the curve, it intersect (10, 4) that will
Ij give maximum power,
and (Vjt j Vi t i )Y
tj +
Ij = t i t j .Y Vi t2j Y .Vj ...(2)
From equation (1) and (2), we get 0 < V < 10A
4V V RL
t2 .Y t i t j , Y
[YBus] = i
t i t j .Y t 2j .Y
–
30. Step (1) : > 1 Let diode is silicon diode with
VD = 0.7 V +
I < 0 (given), the diode is ON
( The current through R1 is to be reverse). 0 < I < 4A
10 V V RL
R1 I<0 +
ID
–
I1 VD R2 V>0 R
Here, the terminal or load voltage is 10 V and
= 0.7 V
load current is 4A.
– Hence, Load resistance
R2
10
Where, VD V (RL) = 2.5
R R 4
1 2
16 SOLVED PAPER - 2020
33. Volume charge density For marginal stability,
9 – (k + 1) = 0
= 0 r.E
k=8
1 E 37. x(t) * h(t) = y(t)
= 0 r (rEr ) (rEz)
r r z |x(t)|*|h(t)| = z(t)
1 3 For any two signals amplitudes A. B |A|.|B|
= 0 r (r.2r) (r.6) 38. Poles are at – 2 + j and 2 – j
r r r z
Zeros are at 2 + j and – 2 – j
9 1 9 4r
= 0 [4r 0 0] = 0 (s 2 j)(s 2 j)
4 r 4 r Now, T.F =
(s 2 j)(s 2 j)
= 90
Now magnitude of transfer function.
34. Given that the final value to a step of 5 V is 10
|TF| = 1
and T = 0.5s
All pass system
C(s) K Complex system
R(s) 1 TS Pole is in the right half of s-plane
2 Unstable system.
T.F =
1 0.5s 40. As given that :
5 2 5 the electric flux density :
Final value LtS(TF) S = 10
s 0 S 1 0.5s S 2
D = 15aˆ r 2raˆ 3rz aˆ z c / m
2
T.F = top
1 0.5s
35. Characteristic Equation = 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0 Z=5
1 1 20 side
1 2 =0
(s 1) s (s 20)
(s3 + s2) (s + 20) + 20 = 0
s4 + 21s3 + 20s2 + 20 = 0
The given system is of 4th order
Z=0
s 41 20 20
bottom
s3 21 0 0
From Gauss's law
s2 20 20 0 For closed surface :
s1 21 net
20 = D.ds
[net electric flux ] .D dv
s 0 s
Vol
Method 1 Method 2
Number of sign changes in the first column = 2
Method 1:
two roots are present in the right half of
s-plane, and system is unstable. net = D.ds D .ds D .ds .ds
D
s s (side) s (bottom) s (top)
s2 s 1 3 z0 z5
36. Given transfer function = 3 0
s 2s2 2s k where (or) r = 3 is the radians of cylinder
Now, characteristic equation is given by 2 5 3 2
1 + G(s) + H(s) = 0 15aˆ r . rd dz aˆ r
(r 3)
3r z(aˆ z ). rdr d(aˆ z )
(z 0)
0 z 0 r 0 0
s3 + 3s2 + 3s + (k + 1) = 0 3 2
Now according to Routh Hurwitz Criteria, 3rz (aˆ z ). rdr d (aˆ z )
(z 5)
1 r 0 0
s3 3 3
3 2r 3
s2 k1 = 15(3) 0 z (5) 20
5
0 03
9 (k 1) 3 0
s1 = 45 (10) – 27 (10) = 450 – 270
3
s0 k 1 net = 180C
SOLVED PAPER - 2020 17
S2 100 Voc
41. Given transfer function T(s) = Zs (unsat) = I f belongs to unsaturated portion
SP Isc
Now putting S = j we get,
210
( j)2 100 i.e., If = 2A = = 21
5 10
j p Saturated synchronous impedance is belongs to
Now, At = 0, p = – 20 non-linear portion of OCC i.e., If = 8 A
s2 100 Voc
TF = Zs(sat) = I f belongs to unsaturated portion
s 20 Isc
( j)2 100 100 2 100 2 i.e., If = 8 A
= 1
j 20 2 202 2 400 So, the ratio of unsaturated synchronous impedance
= 8.84 rad/sec to saturated synchronous impedance is
T Zs (unsat) 21
2 3 3 a 0 0a 0 0 = = 2.1
Zs (sat) 10
42. 3 2 1 = b c 0 b c 0
3 1 7 d e f d e f 44. Given, F = yaˆ x xaˆ y
a 0 0 a b d and given curve, y = x2
= b c 0 0 c e (2)
d e f 0 0 f
Now, F.dr y.dx xdy
C ( 1)
2 3 3 a
2 2
ab ad y=X
3 2 1 = ab b 2 c 2 bd ce
3 1 7 ad bd ce d 2 c 2 f 2
4 (2, 4)
2
Comparing both sides, we get a = 2, ab = 3, (–1, 1)
b2 + c2 = 2, bd + ce = 1 and d2 + e2 + f2 = 7
Now by solving all of the above equation we get
a = 2 , is purely real
3
b= , is also real
2 –1 –2
3 2 2
d= , is also real
2 F.dr = x 2 .dx x(2x)dx = x
2
.dx
C x 1 1
5
c= i, is imaginary 2
2 x3 1
(8 1) 3
7 3 1 3
e= i, is imaginary
10 45. To cross zero voltage let us consider '–ve' initial
37 voltage across capacitor
f= , is real t
5
V(t) = v() + [V(0) – V()] e
The no. of purely real elements is 4.
Given data,
43. A 14 kVA, 400 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole, 3-, D-connected
alternator V(0) V0
From SSC If = 4A, ISC = 20 A V() 10V = V(t)
Then If = 2A ISC = 10A T RC
If = 8A ISC = 40 A t
SCC linear = 10 [V0 10]e RC [ T = RC)
Unsaturated synchronous impedance is belongs
to linear portion of OCC i.e., If = 2A
18 SOLVED PAPER - 2020
t=0 R I = 90 – j43.58 – j43.58
+
10 V C0 C
–
t = RC
I = 90 – j43.58 – j43.58 = 90 – j87.16
So, voltage across capacitor each 0 volts at
t = 0.4 T I= 902 87.162 = 125.29 A
v(t) 47. As we know that
| V1 || V2 |
Real power flow, P = . sin
–10V X
As P = 0, sin = 0, = 0°
0.2 |V|
1 0° 2 0°
|V|
X
0V t
Q12
–V0 Bus-1 Bus-2
| V1 |
reactive power, Q12 = [| V1 | | V2 |]
–V 0 X
0.4
|V2| is fixed at 1 p.u.
0 = 10 – [V0 + 10]e–0.4 | V1 |
Q12 =
X
| V1 | 1
V0 = 4.925 V
Now voltage across capacitor has to reach '0' volts With |V1|old = 1.1 p.u, assume that Q12 old = Q
at t = 0.2 only Q12 was increased by 20%, that is Q12new = 1.2 Q
0 = 10 – [V10 + 10] e–0.2 with |V2|new
V10 = 2.1 volts | V1 |new
Q12new | V1 |new 1
V 0 V01 4.925 2.21 Q12old
= X
| V1 |old
=
V0 4.925
100%
X
| V1 |old 1
% change in voltage = 55% | V1 |new | V1 |new 1
1.2 =
46. Cylindrical rotor synchronous generator with 1.1(1.1 1)
constant real power output and constant terminal |V1|new [|V1|new – 1] = 0.132
voltage i.e. P = constant; V = constant
2 –
Supplying 100 A to 0.9 lag PF load i..e = 25.84° V1 new
V1 new
0.132 0
I = 100 –25.84°
1 12 4 0.132 1 1.236
|V1|new = =
2 2
|V1|new = 1.118, – 0.118
Hence, the practical value of |V1|new = 1.12 Pu
48. The voltage across coil X
2
I = 100 cos 25.84 – j 100 sin 25.84 = 90 – j 43.58 VX = (230 0° – 230 120° – 230 – 120°)
20
An ideal reactor is connected in parallel with the
load as the result, total Q is doubled, keeping 'P' = 46 0 V
constant. 49. A cylindrical rotor generator has Xd = 0.7 p.u.
So, Active component of current is same; where Xd = 0.2 p.u
as reactive component is doubled
Terminal voltage of generator, V = 1 + j0
SOLVED PAPER - 2020 19
Internal emf under steady state, E = 1 + j0.7 p.u VS
t.....TON
V L
E jX d
V0
t.....TOFF
L
L = 10 mH
EV
Prefault current in the generator, Ig =
jx d 1
T= = 100 s
10 103
Ig = 1 j0.7 1 = 1 p.u D = 0.6
j0.7
During 1st cycle, at the end of TON,
Sub-transient emf calculation:
50
E
V IL1 = 100 10 6 0.6 = 300 mA
jXd 10 103
Ig
at the end of T; IL2 = 300 50 TOFF
E = V Ig ( jX d ) = 1 + 1(j0.2) L
50
= 1 + j 0.2 IL2 = 300 10 3 0.4 100 10 6
3
10 10
|E|= 12 (0.2)2 = 1.0198 p.u = 100 mA
50. The given DC - DC converter is match with buck At the end of Ist cycle it gets a current of 100 mA.
boost converter. It continuous so on at the end of 10th cycle,
current through inducted is 1000 mA. i.e., 1A
D Stored emerges in induced
10 mH 50 V
+
= 1 LI2 1 10 103 (1)2 = 5 mJ
50 V – 2 2
range / 2
Q 52. % uncertainity 100%
mean value
Vt = (29 2) mV
In DC-DC buck boost converter, for continuous
Vt range = 27 m V to 31 mV
conduction.
D 0.6
V0 = Vs 50 = 75 V
1D 1 0.6
But given output voltage is 50 V, so it is not
continuous conduction mode. At the same time,
it is not discontinuous conduction mode. (DC. m)
+ –
because, in D.C m output voltage will be more
Vbias = 0.02 V
than 50V.
VD
Therefore, in every cycle inductor getting emerges 0.02
in 0.6 T and deliver during 0.4 T duration. The Vt = 27 mV ID1 = Is e Vt Is e 27m = 2.097 IS
slope of current during ON time (TON) and OFF VD 0.02
time (TOFF) are as follows. Vt = 29m V ID2 = I e Vt I e 29m = 1.993 IS
s s
IL
0.02
Vt = 31mV ID3 = Is e 31m = 1.906 IS
range / 2
% uncertainity = 100%
3T mean value
– 50 × t
50 L
×t
L 300 mA
200 mA 2.097 1.906
100 mA = 2 % = 4.77 %
100
t
TON T 2T 1.998
20 SOLVED PAPER - 2020
53. Case (i) At 25° C: Memory Data
Step (i) : Consider the general formula for 2001 H 98 H
resistance of a thermistor 2002 H B1H
RT = R0k 2003 H D2H
Where R0 = Resistance of thermistor at 25°C After execution of this program the accumulator
But RT = 2(1 + T) k ...(2) contents is D2H.
Comparing (1) and (2), we get The decimal equivalent of D2H is 210.
RT = 2k at 25° C ...(3) 55. The mutual inductance between two conductors
is given by
Step (2) :
From the circuit: M12 = N
I
R R 12
V01 = 1 3 V1 3 (0.1V) M12 = ( N = 1, for single square turn)
R2 R2 I
where 12 is the magnetic flux on conductor 2
2.6K 1K 2.6K
V01 = 1 3V (0.1V) due to conductor 1.
1.3K 1K 2K 1.3K
I
V01 = 3 V – 0.2 V 12 = B.ds = 2
0 ˆ
a .d dz aˆ
V01 = 2.8 V s z
Case (ii) : At 150° C z
Step 1 : T = 150° C – 25° C = 125 ° C
= – [0.4 ± 0.25]% per °C
= – [0.4 + 0.25]% per °C
(For a NTC based thermistor magnitude of = 2m
should be more) = 1m
= – 0.00425/°C.
Note : In the given data is given as = –(4 ± a = 1m
0.25)% per °C but this is leads to RT = –ve.
RT = (1 + T) = 2(1 – 0.00425 × 125°C) d = 1m
= 0.9375 k a=1m
I = 2A
From the given circuit,
1k 3
Now, V02 = 3
0.2 = 4.445 V
conductor 2
1k 0.9375k
4.445 2.8
Error in output voltage = = 0.5875
2.8
conductor 1
54. LXI H, 2001 H HL : 2001
2 1
MVI A, 21 H A : 21 0 I 1
2 1 z 0
= d dz
INX H HL : 2002
ADD M A : D2 12
Now, M12 = 0 ln(2)
INX H HL : 2003 I
MOV M, A A : D2 4 10 7
= ln(2)
HLT 2
21H + B1H + D2H ....... M12 = 138.629 nH
SOLVED PAPER – 2019
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Total of 65 questions carrying 100 marks, out of which 10 questions carrying a total of 15 marks are in
General Aptitude (GA)
2. The Engineering Mathematics will carry around 15% of the total marks, the General Aptitude section
will carry 15% of the total marks and the remaining 70% of the total marks.
3. Types of Questions
( a ) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. These
questions are objective in nature, and each will have a choice of four options, out of which the candidate
has to mark the correct answer(s).
(b ) Numerical Answer Questions of 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. For these questions
the answer is a real number, to be entered by the candidate using the virtual keypad. No choices will
be shown for these type of questions.
4. For 1-mark multiple-choice questions, 1/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. Likewise, for
2-marks multiple-choice questions, 2/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. There is no negative
marking for numerical answer type questions.
Chapter-Wise Analysis
# Sub ject
M arks # Subject
M arks
1 2 Total 1 2 Total
1 Ge neral Aptitude 5 5 15 8 Control Syste ms 2 3 8
Electrical and Electronics
2 Engine ering Mathematics 5 4 13 9 1 1 3
Measurements
3 Electric Circuits 2 3 8 10 Analog Circuits 0 4 8
4 Electromagnetic Fields 1 0 1 11 Digital Circuits 1 1 3
5 Signals and Systems 5 1 7 12 8085 Microproce ssor - - -
Power Ele ctronics and
6 Electrical Machines 5 6 17 13 2 4 10
Drives
7 Power Systems 2 4 10
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2019
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA) 8. How many integers are there between 100 and
1000 all of whose digits are even?
Q. 1 to Q. 5 : Carry One Mark Each.
(A) 60 (B) 100
1. The passengers were angry _______ the airline
(C) 90 (D) 80
staff about the delay.
9. An award-winning study by a group researchers
(A) towards (B) on
suggests that men are as prone to buying on
(C) with (D) about impulse as women but women feel more guilty
2. The missing number in the given sequence about shopping.
343, 1331, ________, 4913 is Which one of the following statements can be
(A) 4096 (B) 3375 inferred from the given text?
(C) 2744 (D) 2197 (A) Many men and women indulge in buying on
impulse
3. Newspapers are a constant source of delight and
recreation for me. The _______ trouble is that I (B) All men and women indulge in buying on
read ______ many of them. impulse
(A) only, too (B) only, quite (C) Few men and women indulge in buying on
impulse
(C) even, too (D) even, quite
(D) Some men and women indulge in buying on
4. It takes two hours for a person X to mow the impulse
lawn. Y can mow the same lawn in four hours.
10. The ratio of the number of boys and girls who
How long (in minutes) will it take X and Y, if they
participated in an examination is 4 : 3. The total
work together to mow the lawn?
percentage of candidates who passed the
(A) 60 (B) 80 examination is 80 and the percentage of girls who
(C) 120 (D) 90 passed is 90. The percentage of boys who passed
is _________.
5. I am not sure if the bus that has been booked will
be able to _____ all the students. (A) 90.00 (B) 80.50
(A) deteriorate (B) sit (C) 55.50 (D) 72.50
(C) accommodate (D) fill ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Q. 6 to Q. 10 : Carry Two Marks Each. Q. 1 to Q. 25 : Carry One Mark Each.
6. Given two sets X = {1, 2, 3} and Y = {2, 3, 4}, we 1. Given, Vgs is the gate-source voltage, Vds is the drain
construct a set Z of all possible fractions where source voltage, and Vth is the threshold voltage of an
the numerators belong to set X and the enhancement type NMOS transistor, the conditions
denominators belong to set Y. The product of for transistor to be biased in saturation are
elements having minimum and maximum values
in the set Z is _________. (A) Vgs < Vth; Vds Vgs – Vth
(B) Vgs < Vth; Vds Vgs – Vth
1 3
(A) (B) (C) Vgs > Vth; Vds Vgs – Vth
12 8
(D) Vgs > Vth; Vds Vgs – Vth
1 1
(C) (D) For operating the n-channel MOSFET in the
8 6
saturation region, we need Vds (Vgs – Vth) and
7. Consider five people-Mita, Ganga, Rekha, Lakshmi
for creating inversion layer in an n-channel
and Sana. Ganga is taller than both Rekha and
MOSFET we need Vgs > Vth
Lakshmi. Lakshmi is taller than Sana. Mita is
taller than Ganga. 2. The mean-square of a zero-mean random process
kT
Which of the following conclusions are TRUE? is , where k is Boltzmann’s constant, T is the
C
1. Lakshmi is taller than Rekha
absolute temperature, and C is a capacitance. The
2. Rekha is shorter than Mita standard deviation of the random process is
3. Rekha is taller than Sana
kT kT
4. Sana is shorter than Ganga (A) (B)
C C
(A) 3 only (B) 1 only
C kT
(C) 2 and 4 (D) 1 and 3 (C) (D)
kT C
SOLVED PAPER – 2019 3
3. The parameter of an equivalent circuit of a three- 8. The total impedance of the secondary winding,
phase induction motor affected by reducing the leads, and burden of a 5ACT is 0.01. If the fault
rms value of the supply voltage at the rate current is 20 times the rated primary current of
frequency is the CT, the VA output of the CT is _____.
(A) magnetizing reactance 9. A5 kVA, 50 V/100V, single-phase transformer has
(B) rotor leakage reactance a secondary terminal voltage of 95V when loaded.
The regulation of the transformer is
(C) rotor resistance
(A) 5% (B) 9%
(D) stator resistance
(C) 4.5% (D) 1%
4. A co-axial cylindrical capacitor show in Figure (i)
has dielectric with relative permittivity r1 = 2. 10. Five alternators each rated 5MVA, 13.2 kV with
When one-fourth portion of the dielectric is 25% of reactance on its own base are connected
replaced with another dielectric of relative in parallel to a busbar. The short-circuit level in
permittivity r2, as shown in Figure (ii), the MVA at the busbar is _____.
capacitance is doubled. The value of r2 is ______. 11. A six pulse thyristor bridge rectifier is connected
to a balanced three-phase, 50 Hz AC source.
Assuming that the DC output current of the
rectifier is constant, the lowest harmonic
component in the AC input current is
(A) 100 Hz (B) 150 Hz
(C) 250 Hz (D) 300 Hz
12. The characteristic equation of a linear time-
invariant (LTI) system is given by
5. The output voltage of a single-phase full bridge
voltage source inverter is controlled by unipolar (s) s4 3s3 3s2 s k 0
PWM with one pulse per half cycle. For the The system BIBO stable if
fundamental rms component of output voltage to 8
be 75% of DC voltage, the required pulse width in (A) k > 3 (B) 0 < k <
9
degree (round off up to one decimal place) is _____.
12
6. The current I flowing in the circuit shown below (C) 0 < k < (D) k > 6
9
in amperes (round off to one decimal place) is _____.
13. A system transfer function is
a1s2 b1s c1
H(s) = .
a 2 s 2 b2 s c 2
If a1 = b1 = 0, and all other coefficients are positive,
the transfer function represents a
(A) high pass filter (B) notch filter
(C) low pass filter (D) band pass filter
7. In the circuit shown below, the switch is closed at
14. The symbols, a and T, represent positive
t = 0. The value of in degrees which will give
quantities, and u(t) is the unit step function.
the maximum value of DC offset of the current Which one of the following impulse response is
at the time of switching is NOT the output of a causal linear time-invariant
system?
(A) e–a(t + T)u(t) (B) 1 + e–atu(t)
(C) e–a(t – T)u (t) (D) e+atu(t)
15. If f = 2x3 + 3y2 + 4z, the value of line integral
gradf .dr evaluated over contour C formed by
C
(A) –45 (B) 90 the segments (–3, –3, 2) (2, –3, 2) (2, 6, 2)
(C) 60 (D) –30 (2, 6, –1) is __________.
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2019
16. A three-phase synchronous motor draws 200 A 24. A current controlled current source (CCCS) has
from the line at unity power factor at rated load. an input impedance of 10 and output impedance
Considering the same line voltage and load, the of 100 k. When this CCCS is used in a negative
line current at a power factor of 0.5 leading is feedback closed loop with a loop gain of 9, the
(A) 100 A (B) 300 A closed loop output impedance is
(C) 400 A (D) 200 A (A) 100 k (B) 100
17. The inverse Laplace transform of (C) 10 (D) 1000 k
s3 25. Which one of the following functions is analytic
H(s) = for t 0 is in the region |z| 1 ?
s 2s 1
2
(A) 3te–t + e–t (B) 3e–t z2 1 z2 1
(A) (B)
(C) 4te–t + e–t (D) 2te–t + e–t z j0.5 z2
18. The open loop transfer function of a unity feedback z2 1 z2 1
system is given by (C) (D)
z 0.5 z
e 0.25s Q. 26 to Q. 55 : Carry Two Marks Each.
G(s) = ,
s 26. In the circuit shown below, X and Y are digital
In G(s) plane, the Nyquist plot of G(s) passes inputs, and Z is a digital output. The equivalent
through the negative real axis at the point. circuit is a
(A) (–1.5, j0) (B) (–0.5, j0)
(C) (–0.75, j0) (D) (–1.25, j0)
19. The partial differential equation
2 u 2 u 2u
2
C x 2 y 2 0;
t 2
where C 0 is known as
(A) Wave equation (B) Poisson’s equation
(C) Laplace equation (D) Heat equation
(A) XOR gate (B) NOR gate
20. M is a 2 × 2 matrix with eigen values 4 and 9. The (C) XNOR gate (D) NAND gate
eigen values of M2 are
27. The magnetic circuit shown below has uniform
(A) 16 and 81 (B) 2 and 3
cross-sectional area and air gap of 0.2 cm. The
(C) – 2 and – 3 (D) 4 and 9 mean path length of the core is 40 cm. Assume
21. The Ybus matrix of a two-bus power system having that leakage and fringing fluxes are negligible.
two identical parallel lines connected between
j8 j20
them in pu is given as Ybus = j20 j8 .
The magnitude of the series reactance of each line
in pu (round off up to one decimal place) is _______.
0 1 1
22. The rank of the matrix, M = 1 0 1 , is ____.
1 1 0
23. The output response of a system is denoted
as y(t), and its Laplace transform is given by
10
. The steady state value When the core relative permeability is assumed
Y(s) =
s s s 100 2
2
to be infinite, the magnetic flux density computed
of y(t) is in the air gap is 1 tesla. With same Ampere-turns,
1 if the core relative permeability is assumed to be
(A) (B) 10 2 1000 (linear), the flux density in tesla (round off
100 2
to three decimal places) calculated in the air gap
1
(C) (D) 100 2 is ________.
10 2
SOLVED PAPER – 2019 5
28. A delta-connected, 3.7 kW, 400 V(line), three- 32. The voltage across and the current through a load
phase, 4-pole, 50-Hz squirrel-cage induction motor are expressed as follows
has the following equivalent circuit parameter per
phase referred to the stator: v(t) 170sin 377t V
6
R1 = 5.39, R2 = 5.72, X1 = X2 = 8.22. Neglect
shunt branch in the equivalent circuit. The i(t) 8 cos 377t A
6
starting line current in amperes (round off to two
The average power in watts (round off to one
decimal places) when it is connected to a 100V
decimal place) consumed by the load is ______.
(line), 10 Hz, three-phase AC source is _______.
33. A DC-DC buck converter operates in continuous
29. If A = 2xi + 3yj + 4zk and u = x2 + y2 + z2, then
conduction mode. It has 48 V input voltage, and
div(uA) at (1, 1, 1) is _______.
it feed a resistive load of 24 . The switching
30. The asymptotic Bode magnitude plot of a frequency of the converter is 250 Hz. If switch-on
minimum phase transfer function G(s) is shown duration is 1 ms, the load power is
below.
(a) 12W (b) 6W
(c) 48W (d) 24W
34. A single-phase fully-controlled thyristor converter
is used to obtain an average voltage of 180V with
10A constant current to feed a DC load. It is fed
form single-phase AC supply of 230V, 50 Hz. Neglect
the source impedance. The power factor (round off
to two decimal places) of AC mains is ______.
z3 z2 8
35. The closed loop line integral
z 5
z2
dz
evaluated counter-clockwise, is
(a) +4 j (b) – 4 j
Consider the following two statements. (c) +8 j (d) – 8 j
Statement I : Transfer function G(s) has three 36. A fully-controlled three-phase bridge converter is
poles and one zero. working from a 415V, 50 Hz, AC supply. It is supplying
Statement II : At very high frequency ( ), constant current of 100 A at 400 V to a DC load.
3 Assume large inductive smoothing and neglect
the phase angle G j overlap. The rms value of the AC line current in
2
amperes (round off to two decimal places) is _____.
Which one of the following option is correct?
37. The enhancement type mosfet in the circuit below
(a) Statement I is false and statement II is true.
operates according to the square law.
(b) Both the statements are true.
nCox = 100 A/V2, the threshold voltage (VT) is
(c) Both the statements are false. 500 mV. Ignore channel length modulation. The
(d) Statement I is true and statement II is false. output voltage Vout is
31. The transfer function of a phase lead compensator
1
3s
3T
is given by D(s) =
1
s
T
The frequency (in rad/sec), at which D(j) is
maximum, is
3
(a) 3T 2 (b)
T2
1 (a) 2V (b) 100 mV
(c) 3T (d)
3T 2 (c) 500 mV (d) 600 mV
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2019
38. In a 132 kV system, the series inductance up to 44. A three-phase 50 Hz, 400kV transmission line is
the point of circuit breaker location is 50 mH. 300 km long. The line inductance is 1 mH/km
The shunt capacitance at the circuit breaker per phase, and the capacitance is 0.01 F/km per
terminal is 0.05 F. The critical value of resistance phase. The line is under open circuit condition at
in ohms required to be connected across the the receiving end and energized with 400 kV at
circuit breaker contacts which will give no the sending end, the receiving end line voltage in
transient oscillation is_______. kV (round off to two decimal places) will be ______.
39. The probability of a resistor being defective is 0.02. 45. In the circuit below, the operational amplifier is
There are 50 such resistors in a circuit. ideal. If V1 = 10 mV and V2 = 50 mV, the output
The probability of two or more defective resistors voltage (Vout) is
in the circuit (round off to two decimal places)
is ______.
40. The output expression for the Karnaugh map
shown below is
(A) 100 mV
(a) QR S (b) QR S
(B) 600mV
(c) QR S (d) QR S
(C) 400 mV
41. A periodic function f(t), with a period of 2, is
(D) 500 mV
represented as its Fourier series,
46. The current I flowing in the circuit shown below
If f(t) = a 0 1 a n cos nt n 1 bn sin nt
in amperes is _____________.
A sin t, 0 t
f (t)
0, t 2
The fourier series coefficients a1 and b1 of f(t) are
A
(A) a1 = 0; b1 = A/ (B) a1 ; b1 0
A A
(C) a1 ; b1 0 (D) a1 0; b1
2 2 47. A 220 V DC shunt motor takes 3A at no-load. It
42. A0.1 F capacitor charged to 100V is discharged draws 25A when running at full-load at 1500 rpm.
through a 1 k resistor. The time in ms (round The armature and shunt resistances are 0.5 and
off to two decimal places) required for the voltage
220 , respectively. The no-load speed in rpm
across the capacitor to drop to 1V is ______.
(round off to two decimal places) is _____.
43. A moving coil instrument having a resistance of
48. In a DC-DC boost converter, the duty ratio is
10, gives a full-scale deflection when the current
controlled to regulate the output voltage at 48V.
is 10 mA. What should be the value of the series The input DC voltage is 24V. The output power is
resistance, so that it can be used as a voltmeter 120W. The switching frequency is 50 kHz. Assume
for measuring potential difference up to 100 V? ideal components and a very large output filter
(A) 9990 capacitor. The converter operates at the boundary
(B) 990 between continuous and discontinuous
(C) 99 conduction modes. The value of the boost inductor
(in H) is ______.
(D) 9
SOLVED PAPER – 2019 7
49. The line current of a three-phase four wire system 53. A 30kV, 50Hz, 50MVA generator has the positive,
are square waves with amplitude of 100A. These negative, and zero sequence reactances of 0.25pu,
three currents are phase shifted by 120° with respect 0.15pu, and 0.05pu, respectively. The neutral of
to each other. The rms value of neutral current is the generator is grounded with a reactance so
(A) 100A (B) 0A that the fault current for a bolted LG fault and
100 that of a bolted three-phase fault at the generator
(C) 300 A (D) A terminal are equal. The value of grounding
3
reactance in ohms (round off to one decimal place)
50. A single-phase transformer of rating 25kVA, supplies is _______.
a 12kW load at power factor of 0.6 lagging. The
54. A 220V (line) three-phase,Y-connected,
additional load at unity power factor in kW (round
synchronous motor has a synchronous impedance
off to two decimal places) that may be added before
of (0.25 + j2.5) /phase. The motor draws the rated
this transformer exceeds its rated kVA is _____.
current of 10A at 0.8 pf leading. The rms value of
51. Consider a state-variable model of a system line-to line internal voltage in volts (round off to
x 1 0 1 x1 0 two decimal places) is ________.
x 2 x r
2 2 55. Consider a 2 × 2 matrix M = [v1 v2], where v1 and
x u1T
y [1 0] 1
x 2 v2 are the column vectors. Suppose M 1
Where y is the output, and r is the input. The
u T
2
damping ratio and the undamped natural where u1T and u2T are the row vectors. Consider
frequency n(rad/sec) of the system are given by
the following statements:
(A) ; n (B) ; n T
Statement 1: u1T v1 1 and u 2 v 2 1
Statement 2: u1T v 2 0 and u 2T v1 0
(C) ; n (D) ; n
Which of the following options is CORRECT ?
52. In the single machine infinite bus system shown
below, the generator is delivering the real power (A) Statement 2 is true and statement 1 is false
of 0.8 pu at 0.8 power factor lagging to the infinite (B) Statement 1 is true and statement 2 is false
bus. The power angle of the generator in degrees (C) Both the statements are false
(round off to one decimal place) is _________. (D) Both the statements are true
ANSWERS
General Aptitude (GA)
1. (C) 2. (D) 3. (A) 4. (B) 5. (C) 6. (B) 7. (C) 8. (B)
9. (A) 10. (D)
Electrical Engineering
1. (D) 2. (D) 3. (B) 4. (10) 5. (112.8) 6. (1.4) 7. (A) 8. (100)
9. (A) 10. (100) 11. (C) 12. (B) 13. (C) 14. (B) 15. (139) 16. (C)
17. (D) 18. (B) 19. (A) 20. (A) 21. (0.1) 22. (3) 23. (C) 24. (D)
25. (B) 26. (A) 27. (0.834) 28. (14.94) 29. (45) 30. (A) 31. (D) 32. (588.89)
33. (D) 34. (0.78) 35. (C) 36. (81.64) 37. (D) 38. (500) 39. (0.26) 40. (C)
41. (D) 42. (0.46) 43. (A) 44. (418.59) 45. (C) 46. (0) 47. (1579.32) 48. (24)
49. (A) 50. (7.2) 51. (D) 52. (20.5) 53. (1.8) 54. (245.35) 55. (D)
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2019
EXPLANATIONS
Total number of students passed in the
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
80
2. 73 = 343 examination = 7x 5.6x
100
113 = 1331
173 = 4913 and the percentage of girls who passed = 90%
Hence the given series is cube of prime number i.e., number of girls who passed
(13) = 2197
3
90
= 3x = 2.7x
4. Time taken by working to gether 100
4 2 Number of boys who passed in the exam
= hr 5.6x – 2.7x = 2.9x
4 2
8 8 2.9x
= hr 60 min Required percent = 100 % 72.50%
6 6 4x
= 80 min
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
6. Given two sets
1. For operating the n-channel MOSFET in the
X = {1, 2, 3} and Y = {2, 3, 4}
saturation region, we need Vds (Vgs – Vth) and
set of all possible fraction is given by Z for creating inversion layer in an n-channel
1 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 MOSFET we need Vgs > Vth
Z , , , , , , , ,
2 3 4 2 3 4 2 3 4 kT
2. Mean square value =
set of all possible fractions; where the numerators C
belong to set X and the denominators belong to Now, Standard deviation
set Y.
kT
1 = mean square value
minimum value in Z is and maximum C
4
V
3 3. I =
value in Z is z
2
When voltage alone reduces, the current drawn
Now according to question
by Induction Motor reduces,
1 3 3 Torque reduces since torque is directly
Required product =
4 2 8 proportinal to square of voltage.
7. From the given information, Tem V2
Mita > Ganga > Rekha & Lakshmi > Sana Relation between torque and slip
8. Integers between 100 and 1000 all of the whose sV 2
digits are even = 100; since Tem
R2
from 100 to 199 No integers The change in slip causes change in reactance of
from 200 to 300 25 integers rotor
Similarly; 400 to 500 25 integers; 600 to 700 X2r = sX2
25 integers; 800 to 900 25 integers 4.
Total number of integers between 100 to 1000
all of whase digite are even
= 25 + 25 + 25 + 25 = 100
10. Given, ratio of number of boys to girls who
participated in the exam are 4 : 3
Let, total no. of students who participated in the
examination be 7x;
Given, total pass percentage = 80%
SOLVED PAPER – 2019 9
The capacitance of a coaxial cable 8. The VA output of the CT is
2 2 0 r 2 2 o 1
(5 20)2 0.01 = 25 400
= 100 VA
A
Co
n b
a
n b
a
n b
a
( = 0r) 100
9. Percentage regulation of Transformer
The two capacitors C1 & C2 are connected in E2 E1
parallel = E 100 %
2
Ceq = C1 + C2
100 95
3 2 o o r2 = 100 % =
5
5%
a a
100 100
2n b 2n b
10.
Given Ceq = 2Co
2 2 o 3 o o r2
2 =
b
n a
n b
a
2n b
a
r2 = 10
4Vdc
5. 0.75 Vdc = sin(d) Base in MVA
2 Short Circuit =
Xd "
0.75 2 5
sin(d) = =
4 0.25 / 5
d = 56.41
25
Hence the required pulse width in degrees = 100 = 100 MVA
A
25
= 2d
11. The lowest Harmonic content in the AC input
= (2 × 56.41) current is at 5th harmonics.
= 112.82
f 5 fs (50 5)Hz 250 Hz
6. The given circuit is
12. The given characteristic equation of LTI system
I 2 (I+2) is
(s) s4 3s3 3s2 s k , for
According to Routh hurwitz criteria,
20V 2A 5I
s4 1 3 k
3
s 3 1 0
By KCL at node A the current through the s 2 8 k
dependent source is (I + 2). 3
8/3 3k
Applying KVL in outer loop we get, s1
8/3
– 20 + 2I + 3(I + 2) + 5I = 0
s0 k
2I + 3I 5I = 14
For stability all elements of 1st column should be
10I = 14
positive.
14
I= = 1.4 A 8
10 3k
3 0 and k 0
7. By using power electronic concept. 8/3
dc offset is maximum at 8
k< and k > 0
= 90 + (pf angle) 9
= 90 + 45 = – 45 or 135 8
0<k<
Inoption only – 45 is given 9
option (A) is correct.
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2019
13. It is given that 16.
a1s b1s c1
2
H(s) =
a 2 s 2 b2 s c 2
If a1 = b1 = 0, then H(s) becomes
004
H(s) =
a 2 s 2 b2 s c 2
c1
H(s) =
a 2s b2 s c 2
2
c1
Now H(0) = (i.e., as low frequency s 0
c2
0)
H() = 0(i.e., as high frequency s )
So the system passes low frequency and blocks Power drawn by load
high frequency. So it works as a low pass filter.
P= 3VL IL cos
14. Linear time invariant system is causal if
h(t) = 0; where t < 0 Where, VL = Vrated ; IL = 200 A
In options a, c and d if u(t) is multiplied than and cos = unity
their impulse response are zero for negative value Now if the power factor reduces to 0.5 lead
of time, hence they are causal. whereas
If we check option B P, VL are same as earlier
h(t) = 1 + e u(t)
–at
1
I
We can see h(t) = 1; t < 0, hence it represents a cos
non causal system. I = 400A
15. Given, s3
f = 2x3 + 3y2 + 4z 17. Given, H(s) = for t 0
s2 2s 1
ˆi ˆj kˆ
Taking inverse laplace transform,
f = x y z 2x 3y 4z
3 2
L1 H s = L1 s 3 L1 s 3
s2 2s 1
f = ˆi 6x ˆj 6y k 4
ˆ s 1
2
2
Now curl of f = 0 s 1 2 1 2
f is irrotational L1 L1
s 1 s 1 s 1
2 2
gradf .dr = 6x dx 6ydy 4dz 2
C
1 1
L1 1
d 2x 3y 4z 3 2
2L
s 1 s 1
2
C
2, 3,2
1 1
d 2x3 3y 2 4z e t 1 2e t t L 2 t
3, 3,2 s
2,6,2
L1 H s 2te t e t
d 2x 3 3y 2 4z
2, 3,2
2,6, 1
d 2x3 3y 2 4z
2,6,2
2,6, 1
gradf .dr =
d 2x3 3y 2 4z
C 3, 3,2
2,6, 1
2x 3 3y 2 4z
3, 3,2
= 120 – (–19) = (120 + 19) = 139
SOLVED PAPER – 2019 11
e 0.25s Applying R3 R3 – R1
18. G(s) = ,
s 0 1 1
Now when the Nyquist Plot psses through 1 0 1
negative real axis then in phase become (–180°) 0 0 2
180
180 90 0.25 Applying R 2 R 3 ;
= 2 1 0 1
0 1 1
Now Magnitude at this frequency
e
0.25 j 2
1 0 0 2
G 2 0.5
j2 2 The above matrix is in the form of echelon
matrix.
At negative real axis the co-ordinate becomes (–
(M) = Number of non-zeros rows in echelon
0.5, j0)
matrix.
19. Given partial differential equation.
(M) = 3
2 u 2 u 2u
2
23. It is given that
t 2
C x 2 y 2 0,
10
Y s
u
2
2 u
2 = C
2
u
2
2
s s s 100 2
2
t x 2
y According to final value theorem
It represent two dimensional wave equation. 10
y lim s Y s lim s
20. Given,
M is a 2 × 2 matrix with eigen values 4 and 9.
s 0 s 0
s s s 100 2
2
i.e., = 4, 9 [Where ‘’ represents eigen values 10 10 1
=
of M] 0 0 100 2 100 2 10 2
If is an eigen value of the matrix M then is 2 24. For a current controlled current source, both
an eigen value of the matrix M2. input as well output signals are in current form.
2 = 42, 92 = 16, 81 are eigen values of matrix so, the feedback technique which should be used
M2. is shunt series feedback.
j8 j20
21. Ybus =
j20 j8
j20
Y(each line) = j10
2
The magnitude of the series reactance of each
line in Pu Output impedance given loop gain (AB)
=
1
1
0.1pu = 9, Z0 = 100 k
j10 10 Now Zof = Z0(1 + AB) = 100[1 + 9] = 1000k
22. Given, 25. Given region is z 1 ; which represents the
region inside and on the unit circle z = 1
0 1 1
1 0 1 As singular point of option A, C and D, lies inside
z = 1
1 1 0
They are not analytic function.
Applying R3 R3 – R2 z2 1
Let f(z) =
0 1 1 z2
1 0 1 z = – 2 is the singular point but this all lies
outside z = 1
0 1 1
z2 1
is analytic in the region z 1.
z2
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2019
26. X u u u
Now u i j k ; where u = x2 + y2 + z2
x y z
Z = xy + xy = i[2x] + j[2y] + k[2z] = 2[xi + yj + zk]
=x y
x u.A = [(2x)i + (2y)j + (2z)k].[(2x)i + (3y)j + (4z)k]
u.A = 4x2 + 6y2 + 8z2 ...(iii)
Y
Given circuit is equivalent to XOR gate. From eq. (i), (ii) and (iii), we get
27. Given, div(uA) = (x2 + y2 + z2)9 + (4x2 + 6y2 + 8z2)
Air gap (lg) = 0.2 cm. div(uA/(1, 1, 1) = (1 + 1 + 1)9 + (4 + 6 + 8)
Mean length of core = 40 – 0.2 = 39.8 cm. (lc) = 27 + 18 = 45.
30. From the given bode-plot, we can say
r (core) = 1000, r (core) = .
2 1 At origin, there is a pole at origin, since the
B1 = 1T initial slope is – 20 db/dec.
from NI = constant = B.A Reluctance At = 20, the change in slope is – 60 – (– 40)
= – 20 db/dec, so it imply one pole at = 20.
l l c l lc
B1 A B2 A At = 1, the change in slope is – 40 – (– 20)
g g
0 A 0 r1 A 0 A 0 r A
2 = –20 dB/sec, so it imply one pole at = 1.
lc So in total the transfer function has 3 poles,
r , Hence 0. hence at = , the net phase contributed by
0 r
3 poles is – 270
1
1
0.2 0.2 39.8 Hence statement I is false and II is true.
B1 B2 31.
0 100
B1 0.2 1 0.2
B2 = 0.83402 T..
39.8 0.2398
0.2 1000
Hence, if the core relative permeability is
assumed to be 1000, then the flux density in the The transfer function of a lead compensator is
air gap is 0.834 T.
1
s 3T
28. As frequency has changed to 10 Hz. Reactance
will change but resistance will remain constant. D(s) = 3
X1 = X2(at 10Hz) s 1
T
8.22 8.22 The frequency at which phase is maximum is
= 10 1.644
50 5 given by geometric mean of pole and zero location,
R1 = 5.39and R2 = 5.72
1 1 1
1 starting(line) at 10Hz m =
3T T 3T 2
100 3 32. It is given that
= = 14.94 A
5.39 5.72 2
1.644 2
2
v(t) = 170sin 377t
6
29. Given, A = 2xi 3yjˆ 4zkˆ and u = x2 + y2 + z2
= 170 cos 377t 60
div(uA) = . (uA)
Now div uA u .A u.A ...(i) and i(t) = 8 cos 377t
6
= 8 cos 377t 30
Now .A
x
2x
y
3y 4z
z
Now in order to calculate the phase difference
=2+3+4=9 between v(t) and i(t) both of them should have
.A = 9 ...(ii) either + ve cos or + ve sin.
SOLVED PAPER – 2019 13
Pavg = Vrms Irms cos v I
36. The rms value of the AC line for three phase
bridge converter
170 8
= cos 60 30 = 2 3 Ide 2 3 100 81.64A
2 2
37.
170 8
= cos 30 = 680 cos 30
2
3
= 680
2
= 588.89 watts
33. Given data,
Resistive load = 24
Vin = 48V, fs = 250 Hz, TON = 1ms.
f 1
T = = 4ms.
fs 250
TON 1
and D = 0.25
T 4
Given ncosx = 100 A/V2, Vt = 500 mv, = 0
V
2 2
0.25 48 The mosefet is following square law, hence it is
0(rms)
Pout(load) =
R 24 operating in the saturation region
0.5 48
2
24 24 1 W
n cox VGS Vt
2
= 24W ID =
24 24 2 L
34. Given data, 1 10
100 106 VGS 0.5
2
V0(dC) = 180 V; Idc = 10 A 5 10–6 = 1
2
VS = 230 V, 50 Hz 5 10–6 = 50 105(VGS – 0.5)2
For, single-phase fully controlled thyristor
2 5 10 6
converter if load is constant, then (VGS – 0.5)2 =
1000 10 6
2Vm
Vdc = cos = 180 V VGS 0.6 volt
and Vout = 600 mV
180
cos = = 0.8692 38. The critical value of resistance required to be
2 230 2 connected across the circuit breaker contacts
2 2 2 2 which will give no transient oscillation
IPF = cos = 0.8692
1 R
= 0.782 Rcr =
2 C
z3 z2 8
35. Let F(z) = 1 50 10 –3
z2 =
Singular point of F(z) is at z = – 2; 2 0.05 10 –6
which lies inside C : |Z| = 5
1 50 10 –3
Now using Cauchy’s integral formula, =
2 5 108
z3 z2 8 z 3 z2 8 = 500
F(z)dz z2
dz z 2
dz
39. Given, the probability of a resistor being
C C C
defective,
f (z)
C z – z0 dz = 2jf(z0 )
By cauchy's formula; i.e. P = 0.02
Number of resistors, n = 50
= 2j z z 8 z 2
3 2
2
z3 z 2 8 Now = np = 50 0.02 = 50 1
dz 2j 8 4 8 8j 100
C
z2
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2019
Let ‘x’ denote the number of defective resistors. 42.
Using Poisson distribution, we have
P x 2 = 1 P x 2 1 P x 0 P x 1
e x
Now P(x)
x!
e 0 e It is given that
P[x 2] = 1
0! 1! since Vc() = 0
= 1 e 1
Vc t Vc 0 e t / RC
= 1e 1
1 1 1 2 e 0.26 3
40. PQ PQ PQ PQ PQ Vc t x 100e tx / 0.11110
RS 00 01 11 10
1 100e10000t x
RS 00 1 1 1 0
S 10000t 1
RS 01 1 1 1 1 e x
100
RS 11 1 1 1 1
ln 0.01
RS 10 0 0 0 0 tx = 0.46 × 10–3 sec = 0.46 m. sec
10,000
Output expression y = QR S 43. V = 100 V
41. As per the quient its waveform is drawn below. and Vm = 10 × 10 × 10–3 = 0.1V
Now m V 100 1000
Vm 0.1
Rseries = (m – 1) Rm = 999 × 10 = 9990
44. Given, line length = 300 km
Vs= 400kV (line to line). L = 1m H/km and
f t f t f t f t C = 0.01F / km.
f(t) = fo(t)1 + fe(t) 2
2
1 1
V speed
0.01 106 1 103
LC
= 316227.776 km/s.
2
2fl 2 50 300
2
V
316227.766
A 1 1 1
2 2 2
= 0.955.
Vs 400
Vr Noload = 418.59kV..
A 0.955
45.
N
A
f0(t) = sin 0 t a n cos 0 t .
2 n 1
A
From this b1
2
SOLVED PAPER – 2019 15
100 N1 No load speed
Va = 0.05
100 10 Eb V Ia R a = 220 – 2 × 0.5 = 219 Volt
1
1
Va volt.
22
At node Va
Va Vout Va 0.01
Now 0
100 10
Va – Vout + 10 Va – 0.1 = 0
Vout = 11Va – 0.1
1 N2 Full load speed
11 0.1 = 0.4 volt = 400mV
22 N2 = 1500 r.p.m
46. Eb 220 24 0.5 = 208 Volt
2
N2 Eb
2 1
N = E
1 b1 2
N 2 .E b1 1500 219
N1 = Eb2 = = 1579.32 rpm
208
48. Given data,
According Miliman’s theorem
V0 = 48 V, Vin= 24V, Pout = 12000
Fswitching = 50kHz,
Vin
Vout 1 D
24
48 =
1D
2–2D=1
Vm
I = R 20 (i) D = 0.5
m
Now P0 = V0. I0
Where
1 1 1 1 120
200 160 100 80
50 40 25 20 I0
Vm 48
1 1 1 1
50 40 25 20 120
Now RLoad =
4444 48
0
1 1 1 1
48 48
50 40 25 20 =
Putting Vm in equation (i) we get 120
0 = 19.2
I= 0A
R m 20
D 1 D R
2
47. LC =
2f
0.5 0.52 19.2
=
2 50 103
= 24H
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2019
49.
Given 3 – , 4 wire system with line currents
I = 100A (square wave)
In = Ia + Ib + Ic
From the In (Neutral current waveform)
2
1 1
In d t
2
Inrms = [2I2 ]
2 2
0
Inrms = I
In = I = 100A
SOLVED PAPER – 2019 17
50. Given, rating of transformer = 25kVA, 53. Given data
Existing load, S = 12 + j16 X1 = 0.25pu, X2 = 0.15pu, X0 = 0.05pu
Let P be extra load with exceeding rated kVA. Now According to question,
(P + 12) + (16) = 25
2 2 2
LG = LLLG
P = 7.209kW 3 1
P2 = 24P + 144 + 256 = 625 0.25 0.15 0.05 3X =
n 0.25
51. From the given state space model, we can say that 3xn = 0.3
0 1 0 302
A , B , C [1 0] Xn = 0.1 1.8
2 50
Transfer function 220
54. Given, V = 220V, Vph 127.01V
Now T(s) = C(sI – A)–1B 3
1 E= (V cos Ia R a ) 2 (V sin Ia X a )2
s 0 0 1 0
= 1 0
0 s 2 = (127.01 0.8 10 0.25)2 (127.01 0.6 10 2.5)2
1 = 141.65V
s 1 0
= 1 0
s 2
E(line) = 141.65 × 3 = 245.34V
1 s 2 1 0 a a12
1 0 55. Let M2 2 11 , and
s(s 2) s a 21 a 22
a11 a12
1 0 v1 = , v2
1 s a 21 a 22
[1 0] 2
2
s 2s s 2
s a12
1 a 22
M–1 = a ,
a11a 22 a 21a12 21 a11
by comparing with standard
2
s 2s 1
equation 2n we get
where u1T
a11a 22 a 21a12
a22 a12 ,
n = and n = 1
u1T
a11a 22 a 21a12
a21 a11
=
a 22 a12 a11
u1T v1 1
52. The generator is delivering the real power = 0.8pu a11a 22 a 21a12 a11a 22 a 21a12 a 21
at 0.8pf a 21 a11 a12
uT
2 v2 1
0.8 a11a 22 a 21a12 a11a 22 a 21a12 a 22
I= 1pu.
0.8 Statement-I is true.
and X net = 0.25 0.2 0.2 0.65pu a 22 a12 a12
u1T v 2 0
Now Eg = V + IgZ = 10 + 1 × 0.6590° – 36.86 a a
11 22 a a a a
21 12 11 22 a 21 12 a 22
a
Eg = 10 + 0.6553.14 a 21 a11 a11
uT
2 v1 0
= 1 + (cos53.14 + jsin53.14)0.65 a a
11 22 a a a a
21 12 11 22 a 21 12 a21
a
= 1 + 0.389 + j0.520 = 1.389 + j0.520 Statement-II is true. So, both Statements are
Hence load angle is 20.52. true.
SOLVED PAPER – 2018
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Total of 65 questions carrying 100 marks, out of which 10 questions carrying a total of 15 marks are in
General Aptitude (GA)
2. The Engineering Mathematics will carry around 15% of the total marks, the General Aptitude section
will carry 15% of the total marks and the remaining 70% of the total marks.
3. Types of Questions
( a ) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. These
questions are objective in nature, and each will have a choice of four options, out of which the candidate
has to mark the correct answer(s).
(b ) Numerical Answer Questions of 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. For these questions
the answer is a real number, to be entered by the candidate using the virtual keypad. No choices will
be shown for these type of questions.
4. For 1-mark multiple-choice questions, 1/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. Likewise, for
2-marks multiple-choice questions, 2/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. There is no negative
marking for numerical answer type questions.
Chapter-Wise Analysis
# Subject
Marks # Subject
Marks
1 2 Total 1 2 Total
1 General Aptitude 5 5 15 7 Power Systems 4 1 6
2 Maths 5 5 15 8 Control Systems 2 2 6
Electrical and Electronics
3 Electric Circuits 4 4 12 9 1 2 5
Measurements
Analog, Digital
4 Electromagnetic Fields 1 1 3 10 Electronics and 2 4 10
Microprocessor
Power Electronics and
5 Signals and Systems 1 3 7 11 2 1 4
Drives
6 Electrical Machines 3 7 17
2 SOLVED PAPER - 2018
GENERAL APTITUDE 9. A designer uses marbles of four different colours
for his designs. The cost of each marble is the
1. “Since you have gone off the ______, the ______ same, irrespective of the colour. The table below
sand is likely to damage the car”. The words that shows the percentage of marbles of each colour
best fill the blanks in the above sentence are used in the current design. The cost of each
(a) course, coarse (b) course, course marble increased by 25%. Therefore, the designer
(c) coarse, course (d) coarse, coarse decided to reduce equal numbers of marbles of
2. “A common misconception among writers is that each colour to keep the total cost unchanged.
sentence structure mirrors thought; the more _____ What is the percentage of blue marbles in the
the structure, the more complicated the ideas”. new design?
(a) detailed (b) simple Blue Black Red Yellow
(c) clear (d) convoluted 40% 25% 20% 15%
3. The three roots of the equation f(x) = 0 are x =
(a) 35.75 (b) 40.25
{–2, 0, 3}. What are the three values of x for which
f(x – 3) = 0? (c) 43.75 (d) 46.25
(a) –5, –3, 0 (b) –2, 0, 3 10. P, Q, R and S crossed a lake in a boat that can
(c) 0, 6, 8 (d) 1, 3, 6 hold a maximum of two persons, with only one
set of oars. The following additional facts are
4. For what values of k given below is
k 2 2 and
available
k3 (i) The boat held two persons on each of the three
integer? forward trips across lake and one person on
(a) 4, 8, 18 (b) 4, 10, 16 each of the two return trips.
(c) 4, 8, 28 (d) 8, 26, 28 (ii) P is unable is row when someone else is in
5. Functions, F(a, b) and G(a, b) are defined as the boat.
follows: (iii)Q is unable to row with anyone else except R.
F(a, b) = (a – b)2 and G(a, b) = |a – b|, where |x| (iv) Each person rowed for at least one trip.
represents the absolute value of x. What would (v) Only one person can row during a trip.
be the value of G(F(1, 3), G(1, 3))?
Who rowed twice?
(a) 2 (b) 4
(a) P (b) Q
(c) 6 (d) 36
(c) R (d) S
6. An e-mail password must contain three
characters. The password has to contain one TECHNICAL SECTION
numeral from 0 to 9, one upper case and one
lower case character from the English alphabet. 1. A single-phase 100 kVA, 1000 V/100 V, 50 Hz
How many distinct passwords are possible? transformer has a voltage drop of 5% across its
(a) 6,760 (b) 13,520 series impedance at full load. Of this, 3% is due
to resistance. The percentage regulation of the
(c) 40,560 (d) 1,05,456
transformer at full load with 0.8 lagging power
7. In a certain code AMCF is written as EQGJ and factor is
NKUF is written as ROYJ. How will DHLP be
(a) 4.8 (b) 6.8
written in the code?
(c) 8.8 (d) 10.8
(a) RSTN (b) TLPH
2. In a salient pole synchronous motor, the
(c) HLPT (d) XSVR
developed reluctance torque attains the
8. A class of twelve children has two more boys than maximum value when the load angle in electrical
girls. A group of three children are randomly degree is
picked from this class to accompany the teacher
on a field trip. What is the probability that the (a) 0 (b) 45°
group accompanying the teacher contains more (c) 60° (d) 90°
girls than boys? 3. A single-phase fully controlled rectifier is
325 supplying a load with an anti-parallel diode as
(a) 0 (b)
864 shown in the figure. All switches and diodes are
525 5 ideal. Which one of the following is true for
(c) (d) instantaneous load voltage and current?
864 12
SOLVED PAPER - 2018 3
7. The graph of a network has 8 nodes and 5
i0 independent loops. The number of branches of
the graph is
+
L (a) 11 (b) 12
o v0
a (c) 13 (d) 14
d 8. In the figure, the voltages are v1(t) = 100 cos(t),
–
v 2(t) = 100cos t and v 3 (t) = 100cos
18
(a) v0 0 and i0 < 0 (b) v0 < 0 and i0 < 0 t . The circuit is in sinusoidal steady-
36
(c) v0 0 and i0 0 (d) v0 < 0 and i0 0 state, and R < < L. P1, P2 and P3 are the average
4. Four power semiconductor devices are shown in power outputs. Which one of the following
the figure along with their relevant terminals. statements is true?
The device(s) that can carry dc current R L L R
continuously in the direction shown when gated
approximately is (are)
A M T1 A P1 P2 P3
D
+ + +
v1(t) v2(t) v3(t)
G
S – – –
G K G M T2 G K
I (a) P1 = P2 = P3 = 0
I I I
(b) P1 < 0, P2 > 0, P3 > 0
Thyristor Triac GTO MOSFET (c) P1 < 0, P2 > 0, P3 < 0
(a) Triac only (b) Triac and MOSFET (d) P1 > 0, P2 < 0, P3 > 0
(c) Triac and GTO (d) Thyristor and Triac 9. Match the transfer functions of the second-order
5. Two wattmeter method is used for measurement systems with the nature of the system given
of power in a balanced three-phase load supplied below.
from a balanced three-phase system. If one of the
Transfer functions Nature of system
wattmeters reads half of the other (both positive),
then the power factor of the load is 15
P. 2
I. Overdamped
(a) 0.532 (b) 0.632 s 5s 15
(c) 0.707 (d) 0.866 25
Q. II. Critically damped
2
6. Consider a lossy transmission line with V1 and V2 s 10s 25
as the sending and receiving end voltages, 35
respectively. Z and X are the series impedance R. 2 III. Underdamped
and reactance of the line, respectively. The s 18s 35
steady-state stability limit for the transmission (a) P-I, Q-II, R-III (b) P-II, Q-I, R-III
line will be (c) P-III, Q-II, R-I (d) P-III, Q-I, R-II
V1 V2 10. A positive charge of 1 nC is placed at (0, 0, 0.2)
(a) greater than where all dimensions are in meters. Consider the
X
x-y plane to be a conducting ground plane. Take
V1 V2
(b) less than 0 = 8.85 × 10–12 F/m. The Z component of the E
X
field at (0, 0, 0.1) is closed to
V1 V2 (a) 899.18 V/m
(c) equal to
X (b) –899.18 V/m
V1 V2 (c) 999.09 V/m
(d) equal to
Z (d) –999.09 V/m
4 SOLVED PAPER - 2018
11. Let f be a real-valued function of a real variable R1 R2
defined as f(x) = x2 for x 0, and f(x) = –x2 for (a) Z R (b) Z R
2 1
x < 0. Which one of the following statements is
true? R2
(c) Z (d) Z R R
(a) f(x) is discontinuous at x = 0. 1 2
(b) f(x) is continuous but not differentiable at 16. A continuous-time out signal x(t) is an eigen
x = 0. function of an LTI system, if the output is
(c) f(x) is differentiable but its first derivative is (a) k x(t), where k is an eigenvalue.
not continuous at x = 0. (b) kejt x(t), where k is an eigenvalue and ejt is
(d) f(x) is differentiable but its first derivative is a complex exponential signal.
not differentiable at x = 0. (c) x(t) ejt. where ejt is a complex exponential signal.
12. The value of the directional derivative of (d) k H(), where k is an eigenvalue and H() is
the function (x, y, z) = xy2 + yz2 + zx2 at the frequency response of the system.
point (2, –1, 1) in the direction of the vector 18.Let f be a real valued function of a real variable
p = i + 2j + 2k is defined as f(x) = x –[x], where [x] denotes the
(a) 1 (b) 0.95 largest integer less than or equal to x. The value
(c) 0.93 (d) 0.9 1.25
z1 of f x dx is (up to 2 decimal
13. The value of the integral z2 4 dz in counter 0.25
places).
clockwise direction around a circle C of radius 1
17. Consider a non-singular 2 × 2 square matrix A. If
with center at the point z = –2 is
trace (A) = 4 and trace (A2) = 5, the determinant
i of the matrix A is ______ (up to 1 decimal place).
(a) (b) 2i
2 19. In the two-port network shown, the h11 parameter
i V1
(c) (d) –2i where, h11 I , when V2 0 in ohms is
2 i
14. In the logic circuit shown in the figure, Y is given _________ (up to 2 decimal places).
by 2I 1
A
B 1 1
Y
C I1
D V1 1 V2
(a) Y = ABCD
(b) Y = (A + B) (C + D) 20. The series impedance matrix of a short three-
(c) Y = A + B + C + D phase transmission line in phase coordinates is
(d) Y = AB + CD Zs Z m Zm
15. The op-amp shown in the figure is ideal. The input Z m Zs Zm . If the positive sequence
Z
impedance Vin/iin is given by m Z m Zs
impedance is (1 + j10) , and the zero sequence
is (4 + j31) , then the imaginary part of Zm (in )
Z
is ___________ (up to 2 decimal places).
i in
+ 21. The positive, negative and zero sequence
V0 impedances of a 125 MVA, three-phase, 15.5 kV,
– star-grounded, 50 Hz generator are j0.1 pu, j0.05
V in +
– pu and j0.01 pu respectively on the machine rating
base. The machine is unloaded and working at
the rated terminal voltage. If the grounding
R1 impedance of the generator is j0.01 pu, then the
R2
magnitude of fault current for a b-phase to ground
fault (in kA) is _________ (up to 2 decimal places).
SOLVED PAPER - 2018 5
22. A 1000 × 1000 bus admittance matrix for an 28. The positive, negative and zero sequence
electric power system has 8000 non-zero impedances of a three-phase generator are Z1, Z2
elements. The minimum number of branches and Z0 respectively. For a line-to-line fault with
(transmission lines and transformers) in this fault impedance Zf, the fault current is If1 = kIf,
system are ________ (up to 2 decimal places). where If is the fault current with zero fault
23. The waveform of the current drawn by a semi- impedance. The relation between Zf and k is
converter from a sinusoidal AC voltage source is
shown in the figure. If I0 = 20 A, the rms value of (a) Zf
Z1 Z2 1 k
fundamental component of the current is k
________ A (up to 2 decimal places).
(b) Zf
Z1 Z2 1 k
Voltage and k
curent Vm sin (t)
(c) Z f
Z1 Z2 k
I0
t 1k
0 I0
30° 180°
(d) Z f
Z1 Z2 k
210 1 k
24. A separately excited dc motor has an armature 29. Consider the two bus power system network with
resistance Ra = 0.05 . The field excitation is kept given loads as shown in the figure. All the values
constant. At an armature voltage of 100 V, the shown in the figure are in per unit. The reactive
motor produces a torque of 500 Nm at zero speed. power supplied by generator G1 and G2 are QG1 and
Neglecting all mechanical losses, the no-load QG2 respectively. The per unit values of QG1, QG2
speed of the motor (in radian/s) for an armature and line reactive power loss (Qloss) respectively are
voltage of 150 V is _____ (upto 2 decimal places).
1.0 1.00°
25. Consider a unity feedback system with forward j0.1
transfer function given by G1 G2
Qloss
1 20 + jQ G1 15 + QG 2
G s
s 1s 2 15 + j5 20 + j10
The steady-state error in the output of the system (a) 5.00, 12.68, 2.68 (b) 6.34, 10.00, 1.34
for a unit-step input is _____ (up to 2 decimal places).
(c) 6.34, 11.34, 2.68 (d) 5.00, 11.34, 1.34
26. A transformer with toroidal core of permeability
30. The per unit power output of a salient pole
is shown in the figure. Assuming uniform flux
density across the circular core cross-section of generator which is connected to an infinite bus,
radius r < < R, and neglecting any leakage flux, is given by the expression, P = 1.4 sin + 0.15
the best estimate for the mean radius R is sin2, where is the load angle. Newton-Raphson
method is used to calculate the value of for
P
i P = I sint iS = 0 P = 0.8 pu. If the initial guess is 30°, then its value
+
+ (in degree) at the end of the first iteration is
VP =Vcost NP R NS VS
(a) 15° (b) 28.48°
–
– (c) 28.74° (d) 31.20°
31. A DC voltage source is connected to a series L-C
Vr 2 N2p Ir 2 NP NS circuit by turning on the switch S at time t = 0 as
(a) (b) shown in the figure. Assume i(0) = 0, v(0) = 0.
I V
Which one of the following circular loci represents
Vr 2N2p Ir 2 N2P the plot of i(t) versus v(t)?
(c) (d)
2I 2V S i (t )
27. A 0-1 ampere moving iron ammeter has an
internal resistance of 50 m and inductance of t =0 L =1H
0.1 mH. A shunt coil is connected to extend its
range to 0-10 Ampere for all operating frequencies. +
+
The time constant in milliseconds and resistance 5V C =1F v (t )
–
in m of the shunt coil respectively are –
(a) 2, 5.55 (b) 2, 1
(c) 2.18, 0.55 (d) 11.1, 2
6 SOLVED PAPER - 2018
(a) i (t ) 33. Consider a system governed by the following
equations:
v (t )
dx1 t
x 2 t x1 t
(0, –5) dt
dx2 t
x1 t x2 t
dt
The initial conditions are such that x1(0) < x2 (0)
< . Let x1f L im x1 t and x2f L im x 2 t .
(b) i (t ) t t
Which one of the following is true?
(a) x1f < x2f < (b) x2f < x1f <
(c) x1f = x2f < (d) x1f = x2f =
34. The number of roots of polynomial, s7 + s6 + 7s5 +
v (t )
(5, 0) 14s4 + 31s3 + 73s2 + 25s + 200, in the open left half
of the complex plane is
(a) 3 (b) 4
(c) 5 (d) 6
(c) i (t )
z2
35. If C is a circle |z| = 4 and f z ,
2
z2 3z 2
(0, 5) f z dz is
then
C
(a) 1 (b) 0
v (t ) (c) –1 (d) –2
36. Which one of the following statements is true
(d) i (t ) about the digit circuit shown in the figure?
D Q D Q D Q
f OUT
v (t )
C C C
(–5, 0)
f IN
(a) It can be used for dividing the input frequency
32. The equivalent impedance Zeq for the infinite by 3.
ladder circuit shown in the figure is (b) It can be used for dividing input frequency
by 5.
j 9 j 9
(c) It can be used for dividing the input frequency
by 7.
j5 j5 (d) It cannot be reliably used as a frequency
Z eq
divider due to disjoint internal cycles.
–j1 j1 37. Digital input signals A, B, C with A as the MSB
and C as the LSB are used to realize the Boolean
function F = m0 + m2 + m3 + m5 + m7, where mi
(a) j12
denotes the ith minterm. In addition, F has a don’t
(b) –j12 care for m1. The simplified expression for F is
(c) j13 given by
(d) 13 (a) AC BC AC (b) A C
(c) C A (d) AC BC AC
SOLVED PAPER - 2018 7
38. Consider the two continuous-time signals defined y
below:
t , 1 t 1 (0, 3)
x1 (t) C
0, otherwise,
1 t , 1 t 1
x 2 (t)
0, otherwise,
x
These signals are sampled with a sampling period (3,0)
of T = 0.25 seconds to obtain descrete-time signals
x1[n] and x2[n], respectively. Which one of the 43. Let f(x) = 3x3 – 7x2 + 5x + 6. The maximum value
following statements is true? of f(x) over the interval [0, 2] is ________ (upto 1
(a) The energy of x1[n] is greater than the energy decimal place).
of x2[n].
1 0 1
(b) The energy of x2[n] is greater than the energy
of x1[n]. 44. Let A 1 2 0 and B = A3 – A2 – 4 A + 5I,
(c) x1[n] and x2[n] have equal energies. 0 0 2
(d) Neither x1[n] nor x2[n] is a finite energy signal. where I is the 3 × 3 identify matrix. The
39. The signal energy of the continuous-time signal determinant of B is _________ (upto 1 decimal
x(t) = [(t – 1) u(t – 1)] – [(t – 2) u(t – 2)] – [(t – 3) place).
u(t – 3) + (t – 4) u(t – 4)] is 45. The capacitance of an air-filled parallel-plate
11 7 capacitor is 60 pF. When a dielectric slab whose
(a) (b)
3 3 thickness is half the distance between the plates,
1 5 is placed on one of the plates covering it entirely,
(c) (d) the capacitance becomes 86 pF. Neglecting the
3 3
fringing effects, the relative permittivity of the
40. The Fourier transform of a continuous time signal
dielectric is __________ (upto 2 decimal places).
1 46. The unit step response y(t) of a unity feedback
x(t) is given by X() . ,
10 j 2
system with open-loop transfer function
where j 1 and denotes frequency. Then
the value of |Inx(t)| at t = 1 is _______ (upto 1 K
G(s)H(s) is shown in the figure.
decimal place). (In denotes the logarithm to s 1 2 s 2
base e).
The value of K is _________ (upto 2 decimal
41. In the circuit shown in the figure, the bipolar places).
junction transistor (BJT) has a current gain
y (t)
= 100. The base-emitter voltage drop is a
constant, VBE = 0.7 V. The value of the Thevenin 1.4
equivalent resistance RTh (in ) as shown in the 1.2
1
figure is _________ (upto 2 decimal places).
0.8
10 k
0.6
a
0.4
0.2
+
10 k 0
15 V 1 k 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 t (sec)
– + 47. A three-phase load is connected to a three-phase
10.7 V R Th balanced supply as shown in the figure.
– If Van = 100 0° V. Vbn = 100 – 120°V and
b
42. As shown in the figure, C is the arc from the Vcn = 100 – 240°V (angles are considered positive
point (3, 0) to the point (0, 3) on the circle in the anti-clockwise direction), the value of R
x 2 + y 2 = 9. The value of the integral for zero current in the neutral wire is ________
y
2 (upto 2 decimal places).
2yx dx 2xy x2 dy
is _________ (upto
C
2 decimal places).
8 SOLVED PAPER - 2018
a signals are as shown. The circuit operates in the
steady-state. Assuming that the converters share
R the load equally, the average value of is1, the
n
current of switch S1 (in ampere) is ________ (upto
2 decimal places).
– j 10 is1 L
j 10
c S1
+
100 V C 1
–
b
48. The voltage across the circuit in the figure and
the current through it, are given by the following S2 L
expressions:
v(t) = 5 – 10 cos(t + 60°) V
i(t) = 5 + X cos(t) A Switch control signals
where, = 100 radian/s. If the average power S1
delivered to the circuit is zero, then the value of
X(in ampere) is _________ (upto 2 decimal places). t
i (t )
S2
+ t
0 0.5 ms 1 ms
51. A three-phase, 900 kVA, 3 kV/ 3kV / Y , 50 Hz
v (t ) Electrical
circuit transformer has primary (high voltage side)
resistance per phase of 0.3 and secondary (low
voltage side( resistance per phase of 0.02 . Iron
– loss of the transformer is 10 kW. The full load %
efficiency of the transformer operated at unity
49. A phase controlled single-phase rectifier, power factor is ________ (upto 2 decimal places).
supplied by an AC source, feeds power to an
52. A 200 V DC series motor, when operating from
R-L-E load as shown in the figure. The rectifier
rated voltage while driving a certain load, draws
output voltage has an average value given by
10 A current and runs at 1000 rpm. The total
Vm series resistance is 1 . The magnetic circuit is
V0 3 cos , where Vm = 80 volts and
2 assumed to be linear. At the same supply voltage,
is the firing angle. If the power delivered to the the load torque is increased by 44%. The speed of
lossless batter is 1600 W. in degree is ________ the motor in rpm (rounded to the nearest integer)
(upto 2 decimal places). is ___________.
53. A dc to dc converter shown in the figure is charging
+
a battery bank, B2 whose voltage is constant at
2
150 V. B1 is another battery bank whose voltage
is constant at 50 V. The value of the inductor. L is
Vm sin(t) V0 5 mH and the ideal switch, S is operated with a
10 mH switching frequency of 5 kHz with a duty ratio of
+
0.4. Once the circuit has attained steady state
– 80 V and assuming the diode D to be ideal, the power
–
Battery transferred from B1 to B2 (in Watt) is _________
(up to 2 decimal places).
50. The figure shows two buck converters connected
in parallel. The common input dc voltage for the i L L = 5 mH D
converters has a value of 100 V. The converters
have inductors of identical value. The load
resistance is 1 . The capacitor voltage has +
50 V B1 S B2 150 V
negligible ripple. Both converters operate in the –
continuous conduction mode. The switching
frequency is 1 kHz, and the switch control
SOLVED PAPER - 2018 9
54. The equivalent circuit of a single-phase induction 55. The voltage v(t) across the terminals a and b
motor is shown in the figure, where the shown in the figure, is a sinusoidal voltage having
a frequency = 100 radian/s. When the inductor
parameters are R1 R2 X I1 XI2 12, current i(t) is in phase with the voltage v(t),
X M 240 and s is the slip. At no-load the magnitude of the impedance Z(in ) seen between
the terminals a and b is ________ (upto 2 decimal
motor speed can be approximated to be the
places).
synchronous speed. The no-load lagging power
factor of the motor is ________ (up to 3 decimal i (t ) L
a
places). +
R1 jX n
V (t )
R 100 F 100
2s Z
XM Xj 2
j –
2 j
2 b
0°
VÐ
R2
2 (2 - s)
XM
j Xj 2
2 j
2
ANSWERS
General Aptitude (GA)
1. (a) 2. (d) 3. (d) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (c)
Technical Section
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (b)
8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (d) 11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (d)
15. (b) 16. (a) 17. 5.5 18. 0.5 19. 0.5 20. 7.00 21. 73.52
22. 3500 23. 17.39 24. 600 25. 0.66 26. (d) 27. (a) 28. (a)
29. (c) 30. (c) 31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (c) 34. (a) 35. (b)
36. (b) 37. (b) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. 10 41. 92 42. 0
43. 12 44. 1 45. 2.53 46. 8 47. 5.77 48. 10 49. 90
50. 12 51. 97.36 52. 825 53. 12 54. 0.106 55. 50
10 SOLVED PAPER - 2018
EXPLANATIONS
GENERAL APTITUDE 8. There are 7B and 5G in class
3. f(x) = 0 Now according to question 3 students are taken
at random.
for, x = {–2, 0, 3}
Hence possible ways are
f(–2) = 0, f(0) = 0, f(3) = 0
G B
f(x – 3) = 0
2 1
Now from option (d),
3 0
f(1 – 3) = f(–2) = 0
5
f(3 – 3) = f(0) = 0 C2 7 C1 5 C3 7 C0
Required probability 12
f(6 – 3) = f(3) = 0 C3
4. 4 2 2 10 7 10 1 80 4
For K 4 36 0.3636
4 3 12 10 11 220 11
6
8 22 100
K 8 20 Integers 9. Let the number of marbles be 100
83 5 Now Cost of marbles increased by Rs. 25
For K 28
28 22 900 36 New cost = Rs. 125
28 3 25
100
Option (c) is correct. Number of marbles in Rs. 100 100 80
125
5. Here F(a, b) = (a – b)2 marbles
Now according to question
and G(a, b) = a b
(40 – x) + (25 – x) + (20 – x) + (15 – x) = 80
Now G F(1,3),G(1,3) 100 – 4x = 80
= G[4, 2] x=5
= 42 = 2 40 5
6. Numeral can be selected in 10 ways (0 - 9). % blue marbles in new design = 80 100 %
Each of upper case and lower case alphabets can
5
be done in 26 ways each. 35 % 43.75%
4
All three choosen (1 numeral and 2 alphabet) can
10. (i) Q and R moves first.
be arrange in 3! ways.
In forward trip Q rowed.
total number of ways – (10 × 26 × 26) 3! = 40560
ways In return trip R rowec
A M C F E Q G J (ii) P and R moves in second trip.
7.
4 R rowed in forward trip
4 P rowed in return trip
4 (iii)P and S moves in last trip
4 S rowed in forward trip.
R rowed twice.
N K U F R O Y J
4 TECHNICAL SECTION
4 1. Impedance drop %z = 5%
4 Resistance drop %R = 3%
4
Reactance drop %x = %z2 %R 2
D H L P H L P T
4 = 52 32 4%
4
% Regulation = (R cos2 + x sin 2)%
4
4 = 3(0.8) + 4(0.6) = 4.8%
SOLVED PAPER - 2018 11
2. The reluctance torque in a salient pole machine is The power flow between the nodes depends on
phase angle. The leading phase angle node acts
v2 1 1
Treluctance . sin 2 as a source and remaining are sinks
2 xq xd
v2 is leading angle node delivers power (>0)
dTreluctance v2 1 1 v1, v3 is leading angle node absorbs power (<0)
=0=
2 q cos 2
d x x d
15 n 21
cos 2 = 0 2 = 90° 9.
s2 5s 15 s2 21n 1 s n 21
90
45
2 n 1 15 3.872
3. Single phase fully controlled converter 2G1n = 5
1
5
G1 0.64 under damped
vin t 2 3.872
25 n 21
s2 10s 25 s2 22n 2 s n 22
n 22 25 n 2 5rad / sec
v0 T 1 T2 T3 T4 T 1T 2 T3 Tc
t
22n2 = 10
10
2 = 1
i0
F
25
F F F
D D D D critically damped
t
10. Z
The instaneous load voltage v0 0
(0, 0, 0, 2) Q = 1 nC
current is i0 > 0
6. V 1 V 2 o
jx P (0, 0, 0, 1)
Assuming loss-less line Z=0
v1 v 2
P sin
X
v1 v 2 (0, 0, –0.2) –Q = –1 nC
Max. power = Pmax
X
For Lossy-Line, Image change
V1 V1 Net electric field at point P due to charge Q is,
R jx
given by
QR12
Because of Resistance there is a power loss E12 3
Power Loss = 3I 2R 4 0 R12
v v
Lossy Line Pmax 1 2 1 109 0.1aˆ z
X E12
7. No. of Loops = b – (N – 1)
4 8.854 1012 0.1 3
1 10 0.3 aˆ
5 = b – (8 – 1)
9
5=b–7 z
4 8.854 10 12
0.3
b = 12 3
8. v1 100 cos t 100 0
105 105
â z
4 8.854 4 8.854 9
v 2 100 cos t 100 100 10
18 18
898.774 99.863 aˆ z 999.09 aˆ z V / m
v 3 100 cos t 100 100 5
36 36
12 SOLVED PAPER - 2018
x2 , x0 z 1
11. Here, f x 2
z 2
x , x 0 =
z 2 dz = 2i f(–2)
Now differentiating f(x) w.r.t to ‘x’ we get,
2 1 1 i
2x, x0 2 i 2i
f x 2 2 4 2
2x, x 0
14. AB
Again differentiating w.r.t. to ‘x’ we get, A
2, x0 B
f x Y = AB . CD
2, x 0
C = AB + CD
The first derivation of f (i.e) f(x) is not derivable
at x = 0. D
CD
12. = xy2 + yz2 + zx2 AB
Y = AB + CD
ˆ ˆ ˆ
Now i j k CD
x y z
= AB · CD
Also y 2 2xz = AB + CD
x
15. According to virtual ground concept
2xy z2 VA = VB = Vin
y Now applying kCL at node A :
Vin V0
and 2yz x2 i in
z ...(i)
Z
i j k 1 1 V0
x y z Vin R R R
2 1
1
i y 2 2xz j 2xy z2 k 2yz x 2
R1 R 2
Vin R R R1 V0
2, 1, 1 i 1 4 j 4 1 k 2 4 1 2
5 i 3 j 2k R1 R 2
V0 Vin R ....(ii)
2
Now P i 2 j 2k
Now substituting value of V0 from equation (ii) in
P 1 4 4 3 equation (i) we get
The directional derivative of (x, y, z) at (2, –1, 1) Vin V0
iin
Z
P
in the direction of P is at P . R R2
P Vin Vin 1
i 2 j 2k 5 6 4 R2 i
5 i 3 j 2k ·
3
= 1 Z in
3
R R2
z 1 V0 Vin 1
13. Here f(z) = R2
z2
Vin R1 R 2
V 1 R Z in
in
2
–3 –2 –1
R1 R 2
Vin 1 R Z in
2
z1 Vin R 2 R1 R 2
z2 4 dz Z
iin R2
z1
= z 2 z 2 dz
Vin R
Z. 2
i in R1
SOLVED PAPER - 2018 13
16. Eigen-function is a type of input for which output Applying KCL at node A, we get
is constant times of input. Va 1 Va Va 2I1
i.e. 0
1 1 1
at 3Va + 2I1 = 1 ....(i)
e = x (t ) H (s ) y (t )
1 Va
and I1 ....(ii)
where 1
x(t) = system input = eigen-function Now putting value of I1 from equation (ii) in
H(s) = transfer function of system equation (i) we get,
y(t) = sytem output Va = –1
Here, 1 Va 1 1
y(t) = H(s)|s=a (eigen value) eat (eigen-function)
Now I1 2 Va 1
1 1
= K . x(t) V 1
Now h11 1 0.5
where, I1 2
K = eigen-value 20. z1 = positive sequence
x(t) = eigen-function input z1 = zs – zm = 1 + j10
17. Here matrix A is 2 × 2 matrix z0 = zs 2zm = 4 + j31
Tr (A) = 4
3zm j21
1 + 2 = 4 ...(i)
and 2
Tr (A ) = 5 21
zm j j7
3
12 22 5 ...(ii)
E
From equation (i) and (ii) we get 21. IR 1
z1 z 2 z0eq
2
1 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 2 z0eq z0 3zn 0.01 3 0.01 0.04 pu.
16 = 5 + 21 2 1.0
IR 1 5.263pu
212 = 16 – 5 = 11 0.1 0.05 0.04
11 Base current
1 2 Base mva 125 106
2 =
11 3. v L 3 15.5 103
A 5.5
2 = 4656.05A
18. 1.25 1 1.25
Sequence current = 5.26 × 4656.05 = 24504.79A.
f x dx x x dx x x dx
0.25 0.25 1 Fault current, If = 3IR1 3 24504.79
1.25 1 1.25 = 73514.38A or 73.52 kA
xdx x dx x dx 22. No. of Buses = 100
0.25 0.25 1
1.25 No. of non-zero elements = 8000
x 2 1 1.25
0dx 1dx No. of Transmission lines
2 0.25 0.25 1 No. of non-zero elements No. of Buses
=
2
1.25 2 0.25 2 0 0.25
=
8000 1000
3500
2 2 2
1 23. The Given waveform is voltage and currents of a
1.5625 0.0625 0.25 0.5
2
semiconverter
19. (A) 2 1
Displacement power factor (DPF)
1 1
Va
= cos cos15 0.966
I1 2
V1 = 1 1 V2 = 0 Peak fundamental component of a square wave is
4I0
Is1 peak 25.46
14 SOLVED PAPER - 2018
Peak fundamental current with semi converter is 27. Given,
Im = 1 A, Rm = 50 m
cos = 25.46 0.966 = 24.6
4I0
Is1 peak
2 Lm = 0.1 mH, I = 10 A
Is peak We know,
RMS value Is1 rms 1 17.394
2 Rm I
R sh and m
m 1 Im
1
25. G s
s 1 s 2 50 103 50 103
Rsh 5.55 m
H(s) = 1 10 1 9
Steady state error due to unit step input is m 10
A
ess For all frequencies time constants of the shunt
1 Lt G s and meter arm should be equal.
s 0
1 1 Lm Lsh
1 1 Rm Rsh
1 Lt 1
s 0 s 1 s 2 0 1 0 2 Lm Lsh
1 2 R m Rsh
0.66
1 3
1 Lm 0.1 10 3
2 0.002
26. r P
Rm 50 10 3
i P = I sint iS = 0
+ Option (a) is correct.
+ +
VP =Vcost e NP R NS VS 28. For LL fault:
– –
– Without Zf,
I1
Since we know reluctance of core:
lc Z1 Z2
a 3E g
where, Ic is mean core length and a is area of core If =
Z1 + Z2
2R 2R
Reluctance, Eg
r 2 r 2
[where, R is mean radius of core]
With Zf,
.r 2
R If
2 1
mmf N p Ip
Also Z1
flux Zf
1 t 3E g
Np 0
Here, e dt If =
1 Z1 + Z2 + Zf
[where e is primary generated voltage] Eg Z2
0 Vp dt
1 t
Np Now If1 = k . If (given)
[ since, Vp = –e] 3.Eg 3Eg
1 t V k
Np 0
V cos t dt sin t Z1 Z 2 Zf Z1 Z 2
N p
N p .Isin t Np2 .I 1 k
=
Now reluctance, Z1 Z2 Z f Z1 Z2
V V
sin t Z1 + Z2 = k (Z1 + Z2 + Zf)
N p
N2p I r 2 Zf
Z1 Z2 1 k
R k
2V
SOLVED PAPER - 2018 15
29. G1 = 20 + j Qa1 c
Load1 = 15 + j5 = P1 +jQ1 I(t) v in sin t
L
G2 = 15 + jQa2 I(t) = 5 sint
Load2 = 20 + j10 = P2 + jQ2 t
1
Generator 1 will supply 5pu to load2 since the v0(t) =
c
5 sin t 5cos t 5 = 5 – 5 cost
generator can supply only 15 pu. 0
power delivered from (1) to (2) At t 0 v t i t co ordiantes
v1 v 2
0 55 0 5 sin 0 0 0,0
= sin
x 5 cos 5 5 sin 5 5,5
2 2 2
11 5 5 1 10 5sin 0 10,5
5= sin
0.1 3 3
5 5 0 5 5sin 5 0, 5
2 2
sin 30
1
5
2 0 0 0,0
10
Reactive power from generator 1 32. z1
v1 1.0
Q G1 v1 v 2 cos 1.0 1.0 cos 30 zeq
x 0.1 zeq
= 1.34 (Delevering)
z2
v 1.0
Q G2 2 v1 cos v 2 1.0 cos30 1 1.34
x 0.1
Reactive power loss in the transmission line Parallel
= 1.34 – (–1.34) = Qs – QR = 2.68 pu zeq z2
z eq z1
QG1 = Q1 + Qs = 5 + 1.34 = 6.34 pu z2 zeq
QG2 = 10 – QR = 10 – (–1.34) = 11.34 pu
z 2 z eq z 2eq z1z 2 z1 z 2 z eq
30. Line-to-line fault:
E z 2eq z1z eq z1z 2 0.
IR 1
z1 z2 zf Now z1 = j9 and z2 = j4
3E z 2eq j9zeq 36 0
Fault current = 3IR1 If1
z1 z2 zf z 2eq j12zeq j3 z eq 36 0
Without fault Impedance (zf)
E z eq z eq j12 j3 z eq j12 0
IR 1
z1 z 2 zeq j12zeq j3 0
3E
Fault current = 3IR 1 If zeq j12 or j3
z1 z2
34. s + s6 + 7s5 + 14s4 + 31s3 + 73s2 + 25s + 200 = 0
7
3E 3E
= k s7 1 7 31 25
z1 z2 zf z1 z2
6
s 1 14 73 200
k(z1 + z2 + zf) = z1 + z2
kzf = (1 – k) (z1 + z2) s 5
7 42 175 200
1 k s 4
8 48 200
zf
k
z1 z2
s 3
4 12 Row of zeros
di 1
2
31. L idt v in s 24 200
dt c
s 1
170
1 v in
Ls cs I(s) s s 0
200
Auxiliary equation 8s4 + 48s2 + 200
Lcs2 1 I s v in c
A.E. = s4 + 6s2 + 25 = 0
v in c d A·E
I s 4s3 12s
Lcs2 1 ds
16 SOLVED PAPER - 2018
A.E: s4 + 6s2 + 25 = 0 36.
s = – 3 j4 2 poles in LHS
D D D f OUT
= + 3 j4 2 poles in RHS. QA QB QC
2 sign changes in above A.E 2 poles in RHS
Total poles = 7 Clk
Poles in RHS = 2 + 2 = 4 f IN
Poles in LHS = 7 – 4 = 3 QB.QC QA QB
[No poles on Imaginary axis] DA DB DC QA QB QC
2 0 0
35. z 0
z
dz 0 0 0
2 1 0 1
3z 2
1 1 0 1 1 0
2 1
z 1 1 1 1 1
dz
z 1 z 2
2 2 0 1 1 0 1 1 Cycle
0 0 1 0 0 1
1 0 0 1 0 0
1 1 0 1 1 0 Repeated
mod 5 counter
–4 4 So, frequency will be divided by 5.
1 2
37. Given, f = m0 + m2 + m3 + m5 + m7
and m1 = don’t care
BC BC BC BC
0 0 0 1 11 1 0
Residue of f(z) at z = 1,
0 A 1 X 1 1 A+C
1 d z2
Re s. f z Lt z 1 2 · 0 1 3 2
z 1 Z1 1! dz z 1
2
z 2
2
1 A 1 1 f = A +C
2z z 2 2 2z2 z 2 4 5 7 6
Lt t , 1 t 1
Z1 z 2 4 38. x1 t
0, otherwise
2z z 2 2z2 x1(t)
Lt
Z1 z 23
2(1)(1 2) 2(1) 2 1
=
(1 2)3
4 t
4 –1 1
1 Ts = sampling time – period
and residue of f(z) at z = 2
= 0.25 sec
1 d z2
Re s. f z Lt z 2
2 x1 (n) = {1, 0.75, 0.5, 0.25, 0, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1}
z 2 Z 2 1! dz z 12 z 2 2 1
z 12 .2z z2 2 z 1 0.75
Lt 0.5
Z 2 z 14 0.25
t
2z z 1 2z2
Lt 0
Z 2 z 13 –0.25 0.25
48 –0.5 0.5
4
1 –0.75 0.75
By residue theorem, I = 2i (4 – 4) = 0 –1 1
SOLVED PAPER - 2018 17
1 t , 1 t 1
Now, x2 t
0, otherwise
x1(t)
10 k
1 1k
10.7 V +
–
t
–1 1
x2(n) = {0, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1, 0.75, 0.5, 0.25, 0} IE
1 IE 10.7 0.7 10
10k 10k
0.75 1k 1k
0.5 1 101
0.25
t 10 10
9.17mA
0 1k 0.099k 1.09k
–0.25 0.25 V 25mV
–0.5 re T 2.72
0.5 Ie 9.17mA
–0.75 0.75 re = r = 0.272 k
–1 1 The ac model for the common base circuit is
Since x1(n) is having one more non-zero sample B C
of amplitude ‘1’ as compared to x2(n). Therefore,
energy of x1(n) is greater than energy of x2(n).
r i b open
39. x (t) = r(t – 1) – r(t – 2) – r(t – 3) + r(t – 4)
10 k 10 k
x (t ) E
1
a
t –1 –(t + 4) I0 1 k R Th
t b
1 2 3 4
B
E x t x t dt
2
r
2 3 4 = 2.72
t 1 dt 12 dt t 4 dt
2 2
10 k/
1 2 3 a
I0
1 1 2 5 1 k V
1 1 R Th ab
3 3 3 3
b
40. Lapalce transform,
1
x t X j
Vab
R Th 1k 2.72 100
10 j 2
I0
Now by taking inverse Fourier transform, we get, = 1 k || 102.72
x(t) = te–10t u(t) = 1 k || 0.102 k
Now, x(t) t 1 = 1 × e–10 × 1 = e–10 1 0.102 0.102
0.092k 92
1 0.102 1.102
Thus, ln{x t } ln e
10
42. x2 + y2 = 9
Let x = 3 cos
= 10 10
y = 3 sin
41. DC model:
dx
Applying KVL at input loop we get, Now = – 3 sin
d
dx = –3 sin d
18 SOLVED PAPER - 2018
dy Eigen values of A3 are 1, 8, –8
and = 3 cos
d Eigen values of A2 are 1, 4, 4
dy = 3 cos d Eigen values of 4A are 4, 8, –8
2 Eigen values of 5I are 5, 5, 5
y2 2xy dx 2xy x2 dy Eigen values of A3 – A2 – 4A + 5I are 1, 1, 1
0
|B| = (1) (1) (1) = 1
/2
9sin 2
18sin cos 3sin d 45. Given : C
0 A
d
60 pF
0
In second case:
18sin cos 9 cos2 3cos d C1 C2
/2
( 27sin 3 54sin 2 cos 54sin cos2
0
r
27 cos3 )d
=0
43. f(x) = 3x3 – 7x2 + 5x + 6 in[0, 2]
Now, differentiating f(x) w.r.t to ‘x’ d/2
f(x) = 9x2 – 14x + 5 0 A
f(x) = 18x – 14
Capacitance, C1
d/2
Again differentiating w.r.t. to ‘x’ we get 2 A
f(x) = 0 0 2 60 pF 120 pF
d
Now equating f(x) to zero, we get
0 A
x2 – 14x + 5 = 0 d 60pF
x = 1, 0.55
20 r A
For x=1 and C2 2 60 r pF 120 r pF
d
f(1) = 18 – 14
C1C2 120 120 r
= 4 > 0 minima Now, Ceq pF 88 pF
C1 C2 120 120 r
For x = 0.55
(given)
f(0.55) = –4.1 < 0 maxima
Maximum {f(0), f(0.55), f(2)} 120 120 r
86
Maximum {6, 7.13, 12} = 12 120 1 r
1 0 1 86 r
44. A 1 2 0 120 1 r
0 0 2 86 + 86 r = 120 r
Now to find eigen value 86 = 34 r
|A – I| = 0 r
86
2.53
or,
34
1 0 1 1 0 0
1 2 0 0 1 0 0 1
= 46. Steady-state error = ess = 1–0.8 =
1 Kp
0 0 2 0 0 1
1
1 0 1 1 Kp 5 Kp 4
0.2
1 2 0 0
K
0 0 2 K p Lt G(s) Lt
s 0 s 0 s 1 2 s 2
(1 – ) ((2 – ) (–2 – )) – 1(0 – 0) = 0
K
= 1, 2 and –2 4 K 8 42
0 1 2 0 2
Eigen values of A are 1, 2, –2
SOLVED PAPER - 2018 19
47. Neutral current is di
The charging current is smooth so 0
In Ia I b Ic dt
Vb 50 j86.6 80
Ib 20 2 80 . 3 cos
zb 0 j10 2
3 + cos = 3 cos = 0
= – 8.66 + j5 A.
= cos–1 (0) = 90 deg.
Vc 50 j86.6
Ic 8.66 j5A 51. 900 kVA, /Y, 3-phase transformer,
zc 0 j10
0 Ia 8.66 j5 8.66 j5
Va 3000 V
Ia 17.32A
Za
100 j0
17.32 =
R
100
R 5.77A
17.32
48. Power due to DC components Pdc = Vdc Idc
Pdc = 5 × 5 = 25w 1732 V
Power due to AC components
Pac = Vrms Irms cos .
= (60 – 0) = 60
10 x Given, R1 = 0.3 /ph
Vrms & Irms
2 2 R2 = 0.02 /ph
10 x Iron loss = 10 kW
Pac .
. cos 60 = – 2.5 x
2 2 Primary line current,
Total power delivered Pt = Pdc + Pac 900 1000
It1 173.2 A
0 = 25 – 2.5x 3 3000
25 Primary phase current,
10
2.5 Iph1 100 A
49. Power delivered to the battery = Eb Idc.
Pb = Eb Idc = 1600 Secondary line current,
900 1000
Idc
1600
20A I l2 300 A
80 3 1732
Applying KVL Secondary phase current,
Iph2 300 A
+
Cu loss of H.V. side 3 I12 R1 3 100 2 0.3
R = 2
= 9000 Watts
vm Cu loss of L.V. side 3 I22 R 2 3 300 2 0.02
(3 + cos )
2 L = 10 mH = 5400 Watts
Full load efficiency at u.p.f.
1 900 1000 1
80 v
– 1 900 1000 9000 5400 10000
900000
di v 924400
Ri L E b m 3 cos
dt 2 = 0.9736 (or) 97.36%
20 SOLVED PAPER - 2018
52. For DC series motor 12 j12
T I2f If Ia
T KI2f , where K is proportionality constant
2
T1 K 1I f 1 j120
K 1 K 2
T2 K 2I f 2
2
2 Zeq
100 KI f 1 144
I2f I f 21
144 KIf 2 100
2
3
I f 22 144 If 2 12A j120
j6
ZNP
Eb K m N
60A
Eb
N Simplifying the above circuit into a simple R-L
K m circuit,
Eb1 I
N1 k I
m f1
Eb 1 v If1 R a R ext R
= 200 – 10(1) = 190v Z eq = R + jX
V0
Z
Eb2 v If2 R a R ext
jX
= 200 – 12(1) = 182 v
N 2 E b2 / k m .If2 182 10
824.56 rpm
N1 Eb1 / k m .If1 190 12 3 6 j j120
Zeq 12 j132
12 j12 3 j126
54. = 138.563 83.9
V0
12 Current drawn by motor is I
Z
2 (0) { : impedance angle will be p.f. angle}
j120
12 No-load lagging p.f. of motor is (cos)
j
2 cos(83.9) = 0.106 lagging power factor
Zeq
55. The input current is in phase with voltage so the
12 circuit is purely resistive
2 (2 – 0) Real part of impedance
j 120
12 1 1
j R. R
2 sc jc
=
1 1
R R
On no-load, N ; N s sc jc
slip, s 0
S OLVED PAPER - 2017
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Total of 65 questions carrying 100 marks, out of which 10 questions carrying a total of 15 marks are in
General Aptitude (GA)
2. The Engineering Mathematics will carry around 15% of the total marks, the General Aptitude section
will carry 15% of the total marks and the remaining 70% of the total marks.
3. Types of Questions
( a ) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. These
questions are objective in nature, and each will have a choice of four options, out of which the candidate
has to mark the correct answer(s).
( b ) Numerical Answer Questions of 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. For these questions
the answer is a real number, to be entered by the candidate using the virtual keypad. No choices will
be shown for these type of questions.
4. For 1-mark multiple-choice questions, 1/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. Likewise, for
2-marks multiple-choice questions, 2/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. There is no negative
marking for numerical answer type questions.
Chapter-Wise Analysis
# Chapters
Marks # Chapters
Marks
1 2 Total 1 2 Total
1 General Aptitude 5 5 15 8 Control Systems 2 2 6
Electrical and Electronics
2 Engineering Mathematics 2 4 10 9 2 - 2
Measurements
3 Electric Circuits 3 4 11 10 Analog Circuits - 3 6
4 Electromagnetic Fields 2 1 4 11 Digital Circuits 1 1 3
5 Signals and Systems 5 3 11 12 8085 Microprocessor - - -
Power Electronics and
6 Electrical Machines 2 5 12 13 4 2 8
Drives
7 Power Systems 2 5 12
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
6. For the power semiconductor devices IGBT,
T ECHNICAL SECTION
MOSFET, diode and Thyristor, which one of the
(Q.1 – 25) : Carry One Mark Each following statements is TRUE?
1. The Boolean expression AB + AC + BC simplifies (a) All the four are majority carrier devices.
to (b) All the four are minority carrier devices.
(a) BC + AC (b) AB + AC + B (c) IGBT and MOSFET are majority carrier
(c) AB + AC (d) AB+BC devices, whereas Diode and Thyristor are
minority carrier devices.
3 1
2 0 (d) MOSFET is majority carrier device, whereas
2
IGBT, Diode, thyristor are minority carrier
0 1 0 devices.
2. The matrix A =
3
has three distinct
1
0 7. The equivalent resistance between the terminals
2 2 A and B is________ .
1
0
eigenvalues and one of its eigenvectors is .
1
Which one of the following can be another
eigenvector of A?
0 1
0 0
8. The power supplied by the 25 V source in the
(a ) (b)
1 0 figure shown below is _________ W.
1 1
0 1
(c) (d )
1 1
t t , t0
3. Consider g(t) = , where t R
t t , otherwise 9. For the circuit shown in the figure below, assume
that diodes D1 D2 and D3 are ideal.
Here t represents the largest integer less than
or equal to t and t denotes the smallest integer
greater than or equal to t. The coefficient of the
second harmonic component of the Fourier series
representing g(t) is__________
4. The slope and level detector circuit in a CRO has
a delay of 100 ns. The start-stop sweep generator
has a response time of 50 ns. In order to display
correctly, a delay line of The DC components of voltages v 1 and v 2 ,
respectively are
(a) 150 ns has to be inserted into the y-channel
(a) 0 V and 1 V
(b) 150 ns has to be inserted into the x-channel
(b) – 0.5 V and 0.5 V
(c) 150 ns has to be inserted into both x and /
channels (c) 1 V and 0.5 V
(d) 100 ns has to be inserted into both x and y (d) 1 V and 1 V
channels 10. A three-phase, 50 Hz, star-connected cylindrical-
5. A closed loop system has the characteristic rotor synchronous machine is running as a motor.
equation given by s3 + Ks2 + (K + 2)s + 3 = 0. For The machine is operated from a 6.6 kV grid and
this system to be stable, which one of the following draws current at unity power factor (UPF). The
conditions should be satisfied? synchronous reactance of the motor is 30 per
phase. The load angle is 30. The power delivered
(a) 0 < K < 0.5 (b) 0.5 < K < 1 to the motor in kW is________. (Give the answer
(c) 0 < K < 1 (d ) K > 1 up to one decimal place.)
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 3
11. The following measurement are obtained on a 17. Consider the system with following input-output
single phase load: relation y[n] = (1 + (–1)n) x[n], where x[n] is the
V = 220 V 1%. I = 5.0 A 1% and W = 555 W 2%. input and y[n] is the output. The system is
If the power factor is calculated using these (a) invertible and time invariant
measurements, the worst case error in the (b) invertible and time varying
calculated power factor in percent is ________. (c) non-invertible and time invariant
(Give answer up to one decimal place.)
(d) non-invertible and time varying
12. Let z(t) = x(t) * y{t), where ‘‘*’’ denotes convolution.
18. A 3-bus power system is shown in the figure
Let c be a positive real-valued constant. Choose
below, where the diagonal elements of Y-bus
the correct expression for z(ct).
matrix are:
(a) c x(ct) * y(ct) (b) x(ct)* y(ct)
Y11 = –j12 pu, Y22 = –j15 pu and Y33 = –j7 pu.
(c) c.x(t) * y(ct) (d) c . x(ct) * y(t)
13. A 10-bus power system consists of four generator
buses indexed at G1, G2, G3, G4 and six load
buses indexed as L1, L2, L3, L4, L5, L6. The
generator-bus G1 is considered as slack bus, and
the load buses L3 and L4 are voltage controlled
buses. The generator at bus G2 cannot supply
the required reactive power demand, and hence
it is operating at its maximum reactive power The per unit values of the line reactances p, q
limit. The number of non-linear equations and r shown in the figure are
required for solving the load flow problem using
(a) p = –0.2, q = –0.1, r = –0.5
Newton-Raphson method in polar form is____.
(b) p = 0.2, q = 0.1, r = 0.5
z2 1 (c) p = –5, q = –10, r = –2
14. For a complex number z, lim
z i z 2 z i ( z 2 2)
3 is
(d) p = 5, q = 10, r = 2
(a) – 2i (b) – i
19. Consider the unity feedback control system
(c) i (d ) 2 i shown. The value of K that results in a phase
15. Consider an electron, a neutron and a proton margin of the system to be 30 is _______. (Give
initially at rest and placed along a straight line the answer up to two decimal places.)
such that the neutron is exactly at the center of
the line joining the electron and proton. At t = 0,
the particles are released but are constrained to
move along the same straight line. Which of these
will collide first?
(a) the particles will never collide 20. Let I = c R xy2dxdy, where R is the region shown
(b) all will collide together in the figure and c = 6 10–4. The value of I
(c) proton and neutron equals______. (Give the answer up to two decimal
(d) electron and neutron places.)
16. A 3-phase voltage source inverter is supplied from
a 600 V DC source as shown in the figure below.
For a star connected resistive load of 20 per
phase, the load power for 120 device conduction,
in kW, is.
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
21. A source is supplying a load through a 2-phase, 25. In the converter circuit shown below, the switches
3-wire transmission system as shown in figure are controlled such that the load voltage v0(t) is a
below. The instantaneous voltage and current in 400 Hz square wave.
phase-a are van = 220 sin (100 t) V and ia = 10 sin
(100 t) A, respectively. Similarly for phase-b, the
instantaneous voltage and current are vbn = 220
cos(100 t) V and ib= 10 cos (100 t) A, respectively.
The RMS value of the fundamental component
of v0(t) in volts is __________.
(Q.26 – 55) : Carry Two Marks Each
The total instantaneous power flowing from the
26. A 220 V DC series motor runs drawing a current
source to the load is
of 30 A from the supply. Armature and field circuit
(a) 2200 W
resistance are 0.4 and 0.1 respectively. The
(b) 2200 sin2 (100t)W load torque varies as the square of the speed. The
(c) 4400 W flux in the motor may be taken as being
(d) 2200 sin(100t) cos (100 t)W proportional to the armature current. To reduce
22. A 4-pole induction machine is working as an the speed of the motor by 50%, the resistance in
induction generator. The generator supply ohms that should be added in series with the
frequency is 60 Hz. The rotor current frequency armature is _____.(Give the answer up to two
is 5 Hz. The mechanical speed of the rotor in RPM decimal places.)
is 27. Only one of the real roots of f(x) = x6 – x – 1 lies in
(a) 1350 (b) 1650 the interval 1 x 2 and bisection method is
(c) 1950 (d) 2250 used to find its value. For achieving an accuracy
of 0.001, the required minimum number of
23. A solid iron cylinder is placed in a region
iterations is_______. (Give the answer up to two
containing a uniform magnetic field such that the
decimal places.)
cylinder axis is parallel to the magnetic field
direction. The magnetic field lines inside the 28. The transfer function of the system Y{s)/U(s)
cylinder will whose state-space equations are given below is:
(a) bend closer to the cylinder axis x1 (t) 1 2 x1 (t) 1
(b) bend farther away from the axis x (t) = u(t)
2 2 0 x2 (t) 2
(c) remain uniform as before
x1 (t)
(d) cease to exist inside the cylinder y(t) = 1 0 x (t)
2
24. The transfer function of a system is given by,
V0 (s) 1 s (s 2) (s 2)
V1 (s) = 1 s . Let the output of the system be (a ) (b)
(s 2s 2)
2
(s s 4)
2
v0(t)= Vm sin (t + ) for the input, vi(t)= Vm sin
(s 4) (s 4)
(t). Then the minimum and maximum values of (c) (d )
(in radians) are respectively (s s 4)
2
(s s 4)
2
29. The circuit shown in the figure uses matched
(a ) and transistor with a thermal voltage VT = 25 mV. The
2 2 base currents of the transistors are negligible.
The value of the resistance R in k that is
(b) and 0
2 required to provide 1 A bias current for the
differential amplifier block shown is __________.
(c) 0 and (Give the answer up to one decimal place.)
2
(d) – and 0
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 5
33. The load shown in the figure is supplied by a 400
V (line-to-line), 3-phase source (RYB sequence).
The load is balanced and inductive, drawing 3464
VA. When the switch S is in position N, the three
watt-meters W1 W2 and W3 read 577.35 W each.
If the switch is moved to position Y, the readings
of the wattmeters in watts will be:
30. Two parallel connected, three-phase, 50 Hz, 11
kV, star-connected synchronous machines A and
B, are operating as synchronous condensers. They
together supply 50 MVAR to a 11 kV grid. Current
supplied by both the machines are equal.
Synchronous reactances of machine A and
machine B are 1 and 3 , respectively.
Assuming the magnetic circuit to be linear, the
ratio of excitation current of machine A to that of
machine B is ______. (Give the answer up to two
decimal places)
(a) W1 = 1732 and W2 = W3 = 0
31. Consider a causal and stable LTI system with
rational transfer function H(z), whose (b) W1 = 0, W2 = 1732 and W3 = 0
corresponding impulse response begins at n = 0. (c) W1 = 866 and W2 = 0,W3 = 866
5 (d) W1 =W2 = 0 and W3 = 1732
Furthermore, H( 1) = . The poles of H(z) are
4 34. In the system whose signal flow graph is shown
in figure, U1(s) and U2(s) are inputs. The transfer
1 (2 k 1)
pk = exp j for k = 1, 2, 3, 4. The Y (s)
2 4 function
U1 (s) is
zeros of H(z) are all at z = 0. Let g[n] = jnh[n]. The
value of g [8] equals _________. (Give the answer
up to three decimal places.)
32. The logical gate implemented using the circuit
shown below where, V1 and V2 are inputs (with 0
V as digital 0 and 5 V as digital 1) and V0UT is the
output, is
k1
(a )
JLs JRs k1 k2
2
k1
(b)
JLs2 JRs k1 k2
k1 U2 ( R sL)
(a) NOT (c)
JLs ( JR U2 L) s k1 k2 U 2 R
2
(b) NOR
(c) NAND k1 U 2 (sL R)
(d )
(d) XOR JLs (JR U2 L) s k1 k2 U 2 R
2
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
35. The switch in the figure below was closed for a j19.95 j 20 j 20
long time. It is opened at t = 0. The current in the j 20 j 39.9 j 20 p.u.
inductor of 2 H for t 0, is (d )
j 20 j 20 j19.95
38. A 375 W, 230 V, 50 Hz capacitor start single-phase
induction motor has the following constants for
the main the auxiliary windings (at starting):
Zm = (12.50+ j15.75) (main winding). Za = (24.50
+ j12.75) (auxiliary winding). Neglecting the
magnetizing branch, the value of the capacitance
(a) 2.5 e–4t (b) 5 e–4t (in F) to be added in series with the auxiliary
(c) 2.5 e–0.25t (d) 5 e–0.25t winding to obtain maximum torque at starting
is_________.
36. The magnitude of magnetic flux density (B) in
micro Teslas ( T), at the centre of a loop of wire 39. For a system having transfer function G(s) =
wound as a regular hexagon of side length 1 m s 1
carrying a current (I = 1 A) and placed in vacumm , a unit step input is applied at time t = 0.
s1
as shown in the figure is _______. (Give the
The value of the response of the system at
answer up to two decimal places.)
t = 1.5 sec (rounded off to three decimal places)
is______.
k
40. Let the signal x (t) = (1) t 2000
k
k
be
passed through an LTI system with frequency
response H(). as given in the figure below
37. The bus admittance matrix for a power system
network is
j 39.9 j 20 j 20
j 20 j 39.9 j 20 p.u.
j 20 j 20 j 39.9
There is a transmission line, connected between
buses 1 and 3, which is represented by the circuit The Fourier series representation of the output
shown in figure. is given as
(a) 4000 + 4000 cos (2000 t) + 4000 cos (4000t)
(b) 2000 + 2000 cos (2000 t) + 2000 cos (4000t)
(c) 4000 cos (2000t)
(d) 2000 cos (2000t)
41. The figure shows the single line diagram of a
power system with a double circuit transmission
If this transmission line is removed from service,
line. The expression for electrical power is 1.5 sin
what is the modified bus admittance matrix?
, where is the rotor angle. The system is
j19.9 j 20 0 operating at the stable equilibrium point with
j 20 j 39.9 j 20 p.u. mechanical power equal to 1 pu. If one of the
(a ) transmission line circuits is removed the
0 j 20 j19.9
maximum value of , as the rotor swings is 1.221
j 39.95 j 20 0 radian. If the expression for electrical power with
j 20 j 39.9 j 20 p.u. one transmission line circuit removed is Pmax sin
(b)
, the value of Pmax, in pu is _______. (Given the
0 j 20 j 39.95
answer up to three decimal places).
j19.95 j 20 0
j 20 j 39.9 j 20 p.u.
(c)
0 j 20 j19.95
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 7
42. The output expression for the Karnaugh map 47. In the circuit shown below, the maximum power
shown below is transferred to the resistor R is ________W.
48. Two passive two-port networks are connected in
(a) BD+ BCD (b) BD + AB cascade as shown in figure. A voltage source is
connected at port 1.
(c) BD + ABC (d) BD + ABC
43. Let a causal LTI system be characterized by the
following differential equation, with initial rest
condition
d2 y dy dx t
7 10 y t = 4 x t 5 Given,
dt dt dt
V1 = A1V2 + B1I2
Where, x(t) and y(t) are the input and output
I1 = C1V2 + D1I2
respectively. The impulse response of the system
is (u(t) is the unit step function) V2 = A2V3 + B2I3
I2 = C2V3 + D2I3
(a) 2e–2 tu t – 7e–5 tu t
A1, B1, C1, D1, A2, B2, C2 and D2 are the generalized
(b) –2e–2 tu t 7 e–5 t u t circuit constants. If the Thevenin equivalent
circuit at port 3 consists of a voltage source VT
(c) 7e–2 t u t – 2 e–5 tu t
and an impedance ZT, connected in series, then
(d) –7e–2 t u t 2e–5 tu t V1 A1 B2 B1 D2
44. A three-phase, three winding //Y(1.1 kV/6.6 (a) VT A A ,Z T A A B C
1 2 1 2 1 2
kV/400 V) transformer is energized from
V1 A1 B2 B1D2
AC mains at the 1.1 kV side. It supplies 900 kVA (b) VT A A B C , Z T A1 A 2
load at 0.8 power factor lag from the 6.6 kV 1 2 1 2
winding and 300 kVA load at 0.6 power factor lag V1 A1B2 B1D2
from the 400 V winding. The RMS line current in (c) VT A A ,Z T A1 A 2
1 2
ampere drawn by the 1.1 kV winding from the
mains is _______ . V1 A B B1 D2
(d) VT , ZT 1 2
(Give the answer up to one decimal place.) A 1 A 2 B1C2 A 1 A 2 B1C2
45. Consider the differential equation 49. The input voltage VDC of the buck-boost converter
shown below varies from 32 V to 72 V. Assume
t2 – 81 dt 5t y = sin(t) with y(1) = 2. There
dy
that all components are ideal, inductor current
exists of a unique solution for this differential is continuous and output voltage is ripple free.
equation when t belongs to the interval The range of duty ratio D of the converter for
(a) (–2, 2) which the magnitude of the steady-state output
voltage remains constant at 48 V is
(b) (–10,10)
(c) (–10, 2)
(d) (0,10)
46. A separately excited DC generator supplies 150 A
to a 145 V DC grid. The generator is running at
800 RPM. The armature resistance is 0.1 . If 2 3 2 3
(a ) D (b) D
the speed of the generator is increased to 1000 5 5 3 4
RPM, the current in amperes supplied by the
1 2
generator to the DC grid is _______. (Give the (c) 0 D 1 (d ) D
answer up to one decimal place.) 3 3
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
50. The figure below shown an uncontrolled diode 53. A function f(x) is defined as
bridge rectifier supplied from a 220 V, 50 Hz , ex x1
1-phase ac source. The load draws a constant f(x ) = ,
ln x ax bx, x 1
2
current I0 = 14 A. The conduction angle of the
diode D1 in degrees (rounded off to two decimal where x R which one of
places) is _________ . the following statements is TRUE?
(a) f(x) is NOT differentiable at x = 1 for any
values of a and b.
(b) f(x) is differentiable at x = 1 for the unique
values of a and b.
(c) f(x) is differentiable at x = 1 for all the values
of a and b such that a + b = e.
51. A load is supplied by a 230 V, 50 Hz source. The (d) f(x) is differentiable at x = 1 for all values of a
active power P and the reactive power Q and b.
consumed by the load are such that 1 kW P 2 54. Consider the line integral I = ( x2 iy2 ) dz, where
kW and 1 kVAR Q 2 kVAR. A capacitor C
connected across the load for power factor z = x + iy. The line c is shown in the figure below.
correction generates 1 kVAR reactive power. The
worst case power factor after power factor
correction is
(a) 0.447 lag (b) 0.707 lag
(c) 0.894 lag (d ) 1
52. The approximate transfer characteristic for the
circuit shown below with an ideal operational
The value of I is
amplifier and diode will be
1 2
(a ) i (b) i
2 3
3 4
(c) i (d ) i
4 5
55. The positive, negative and zero sequence
reactances of a wye-connected synchronous
generator are 0.2 pu, 0.2 pu and 0.1 pu
respectively. The generator is on open circuit with
a terminal voltage of 1 pu. The minimum value
of the inductive reactance, in pu, required to be
(a ) connected between neutral and ground so that
the fault current does not exceed 3.75 pu if a
single line to ground fault occurs at the terminals
is _________ . (assume fault impedance to be zero).
(b) (Give the answer up to one decimal place.)
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
(Q.1 – 5) : Carry One Mark Each
(c) 1. The probability that a k-digit number does NOT
contain the digits 0, 5 or 9 is
(a) 0.3k (b) 0.6k
(c) 0.7k (d) 0.9k
(d ) 2. Find the smallest number y such that that
y x 162 is a perfect cube.
(a) 24 (b) 27
(c) 32 (d) 36
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 9
3. After Rajendra Chola returned from his voyage
to Indonesia, he _______ to visit the temple in
Thanjavur.
(a) was wishing (b) is wishing
(c) wished (d) had wished
4. Research in the workplace reveal that people
work for many reasons________.
(a) money beside (b) beside money (a) P, Q (b) P, Q, T
(c) money besides (d) besides money (c) R, S, T (d) Q, R, S
5. Rahul, Murali, Srinivas and Arul are seated ( x y) x y
around a square table. Rahul is sitting to the left 8. The expression is equal to
2
of Murali. Srinivas is sitting to the right of Arul.
Which of the following pairs are seated opposite (a) the maximum of x and y
each other? (b) the minimum of x and y
(a) Rahul and Murali (c ) 1
(b) Srinivas and Arul (d) none of the above
(c) Srinivas and Murali 9. Arun, Gulab, Neel and Shweta must choose one
(d) Srinivas and Rahul shirt each from a pile of four shirts coloured red,
(Q.6 – 10) : Carry Two Marks Each pink, blue and white respectively. Arun dislikes
the colour red and Shweta dislikes the colour
6. “The hold of the nationalist imagination on our
white. Gulab and Neel like all the colours. In how
colonial past is such that anything inadequately
many different ways can they choose the shirts
or improperly nationalist is just not history.”
so that no one has a shirt with a colour he or she
Which of the following statements best reflects dislikes?
the author’s opinion?
(a) 21 (b) 18
(a) Nationalists are highly imaginative
(c) 16 (d) 14
(b) History is viewed through the filter of
10. Six people are seated around a circular table.
nationalism
There are at least two men and two women.
(c) Our colonial past never happened There are at least three right-handed persons.
(d) Nationalism has to be both adequately and Every woman has a left-handed person to her
properly imagined. immediate right. None of the women are right-
7. A contour line joins locations having the same handed. The number of women at the table is
height above the mean sea level. The following (a ) 2
is a contour plot of a geographical region. Contour (b) 3
lines are shown at 25 m intervals in this plot. If
(c ) 4
in a flood, the water level rises to 525 m, which
of the villages P, Q, R, S, T get submerged? (d) Cannot be determined
ANSWERS
Technical Section
1. (a) 2. (c) 3. (0.318) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (3) 8. (250)
9. (b) 10. (726) 11. (4) 12. (a) 13. (14) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (9)
17. (b) 18. (b) 19. (1.047) 20. (0.99968) 21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (d)
25. (198.06) 26. (10.75) 27. (10) 28. (d) 29. (172.69) 30. (0.745) 31. (0.097) 32. (b)
33. (d) 34. (a) 35. (a) 36. (0.69) 37. (c) 38. (98.93) 39. (0.554) 40. (c)
41. (1.064) 42. (d) 43. (b) 44. (560.3) 45. (a) 46. (187.5) 47. (3.025) 48. (d)
49. (a) 50. (224.17) 51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (0.1)
General Aptitude (GA)
1. (c) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (d) 6. (b) 7. (c ) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (a)
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
EXPLANATIONS
T ECHNICAL SECTION
g(t) = 1 t – k
1. Given boolean expression is k
AB + AC + BC The Fourier series coefficient of g(t) will be
1, k 0
B C B C B C B C Gk = 1k
00 01 11 10 0, k 0
A0 1 0, k 0
0 1 3 2
Gk =
1, k 0
A1 14 5 1 7 16
G k
Therefore Gk =
j 0 k
= AC + BC
1
1 1 1
= BC + AC and G0 =
10 g (t) dt 1 1
2 2
2. From the given question
1
The given matrix is symmetric and all its eigen and Gk = , k0
j 0 k
values are distinct.
Therefore all its eigen vectors are orthogonal 1
Gk = , k 0 (since 0 = )
j k
1
0
one of the eigen vector is x1 = g(t) = Ge k
j 0 kt
1 k
Since, Gk is imaginary therefore g(t) will have only
The corresponding orthogonal vector in the given sine terms and
1 bk = coefficient of sine terms
0
option is C. i.e. x2 = 1 1 2
1 = j (Gk G k ) = j =
j k j k k
1 Thus, g(t) = 0.5 bk sin 0 kt
x1T . x2 = [101] 0 k 0
1 = 0.5 + b1 sin0t + b2 sin20t +...
So 2nd harmonic has coefficient b2
= 1 1 + 0 0 + 1 (–1)
2
=1 + 0 – 1 = 0 and b2 = k
at k = 2
t t , t 0 1
3. Given g(t) = =
t t , t < 0
Here 1
b2 =
t represents greatest integer less than t.
1
=
t represents smallest integer greater than t.
1
= = 0.318
3.14
So the coefficient of second harmonic component
of the fourier series representing g(t) is 0.318
4. A delay line of 150 ns has to be inserted into the
y-channel to get synchronous between sweep
To calculate Fourier series coefficient first of all signal that is applied to x-plate and test signal
we differentiate g(t), that is applied to y-plate.
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 11
5. The characteristic equation is given by I = 10 A
s + Ks + (K + 2)s + 3 = 0
3 2
Now, power supplied, P = VI
For this system to be stable, using Routh’s = 25 10 = 250 W
criterion, we get Therefore the power supplied by the 25V is 250 W.
3 < K(K + 2) 9. Given circuit diagram is
K + 2K – 3 > 0
2
K2 + 3K – K – 3 > 0
K(K + 3) –1 (K + 3) > 0
(K + 3) (K – 1) > 0
So from the given option, K > 1 conditions should
be satisfied
7. From the given circuit diagram
Consider the following circuit diagram,
From fig., we have
1
2
2 0 2 sin100t.d (t)
V1(avg) = .sin100t.d (t)
0
= 0.5 V
After rearrangement we get, Vm / 2
V2(avg) = 0.5V
2
Therefore the DC components of voltages V1 and
V2 respectively are –0.5V and 0.5V,
10. Using formula
3. E ph Vph
P = sin W
Xs
2 3 6 Here P = Power delivered to the motor
=
23 5 Vph = grid voltage
X5 = synchronous reactance of the motor
6.6 6.6 1000
3. 1000.
P = 3 3
sin(30)
30
6.6 6.6 1000 103 1
=
30 2
6
Now, RAB = 1 0.8 660 66
5 = kW
60
= 1 + 1.2 + 0.8 = 3
43560
Hence the equivalent resistance between the = kW
terminals A and B is 3 60
P = 726 kW
8. From the given fig.
So the power delivered to the motor is 726 kW.
Using KCL at node, we get
11. From given data
I + 0.4I = 14
V = 220 V 1%,
I (1 + 0.4) = 14
I = 5 A 1%
1.4I = 14
W = 555 W 2%
14
I = Now W = VI cos ()
1.4
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
W 15. According to given question
Power facter (p.f.) = cos() =
V .I An electron, a neutron and a proton are initially
at rest and placed along a straight line
555 2%
p.f. = cos() =
(220 1%)(5 1%)
555 555
= 4% = 4%
220 5 1100
So the electron will move towards proton and
p.f. = cos() = 0.5 4%
proton will more towards electron and force will
Therefore the power factor in precent is 0.5 ± 4%.
q1 q2
12. Given z(t) . x(t) * y(t) be same that is F = .
4 0 R 2
Time scaling property of convolution.
If, x(t) * y(t) = z(t) But acceleration of electron will be more than
proton as mass of electron < mass of proton. Since
1
then, x(ct) * y(ct) = z( ct) neutron are neutral they will not move. Thus
c electron will hit neutron first.
z(ct) = c x(ct) * y(ct) 16. From the given fig.
So the expression for z(ct) is c.x(ct) * y(ct).
13. From the given question
Total number of buses 10
G1 slack bus
G2 PQ bus (reactive power
limit is reached)
1 2
Vrms = (300)2 .
3
So, the minimum number of non linear equations 2
= 300
to be solved 3
= Number of unknown bus voltage variables = 244.94 V
= 2 10 – 2 – 4 V2
Load power (PL) = 3
= 20 – 6 R
= 14 3 (244.94)2
14. For a complex number z = = 9 kW
20
z2 1 0 So the load power for 120 device is 9 kW.
lt 3
z i z 2 z i ( z2 2)
0 form
17. Given relationship is
2z y(n) = [1 + (–1)n] x(n)
lt
z i 3 z3 2 i (2 z)
Time invariance test:
2i
=
3i 2 i(2i)
2
2i
= 2
3i 2 2i2
2i 2i
= = 2i Since, y(n – 1) y(n)
3 2 2 3 4
So the value of complex number z is 2i. So, the system is time variant.
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 13
I nvertibility test: K 1
or = 1 = gc = K rad/sec.
G(j)=gc = – 90 – 57.3 K
–90 – 57.3 K = –150
–57.3 K = –60
Therefore the system is invertible and time 60
varying. K = = 1.047
57.3
18. From question, we have Hence the value of K is 1.047
Y11 = –j12 p.u.
20. Let I = c xy2 dxdy
Y22 = –j15 p.u.
5 2x
Y33 = –j7 p.u. = c xy2 dxdy
As we know that, x 1 y 0
Y11 = y12 + y13 = –j12 p.u ...(1) 5
y3
2x
Y22 = y12 + y23 = –j15 p.u ...(2) = c x. dx
1 3 0
Y33 = y13 + y23 = –j7 p.u ...(3)
5 5
8 x3 x4
From equation (1) and (2), we get = c x. dx = c 8 dx
3 3
y13 – y23 = j3 p.u 1 1
5
y13 + y23 = –j7 p.u 8 x5
= c
y13 = –j2 p.u 3 5 1
y23 = –j5 p.u
8c 55 1
y12 = –j10 p.u =
3 5 5
The per unit values of line reactances p, q and r are
8c 4 1
= 5
jr =
j2
= j0.5 p.u. 3 5
8c
jp = = j 0.2 p.u. = 625 0.2
j5 3
jq =
j10
= j 0.1 p.u. =
8
3
6 10 4 625 0.2
p = 0.2, q = 0.1, r = 0.5 4
= 16 10 624.8
Therefore per unit values of the line reactance p,
16 624.8
q and r are p = 0.2, q = 0.1, r = 0.5. = = 0.99968
10000
19. From the given fig.
Therefore the value of I is 0.99968.
Forward path transfer function,
21. From given question
Ke s Instantaneous voltage for phase-a
G(s) =
s (Van) = 220 sin(100 t)
Given, Phase margin = 30 Current in phase-a
or Phase margin = 180 + (ia) = 10 sin(100 t)
30 = 180 +
Instantaneous voltage for phase-b
= –150 (Vbn) = 220 cos(100 t)
Now = G(j)= gc Current in phase-6
[where, gc = gain crossover frequency] (ib) = 10 cos (100 t)
G(j) = –90 – 57.3 p = Van.ia + Vbn.ib
At = gc = 2200 W
[gain crossover frequency]
Therefore total instantaneous power flowing from
G(j) = 1 source to load is 2200 W.
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
22. For induction Generator Mode : 26. From the given question
N > Ns (i.e. s is negative) T N2 Ia T Ia2
No. of poles P = 4, N2 Ia2
Supply frequency f = 60 Hz, Ns = 1800 rpm N2 Ia2
Rotor frequency = 5 Hz (given) N1 = Ia1
rotor current frequency (f) = 60 Hz
Ia2
5 0.5 =
s = = 0.0833 30
60
It is induction generator so slip will be Ia2 = 15 A
– 0.0833.
1800 N Now for series motor,
s = = –0.0833
1800 N2 Eb I a
2 1
N = 1950 rpm N1 = Eb I a
Therefore the mechanical speed of the rotor is 1 2
1950 rpm. Eb2 30
0.5 =
23. Iron being a ferromagnetic material so the magnetic Eb1 15
field lines of force bend closer to cylindrical axis.
Eb2
24. The transfer function of a system is given by
Eb1 = 0.25
V0 (s) 1 s
V1 (s) = 1 s = H(s) Eb1 = 220 – 30 (0.4 + 0.1)
For the minimum and maximum values of ‘‘’’
= 205 V
1 j
H(j) = Eb2 = 51.25 V
1 j
H(j) = – 2 tan–1 Eb2 = V – Ia2 (Ra + Rse + Rext)
At = 0; H(j) = 0
51.25 = 220 – 15(0.4 + 0.1 + Rext)
At = ; H(j) = –
Rext = 10.75
Therefore the minimum and maximum value of
So the required resistance that should be added
are – and 0.
in series is 10.75
25. From the given fig.
27. Given one of the real roots is
f(x) = xe – x –1
a = 1 b = 2 = 0.001 = 10–3
Now the minimum number of iterations by
Bisection method is given by
ba
<
2n
2 1
< 10–3
2n
1 1
From the converter circuit, we have n < 3
2 10
4 Vs 2n > 103
V0(t) =
2 2n > 1000
4 220 n
=
2 n2 > ln 1000
(since Vs = supply voltage)
ln1000
= 198.06 V n >
ln2
Therefore the RMS value of the fundamental com-
ponent of V0(t) is 198.06 V.
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 15
ln103 Where Is Reverse saturation current
n >
ln2 I
VT ln R
3 log 10 I0 V
n > Now R = BE2
0.3010 I0
3 1mA
n > 0.025 ln
0.3010
1A 6.0792
n > 9.96 =
1A
n = 10
So the minimum no. of iterations is 10.
0.025 ln 103 6.0792
=
1A
1 2 1
28. Given, X = X u = 17269 k
2 0 2 30. From the given question
and Y = 1 0 X Synchronous machine for A : 11 kV, 50 Hz,
Y connected, Xs = 1
Transfer function = C[sI – A]–1 B + D
Synchronous machine for B : 11 kV, 50 Hz,
s 2 Y connected, Xs = 3
s2 s4 s s 4
2
Given both supplying only reactive power 50
[sI – A]–1 = 2 s 1 MVAR to 11 kV grid equally
s2 s4 s2 s 4
QA = 3 V IA sin = 25 MVAR
s4
s2 s 4 QB = 3 V IB sin = 25 MVAR
[sI – A] B = s 1
–1
25 106
s2 s 4 IA =
3 11 103
Y (s) s 4
= C[sI – A]–1 B = 2 25 103
U (s) s s4 =
11 1.732
Y (s)
So the transfer function of the system is =1312.2 A
U (s)
IB = 1312.2 A
s 4
EA = V – jIA Xs
s2 s 4
29. 11 103
= –j1312.290 1
3
EB = V – jIBXs
11 103
= –j1312.290 3
3
Given magnetic circuit to be linear
E If
I fA EA
I fB = E
B
From the given circuit diagram EA = 7663.05 V
VBE1 = VBE2 I0 R EB = 10287.45 V
Ratio of excitation current of machine A to
I0 R = VBE1 VBE2 machine B
EA 7663.05
IR I0
= VI ln I VT ln I EB = 10287.45 = 0.745
3 3
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
31. Pole location are given as, From the given circuit diagram
1 j (2 K 1) When, V1 = high 5 V Q1 on Vout = 0
z = e 4
; k = 1, 2, 3, 4
2 V2 = high 5 V Q2 on Vout = 0
1 1 Therefore when any V1 or V2 is high then
z1 = e j / 4 = (1 j )
2 2 Vout = 0
1 1
z2 = e j 3 / 4 = (1 j ) V1 V2 Vout
2 2 0 0 1
1 j 5 / 4 1 0 1 0
z3 = e = ( 1 j )
2 2 1 0 0
1 1 1 1 0
z4 = e j 7 / 4 = (1 j)
2 2
So it is a NOR gate.
k z4
Now, H(z) = ...(1) 33. When switch is on Neutral side then
( z z1 )( z z2 )( z z3 )( z z4 )
W = W1 + W2 + W3
[As h{n) is causal so it starts from n = 0, therefore
numerator will have same order as denominator. = 577.35 + 577.35 + 577.35
By solving expression (1), = 1732 Watts
kZ 4 VA load = 3464 = 3 Vph . Iph
H(z) = 1
...(2) Vph . Iph = 1154.66
Z4
4 Each W meter reading = VRN . IR . cos (VRN & IR)
5 577.35 = Vph . Iph . cos ()
Given that, H(1) =
4
From equation (2), 577.35
cos() = = (0.5)
k 5 k 1154.66
H(1) = = = cos–1 (0.5)
1 4 5/4
1
4 = 60
25 When switch is on Y-phase side
k=
16 W1 = VRY . IR cos(VRY and IR)
25 4
z
16 = 3 .Vph.Iph. cos(30 + )
H(z) =
1
z4 W1 = 3 1154.66 cos(30 + 60)
4
By using division rule, = 0 Watt
25 1 4 1 8 W3 = VBY . IR . cos (VBY and IB)
H(z) = 1 z z ....
16 4 16 = 3 Yph. Iph .cos(30– )
1 25
Thus, h (8) = = 0.097 W3 = 3 1154.66 cos(30– 60)
16 16
It is given that, g{n) = jn h(n) = 1.732 1154.66 cos(–60)
g(8) = j h(8) = h(8)
8
3
g(8) = h(8) = 0.097 = 1.732 1154.66
2
Therefore the value of g[8] is 0.097.
= 1732 Watts
32.
W1 = 0
W2 = 0
W3 = 1732 Watts
Therefore the reading of wattmeters will be
W1 = 0, W2 = 0 and W3 = 1732
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 17
34. From the given fig. For each segment of hexagon (1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6)
K1 60 I
[1] B = (sin 1 sin 2 )
Y (s) LJs 2
4 d
Transfer function, =
U1 (s) 1 R K1 K2 3
LS LJs2 Now, d = I (Where I = 1 m)
2
K1 and 1 = 2 = 30
=
LJs RJs K1 K2
2
6 0 I
B = (sin 30 sin 30)
35. From the given circuit diagram consider the 4 3
following circuit diagram,
2
4 107 6 1
= (1)
3
4
2
12
= 10 7
3
1.20
After rearrangement, we get = 10 6 T
3
1.20
= 107
1.732
B = 0.69 T
Therefore the magnitude of magnetic flux density
(B) is 0.69 T.
37. The bus admittance matrix for a power system
Now for t > 0; network is
I0 = i(0–) = 2.5 A
j 39.9 j 20 j 20
Also we can write, j 20 j 39.9 j 20
Ybus =
Rt
j 20 j 20 j 39.9
i(t) = I0 e L
i(t) = 2.5 e–4t A
So the current in the inductor of 2H is 2.5 e–4t A.
36. Given current (i) = 1 A
Reactance is eliminated in between Bus 1 and 3.
1
y11 (new) = y11 (old) + j
0.05
= –j 39.9 + j 20
= –j 19.99
Here B at point P is
y33 (new) = y33 (old) +j
0 I
B = (sin 1 sin 2 ) 0.05
4 d
= –j39.9 + j20
= –j19.99
j
y13 (new) = y13 (old) +
0.05
= j20 – j20 = 0
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
j s 1
y31 (new) = y31 (old) – 39. G(s) =
0.05 s1
= j20 – j20 = 0 System output,
Therefore, modified admittance matrix is 1 s 1 1 1 2
Y(s) = G ( s) = =
j19.95 j 20 0 s s 1 s s s 1
j 20 pu y(t) = u(t) – 2e–t u(t)
= j 20 j 39.9
0 j 20 j19.95 y(1.5) = 1 – 2e–1.5
38. Given auxiliary winding = 1 – 0.446 = 0.554
Za = (24.5 + j12.75) So the value of the response of the system at
t =1.55 e is 0.554.
Let Xc be the reactance of the capacitor connected
in the auxiliary winding. 40. Given signal
Za = 24.5 + j12.75 – jXc K
–1
K
x(t) = t –
Let Za = 24.5 – jXa K– 2000
where Xa = Xc –12.75
–1 t – KT
K
=
Also given main winding K –
Z M = 12.5 + j15.75 1
where, T=
= 20.151.56 2000
Current in main winding (Im) lags V by 51.56
To obtain maximum torque current in both
windings has to be in quadrature with each other.
(Angle between both currents should be 90)
a = 90 – 51.56 = 38.44
For auxiliary winding From given figure
Xa 1 1
tana = Time period T0 = 2T = 2 =
R 2000 1000
Xa 2
tan(38.44) = 0 = = 22000
24.5 T
Xa = tan(38.44) 24.5 Since, x(t) is even-half wave symmetric. So, its
Xa = 19.44 expansion will contain only odd harmonics.
Therefore, coefficient of 2nd harmonic is given by
Xc–12.75 = 19.44
T0 / 2
Xc = 19.44 + 12.75 2
a 2 = T x t cos 20 t dt
Xc = 32.19 –T /2 0
1 4
T0 / 2
Capacitive Reactance Xc =
2fc =
T0 t .cos 2 t dt
0
0
1 T0 / 2
C = 2fX 4
c =
T0 t .cos0 dt
0
1
= 4
T0 / 2
2 3.14 50 32.19
1
=
T0 t .1dt
0
=
6.28 50 32.19 4
T0 / 2
4
1 =T
0
t dt = T0
4000
= 0
0.0628 0.5 032.19 106
Now, frequency components available in
10 6 expansion are
=
0.0314 0.3219
0, 30......
= 98.93 uF
2000, 6000
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 19
As, LTI system given in the question will pass 43. The differential equation is given by
upto 5000 rad/sec frequency component of input.
d2 y dy dx
So, output will have only one component of 7 10 y = 4 x 5
frequency 2000 rad/sec. dt2 dt dt
(s +7s +10) Y(s) = (4 + 5s) X(s)
2
So, y(t) = expansion of output
= a2cos 20t = 4000 cos 2000t Y s 5s 4
=
41. X s s 7 s 10
2
Impulse response = L–1 (Transfer function)
5s 4
Pm1 = L–1
Pm0
s 2 s 5
2 7
= L–1 –
s 2 s 5
From the given figure = – 2e–2t u(t) + 7e–5t u(t)
Using equal area criteria: 44. Load on 6.6 kV winding = 900 kVA at 0.8 pf lag
A1 = A2 900 103 900
0 2 I2 = =
Pm0 – Pmax1 sin d = Pmax1 sin – Pm0 d 3 6.6 103 6.6 1.732
0 0
By solving above integration, 900
=
Pm 2 – 0 11.4312
Pmax = 0
78.73 –36.86
cos 0 – cos 2
1
Given data: 1.1 11 1
Transformation Ratio k = =
6.6 6 6
Pm = 1 pu
0
I2
I2 == 472.4 – 36.86
Pe = 1.5 sin (0) = Pm0 = 1pu k
0 = 41.8 = 0.7295 rad Load on 400 V winding = 300 kVA at 0.6 pf
2 = 1.221 rad = 69.95 300 103 300
I3 = =
substitute above values in above equation 3 400 0.1732
1 1.221 – 0.7295 433.025 – 53.13
Pmax = 1
cos 41.8 – cos69.95 Now transformation ratio
0.4915 0.4915 1.1 1000
=
= cos –28.15 = cos 28.15
400
Pmax = 1.22 3
1
11 1.732
So the value of Pmax is 1.22 = = 4.76
4
42. The output expression for K-map is given by
I 433.025
I3 = 3 =
K 4.76
= 90.97–53.13
So line value of current = 3 90.97–53.13
= 157.56 –53.13
Current drawn by 1.1 kV winding will be
I1 = I2 I3 = 472.4 –36.86 + 157.56 – 53.13
= 377.96 – j283.37 + 94.53 – j126.04
Y = ABC + BD = 472.49 – j 409.41 = 625.19– 40.9 A
So the RMS line current (in ampere) is given by
Hence the output for the K-map is BD + ABC
625.19 – 40.9 A
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
45. The differential equation is given by 47. To get Rth and Vth, the following steps, should be
dy considered.
(t2 – 81) 5 y = sin t Case-1: For Rth
dt
dy 5t sin t
2 y= 2
dt t – 81 t – 81
5t
P=
t2 – 81
sin t
Q= 2
t – 81
5t
Integrating factor (I.F) = e = e t
dt 2
–81
dt 55 25
RTh = = = 2.5
5 2t 5
55
= e
ln t2 – 81 10
2 t2 – 8 t
dt = e 2
5
Rth = 2.5
= eln t = t2 – 81 2
5/2
2
– 81
Case-2: For Vth
Solution is given by
5
sin t
5
y t2 – 81 2 = t . t2 – 81 dt
2
2
– 81
sin t t
2 3/2
– 81 dt C
y=
t t
5/2 5/2
2 2
– 81 – 81
The solution exists for t +9 Now applying KCL at node,
Therefore option (a) is correct
Vth 5 Vth 16
46. =0
5 5
Vth 5 Vth 16
=0
5
2 Vth + 11 = –11
2 Vth = –11
Vth = – 5.5 V
Maximum power transferred,
From the given diagram, we have Vth2
Pmax = = 3.025 W
145 4R L
Load Resistance (RL) = = 0.97
150 So the maximum power transferred to the resistor
Eg1 = V+ IaRa = 145 + 150 (0.1) R is 3.025 W.
Eg1 = 145 + 15 = 160 V 48. For two passive two port networks, we can write,
E g2 N2 A B A1 B1 A 2 B2
E = C D C
g1 N1 =
C D 1 1 2 D2
1000 or A= A1A2 + B1C2 ...(1)
Eg2 = l60 = 200 V
800 B = A1B2 + B1D2 ...(2)
New load current supplied to grid is or V1 = AV2 – BI2 ...(3)
Eg 2 200 200 To get, VT(I2 = 0);
I= = = = 187.5 A from equation (3)
Ra RL 0.1 0.97 1.07
Therefore the current in amperes supplieed by V1 V1
Voltage source (V2) = VT = =
the generator to the DC grid is 187.5 A. A1 A1 A 2 B1C2
To get ZT(V1 = 0);
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 21
from equation (3), 0.282 = 1 – cos
V1 = AV2 – BI2 cos = 1 – 0.282
0 = AV2 – BI2 cos = 0.717
V2 B A 1B2 B1 D2 = 44.17
Impedence ZT =
I2 A A1 A 2 B1C2 Conduction angle of diode
49. Using formula = 180 + 44.17
Vs = 224.17
V0 =
1 51.
When Vs = 32 V
and V0 = 48 V
32
Now 48 =
1
1 32 2
=
48 3
From the given fig.
3 – 3 = 2
Load power factor (pf)
3 = 5
1 Q
3 cos 1 = cos tan
= P
5
When Vs = 72 V 1
= cos tan 1
and V0 = 48 V 1
= cos 45 lag
72
then 48 = 1
1
= lag
1 72 3 2
= = 0.707 lag
48 2
2 – 2 = 3 Qc = P [tan 1 – tan 2)
5 = 2 = 1(tan cos–1 0.707 – tan 2)
2 2 = 45
= cos 2 = 0.707 lag
5
52.
2 3
5 5
50. Average reduction in output voltage due to source
inductance = AVD0
VD0 = 4 fLsI0
= 4 50 (10.10–3) 14
VD0 = 28 V
Vm From the given fig. the transfer characteristic for
VD0 = [(cos – cos( + )] the circuit with an ideal operational amplifier and
(Hence = 0) diode is given by
Vin > 0 VA = + V55, D on, V0 = Vin
Vm
28 = [1 – COS ] Vin > 0 VA = – V55, D off, V0 = 0
220 2
28 = [1 – COS ]
28
= 1 – COS
220 2
22 SOLVED PAPER – 2017
ex x1 3VTh
53. A function f(x) = II = Z Z Z 3Z
ln x ax bx x 1
2
1 2 0 n
f ( x) f (1) 3 1
LHD = xLt 3.75 =
1 x1 0.2 0.2 0.1 3Z n
ex (a b) =
3
= Lt 0.5 3Z n
x1 x 1
ex Zn = 0.1 pu.
= Lt e
x 1 1 So the value of Zn is 0.1 pu.
f ( x) f (1)
R.H.D. = xLt GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
1 x1
1.
ln x ax2 bx a b
= Lt
x1 x1
1 Each digit can be filled in 7 ways as 0, 5 and 9 is
2ax b
x not allowed, so each of these places can be filled
Lt
= x 1
1 by 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8 so required probability is
= 1 + 2s + b K
7
L.H.D R.H.D. 10 or 0.7K
Hence f(x) is not derivable at x = 1
54. From the diagram line C is given by y = x fC 7K
= = 0.7K
TC 10K
(x iy2 )dz
2
Line integral (I) =
C 2. y 162 = Perfect cube
Option, y = 24 23 3 (2 81) Not perfect cube
(x iy2 )(dx idy)
2
=
C y = 27 33 (2 34) Not perfect cube
y = 32 25 2 34 Not perfect cube
(x iy2 )(dx idx)
2
=
C y = 36 22 32 2 34
= 23 36 = (2 32)3
x dx ix dx ix dx x dx
2 2 2 2
=
1
is a perfect cube Hence the answer is, y = 36
1
x3
= 2i x2 dx = 2i 3. Correct option is; Wished
0 3 0 After Rajender Chola retured from his voyage
1 to Indonesia, he wished to visit the temple in
= 2i 0 Thanjavur.
3
Both are events of past. Use of past perfect form
2i is unwarranted as it reflects part of past.
=
3
4. Besides money
55. From given data
Research in the work place reveals the people
The positive negative and zero sequence works for many reasons b es i de s mo n ey.
reactance of a wye-connected synchronous Besides conveys the meaning of ‘in addition’
generater are given by
Beside means ‘next to’
Z1 = 0.2
5. Following seating arrangement can be drawn
Z2 = 0.2
Z0 = 0.1
VTh = 1
If = 3.75
For LG fault;
Therefore correct option is (d).
SOLVED PAPER – 2017 23
6. History is v iewed through the filter of
(2 1) 2 (1) 13
rationalism. = =–1
2 2
7. P will not get submerged as it is @ 550. So P is
not present in correct options. Hence (i) and (ii) which is minimum of (x, y).
options are incorrect. Now compare Q and T. As Therefore, correct answer is option (b).
T is between 500 and 525. T will get submerged.
9. As there are 4 people A, G, N, S and four colours
Hence ans (c) as among option C and D. T is so without any restriction total ways have to be
present in only option (c). 4 4 = 16.
( x y) x y Now, Arun dislikes Red and Shweta dislikes
8. ...(i)
2 white so 16 – 2 = 14 ways.
If x > y | x – y| = x – y; Therefore correct answer should be option (d).
If x < y | x – y| = y – x Alternate solution:
Now if x > y, above expression (i) becomes Only one option is less than 16.
( x y) ( x y) 2x Therefore correct answer should be option (d).
= 10. Out of six people. 3 place definitely occupied by
2 2
right handed people as at least 2 women are there
= y = minimum of (x, y) as x > y
so these two will sit adjacently. Now as only on
Now if x < y, seat is left it will be occupied by a left handed
man because on right side of this seat is sitting
x y ( y x) 2y
= an right handed man.
2 2
= x = minimum of (x, y) as x < y
Therefore correct answer is option (b).
Alternate solution:
Use easy values,
x = 1 and y = -2
(1 2) 1 (2) Here, R(m)indicates right handed man and L(W)
Now, =–2 indicates left handed women. Therefore answer
2
should be only 2 women.
or x = 2 and y = – 1
SOLVED PAPER – 2016
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Set - 1
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Total of 65 questions carrying 100 marks, out of which 10 questions carrying a total of 15 marks are in
General Aptitude (GA)
2. The Engineering Mathematics will carry around 15% of the total marks, the General Aptitude section
will carry 15% of the total marks and the remaining 70% of the total marks.
3. Types of Questions
( a ) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. These
questions are objective in nature, and each will have a choice of four options, out of which the candidate
has to mark the correct answer(s).
( b ) Numerical Answer Questions of 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. For these questions
the answer is a real number, to be entered by the candidate using the virtual keypad. No choices will
be shown for these type of questions.
4. For 1-mark multiple-choice questions, 1/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. Likewise, for
2-marks multiple-choice questions, 2/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. There is no negative
marking for numerical answer type questions.
(Q.6 – 10) : Carry Two Marks Each
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
6. Among 150 faculty members in an institute, 55
(Q.1 – 5) : Carry One Mark Each are connected with each other through Facebook®
1. The man who is now Municipal Commissioner and 85 are connected through WhatsApp ® .
worked as ____________________. 30 faculty members do not have Facebook® or
WhatsApp® accounts. The number of faculty
(a) the security guard at a university
members connected only through Facebook ®
(b) a security guard at the university accounts is ______________.
(c) a security guard at university (a) 35 (b) 45
(d) the security guard at the university (c) 65 (d) 90
2. Nobody knows how the Indian cricket team is 7. Computers were invented for performing only
going to cope with the difficult and seamer- high-end useful computations. However, it is no
friendly wickets in Australia. understatement that they have taken over our
Choose the option which is closest in meaning to world today. The internet, for example, is
the underlined phrase in the above sentence. ubiquitous. Many believe that the internet itself
(a) put up with (b) put in with is an unintended consequence of the original
invention. With the advent of mobile computing
(c) put down to (d) put up against on our phones, a whole new dimension is now
3. Find the odd one in the following group of words. enabled. One is left wondering if all these
mock, deride, praise, jeer developments are good or, more importantly,
(a) mock (b) deride required.
(c) praise (d) jeer Which of the statement(s) below is/are logically
valid and can be inferred from the above
4. Pick the odd one from the following options.
paragraph?
(a) CADBE (b) JHKIL
(i) The author believes that computers are not
(c) XVYWZ (d) ONPMQ good for us.
5. In a quadratic function, the value of the product (ii) Mobile computers and the internet are both
of the roots (, ) is 4. Find the value of intended inventions
n n (a) (i) only
n n (b) (ii) only
(a ) n 4 (b) 4n (c) both (i) and (ii)
(c) 22n–1 (d) 4n–1 (d) neither (i) nor (ii)
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1)
8. All hill-stations have a lake. Ooty has two lakes. 4. A function y(t), such that y(0) = 1 and y(1) = 3e–1,
Which of the statement(s) below is/are logically is a solution of the differential equation
valid and can be inferred from the above
d2 y dy
sentences? 2
2 y 0. Then y(2) is
dt dt
(i) Ooty is not a hill-station.
(ii) No hill-station can have more than one lake. (a) 5e–1 (b) 5e–2
(c) 7e–1 (d) 7e–2
(a) (i) only
5. The value of the integral
(b) (ii) only
(c) both (i) and (ii) 2z 5
1
dz
(d) neither (i) nor (ii)
z 2 ( z 4 z 5)
C 2
9. In a 2 4 rectangle grid shown below, each cell is
a rectangle. How many rectangles can be over the contour | z | = 1, taken in the
observed in the grid? anti-clockwise direction, would be
24 i 48i
(a ) (b)
13 13
24 12
(a) 21 (b) 27 (c) (d )
13 13
(c) 30 (d) 36
10. Y(s) s
6. The transfer function of a system is .
R(s) s 2
The steady state output y(t) is A cos(2t + ) for
the input cos(2 t ). The values of A and ,
respectively are
1 1
(a ) , 45 (b) , 45
2 2
(c) 2, 45 (d) 2, 45
7. The phase cross-over frequency of the transfer
100
Choose the correct expression for f(x) given in the function G(s) = in rad/s is
graph. (s 1)3
(a) f(x) = 1 – |x – 1| (b) f(x) = 1 + |x – 1| 1
(a ) 3 (b)
(c) f(x) = 2 – |x – 1| (d) f(x) = 2 + |x – 1| 3
(c) 3 (d ) 3 3
TECHNICAL SECTION 8. Consider a continuous-time system with input x(t)
and output y(t) given by
(Q.1 – 25) : Carry One Mark Each
y(t) = x(t) cos(t)
1. The maximum value attained by the function
f(x) = x(x – 1)(x – 2) in the interval [1, 2] is _____. This system is
2. Consider 3 3 matrix with every element being (a) linear and time-invariant
equal to 1. Its only non-zero eigenvalue is ____. (b) non-linear and time-invariant
3. The Laplace Transform of f(t) = e2t sin(5t) u(t) is (c) linear and time-varying
5 (d) non-linear and time-varying
(a )
s 4 s 29
2
5
9. The value of et (2t 2) dt, where (t) is the
(b) 2
s 5 Dirac delta function, is
s2 1 2
(c) (a ) (b)
s 4 s 29
2
2e e
5 1 1
(d ) (c) (d )
s5 e2 2 e2
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1) 3
10. A temperature in the range of –40 C to 55 C is
to be measured with a resolution of 0.1 C. The
minimum number of ADC bits required to get a
matching dynamic range of the temperature
sensor is
(a ) 8 (b) 10
(c) 12 (d) 14
11. Consider the following circuit which uses a
2-to-1 multiplexer as shown in the figure below. (a) RA = RB (b) RA = RB = 0
The Boolean expression for output F in terms of (c) RA < RB (d) RB = RA /(1 + RA)
A and B is 16. In a constant V/f induction motor drive, the slip
at the maximum torque
(a) is directly proportional to the synchronous
speed.
(b) remains constant with respect to the
synchronous speed.
(c) has an inverse relation with the synchronous
speed.
(a ) A B (b) A B (d) has no relation with the synchronous speed.
(c) A + B (d ) A B
17. In the portion of a circuit shown, if the heat
12. A transistor circuit is given below. The Zener generated in 5 resistance is 10 calories per
diode breakdown voltage is 5.3 V as shown. Take second, then heat generated by the 4 resistance,
base to emitter voltage drop to be 0.6 V. The value in calories per second, is _______.
of the current gain is _________.
18. In the given circuit, the current supplied by the
battery, in ampere, is _______.
13. In cylindrical coordinate system, the potential
produced by a uniform ring charge is given by 19. In a 100 bus power system, there are
= f(r, z), where
f is a continuous function of r 10 generators. In a particular iteration of Newton
and z. Let E be the resulting electric field. Then Raphson load flow technique (in polar
the magnitude of E . coordinates), two of the PV buses are converted
(a) increases with r. to PQ type. In this iteration.
(b) is 0. (a) the number of unknown voltage angles
(c) is 3. increases by two and the number of unknown
(d) decreases with z. voltage magnitudes increases by two.
14. A soft-iron toroid is concentric with a long straight (b) the number of unknown voltage angles
conductor carrying a direct current I. If the remains unchanged and the number of
relative permeability r of soft-iron is 100, the unknown voltage magnitudes increases by two.
ratio of the magnetic flux densities at two (c) the number of unknown voltage angles
adjacent points located just inside and just increases by two and the number of unknown
outside the toroid, is _______. voltage magnitudes decreases by two.
15. RA and RB are the input resistances of circuits as (d) the number of unknown voltage angles
shown below. The circuits extend infinitely in the remains unchanged and the number of
direction shown. Which one of the following unknown voltage magnitudes decreases by
statements is TRUE? two.
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1)
20. The magnitude of three-phase fault currents at 23. A steady dc current of 100 A is flowing through a
buses A and B of a power system are 10 pu and power module (S, D) as shown in Figure (a). The
8 pu, respectively. Neglect all resistances in the V-I characteristics of the IGBT (S) and the diode
system and consider the pre-fault system to be (d) are shown in Figures (b) and (c), respectively.
unloaded. The pre-fault voltage at all buses in The conduction power loss in the power module
the system is 1.0 pu. The voltage magnitude at (S, D) in watts, is ________.
bus B during a three-phase fault at bus A is
0.8 pu. The voltage magnitude at bus A during a
three-phase fault at bus B, in pu, is ________.
21. Consider a system consisting of a synchronous
generator working at a lagging power factor, a
synchronous motor working at an overexcited
condition and a directly grid-connected induction
generator. Consider capacitive VAr to be a source
and inductive VAr to be a sink of reactive power.
Which one of the following statements is TRUE?
(a) Synchronous motor and synchronous
generator are sources and induction generator
is a sink of reactive power.
(b) Synchronous motor and induction generator
are sources and synchronous generator is a
sink of reactive power.
(c) Synchronous motor is a source and induction
generator and synchronous generator are
sinks of reactive power.
(d) All are sources of reactive power.
24. A 4-pole, lap-connected, separately excited dc
22. A buck converter, as shown in Figure (a) below,
motor is drawing a steady current of 40 A while
is working in steady state. The output voltage
running at 600 rpm. A good approximation for
and the inductor current can be assumed to be
the waveshape of the current in an armature
ripple free. Figure (b) shows the inductor voltage
conductor of the motor is given by
V L during a complete switching interval.
Assuming all devices are ideal, the duty cycle of
the buck converter is ________.
(a ) (b)
(c) (d )
25. If an ideal transformer has an inductive load
element at port 2 as shown in the figure below,
the equivalent inductance at port 1 is
(a) nL (b) n2L
n n2
(c) (d )
L L
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1) 5
(Q.26 – 55) : Carry Two Marks Each 31. Consider the following state-space representation
26. Candidates were asked to come to an interview of a linear time-invariant system.
with 3 pens each. Black, blue, green and red were 1 0 1
the permitted pen colours that the candidate x ( t) x(t), y (t ) = C x ( t), C = 1 and
T
0 2
could bring. The probability that a candidate
comes with all 3 pens having the same colour 1
is________. x(0) =
1
The value of y(t) for t = loge 2 is __________.
27. Let S
n0
n n where 1. The value of in 32. Loop transfer function of a feedback system is
the range 0 < < 1, such that S = 2 is _______.
s 3
G(s)H (s) = . Take the Nyquist contour
28. Let the eigenvalues of a 2 2 matrix A be 1, –2
s (s 3)
2
in the clockwise direction. Then the Nyquist plot
with eigenvectors x1 and x2 respectively. Then the of G(s) encircles –1 + j0
eigenvalues and eigenvectors of the matrix
(a) once in clockwise direction
A2 – 3A + 4I would, respectively, be
(b) twice in clockwise direction
(a) 2, 14; x1, x2
(c) once in anticlockwise direction
(b) 2, 14; x1 + x2, x1 – x2
(d) twice in anticlockwise direction
(c) 2, 0; x1, x2
33. Given the following polynomial equation
(d) 2, 0; x1 + x2, x1 – x2
s3 + 5.5 s2 + 8.5 s + 3 = 0,
29. Let A be a 4 3 real matrix with rank 2. Which
one of the following statement is TRUE? the number of roots of the polynomial, which have
real parts strictly less than –1, is ________ .
(a) Rank of AT A is less than 2.
34. Suppose x 1 ( t ) and x 2( t ) have the Fourier
(b) Rank of AT A is equal to 2.
transforms as shown below.
(c) Rank of AT A is greater than 2.
(d) Rank of AT A can be any number between 1
and 3.
30. Consider the following asymptotic Bode
magnitude plot ( is in rad/s).
Which one of the following statements is TRUE?
(a) x1(t) and x2(t) are complex and x1(t)x2(t) is also
complex with nonzero imaginary part
(b) x1(t) and x2(t) are real and x1(t)x2(t) is also real
(c) x1(t) and x2(t) are complex but x1(t)x2(t) is real
(d) x1(t) and x2(t) are imaginary but x1(t)x2(t) is
real
35. The output of a continuous-time, linear time-
Which one of the following transfer functions is invariant system is denoted by T{x(t)} where x(t)
best represented by the above Bode magnitude is the input signal. A signal z(t) is called eigen-
plot? signal of the system T , when T{z(t)} = z(t), where
2s is a complex number, in general, and is called
(a ) an eigenvalue of T. Suppose the impulse response
(1 0.5s)(1 0.25s)2
of the system T is real and even. Which of the
4(1 0.5s) following statements is TRUE?
(b)
s(1 0.25s) (a) cos(t) is an eigen-signal but sin(t) is not
2s (b) cos(t) and sin(t) are both eigen-signals but
(c) with different eigenvalues
(1 2s)(1 4 s)
(c) sin(t) is an eigen-signal but cos(t) is not
4s
(d ) (d) cos(t) and sin(t) are both eigen-signals with
(1 2s)(1 4 s)2
identical eigenvalues
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1)
36. The current state QA QB of a two JK flip-flop 41. A 30 MVA, 3-phase, 50 Hz, 13.8 kV, star-
system is 00. Assume that the clock rise-time is connected synchronous generator has positive,
much smaller than the delay of the JK flip-flop. negative and zero sequence reactances, 15%,
The next state of the system is 15% and 5% respectively. A reactance (X n) is
connected between the neutral of the generator
and ground. A double line to ground fault takes
place involving phases ‘b’ and ‘c’, with a fault
impedance of j0.1 p.u. The value of Xn (in p.u.)
that will limit the positive sequence current to
4270 A is _________.
42. If the star side of the star-delta transformer
(a) 00 (b) 01
shown in the figure is excited by a negative
(c) 11 (d) 10 sequence voltage, then
37. A 2-bit flash Analog to Digital Converter (ADC)
is given below. The input is 0 VN 3 Volts. The
expression for the LSB of the output B0 as a
Boolean function of X2, X1, and X0 is
(a) VAB leads Vab by 60 (b) VAB lags Vab by 60
(c) VAB leads Vab by 30 (d) VAB lags Vab by 30
43. A single-phase thyristor-bridge rectifier is fed
from a 230 V, 50 Hz, single-phase AC mains. If it
is delivering a constant DC current of 10 A, at
firing angle of 30, then value of the power factor
at AC mains is
(a) 0.87 (b) 0.9
(c) 0.78 (d) 0.45
(a) X 0 [X 2 X 1 ] (b) X 0 [X 2 X 1 ] 44. The switches T1 and T2 in Figure are switched
(c) X 0 [X 2 X 1 ] (d) X 0 [X 2 X 1 ] in a complementary fashion with sinusoidal pulse
width modulation technique. The modulating
38. Two electric charges q and –2q are placed at voltage vm(t) = 0.8 sin (200t) V and the triangular
(0, 0) and (6, 0) on the x-y plane. The equation of carrier voltage (vc) are as shown in Figure (b).
the zero equipotential curve in the x-y plane is The carrier frequency is 5 kHz. The peak value
(a) x = –2 (b) y = 2 of the 100 Hz component of the load current (iL),
(c) x + y = 2
2 2
(d) (x + 2)2 + y2 = 16 in ampere, is ________ .
39. In the circuit shown, switch S2 has been closed
for a long time. At time t = 0 switch S1 is closed.
At t = 0+, the rate of change of current through
the inductor, in amperes per second, is _____.
40. A three-phase cable is supplying 800 kW and
600 kVAr to an inductive load. It is intended to
supply an additional resistive load of 100 kW
through the same cable without increasing the
heat dissipation in the cable, by providing a three-
phase bank of capacitors connected in star across
the load. Given the line voltage is 3.3 kV, 50 Hz
the capacitance per phase of the bank, expressed
in microfarads, is ________.
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1) 7
45. The voltage (vs) across and the current (is) through 51. A single-phase transmission line has two
a semiconductor switch during a turn-ON conductors each of 10 mm radius. These are fixed
transition are shown in figure. The energy at a center-to-center distance of 1 m in a
dissipated during the turn-ON transition, in mJ, horizontal plane. This is now converted to a three-
is _______. phase transmission line by introducing a third
conductor of the same radius. This conductor is
fixed at an equal distance D from the two single-
phase conductors. The three-phase line is fully
transposed. The positive sequence inductance per
phase of the three-phase system is to be 5% more
than that of the inductance per conductor of the
single-phase system. The distance D, in meters,
is _______.
52. In the circuit shown below, the supply voltage is
10 sin(1000t) volts. The peak value of the steady
state current through the 1 resistor, in amperes,
is ______.
46. A single-phase 400 V, 50 Hz transformer has an
iron loss of 5000 W at the rated condition. When
operated at 200 V, 25 Hz, the iron loss is 2000 W.
When operated at 416 V, 52 Hz, the value of the
hysteresis loss divided by the eddy current loss
is ______.
47. A DC shunt generator delivers 45 A at a terminal
voltage of 220 V. The armature and the shunt
field resistances are 0.01 and 44 respectively.
The stray losses are 375 W. The percentage 53. A dc voltage with ripple is given by v(t) = [100 +
efficiency of the DC generator is ____________. 10 sin(t) – 5 sin (3t)] volts.
48. A three-phase, 50 Hz salient-pole synchronous Measurements of this voltage v (t), made by
motor has a per-phase direct-axis reactance (Xd) moving-coil and moving-iron voltmeters, show
of 0.8 pu and a per-phase quadrature-axis readings of V1 and V2 respectively. The value of
reactance (Xq) of 0.6 pu. Resistance of the machine V2 – V1, in volts, is _________.
is negligible. It is drawing full-load current at
54. The circuit below is excited by a sinusoidal source.
0.8 pf (leading). When the terminal voltage is
The value of R, in , for which the admittance of
1 pu, per-phase induced voltage, in pu, is _________.
the circuit becomes a pure conductance at all
49. A single-phase, 22 kVA, 2200 V/ 220 V, 50 Hz, frequencies is _____________.
distribution transformer is to be connected as an
auto-transformer to get an output voltage of 2420 V.
Its maximum kVA rating as an autotransformer
is
(a) 22 (b) 24.2
(c) 242 (d) 2420
50. A single-phase full-bridge voltage source inverter
(VSI) is fed from a 300 V battery. A pulse of 120 55. In the circuit shown below, the node voltage VA
duration is used to trigger the appropriate devices is ___________ V.
in each half-cycle. The rms value of the
fundamental component of the output voltage,
in volts, is
(a) 234
(b) 245
(c) 300
(d) 331
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1)
ANSWERS
GENERAL APTITUDE
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (d) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (d)
9. (c) 10. (c)
TECHNICAL SECTION
1. (0) 2. (3) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. (a)
8. (c) 9. (a) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (19) 13. (b) 14. (100)
15. (d) 16. (c) 17. (2) 18. (0.5) 19. (b) 20. (0.84) 21. (a)
22. (0.4) 23. (170) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (0.01818) 27. (0.2928) 28. (a)
29. (b) 30. (a) 31. (6) 32. (a) 33. (2) 34. (c) 35. (d)
36. (c) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (2) 40. (48) 41. (1.1) 42. (d)
43. (c) 44. (10) 45. (75) 46. (1.44) 47. (86.84) 48. (1.61) 49. (c)
50. (a) 51. (1.44) 52. (1) 53. (0.31) 54. (14.14) 55. (11.42)
EXPLANATIONS
GENERAL APTITUDE 6. From question
2. From the given underlined phrase copewith Total number of faculty members = 150
means put up with. The number of faculty members having facebook
3. Given words ‘mock, deride and jeer’ are account = (FB) = 55
synonyms which means mockery. So, the given The number of faculty members having
word praise is odd one. whatsapp = (W) = 85
4. C A D B E , J H K I L The number of faculty members do not have face
+1 +1 +1 +1 book or Whats App accounts = 30
+1 +1 The number of faculty members having any
X V Y W Z, O N P M Q account = 150 – 30 = 120
+1 +1 +1 +1
The number of faculty members having both the
+1 –1 accounts = (FB + W) – 120 = (55 + 85) – 120 = 20
So, option (d) is odd one from the given group. The number of faculty members connected
only through Facebook accounts = 55 – 20 = 35
n n n n n n
5. n n
n n 1 1 n n
n n n n
n n = ( )n = (4)n
n n
So, the value of is 4n.
n n So the number of faculty members connected only
through facebook accounts is 35.
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1) 9
9. In the given 2 4 rectangle grid, the following 62 3
type of rectangles are present. =
6
One figured rectangles = 8
3 3
Two figured rectangles = 10 x=
3
Three figured rectangles = 4
f (x) = 6x – 6
Four figured rectangles = 5
Six figured rectangles = 2 3 3 3 3
f 3 = 6 3 6
Eight figured rectangles = 1
Total number of rectangles
6(3 3) 18
= 8 + 10 + 4 + 5 + 2 + 1 = 30 =
3
So the number of rectangles observed in the given
= 2(3 3) 6
grid is 30.
10. From the given graph function f(x) must be = 2 3
equals to zero at x = 3. = 3.46 > 0 minimum
From Option A :
3 3
f(x) = 1 – |x – 1| f 3 = –3.46 < 0 maximum
at x=3
f(x) = 1 – |3 – 1| = 1 – 2 = – 1 f(1) = 0, f(2) = 0
So, it is false Max value = 0
From Option B : So, the maximum value attained by the given
f(x) = 1 + |x – 1| function is 0.
at x=3
1 1 1
f(x) = 1 + |3 – 1| = 1 + 2 = 3
So, it is false 2. Given A = 1 1 1
1 1 1
From Option C :
f(x) = 2 – |x – 1| Characteristics equation is |A –I| = 0
at x=3 –3 + 32 = 0
f(x) = 2 – |3 – 1| = 2 – 2 = 0 2(3 – ) = 0
So, it is true. = 3, 0, 0
From Option D : So, it has three eigen values.
f(x) = 2 + |x – 1| 3. Given laplace transform is
at x=3 f(t) = e2t sin(5t)ut
f(x) = 2 – |3 – 1| = 2 + 2 = 4
LT 5
So, it is false. sin 5t u(t)
s2 52
Hence the correct expression for f(x) given in the
graph is 2 – |x – 1|. LT 5
e2t sin 2t u(t)
(s 2)2 25
TECHNICAL SECTION
at LT
1. Given function f(x) = x(x – 1)(x – 2) in the interval e f (t) F (s a)
[1, 2]
5
f (x) = 3x2 – 6x + 2 = 0 =
s2 4 2 2 s 25
6 ( 6)2 4 3 2 5
x= =
23 s 4 4 s 25
2
6 36 24 5
= =
6 s2 4 s 29
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1)
= 90 – tan–1 (1)
LT 5
e sin 2t u(t) 2
2t
= (90 – 45)
s 4 s 29
= 45
5
So, the laplace tansform of f(t) is 1
s2 4 s 29 So, the value of A and are , +45 respectively
2
4. The differential equation is given by
100
d2 y dy 7. Given transfer function G(s) =
2
2 y =0 (s 1)3
dt dt
m2 + 2m + 1 = 0 100
180
(m + 1)2 = 0 ( j 1)3 pc
y(t) = (c1 + c2t)e–t
–3 tan–1 pc = – 180°
Given y(0) = 1
c1 = 1 pc = 3
Also given y(1) = 3e–1 So, the phase cross-over frequency of the given
3e–1 = (1 + c2)e–1 transfer function is 3 .
3 = 1 + c2 8. Given y(t) = x(t) cos(t)
c2 = 2 It satisfies both additivity and Homogentity
y(t) = (1 + 2t)e–t principles, so it is linear
y(2) = 5e–2 If the input is delayed by t0, then
So, the value of y(2) is 5e–2. y1(t) = x(t – t0) cos(t)
If the output is delayed by t0, then
2z 5
5. Given integral is 1 2
is y(t – t0) = x(t – t0) = x(t – t0) cos(t – t0)
C
z 2 ( z 4 z 5) here, y1(t) y(t – t0) , So, it is time varying.
Hence the given system is linear and time-
varying.
2(1/2) 5
f(z) =
(1/2)2 4(1/2) 5
e
t
9. Let I= (2t 2) dt
6 24
=
13/4 13
e
t
= (2(t 1)) dt
= 2i [sum of residues]
24 48i 1
e
t
= 2i = (t 1)dt
13 13
2
4 i 1 t
So, the value of integral is
13
.
= e (t 1) dt
2
j 1 t 1
6. Here A= = e =
j 2 2 2 2e
10. From the given question
2 2 1
= T
2 2
2 2
2 2 2 0.1
2n
j Here T = Change in temperature T2 – T1
= j 2 T1 = – 40 C
2
T2 = – 55 C
2 55 (40)
= 90 – tan–1 0.1
2 2n
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1) 11
95
0.1 14.
2n
95 1
n
2 10
950 2n
The minimum ‘n’ value which can satisfy the
above equation is 10.
The minimum number of bits are 10.
From the above figure
11. From the given circuit boolean expression for
output F is given by 0 I
B (P–) due to straight conductor = 2r T
F = SI0 SI1
= BA BA 1000 I
B (P+) due to straight conductor = T
= AB 2r
= AB
B (P+) / B (P–) = 100
12. Zener diode is in breakdown, replace it with a Thus the ratio of the magnetic flux densities at
voltage source of value V2 = 5.3 V and VBE = 0. 6 V two adjacent point located just inside and just
outside the toroid is 100.
15. Here the equivalent circuit of the given diagram
is given by
From the above circuit diagram, we have
1 RA
RB =
1 RA
r2
16. The slip at the maximum torque =
x2
x2 = 2L2 f
r2
Slip at the maximum torque =
From the above transistor circuit 2L2 f
Applying KCL, we get Now; if frequency is changed x2 also changes. So
slip for maximum torque is inversely
IB = 1 – 0.5 = 0.5 mA
proportional to frequency. Synchronous speed is
4.7 directly proportional to frequency. Hence slip of
IE = = 10 mA maximum torque has an inverse relation with
470
synchronous speed.
IE = ( + 1) IB
17.
IE 10
+ 1 = I 0.5 = 20
B
= 19
So, the value of the current gain () is 19.
From the above circuit diagram.
13. A uniformly charged ring can be considered as
static. A static electric charge produces an electric Heat generated by 5 = 10 cal/s
1 cal/s = 4.184 W
field for which E 0.
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1)
So, power dissipated in Post fault voltage at bus A for fault at Bus ‘B’ is
5 = 4.184 10 = 41.84 W given by
VAAF = VABF – ZAB IFB
= 1 – 0.02 8
= 1 – 0.16 = 0.84 pu
So, the voltage magnitude at bus A during a
three-phase fault at bus B is 0.84 pu.
V2 22. From the given figure :
So, = 41.84 In steady state, area of inductor voltage for one
5
switching cycle is zero
V= 5(41.84) =209.2 30 TON – 20 TOFF = 0
V = 14.464 30 TON = 20 TOFF
So, Voltage across 4 is
TON 20
4 =
= 14.4637 TOFF 30
10
= 5.785 V TON TON
Duty cycle D =
Heat generated by the 4 resistance TON TOFF 3
TON TON
(5.785) 2 2
(P4) = = 8.368 Watt
4 3
(Since 1 calorie = 4.184 Joule) since TOFF 2 TON
= 2 calories per second
TON 2
= 0.4
18. 5TON 5
2
23. From the given fig., no current flows through the
IGBT. So current flows only in Diode
Conduction loss = VtIav + I2rms Ron
From the above circuit diagram
= 0.7 100 + 1002 0.01
Apply KVL (Kirchnoff’s voltage Law); we get
= 70 + 100 = 170 W
–1 + I1 + 2I2 = 0
Therefore, the conduction power loss in the power
I1 + 2I2 = 1 ...(i) module is 170 W.
also I1 = 2I2 ...(ii) 24. With lap winding, and 4 poles, number of parallel
So, current through battery means paths = 4, with a total armature current of 40 A;
1 current in each path and hence current in each
I1 = A armature conductor is 10 A. It remains constant
2
at 10 A as long as the conductor is in one path.
19. From given data
When it goes into the next path (due to
Total number of buses = 100 commutator action) the current in it reverses and
Generator bus = 10 –1 = 9 becomes – 10 A. Assuming straight line
Load busses = 90 commutation, the change from (+ 10 A) to
Slack bus = 1 (–10 A) is linear.
From the given question if 2 buses are converted With 600 RPM; time for 1 revolution = 0.1 sec.
to PQ from PV it will add 2 unknown voltages Time of a conductor to cover 1 pole-pitch = 0.1/4
for iteration but unknown angles remains = 25 ms. This is the width of one half cycle of
constant. conductor current.
20. Post fault voltage at bus B for fault at bus A is 25. From the given figure, the equivalent inductance
given by at port 1 is n2L.
VBAF = VBBF – ZABIFA = 0.8 26. Probability (3 pens having the same colour)
1 – ZAB. 10 = 0.8 3
C3 3 C3 3C3 3C3 4 3 C3 4
ZAB = 0.02 = 12 = 12
= 0.01818
C3 C3 220
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1) 13
30. From the given Bode plot the corner frequencies
27. Given S = n
n
are 2 rad/sec and 4 rad/sec respectively.
n 0
S = 0 + 1 + 22 + 33 + ....... Transfer function (TF) =
Ks
2
S = + 22 + 33 + ......... s s
1 1
2 4
S= ( 0 < < 1)
(1 )2 20logK + 20 log = 0 dB
but given, S = 2 At = 0.5, we get
20logK + 20 log0.5 = 0
= 2 1
(1 )2 20logK = 20 log
2
1 20logK = 20log (2)
= (1 – )2
2 K=2
1 2s
(1 – ) = TF =
2 (1 0.55)(1 0.25s)2
31. Given y(t) = cTx(t)
1 1 x(t) = eAt x(0)
(1 – ) = or (1 – ) = –
2 2 eAt = L–1[(sI – A)–1]
1 1 0 1 0
1–= Now sI – A = s
2 0 1 0 2
1 (Where I = Identity matrix)
=1– = 1 – 0.707 = 0.2928
2 s 0 1 0
=
1 0 s 0 2
and (1 – ) = –
2 s 1 0
=
0 s 2
1
= 1 + = 1 + 0.707 = 1.707 et 0
2 eAt =
0 e2 t
but given range is 0 < < 1,
= 0.2928 et 0 1 et
x(t) = = 2t
28. Given matrix is 0 e2t 1 e
A2 – 3A + 4I
et
Now the eigen values of a 2 2 matrix for y(t) = 1, 1
A 1, – 2 e2 t
A2 1, 4 = [et + e2t]t = 0.693
– 3A – 3, 6 t = loge 2 = 0.693
4I 4, 4 (Since I = Identity matrix) = [2 + 4] = 6
A – 3A + 4I 2, 14
2 y(t) = 6
So, the eigen value is 2, 14 s 3
32. Given transfer function G(s).H(s) =
And eigen vectors do not change. s2 (s 3)
29. (A4 3) = 2; s3
CE = 1 + G(s).H(s) = 1 0
s 3s2
2
A 3T4 = 2
s3 – 3s2 + s + 3 = 0
(Where A be a 4 3 real matrix whose rank 2) S3 1 1
(A B) min[(A), (B)] S2 3 3
AAT of order 4 4 whose rank 2 S1 2
ATA is of order 3 3 whose rank 2 S0 3
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1)
System is unstable with two right half of s-plane 1
j t 1 j 32 t 1
j t
poles x2(t) = e 2
x(t) e x(t) 0.3e 2 x(t) x(t)
2
Z = 2, P = 1 = x(t)
N=P–Z 1
j t 1 j 32 t 1
j t
N = 1 – 2 = –1 (it shows once in clockwise x2(t) = e 2
x(t)
e x(t) 0.3e 2 x(t)
2
direction.
x2(t) is complex function
33. Given polynomial equations is
1 jt 2
x1(t)x2(t) = x (t) e x (t) 0.3e jt x2 (t)
2
s3 + 5.55s2 + 8.5s + 3 = 0
2
(Z – 1)3 + (5.5)(Z – 1)2 + 8.5(Z – 1) + 3 = 0
(Here s = Z – 1) 1 jt 2 1
e x (t) x2 (t) 0.15e j 2t x2 (t)
Z – 3Z + 3Z – 1 + 5.5Z – 11Z + 5.5
3 2 2 2 4
+ 8.5Z – 8.5 + 3 = 0 + 0.3e–jt x2 (t) + 0.15e–j2t x2 (t) + 0.09 x2(t)
Z + 2.5Z + 0.5Z – 1 = 0
3 2 x1(t)x2(t) = x2(t) [1.34 + cost + 0.6cost + 0.3cos2t]
x1(t)x2(t) is real function
+Z3 1 0.5
36. From the given fig :
+Z 2
2.5 1
2.25
+Z1 KA KB
2.5
+Z 0
1
So, the number of roots of the polynomial which The next state of the system QA QB = 1 1
have real parts less than – 1 is 2.
37. Truth Table
34. From the given Fig. Input Output
T X2 X1 X0 B1 B0
Atri(t/T) ATsa2
2 0 0 0 0 0
From duality property 0 0 1 0 1
0 1 1 1 0
tT
ATs2a 2 Atri 1 1 1 1 1
2 T
B0 = X 2 X 1 X 0 X 2 X 1 X 0
tT
TSa 2tri
2
= [X 2 X 1 X 2 X 1 ] X 0
2 T
1 (X 2 X 1 )X 0 X 0 X 2 X 1
T=
2
1 2 tT 38.
Sa 2tri 2
2 2
1 tT
sa 2 tri 2
4 2
1 tT
Assume, x(t) = sa 2 ,
4 2
X() = tri ()
x(t) is real function
1 1 1 1 Potential at P due to q (at origin)
X1() = X X 0.3X
2 2 3 2 q
1 P1 = V (ref : )
j t 1 j3t 1
j t
4 0 x2 y2
x1(t) = e x(t) e 2 x(t) 0.3e 2 x(t)
2
2 Potential at P due to – 2q at (6, 0)
x1(t) is complex function
X2() = x1(–) 2 q
P2 = V
x1(t) = x1(–t) 4 0 ( x 6) 2 y2
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1) 15
Net potential Load with compensation
P = (P1 – P2) = (900 + j600 + Compensation)
= 900 + jx)
q 1 2
Equating magnitude of power
= 4 =0
0
x y ( x 6) 2 y2
2 2
8002 + 6002 = 9002 + x2
4(x2 + y2) = (x – 6)2 + y2 = x2 + 36 – 12x + y2 82 + 62 = 92 + x2
3x2 + 3y2 = 36 – 12x 100 = 81 + x2
x2+ y2 = 12 – 4x x = 19 = 4.3588
(x + 2)2 + y2 = 16 Require reactive power = 435.8 kVAr
(Equation of zero equipotential curve). After compensation
So, the equation of the zero equipotential curve Reactive power to be compensated by capacitor
in the x-y plane is (x + 2)2 + y2 = 16 to achieve this is 164.11 kVAr
39. From the given circuit diagram 2
Vph
at t = 0– = QC / Phase
X c /Phase
164.11k
(3.3 k / 3)2 Cph =
3
Cph = 48 F
So, the capacitance per phase is 48 F.
41. From the given question all quantities are given
in ‘pu’
4270
Positive sequence current (in pu) =
IB
at t = 0+ 4.27 3 13.8
=
30
= 3.4 pu
Equivalent circuit
Nodal Analysis
(VL (0 ) 3) 3(VL (0 ) 3)
=0
1 2
1
2VL (0 ) 6 3 VL (0 ) 3 Positive sequence current = 3.4
=0 X eq
2
3VL(0+) = 6 1
Xeq = = 0.2941 pu
VL(0+) = 2 3.4
di(0 ) VL (0 ) 2 0.15(0.35 3X n )
So, = 2 A/sec 0.15 = 0.2941
dt L 1 3X n 0.5
Hence, the rate of change of current through the 0.15(0.35 3X n )
inductor is 2 Amp. = 0.1441
3X n 0.5
40. From given question 0.0525 + 0.45Xn = 0.4323 Xn + 0.07205
Initial load = (800 + j600) 0.0177 Xn = 0.01955
load after modification = (900 + j600) to maintain Xn = 1.104 pu
same heat dissipation magnitude of power should
Hence the value of Xn is 1.1 pu.
be same
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1)
42. Energy loss during
T2 T2
T2 = v.i dt 100 vdt
0 0
= 100 area under voltage curve
1
= 100 600 1 106
2
= 300 600 10–6
= 30 103 10–6
With –ve sequence voltages,
= 30 10–3
V AN = V0, = 30 kJ
V BN = V120 Total energy loss = (45 + 30) = 75 mJ
and V CN = V–120 46. If V/f is kept constant, then maximum core flux
density is constant.
V AB = 3 V–30from figure V ab = E0
From the given question, we have
V AB lags V ab by 30. (400/50) = (200/25) = 8 (416/52).
43. Power factor at AC mains If V/f is kept constant. So the maximum core flux
2 2 density is constant.
= cos = 0.9 cos 30
Let the magnetic field be B.
3 0.9 1.732 Hysterisis loss Wh = kh f Bn
= 0.9
= 0.78
2 2 Eddy current loss Ww = ke f2 B2
vˆm 0.8 Total core loss = Wn + We.
44. Modulation index, (ma) = = 0.8
vˆtri 1 At 400 V and 50 Hz,
Amplitude of the fundamental output voltage, kh 50 Bn + ke 502 B2 = 5000
kh Bn + ke 50 B2 = 100 ...(i)
Vdc
vˆAO 1 ma = 0.8 250 = 200 V At 200 V and 25 Hz,
2
kh 25 Bn + ke 25 B2 = 2000
From the given modulating voltage equation,
kh Bn + ke 25 B2 = 80 ...(ii)
1 = 200
Solving equation (i) and (ii), we get
fundamental component frequency = 100 Hz
ke 25 B2 = 20;
Now Load impedance at 100 Hz frequency,
kh Bn = 60
(Z1) = R 2 X 2 122 162 = 20 At 416 V and 52 Hz;
(kh Bn) 52 = 60 52
V̂AO1 200
ÎL1 = = 10 A ke 522 B2 = 0.8 522
Z1 20
Hysteresis loss 60 52 75
So, the load current (iL) is 10 Amp. = = 1.44.
Eddy current loss 0.8 52 2
52
45. From given fig.
Energy loss during So, the ratio of hysteresis loss to the eddy current
T1 T1
loss is 1.44.
T1 = v.i dt 600 i dt
0 0
47.
= 600 area under current curve
1
= 600 150 1 106
2
= 300 150 10–6 From the given circuit diagram
= 45 103 10–3 Total copper losses = 52 44 + 502 0.01
= 45 10–3 = 1100 + 25
= 45 mJ = 1125 W
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1) 17
Other losses = 375 W
2420 100
Total losses = Total copper losses + other losses =
1000
= (1125 + 375)W =1500 W
= 242 kVA.
Output = 220 45 = 9900 W
So, the maximum kVA rating for an auto-
9900 transformer is 242 kVA.
Efficiency = 100 % = 86.84% 50. Pulse width (2d) = 120
11400
d = 60
So, the percentage efficiency of the DC generator
is 86.84%. 2 2
Vrms = Vdc sin d
48. Phasor diagram for E is constructed in the figure
which is shown below. = 0.9 300 sin 60
3
70
135 1.732
2
= 233.8 V
Hence the rms value of the fundamental
component of the output voltage is 234 (approx).
51. From the given question the required fig. is given
by
AC2= AB2 + BC2 –2(AB) (BC) cos 126.87
= 1 + 0.36 + 1.2 (0.6) = 2.08
AC = 2.08 = 1.4422
1.4422 1
=
0.8 sin
0.8
sin = = 0.5547
1.4422
1.05 L1– = L3
= 33.7, cos = 0.832
CF = 0.1664 1
1000 (1000D2 ) 3
AF = E = 1.61 p.u. 1.05 0.2 ln 0.2 ln
0.788 10 0.788 10
Hence the value of per phase induced voltage is
1.61 p.u. 1
1.05
1000 (1000D2 ) 3
49. 7.88 7.88
D = 1,438 mm = 1.44 m
So, the distance (D) is 1.44
52.
22000
Rated current = 100A
220
Maximum kVA rating (auto-transformer)
2200 110
=
1000
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 1)
From the above fig, we have 55. From the given circuit diagram
V
I1 =
4 1 5
10sin(1000t)
=
10
I1 = 1 sin (1000t)A
Hence the peak value of the steady state current
through 1 resister is 1 Amp.
53. For PMMC; V1 = 100 V
For M.I;
2
10 5
2
VA (V 10I1 ) (VA 10)
(100)2 5 A
V2 = 5 5 10
= 10
2 2
2VA – 50 + 2VA + 20 I1 + VA – 10 = 0
= 10000 50 12.5
5VA + 20I1 = 60 ...(1)
= 100.31 V
V2 – V1 = (100.31 – 100)V (VA 10)
Also, I1 = ...(2)
= 0.31 V 10
So, the value of V2 – V1 is 0.31 V.
(VA 10)
54. From the given circuit diagram So, 5VA 20 = 60
10
L 0.02
R = (Since L = 0.02H and 100) 7VA = 80
C 100
80
VA =
0.02 106
7
= 0.02 104 200
100 VA = 11.42 Volts
= 14.14 . So, the node voltage is 11.42 Volts.
So, the value of R is 14.14 .
SOLVED PAPER – 2016
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Set - 2
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
INSTRUCTIONS
1. Total of 65 questions carrying 100 marks, out of which 10 questions carrying a total of 15 marks are in
General Aptitude (GA)
2. The Engineering Mathematics will carry around 15% of the total marks, the General Aptitude section
will carry 15% of the total marks and the remaining 70% of the total marks.
3. Types of Questions
( a ) Multiple Choice Questions (MCQ) carrying 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. These
questions are objective in nature, and each will have a choice of four options, out of which the candidate
has to mark the correct answer(s).
( b ) Numerical Answer Questions of 1 or 2 marks each in all papers and sections. For these questions
the answer is a real number, to be entered by the candidate using the virtual keypad. No choices will
be shown for these type of questions.
4. For 1-mark multiple-choice questions, 1/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. Likewise, for
2-marks multiple-choice questions, 2/3 marks will be deducted for a wrong answer. There is no negative
marking for numerical answer type questions.
4y
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA) 5. If 9 y 6 3, then y2 is ________.
3
(Q.1 – 5) : Carry One Mark Each 1
(a ) 0 (b)
1. The chairman requested the aggrieved 3
shareholders to _________ him. 1
(c) (d) Undefined
(a) bare with (b) bore with 3
(c) bear with (d) bare (Q.6 –10) : Carry Two Marks Each
2. Identify the correct spelling out of the given 6. The following graph represents the installed
options : capacity for cement production (in tonnes) and the
actual production (in tonnes) of nine cement plants
(a) Managable (b) Manageable
of a cement company. Capacity utilization of a plant
(c) Mangaeble (d) Managible is defined as ratio of actual production of cement to
3. Pick the odd one out in the following : installed capacity. A plant with installed capacity
13, 23, 33, 43, 53 of at least 200 tonnes is called a large plant and a
(a) 23 (b) 33 plant with lesser capacity is called a small plant.
The difference between total production of large
(c) 43 (d) 53 plants and small plants, in tonnes is ________.
4. R2D2 is a robot. R2D2 can repair aeroplanes. No
other robot can repair aeroplanes. Which of the 300 Installed Capacity Actual Production
following can be logically inferred from the above 250 220
250
Capacity/production(tonnes)
230
statements? 200
190 200
200 180 190 190
(a) R2D2 is a robot which can only repair 160 160 160
150 150
140
aeroplanes. 150
120 120
100
(b) R2D2 is the only robot which can repair 100
aeroplanes.
50
(c) R2D2 is a robot which can repair only
aeroplanes. 0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
(d) Only R2D2 is a robot. Plant Number
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2)
7. A poll of students appearing for masters in TECHNICAL SECTION
engineering indicated that 60% of the students
believed that mechanical engineering is a (Q.1 – 25) : Carry One Mark Each
profession unsuitable for women. A research 1. The output expression for the Karnaugh map
study on women with masters or higher degrees shown below is
in mechanical engineering found that 99% of such BC
00 01 11 10
women were successful in their professions. A
Which of the following can be logically inferred 0 1 0 0 1
from the above paragraph?
(a) Many students have misconceptions regarding 1 1 1 1 1
various engineering disciplines.
(b) Men with advanced degrees in mechanical (a ) A B (b) A C
engineering believe women are well suited to
(c) A C (d ) A C
be mechanical engineers.
2. The circuit shown below is an example of a
(c) Mechanical engineering is a profession well
R2
suited for women with masters or higher
degrees in mechanical engineering.
C
(d) The number of women pursuing higher
degrees in mechanical engineering is R1 +15V
small. Vin
+ V out
8. Sourya committee had proposed the
establishment of Sourya Institutes of Technology –
(SITs) in line with Indian Institutes of Technology
–15V
(IITs) to cater to the technological and industrial
(a) low pass filter (b) band pass filter
needs of a developing country.
(c) high pass filter (d) notch filter
Which of the following can be logically inferred
from the above sentence? 3. The following figure shows the connection of an
ideal transformer with primary to secondary
Based on the proposal, turns ratio of 1 : 100. The applied primary voltage
(i) In the initial years, SIT students will get is 100 V (rms), 50 Hz, AC. The rms value of the
degrees from IIT. current I, in ampere, is ________.
(ii) SITs will have a distinct national objective. XL = 10 R = 80
1 : 100
(iii) SIT like institutions can only be established
in consulation with IIT. I
(iv) SITs will serve technological needs of a
100 V ~ X C = 40 k
developing country.
(a) (iii) and (iv) only 4. Consider a causal LTI system characterized by
(b) (i) and (iv) only dy(t) 1
differential equation y(t) 3 x(t). The
(c) (ii) and (iv) only dt 6
response of the system to the input
(d) (ii) and (iii) only t
x( t) 3e 3 u(t), where u(t) denotes the unit step
9. Shaquille O’ Neal is a 60% career free throw
shooter, meaning that he successfully makes 60 function, is
t
free throws out of 100 attempts on average. What
3 u( t)
(a ) 9 e
is the probability that he will successfully make
t
exactly 6 free throws in 10 attempts?
(b) 9 e 6 u (t)
(a) 0.2508 (b) 0.2816 t t
(c) 0.2934 (d) 0.6000 (c) 9 e 3 u(t) 6 e 6 u(t)
t t
10. The numeral in the units position of
(d) 54 e 6 u(t) 54 e 3 u( t)
211870 + 146127 3424 is _________.
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2) 3
5. Suppose the maximum frequency in a band-
limited signal x(t) is 5 kHz. Then, the maximum VR
frequency in x ( t ) cos (2000 t ), in kHz, is
______.
6. Consider the function f(z) = z + z* where z is a ~ VS VC
complex variable and z* denotes its complex
conjugate. Which one of the following is true?
(a) f(z) is both continuous and analytic
(b) f(z) is continuous but not analytic (a) 65, 35 (b) 50, 50
(c) f(z) is is not continuous but is analytic (c) 60, 90 (d) 60, 80
(d) f(z) is neither continuous nor analytic 12. The voltage (V) and current (A) across a load are
7. A 3 3 matrix P is such that, P = P. Then the3 as follows.
eigenvalues of P are V(t) = 100 sin (t)
(a) 1, 1, – 1 i(t) = 10 sin (t – 60) + 2 sin (3t) + 5 sin (5 t).
(b) 1, 0.5 + j 0.866, 0.5 – j 0.866 The average power consumed by the load, in W,
(c) 1, – 0.5 + j 0.866, – 0.5 – j 0.866 is __________.
(d) 0, 1, – 1 13. A power system with two generators is shown in
the figure below. The system (generators, buses
8. The solution of the differential equation, for t > 0,
and transmission lines) is protected by six
y(t) + 2y(t) + y(t) = 0 with initial conditions
overcurrent relays R1 to R6. Assuming a mix of
y(0) = 0 and y(0) = 1, is (u(t) denotes the unit
directional and nondirectional relays at
step function),
appropriate locations, the remote backup relays
(a) te–tu(t) for R4 are
(b) (e–t – te–t)u(t) R1 R2
(c) (–e–t – te–t)u(t)
S1 S2
(d) e–tu(t) R5 R6
9. The value of the line integral ~ ~
R3 R4
2xy dx 2 x ydy dz
2 2
C
along a path joining the origin (0, 0, 0) and the (a) R1 · R2 (b) R2 · R6
point (1, 1, 1) is
(c) R2 · R5 (d) R1 · R6
(a ) 0 (b) 2
14. A power system has 100 buses including
(c) 4 (d ) 6 10 generator buses. For the load flow analysis
10. Let f(x) be a real, periodic function satisfying using Newton-Raphson method in polar
f(– x) = – f(x). The general form of its Fourier series coordinates, the size of the Jacobian is
representation would be (a) 189 189 (b) 100 100
k
(a) f ( x) a0 a cos(kx) (c) 90 90 (d) 180 180
1 k
15. The inductance and capacitance of 400 kV, three-
k
(b) f ( x) b sin(kx)
1 k
phase, 50 Hz lossless transmission line are
1.6 mH/km/phase and 10 nF/km/phase
k
(c) f ( x) a0 a cos( kx) respectively. The sending end voltage is
1 2 k
maintained at 400 kV. To maintain a voltage of
k
400 kV at the receiving end, when the line is
(d) f ( x) a sin(2 k 1) x
1 2 k1 delivering 300 MW load, the shunt compensation
11. A resistance and a coil are connected in series required is
and supplied from a single phase, 100 V, 50 Hz ac (a) capacitive
source as shown in the figure below. The rms
values of plausible voltages across the resistance (b) inductive
(VR) and coil (VC) respectively, in volts, are (c) resistive
(d) zero
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2)
16. A parallel plate capacitor filled with two 21. For the network shown in the figure below, the
dielectrics is shown in the figure below. If the frequency (in rad/s) at which the maximum phase
electric field in the region A is 4 kV/cm, the electric lag occurs is, __________.
field in the region B, in kV/cm, is 9
A B
1
r = 1 r = 4 2 cm Vin V0
1F
(a ) 1
(b) 2 22. The direction of rotation of a single-phase
capacitor run induction motor is reversed by
(c) 4
(a) interchanging the terminals of the AC supply.
(d) 16
(b) interchanging the terminals of the capacitor.
17. A 50 MVA, 10 kV, 50 Hz, star-connected, unloaded
(c) interchanging the terminals of the auxiliary
three-phase alternator has a synchronous
winding.
reactance of 1 p.u. and a sub-transient reactance
of 0.2 p.u. If a 3-phase short circuit occurs close (d) interchanging the terminals of both the
to the generator terminals, the ratio of initial and windings.
final values of the sinusoidal component of the 23. In the circuit shown below, the voltage and
short circuit current is __________. current sources are ideal. The voltage (Vout) across
the current source, in volts, is
18. Consider a linear time-invariant system with
2
transfer function
1 +
H(s) =
s 1
If the input is cos ( t) and the steady state +
10V – 5A V out
output is A cos (t + ), then the value of A is
_________.
19. A three-phase diode bridge rectifier is feeding a –
constant DC current of 100 A to a highly inductive
load. If three-phase, 415 V, 50 Hz AC source is (a ) 0 (b) 5
supplying to this bridge rectifier then the rms (c) 10 (d) 20
value of the current in each diode, in ampere, 24. The graph associated with an electrical network
is _________. has 7 branches and 5 nodes. The number of
20. A buck-boost DC-DC converter, shown in the independent KCL equations and the number of
figure below, is used to convert 24 V battery independent KVL equations, respectively, are
voltage to 36 V DC voltage to feed a load of 72 W. (a) 2 and 5 (b) 5 and 2
It is operated at 20 kHz with an inductor of 2 mH (c) 3 and 4 (d) 4 and 3
and output capacitor of 1000 F. All devices are 25. Two electrodes, whose cross-sectional view is
considered to be ideal. The peak voltage across shown in the figure below, are at the same
the solid-state switch (S), in volt, is _________. potential. The maximum electric field will be at
the point
A D C
+ Load
S –
24 V 36 V B
– 2 mH +
(a ) A (b) B
(c) C (d ) D
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2) 5
(Q.26 – 55) : Carry Two Marks Each 30. Let y ( x ) be the solution of the differential
26. The Boolean expression d2 y dy
simplifies is a b c d b c equation
dx 2
4
dx
4 y 0 with initial
dy
(a ) 1 (b) ab
conditions y(0) = 0 and 1. Then the value
dx x0
(c) a, b (d ) 0 of y(1) is _____.
27. For the circuit shown below, taking the opamp 31. The line integral of the vector field
as ideal, the output voltage Vout in terms of the
input voltages V1, V2 and V3 is
F 5 xziˆ 3 x2 2 y j x2 zk
9 along a path from (0, 0, 0) to (1, 1, 1)
parameterized by (t, t2, t) is _________.
VCC
3 1
1 32. Let P = . Consider the set S of all vectors
V3 – 1 3
1
V2 +
V out x a x
such that a2 + b2 = 1 where = P .
–VSS y b
y
1
V1 Then S is
(a) 1.8V1 + 7.2V2 – V3 (a) a circle of radius 10
(b) 2V1 + 8V2 – 9V3
1
(c) 7.2V1 + 1.8V2 – V3 (b) a circle of radius
10
(d) 8V1 + 2V2 – 9V3
28. Let x1(t) X1() and x2(t) X2() be two signals 1
(c) an ellipse with major axis along
whose Fourier Transforms are as shown in the 1
figure below. In the figure, h(t) = e2 t denotes
the impulse response. 1
(d) an ellipse with minor axis along
X1() X2() 1
33. Let the probability density function of a random
variable, X, be given as :
3 3 x
e u( x) ae4 xu( x)
fx ( x)
2
–B1 –B1 B1 B1 –B2 B2 where u(x) is the unit step function.
2 2
Then the value of ‘a’ and Prob {X 0}, respectively,
X1(t )
are
y (t )
h (t ) = e –2t 1 1
(a) 2, (b) 4,
2 2
X2(t ) 1 1
(c) 2, (d) 4,
For the system shown above, the minimum 4 4
sampling rate required to sample y(t), so that 34. The driving point input impedance seen from
y (t ) can be uniquely reconstructed from its the source VS of the circuit shown below, in ,
samples, is is _______.
(a) 2B1 (b) 2(B1 + B2) V1 2
+ –
(c) 4(B1 + B2) (d ) IS 2
sin 2t
29. The value of the integral 2
t
dt is equal +
– VS 3 4
to
(a ) 0 (b) 0.5
(c) 1 (d ) 2
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2)
35. The z-parameters of the two port network shown 39. The open loop transfer function of a unity
in the figure are z11 = 40 , z12 = 60 , z21 = 80 feedback control system is given by
and z22 = 100 . The average power delivered to
K( s 1)
RL = 20 , in watts, is _______. G( s) , K 0, T 0
s 1 Ts1 2s
10 I1 I2
The closed loop system will be stable if,
+ +
4 K 1
+ V1 V2 (a ) 0 T
20 V – [Z] RL K 1
4 T 2
– – (b) 0 K
T2
36. In the balanced 3-phase, 50 Hz, circuit shown T2
(c) 0 K
below, the value of inductance (L) is 10 mH. The T2
value of the capacitance (C) for which all the line 8 K 1
currents are zero, in millifarads, is _______. (d ) 0 T
K 1
40. At no load condition, a 3-phase, 50 Hz, lossless
power transmission line has sending-end and
L C L receiving-end voltages of 400 kV and 420 kV
respectively. Assuming the velocity of traveling
wave to be the velocity of light, the length of the
C line, in km, is __________.
C
41. The power consumption of an industry is 500 kVA,
at 0.8 p.f. lagging. A synchronous motor is added
37. In the circuit shown below, the initial capacitor to raise the power factor of the industry to unity.
voltage is 4 V. Switch S 1 is closed at t = 0. If the power intake of the motor is 100 kW, the
The charge (in C) lost by the capacitor from p.f. of the motor is _________.
t = 25 s to t = 100 s is ______. 42. The flux linkage () and current (i) relation for
S1
an electromagnetic system is = When
i.
g
4V i = 2A and g (air-gap length) = 10 cm, the
5 magnitude of mechanical force on the moving
5F part, in N, is _________.
43. The starting line current of a 415 V, 3-phase, delta
connected induction motor is 120 A, when the
38. The single line diagram of a balanced power system rated voltage is applied to its stator winding. The
is shown in the figure. The voltage magnitude at starting line current at a reduced voltage of 110 V,
the generator internal bus is constant and 1.0 p.u.
in ampere, is _________.
The p.u. reactances of different components in the
system are also shown in the figure. The infinite 44. A single-phase, 2 kVA, 100/200 V transformer is
bus voltage magnitude is 1.0 p.u. A three phase reconnected as an auto-transformer such that its
fault occurs at the middle of line 2. The ratio of kVA rating is maximum. The new rating, in kVA,
the maximum real power that can be transferred is _______.
during the pre-fault condition to the maximum 45. A full-bridge converter supplying an RLE load is
real power that can be transferred under the
shown in figure. The firing angle of the bridge
faulted condition is _______.
converter is 120. The supply voltage vm(t) = 200
Generator
internal bas j 0.1 Infinite bus sin (100 t) V, R = 20 , E = 800 V. The inductor
j 0.5 L is large enough to make the output current IL a
j 0.2 Line 1 smooth dc current. Switches are lossless. The real
~ j 0.5 power feedback to the source, in kW, is _____.
Line 2
j 0.1
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2) 7
IL
49. Consider a linear time invariant system x = Ax,
with initial conditions x(0) at t = 0. Suppose
L and are eigenvectors of (2 2) matrix A
corresponding to distinct eigenvalues 1 and 2
T1 T3 respectively. Then the response x(t) of the system
due to initial condition x(0) = is
R = 20
~ Bridge t t
(a ) e 1 (b) e 2
T4 T2 t t t
(c) e 2 (d ) e 1 e 2
–
E = 800V 50. A second-order real system has the following
+ properties :
A. the damping ratio = 0.5 and undamped
natural frequency n = 10 rad/s,
46. A three-phase Voltage Source Inverter (VSI) as B. the steady state value of the output, to a unit
shown in the figure is feeding a delta connected step input, is 1.02.
resistive load of 30 /phase. If it is fed from a
The transfer function of the system is
600 V battery, with 180 conduction of solid-state
devices, the power consumed by the load, in kW 1.02 1.02
(a ) (b)
is _______. s 5s 100
2
s 10s 100
2
100 102
(c) (d ) 2
30
s 10s 100
2
s 5s 100
30
51. Three single-phase transformers are connected
600 V
to form a delta-star three-phase transformer of
30
110 kV/11 kV. The transformer supplies at 11 kV
a load of 8 MW at 0.8 p.f. lagging to a nearby
plant. Neglect the transformer losses. The ratio
47. A DC-DC boost converter, as shown in the figure of phase currents in delta side to star side is
below, is used to boost 360 V to 400 V, at a power
of 4 kW. All devices are ideal. Considering (a) 1 : 10 3 (b) 10 3 : 1
continuous inductor current, the rms current in (c) 1 : 10 (d )3 : 10
the solid state switch (S), in ampere, is ________.
52. The gain at the breakaway point of the root locus
10 mH
of a unity feedback system with open loop transfer
+
Ks
function G(s) = is
Load + (s 1)(s 4)
S
360 V 1 mF 400 V (a ) 1 (b) 2
– (c) 5 (d ) 9
53. Two identical unloaded generators are connected
–
in parallel as shown in the figure. Both the
48. A single-phase bi-directional voltage source
generators are having positive, negative and zero
converter (VSC) is shown in the figure below. All sequence impedance of j 0.4 p.u. j0.3, p.u. and
devices are ideal. It is used to charge a battery j0.15 p.u., respectively. If the pre-fault voltage is
at 400 V with power of 5 kW from a source 1 p.u., for a line-to-ground (L-G) fault at the
Vs = 220 V (rms), 50 Hz sinusoidal AC mains at terminals of the generators, the fault current, in
unity p.f. If its AC side interfacing inductor is p.u., is _______.
5 mH and the switches are operated at 20 kHz,
then the phase shift () between AC mains voltage
(Vs) and fundamental AC rms VSC voltage (VC1),
in degree, is ________. Y ~
5 mH
+ IS
VS
1 mF 400 V
–
220 V AC ~ VC1 Y ~
IS VS
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2)
54. An energy meter, having meter constant of 1200 Z
revolutions/kWh, makes 20 revolutions in
30 seconds for a constant load. The load, in kW, B
is _______
55. A rotating conductor of 1 m length is placed in a
radially outward (about the z-axis) magnetic flux 1m
density (B) of 1 Tesla as shown in figure below.
Conductor is parallel to and at 1 m distance from 1m
the z-axis. The speed of the conductor in r.p.m.
required to induce a voltage of 1 V across it,
should be _______.
ANSWERS
General Aptitude (GA)
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (b) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (120) 7. (a) 8. (c)
9. (a) 10. (7)
Technical Section
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (10) 4. (d) 5. (6) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (a)
9. (b) 10. (b) 11. (d) 12. (250) 13. (d) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (c)
17. (5.0) 18. (0.707) 19. (57.7) 20. (60) 21. (0.316) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (d)
25. (c) 26. (d) 27. (d) 28. (b) 29. (d) 30. (7.38) 31. (4.41) 32. (c)
33. (a) 34. (20) 35. (35.55) 36. (3.03) 37. (6.99) 38. (2.4) 39. (c) 40. (294.59)
41. (0.3162) 42. (141.4) 43. (31.807) 44. (6) 45. (6) 46. (24) 47. (3.5) 48. (9.21)
49. (a) 50. (b) 51. (a) 52. (a) 53. (6) 54. (2) 55. (9.55)
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2) 9
E XPLANATIONS
General Aptitude (GA) And probability of NOT free throw
3. The given number 33 is odd one out, because the = 1 – 0.6 = 0.4
remaining numbers are prime number. So required probability of exactly 6 throws in
5. Given, 9y 6 = 3 10 attempts will be given by
It has two values either C6 0.66 0.44 = 0.2508
10
(9y – 6) =3 ...(i) 10. Unit digit of 211870 + 146127 3424 is 1 + 6 1 = 7
Or – (9y – 6) =3 Technical Section
9y – 6 =–3 ...(ii) 1. BC BC BC BC BC
00 01 11 10
A
From equation (i),
A 0 1 0 0 1
9y =9
y =1 A 1 1 1 1 1
Or from equation (ii),
The common factors among the combination
9y = 3
to-make a count of 4 is A and C
1
y = Hence, F = A C
3
R2
4y 2.
Now y =
2
3
R1 C
put y = 1, Vin
Vout
4 1
we get = 1 =
3 3
1 1
and also put y =
1
Vout R 2 j C R 2 j C
3 =
Vin R1
1 4 3 1
we get, =
9 9 9 3
R2 R 2 C 1
1 j C j C
So, the required value is . Vout
3 =
Vin R1
6. From the given graph large plants which are
having installed capacity of at least 200 tonnes
are 1, 4, 8 and 9. Vout R2
=
So, the total production of large plants Vin R1 R 2 jC 1
= 160 + 190 + 230 + 190 So the system is a low pass filter.
= 770 3. The above circuit can be drown by transferring
Now the remaining plants with installed capacity secondary circuit to primary side.
10 j
is less then 200 tonnes are 2, 3, 5, 6 and 7.
So, total production of small plants I 80000
= 150 + 160 + 120 + 100 + 120 (100)
2
100 V
= 650 40000
–
2
j
Then difference = 770 – 650 (100)
= 120 100
Irms =
9. The question clearly explains that shaquille 8 10 j 4 j
makes 60 free throws out of 100
100 100 100
= = = = 10
Hence, Probability of free throw =
60
0.6 8 6 j 8 2
6
2 10
100
So, Irms = 10 A
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2)
4. The differential equation Given that y(0) = 1,
dy(t) 1 y(0) = 0
y(t) = 3x(t)
dt 6 1
Hence Y(s) =
So, sY( s) 1 Y( s) = 3X(s) s 1
2
6
1 y(t) = te tu(t)
Y( s) s = 3X(s)
6
3X( s)
9. Let I = F dr
C
Y(s) =
1
s 6 F = xy i 2 x yj k
2 2
where
Now F = 0
9
X(s) = (F is irrotational F is conservative)
1
s 3 F =
( is scalar potational function)
9
So, Y(s) = x = 2xy2
1 1
s 3 s 6 y = 2x2y
54 54 z = 1
= = x2y2 + z + C
1 1
s s
6 3 where, F is conservative
(1,1,1)
So,
y(t) = 54 e1 6 t 54 e1 3t u(t) F.dr
= d x2 y2 z
(1,1,1)
(0,0,0)
C (0,0,0)
5. As the maximum frequency in a band-limited
signal x(t) is 5 kHz then the maximum frequency =2
in x(t) cos (200 t) is 6 kHz. 10. As given, periodic function satisfying
6. Here the given function f(– x) = – f(x)
f(z) = z + z* So function is an odd function.
where z = complex variable Hence the Fourier series will have sine term only so
f(z) = 2x is continuous (polynomial)
f(x) = bx sin( kx)
u = 2x k1
v =0 11. As Vs = 100 V, and the vector sum of VR and VC
ux = 2 should be equal to Vs i.e.
uy = 0 Vs = VR2 VC2
vx = 0 then we get, VR = 60 V
vy = 0 VC = 80 V
C.R. equation is not satisfied, Hence the rms values of plausible voltages across
Hence there is no analytic is f(z) is continuous the resistance VR and coil VC is 60 V and 80 V.
but not analytic. 12. There are 2 methods to solve this question :
7. According to Calyey Hamilton theorem Method 1 :
3 = From question,
= 0, 1, – 1 The average power consumed by the load
So, the eigen values of are 0, 1, – 1. = P = VII1 cos 1
8. The differential equation is
100 10
y(t) + 2y(t) + y(t) = 0 = cos 60 250W
2 2
s Y(s) sy(0) y(0) 2 sY(s) y(0) Y(s) = 0
2
Since V1 = V0
1
sy(0) y(0) 2 y(0) 2
Y(s) =
s2
2s 1 I1 = I0
1
2
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2) 11
M ethod 2 : Eg
17. I =
V(t) = 100 sin (t) X d
i(t) = 10 sin (t – 60) + 2 sin (3 t) + 5 sin (5 t)
Eg
P = V(t) i(t) I =
X
= 1000 sin t · sin (t – 60) + 200 sin t
1
· sin 3 t + 500 sin t sin 5 t I
X d
= 500 [cos (t – t + 60) – cos (t + t – 60)]
+ 100 [cos (t – 3t) – cos (t 1
I
+ 3t] + 250 [cos (t – 5t) X
– cos (t + 500 t)] I X 1.0
=
= 500 [cos 60 – cos (2t – 60)] I X d 0.2
+ 100 [(cos (– 2t) – cos 4t)] 10 5
=
+ 250 [cos (– 4 t) – cos (6 t)] 2 1
= 500 cos 60 Hence, the ratio of initial and final values of the
= 250 W sinusoidal component of the short circuit currents
is 5 : 1.
So, the average value of cos (2t – 60), cos (2t),
cos (4 t), cos (6 t) ill be zero. 1
18. H(s) =
14. Size of the Jacobian matrix s 1
= 2n – m – 1 2n – m – 1 1
where n = number of buses Put s = j, H(j) =
j 1
m = number of generator buses
1
As given there are 10 generator buses, so we need H( j) =
to assume one bus within the 10 buses as slack 1 2
bus input x(t) = cos (t)
then (2 100 – 10 – 1) (2 100 – 10 – 1) Here = 1 rad/sec
= 189 189 and x(t) = 1
15. As we know that
Hence, steady state output
L
Zn = y(t) = x(t) H( j ) 1 cos t H( j )
C
A = x(t) H( j ) 1
1.6 103
= = 400
10 109 A =
1
= 0.707
2
400 400
SIL = = 400 MW So, the value of A is 0.707.
400
In the second case SIL decreases means Z n 19. Each diode conducts for 120 for one complete
increases. cycle in the 3- diode bridge rectifier
Zn increases with increase in inductance ‘L’. 2 3
1
So, it is inductive. ID rms =
2
0
I20 dt
16. Since voltage is same across both the regions and
distance between two plates is also same, the 2
electric field remains same throughout both = I0
2 3
region.
I0
V =
As we know E = = constant for both regions. 3
d
Where E = Electric field 100
=
V = Potential difference accross the capacitor
3
= 57.7 A
d = Separator along a parallel plate capacitor
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2)
20. From the given figure when switch ‘S’ is off, diode 24. As per the input required,
D is on. Number of KCL equation = n – 1 = 5 – 1 = 4
Hence, Number of KVL equation
= b – (n – 1) = 7 – (5 – 1) = 3
+ – (Here b = no. of branches, n = no. of nodes)
24 V 36 V
– + Hence 4 and 3.
25. From the figure, we can see that at the point C,
Peak voltage across switch E (electric field intensity) is maximum being
= 24V + 36V = 60V closest to the other plate.
21. From the figure we assume
A D C
R1 = 9
B
R2 = 1
Hence the maximum electric field will be at
Hence, it can be written as : point C.
1 26. Here the given boolean expression is
R2
Vo (s) sC
Vin (s)
=
R1 R 2
1
F = a b c d b c
= a b c d b c
sC
1 R 2 sC
=
1 R1 R 2 sC = a b c d b c
1 R 2 sC (Apply Demorgan's Theorems)
=
R1 R 2
1
R2
R 2 sC
= a b c d b c Since c c
Let R2C = T Since b b 0
= a b c d b c
R1 R 2 c c 0
=
R2 F =0
Vo (s) 1 Ts 27. From the circuit diagram, we can see that
Hence =
Vin (s) Ts
1 9
This represents a lag compensator
1 VB
T = R2C = 1.1 = 1 sec
V3 –
1 9 VA
+
V out
= 10 V1
1 1
Maximum phase lag occurs at frequency 4
1 1
n = = V2
T 1 10
4 1
Hence, n = 0.316 rad/sec VA = V1 V2
5 5
22. Inter changing the terminals of the auxiliary
Hence Vout = – 9 V3 + 10 VA
winding.
= – 9 V3 + 8 V1 + 2 V2
23. From the given circuit diagram,
2 28. As given
Bandwidth of X1() = B1
5A
+ Bandwidth of X2() = B2
+
10 V 5A Vout
– 2 t
– System has h(t) = e
and input to the system is x1(t) · x2(t)
Hence Vout = (5 2) + 10 = 20 V The bandwidth of x1(t) · x2(t) is B1 + B2.
So, the voltage (Vout) across the current source is The bandwidth of output will be B1 + B2.
20 V. Hence sampling rate will be 2(B1 + B2).
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2) 13
t = 0 to 1
sin 2t
29. Let I = 2
t dt
...(i) dx = dt
dy = 2t dy,
As per the fourier transform of
dz = dt
2sin t 2
1
t
2 rect
t
= 0
5t2 dt 3t2 2t2 2tdt t3 dt
sin 2t
5t
1
= 2
11t3 dt
rect
t 4
0
1
5t3 11t4 5 11 53
sin 2t
= = = 4.41
So,
t
e jt dt = rect
4
...(ii) 3 4
0
3 4 12
3 1
Putting = 0 in above equation, we get 32. Given P =
1 3
sin 2t
According to question
t
dt = 1
x a
P =
Now from equation (i) y b
3 1 x a
sin 2
= b
I = 2
t
dt 1 3 y
3x + y = a
=21=2 x + 3y = b
30. A.E. m – 4m + 4 = 0
2
a2 + b2 = 1
m – 2m – 2m + 4 = 0
2
10x2 + 10y2 + 12xy = 1
m(m – 2) – 2(m – 2) = 0 1
Ellipse with major axis along .
(m – 2) (m – 2) = 0 1
m = 2, 2 ae4 x
x0
33. Given, fx(x) = 3 3 x
y = (C1 + C2x)e2x e x0
2
At y(0) = 0
C1 = 0
y = C2xe 2x
fx ( x)
=1
0
y = C2e + 2C2xe2x 2x 3
ae 2e
4x 3 x
dx dx = 1
y(0) = 1 0
0
C2 = 1 3 3 x
y = xe2x
a
e4 x dx
2
e dx = 1
0
y(1) = e2
0 3 3 x
= 7.38 ae 4x e
2 =1
So, the value of y(1) is 7.38. 4 3
0
31. E= F dr
C
a 3
=1
4 6
Here 2
F = 5 xziˆ 3 x 2 y ˆj x 2kˆ
2
a =2
0
P(x 0) =
2e
4x
dx
=
5 xzdx 3 x2 2 y dy x2 zdz
0
C
e4 x 1
Put x = t, = =
2 2
y = t2,
1
z = t, So, the value of ‘a’ and ‘P’ are 2,
2
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2)
34. We need to find the impedance seen by VS. From the figure,
+
V1 – A 2 20 = 10 I1 + V1
IS 2 Since, V1 = 0
So, I1 = 2A
+
3 4V1 4 4
– VS
So, I2 = A
3
Power dissipated in
2
RL = I22R L 20
Vs 4
Zs =
Is 3
V1 = 2Is 16
20 = 35.56 W
=
Apply the KCL at node A 9
VA VA So, the average power delivered is 35.56 W.
Is + 4 V1 =
3 6 36. By using the star to delta conversion
VA = Vs – V1
and V1 = 2 Is
L C L L
L
V 2I s Vs 2I s
So, Is + 8Is = s C/3 C/3
3 6 C/3
54 Is = 2Vs – 4Is + Vs – 2Is C
L C L
3Vs = 60 Is
Vs When the parallel pair of induction-capacitor is
= Rs = 20 resonant at f = 50 Hz, line current will be zero
Is
35. From the given figure 1
So, 50 2 =
10 I1 I2 LC
+ + 3
1
20 V
+ V1 [Z] V2 20 100 =
– LC
– – 3
Since, L = 10 mH
Z11 = 40 , 3
Z12 = 60 W, (100)2 2 =
LC
Z21 = 80 , 3
C =
Z22 = 100 100
2
10 103
2
Also from the figure
= 3.04 mF
V2 = – 20 I2 ...(i)
Hence, C will be 3.04 mF.
and V1 = 40 I1 + 60 I2 ...(ii)
37. From the given diagram,
V2 = 80 I1 + 100 I2 ...(iii) S1
From equation (i) and (iii), we have
So, – 20 I2 = 80 I1 + 100 I2
4V
2
I2 = I1 ...(iv) 5
3 5F
Using equation (ii) and (iv), we have
So, V1 = 40 I1 + 60 I2
2 4 t
= 40I1 60 I1 i(t) = e
3 5
V1 = 0 = RC = 25 10–6 sec
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2) 15
Hence the change lost by capacitor from = 25 s 39. Through open loop transfer function
to 100 s is
K( s 1)
G(s) = , K 0, and T 0
100 sec
s 1 Ts 1 2s
25 sec
i(t) dt = 6.99 10–6 C
For closed loop system stability, characteristic
equation is
38. From the question, we see that
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
P X
The ratio = 1 2 K( s 1)
P2 X 1 1+ 1 = 0
j 0.1 j 0.5
s 1 Ts 1 2s
j 0.2 j 0.5 s(1 + Ts) (1 + 2s) + k(s + 1) = 0
X1 = = 2Ts3 + (2 + T)s2 + (1 + k)s + k = 0
j 0.1 j 0.5
Using Routh's criteria
2T (1 k)
j 0.6
s3
(2 T) k
s2
j 0.2
2 T 1 k 2Tk
X2 = 1 2 s1 0
(2 T)
s0 k
j 0.3 3 j 0.3 For stability, k >0
and (2 + T) (1 + k) – 2Tk > 0
k(2 + T – 2T) + (2 + T) > 0
j 0.3 j 0.6 – (T – 2)k
(1) = j 0.15 or + 2(2 + T) > 0
j1.2
–k >–
2 T
j 0.3 j 0.6
(2) = j 0.15 T 2
j1.2
T2
j 0.3 j 0.3 or k <
(3)
j1.2
= j 0.075 T 2
j 0.2 j 0.15 j 0.15 Hence the closed loop system will be stable, if
T2
0 <k<
T2
j 0.075 40. From the question, at no load
Vs = AVR
X 12 where VS = sending-end voltage
1 j 0.35 j 0.15 2 VR = receiving-end voltage
400 = A 420
400
A = 0.9524
j 0.075 420
YZ
A = 1
2
X12 = X2
= 1
r jL g jC
j 0.35 j 0.15 2
j 0.35 j 0.15 = j 1.2 p.u. For lossless line r = 0, g = 0
j 0.075
then A = 1
C L
P1 X2 j1.2 12
Hence = 2
P2 X1 j 0.5 5 l = LC
Hence the ratio of the maximum real power that
A = 0.9524 = 1
2 l 2
can be transfered during the pre-fault condition
to the maximum real power that can be 2
transferred under the fault condition 12 : 5. l = 0.3085
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2)
0.3085 Vreduced
= where, x =
l Vrated
V 2 110
= x =
f 415
30 105 = 2 110
0.3085
(Ist)at 110 V = 120 = 31.807 A
50 415
l So, the starting line current number is 31.807 A.
l = 294.74 44. Given, 2 kVA, 100/200 V transformer,
Hence the length of the line is 294.74 km.
200
41. From the question, we see that a2 winding = 2
100
P1 = 500 0.8
[(kVA)auto]max = (a2 winding + 1) (kVA)2 winding
= 400 kW
= (2 + 1) 2 = 6
Q1 = 500 0.6
Hence, the new rating is 6 kVA.
= 300 k VAR
45. From the circuit diagram
The power factor is to be raised to unity
Vm 200
The motor has to supply 300 kVAR Vo = 2 cos = 2 cos120
The motor rating is 100 kW, 300 kVAR
Vo = – 200 V
Q
m = tan 1 Vo = 200 V
P
Power balance equation,
300
m = tan 1
100 EIo = I2o R VoIo
= tan–1 (3) = 71.56
800 Io = I2o (20) 200Io
Power factor of motor = cos m = cos 71.56 = 0.316
Hence the power factor of the motor is 0.316. 600 Io = 20 I2o
42. As given in the question the stored energy in Io = 30 A
electromagnetic system Power fed to source = Vo Io
1 = 200 30 = 6 kW
E = i
2 46. From the above diagram
1i i i
E = Since 2
2 g
g VL = Vph =
3
Vs
Restoring force in EM system
2
dE Vph = 600
F = 3
dx
Here x = g = air gap length 2
2
Vph 3
6002
1 i 32 P = 3 = 3 = 24 kW
Now F = 2 R 30
2 g
So, the power consumed by the load is 24 kW.
1 i3 2 47. From the diagram
=
2 g2 is
3/2
1 (2)
= = 141.4 N Is
2 0.1 0.1
So, the magnitude of mechanical force is 141.4 N.
43. Given, 415 V, 3-phase, connected induction
motor (Ist)line = 120A at rated voltage.
Vt
at, V = 110 V, i.e. reduced voltage Ton
T
Ist = x(Ist)rated
SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2) 17
Vo 1 50. Damping ratio
= = 0.5
Vs 1
where Vo = 400 V Undamped natural frequency
Vs = 360 V n = 10 rad/sec
Steady state output to a unit step input
400 1
= Css = 1.02
360 1
= 0.1 Hence steady state error = 1.02 – 1.00
Vs Is = Power ess = 0.02
360 Is = 4000 Required characteristics equation is,
Is = 11.1 A s2 2n s n2 = 0
Neglecting ripple in is,
s2 2 0.5 10 s 100 = 0
12
T s2 10 s 100 = 0
Iswitch (rms) = I s on
T From options, if we take option (b)
= Is 11.1 0.1 then Css = lim s.C(s)
s 0
= 3.5 A
1 102
Hence, the rms current in the solid state is 3.5A. = lim s 2
s 0 s s 10 s 100
48. Given that, Css = 1.02
Is
Hence the transfer function of a system
1.02
is 2 .
Vc1
Is X s s 10s 100
51. Given the transformer supplies at 11 kV, load is
8 MW, 0.8 Pf lagging
P = Vs Is p.f. (p.f. = power factor)
V ph
I ph
Y
5 10 = 220 Is 1 =
3
Is = 22.72 A
V ph Y
I ph
Vph Y
I X
tan = s s Y
(Iph) = I ph
Vs Vph
22.72 2 50 5 103 11
= tan 1
220
I ph 3
1 : 10 3
= tan–1 (0.16)
Vph Y
=
110
So, the ratio of phase currents in delta side to
= 9.21 star side is 1 : 10 3 .
So, the phase shift is 9.21. 52. Given, the gain at breakaway point
49. Given linear time invariant system Open loop transfer function
x = Ax
Ks
Eigne values are 1 and 2 OLTF G(s) =
(s 1)(s 4)
We can write, Now, characteristics equation is
e1t 0 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
(t) = 2t
0 e Ks
Response due to initial conditions, 1 = 0
(s 1)(s 4)
x(t) = (t) · x(0)
Ks + (s2 + 5s + 4) = 0
e 1 t
0
x(t) =
0 2t
e 0
t
= e 1
K =
s 2
5s 4 = s 5 4
s s
1 t
The response x(t) of the system is e
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2016 (SET - 2)
For break away point : Fault current,
dK If = 3 Ia
=0 1
ds 3
dK 4 =
= 1 0 2 0 0.2 0.15 0.15
ds s
3
we get s =2 =
0.50
Therefore valid break away point is
If = 6 p.u.
s = 2,
So, the value of fault current is 6 p.u.
Now gain at s = 2 is
54. From given data
Product of distances from all
Number of revolutions = 20
the poles to break away point
K = Time required = 305
Product of distance from all
Meter constant = 1200 rev/kWh
the zeros to break away point
20 3600
1 2 Ploss = = 2 kW
Gain, K = 1 1200 30
2
So, the total power loss is 2 kW.
Hence the value of K is 1.
55. From the given question
53. From the given question it is clear which has been
1
given below is
From the figure
Voltage induced = Em dI
0
(where Em is induced electric field)
= Em · volts
j 0.4 j 0.4
Since voltage induced = 1 V
+ +
~ –
1 0 ~ –
1 0 So, Em = 1 V/m
As we know Em = V B
Ia 1 where V = (radius of path) (angular velocity)
j 0.3 j 0.3
B = magnetic flux density
1V
= (V 1 Tesla)
m
j 0.15 v = 1 m/sec
j 0.15
v = r
= 1 m/sec
Since r = 1 m,
So = 1 rad/sec
j 0.2
Now from this we get
+
~ – 1 0 N
= 2
60
= 1 rad/sec
Ia 1
30
j 0.15 N= 9.55 revolutions per minute
Hence, the speed of the conductor is 9.55 r.p.m.
j 0.15
SOLVED PAPER – 2015
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Set - 1
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA)
(Q. 1–5) : Carry One Mark Each (Q. 6–10) : Carry Two Marks Each
1. Which of the following combinations is incorrect? 6. The given statement is folslowed by some courses
(a) Acquiescence – Submission of action. Assuming the statement to be true,
decide the correct option.
(b) Wheedle – Roundabout
Statement:
(c) Flippancy – Lightness
There has been a significant drop in the water
(d) Profligate – Extravagant level in the lakes supplying water to the city.
2. Given set A = {2, 3, 4, 5} and Set B = {11, 12, 13, Course of action:
14, 15}, two numbers are randomly selected, one
from each set. What is probability that the sum I. The water supply authority should impose a
of the two numbers equals 16 ? partial cut in supply to tackle the situation.
(a) 0.20 (b) 0.25 II. The government should appeal to all the
residents through mass media for minimal use
(c) 0.30 (d) 0.33
of water.
3. Which of the following options is the closest in
III. The government should ban the water supply
meaning to the sentence below?
in lower areas.
She enjoyed herself immensely at the party.
(a) Statements I and II follow.
(a) She had a terrible time at the party.
(b) Statements I and III follow.
(b) She had a horrible time at the party.
(c) Statements II and III follow.
(c) She had a terrific time at the party
(d) All statements follow.
(d) She had a terrifying time at the party
7. The number of students in a class who have
4. Based on the given statements, select the most answered correctly, wrongly, or not attempted
appropriate option to solve the given question. each question in an exam, are listed in the table
If two floors in a certain building are 9 feet apart, below. The marks for each question are also listed.
how many steps are there in a set of stairs that There is no negative or partial marking.
extends from the first floor to the second floor of
the building? Answered Answered Not
Q. NO. Marks
Correctly Wrongly Attempted
Statements:
1 2 21 17 6
I. Each step is ¾ foot high.
2 3 15 27 2
II. Each step is 1 foot wide.
3 1 11 29 4
(a) Statement I alone is sufficient, but 4 2 23 18 3
statement II alone is not sufficient.
5 5 31 12 1
(b) Statement II alone is sufficient, but statementI
alone is not sufficient. What is the average of the marks obtained by the
class in the examination?
(c) Both statements together are sufficient, but
neither statement alone is sufficient. (a) 2.290 (b) 2.970
(d) Statement I and II together are not sufficient. (c) 6.795 (d) 8.795
5. Didn’t you buy _______ when you went shopping? 8. The pie chart below has the breakup of the
number of students from different departments
(a) any paper
in an engineering college for the year 2012. The
(b) much paper proportion of male to female students in each
(c) no paper department is 5 : 4. There are 40 males in
(d) a few paper Electrical Engineering. What is the difference
between numbers of female students in the Civil
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1)
department and the female students in the The power absorbed (in Watt) by the loop from
Mechanical department? the magnetic field is __________.
10 cm
Electrical
20%
Computer
Mechanical Science 5 cm
10% 20%
Civile
30%
3. If the sum of diagonal elements of a 2 2 matrix
is – 6, then the maximum possible value of
9. Select the alternative meaning of the underlined determinant of matrix is .
part of the sentence. 4. When the Wheatstone bridge shown is used to find
The chain snatchers took to their heels when the value of resistance Rx , the Galvanometer G
police party arrived. indicates zero current when R1 = 50, R2 = 65 & R3
(a) took shelter in a thick jungle = 100. If R3 is known with 5% tolerance on its
(b) open indiscriminate fire nominal value of 100, what is range of Rx in ohms?
(c) took to flight R1 R2
(d) unconditionally surrendered
G
10. The probabilities that a student passes in
Mathematics, Physics and Chemistry are m, p R3 Rx
and c respectively. Of these subjects, the student
has 75% chance of passing in at least one, a 50%
chance of passing in at least two and a 40% chance + –
of passing in exactly two. Following relations are
drawn in m, p.c: V
27 (a) [123.5, 136.5] (b) [125.898, 134.12]
I. p + m + c =
20 (c) [117, 143] (d) [120.25, 139.75]
13 5. For a given circuit the thevenin equivalent is to
II. p + m + c =
20 be determined. The thevenin voltage VTh(in volts),
1 seen from terminal AB is .
III. (p) (m) (c) = 20i
10 1
(a) Only relation I is true. – + A
(b) Only relation II is true.
(c) Relations II and III are true. 2V 1 i 2
(d) Relations I and III are true.
TECHNICAL SECTION
B
(Q. 1–5) : Carry One Mark Each 6. The impulse response g(t) of a system, G, is as
1. A moving average function is given by shown in Figure (a). What is the maximum value
attained by the impulse response of two cascaded
1 t
T tT
y(t) = u()d. If input u is sinusoidal signal of blocks of G as shown in Figure (b)?
g (t )
1
frequency Hz then in steady state the output 1
2T
y will lag u (in degrees) by . G G
t
2. Consider a one-turn rectangular loop of wire place 0 1
in a uniform magnetic field as shown in the figure. (a ) (b )
The plane of the loop is perpendicular to the field 2 3
(a) (b)
lines. The resistance of the loop is 0.4, and its 3 4
inductance is negligible. The magnetic flux density 4
(in Tesla) is a function of time, and is given by (c) (d) 1
5
B(t) = 0.25 sint, where = 2 50 radian/second.
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1) 3
S L
7. Base load power plants are
P wind farms 3
20V +
Q run-of-river plants – +
5V
R nuclear power plants –
S diesel power plants 13. If a continuous function f(x) does not have a root
in the interval [a, b]. Then which one of the
(a) P, Q & S only (b) P, R & S only
following statement is TRUE ?
(c) P, Q & R only (d) Q and R only
(a) f(a).f(b) = 0 (b) f(a).f(b) < 0
8. Of the four characteristic given below, what are (c) f(a).f(b) > 0 (d) f(a)/f(b) 0
major requirements for an instrument amplifier?
14. The primary mmf is least affected by the
P: high common mode rejection ratio
secondary terminal conditions in a
Q: high input impedance (a) power transformer
R: high linearity (b) potential transformer
S: high output impedance (c) current transformer
(a) P,Q & R only (b) P & R only (d) distribution transformer.
(c) P, Q & S only (d) Q, R & S only 15. Consider a HVDC link whcih uses thyristor based
9. A random variable X has probability density line-cooutated converters as shown in the figure.
function f(x) as given below. For a power flow of 750 MW from System 1 to
System2, the voltages at the two ends, and the
a bx 0 x1 current, are given by : V1 = 500kV, V2 = 485kV
f (x ) = and I = 1.5kA. If the direction of power flow is to
0 otherwise
be reversed (that is, from System 2 to System1)
2
If the expected value E[X] = , then Pr[X < 0.5] without changing the electrical connections, then
3 which one of the following combinations id
is .
feasible ?
1 I
10. Consider a function f = 2 rˆ, where r is distance
r + + V1 = 560kV
from origin and r̂ is unit vector. The divergence V1 V2 V2 = 485kV
of this function over a sphere of radius R, which – – I = 15kA
includes origin is.
(a) 0 (b) 2 If power is to be reversed
(c) 4 (d) R. (a) V1 = – 500kV, V2 = – 485kV and I = 1.5kA
11. A separately excited DC generator has an (b) V1 = – 485kV, V2 = – 500kV and I = 1.5kA
armature resistance of 0.1 and negligible (c) V1 = 500kV, V2 = 485kV and O = –1.5kA
armature inductance. At rated field current and (d) V1 = –500kV, V2 = – 485kV and I = – .5kA
rated rotor speed its open-circuit voltage is 200V.
16. An inductor is connected in parallel with a
When this generator is operated at half the rated capacitor as shown in the figure.
speed, with half the rated field current, an
un-charged 1000 F capacitor is suddenly
connected across the armature terminals. Assume i L
that the speed remains unchanged during the
transient. At what time (in microsecond) after C Z
the capacitor is connected will the voltage across
it reach 25V ? As the frequency of current i is increased, the
(a) 62.25 (b) 69.3 impedance (Z) of the network varies as
(c) 73.25 (d) 77.3 Inductive
Inductive
12. In the following chopper duty ratio of switch S is
0.4. If the inductor and capacitor are sufficiently Z
Z
large to ensure continuous inductor current and f f
(a) (b)
ripple free capacitor voltage, the charging current
(in Ampere) of the 5V battery, under steady-state, Capacitive
Capacitive
is .
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1)
20. A Bode magnitude plot for the transfer function
Inductive
G(s) of a plant is shown in the figure. Which one
Capacitive
of the following transfer functions best describes
Inductive the plant?
Z Z
(c) (d) f
f
Capacitive
20 log|G(j2f )
20
17. For the signal–flow graph shown in the figure, 0
which one of the following expressions is equal –20
Y(s)
to the transfer function X (s) . 0.1 1 10 100 1k 10k 100k f (Hz)
2 X ( s) 0 1
X1(s) X2(s) 1000( s 10) 10(s 10)
(a) (b)
s 1000 s(s 1000)
1 G1 G2
Y(s)
s 1000 s 1000
(c) (d)
10 s(s 10) 10(s 10)
–1
21. In the 4 1 multiplexer, the output F is given by
–1 F = A B. Find required inputs I3I2I1I0.
G1 G2
(a) (b)
1 G 2 (1 G1 ) 1 G1 (1 G 2 ) I0
G1 G2
I1
(c) (d)
1 G1G 2 1 G1G 2 4×1
F
18. The voltage developed across the 3 and 2 MUX
I2
resistors shown in the figure are 6V and 2V
respectively, with the polarity as marked. What I3
is the power (in Watt) delivered by the 5V voltage S1 S0
source ?
6v
– +
A B
3
(a) 1010 (b) 0110
+ 2v –
Network 1 Network 2
(c) 1000 (d) 1110
5 22. In the given circuit the silicon transistor has
= 75 collector voltage VC = 9V. The ratio of
+
RB and RC is .
– 5v
15V
(a) 5 (b) 7
(c) 10 (d) 14 RC
RB
19. The self inductance of the primary winding of a VC
single phase, 50 Hz, transformer is 800 mH, and
that of the secondary winding is 600 mH. The
mutual inductance between these two windings
is 480 mH. The secondary winding of this
transformer is short circuited and the primary
winding is connected to a 50 Hz, single phase,
sinusoidal voltage source. The current flowing in
23. A(0–50A) moving coil ammeter has a
both the winding is less than their respective rated
currents. The resistance of both windings can be voltage drop of 0.1V across its terminals at
neglected. In this connection, what is the effective full scale deflection. The external shunt
inductance (in mH) seen by the source? resistance (in milliohms) needed to extend its
(a) 416 (b) 440 range to (0 – 500A) is .
(c) 200 (d) 920
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1) 5
24. Consider the circuit shown in the figure. In this 27. Two players A and B, alternately keep rolling a
circuit R = 1k, and C = 1F. The input voltage is fair dice. The person to get a ‘six’ first wins the
sinusoidal with a frequency of 50 Hz, represented game. Given that player A starts the game, the
as phasor with magnitude Vi and phase angle probability that A wins the game is .
0 radian as shown in the figure. The output
voltage is represented as a phasor with (a) 5 11
magnitude V0 and phase angle radian. What is
the value of output phase angle (in radian) (b) 1 2
relative to the phase angle of the input voltage?
R (c) 7 13
C
(d) 6 11
–
v i = Vi 0 v o = Vo
+ 28. The circuit shown in meant to supply a resistive
C
R
load RL from two separate DC voltage sources.
The switches S1 and S2 are controlled so that only
one of them is ON at any instant. S1 is turned on
for 0.2 ms and S2 is turned on for 0.3 ms in a
(a) 0 (b) 0.5 ms switching cycle time period. Assuming
continuous conduction of the inductor current and
(c) (d) –
2 2 negligible ripple on the capacitor voltage, the
25. A steady current I is flowing in the –x direction output voltage Vo (inVolt) across RL is ________.
through each of two infinitely long wires at S1
L L
y as shown in the figure.
2 +
S2 RL
The permeability of the medium is 0. The C Vo
10V +
–
+ 5V
– –
B – field at (0, L, 0) is
40 I z 29. Determine the correctness or otherwise of the
(a) zˆ following Assertion [a] and the Reason [r].
3L
Assertion: Fast decoupled load flow method gives
40 I approximate load flow solution because it uses
(b) zˆ y = – L/2 y = L/2
3L several assumptions.
(c) 0 0
Current=I Current=I Reason: Accuracy depends on the power
30 I mismatch vector tolerance.
(d) zˆ x
(a) Both [a] and [r] are true and [r] is the correct
4 L
reason for [a].
26. Consider a discrete time signal given by
(b) Both [a] and [r] are true and [r] is not the
x[n] = (–0.25)n u[n] + (0.5)n u[ – n – 1]
correct reason for [a].
The region of convergence of its Z-transform would
(c) Both [a] and [r] are false.
be
(d) [a] is false and [r] is true.
(a) the region inside the circle of radius 0.5 and
centered at origin. 30. In the given circuit parameter k is positive and
power dissipated in 2 resistor is 12.5W. The
(b) the region outside the circle of radius 0.25 and
value of k is .
centered at origin.
(c) the annular region between the two circles, 2 5
both centered at origin and having radii 0.25 V0
and 0.5. 10
(d) the entire Z plane. 4V 5A
kV0
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1)
31. In the signal flow diagram given in the figure, u1 34. The figure shown a digital circuit constructed
and u2 are possible inputs whereas y1 and y2 are using negative edge triggered J-K flip flops.
possible outputs.When would the SISO system Assume a starting state of Q2Q1Q0 = 000. This
derived from this diagram be controlable and state Q 2Q 1Q 0=000 will repeat after
observable ? number of cycles of the clock CLK
5
1 J0 Q0 J1 Q1 J2 Q2
Clk Clock
1 Q0 1 K
1 K0 Q0 K1 2 Q2
u1 x1 y1
1/s
1
35. The signum function is given by
1
x
;x 0
u2 2
x2 sgn(x) = x
1/s 0 ; x 0
1 –1 y2
The fourier series expansion of sgn(cos(t)) has
1 (a) only sine terms with all harmonics
(a) When u1 is the only input and y1 is the only (b) only cosine terms with all harmonics
output
(c) only sine terms with even numbered harmonics
(b) When u2 is the only input and y1 is the only
(d) only cosine terms with odd numbered harmonics
output
36. A DC motor has the following specifications: 10hp,
(c) When u1 is the only input and y2 is the only
37.5 A, 230V; flud/pole = 0.01Wb, number of
output
poles = 4, number of conductors = 666, number
(d) When u2 is the only input and y2 is the only of parallel paths = 2. Armature resistance
output = 0.267. The armature reaction is negligible and
32. In a linear two-port network, when 10 V is applied rotationallosses are 600W. The motor operates
to Port 1, a current of 4 A flows through Port from a 230V DC supply. If the motor runs at
2 when it is short-circuited. When 5V is applied 1000 rpm, the output torque produced in (in Nm)
to Port1, a current of 1.25 A flows through a 1 is
resistance connected across Port 2. When 3V is
applied to Port 1, then current (in Ampere) Y(s)
37. Find the transfer function of the system
through a 2 resistance connected across X(s)
Port 2 is _________. given below.
+
33. A self commutating switch SW, operated at duty G1
cycle is used to control the load voltage as shown –
+
in the figure.
X(s) H Y(s)
VL D Y(s) +
–
+
L G2
Vdc SW RL
C VC G1 G2 G1 G2
(a) 1 HG 1 HG (b) 1 HG 1 HG
1 2 1 2
G1 G 2 G1 G 2
Under steady state operating conditions, the (c) (d)
1 H(G1 G 2 ) 1 H(G1 G 2 )
average voltage across the inductor and the
38. The transfer function of a second order real
capacitor respectively, are system with a perfectly flat magnitude response
1 of unity has a pole at (2 – j3). List all the poles
(a) VL = and VC = Vdc
1 and zeroes.
1
(b) VL = Vdc and VC = Vdc (a) Poles at (2 ± j3), no zeroes
2 1
(b) Poles at (±2 – j3), one zero at origin
1
(c) VL = 0 and VC = Vdc (c) Poles at (2 – j3), (– 2 + j3), zeroes at (– 2 – j3),
1
(2 + j3)
(d) VL = Vdc and VC = Vdc (d) Poles at (2 ± j3), zeroes at (–2 ± j3)
2 1
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1) 7
39. Two single-phase transformers T1 and T2 each 43. The open loop poles of a third order unity feedback
rated at 500 kVA are operated in parallel. system are at 0, –1, –2. Let the frequency
Percentage impedances of T1 & T2 are (1 + j6) and corresponding to the point where the root locus of
(0.8 + j4.8) respectively. To share a load of the system transits to unstable region be K. Now
1000 kVA at 0.8 lagging power factor, the suppose we introduce a zero in the open loop
transfer function at –3, while keeping all the earlier
contribution of T2 (in kVA) is .
open loop poles intact. Which one of the following
40. A parallel plate capacitor is partially filled with is TRUE about the point where the root locus of
glass of dielectric constant 4.0 as shown below. the modified system transits to unstable region?
The dielectric strengths of air and glass are (a) It corresponds to a frequency greater than K
30 kV/cm and 300 kV/cm, respectively. The (b) It corresponds to a frequency less than K
maximum voltage (in kilovolts), which can be (c) It corresponds to a frequency K
applied across the capacitor without any (d) Root locus of modified system never transits
breakdown, is _______. to unstable region
44. A 200/400V, 50 Hz, two-winding transformer is
Air, r = 1.0
rated at 20 kVA. Its windings are connected as an
5mm auto-transformer of rating 200/600V. A resistive
10mm load of 12 is connected to the high voltage (600V)
side of the auto-transformer. The value of
Glass, r = 4.0 equivalent load resistance (in Ohm) as seen from
low voltage side is _________.
41. A sustained three-phase fault occurs in the power 45. Consider the economic dispatch problem for a
system shown in the figure. The current and power plant having two generating units. The fuel
costs in Rs/MWh along with the generation limits
voltage phasors during the fault (on a common
for the two units are given below:
reference), after the natural transients have died
down, are also shown. Where is the fault located? C1 (P1) = 0.01P12 30P1 10 ; 100MW
P1 150MW
I1 I3
V1 Transmission line V2 C2 (P2) = 0.05P22 10P2 10 ; 100MW P2 180MW
Q S The incremental cost (in Rs/MWh) of the power
P Transmission line plant when it supplies 200 MW is _____.
I2
R
I4
46. An unbalaced DC Wheatstone bridge is shown in
the figure. At what value of p will the magnitude
V2
of V0 be maximum?
V1
I3
(a) 1 x
I2
I1 (b) (1 + x)
I4
1
(a) Location P (c)
(1 x)
(b) Location Q
(c) Location R
(d) 1 – x
(d) Location S
42. The maximum value of "a" such that the matrix 47. A separately excited DC motor runs at 1000 rpm
on no load when its armature terminals are
3 0 2 connected to a 200V DC source and the rated
voltage is applied to the field winding. The
1 –1 0 has three linearly independent armature resistance of this motor is 1. The
0 a 2
no-load armature current is negligible. With the
real eigenvectors is motor developing its full load torque, the
armature voltage is set so that the rotor speed is
2 1 500 rpm. When the load torque is reduced to 50%
(a) (b)
3 3 3 3 of the full load value under the same armature
1 2 3 1 3
voltage conditions, the speed rises to 520 rpm.
(c) (d) Neglecting the rotational losses, the full load
3 3 3 3 armature current (in Ampere) is _______.
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1)
48. A solution of ordinary differential equation L
+
2
d y 5dy +
6 y 0 is such that y (0) = 2 and +
Full Bridge
R
dt2 dt –
Vn C Vo
Vin VSI –
1 3e dy –
y(1) = 3 . The value of (0) is .
e dt
For the given 1-phase, full bridge VSI, switching
49. The op-amp shown in the figure has a finite gain frequency is 50 kHz and single pulse modulated
A = 1000 and an infinite input resistance. A step- with modulation index m = 0.7. The fundamental
voltage Vi = 1 mV is applied at the input at time output voltage is .
t = 0 as shown. Assuming that the operational
53. f(A,B,C,D) = m (0,1,3,4,5,7,9,11,12,13,14,15) is a
amplifier is not saturated, the time constant
maxterm representation of a Boolean function
(in millisecond) of the output voltage Vo is
f(A,B,C,D) where A is the MSB and D is the LSB.
C
The equivalent minimized representation of this
R 1F function is
–
Vi 1k A=1000 (a) (A C D)(A B D)
+ +
1mV +
– Vo (b) ACD ABD
–
t =0s (c) ACD ABCD ABCD
(a) 1001 (b) 101 (d) (B C D)(A B C D)(A B C D)
(c) 11 (d) 1 54. A 50Hz generating unit has H-constant of
50. A 3-phase 50 Hz square wave (6-step) VSI feeds a 2 MJ/MVA. The machine is initially operating in
3-phase, 4 pole induction motor. The VSI line steady state at synchronous speed, and producing
1 pu of real power. The initial value of the rotor
voltage has a dominant 5th harmonic component.
If the operating slip of the motor with respect to angle is 5, when a bolted three phase to ground
fundamental component voltage is 0.04, the slip short circuit fault occurs at the terminal of the
of the motor with respect to 5 th harmonic generator. Assuming the input mechanical power
component of voltage is ________. to remain at 1 pu, the value of in degrees, 0.02
second after the fault is ________.
51. An 8 bit unipolar successive approximation
register type ADC is used to convert 3.5V to digital 55. The circuit shown in figure has two sources
equal output. The reference voltage is +5V. The connected in series. The instantaneous
output of ADC at end of 3rd clock pulse after the voltage of AC source (in volt) is given by
start of conversion is . v(t) = 12sin t. If the circuit is in steady-state,
then the rms value of current (in Ampere) flowing
(a) 1010 0000 (b) 1000 0000 in circuit is .
(c) 0000 0001 (d) 0000 0011
52. The single-phase full-bridge voltage source
inverter (VSI), shown in figure, has an output v(t) 1
frequency of 50Hz. It uses unipolar pulse width
modulation with switching frequency of 50kHz
and modulation index of 0.7. For Vm =100V DC, +
L = 9.55mH, C = 63.66 mF, and R = 5W, the 8v 1H
–
amplitude of the fundamental component in the
output voltage V0 (in volt) under steady-state is
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1) 9
ANSWERS
GENERAL APTITUDE
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (a) 5. (a) 6. (a)
7. (c) 8. (32) 9. (c) 10. (d)
TECHNICAL SECTION
1. (90) 2. (0.192) 3. (9) 4. (a) 5. (3.36) 6. (d)
7. (c) 8. (a) 9. (0.25) 10. (c) 11. (b) 12. (1)
13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (a)
19. (a) 20. (d) 21. (b) 22. (105.1) 23. (0.22 to 0.23) 24. (d)
25. (a) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (7) 29. (d) 30. (0.5)
31. (b) 32. (0.545) 33. (a) 34. (6) 35. (d) 36. (57 to 58)
37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (555) 40. (18.75) 41. (b) 42. (b)
43. (d) 44. (1.3 to 1.4) 45. (20) 46. (a) 47. (8) 48. (–3)
49. (a) 50. (1.16 to 1.22) 51. (a) 52. (60 to 64) 53. (a) 54. (5.7 to 6.1)
55. (10)
EXPLANATIONS
G ENERAL APTITUDE Total number of students in Electrical Engg. = 72
20% = 72
2. Here the given sets are
30% = Total number of students in Civil Engg.
A = {2, 3, 4, 5}
Total number of students in Civil Engg.
and B = {11, 12, 13, 14, 15}
desired outcome = {(2, 14), (3, 13), (4, 12), (5, 11)} 30 72
= = 36 × 3 = 108
n(E) = 4 20
and total outcome = 4 5 = 20 Number of female students in Civil Engg.
n(s) = 20
4 108
Probability of an event =
9
n(E) 4 1
= = = = 0.2 = 4 × 12 = 48
n(s) 20 5
Now, total number of students in Mechanical Engg.
7. Total number of students in class = 44
Average of marks, 10 72
= = 36
(2 21) (3 15) (1 11) (2 23) (5 31) 20
=
42 Number of female students in Mechanical Engg.
42 45 11 46 155 299
= = 6.795 4 36
44 44 = = 16
9
Option (c) is correct.
8. According to question, Difference between female students in Civil
and Mechanical departments
There are 40 males in Electrical Engg.
= 48 – 16 = 32
Total number of females in Electrical Engg.
= 72 – 40 = 32
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1)
TECHNICAL SECTION Value of RX if R3 = 95
1. u() = sin () 65 95
RX = = 123.5
1 50
= 2f = 2.
2T Value of RX if R3 = 105
T =
65 105
1
t
cos()
t T RX = =136.5
y(t) = sin()d 50
T tT T t
Range of RX in ohms = 123.5, 136.5
1
= [cos ( t T) cos t]
(i + I1) 1 20i
1 –+ A
= [cos t cos T sin t sin T cos t]
5. I1
2 2
y(t) = cos t sin(90 t)
2V 1 2
x(t) = sin t i
= 90
2 B
Vemf
2. P= Apply KVL
R
d 2 = 1 i I1 1i
Vemf =
dt 2 = 2i + I1 ...(i)
1
= B.dS B.S.
S 800
sin t 2 = 1 i I1 20i 2I1
d 1 2 = – 19i + 3I1 ...(ii)
Vemf = cos t
dt 8 Solving equations, (i) & (ii)
2 1 I1 = 1.68 Amp
p= cos2 t
64 R Thevenin’s voltage,
2 1 cos 2t Vth = 2I1 volt = 2 1.68
p=
0.4 64
2 Vth = 3.36 volt
2 2 g(t)
pavg = cos 2 t 6.
20 0.4 64 0.4 64 2
2
pavg = = 0.192 W 1
20 0.4 64
3. Sum of the diagonals elements is – 6 for 2 2
matrix The possible eigen value are
0 1
1, 5 5, 1 8,2
2, 3 4, 2 9,3 Impulse Response
G G H(s)
3, 1 3, 3 10,4
Maximum possible value of determinant is Impulse Response,
– 3 – 3 = 9. H(s) = G(s) · G(s) ...(i)
4. For balanced wheat stone bridge Taking Inverse Laplace transform both sides,
R1RX = R2R3 h(t) = g(t) g(t) ...(ii)
R 2R3 where g(t) = u(t) – u(t – 1)
RX = ...(i)
R1
h(t) = u(t) u(t 1) u(t) u(t 1)
R3 has tolerance of 5%
= u(t) u(t) – u(t) u(t – 1)
Value of R3 can be = 100 5% of 100
– u(t) u (t – 1) + u(t – 1) u(t – 1)
= 100 5 = 95, 105 = r(t) – r(t – 1) – r(t – 1) + r(t – 2)
h(t) = r(t) – 2r (t – 1) + r(t – 2)
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1) 11
h(t) 13. From intermediate value theroem,
1 If f(a) f(b) < 0 then f(x) will posses one root in (a, b)
Thus for continuous function f(x) which do not
have a root in (a, b), the condition should be
f(a) f(b) > 0
0 1 2 t
14. The primary mmf is least affected by the secondary
terminal conditions in a current transformer. It
Therefore, Maxm value of Impulse Response
is required for voltage stability.
h( t) max 1
15. I
7. Base Load power plants are + +
(i) Wind farms V1 V2
(ii) Run of river plants – –
(iii)Nuclear power plants
V1 V2
8. Major requirement for an Instrumention I=
R
Amplifier
For power to be reversed
(i) High Common Mode Rejection Ratio
V2 V1
(ii) High Input Impedance I= ( Ve)
R
(iii) High Linearity
V1 = – 485kV
V2 = – 500kV
9.
f ( x) dx =1
I = 1.5kA
1
16. L
So 0
(a bx)dx = 1
i
b
a =1
2 C
2a + b = 2 ... (1) Since both the impedances are in parallel
given E[X] = 2/3
Z1Z 2
1 Z=
= 0 x[ a bx]dx Z1 Z2
where Z1 = jXL = jL
2 a b
=
3 2 3 j
Z2 = – jXc =
3a + 2b = 4 (2) c
j
from (1) and (2) jL L
a= 0 c C
Z = =
j 2 LC 1
b= 2 j L j
0.5 0.5
c c
pr[X < 0.5] =
0
f ( x) dx 2
0
x dx 0.25
N2 2 0.5N1 0.51 L C
Eb 2
Z = j 2 = j
11.
Eb1
=
N1 1 N1 51
LC 1
2 1
LC
Eb2 = 0.25 Eb1 = 0.25 200 = 50
Resonant frequency of the circuit
= R C = 0.1 1000
1
50 = 5000e–t/100 10
–6
r = rad/sec
LC
= 69.3 sec
1
12. V0 = DVS = 0.4 20 = 8 V Case (i) : If <
LC
V0 – E 8 5 3
I0 = = 1A
R 3 3 Z = j c
Inductive
1
2
LC
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1)
18. – 6V +
1
C ase (ii) : If >
I1
LC 3
I2 + 2V –
N/w N/w
c 1 2 2
Z = –j Capacitive
2 1 I3
LC – 5V +
Note : It is infinite at Resonant frequency (Source)
1 V 6
Z at r = I1 = = = 2 Amp
R 3
LC
2
Inductive I2 = = 1 Amp
2
z
Apply KCL,
I1 = I 2 + I 3
2 = 1 + I3
O wr(fr) f I3 = 1 Amp
Power delivered by 5V source,
Capacitive
P = V I3 = 5 1
P = 5 watts
17. X2(s)
X1(s) 19.
1 G1 G2 Y(s)
–1 –1
when X 1(s) = 0 V1 2 M2
Zin = = (R1 + jX1)
I1 R 2 jX 2 Z L
X2(s)
1 G1 G2 Y(s) Given, L1 = 800 mH
L2 = 600 mH
M = 480 mH
–1 –1 W = 314 rad/sec
Forward path gain, ZL = 0
P1 = G2 R1 R2 neglected
2 M2 j X – M
2 2
Loop gain,
Zin = jX 1 = 1 jX 2
L 1 = –G 1 jX 2
L 2 = –G 1 G 2 314 2 0.482
= j 314 0.8
= 1 – (L 1 + L 2) + L 1L 2 0.6 314
= 1 + G 1+ G 1G 2 L1 L 2 0 = j[251.32 – 120.576]
= 1 + G 1(1 + G 2) = j|30.744 = jw Leff = j314.Leff
Transfer function, Leff = 0.416 = 416 mH
Y(s) P1 1 20. Initial slope is zero
=
G 2 ( s) It is type ‘0’ system
G 2 .1 (No pole at origin)
= 1 1
1 G1 (1 G 2 ) Starting gain = 20 log K db
Y(s) G2 20 log K = 20
G 2 (s) G 1 G1 (1 G 2 ) K = 10
1 ( s) 0
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1) 13
Given T/F 6
76IB = ...( i )
s RC
s + 1000 1000 1
G(s) = = 1000 9 0.7
10(s 10) 8.3
s IB = = ...( ii )
10 10 1 RB RB
10
Equation ( i )/Equation ( ii ),
s
10 1 6
1000 76IB RC 6 RB
G(s) = =
s IB 8.3 R C 8.3
1 10 RB
RB 76 8.3
= = 105.1
21. RC 6
I0
RB
105.13
I1 RC
4×1
F 23. 50 Amp
MUX
I2
I3
s1 s 0 (0–50)A 0.1 V
A B
Voltage drop across its terminals at full scale
We know that, deflection = 0.1 volt
for 4 1 MUX 450 A 500 A
F = A.B.I0 + AB.I1 + A.B.I2 + A.B.I 3 50 Amp
But required output Rsh
0.1 V
F = A B = AB + AB
Therefore
I0 = I 3 = 0
450 × Rsh = 0.1
I1 = I 2 = 1
0.1
Required I/P Rsh = = 0.22 m
450
I 3I2I1I 0 = 0110
15 volt
Required shunt resistance,
22.
IC + IB Rsh= 0.22m
RB RC
IB
VC = 9 volt 25.
IC
= 75
VBE = 0.7 volt
H = H1 + H 2
1 1
= ( a z ) ( az )
2(L/2) 3L
2
I C = BI B 2
I C = 75 I B 1 2 2
= (az )
I C + I B = 75 I B + I B = 76I B 2 L 3L
15 9 4I
IC + IB = = ( az )
RC 3L
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1)
26. x[n] = (–0.25)n u[n] + (0.5)n u[– n – 1] Now according to question, A starts the game
= x1[n] + x2[n] Probability that A will win the game
x1[n] = (–0.25)n u[n] (+ve sided sequence) = P(A) P(A).P(B).P(A)
z z
x1[z] =
z – (–0.25) z 0.25 P(A)P(B)P(A)P(B)P(A) ...
Im z-plane 1 5 5 1 5 5 5 5 1
= ...
6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Rc 1 1 1 36
= 6 2
5 =
– 0.2
5 1 6 36 25
6
6
ROC1 : =
11
|z| > |–0.25|
|z| > 0.25 28.
x2[n] = (0.5)n u[–n –1]
(–ve sided sequence)
z
x2(z) =
z – 0.5
Im z-plane
10V
Rc
0.5 5V
0.2 0.2 t(msec)
ROC2 :
|z| < |0.5| 10 0.2 5 0.3
V0 = = 7V
|z| < 0.5 0.5
Therefore required ROC for given signal I 2 5
30.
0.5 | z| 0.25 + V –
0
27. The person who get ‘six’ first win the game 10
4 volt +
Probability of getting ‘6’ as outcome is throw 5 Amp
–
1 KV0
of dice =
6
1
i.e. Probability of A wins the game P(A) = Power dissipated in 2
6
P = I2R
Probability the A do not win the game
12.5 = I2 × 2
1 5
P(A) = 1 – I = 2.5 Amp
6 6 V0 = I × 2 = 2.5 × 2
Similarly
V0 = 5 volt
1 Apply KCL,
Probability of B win the game P(B) =
6 I + KV0 = 5
Probability that B do not win the game 2.5 + K × 5 = 5
1 5 K 0.5
P(B) = 1 –
6 6
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1) 15
32. Case (i):
I2 = 4 Amp Cost
Two Port +ve +ve
V1 = 10V V2 = 0
Network +ve
(S/C)
t
We know that, –ve –ve
I2 = Y21V1 + Y22V2
4 = Y21 × 10 + Y22 × 0 Sgn (cost)
1
4
Y21 = 0.4
10
Case (ii): t
1.25 Amp
–1
–
V1 = 5V Two Port 1
Network + V2 = –1.25 volt
It is even function and show half wave
symmetry. It contains only cosine term with
I2 = Y21V1 + Y22V2 odd numbered harmonics.
1.25 = 0.4 × 5 + Y22 (–1.25)
a0 0
– 0.75 = – 1.25 Y22
bn 0
Y22 0.6
0; n even
Case (iii): an =
0;
n odd
I2
Sgn(Cost) = a1cos t + a3cos3t + a5cos5t + ...
–
V1 = 3V Two Port 2 V2 = –2I2 Y 1(s)
Network + 37. + G1
–
+
X(s) H Y(s)
I2 = Y21V1 + Y22V2 Y(s) +
I2 = 0.4(3) + 0.6 (–2I2)
–
+ G2
I2 = 1.2 – 1.2I2
Y 2(s)
2.2I2 = 1.2
Y(s) = Y1(s) + Y2(s)
1.2
I2 = Y1(s) = (X – HY)G1 = XG1 – HG1Y
2.2
Y2(s) = (X – HY)G2 = XG2 – HG2Y
I 2 0.545 Amp
Y(s) = XG1 – HG1Y + XG2 – HG2Y
34. First flip flop acts as mod-2 counter Second 2 flip
Y = X(G1 + G2) – H(G1 + G2)Y
flops from mod (2n-1) Johnson counter = mod counter
Y + Y(G1 + G2)H = (G1 + G2)X
overall modulus = mod – 6 counter
35. The signum function is given by, Y(1 + (G1 + G2)H) = (G1 + G2)X
x Y(s) G1 G 2
; x0 =
sgn(x) = | x| X(s) 1 H(G1 G 2 )
0; x0 38. System is second order
Similarly,
cos t It means, number of poles = 2
; cos t 0
Sgn(cos t) = | cos t| System has perfectly flat magnitude response.
0; cos t 0 It means, It is all pass system
In all pass system,
cos t 1, cos t 0
= Poles and zeros are mirror image about Imaginary
|cos t| –1; cos t 0
axis,
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1)
One pole = (2 – j3) 42. The characteristic equation of A is
Other pole = (2 + j3) |A-XI| = 0
f(x) = x3 + 6x2 + 11x + 6 + 2a
Im splene
(–2+j3) (2+j3) = (x + 1)(x + 2)(x + 3) + 2a = 0
f(x) cannot have all 3 real roots (if any) equal
for if f(x) = (x – k)3, then comparing coefficients,
we get
Re
6 = –3k, 3k2 = 11
No such k exists
(a) Thus f(x) = 0 has repeated (2) roots (say) ,,
(–2–j3) (2–j3)
or
Therefore (b) f(x) = 0 has real roots (distance)(say) ,,
poles at (2 ± j3) Now f (x) = 0
zeros at (–2 ± j3) 6 3
x1 = 2.577;
z1 3
39. ST2 = S
z1 z2 6 3
x2 = 1.422
6.0880.53 3
= 1000 = 555KVA
A
10.94 80.53 At x1, f(x) has relative max.
At x2, f(x) has relative min.
40.
The graph of f(x) will be as below
y y
Max
x1
Max Min
x x
x2
x1 x2
A0 Min
C1 = (x 1 is repeated (x 2 is repeated
d root) root)
4A0 case (a) repeated roots ( , , )
C2 =
d
C1C2 4A0
Ceq = C C 5
1 2 d
Q CV C eqv
Dn = s
A A A
4A 0
Dn = V Note that the graph of f(x) cannot be like the one
5d A given below
4 0
Dn = V
5dA
Dn 4
E1 = V
0 5d
4V
30 105 =
4d Thus in all possible cares we have
30 5 5 10 3 105 3 1
V= f(x2) 0 2 a 0 a
4 9 3 3
V = 18.75 kV
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1) 17
43. Open loop transfer function of a third order unity 46.
feedback system
K
G(s) =
s(s 1)(s 2)
Now zero is introduce at –3.
Modified transfer function,
K(s 3) RE E
G(s) = V0(–) =
s(s 1)(s 2) R PR 1 P
Closed loop characteristic equation, R. y y
V0(+)= .E E
1 + G(s) = 0 Ry PR p y
K(s 3) y 1
1 V0 = V0(+) – V0(–) = E
p
=0
s(s 1)(s 2) p y 1
s(s + 1)(s + 2) + K(s + 3) = 0 dV0 y 1
= E = 0
s3 + 3s2 + 2s + Ks + 3K = 0 dp ( p y) 2 (1 p) 2
s3 + 3s2 + (K + 2)s + 3K = 0 1 y
=
Routh array corresponding to characteristic (1 p)2 ( p y)2
equation,
1 y
=
s3
1 (K 2) 1 p p y
2
s 3 3K p+y= y p y
1
s 2 0
p(1 y) = y y= y [1 y ]
s0 3K 0
p = y = 1 x
For every value of K > 0
Ist column of the array are positive. 48. Roots, –3, –2
Therefore, Root locus of modified system never y(t) = C1e–3t + C2e–2t
transits to unstable region. y(0) = C1 + C2 = 2
dC1 1 3e
45. = 2 0.01P1 + 30 y(1) = 3 = –e–3 + 3e–2 = C1e–3 + C2e–2
d P1 e
so, C1 = –1, C2 = –3
= 0.02 P1 + 30 so,
dC2 y(t) = –e–3t + 3e–2t
= 2 0.05P2 + 10 dy(t)
d P2 dy(0)
= 3e–3t – 6e–2t, = 3 – 6 = –3
dt dt
= 0.1P2 + 10
51. 8 bit successive Approximation register type ADC
dC1 dC2 Reference voltage = +5V
=
d P1 d P2 If MSB = 1 2.5 volt
0.02P1 + 30 = 30 = 0.1P2 + 10 Vi > 2.5 volt (yes) MSB = 1
2P1 + 3000 = 10P2 + 1000 If next bit = 1 2.5 + 1.25
2P1 + 2000 = 10P2 = 3.75 volt
P1 + P2 = 200 Vi > 3.75 volt (no) Bit = 0
P2 = 200
If next bit = 1 2.5 + 0 + 0.625
P1 = 0
= 3.125 volt
dC1 Vi > 3.125 volt (yes) Bit = 1
= 20 Rs/Mwh
d P1 Output of ADC at the end of 3rd clock pulse
= 1010 0000
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 1)
Consider A.C. source
55. i (t )
v (t ) = 12 sin t 1
1
+ v (t ) = 12 sin t
8v 1H
–
X L = 1
Applying superposition theorem,
XL = L = 1 1 = 1
Consider D.C. source
Vm 12
Vrms = 6 2 volt
I 2 2
Z= R 2 X 2L = (1) 2 (1) 2
+ 1
8 volt = 2
–
Vrms 6 2
Irms = = 6 Amp
XL = 0 Z 2
We know that,
V 8 (I rms)2 = (Idc)2 + (Iac)2
I= = 8 Amp = (8)2 + (6)2
R 1
= 64 + 36 = 100
Irms = 10 Amp
SOLVED PAPER – 2015
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Set - 2
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
GENERAL APTITUDE
Q. No. 1 - 5 Carry One Mark Each Q. No. 6-10 Carry Two Marks Each
1. A generic term that includes various items of 6. In a triangle PQR, PS is the angle bisector of QPR
clothing such as a skirt, a pair of trousers and a and QPS = 60. What is the length of PS?
shirt as P
(a) fabric
(b) textile r q
(c) fibre
(d) apparel
s
2. Choose the statement where underlined word is Q R
p
used correctly.
(a) The industrialist had a personnel jet.
q r qr
(a)
qr
(b)
r
q
(b) I write my experience in my personnel diary.
q r
2
(c) All personnel are being given the day off. (c) q2 r 2 (d)
qr
(d) Being religious is a personnel aspect.
3. Based on the given statements, select the most 7. Four branches of a company are located at M, N,
appropriate option to solve the given question. O, and P. M is north of N at a distance of 4 km;
P is south of O at a distance of 2 km; N is southeast
What will be the total weight of 10 poles each of of O by 1 km. What is the distance between
same weight? M and P in km?
Statements: (a) 5.34 (b) 6.74
(I) One fourth of the weight of a pole is 5 kg (c) 28.5 (d) 45.49
(II) The total weight of these poles is 160 kg more 8. If p, q, r, s are distinct integers such that:
than the total weight of two poles.
f (p, q, r, s) = max (p, q, r, s)
(a) Statement II alone is not sufficient
g (p, q, r, s) = min (p, q, r, s)
(b) Statement II alone is not sufficient
h (p, q, r, s) = remainder of (p q)/(r s) if
(c) Either I or II alone is sufficient (p q) > (r s) or remainder of (r s)/(p q) if
(d) Both statements I and II together are not (r s) > (p q)
sufficient. Also a function fgh (p, q, r, s) = f(p, q, r, s)
4. Consider a function f(x) = 1 – x on –1 x 1. The g(p, q, r, s) h(p, q, r, s)
value of x at which the function attains a Also the same operations are valid with two
maximum, and the maximum value of function variable function of the form f(p, q).
are: What is the value of fg (h(2, 5, 7, 3), 4, 6, 8)?
(a) 0, –1 (b) –1, 0 9. If the list of letters, P, R, S, T, U is an arithmetic
(c) 0, 1 (d) –1, 2 sequence, which of the following are also in
5. We ________ our friend’s birthday and we _______ arithmetic sequence?
how to make it up to him. I. 2P, 2R, 2S, 2T, 2U
(a) completely forgot — don’t just known II. P–3, R–3, S–3, T–3, U–3
(b) forget completely — don’t just know III. P2, R2, S2, T2, U2
(c) completely forget —just don’t know (a) I only (b) I and II
(d) forgot completely —just don’t know (c) II and III (d) I and III
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2)
10. Out of the following four sentences, select the 3. In the following circuit, the input voltage Vin is
most suitable sentence with respect to grammer 100 sin(100t). For 100RC = 50, the average
and usage: voltages across R (in volts) under steady-state is
(a) Since the report lacked needed information, nearest to
it was of no use to them.
(b) The report was useless to them because there Vin C
+
were no needed information in it. + – R
(c) Since the report did not contain the needed –
information, it was not real useful to them. C
(d) Since the report lacked needed information,
it would not had been useful to them.
(a) 100 (b) 31.8
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (c) 200 (d) 63.6
4. A 4-pole, separately excited, wave wound DC
Q. No. 1-25 Carry One Mark Each
machine with negligible armature resistance is
1. Find the transformer ratios a and b that the rated for 230 V and 5 kW at a speed of 1200 rpm.
impedance (Zin) is resistive and equal 2.5 when If the same armature coils are reconnected to
the network is excited with a sine wave voltage
forms a lap winding, what is the rated voltage
of angular frequency of 5000 rad/s.
(in volts) and power (in kW) respectively at
C =10μF L =1mH 1200 rpm of the reconnected machine if the field
circuit is left unchanged?
R = 2.5 (a) 230 and 5
(b) 115 and 5
1:b 1:a
(c) 115 and 2.5
(a) a = 0.5, b = 2.0 (b) a = 2.0, b = 0.5
(d) 230 and 2.5
(c) a = 1.0, b =1.0 (d) a = 4.0, b = 0.5
2. The synchronous generator shown in the figure 5. Given f(z) = g(z) + h(z), where f, g, h are complex
is supplying active power to an infinite bus via valued functions of a complex variable z. Which
two short, lossless transmission lines, and is one of the following statements is TRUE?
initially in steady state. The mechanical power (a) If f(z) is differential at z0, then g(z) and h(z) are
input to the generator and the voltage magnitude also differentiable at z0.
E are constant. If one line is tripped at time t1 by (b) If g(z) and h(z) are differentiable at z0, then
opening the circuit breakers at the two ends f(z) is also differentiable at z0.
(although there is no fault), then it is seen that
(c) If f ( z ) is continuous at z 0, then it is
the generator undergoes a stable transient. Which
differentiable at z0.
one of the following waveforms of the rotor angle
shows the transient correctly? (d) If f(z) is differentiable at z0, then so are its
Line 1 real and imaginary parts.
Synchronous generator
Xs 6. A 3-bus power system network consists of 3
Infinte Bus
transmission lines. The bus admittance matrix
10
E Line 2 of the uncompensated system is
j 6 j3 j4
j 3 j 7 j 5 pu.
(a) (b) j 4 j j 8
=0
=0 t1 time
t1 time
If the shunt capacitance of all transmission line
is 50% compensated, the imaginary part of the
t1 t1
=0 =0
3rd row 3rd column element (in pu) of the bus
time time admittance matrix after compensation is
(c) (d) (a) – j 7.0 (b) – j 8.5
(c) – j 7.5 (d) – j 9.0
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2) 3
7. A shunt-connected DC motor operates at its rated 11. The Laplace transform of f (t) = 2 t is s–3/2.
terminal voltage. Its no-load speed is 200 radians/
second. At its rated torque of 500 Nm, its speed is The Laplace transform of g(t) = 1 t is
180 radian/second. The motor is used to directly (a) 3s–5/2/2 (b) s–1/2
drive a load whose load torque TL depends on its
(c) s1/2 (d) s3/2
rotational speed (in radians/second), such that
TL = 2.78 T. Neglecting rotational losses, the 12. A capacitive voltage divider is used to measure
steady-state speed (in radian/second) of the motor, the bus voltage Vbus in a high-voltage 50 Hz AC
when it drives this load is ______. system as shown in the figure. The measurement
capacitor C1 and C2 have tolerances of ±10% on
8. A circular turn of radius 1 m revolves at 60 rpm
their normal capacitance values. If the bus voltage
about its diameter aligned with the x-axis as
Vbus is 100 kV rms, the maximum rms output
shown in the figure. The value of 0 is 4 10–7
voltage Vout (in kV), considering the capacitor
in SI unit. If a uniform magnetic field intensity
tolerance, is ——————.
H 107 zˆ A/m is applied, then the peak value of
the inducted voltage, Vturn (in volts), is ______.
Z
C1 1μF ± 10%
H
Vbus
Vturn X
C2 9μF ± 10% Vout
9. The operational amplifier shown in the figure 13. Match the following
is ideal. The input voltage (in Volt) is P. Stokes’s Theorem
Vi = 2sin(2 2000t). The amplitude of the output
Q. Gauss’s Theorem
voltage Vo (in Volt) is ______.
0.1 μF
R. Divergence Theorem
S. Cauchy’s Integral Theorem
1k
1k
1. D.ds Q
Vi – 2. f ( z) dx 0
Vo 3. (.A)dv = A.ds
+
4. ( A).ds A.dl
(a) P-2, Q-1, R-4, S-3
(b) P-4, Q-1, R-3, S-2
10. In the following circuit, the transistor is in active
mode and VC = 2V. To get VC = 2V. To get VC = 4V, (c) P-4, Q-3, R-1, S-2
we replace RC with RC. Then the ratio RC /RC (d) P-3, Q-4, R-2, S-1
is ______. 14. Consider the following Sum of Products
+10V expression, F.
F = ABC + ABC + ABC + ABC + ABC
The equivalent Product of Sums expression is
RC
VC (a) F = (A + B + C) ( A + B + C) ( A + B + C)
RB
(b) F = (A + B + C ) (A + B + C) ( A + B + C )
(c) F = ( A + B + C ) (A + B + C ) (A + B + C)
(d) F = ( A + B + C) (A + B + C ) (A + B + C)
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2)
15. A series RL circuit is excited at t = 0 by closing a 18. Two semi-infinite dielectric regions are separated
switch as shown in the figure. by a plane boundary at y = 0. The dielectric
constant of region 1 (y < 0) and region 2 (y > 0)
d 2i
Assuming zero initial conditions, the value of are 2 and 5, Region 1 has uniform electric field
dt2
at t = 0+ is E = 3aˆ x + 4aˆ y + 2aˆ z , where aˆ x , aˆ y , and aˆ z are
R unit vectors along the x, y and z axis, respectively.
The electric field region 2 is
(a) 3aˆ x + 1.6aˆ y + 2aˆ z (b) 1.2aˆ x + 4aˆ y + 2aˆ z
V L (c) 1.2aˆ x + 4aˆ y + 0.8aˆ z (d) 3aˆ x + 10aˆ y + 0.8aˆ z
19. The filters F1 and F2 having characteristics as
shown in Figures (a) and (b) are connected as
shown in Figure (c).
V –V
(a) (b)
L R Vo / Vi F1
–RV Vi Vo
(c) 0 (d)
L2 f1
16. We have a set of 3 linear equations in 3 unknowns. f
‘X Y’ means X and Y are equivalent statements (a)
and ‘X Y’ means X and Y are not equivalent
Vo / Vi F1
statements.
Vi Vo
P : There is a unique solution.
f2
Q : The equations are linearly independent. f
R : All eigenvalues of the coefficient matrix are (b)
nonzero. R/2
S : The determinant of the coefficient matrix is +Vsat
R
nonzero. F1
–
Which one of the following is TRUE? Vi + Vo
(a) P R Q S (b) P R Q S F2
R –Vsat
(c) P Q R S (d) P Q R S
(c)
17. Match the following:
The cut-off frequencies of F1 and F2 are f1 and f2
Instrument Type respectively. If f1 < f2, the resultant circuit exhibits
P. Permanent magnet moving coil the characteristics of a
Q. Moving iron connected through current (a) Band-pass filter
transformer (b) Band-stop filter
R. Rectifier (c) All pass filter
S. Electrodynamometer (d) High-Q filter
Used for 20. The figure shows the per-phase equivalent circuit
1. DC only of a two-pole three-phase induction motor
2. AC only operating at 50 Hz. The “air-gap” voltage, Vg across
the magnetizing inductance, is 210V rms, and the
3. AC and DC slip, is 0.05. The torque (in Nm) produced by the
P Q R S motor is _________.
(a) 1 2 1 3
(b) 1 3 1 2
(c) 1 2 3 3
(d) 3 1 2 1
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2) 5
21. Nyquist plot of the functions G1(s) and G2(s) are (c) 5.00 kW and 0.00 kW
shown in figure. (d) 2.96 kW and 2.04 kW
Im
Im 23. An open loop control system results in a response
of e–2t(sin5t + cos5t) for a unit impulse input. The
=
= DC gain of the control system is ______.
G2(s)
24. When a bipolar junction transistor is operating
Re Re in the saturation mode, which one of the following
G1(s)
statement is TRUE about the state of its collector-
base (CB) and the base-emitter (BE) junctions?
0
(a) The CB junction is forward biased and the BE
Nyquist plot of the product of G1(s) and G2(s) is junction is reverse biased.
Im (b) The CB junction is reversed and the BE
Im
junction is forward biased.
=0 (c) Both the CB and BE junctions are forward biased.
(d) Both the CB and BE junctions are reverse biased.
(a) (b) 25. The current i (in Ampere) in the 2 resistor of
Re 1 Re
the given network is _____________.
Im Im
(c) (d)
Q. No. 26 - 55 Carry Two Marks Each
Re Re
26. A 220 V, 3-phase, 4-pole, 50 Hz inductor motor of
0 wound rotor type is supplied at rated voltage and
22. A 3-phase balanced load which has a power factor frequency. The stator resistance, magnetizing
of 0.707 is connected to balanced supply. The reactance, and core loss are negligible. The
power consumed by the load is 5kW. The power maximum torque produced by the rotor is 225%
of full load torque and it occurs at 15% slip. The
is measured by the two-wattmeter method. The
actual rotor resistance is 0.03/phase. The value
readings of the two wattmeters are
of external resistance (in Ohm) which must be
(a) 3.94 kW and 1.06 kW inserted in a rotor phase if the maximum torque
(b) 2.50 kW and 2.50 kW is to occur at start is ___________.
27. Two three-phase transformers are realized using single-phase transformers as shown in the figure.
A2 a2
A1 a1
B2 V1
b2
B1 b1
C2 c2
C1
c1
A2
A1 a1
V2
B2 b2
b1
B1
C2 c2
c1
C1
The phase different (in degree) between voltage V1 and V2 is____________.
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2)
28. A balanced (positive sequence) three-phase AC the transfer function Y(s)/U(s) is given by
voltage source is connected to a balanced, start (a) 3(s + 1)/(s2 –2s + 2)
connected through a star-delta transformer as
(b) 3(2s + 1)(s2 –2s + 1)
shown in the figure. The line-to-line voltage rating
is 230 V on the star side, and 115 V on the delta (c) (s + 1)/(s2 –2s + 1)
side. If the magnetizing current is neglected and (d) 3(2s + 1)(s2 –2s + 2)
Is = 1000 A, then what is the value of Ip in 32. For linear time invariant systems, that are
Ampere? Bounded Input Bounded stable, which one of the
Ip Is following statement is TRUE?
a (a) The impulse response will be integral, but may
A
~ R not be absolutely integrable.
(b) The unit impulse response will have finite
B
support.
~ ~ R R (c) The unit step response will be absolutely
integrable.
b C (d) The unit step response will be bounded.
C 33. In the following sequential circuit, the initial state
(before the first clock pulse ) of the circuit is
Q1Q0 = 00. The state (Q1Q0), immediately after
(a) 5030 (b) 50–30 the 333rd clock pulse is
(c) 50 3 30 (d) 20030 Q1
Q0
29. Two semi-infinite conducting sheets are placed J0 Q0 J1 Q1
at right angles to each other as shown in the
figure. A point charge of +Q is placed at a distance K0 Q0 K1 Q1
of d from both sheets. The net force on the charge
CLK
Q2 K
is , where K is given by
4 0 d 2
y
(a) 00 (b) 01
(c) 10 (d) 11
d
+Q 34. A three-phase, 11 kV, 50 Hz, 2 pole, star connected,
cylindrical rotor synchronous motor is connected
to an 11 kV, 50 Hz source, Its synchronous
d
reactance is 50 per phase, and its stator
resistance is negligible. The motor has a constant
x field excitation. At a particular load torque, its
stator current is 100A at unity power factor. If
the load torque is increased so that the stator
current is 120 A, then the load angle (in degrees)
1 1 at this node is _____________.
(a) 0 (b) iˆ ˆj
4 4 35. Two coins R and S are tossed. The 4 joint events
1 1 12 2 ˆ 12 2 ˆ HRHS, TRTS, HRTS, TRHS have probabilities 0.28,
(c) iˆ ˆj (d) i j
8 8 8 2 8 2 0.18, 0.30, 0.24, respectively, where H represents
30. The volume enclosed by the surface f(x, y) = ex head and T represents tail. Which one of the
over the triangle bounded by the line x = y; x = 0; following is TRUE?
y = 1 in the xy plane is ____________. (a) The coin tosses are independent
31. For the system governed by the set of equations: (b) R is fair, R it not.
dx1 /dt = 2x1 + x2 + 4 (c) S is fair, R is not
dx2 /dt = –2x1 + 4 (d) The coin tosses are dependent
y = 3x1
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2) 7
36. A composite conductor consists of three conductors 41. In the given network V1=1000V, V2=100120V,
of radius R each. The conductors are arranged as V3 = 100 +120 V. The phasor current i (in
shown below. The geometric mean radius (GMR) Ampere) is
(in cm) of the composite conductor is kR. The –j1
V1
value of k is ____________.
~
3R
j1
V2
R
60°
~
i
V3
~
60°
(a) 173.2 – 60
(b) 173.2 – 120
(c) 100.0 – 60
37. The z-Transform of a sequence x[n] is given as (d) 100.0 – 120
X(z) = 2z + 4 – 4/z + 3/z2. If y[n] is the first difference di
of x[n], then Y(z) is given by 42. A differential equation – 0.2i =0 is applicable
dt
(a) 2z + 2 – 8/z + 7/z2 – 3/z3 over –10 < t < 10. If i(4) = 10, then i(–5) is _______.
(b) –2z + 2 – 6/z + 1/z2 – 3/z3 43. A 3-phase transformer rated for 33 kV/11 kV is
(c) –2z – 2 + 8/z – 7/z + 3/z 2 3 connected in delta/star as shown in figure. The
current transformers (CTs) on low and high
(d) 4z – 2 – 8/z – 1/z2 + 3/z3
voltage sides have a ratio of 500/5. Find the
38. An open loop transfer function G(s) of a system is currents i1 and i2, if the fault current is 300A as
K shown in figure.
G(s) =
s(s 1)(s 2) a
For a unity feedback system, the breakaway point
b
of the root loci on the real axis occurs at,
300A
c
(a) – 0.42 i1
i2
(b) – 1.58
(c) – 0.42 and –1.58
(a) i1 1 3 A, i2 0A
(d) None of the above
39. In the given rectifier, the delay angle of the (b) i1 0A, i2 0A
thyristor T1 measured from the positive going zero (c) i1 0A, i2 1 3A
crossing of Vs is 30. If the input voltage Vs is 100
sin(100t)V, the average voltage across R (in Volt) (d) i1 1 3 A, i2 1 3A
under steady-state is _____________. 44. A Boolean function f(A, B, C, D) = (1, 5, 12, 15) is
to be implemented using an 8 1 multiplexer (A
is MSB). The inputs ABC are connected to the
T1 D3
Vs +
select inputs S2S1S0 of the multiplexer respectively.
+
~ –
R V0
0
– 1
D4 D2 2
3 f(A, B, C, D)
4
5
40. Two identical coils each having inductance L 6
are placed together on the same core. If an 7
S2 S1 S0
ov er all indu ctan ce of L is obtain ed by
interconnecting these two coils, the minimum
value of is ______________. A B C
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2)
Which one of the following options gives the 47. A symmetrical square wave of 50% duty cycle has
correct inputs to pins 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 in order? amplitude of ±15V and time period of 0.4
ms. This square wave is applied across a series
(a) D, 0, D, 0, 0, 0, D , D RLC circuit with R = 5, L = 10 mH, and C = 4F.
(b) D , 1, D , 1, 1, 1, D, D The amplitude of the 5000 rad/s component of
the capacitor voltage (in Volt) is _________.
(c) D, 1, D, 1, 1, 1, D , D
L C
(d) D , 0, D , 0, 0, 0, D, D
45. The incremental costs (in Rupees/MWh) of
+ R
operating two generating units are functions of –
their respective powers P1 and P2 in MW, and are
given by
dC1 48. For the switching converter shown in the
= 0.2 P1 + 50 following figure, assume steady-state operation.
dP1
Also assume that the components are ideal, the
dC2 inductor current is always positive and continuous
dP2
= 0.24 P2 + 40 and switching period is T5. If the voltage VL is as
shown, the duty cycle of the switch S is ________.
Where
VL
– V0
20 MW P1 150 MW +
20 MW P2 150 MW
For a certain load demand, P1 and P2 have been +
Vin + S R
chosen such that dC 1 /dP 1 = 76 Rs/MWh – C
–
and dC2 /dP2 = 68.8 Rs/MWh. If the generations
are rescheduled to minimize the total
cost, then P2 is __________.
46. The unit step response of a system with the 15V
1 2s
transfer function G (s) = is given by which VL
1 s TS t
one of the following waveforms?
y –45V
1 49. With an armature voltage of 100V and rated field
(a) winding voltage, the speed of a separately excited
0 t DC motor driving a fan is 1000 rpm, and its
5
armature current is 10A. The armature resistance
–2
is 1 . The load torque of the fan load is
y proportional to the square of the rotor speed.
2 Neglecting rotational losses, the value of the
(b)
armature voltage (in Volt) which will reduce the
1 rotor speed to 500 rpm is ___________.
0 t 50. The saturation voltage of the ideal op-amp shown
5
y
below is ±10V. The output voltage v0, of the
2 following circuit in the steady-state is
1 1k
(c)
0 t
5 +10V
–0.75
0.25μF
–
y v0
+
1
2k
–10V
(d) 0 t
5 2k
–2
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2) 9
(a) Square wave of period 0.55 ms Its Fourier Transform is
(b) Triangular wave of period 0.55 ms 2sin( 10)
(a)
(c) Square wave of period 0.25 ms 10
(d) Triangular wave of period 0.25 ms 2e j 10 sin( 10)
(b)
51. A three-winding transformer is connected to an 10
AC voltage source as shown in the figure. The
2sin
number of turns are as follows: N1 = 100, N2 = 50. (c)
If the magnetizing current is neglected, and the 10
currents in two windings are I2 = 230A and e j 10 2sin
(d)
I3 = 2150A, then what is the value of the
54. A buck converter feeding a variable resistive load
current I1 in Ampere? is shown in the figure. The switching frequency
of the switch S is 100 kHz and the duty ratio is
I1 N2
0.6. The output voltage V0 is 36V. Assume that all
the components are ideal, and that the output
I2
voltage is ripple-free. The value of R (in Ohm)
that will make the inductor current (iL) just
~ continuous is_________.
5mH
S iL
I3
60V+ +
N1 N3 36V V0 R
(a) 190 (b) 1270
(c) 490 (d) 4270 55. The following discrete-time equations result from
52. The coils of a wattmeter have resistances 0.01 the numerical integration of the differential
and 1000; their inductances may be neglected. equations of an un-damped simple harmonic
The wattmeter is connected as shown in the oscillator with state variables x and y . The
figure, to measure the power consumed by a load, integration time step is h.
which draws 25A at power factor 0.8. The voltage xk1 xk
across the load terminals is 30V. The percentage yk
h
error on the wattmeter reading is __________.
yk1 yk
xk
h
For this discrete-time system, which one of the
following statements is TRUE?
(a) The system is not stable for h > 0
Load
1
(b) The system is stable for h >
1
53. Consider a signal defined by (c) The system is stable for 0 < h <
2
e j 10 t for t 1 1
x(t) (d) The system is stable for <h<
0 for t 2
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2)
ANSWERS
GENERAL APTITUDE
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (8) 9. (b) 10. (a)
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (b) 7. 179.86 8. (246–250) 9. (1.1 –1.4)
10. 0.75 11. (b) 12. (11.75 – 12.25) 13. (b) 14. (a) 15. (d) 16. (a) 17. (c)
18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (400 – 403) 21. (b) 22. (a) 23. 0.241 24. (c) 25. 0
26. 0.17 27. (30) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (0.70 – 0.76) 31. (a) 32. (d) 33. (b)
34. (–48 to – 46) 35. (d) 36. (1.85 – 1.95) 37. (a) 38. (a) 39. 61.52 40. (0)
41. (a) 42. 1.65 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. 136.36 46. (a) 47. (190–192) 48. 0.75
49. 47.5 50. (a) 51. (a) 52. 0.15 53. (a) 54. (2480 – 2520) 55. (a)
E XPLANATIONS
GENERAL APTITUDE 5
Now, 20 =0
4. The given function is b2
f (x) = 1 – x on –1 x 1 b = 0.5
In order to find maximum and minimum value of 1 2.5
Also, Zin = 2 2 j 5 –j20
function in interval [–1, 1] b a
At x = –1, f (–1) = 1– –1 = 1–1 = 0 2.5
= 2.5
At x = –0.5, f (–0.5) = 1– –0.5 =1–0.5 = 0.5 a2 b2
At x = 0, f (0) = 1– 0 = 1 2.5
= 2.5
At x = 0.5, f (0.5) = 1– 0.5 = 0.5 a (0.5)2
2
At x = 1, f (l) = 1– 1 = 1–1 = 0 1
a2 =
Hence, maximum value occurs at x = 0 and (0.5)2
its maximum value is 1. a2 = 4
Option (c) is correct. a =2
7. M N Option (b) is correct.
2. Here is positive for the given generator. Hence
0
1 4
after fault value will increase.
W E
45° 3. The given circuit is voltage doubler,
2 Here Vin = 100 sin (100t)
N
S
P (Vm)
8. fg(h(2, 5, 7, 3), 4, 6, 8) Vm = Voltage across each capacitor = 100V
= fg(1, 4, 6, 8) Voltage across two capacitors (in steady state)
= f(1, 4, 6, 8) g(1, 4, 6, 8) = 2Vm = 2 100 V = 200V
= 8 1 =8 Average voltage across ‘R’
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 200
= = 63.6V
–j20 j5
1.
5. The given function f(z) is
2.5
—–
f(z) = g(z) + h(z)
2²
f (z), g(z), h(z) are complex variable functions since
1:b hence (c) is not correct
From given data : Now every continuous function is not necessary
Xc = –j20 a differentiable function.
XL = j5 Option (d) is also not correct
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2) 11
Now let g(z) = x h(z) = iy Ic R c 6
= ;
g(z) = x + i0 h(z) = 0 + iy Ic R c 8
u=x v=0 u=0v=y Rc 3
x x y = 0.75
1 0 0 0 Rc 4
x x x x 11. It is given that laplace transform of f(t)
x
0 0 0 1 t
y y i.e. 2 = s–3/2.
Cauchy – rieman equation as of g(z), h(z) are
failed. 1
Given as g(t) =
f(z) and g(z) are not differentiable t
But f(z) = x + iy 2 t f (t)
g(t) = =
u+x v=y 2t 2t
u v f t
1 0 L g t = L
x x 2t
u u u v 1 0
= s f (t) ds
x y y x 2
f(z) in differentiable 1 3 2
= s s ds
If f(z) is differential need not imply g(z) and h(z) 2
are differentiable 3 1
1 s 2
Option (b) is correct =
2 3
i.e, g(z) and h(z)are differentiable then f(z) = g(z) 1
2 s
+ h(z) is also differentiable.
1
= (2) 0 s
1 2
6. y10 y12 y13 y12 y13 2
yBus y12 y20 y21 y23 y23 1
= s1 2 =
y13 y23 y30 y31 y32 s
14. F = m(0, 1, 3, 5, 7)
Now comparing with the given matrix, we get
F = m(2, 4, 6)
and y31 = y13 = –j4
So equivalent product of sum expression is
y32 = y23 = –j5
F = (A + B + C)( A + B + C)( A + B + C)
thus, y30 y31 y32 j 8
18. (1) (2)
y30 ( j 4) ( j 5) j 8 y<0 y>0
y30 j1 E1 = 3ax + 4ay + 2az
2
j1 E2 = 3ax+ (4ay) + 2az
Now, after compensating, y30 = 5
2 E2 = 3ax + 1.6ay + 2az
y30 + y31 + y32 = j0.5 – j4 – j5 = –j8.5 0.0375 j0.2127 j0.22
20.
Option (b) is correct. +
7. Under steady state condition
Vg I2 j6.28 1
load torque = motor torque
500 = 2.78 T –
500
T = = 178.88 rad/sec Voc across j6.28 = Vg = 210V
20 8
Now from the given circuit,
10. we have Vc = 2V;
Now, IcRc = 10 – 2 = 8 ...(i) j 6.28 (0.4 j 0.22)
Rth =
(0.04 j 0.22) j 6.28
We have Vc = 4V
= 0.21680.04
and IcRc = 10 – 4 = 6 ... (ii)
= 0.0375 + j0.2127
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2)
Vs 210 27. Upper transformer secondary is connected in
Now, I2 = = Bottom transformer secondary is connected in Y
z (0.0375 1) j (0.2127 j 0.22)
I2 =186.81A Hence, Phase angle between delta voltage & star
voltage is 30.
3 r2
= I 22 y
s s 29.
3
= 186.812 1
314.15 –Q Q(d, d, 0)
= 333.27 N-m –X
21. Im X
Q Q
Re
–y
1 Net force on the charge,
G1(s) =
and G2(s) = s
s F = F1 +F2 + F3
From the Nquist plot, 1 Q2 1
F= 2dax 2day (2dax 2day )
1 40 (2d)3 2 2
G1G2(s) = s=1
s
1 Q 2 1 2 2 12 2
23. g(t) = e–2[sin5t + cos5t] F = 4 d 2 ax ay
Taking lapcase transform of g(t), 0 8 2 8 2
5 s 2 dx1
G(s) = 31. = 2x1 + x2 + 4
(s 2)2 52 {s 2}2 52 dt
For DC gain, G(s)s = 0 dx2
= –2x1 + 4
dt
5 2
G(0) = 2 y = 3x1
2 5
2 2
2 52
Now from the standard equation
7
= xi = Ax + BU
29
25. The given circuit represents wheatstone bride. y = Cx + DU
Hence current in the 2 circuit is zero. x1 2 1 x1 1
x = 4
r2 2 2 0 x2 1
26. Smt =
x2
x
y = [3 0] 1
r2 0.03 x2
0.15 = =
x2 x2
y(s)
x2 = 0.2 Transfer function C(SI – A)–1 B
u(s)
For ext = emax, 1
G(s) = [3 0] s 0 2 1 1
Test 2 0 s 2 0 1
= =1
Tem 1
SmT
smT 1 s 1
= [3 0]
SmT =1 s s 2
2
2 s 2
r2 1 s 1
Now, 1 = = [3 0]
x2 s 2s 2
2
s 4
r2 = x2= 0.2 3( s 1)
=
Hence external resistance = 0.2 – 0.03 = 0.17 s 2s 2
2
SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2) 13
33. J1Q0 K 1 (Q 0 ) J0 (Q1 ) K 0 (Q1 ) Q1 Q0 = 2z + 2 – 8z–1+ 7z–2 – 3z–3
8 7 3
0 0 = 2z 2 2 3
z z z
0 1 1 0 0 1 38. The characterstic equation of given function is
1 0 1 0 1 1 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
1 0 0 1 1 0 s(s2 + 3s + 2) + K = 0 ( H(s) = 1)
0 1 0 1 0 0 –k = s3 + 3s2 +2s
In order to find break away point
If the counter is Johnson (MOD-4) counter. Di-
vide 333 by 4, so it will complete 83 cycle and dK
We have =0
remainder clock is 1, at the completion of cycles ds
output’s in at Q1Q0 = 00 so, next at 333rd clock 3s2 + 6s + 2 = 0
pulse output is at Q1Q0 = 01. S = –0.42 is the solution that makes k > 0
34. Ef = Vt – Ia S 39. = 30
Vin = 100sin(l00t) (given)
11
= kV–j100 50 Vm
3 Now, V0 = [3 + cos]
2
= 6350 – j5000 100
= (3 + cos30)
Ef = (6350)2 (5000)2 2
= 61.52V
= 8082.23
41. From the given network,
Now, (Ia S) = Ef2 + Vt2 – 2Ef Vt cos
2
(120 50)2 = 8082.232 + 63502 – 2 V1 V3 V2 V3
–i =
8082.23 6350 cos j j
= – 47.27
–i = 1000 100120 100 120 100120
35. The 4 joint events are HRHS, TRTS, HRTS, TRHS 1 90 190
If coins are independent then the Corresponding i = 173.2–60
probabilities will be
di
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 42. – 0.2i = 0
, , , dt
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 1 1 1
(D – 0.2)i(t) = 0
= , , , respectively D = 0.2
4 4 4 4
But given probabilities are 0.28, 0.18, 0.3, 0.24 i(t) = k.e0.2t, –10 < t <10
respectively. t = u;
The coin tosses are dependent. 10 = K.e0.8
36. Geometric mean radius K = 4.493
(GMR) = [0.7788R 3R 3R]1/3 i (– 5) = 4.493 e–1
= 1.9137R = kR i (– 5) = 1.65
k = 1.913 43. i2 = 0 ( entire current flows through fault)
37. y[n] is first difference of x[n]
Now, Primary kVA = Secondary kVA
y[n] = x(n)–x(n – 1)
5
From z transform 3 33000 IL = 3 11000 300 500
Y(z) = x(Z) (1 – z–1)
IL = 1A
= X(z) – z–1X(z)
Now, IL = 3 IPh
Y(z) = [2z + 4 – 4z–1 + 3z–2 ]
– [2 + 4z–1 – 4z–2 ] IL 1
Iph = = A
= 2z + 4 – 4z–1 +3z–2 –2 – 4z–1 3 3
+ 4z–2 –3z–3
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2015 (SET - 2)
44. Given maxterm f (A, B, C, D) = (1, 5, 12, 15) 48. VS = 15V
So minterm VS – V0 = – 45
f(A, B, C, D) = m(0, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 13, 14) V0 = VS + 45
= (15 + 45) V = 60V
I0 I1 I2 I3 I4 I5 I6 I7
VS
D(0) 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 Now, V0 =
1 D
D(1) 1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 15
60 =
D 1 D 1 1 1 D D 1 D
60(1 – D) = 15
dc1
45. 76 0.2P1 50 1
dP1 1–D =
4
P1 = 130 3
D = = 0.75
dc2 4
and d 68.8 0.24P2 40 50. Astable multivibrator produces square wave.
P2
P2 = 120 R2 2
Now, = = = 0.5
P1 + P2 = 130 + 120 = 250 R1 R 2 4
For minimization of total cost (1 )
Now, T = 2R c log
dc1 dc2 (1 )
dp1 = dp2 (1 0.5)
= 2 1 103 0.25 10–6 log
0.2p1 + 50 = 0.24p2 + 40 (1 0.5)
0.2[250 – P2] + 50 = 0.24P2 + 40 T = 0.55ms
P2 = 136.36 Thus the output voltage (V0) is square wave with
time.
46.
51. I1N1 = I2N2 + I3N3
1
I1.100 = 2 30 50 2 150 50
I1 =1 30 1 150
= 1 90
t 52. Pload = 30 25 08 = 600W
0
5
V2 302
Now, loss in Pc = = = 0.9W
RP 1000
–2
0.9
Error = 100 = 0.15%
Y(s) = G(s) U(s) 600
(1 2s) 1 1
e . e jt dt
j 10 t
Y(s) = 53. X() =
(1 s) s 1
Now using partial fraction concept 1
e
j (10 ) t
= dt
A B
Y(s) = 1
(s) (s 1) 1
e j (10 ) t
A = 1, B = – 3 =
j (10 ) 1
y(t) = u(t) – 3e–t u(t)
2sin( 10)
y(t) = (1 – 3e–t) u(t) =
( 10)
SOLVED PAPER – 2014
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Set - 1
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
GENERAL APTITUDE
Q .No. 1-5 Carry One Mark Each (c) The low terrain of the Palghat Gap has a
1. Which of the following options is the closest in significant impact on weather patterns in
meaning to the phrase underlined in the sentence neighbouring parts of Tamil Nadu and Kerala
below? (d) Higher summer temperatures result in higher
It is fascinating to see life forms cope with varied rainfall near the Palghat Gap area
environmental conditions. 7. Geneticists say that they are very close to
(a) Adopt to (b) Adapt to confirming the genetic roots of psychiatric
(c) Adept in (d) Accept with illnesses such as depression and schizophrenia,
and consequently, that doctors will be able to
2. Choose the most appropriate word from the
eradicate these diseases through early
options given below to complete the following
identification and gene therapy.
sentence.
On which of the following assumptions does the
He could not understand the judges awarding her
statement above rely?
the first prize, because he thought that her
performance was quite ___________________. (a) Strategies are now available for eliminating
psychiatric illnesses
(a) Superb (b) Medium
(b) Certain psychiatric illnesses have a genetic
(c) Mediocre (d) Exhilarating
basis
3. In a press meet on the recent scam, the minister
(c) All human diseases can be traced back to
said, “The buck stops here”. What did the
genes and how they are expressed
minister convey by the statement?
(d) In the future, genetics will become the only
(a) He wants all the money
relevant field for identifying psychiatric
(b) He will return the money illnesses
(c) He will assume final responsibility 8. Round–trip tickets to a tourist destination are
(d) He will resist all enquiries eligible for a discount of 10% on the total fare. In
4. If (z + 1/z)2 = 98, compute (z2 + 1/z2) addition, groups of 4 or more get a discount of
5. The roots of ax2 + bx + c = 0 are real and positive 5% on the total fare. If the one way single person
a, b and c are real. Then ax2 + b|x| + c = 0 has fare is ` 100, a group of 5 tourists purchasing
round–trip tickets will be charged ` ___________.
(a) No roots (b) 2 real roots
9. In a survey, 300 respondents were asked whether
(c) 3 real roots (d) 4 real roots
they own a vehicle or not. If yes, they were further
Q.No. 6-10 Carry Two Marks Each asked to mention whether they own a car or
6. The Palghat Gap (or Palakkad Gap), a region scooter or both. Their responses are tabulated
about 30 km wide in the southern part of the below. What percent of respondents do not own a
Western Ghats in India, is lower than the hilly scooter?
terrain to its north and south. The exact reasons
for the formation of this gap are not clear. It Me n Women
results in the neighbouring regions of Tamil Nadu Car 40 34
getting more rainfall from the South West Own vehicle Sco ote r 30 20
monsoon and the neighbouring regions of Kerala Bo th 60 46
having higher summer temperatures.
Do not own vehicle 20 50
What can be inferred from this passage?
10. When a point inside of a tetrahedron (a solid with
(a) The Palghat gap is caused by high rainfall
and high temperatures in southern Tamil four triangular surfaces) is connected by straight
Nadu and Kerala lines to its corners, how many (new) internal
planes are created with these lines?
(b) The regions in Tamil Nadu and Kerala that
are near the Palghat Gap are low–lying _______________________.
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1)
E LECTRICAL ENGINEERING 7. C0 is the capacitance of parallel plate capacitor
Q.No. 1-25 Carry One Mark Each with air as dielectric (as in figure (a)). If, half of
1. Given a system of equations : the entire gap as shown in figure (b) is filled with
a dielectric of permittivity r, the expression for
x + 2y + 2z = b1
the modified capacitance is
5x + y + 3z = b2
Which of the following is true regarding its solution? (a) (b)
(a) The system has a unique solution for any
given b1 and b2 C0
(a) (1 r ) (b) (C0 + r)
(b) The system will have infinitely many 2
solutions for any given b1 and b2 C
(c) 0 r (d) C0(1 + r)
(c) Whether or not a solution exists depends on 2
the given b1 and b2 8. A combination of 1mF capacitor with an initial
(d) The system would have no solution for any voltage vc(0) = –2V in series with a 100 resistor
values of b1 and b2 is connected to a 20 mA ideal dc current source
2. Let f(x) = xe–x. The maximum value of the function by operating both switches at t = 0s as shown.
in the interval (0, ) is Which of the following graphs shown in the
(a) e–1 (b) e options approximates the voltage vs across the
current source over the next few second?
(c) 1 – e –1
(d) 1 + e–1
VC
d2 x + –
3. The solution for the differential equation 2 = –9x t=0
dt +
dx VS
with initial conditions x(0) = 1 and =1, is – t=0
dt t 0
1 2
(a) t2 + t + 1 (b) sin 3t cos3t
3 3 VS VS
1
(c) sin 3t cos3t (d) cos 3t + t
3
3s 5 (a) (b)
4. Let X(s) = 2 be the Laplace Transform t t
s 10 s 21
of a signal x(t). Then, x(0+) is –2 –2
(a) 0 (b) 3 VS VS
(c) 5 (d) 21
5. Let S be the set of points in the complex plane
corresponding to the unit circle. (That is, (c) t
(d ) t
S = {z : |z| = 1}. Consider the function f(z) = zz*
–2 –2
where z* denotes the complex conjugate of z. The
9. x(t) is nonzero only for Tx < t < Tx, and similarly,
f(z) maps S to which one of the following in the
y(t) is nonzero only for Ty < t < Ty. Let z(t) be
complex plane
convolution of x(t) and y(t). Which one of the
(a) Unit circle following statements is TRUE?
(b) Horizontal axis line segment from origin to (a) z(t) can be nonzero over an unbonded interval
(1, 0)
(b) z(t) is nonzero for t < Tx + Ty
(c) The point (1, 0)
(c) z(t) is zero outside of Tx + Ty < t < Tx + Ty
(d) The entire horizontal axis
(d) z(t) is nonzero for t > Tx + Ty
6. The three circuit elements shown in the figure are
10. For a periodic square wave, which one of the
part of an electric circuit. The total power absorbed
following statements is TRUE?
by the three circuit elements in watts is _____.
10A 8A
(a) The Fourier series coefficients do not exist
(b) The Fourier series coefficients exist but the
100 V 80 V reconstruction converges at no point
(c) The Fourier series coefficients exist and the
15 V
reconstruction converges at most points.
(d) The Fourier series coefficients exist and the
reconstruction converges at every point
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1) 3
11. An 8-pole, 3-phase, 50 Hz induction motor is X0G X0T1 X0L X0T2 X0M
operating at a speed of 700 rpm. The frequency
3XGn 3XMn
of the rotor current of the motor in Hz is _______
12. For a specified input voltage and frequency, if the
(b)
equivalent radius of the core of a transformer is
The transformers T1 and T2 are connected as
reduced by half, the factor by which the number
of turns in the primary should change to maintain (a) and
the same no load current is
1 1 (b) and
(a) (b)
4 2
(c) 2 (d ) 4 (c) and
13. A star connected 400V, 50Hz, 4 pole synchronous
(d ) and
machine gave the following open circuit and short
circuit test results : 17. In the formation of Routh-Hurwitz array for a
Open circuit test : Voc = 400 V (rms, line-to-line) polynomial, all the elements of a row have zero
at field current, If = 2.3 A values. This premature termination of the array
Short circuit test : Isc = 10 A (rms, phase) at field indicates the presence of
current, If = 1.5 A (a) Only one root at the origin
The value of per phase synchronous impedance (b) Imaginary roots
in at rated voltage is _____________ (c) Only positive real roots
14. The undesirable property of an electrical (d) Only negative real roots
insulating material is 18. The root locus of a unity feedback system is shown
(a) High dielectric strength in the figure
j
(b) High relative permittivity
K=0 K=0
(c) High thermal conductivity
(d) High insulation resistivity –2 –1
15. Three-phase to ground fault takes place at locations
F1 and F2 in the system shown in the figure The closed loop transfer function of the system is
IF1 IF2
C(s) K
A B (a)
EA
F1 F2
EB 0
R(s) (s 1)(s 2)
C(s) K
VF1 VF2 (b)
R(s) (s 1)(s 2) K
If the fault takes place at location F1, then the
C(s) K
voltage and the current at bus A are VF1 and IF1 (c)
respectively. If the fault takes place at location R(s) (s 1)(s 2) K
F2, then the voltage and the current at bus A are C(s) K
(d )
VF2 and IF2 respectively. The correct statements R(s) (s 1)(s 2) K
about voltages and currents during faults at F1 19. Power consumed by a balanced 3-phase, 3-wire
and F2 is load is measured by the two wattmeter method.
(a) VF1 leads IF1 and VF2 leads IF2 The first wattmeter reads twice that of the second.
(b) VF1 leads IF1 and VF2 lags IF2 Then the load impedance angle in radians is
(c) VF1 lags IF1 and VF2 leads IF2
(a) (b)
(d) VF1 lags IF1 and VF2 lags IF2 12 8
16. A 2-bus system and corresponding zero sequence (c) (d )
6 3
network are shown in the figure.
20. In an oscilloscope screen, linear sweep is applied
T1 T2 at the
Bus 1 Bus 2
XGn
~ ~ XMn
(a) Vertical axis
(b) Horizontal axis
(a) (c) Origin
(d) Both horizontal and vertical axis
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1)
21. A cascade of three identical modulo-5 counters 25. Figure shows four electronic switches (i), (ii), (iii)
has an overall modulus of and (iv). Which of the switches can block voltages
(a) 5 (b) 25 of either polarity (applied between terminals ‘a’
(c) 125 (d) 625 and ‘b’) when the active device is in the OFF state?
a a
22. In the Wien Bridge oscillator circuit shown in a a
figure, the bridge is balanced when
C1
R1
+ VCC
+
–
– VCC R3 b b
b b
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
C2 R2 R4
(a) (i), (ii) and (iii) (b) (ii), (iii) and (iv)
(c) (ii) and (iii) (d) (i) and (iv)
R 3 R1 1 Q.No. 26-55 Carry Two Marks Each
(a) R R , R1C1 R 2C2 26. Let g : [0, ) [0, ) be a function defined by
4 2
R2 C 1 g(x) = x – [x], where [x] represents the integer
(b) 2, part of x. (That is, it is the largest integer which
R1 C1 R1C1 R 2C2
is less than or equal to x).
R3 R C 1
(c) R 1 2, The value of the constant term in the Fourier
4 R 2 C1 R1C1R 2C2 Series expansion of g(x) is ___________.
R 3 R1 C2 1 27. A fair coin is tossed n times. The probability that
(d ) ,
R 4 R 2 C1 R1C1 R 2C2 the difference between the number of heads and
23. The magnitude of the mid-band voltage gain of tails is (n – 3) is
the circuit shown in figure is (assuming hfe of the (a) 2–n (b) 0
transistor to be 100) (c) Cn–32
n –n
(d) 2–n+3
+VCC 28. The line integral of function F = yzi, in the
counterclockwise direction, along the circle
10k
C x2 + y2 = 1 at z = 1 is
V0
(a) –2 (b) –
C 10k
hfe=100 (c) (d ) 2
29. An incandescent lamp is marked 40W, 240V. If
Vi ~ 1k C resistance at room temperature (26C) is 120
and temperature coefficient of resistance is
4.5 10 –3/ C, then its ‘ON’ state filament
temperature in C is approximately ___________.
(a) 1 (b) 10
30. In the figure, the value of resistor R is (25 + I/2)
(c) 20 (d) 100 ohms, where I is the current in amperes. The
24. The figure shows the circuit of a rectifier fed from current I is _________
a 230-V (rms), 50-Hz sinusoidal voltage source.
If we want to replace the current source with a I
resistor so that the rms value of the current 300V R
supplied by the voltage source remains
unchanged, the value of the resistance (in ohms)
is __________ (Assume diodes to be ideal.) 31. In an unbalanced three phase system, phase
current Ia = 1 (–90) pu, negative sequence
current Ib2 = 4(–150)pu, zero sequence current
IC0 = 390 pu. The magnitude of phase current
~ 10A Ib in pu is
230V, 50Hz (a) 1.00 (b) 7.81
(c) 11.53 (d) 13.00
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1) 5
32. The following four vector fields are given in 36. The core loss of a single phase, 230/115 V, 50Hz
Cartesian co-ordinate system. The vector field power transformer is measured from 230 V side
which does not satisfy the property of magnetic by feeding the primary (230 V side) from a
flux density is variable voltage variable frequency source while
(a) y2ax + z2ay + x2az keeping the secondary open circuited. The core
(b) z2ax + x2ay + a2az loss is measured to be 1050 W for 230 V, 50 Hz
(c) x2ax + y2ay + z2az input. The core loss is again measured to be
(d) y2z2ax + x2z2ay + x2y2az 500 W for 138 V, 30 Hz input. The hysteresis and
33. The function shown in the figure can be eddy current losses of the transformer for 230 V,
represented as 50Hz input are respectively.
(a) 508 W and 542 W
(b) 468 W and 582 W
1 (c) 498 W and 552 W
(d) 488 W and 562 W
37. A 15kW, 230 V dc shunt motor has armature
t
circuit resistance of 0.4 and field circuit
0 T 2T resistance of 230 . At no load and rated voltage,
the motor runs at 1400 rpm and the line current
(t T) (t 2T) drawn by the motor is 5 A. At full load, the motor
(a) u(t) u(t T) u(t T) u(t 2T) draws a line current of 70A. Neglect armature
T T
reaction. The full load speed of the motor in rpm
t t is ________.
(b) u(t) u(t T) u(t 2T)
T T 38. A 3 phase, 50 Hz, six pole induction motor has a
(t T) (t 2T) rotor resistance of 0.1 and reactance of 0.92.
(c) u(t) u(t T) u(t) u(t) Neglect the voltage drop in stator and assume
T T
that the rotor resistance is constant. Given that
( t T) (t 2T) the full load slip is 3%, the ratio of maximum
(d) u(t) u(t T) 2 u(t 2T)
T T torque to full load torque is
(a) 1.567
1
34. Let X(z) = be the Z-transform of a causal (b) 1.712
1 z 3
signal x[n]. Then, the values of x[2] and x[3] are (c) 1.948
(a) 0 and 0 (b) 0 and 1 (d) 2.134
(c) 1 and 0 (d) 1 and 1 39. A three phase synchronous generator is to be
35. Let f(t) be a continuous time signal and let F() connected to the infinite bus. The lamps are
be its Fourier Transform defined by connected as shown in the figure for the
synchronization. The phase sequence of bus
f (t)e
jt voltage is R–Y–B and that of incoming generator
F() = dt
voltage is R –Y – B.
Define g(t) by R Y B
R
F(u)e
j t
g(t) = du
Y ~
What is the relationship between f(t) and g(t)?
(a) g(t) would always be proportional to f(t) B
~ ~
(b) g(t) would be proportional to f(t) if f(t) is an
even function La
(c) g(t) would be proportional to f(t) only if f(t) is Infinite Bus Lb Incoming Generator
a sinusoidal function
(d) g(t) would never be proportional to f(t) Lc
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1)
It was found that the lamps are becoming dark 43. The over current relays for the line protection
in the sequence La – Lb – Lc. It means that the and loads connected at the buses are shown in
phase sequence of incoming generator is the figure
(a) Opposite to infinite bus and its frequency is A B C
~
more than infinite bus
(b) Opposite to infinite bus but its frequency is RA RB
less than infinite bus
(c) Same as infinite bus and its frequency is more 300 A 200 A 100 A
than infinite bus
The relays are IDMT in nature having the
(d) Same as infinite bus and its frequency is less
characteristic
than infinite bus
0.14 Time Multiplier Setting
40. A distribution feeder of 1km length having top =
resistance, but negligible reactance, is fed from (Plug Setting Multiplier) 0.02 1
both the ends by 400V, 50Hz balanced sources. The maximum and minimum fault currents at
Both voltage sources S1 and S2 are in phase. The bus B are 2000 A and 500 A respectively.
feeder supplies concentrated loads of unity power Assuming the time multipiler setting and plug
factor as shown in the figure. setting for relay RB to be 0.1 and 5A respectively,
the operating time of R B (in sec onds) is
S1 S2 __________.
400m
~
200m 200m 200m
~ P
44. For the given system, it is desired that the system
be stable. The minimum value of for this
400V 400V
50Hz 200A 100A 200A 50Hz condition is _________.
The contributions of S1 and S2 in 100A current (s+ )
R(s) + C(s)
supplied at location P respectively, are – s³+(1+ )s² + ( –1)s+(1– )
(a) 75A and 25A (b) 50A and 50A
(c) 25A and 75A (d) 0A and 100A
41. A two bus power system shown in the figure 45. The Bode magnitude plot of the transfer function
supplies load of 1.0 + j0.5 p.u. K(1 0.5s)(1 as)
Bus 1
G(s) = I shown below:
Bus 2 s s
s 1 (1 bs) 1
G1 V10° 12
8 36
~ j0.1 Note that – 6 dB/octave = – 20dB/decade. The
1.0 + j0.5
j2
a
value of is ______________
bK
The values of V1 in p.u. and 2 respectively are
(a) 0.95 and 6.00 –6dB / Octave 0dB / Octave
6dB / Octave
(b) 1.05 and –5.44 0dB / Octave –6dB / Octave
dB
(c) 1.1 and –6.00
(d) 1.1 and –27.12
42. The fuel cost functions of two powr plants are –12dB / Octave
Plant P1 : C1 = 0.05 Pg 12 APg 1 B 0
0.01 8 36
2 4 24
(rad /s)
Plant P2 : C2 = 0.10 Pg APg 2 2B
2
2 46. A system matrix is given as follows
Where, Pg1 and Pg2 are the generated powers of 0 1 1
two plants, and A and B are the constants. If the 6 11 6
two plants optimally share 1000 MW load at A=
increamental fuel cost of 100 Rs/MWh, the ratio 6 11 5
of load shared by plants P1 and P2 is The absolute value of the ratio of the maximum
(a) 1 : 4 (b) 2 : 3 eigen value to the minimum eigen value is
(c) 3 : 2 (d ) 4 : 1 __________.
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1) 7
47. The reading of the voltmeter (rms) in volts, for 51. In the figure shown assume the op-amp to be
the circuit shown in the figure is ____________. ideal. Which of the alternatives gives the correct
R = 0.5
V0 ()
Bode plots for the transfer function ?
V0
1 / j 1k +VCC
1j Vi +
1μF Vo
100 sin( t) V –
–VCC
1j
1 / j
Rf
(a) Vo ( )
20 log
48. The dc current flowing in a circuit is measured Vi ()
10 10² 10³
0 0
by two ammeters, one PMMC and another 1 1
10 10² 10³
electrodynamometer type, connected in series. –10 –/ 4
–20 –/ 2
The PMMC meter contains 100 turns in the coil,
–30
the flux density in the air gap is 0.2 Wb/m2, and
the area of the coil is 80 mm 2. The
electrodynamometer ammeter has a change in Vo ()
20 log /2
mutual inductance with respect to deflection of Vi( ) /4
0 10³ 0 10³
0.5 mH/deg. The spring constants of both the (b) 1 10 10² 1 10 10²
meters are equal. The value of current, at which –10 – / 4
the diflections of the two meters are same, –20 – / 2
–30
is ____________.
49. Given that the op-amps in the figure are ideal,
the output voltage V0 is
Vo ( )
20 log /2
V2 + R Vi() /4
– 0 10² 0 10 10² 10³
R R
(c) 1 10 1
10³
– –10 – / 4
2R V0 –20 – / 2
+ –30
R R
R
–
V1 +
Vo ( )
(a) (V1 – V2) (b) 2(V1 – V2) 20 log
Vi ()
/2
/4
(c) (V1 – V2)/2 (d) (V1 + V2) 0 0
(d ) 1 10 10² 10³ 1 10 10² 10³
50. Which of the following logic circuits is a –10 – / 4
realization of the function F whose Karnaugh –20 – / 2
–30
map is shown in figure.
AB
00 01 11 10 52. An output device is interfaced with 8-bit
0 1 1 microprocessor 8085A. The interfacing circuit is
C shown in figure
1 1 1
AB
8
A A BDB
8
3L×8L Decoder
A15
(a) (b) I2 0 Output Port
A14
B B I1 1
I0 2
C C A13 8
A12 3
4
A E1 5
A A11
6 Output Device
C E2 7
C
E3
(c) (d ) IO/M WR
BCB
B B
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1)
The interfacing circuit makes use of 3 Line to 8 S 1mH
+
Line decoder having 3 enable lines E1 , E2 ,E3 . The
100V VD C Load
address of the device is
–
(a) 50H (b) 500H Figure (i)
(c) A0H (d) A000Hs VD
53. The figure shows the circuit diagram of a rectifier. 100V
The load consists of a resistance 10 and an
inductance 0.05H connected in series. Assuming
ideal thyristor and ideal diode, the thyristor firing
angle (in degree) needed to obtain an average load 0
0.05 0.1 0.15 0.2 t(ms)
voltage of 70V is ____________.
Figure (ii)
55. The figure shows one period of the output voltage
+ of an inverter. should be chosen such that
325 sin(314t)V ~
–
Load
60 < < 90. If rms value of the fundamental
component is 50V, then in degree is __________.
100V 100V 100V
54. Figure (i) shows the circuit diagram of a chopper.
The switch S in the circuit in Figure (i) is switched
such that the voltage VD across the diode has the
0 180– 180 180+ 360– 360 t
wave shape as shown in Figure (ii). The
(degree)
capacitance C is large so that the voltage across
it is constant. If switch S and the diode are ideal, –100V –100V –100V
the peak to peak ripple (in A) in the inductor
current is __________
ANSWERS
GENERAL APTITUDE
1. (b) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (96) 5. (d)
6. (b) 7. (b) 8. (850) 9. (48%) 10. (6)
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c)
6. (330) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10.(c)
11. (3.33) 12. (c) 13. (15.06) 14. (b) 15. (c)
16. (b) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (23) 25. (c)
26. (0.5) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (2471) 30. (10)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (b)
36. (a) 37. (1240) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (b) 42. (d) 43. (0.23) 44. (0.618) 45. (0.75)
46. (1/3) 47. (142) 48. (3.2) 49. (b) 50. (c)
51. (a) 52. (b) 53. (69.3) 54. (2.5) 55. (76-77)
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1) 9
EXPLANATIONS
G ENERAL APTITUDE (GA) (A) = (A/B) < number of unknowns, for all
4. Expanding values of b1 and b2.
2 The equations have infinitely many solutions,
1
z z = 98 for any given b1 and b2
2. In order to find maximum value of the function
1 1
z 2 2( z) = 98 we have
2
z z f(x) = 0
1
z2 + 2 = 96 –x e + e–x = 0
–x
z
e–x(1 – x) = 0
5. ax2 + bx + c = 0
x=1
Roots are real and positive
and f(x) < 0 at x = 1
b2 – 4ac > 0
Maximum value is f(1) = (1)e–1 = e–1
By the above condition we get two positive real
roots 3. A.E.: m2 + 9 = 0 m = ± 3i
Now, ax2 + b|x| + c = 0 Solution is x = a cos 3t + b sin 3t ...(1)
This can be written as; dx
and = – 3a sin 3t + 3b cos 3t ...(2)
ax2 + bx + c dt
= b2 – 4ac > 0 Now for x(0) = 1
Now for ax2 – bx + c 1 = a cos (0) + b sin (0)
(–b)2 – 4ac 1 = a (1) + 0
b2 – 4ac a =1
Again b – 4ac > 0
2 dx
and for
So again we get real roots dt t 0 = 1
Thus we have 4 real roots of ax2 + b|x| + c = 0 1 = – 3a sin (0) + 3b cos (0)
8. One way single person fare = ` 100 1
b=
Two way fare for single person = ` 200 3
Substituting the value of ‘a’ and ‘b’ in equation
For 5 persons two way fare = ` 1000
1
Now, total discount = (10 + 5)% = 15% (1) we get x = cost + sin 3t
3
15
Discount amount = ` 1000 = ` 150 4. Using inital value therorem
100
x[0+] = lim sX( s)
Amount to be paid = `(1000 – 150) = ` 850 x
9. Total respondents = 300 s.(3s 5)
= lim
Now men respondents who do not have scooter (s 10 s 21)
s 2
= 40 + 20 = 60 5
s2 3
And women respondents who do not have scooter s
= lim
s 2
=3
10 21
= 34 + 50 = 84 s 1 2
s s
Total respondents who do not have scooter
5. f(Z) = Z.Z*
= 60 + 84 = 144
where Z* is conjugate of Z
144
Required percent = 100 % f(Z) = |Z|2
300 = 1 + i.0
= 48%
f(Z) maps S to the point (1, 0) in the complex
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING plane
1 2 2 b1 7.
1. [A/B] = Co. A1d A22
5 1 3 b2
1 d
1 2 2 b1
R2 R2 – 5R1 0 9 7 b 5b
2 1
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1)
0 A 12. If the equivalent Radius of the corre of a
C0 = transformer is reduced by half then teh
d
Now C = C1 + C2 reluctance of the core becomes double.
A 1 1 A 2 2 A 0 A r 0 4 to maintain same no-load current the primary
C= = turns should be double. Then flux remains same.
d d 2d 2d
A 0 13. For open circuit test :
C= (1 r )
2d VOC = 400 V (L – L)1 If = 2.3A
C0 A 0 For short circuit test :
C= (1 r ) ( C0 )
2 d Isc = 10 A (phase), If = 1.5A
8. Under steady state condition, Voc
vc=2v We know, Zs = I
+ – sc I f is constant
1μF 2.3
+ Isc = 10 = 15.33A
20
— mA VS 100 1.5
3 – Voc
Zs =
Isc
When switch is opened: 400
I + – + – 3 15.06
=
15.33
1μF –2
+ —
s + = 15.06 /ph
VS 100
– – 15. When fault takes place at F1
A B
By using Laplace transform approach.
VS ~ F1 F2
~
Current is feeding into the BUS A. It is like a
generator delivering power to Bus (A) When fault
takes place at F2, F2 point is like load, taking
t
power from generator.
–2
16. XOTI
1 1 1
VS(S) = 100
S SC S
2
S
20 103 Transformer
VS(S) =
S2 zero sequence network
2 10 4
VS(S) =
S2
VS(t) = 2 104 t
9. Given that z(t) is x(t)* y(t)
Transformer
Range of z(t) is [sum of lower limits of x(t) and zero sequence network
y(t) to sum of upper limit of x(t) and y(t)]. 17. When all elements of row have zero values which
Tx + Ty < t < Tx + Ty leads to auxiliary equation. This premature
10. For a Periodic square wave, the fourier series termination of the array indicates the presence
coefficients exist and reconstruction converges at of imaginary roots.
most points.
C(s) k
11. Given, P = 9, f = 50Hz, N = 700 rpm 18. will give the root locus
R(s) (s 1)(s 2) k
4 Frequency of Rotor current = s.f.
given the diagram.
N s N 750 700
S= N = 0.067 19. First wattmeter reads twice that of second when
750
load impedance angle is 6 radians.
s
fr = (0.067) 50 = 3.33 Hz
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1) 11
21. When more than one modulus counter is 27. Let X = difference between the number of heads
cascaded, then overall modulus is product of each and tails.
individual modular counter. Taken n=2
Here modular counter is of 5th modulus and such S = {HH, HT, TH, TT}
three counters are cascaded therefore overall and X = –2, 0, 2;
modular of the counter = 5 5 5 = 125
Here, n – 3 = –1 is not possible
22. When bridge is balanced, z1z4 = z2z3
Taken n=3
R 3 R1 C2 1 S = {HHH, HHT, HTH, HTT, THH,THT, TTH, TTT}
and =
R 4 R 2 C1 R1 R 2C1C2 and X = –3, –1, 1, 3
23. Mid-band voltage gain Here n –3 = 0 is not possible
10 k I3 IC Similarly, if a coin is tossed n times then the
V0
difference between heads and tails is n – 3 is not
VS hfc 10 k possible
hfc Ib
required probability is 0
28. Line integral = C F. dr
Vo
(AVs) = C is circle x2 + y2 at Z =1
Vi = C yzdx
x cos , y sin and =0 to 2
hfe Ib (10 k) hfe (10 k)
2
=
I b (10 k) Ib hie
=
10 k hie = 0
(sin ) (1) (– sin d)
100 10 k cos 2 – 1
2 1 sin 2
2
AVs =
10 k
(neglecticng hie)
0 2 d 2 2 – 0 = –
=
|AVs| = 100
29. P = 40 W
24. Vs = 230 V, 50Hz
V = 240V
The rms volt of given
V 2 2402
Rectifier Vor = Vs = 1440
Vor = 230 V ~ 10A
Now Rlamp =
P 40
Vs AT t = 26, R = 120W and = 4.5 10–3/ C
Vor
Ior = Now Rlamp = R[1 + a (t2 – t1)]
R
Vor 230 1440 = 120 1 4.5 10 –3 [2 – 26
R=
Ior 10
t2 = 2470.44C
R = 23
25. Switch (i) and (ii) blocks the voltage in only 1
forward direction while switch (ii) and (iii) blocks 30. R = 25
2
the voltage in both derictions i.e. forward as were
Now V = RI
as in reverse directions.
26. Clearly, g(x) is a periodic function with period ‘1’ I I
300 = I 25 R 25
consider, g(x) = x – [x] for 0 < x < 1 2 2
The constant term in the fourier series expansion 600 = 50 I + I2
of I = 10 A or – 60 A
a I + 50 I – 600 = 0
2
g(x) is A0 = 0
2 I = 10A
1
= g ( x) dx 31. Ia = 1 – 90p.u
0
Ib2 = 4 – 150 p.u
x dx – x dx
1 1
=
0 0
1
Ic0 = 390 p.u
x2 1 1
= – 0 (0)dx Ia = Ia1 Ia2 Ia0
2
0 2
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1)
Now Ib2 = Ia2 230
36. 1 – ,50Hz
115V
4 –150 = 1 120 Ia2
Core loss = 1050 W at 230V, 50Hz
I a2 = 4 –270
Core loss = 500W at 138V, 30 Hz
I a0 = Ib0 Ic0 = 3 90 V
In both cases ratio is constant
I a1 =1 –90 = Ia1 4 –270 3 90 f
Wi
I a1 = 8 –90 Hence, = A.f + B.f2 = Wn + Wc
Now Ib1 = 2 Ia1 = 1 240 8 –90 8 150 CORE LOSS
At 50 Hz 1050 = A (50) + B(50)2
Ib = Ib0 Ib1 Ib2
At 30 Hz 500 = A (30) + B(30)2
= 8 150 4 –150 3 90 A = 10.167
= 11.53 154.3 p.u B = 0.217
32. For magnetic fields Wn at 50Hz = (10.167) 50 = 508 W
.B=0 Wc at 50 Hz = (0.217) (50)2 = 542 W
Now from options, 37. Given 15kW, 230V.dc shunt motor
(a) . B = (0) + 0 armature resistance Ra = 0.4
(b) . B = 0 Field resistance, Rsh = 230
(c) . B = 2x + 2y + 2z 0 1A 5A
Option (c) is correct
4A
1
34. Given x(z) = 230 230V
1 – z–3
x(z) can be written as
= 1 + z–3 + z–6 + 2–9
Now x[2] correspond to coefficient z–2 = 0 Eb1 = 230– 4 0.4 = 228.4V
and x [3] correspond to coefficient of z–3 = 1 1A 70A
35. The relation of time domain with frequency
domain is given by fourier transform. 69A
230V
F() =
–
f ( t).e– j t dt
1
2 –
and f(t) = F() e jt d
Eb2 = 230 – 69 0.4
Now replaring ‘’ by u we get = 202.4V
1 N2 Eb2 1
2 – = E
f(t) = f (u) e jut du ...(1) N1 b1 2
Eb 2
F(u).e
jut
Now g(t) = du ...(2) = ( Flux is constant)
– Eb1
Replacing ‘t’ by ‘–t’ in equation (i) we get,
Eb2
1
N 2 = N1
2 –
f(–t) = F(u)e– jut du ....(3) Eb1
1 202.4
f(–t) = g (t) = 1400
2 228.4
= 1240 rpm
As f(t) is even F(t) = F(–t)
g(t) = 2 f(t)
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1) 13
38. Given, P = b, f = 50Hz Vs = AVr + BIr
R2 = 0.1, X2 = 0.092 Vs A
Ir = – Vr
Sf1 = 3% = 0.03 B B
Tmax = ? As we know that V1 0
= (1( 2 )) = 10V1 –90 – 10 2 – 90
Tmax S S 2 2 0.1 90
m f1
= =
Tf 1 2SmS f 1 Ir = 10V1 –90 – 10 90 – 2
Tmax S2 S2f 1 Sr = Pr + jQr = Vr I*r
= m
Tf 1 2SmS f 1
= 1 2 10V1 90 – 2
R 0.1
Now Sm= 2 = 0.108 = 0.03 = 10V1 90 2 – 10 90
x2 0.92
= 10 V1 cos(90 ) jV1 sin(90 2 ) – j10
0.108 0.03
2 2
Tmax
= 10 –V1 sin 2 jV1 cos 2 – j10
= = 1.938 ~ 1.94
Tf 1 2 0.108 0.03
39. As per the given connection of Lamp’s they are = –10V1 sin 2 j 10V1 cos 2 – 10
becoming dark in the sequence L a– Lb L c . Hence Given Sr = 1 + j0.5
the phase sequences is opposite to infinite laws –10V1sin 2 = +1 10V1sin 2 = –1 –1
and frequency. tan 2
10V1 cos 2 – 10 0.5 10V1 cos 2 10.5 10.5
400m 200m 200m 200m
40. source–1 source–2 2 = –5.44
I B
From 10V1 sin2 = –1
200A 100A 200A
Let I be current supplied by source –1 10V1sin[5.44] = –1
‘r’ be resistance/length V1 =1.054
400 = (400r) I + (200r) (I – 200) + (200r) (I – 300) 42. C1 = Pg12 (0.05) APg1 B
+ (200r) ( I –500) + 400 Pg1 + Pg2 = 1000
0 = 400rI + 200rI –40000r + 200rI – 60000r dc1
+ 200rI –100000r C2 = 0 0.1Pg22 3APg 2 B dPg = 100
2
100Ir = 20000r dc1
I = 200A Now
dPg2 = 2Pg1 (0.05) + A
Current in branch – B is I –200 = 200 – 200 = 0 = 2 0.05Pg1 + A = 100 ...(i)
4 point p
dc1
source –1 supplies 0A current and dPg 2 0.1 Pg2 + 3A
2
source–2 supplies 100 A current
= 2 0.1Pg2 + 3A = 100 ...(ii)
41. Is Ir
Z Solving equation (i) and (ii) we get
+ +
Pg1 = 800 MW
Vs Vr
Pg2 = 200 MW
– – Pg1 4
Pg2
=
A B 1 2 1
= A B C
C D 0 1
43.
1 j0.1 1 0.1 90 RA RB
= =
0 1 0 1
Vs A B Vr Vs V1 0, B 0.1 90 300A 200A 100A
I =
s C D Ir Vr 1 2 , A 1 0
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1)
For Real B K = ()n : where n is no. of poles from the given plot
T.M.S = 0.1 K = (8)1
P. S. M = 5A
a 1
0.14 T.M.S Now , = 8 = 0.75
top = bk 24
(P.S.M)0.02 –1
Ifault(max) = 2000A 46. Characteristic equation is given by A – I = 0
Ifault (min) = 500 A
0– 1 –1
Maximum load current at C = 100A
–6 –11 – 6
For a setting current of 1A, plug setting is 100% =0
–6 –11 5–
Max fault current
PSM = – 1 –1
CT ratio current setting
–6 –11 – 6
=
2000
= 20 =0
100 1 –6 –11 5–
0.14 T.M.S 3 + 62 +11 + 6 = 0
top =
(P.S.M)0.02 – 1 = 1 –2, –3 are the eigen values of A
0.14 0.1 max = –1 and min = – 3
=
(20)0.02 – 1 max –1
1
= 0.227 0.23 sec –3 =
min 3
44. From the characteristic equation
47. Net z = j1 – j1 = 0, acts as short circuit
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
100sin(t)
(s ) i(t) = = 200 sin (t)
1 3 0 0.5
s (1 )s2 ( – 1) s (1 – )
s3 + (1 + s2 + s +1 = 0 0.5
By Routh Hurwitz criteria j1 –j 1
(1 + ) >1 100 sin( t ) V2
V1
( + –1) > 0
2
–j 1 j1
= 0.618 & – 0.618
But for system to be stable
i(t)
= 0.618 ivi = = 100sin (t)
2
45. From the magnitude plot, Now, V1 = (–j1)100sin (t)
S S V2 = (j1) 100sin (t)
K 1 1
2 4 and V =V1 – V2 = –j200sin t
G(s) =
S S S
S 1 1 1 48. Given pmmc and electro dynamometer type
8 24 36
meters are connected in series.
Now comparing with given transfer function
Both meters are carrying same current and both
1 1 are having same spring constants.
a= ;b=
4 24 Both are reflecting same readings. i.e. we should
For finding K: equate the reflecting torques.
For pmmc, T def = BAN.I.
(M)ind B
(–20 dB/dec) Electrodynometer, (Tdef) = I2. I 2 . d M
d
2 dm
BAN.I = I .
d
1 bg (0.2) (80 10–6) 100 I = I2 .5 10–3
I = 3.2
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1) 15
49. V If R A
2 A
R I1
V2 AC
V 02 R V 01
R 2 V0 C
V1 V 01 C
R 2 (c)
V1 A C + BC
V 01
R
B BC
A
V2 –V1 V2 – V02 A
=0
2R R AC
3V2 – V1
V02 = ...(i) A C + BC
2 (d ) C
V1 –V2 V1 –V01
2R R =0 B BC
Among all the options , option (c) is matching with
3V1 –V2
V01 = ...(ii) function F = A C BC
2
I1 = If 51.
Rf
V01 V01 1K –
V02 – 2 2 – V0 +
V0
+
Vin
R R – 1 F
From equation (i) and (ii) Act as Buffer
3V –V 3V2 –V1 The given circuits is LPF (Low Pass Filter)
V0 = V01 –V02 = 1 2 –
2 2 V0 1
V0 = 2(V1 –V2) =
Vin 1 SCR
50.
AC 1
=
AB 1 j (103 )(10–6 )
C 00 01 11 10
0 1 1 1
=
1 1 1
1 j 10 –3
BC 1000 1
= =
1000 j 1 S
F = A C BC 1000
A V0
A (dB)
A.(B.C) Vin
(a) Actual Curve
B 1000
0
C BC
–3 Slope = – 20 dB/decade
A
A
A + BC Low frequency asymptote curve
(b)
B Corner frequency is at = 1000
C BC Low frequency gain = 1{ = 0}
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 1)
52. To enable 3L 8L decoder, three enable lines E1 (which is connected as an output of AND-gate) should be
I
HIGH and E2 and E3 should be active low, it means 0 should be active low which is indicating that it is
m
memory mapped I/O interfacing. So address of the device will be in 16-bits. To select output port through
decoder 2nd line the status of A15 (I2) A14(I1) A13(I0) = 010 and to enable decoder through E1 enable line
A12 = 1 and A11 =0 and by default as a starting address other address lines (A10......A0) shold be zero. So,
overall port address is
A15 A14 A13 A12 A11 A10 A9 A8 A7 A6 A5 A4 A3 A2 A1 A0
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 = 5000H
53. T Peak to peak ripple in inductor current in
Vs – Vo
I = Tm
L
V0 load
D 0.05
100 – 100
= 0.1
0.05 10 –3
110 –3
V0 = 70v; Load, R = 10; L = 0.05H = 50 0.05
Firing angled = ? I = 2.5 A
The o/p volt of given converter is
4
b1 = Vs 0 sin d sin d
2
Vm 55.
V0 = (1+ cos)
2
4Vs
525
(1 cos ) = [1 – cos – cos + 0]
70 =
2
= 69.3 4Vs
= [1 – 2 cos ]
Vs
4Vs
2 RMS Value of V01 = [1 – 2 cos ]
0 3 2
V0 400
50 = [1 – 2 cos ]
2
u(t) = 77.15
2 + 2 3
54. V0
100V
0.05 0.1
I2 I
I1
Ton T
T ON TOFF
SOLVED PAPER – 2014
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Set - 2
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
GENERAL APTITUDE
Q. 1 – Q. 5 Carry One Mark Each. (a) Kaliningrad was historically Russian in its
1. Choose the most appropriate phrase from the ethnic make up
options given below to complete the following (b) Kaliningrad is a part of Russia despite it not
sentence. being contiguous with the rest of Russia
India is a post-colonial country because (c) Koenigsberg was renamed Kaliningrad, as that
(a) it was a former British colony was its original Russian name
(b) Indian Information Technology professionals (d) Poland and Lithuania are on the route from
have colonized the world Kaliningrad to the rest of Russia
(c) India does not follow any colonial practices 7. The number of people diagnosed with dengue fever
(contracted from the bite of a mosquito) in north
(d) India has helped other countries gain freedom India is twice the number diagnosed last year.
2. Who ___________ was coming to see us this Municipal authorities have concluded that
evening ? measures to control the mosquito population have
(a) you said (b) did you say failed in this region.
(c) did you say that (d) had you said Which one of the following statements, if true,
3. Match the columns: does not contradict this conclusion?
Column-1 Column-2 (a) A high proportion of the affected population
has returned from neighbouring countries
1. eradicate P. misrepresent
where dengue is prevalent
2. distort Q. soak completely
(b) More cases of dengue are now reported
3. saturate R. use because of an increase in the Municipal Office’s
4. utilize S. destroy utterly administrative efficiency
(a) 1 : S, 2 : P, 3 : Q, 4 : R (c) Many more cases of dengue are being
(b) 1 : P, 2 : Q, 3 : R, 4 : S diagnosed this year since the introduction of
(c) 1 : Q, 2 : R, 3 : S, 4 : P a new and effective diagnostic test
(d) The number of people with malarial fever (also
(d) 1 : S, 2 : P, 3 : R, 4 : Q
contracted from mosquito bites) has increased
4. What is the average of all multiples of 10 from this year
2 to 198?
8. If x is real and |x2 – 2x + 3| = 11, then possible
(a) 90 (b) 100 values of |– x3 + x2 – x| include
(c) 110 (d) 120 (a) 2, 4 (b) 2, 14
5. The value of (c) 4, 52 (d) 14, 52
12 12 12 ... is
9. The ratio of male to female students in a college
(a) 3.464 (b) 3.932 for five years is plotted in the following line graph.
(c) 4.000 (d) 4.444 If the number of female students doubled in 2009,
Q. 6 – Q. 10 Carry Two Marks Each. by what percent did the number of male students
6. The old city of Koenigsberg, which had a German increase in 2009?
majority population before World War 2, is now 3.5
Ratio of male to female students
called Kaliningrad. After the events of the war, 3
Kaliningrad is now a Russian territory and has a 2.5
predominantly Russian population. It is bordered 2
by the Baltic Sea on the north and the countries 1.5
of Poland to the south and west and Lithuania to 1
the east respectively. Which of the statements 0.5
below can be inferred from this passage? 0
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2)
10. At what time between 6 a.m. and 7 a.m. will the (a) Vc ( t) Vo2 (1 e t / 2RC ) Vo1
minute hand and hour hand of a clock make an
angle closest to 60°? (b) Vc ( t) Vo 2 (1 e t / 2RC ) Vo1
(a) 6 : 22 a.m. (b) 6 : 27 a.m.
(c) Vc (t) –(Vo 2 Vo1 )(1 e t / 2RC ) Vo1
(c) 6 : 38 a.m. (d) 6 : 45 a.m.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING (d) Vc ( t) (Vo 2 Vo1 )(1 e t / 2RC ) Vo1
Q. 1 – Q. 25 Carry One Mark Each. 8. A parallel plate capacitor consisting two dielectric
materials is shown in the figure. The middle
1. Which one of the following statements is true for
dielectric slab is placed symmetrically with respect
all real symmetric matrices?
to the plates.
(a) All the eigenvalues are real
10 Volt
(b) All the eigenvalues are positive
(c) All the eigenvalues are distinct
(d) Sum of all the eigenvalues is zero 1 1
2. Consider a dice with the property that the
probability of a face with n dots showing up is 2
proportional to n. The probability of the face with
d/2
three dots showing up is ________.
d
3. Minimum of the real valued function
f(x) = (x – 1)2/3 occurs at x equal to If the potential difference between one of the
plates and the nearest surface of dielectric
(a) – (b) 0
interface is 2 Volts, then the ratio 1 : 2 is
(c) 1 (d)
(a) 1:4 (b) 2:3
4. All the values of the multi-valued complex
(c) 3:2 (d) 4:1
function 1i, where i = 1 , are 9. Consider an LTI system with transfer function
(a) purely imaginary
1
(b) real and non-negative H(s) =
s(s 4)
(c) on the unit circle
If the input to the system is cos(3t) and the steady
(d) equal in real and imaginary parts
state output is A sin(3t + a), then the value of A is
5. Consider the differential equation
(a) 1/30 (b) 1/15
d2 y dy (c) 3/4 (d) 4/3
x2 x y = 0. Which of the following is a
dx 2 dx 10. Consider an LTI system with impulse response
solution to this differential equation for x > 0? h(t) = e –5t u(t). If the output of the system is
(a) ex (b) x2 y(t) = e–3t u(t) then the input, x(t), is given by
(c) 1/x (d) ln x (a) e–3t u(t) (b) 2 e–3t u(t)
6. Two identical coupled inductors are connected in (c) e u(t)
–5t
(d) 2 e–5t u(t)
series. The measured inductances for the two 11. Assuming an ideal transformer, the Thevenin’s
possible series connections are 380 μH and equivalent voltage and impedance as seen from
240 μH. Their mutual inductance in H the terminals x and y for the circuit in figure are
is ________
1
7. The switch SW shown in the circuit is kept at
position ‘1’ for a long duration. At t = 0+, the switch x
is moved to position ‘2’. Assuming |Vo2| > |Vo1|,
the voltage vc(t) across the capacitor is sin( t)
R ‘2’ y
SW 1:2
‘1’ (a) 2 sin(t), 4
R
VO2 VO1 (b) 1 sin(t), 1
C vc (c) 1 sin(t), 2
(d) 2 sin(t), 0.5
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2) 3
12. A single phase, 50 kVA, 1000V/100 V two winding 18. The state transition matrix for the system
transformer is connected as an autotransformer
as shown in the figure. x1 1 0 x1 1
x 1 1 x 1 u is
2 2
100 V et 0 et 0
(a) t (b) 2 t
e et t e et
1100 V
et 0 et tet
(c) t t (d) t
1100 V te e 0 e
19. The saw-tooth voltage waveform shown in the
figure is fed to a moving iron voltmeter. Its reading
would be close to _________
The kVA rating of the autotransformer is
_____________.
100 V
13. A three-phase, 4-pole, self excited induction
generator is feeding power to a load at a frequency
f1. If the load is partially removed, the frequency
becomes f2. If the speed of the generator is
maintained at 1500 rpm in both the cases, then
(a) f1, f2 > 50 Hz and f1 > f2
t
(b) f1 < 50 Hz and f2 > 50 Hz 20ms 40ms
(c) f1, f2 < 50 Hz and f2 > f1 20. While measuring power of a three-phase balanced
load by the two-wattmeter method, the readings
(d) f1 > 50 Hz and f2 < 50 Hz
are 100 W and 250 W. The power factor of the
14. A single phase induction motor draws 12 MW load is _________.
power at 0.6 lagging power. A capacitor is
21. Which of the following is an invalid state in an
connected in parallel to the motor to improve the
8-4-2-1 Binary Coded Decimal counter
power factor of the combination of motor and
capacitor to 0.8 lagging. Assuming that the real (a) 1000 (b) 1001
and reactive power drawn by the motor remains (c) 0011 (d) 1100
same as before, the reactive power delivered by 22. The transistor in the given circuit should always
the capacitor in MVAR is __________. be in active region. Take V CE(sat) = 0.2 V.
15. A three phase star-connected load is drawing VBE = 0.7V. The maximum value of Rc in which
power at a voltage of 0.9 pu and 0.8 power factor can be used, is ______
lagging. The three phase base power and base
current are 100 MVA and 437.38 A respectively. Rc
The line-to-line load voltage in kV
+
is ________. Rs = 2k 5V
16. Shunt reactors are sometimes used in high voltage = 100
transmission systems to 5V +
(a) limit the short circuit current through the line
(b) compensate for the series reactance of the line 23. The sinusoidal ac source in the figure has an rms
under heavily loaded condition
20
(c) limit over-voltages at the load side under value of V. Considering all possible values of
lightly loaded condition 2
(d) compensate for the voltage drop in the line RL, the minimum value of Rs in to avoid burnout
under heavily loaded condition of the Zener diode is _______.
Rs
17. The closed-loop transfer function of a system is
4
T(S) = 2
. The steady state error due 20
(s 0.4 s 4) V 5V RL
2 1/4W
to unit step input is ____.
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2)
24. A step-up chopper is used to feed a load at 400 V (a) – 1 V to – 2 V (b) – 2 V to – 4 V
dc from a 250 V dc source. The inductor current (c) + 1 V to – 2 V (d) + 2 V to – 4 V
is continuous. If the ‘off’ time of the switch is 30. The voltage across the capacitor, as shown in the
20 μs, the switching frequency of the chopper in figure, is expressed as
kHz is _________.
Vc(t) = A1 sin(1t – 1) + A2 sin(2t – 2)
25. In a constant V/f control of induction motor, the
ratio V/f is maintained constant from 0 to base 1 1H
frequency, where V is the voltage applied to the
motor at fundamental frequency f. Which of the 20 Vc(t) 1F 10
following statements relating to low frequency sin 10t sin 5t
operation of the motor is TRUE?
(a) At low frequency, the stator flux increases The values of A1 and A2 respectively, are
from its rated value
(a) 2.0 and 1.98 (b) 2.0 and 4.20
(b) At low frequency, the stator flux decreases
(c) 2.5 and 3.50 (d) 5.0 and 6.40
from its rated value
31. The total power dissipated in the circuit, shown
(c) At low frequency, the motor saturates
in the figure, is 1 kW.
(d) At low frequency, the stator flux remains
unchanged at its rated value 10A 2A 1 Xc1 XL R
Q. 26 – Q. 55 Carry Two Marks Each.
Load
26. To evaluate the double integral ac source v 200 V
XC2
8 ( y / 2)1 2 x y
0 y / 2 2 zdx dy, we make the
The voltmeter, across the load, reads 200 V. The
2x y y value of XL is ___________.
substitution u = and v = . The
2 2 32. The magnitude of magnetic flux density (B) at a
integral will reduce to point having normal distance d meters from an
4 2 4 1 infinitely extended wire carrying current of I A is
(a) 2u du dv (b) 2u du dv
0 0 0 0 0 I
(in SI units). An infinitely extended wire is
2d
(c)
0
4
0
1
u du dv (d)
0
4 2
0
u du dv laid along the x-axis and is carrying current of
4 A in the +ve x direction. Another infinitely
27. Let X be a random variable with probability extended wire is laid along the y-axis and is
density function carrying 2 A current in the +ve y direction. 0 is
0.2, for| x| 1 permeability of free space. Assume iˆ, ˆj, kˆ to unit
f(x) = 0.1, for 1 | x| 4 vectors along x, y and z axis respectively.
0, otherwise.
y
The probability P(0.5 < X , 5) is _____
28. The minimum value of the function 2A (2,1,0)
f(x) = x3 – 3x2 – 24 x + 100 in the interval [–3, 3] is 1
I amps
(a) 20 (b) 28 0I
d B=
(c) 16 (d) 32 2d 4A
29. Assuming the diodes to be ideal in the figure, for 1 2
the output to be clipped, the input voltage vi must
be outside the range z
10k
Assuming right handed coordinate system,
10k
Vo magnetic field intensity, H at coordinate (2, 1, 0)
vi
1V 2V will be
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2) 5
3 ˆ 4 ˆ where, N represents the number of samples per
(a) k weber/m2 (b) iA/m cycle. The output y(n) of the system under steady
2 3
state is
3 ˆ
(c) kA / m (d) 0 A/m (a) 0 (b) 1
2
(c) 2 (d) 5
33. A discrete system is represented by the difference
equation 35. A 10 kHz even-symmetric square wave is passed
through a bandpass filter with centre frequency
X1 ( k 1) a a 1 X 1 ( k) at 30 kHz and 3 dB passband of 6 kHz. The filter
X ( k 1) a 1 a X 2 ( k) output is
2
(a) a highly attenuated square wave at 10 kHz.
It has initial conditions X1(0) = 1; X2(0) = 0. The
(b) nearly zero
pole locations of the system for a = 1, are
(c) a nearly perfect cosine wave at 30 kHz
(a) 1 ± j0 (b) – 1 ± j0
(d) a nearly perfect sine wave at 30 kHz
(c) ± 1 + j0 (d) 0 ± j1
36. A 250 V dc shunt machine has armature circuit
34. An input signal x(t) = 2 + 5sin(100t) 2 is sampled resistance of 0.6 and field circuit resistance of
with a sampling frequency of 400 Hz and applied 125 . The machine is connected to 250 V supply
to the system whose transfer function is mains. The motor is operated as a generator and
represented by then as a motor separately. The line current of
Y( z) 1 1 z N the machine in both the cases is 50 A. The ratio
of the speed as a generator to the speed as a
Z( z) N 1 z1
motor is ___.
37. A three-phase slip-ring induction motor, provided with a commutator winding, is shown in the figure. The
motor rotates in clockwise direction when the rotor windings are closed.
3-phase ac, f Hz
f2
Prime Slip Ring Induction Motor
Mover
fr
f1
If the rotor winding is open circuited and the 39. For a single phase, two winding transformer, the
system is made to run at rotational speed fr with supply frequency and voltage are both increased
the help of prime-mover in anti-clockwise by 10%. The percentage changes in the hysteresis
direction, then the frequency of voltage across loss and eddy current loss, respectively, are
slip rings is f1 and frequency of voltage across (a) 10 and 21 (b) – 10 and 21
commutator brushes is f2. The values of f1 and f2 (c) 21 and 10 (d) – 21 and 10
respectively are 40. A synchronous generator is connected to an
(a) f + fr and f (b) f – fr and f infinite bus with excitation voltage Ef = 1.3 pu.
The generator has a synchronous reactance of
(c) f– fr and f + fr (d) f + fr and f – fr
1.1 pu and is delivering real power (P) of 0.6 pu to
38. A 20-pole alternator is having 180 identical stator the bus. Assume the infinite bus voltage to be
slots with 6 conductors in each slot. All the coils 1.0 pu. Neglect stator resistance. The reactive
of a phase are in series. If the coils are connected power (Q) in pu supplied by the generator to the
to realize single-phase winding, the generated bus under this condition is _________.
voltage is V1. If the coils are reconnected to realize 41. There are two generators in a power system.
three-phase star-connected winding, the No-load frequencies of the generators are
generated phase voltage is V2. Assuming full pitch, 51.5 Hz and 51 Hz, respectively, and both are
single-layer winding, the ratio V1/V2 is having droop constant of 1 Hz/MW. Total load in
1 1 the system is 2.5 MW. Assuming that the
(a) (b) generators are operating under their respective
3 2 droop characteristics, the frequency of the power
(c) 3 (d) 2 system in Hz in the steady state is ________.
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2)
42. The horizontally placed conductors of a single 48. Two ammeters X and Y have resistances of 1.2
phase line operating at 50 Hz are having outside and 1.5 respectively and they give full-scale
diameter of 1.6 cm, and the spacing between deflection with 150 mA and 250 mA respectively.
centers of the conductors is 6 m. The permittivity The ranges have been extended by connecting
of free space is 8.854 × 10–12 F/m. The capacitance shunts so as to give full scale deflection with
to ground per kilometer of each line is 15 A. The ammeters along with shunts are
(a) 4.2 × 10–9F (b) 8.4 × 10–9F connected in parallel and then placed in a circuit
(c) 4.2 × 10 F
–12
(d) 8.4 × 10–12F in which the total current flowing is 15A. The
current in amperes indicated in ammeter
43. A three phase, 100 MVA, 25 kV generator has
X is____.
solidly grounded neutral. The positive, negative,
and the zero sequence reactances of the generator 49. An oscillator circuit using ideal op-amp and diodes
are 0.2 pu, 0.2 pu, and 0.05 pu, respectively, at is shown in the figure.
the machine base quantities. If a bolted single
R
phase to ground fault occurs at the terminal of
+5V
the unloaded generator, the fault current in
amperes immediately after the fault is _________. –
44. A system with the open loop transfer function V0
C +
K
G(s) = –5V
s(s 2)(s 2 2s 2) 3k
is connected in a negative feedback configuration
with a feedback gain of unity. For the closed loop
1k
system to be marginally stable, the value of K is 1k
____
45. For the transfer function
The time duration for +ve part of the cycle is t1
5(s 4)
G(s) = t1 t2
s(s 0.25)( s 2 4 s 25) and for –ve part is t2. The value of will
RC
The values of the constant gain term and the be ______.
highest corner frequency of the Bode plot
50. The SOP (sum of products) form of a Boolean
respectively are
function is (0, 1, 3, 7, 11), where inputs are A, B,
(a) 3.2, 5.0 (b) 16.0, 4.0 C, D (A is MSB, and D is LSB). The equivalent
(c) 3.2, 4.0 (d) 16.0, 5.0 minimized expression of the function is
46. The second order dynamic system
(a) (B C)(A C)(A B)(C D)
dX
PX Qu y = RX (b) (B C)(A C)(A C)(C D)
dt
has the matrices P, Q and R as follows: (c) (B C)(A C)(A C)(C D)
1 1 0 (d) (B C)(A B)(A B)(C D)
P Q 1 R [0 1]
0 3 51. A JK flip flop can be implemented by T flip-flops.
The system has the following controllability and Identify the correct implementation.
observability properties:
(a) Controllable and observable J
T Qn
(b) Not controllable but observable (a)
Clk
(c) Controllable but not observable K
Qn
(d) Not controllable and not observable
47. Suppose that resistors R1 and R2 are connected in
parallel to give an equivalent resistor R. If
resistors R1 and R2 have tolerance of 1% each, J Qn
the equivalent resistor R for resistors (b) T
Clk T flip-flop
R1 = 300 and R2 = 200 will have tolerance of K
(a) 0.5% (b) 1% Qn
(c) 1.2% (d) 2%
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2) 7
J Qn is
(c) T
+
Clk
K VS Load
–
Qn
54. A single-phase SCR based ac regulator is feeding
J Qn power to a load consisting of 5 resistance and
(d)
T
T flip-flop
16 mH inductance. The input supply is 230 V,
Clk
K 50 Hz ac. The maximum firing angle at which
the voltage across the device becomes zero all
Qn
throughout and the rms value of current through
52. In an 8085 microprocessor, the following program SCR, under this operating condition, are
is executed (a) 30º and 46 A
Address location – Instruction (b) 30º and 23 A
2000H XRA A (c) 45º and 23 A
2001H MVI B,04H (d) 45º and 32 A
2003H MVI A, 03H 55. The SCR in the circuit shown has a latching
2005H RAR current of 40 mA. A gate pulse of 50 μs is applied
2006H DCR B to the SCR. The maximum value of R in to
ensure successful firing of the SCR is _____.
2007H JNZ 2005
200AH HLT SCR
At the end of program, register A contains
(a) 60H (b) 30H 100V
+ 500
(c) 06H (d) 03H R
53. A fully controlled converter bridge feeds a highly 200mH
inductive load with ripple free load current. The
input supply (vs) to the bridge is a sinusoidal
source. Triggering angle of the bridge converter
is = 30º. The input power factor of the bridge is
__________.
ANSWERS
GENERAL APTITUDE
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (140 to 140)
10. (a)
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1. (a) 2. (0.13 to 0.15) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (c)
6. (35 to 35) 7. (d) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (b)
11.(a) 12. (545 to 555) 13. (c) 14. (6.97 to 7.03) 15. (117 to 120)
16.(c) 17. (0 to 0) 18. (c) 19. (56 to 59) 20. (0.78 to 0.82)
21.(d) 22. (22 to 23) 23. (299 to 301) 24. (31.0 to 31.5) 25. (b)
26.(b) 27. (0.35 to 0.45) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (a)
31.(17.3 to 17.4) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (c)
36.(1.22 to 1.32) 37. (a) 38. (d) 39. (a) 40. (0.10 to 0.12)
41.(49.9 to 50.1) 42. (b) 43. (15300 to 15500) 44. (5 to 5) 45. (a)
46.(c) 47. (b) 48. (9.9 to 10.3) 49. (1.2 to 1.3) 50. (a)
51.(b) 52. (a) 53. (0.74 to 0.82) 54. (c) 55. (6055 to 6065)
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2)
EXPLANATIONS
G eneral Aptitude and for x2 –2x + 14 = 0
4. All multiples of 10 from 2 to 198 b2 – 4ac = 4 –4(1)(14) < 0
= 10, 20,............190 Hence roots are imaginary
Now an = a + (n – 1)d The value of x is the root of x2 –2x –8 = 0
190 = 10 + (n – 1) 10 2 4 4(1)(8)
Now x=
180 = (n – 1) 10 2
18 = n – 1 2 36 2 6
= =
n = 19 2 2
Hence total number of multiples are 19. x = 4, –2.
n Now for x= 4,
Now Sn = [2a ( n 1) d ]
2 –x3 + x2 – x = – 64 + 16 – 4 = 52.
19 and for x = –2
= [20 (18)(10)]
2 –x3 + x2 – x = + 8 + 4 + 2 = 14
19 Hence possible values of –x3 + x2 – x = 14, 52
[20 180] = 1900
=
2 9. Ratio of male to female student in 2008 = 5 : 2
Now average of all multiples of 10 from 2 to198 In 2009, let the male student be 5x and female
10 20 ... 190 student be 2x
=
19 Now if number of female students double in 2009
1900 Number of female student = 4x
= =100
19 Number of male student = 12x
Gender 2008 2009
5. 12 12 12 ...
Male 5x 12x
For a particular type of question Female 2x 4x
% of male student increase in 2009
i.e. a a a ... we find a two consecutive
12 x 5 x
number whose product is a. The greater number = 100 %
among the two consecutive number is the answer. 5 x
Here a = 12 7
= 100 % = 140%
i.e. 12 = 3 4 5
10. 12
greater number 11 1
10 2
Hence 12 12 12 ... = 4
6. According to the passage, kaliningrad is a part of 9 3
Russia despite it not being contiguous with the
rest of Russia. 8 4
7. Among given option, option (d) i.e. the number of 7 5
people with malarial fever has increased this year 6
do not contradic the conclusion. From option
8. Here it is given that x is real At 6 a.m.
Now x2 –2x + 3 = 11 Both hand – 180 aparts,
x2 – 2x + 3 = 11 or x2 –2x + 3 = –11 At 6 : 20 a.m. – both hand apart
For x2 –2x + 3 = 11 x2 –2x –8 = 0 180 + 10 – 120 = 70
b2 – 4ac = 4 –4(1)(–8) = 36 > 0 At 6 : 22 a.m. – both hand apart
Hence roots are real. 180 + 12 – 132 = 60 (closest)
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2) 9
E lectrical Engineering 6. Given, 2L + 2M = 380
1. For real symmetric matrices, all the eigen values and 2 L – 2M = 240
are real. 4 M = 140
2. P(X = K) = nK Where K = 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 M = 35H
n 7. When the switch SW is at position 1, the capacitor
2n
C is charged to voltage V01.
3n Now, when the switch SW is thrown to
P(X = K) =
4 n position 2, the circuit becomes as shown below:
5n R R
+
6 n
Now sum of all probability equals to one
n + 2n + 3n + 4n + 5n + 6n = 1
C VC(t )
21 n = 1 V02 I
1
n=
21 –
Now probability of face with three dots VC (0–) = VC (0+) = V01
i.e. for K=3 Using KVL in the circuit, we get
P(X = K) = nK dq q
V02 2R =0
P(X = 3) = 3n dt c
1 1 dq dt
= 3 = = 0.1428 =
21 7 cV02 q 2RC
F(x) = ( x 1)
2 q
log e cV02 – q q = – t
3. 3
0
2RC
Inorder to find maximum or minimum point for
the function, differentiate the function w.r.t. x and cV02 q t
log e =
equate it to zero cV02 q0 2RC
2 2
1 2
1
cV02 q
t
f (x) = ( x 1) 3 = ( x 1) 3 = e 2RC
3 3 cV02 q0
put f (x) = 0 to find the point
t
x = 1 q = cV02 (cV02 cV01 ) e 2RC ( q0 = cV01)
Hence the given function is minimum at x = 1.
t
4. All the values of the multi-valued complex VC(t) = V02 (V02 V01 ) e 2RC
function 1 i , where i = 1 are real and
t
VC(t) = (V02 V01 ) 1 e 2RC V01
non-negative.
8.
d2 y dy
5. x2 2
x y = 0 is cauchy – Euler equation
dx dx 2
1 1
(2 – 1). y = 0
d
where =
dz
and z = log x, x = ez
A.E : m2 – 1 = 0 m = –1,1
C1 d d d
Solution is y = C1e–z + C2ez = C2 x 4 2 4
x 10 V
1
is a solution
x
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2)
1 A 4A 1 1 4 t 1 4 3
C1 = , = e sin 3t cos3t
d4 d 25 15 5 5
A2 2A 2 1 4 t 1
C2 = , = e sin(3t )
d2 d 25 15
A1 4A 1
C3 =
d4
d
1
where = tan 3 4
At steady-state t
1
V 1
C1 C2C3 and C(t) = sin(3t )
VC1 = = 10 15
1
1
1 C2C3 C1C3 C1C2
C1 C2 C3 1
gives A= .
15
2 81 2 10
= 10. h(t) = e–5t u(t)
10 8 12 8 12 16 12
Laplace transform gives,
2 2
=
2 2 2 1 1
10 H(s) =
s5
1 3
= y(t) = e–3t u(t) – e–5t u(t)
2 2
1 Laplace transform gives,
9. H(s) = 1 1
s(s 4)
2
Y(s) = =
Input r(t) = cos 3t, s 3 s 5 (s 3)(s 5)
s Y(s) 2(s 5) 2
R(s) = Then, X(s) = = =
s2 9 H(s) (s 3)(s 5) s 3
Then C(s) = H(s) . R(s)
Inverse Laplace transform gives,
s 1 1
C(s) = 2 = x(t) = L–1 X (s) = 2e–3t u(t)
s 9 s(s 4) (s 4)(s2 9) 2 2 2
Using partial fraction, we have V N 2
11. ZXY = Z1 2 Z1 2 1 4
A B C V1 N1 1
C(s) =
s 4 s3 j s3 j N2
VXY = V1 . 2sin t
1 1 N1
A= ,
s 9 s 4
2 25 C 500A
+
12.
1 1 100V
B= =
( s 4)( s 3 j) s3 j (4 3 j )(6 j )
550A
D
+ 1100V
1 1 50A
C= =
(s 4)(s 3 j) s –3 j ( 6 j )(4 3 j) 1000V 1000V
1 1 – –
Now, C(s) =
25(s 4) (4 3 j )(6 j)(s 3 j ) B
KVA rating of Auto transfer
1
= 1000 V 550 A = 550 KVA
(4 – 3 j)(6 j )(s 3 j )
Inverse Laplace gives, or, = 1100 V 500 A = 550 KVA.
1 4 t 1 13. Initially self excited generator supply power to a
C(t) = e [4e3 jt 4e3 jt 3 je3 jt 3 je3 jt ] load at f1. If load is partially removed then slightly
25 150 j
speed increase, also frequency f2
1 4 t 1
= e [8 sin 3t + 6 cos 3t] f2 > f1
25 150
But both cases f1f2 < 50Hz
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2) 11
14. P1 =12 MW 19. Meter will read RMS value
cos 1 = 0.6 Vm 100
VRMS = = = 57.73 V
Q1 = P1 tan 1 Q1 3 3
8 20. Power factor,
= P1 1
6
3 W1 W2
= 16 MVAR P1 cos = cos tan 1
When p.f. becomes 0.8 W1 W2
cos = 0.8 3(250 100)
Then, Q2 = P1 tan 2 [real power remain same] = cos tan 1
250 100
6 = cos tan–1 [0.742]
= 12 = 9 MVAR
8 = 0.802 lagging.
Since, reactive power drawn by motor remain
21. BCD code (Binary coded decimal) code is also
the same, reactive power supplied by capacitor
known as 8 – 4 – 2 – 1 code. This is because 8, 4,
QC = Q1 – Q2 = 16 – 9 = 7 MV AR 2 and 1 are the weights of the four bits of the
(Base KVA)3 BCD code. The weight of the LSB is 20 or 1, that
15. Base current = of the next higher order bit is 21 or 2, that of the
3 (KVL ) base next higher order bit is 22 or 4, and that of the
MSB is 2 3 or 8. Ther efore, th is is a
100 103 weighted code and arithmetic operations
437.38 =
3 (KVL ) base can be performed using this code, which
will be discussed later on. The bit assignment
(KVL)base = 132 KV 0101, for example, can be interpreted by the
Then, line-to-line voltage in KV weights to represent the decimal digit 5 because
= 132 KV 0.9 = 118.8 KV 0 8 + 1 4 + 0 2 + 1 1 = 5. Since four binary
bits are used the maximum decimal equivalent
C(s) 4 that may be coded is 1510 (i.e., 11112). But the
17. T(s) = = 2
R(s) s 0.4 s 4 maximum decimal digit available is 910. Hence
the binary codes 1010, 1011, 1100, 1101, 1110, 1111,
R(s) C(s) E(s) s2 0.4 s representing 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15 in decimal
= = 2
R(s) R(s) s 0.4 s 4 are never being used in BCD code. So these six
codes are called forbidden codes and the group of
Steady- state error these codes is called the forbidden group in BCD
sR( s)( s2 0.4 s) code. BCD code for decimal digits 0 to 9 is shown
ess = lim sE(s) = lim in the following table.
s 0 s0 s2 0.4 s 4
1 Decimal ( BCD)
Here, R(s) =
s digit 8421
s 0.4 s
2 0 0000
Then, ess = lim 2
=0
1 0001
s0 s 0.4 s 4
18. State transition matrix, 2 0010
(t) = L–1 [sI – A]–1 3 0011
1 4 0100
1 s 1 0
=L
1
5 0101
1 s
6 0110
1 s 1 0
= L1 2 1 7 0111
( s 1) s 1 8 1000
1 9 1001
s 1 0
et 0
(t) = L1 =
1 1 tet et
(s 1)2
s 1
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2)
22. 2y 1 2 x y
RC
26. y dx dy
5V 2 2
2 k 2x y
= 100 Let u=
2
5V du
=1
dx
du = dx
In B-E loop, using KVL, we have y
2 y
5 – 2KIB – VBE = 0 y
x= u =
2
For 0
2 2
5 0.7
IB = = 2.15 mA y
2K and x = 1 u = 1
2
and IC = IB = 100 2.15 mA = 215 mA
1 2 x y
y
= y2
1
Using KVL in C-E loop, we get dx = 0 u du
VCE = 5 – 0.215 RC 2 2
u du dy
For active region, VCE > 0.2 V 8 y
1 2x y
8 1
dx dy = 0
2
0.215 RC < 5 – 0.2 y
0
2 2 0
4.8 y
RC = 22.32 . Now v=
0.215 2
23. To avoid burn-out
dv 1
IS IZ + IL = dy = 2 dv
dy 2
For RL = [considering all possible values]
0
IL = 0 For y = 0, v = =0
2
20 VZ 8
then, IS IZ > and y = 8, v = = 4
RS 2
Since, 5.IS =
1
4
8
0
1
0
(u du) dy = 0
4
2(u du) dv
0
1
1 4 5
IS =
1
A 27. P (0.5 x 5) = f ( x) dx f ( x)dx f ( x) dx
0.5 1 4
20
1 4
1 20 5 = 0.2 dx 0.1 dx 0
Then, 0.5 1
20 RS
= 0.2[X] 1
0.5 0.1[X]14 = 0.2 (0.5) + (0.1) (3)
RS 300
= 0.1 + 0.3 = 0.4
Minimum value of RS = 300
28. f(x) = x3 – 3x2 – 24x + 100
24. Vo = 400 V f(–3) = (–3)3 –3 (–3)2 – 24 (–3) + 100
Vs = 250 V = –27 –27 + 72 + 100 = 118
Toff = 20 sec f(–2) = (–2)3 –3 (–2)2 – 24 (–2) + 100
F=? = –8 –12 + 48 + 100 = 128
Vs Vs f(–1) = (–1)3 –3 (–1)2 – 24 (–1) + 100
Vo = I–D=
1–D 1–D = –1 – 3 + 24 + 100 = 120
250 f(0) = 100
I –D =
400 f(1) = (1)3 –3 (1)2 – 24 (1) + 100
Now Toff = (1 – D) T = 1 – 3 – 24 + 100 = 74
20 10 –6
Toff f(2) = (2)3 –3 (2)2 – 24 (2) + 100
T= = 400 = 8 – 12 – 48 + 100 = 48
1–D 250
250 106
f(3) = (3)3 –3 (3)2 – 24 (3) + 100
1
Now f= = = 27 – 27 – 72 + 100 = 28
T 20 400
Hence the minimum value of function in the
f = 31.25 kHz interval [–3, 3] is 28.
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2) 13
10K A 31. Power dissipation = 1 kW = 1000 W
29. +
1000 = 22.1 + 102. R
D1 D2
[Power dissipation occurs in 1 and Resistor R]
Vi 10K Vo
1V 2V 1000 = 4 + 100 R
R = 9.96
–
B
Now, 200 = (10R)2 (10X L ) 2
When 2V > VAB > – 1V
Then D1 and D2 will be ON 2002 = 100 R2 + 100 XL2
and Vo = – 2 volt. 10XL = 173.43
For D1 to be OFF, XL = 17.34
VAB < – 1 V 32. Magnetic field intensity due to wire carrying 2A
For D2 to be OFF, current in + Y direction.
VAB > – 2 V I1 ) 2 k 1 ( k
) A/m
H1 = ( k
then, for – 1 V > VAB > – 2V 2d1 2 2 2
both D1 and D2 will be OFF and output voltage Magnetic field intensity due to wire carrying 4A
will not be clipped. current in the + X – direction
Vi V I2
and, Vo = .10 i . H2 = k
10 10 2 2d2
For output voltage not to be clipped, the condition
4
Vi H2 = 2 ( k) A/m
is, 1V 2V
2 Then, resultant field intensity,
– 2 V > Vi > – 4 V 1 4
Hence, for output voltage to be clipped, input H = H1 H2 = ( k) k
2 2
voltage Vi must lie outside the range of
3
– 2 V > Vi > – 4V H = k A/m
2
30. Opening current source,
33.From the given difference equation,
20sin10t 1 20sin10t a a 1
VC1(t) = . = A =
R
1 j 1C j1RC 1 a 1 a
j1C
The pole locations of the system for a = 1.
20sin10t 1 0
= [1 = 10 rad/sec] Then A=
1 j10 2 1
|SI – A| (s – 1)2 = 0
20sin(10t 1 )
= , where tan 1 (10) S = 1 ± j0
101 1
36. When running as a motor,
VC1(t) 2 sin (10t – 1) ...(A) 48A 50A
+
Now, shorting voltage source, we have
0.6 125
10sin 5t 1
VC2(t) = .
R
1 j 2C +
j 2 C 250 V
Em 2A
–
10sin 5t 10sin 5t
= = [ 2 = 5 rad/sec]
1 j 2 CR 15j
10 –
= sin(5t – 2), where2 = tan–1 (5) 250
26 If = 2A
VC2(t) 1.97 sin(5t – 2) ...(B) 125
From equation (A) and equation (B), we have Em = Vt – Ia ra
A1 = 2.0, A2 = 1.98 = 250 – 48 0.6 = 221.2 Volt
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2)
When running as a generator, = [(1.1)1 – x (1.1)x – 1] 100%
52A 50A = [1.1 – 1] 100 = 10%
+
2A Percentage change in Pe,
0.6
125
Pe Pe
+ Pe = P
2 1
100 %
Eg
250 V e1
–
(1.1V)2 V 2
= 2
100 %
V
–
= 1(1.21 – 1) 100 % = 21%
Eg = 52 0.6 + 250
= 281.2 Volt E f Vt
40. P= sin
Xs
nz P
60 A
Now, As, E=
1.3 1
0.6 = sin
1.1
Then E m = nm [ remain constant] sin = 0.5077
Eg ng
= 30.5
Ratio of generator to motor speed,
Reactive power Q (in p.u.) supplied by the
ng 281.2 generator
= = 1.271
nm 221.2
E f Vt Vt2
37. Whenever the Rotor winding is open circuited = cos
Xs Xs
and rotating in anti-clockwise direction then the
frequency of voltage across slip rings is 1.3 1 1
= 0.8616 = 0.109 p.u.
1.1 1.1
(N s N r )P
f1 = 41. f (Hz)
120
1 Hz/MW 51.5 Hz
f1 = f + fr 51.5 Hz
1 Hz/MW
At the same time frequency of voltage across f
commutator brushes if
P1 P2
N sP
f2 = f
120 O f (Hz)
38. Given poles, P = 20 Given, P1 + P2 = 2.5 MW
Total slots = 180
51.5 f 51 f
4 Total no. of conductor = 180 6 = 1080 and = =1
P1 P2
4 the ratio of voltage generated when the coils
are connected in 1 – to when the coils are Now P1 + P2 = 2.5
connected in 3 – , Y-connection. 51.5 – f + 51 – f = 2.5
f = 50 Hz.
(V1 )1
i.e., = 2 42. Capacitance to ground/m of each line
(V2 )3
2 o
x C= F/m
V D
x
39. Hysteresis loss Ph f Bm f f 1 x V x ln
f r
Percentage change in Ph Where D is spacing between conductors and r is
the radius of conductor.
Ph Ph
P h =
2 1
100 % 2 8.854 1012
Ph1 C= F/m
600
ln
(1.1 f )1 x .(1.1V) x ( f )1 x V x 0.8
= 1 x x
100 % = 8.4 10–12 F/m
f V
C = 8.4 10–9 F/km
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2) 15
43. Fault current, 46. For controllability,
3 MC = [Q PQ]
If (p.u.) = 3Iao =
Z0 Z1 Z0 0 1
MC =
3 1 1 3
= pu
0.2 0.05 0.2 0.15 0 1
M C = 0
Base current, 1 3
100 106 Therefore, the system is Controllable.
IBase = 3
3 25 10 Now, for observability.
Then, fault current in amperes. 0 0
Mo = R R p =
T T T
= If (pu) IBase
1 3
1 100 103 0 0
= M o = 0
0.15 3 25 1 3
= 15396 amp. Therefore, the system is not observable.
44. Characteristics equation is, 1 + G(s)H(s) = 0 200 300
47. Rreal = 120
1 + G(s) = 0 (H(s) = 1) 200 300
k Taking 1% positive error, observed value,
1 =0 202 303
s(s 2)( s2 2s 2) Robs = 121.2
202 303
s4 + 4s3 + 6s2 + 4s + k = 0
121.2 120
Constructing Routh- array, we have Tolerance = = 0.01 = 1%
120
s4 1 6 k Taking 1% negative error, observed value,
3
s 4 4 0 198 297
Robs = 118.8
s2
5 k 198 297
20 – 4 k 118.8 120
s1 0 Tolerance = = 0.01 = – 1%
5 120
For the closed loop system to be marginally 48. For ammeter X, shunt resistance RSX
stable, 20 – 4k = 0 15 R SX
k=5 and, = 150 10–3
R SX 1.2
5(s 4) RSX = 0.0121
45. G(s) =
s(s 0.25)(s2 4 s 25) For ammeter Y, shunt resistance RSY
5( j 4) 15 R SY
G(j) = = 250 10–3
j ( j 0.25)[( j )2 4 j 25] R SY 1.5
j RSY = 0.0256
5 4 4 1
4 When two ammeters are connected in parallel,
=
j 2 4 15 A
j (4 j 1) j 1 25
5 25
RSX 1.2 RSY 1.5
j
4 1 150 mA
80 250 mA
=
25 j 2 4( j )
j (4 j 1) 1 I1 I2
5 25 15 A
80 Equivalent resistance of ammeter X,
Constant gain term = = 3.2
25 RX = RSX // 1.2 = 0.0118
Corner frequencies are = 4, = 0.25, = 5 and equivalent resistance of ammeter Y,
Then highest corner frequency = 5 rad/sec. RY = RSY // 1.5 = 0.0245
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 2)
The current in amperes indicated in ammeter X, Now, according to consensus theorem J-K will
RY
become redundant term, so it should be
I1 = 15 eliminated.
RX RY
Hence, T = JQ n K.Q n , which in matching with
0.0245
= 15 =10.12 Amp. our desired result and option-(b) is correct answer.
0.0245 0.0118
53. Pin = Vs,rms Is,rms cos = V0 I0
50. f = (0, 1, 3, 7, 11)
V0 I0
Constructing K-map, we have cos = [Since I0 = Is,rms]
Vs,rms Is,rms
CD
AB 00 01 11 10
V0
0 =
00 1 1 1 Vs,rms
0 1 3 2
B+C
01 0 0 1 0 2 2 Vs
A+ B 7 5 7 6 cos 30
0 0 0 0 cos = = 0.779
11
12 13 15 14 Vs
10 0 8
0 9 1 0 10 54. Vs = 230V, 50Hz
11
C+D R = 5, L = 16mH
A+ C The maximum firing angle at which the volt across
For POS, inserting 0’s in the cells of K-map device becomes zero is the angle at which device
unoccupied by L’s trigger i.e. minimum firing angle to converter.
Hence equivalent POS expresion
XL L
f = (B C)(A C)(A B)(C D) = = tan 1 tan 1
R R
51. Qn J K Qn +1 T 2 50 16 103
= = tan 1 45.1
0 0 0 0 0 5
0 0 1 0 0
The current flowing SCR is max at their angle
0 1 0 1 1 ie. when = , =
0 1 1 1 1 1
1 0 0 1 0 1 V
2 2
ITrms = sin(t ) .d t
m
1 0 1 0 1 2 2
1 1 0 1 0
Vm 2 230
1 1 1 0 1 ITrms = 2 z
2 52 5.042
ITrms = 22.9 23A
55. From the given circuit,
500
tg
100 100 103
Analysis: IL = 1e 200
R 500
If you will observe the combinational circuit
output expression which is the input for T flip where IL is the latching current and tg is the gate
flop is not matching directly, so you should go pulse width
through the option. If you will solve the 2.5 50 10 –6
combinational circuit of option (B) then 40 10–3 =
100 1
1 e 103
R 5
T = (J Qn ).(K Q n )
= J.K JQn K.Qn Qn Q n
40 10–3 =
100 1
R
1 e0.125
5
= J.K JQn K.Qn 0 ( Qn . Qn 0)
100
= J.K JQ n K.Qn = 0.01649
R
R = 6060 .
SOLVED PAPER – 2014
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Set - 3
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
GENERAL APTITUDE
Q .No. 1-5 Carry One Mark Each Q.No. 6-10 Carry Two Marks Each
1. While trying to collect an envelope 6. A dance programme is scheduled for 10.00 a.m.
I Some students are participating in the
programme and they need to come an hour earlier
from under the table, Mr. X fell down
and than the start of the event. These students should
II III
be accompanied by a parent. Other students and
was losing consciousness. parents should come in time for the programme.
IV The instruction you think that is appropriate for
Which one of the above underlined parts of the this is
sentence is NOT appropriate? (a) Students should come at 9.00 a.m. and
(a) I (b) II parents should come at 10.00 a.m.
(c) III (d) IV (b) Participating students should come at
2. If she __________ how to calibrate the instrument, 9.00 a.m. accompanied by a parent, and other
she ________ done the experiment. parents and students should come by
(a) knows, will have 10.00 a.m.
(b) knew, had (c) Students who are not participating should
(c) had known, could have come by 10.00 a.m. and they should not bring
(d) should have known, would have their parents. Participating students should
come at 9.00 a.m.
3. Choose the word that is opposite in meaning to
the word “coherent”. (d) Participating students should come before
9.00 a.m. Parents who accompany them
(a) sticky (b) well-connected
should come at 9.00 a.m. All others should
(c) rambling (d) friendly
come at 10.00 a.m.
4. Which number does not belong in the series
7. By the beginning of the 20th century, several
below?
hypotheses were being proposed, suggesting a
2, 5, 10, 17, 26, 37, 50, 64 paradigm shift in our understanding of the
(a) 17 (b) 37 universe. However, the clinching evidence was
(c) 64 (d) 26 provided by experimental measurements of the
5. The table below has question-wise data on the position of a star which was directly behind our
performance of students in an examination. The sun.
marks for each question are also listed. There is Which of the following inference(s) may be drawn
no negative or partial marking in the examination. from the above passage?
Q.No. Marks Answered Answered Not (i) Our understanding of the universe changes
Correctly Wrongly Attempted based on the positions of stars
1 2 21 17 6 (ii) Paradigm shifts usually occur at the
2 3 15 27 2 beginning of centuries
3 2 23 18 3 (iii)Stars are important objects in the universe
What is the average of the marks obtained by (iv)Experimental evidence was important in
the class in the examination? confirming this paradigm shift
(a) 1.34 (b) 1.74 (a) (i), (ii) and (iv) (b) (iii) only
(c) 3.02 (d) 3.91 (c) (i) and (iv) (d) (iv) only
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3)
8. The Gross Domestic Product (GDP) in Rupees 4. Lifetime of an electric bulb is a random variable
grew at 7% during 2012-2013. For international with density f(x) = kx2, where x is measured in
comparison, the GDP is compared in US Dollars years. If the minimum and maximum lifetimes
(USD) after conversion based on the market of bulb are 1 and 2 years respectively, then the
exchange rate. During the period 2012-2013 the value of k is ________.
exchange rate for the USD increased from 5. A function f(t) is shown in the figure.
` 50/ USD to ` 60/ USD. India’s GDP in USD f(t)
during the period 2012-2013
(a) increased by 5% (b) decreased by 13% 1/2
(c) decreased by 20% (d) decreased by 11% T/2
–T/2 0 t
9. The ratio of male to female students in a college
–1/2
for five years is plotted in the following line graph.
If the number of female students in 2011 and The Fourier transform F() of f(t) is
2012 is equal, what is the ratio of male students (a) real and even function of
in 2012 to male students in 2011? (b) real and odd function of
(c) imaginary and odd function of
Ratio of male to female students
3.5
3 (d) imaginary and even function of
2.5 6. The line A to neutral voltage is 1015V for a
2
balanced three phase star-connected load with
1.5
phase sequence ABC. The voltage of line B with
1
0.5
respect to line C is given by
0
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 (a) 10 3 105V (b) 10 105V
(a) 1 : 1 (b) 2 : 1 (c) 10 3 75V (d) 10 3 90V
(c) 1.5 : 1 (d) 2.5 : 1 7. A hollow metallic sphere of radius r is kept at
potential of 1 Volt. The total electric flux coming
10. Consider the equation : (7526)8 – (Y)8 = (4364)8,
out of the concentric spherical surface of radius
where (X)N stands for X to the base N. Find Y.
R (> r) is
(a) 1634 (b) 1737
(a) 40r (b) 40r 2
(c) 3142 (d) 3162 (c) 40R (d) 40R2
Q.No. 1-25 Carry One Mark Each 8. The driving point impedance Z(s) for the circuit
shown below is
1. Two matrices A and B are given below :
1H 1H
p q p2 q2 pr qs
A= ;B= 2
pr qs r s
2
r s
Z(s) 1F 1F
If the rank of matrix A is N, then the rank of
matrix B is
(a) N/2 (b) N–1 s4 3s2 1 s4 2s2 4
(a) (b)
(c) N (d) 2N s3 2s s2 2
2. A particle, starting from origin at t = 0s, is s2 1 s3 1
traveling along x-axis with velocity (c) ( d )
s4 s2 1 s4 s2 1
9. A signal is represented by
v = cos t m/s
2 2 1 t 1
At t = 3s, the difference between the distance x(t) =
0 t 1
covered by the particle and the magnitude of
displacement from the origin is ____________. The Fourier transform of the convolved single
y(t) = x(2t)*x(t/2) is
3. Let, (f v ) = x y + y z + z x ; where f and v 2 2 2
4 4
are scalar and vector fields respectively. (a) 2 sin sin(2) (b) 2 sin
If v = yi + zj + xk, then v.f is 2 2
4 4
(a) x2y + y2z + z2x (b) 2xy + 2yz + 2zx (c) 2 sin(2) (d) 2 sin
2
(c) x + y + z (d ) 0
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3) 3
10. For the signal f(t) = 3 sin 8t + 6 sin 12t + sin 14t, 15. For a fully transposed transmission line
the minimum sampling frequency (in Hz) (a) positive, negative and zero sequence
satisfying the Nyquist criterion is __________. impedances are equal
11. In a synchronous machine, hunting predominantly (b) positive and negative sequence impedances
damped by are equal
(a) mechanical losses in the rotor (c) zero and positive sequence impedances are
(b) iron losses in the rotor equal
(c) copper losses in the stator (d) negative and zero sequence impedances are
(d) copper losses in the rotor equal
12. A single phase induction motor is provided with 16. A 183-bus power system has 150 PQ buses and
capacitor and centrifugal switch in series with 32 PV buses. In the general case, to obtain the
auxiliary winding. The switch is expected to load flow solution using Newton-Raphson method
operate at a speed of 0.7 Ns, but due to in polar coordinates, the minimum number
malfunctioning the switch fails to operate. The of simultaneous equations to be solved
torque-speed characteristic of the motor is is _____________.
represented by 17. The signal flow graph of a system is shown below.
U(s) is the input and C(s) is the output
(a) Torque h1
1 1
h0 1 s 1 s 1
U(s) C(s)
0.7Ns Ns
Speed –a1
–a0
(b) Torque Assuming, h1 = b1 and h0 = b0 – b1 a1, then input-
C(s)
output transfer function, G(s) = of the system
U(s)
0.7Ns Ns is given by
Speed
b0 s b1 a s a0
(a) G(s) = (b) G(s) = 2 1
(c) Torque s a0 s a1
2
s b1 s b0
b1 s b0 a s a1
(c) G(s) = 2 (d) G(s) = 2 0
s a1 s a0 s b0 s b1
0.7Ns Ns
Speed 18. A single-input single-output feedback system has
forward transfer function G( s) and feedback
(d ) Torque transfer function H( s ). It is given that
G(s).H(s)< 1. Which of the following is true about
the stability of the system?
0.7Ns Ns (a) The system is always stable
Speed
(b) The system is stable if all zeros of G(s).H(s)
13. The no-load speed of a 230 V separately excited
are in left half of the s-plane
dc motor is 1400 rpm. The armature resistance
drop and the brush drop are neglected. The field (c) The system is stable if all poles of G(s).H(s)
current is kept constant at rated value. The are in left half of the s-plane
torque of the motor in Nm for an armature (d) It is not possible to say whether or not the
current of 8 A is ____________. system is stable from the information given
14. In a long transmission line with r, l, g and c are 19. An LPF wattmeter of power factor 0.2 is having
the resistance, inductance, shunt conductance three voltage settings 300 V, 150 V and 75 V, and
and capacitance per unit length, respectively, the two current settings 5 A and 10 A. The full scale
condition for distortionless transmission is reading is 150. If the wattmeter is used with
150 V voltage setting and 10 A current setting,
(a) rc = lg (b) r = l/c the multiplying factor of the wattmeter
(c) rg = lc (d ) g = is _________.
c/l
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3)
20. The two signals S1 and S2, shown in figure, are 23. In 8085A microprocessor, the operation
applied to Y and X deflection plates of an performed by the instruction LHLD 2100H is
oscilloscope. (a) (H) 21H, (L) 00H
1 S1 (b) (H) M(2100H), (L) M(2101H)
V (c) (H) M(2101H), (L) M(2100H)
T 2T
(d) (H) 00H, (L) 21H
t
24. A non-ideal voltage source VS has an internal
impedance of ZS.If a purely resistive load is to be
1 S2
chosen that maximizes the power transferred to
V
the load, its value must be
T 2T
t (a) 0
(b) real part of Zs
The waveform displayed on the screen is (c) magnitude of Zs
Y (d) complex conjugate of Zs
Y 1
1 25. The torque-speed characteristics of motor (TM)
X and load (TL) for two cases are shown in the
(a) X (b)
–1 figures (a) and (b). The load torque is equal to
–1 motor torque at points P, Q, R and S
Y Y
TM
1 1
Speed TL
Speed S
X X Torque
(c) (d ) P
–1 TM
–1 Q
R
TL Torque
21. A state diagram of a logic gate which exhibits a
(a ) (b )
delay in the output is shown in the figure, where
X is the don’t care condition, and Q is the output The stable operating points are
representing the state. (a) P and R (b) P and S
0X/1,10/1
(c) Q and R (d) Q and S
11/0 Q=0 Q=1 0X/1,10/1 Q. No. 26–55 Carry Two Marks Each
z2
11/0 26. Integration of the complex function f(z) = ,
z2 1
The logic gate represented by the state diagram is in the counterclockwise direction, around
(a) XOR (b) OR z – 1 = 1 is
(c) AND (d) NAND (a) –i (b) 0
22. An operational-amplifier circuit is shown in the (c) i (d) 2i
figure. 27. The mean thickness and variance of silicon steel
R
laminations are 0.2 mm and 0.02 respectively.
+Vsat
+Vsat
R The varnish insulation is applied on both the
–
Vi – sides of the laminations. The mean thickness of
+ Vo one side insulation and its variance are 0.1 mm
+ –Vsat
– Vsat
and 0.01 respectively. If the transformer core is
made using 100 such varnish coated laminations,
R2
R1 the mean thickness and variance of the core
respectively are
The output of the circuit for a given input vi is (a) 30 mm and 0.22
R2 R2 (b) 30 mm and 2.44
(a) R vt (b) 1 R vt
1 1 (c) 40 mm and 2.44
R2 (d) 40 mm and 0.24
(c) 1 R vt (d) +Vsat or – Vsat
1
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3) 5
28. The function f(x) = ex – 1 is to be solved using 33. A continuous-time LTI system with system
Newton-Raphson method. If the initial value of function H() has the following pole-zero plot. For
x0 is taken as 1.0, then the absolute error observed this system, which of the alternatives is TRUE?
at 2nd iteration is __________.
29. The Norton’s equivalent source in amperes as X O
2
seen into the terminals X and Y is _______.
O X
2.5V 1
X
O (0, 0) X
2.5
X O
5
5 5
(a) H(0) > H(); () > 0
(b) H() has multiple maxima, at 1 and 2
5V
Y (c) H() < H() ; () > 0
30. The power delivered by the current source, in the (d) H() = constant; – < <
figure, is ________.
1V 34. A sinusoid x(t) of unknown frequency is sampled
+– by an impulse train of period 20 ms. The resulting
1 1
sample train is next applied to an ideal lowpass
filter with a cutoff at 25 Hz. The filter output is
1V +– 2A 1
seen to be a sinusoid of frequency 20 Hz. This
means that x(t) has a frequency of
31. A perfectly conducting metal plate is placed in
x-y plane in a right handed coordinate system. A (a) 10 Hz (b) 60 Hz
(c) 30 Hz (d) 90 Hz
charge of +32 0 2 coulombs is placed at
35. A differentiable non-constant even function x(t)
coordinate (0, 0, 2). 0 is the permittivity of free
has a derivative y(t), and their respective Fourier
space. Assume iˆ, ˆj, kˆ to be unit vectors along x, y Transforms are X() and Y(). Which of the
and z axes respectively. At the coordinate. following statements is TRUE?
(a) X() and Y() are both real.
( 2, 2,0), the electric field vector E (Newtons/
Coulomb) will be (b) X() is real and Y() is imaginary.
32n0 2 (c) X() and Y() are both imaginary.
z coulombs
y Perfectly conducting (d) X() is imaginary and Y() is real.
(0,0,2) metal plate
36. An open circuit test is performed on 50 Hz
( 2, 2,0)
transformer, using variable frequency source and
(0,0,0)
x keeping V/f ratio constant, to separate its eddy
current and hysteresis losses. The variation of
core loss/frequency as function of frequency is
shown in the figure
(a) 2 2kˆ (b) 2 kˆ 15
(c) 2 kˆ (d) 2 2 kˆ
PC/f 10
32. A series RLC circuit is observed at two (W/Hz)
frequencies. At 1 = 1 k rad/s, we note that source 5
voltage V 1 = 100 0 V results in current
I1 = 0.0331 A. At 2 = 2 krad/s, the source 25 50
f(Hz)
voltage V2 = 1000 V results in a current
The hysteresis and eddy current losses of the
I2 = 20 A. The closest values for R, L, C out of
transformer at 25 Hz respectively are
the following options are
(a) 250 W and 2.5 W
(a) R = 50; L = 25mH; C =10F;
(b) 250 W and 62.5 W
(b) R = 50; L =10mH; C = 25F;
(c) 312.5 W and 62.5 W
(c) R = 50; L = 50mH; C = 5F;
(d) 312.5 W and 250 W
(d) R = 50; L = 5mH; C = 50F;
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3)
37. A non-salient pole synchronous generator 43. The figure shows the single line diagram of a
having synchronous reactance of 0.8 pu is single machine infinite bus system.
supplying 1 pu power to a unity power factor
load at a terminal voltage of 1.1 pu. Neglecting
the armature resistance, the angle of the voltage Infinite
behind the synchronous reactance with respect bus
to the angle of the terminal voltage in degrees The inertia constant of the synchronous
is ________. generator H = 5 MW-s/MVA. Frequency is 50 Hz.
Mechanical power is 1 pu. The system is
38. A separately excited 300 V DC shunt motor under
operating at the stable equilibrium point with
no load runs at 900 rpm drawing an armature rotor angle equal to 30. A three phase short
current of 2 A. The armature resistance is 0.5 circuit fault occurs at a certain location on one of
and leakage inductance is 0.01 H. When loaded, the circuits of the double circuit transmission line.
the armature current is 15 A. Then the speed in During fault, electrical power in pu is Pmax sin
rpm is _____. If the values of and d/dt at the instant of fault
39. The load shown in the figure absorbs 4 kW at a clearing are 45 and 3.762 radian/s respectively,
power factor of 0.89 lagging. then Pmax (in pu) is _______.
1 44. The block diagram of a system is shown in the
2:1
figure
50 Hz ~ x 110V ZL 1 – G(s) s
ac source R(s) +– +– C(s)
s
Assuming the transformer to be ideal, the value
of the reactance X to improve the input power If the desired transfer function of the system is
factor to unity is ___________. C(s) s
= 2
40. The parameters measured for a 220V/110V, R(s) s s 1
50 Hz, single-phase transformer are: Then G(s) is
Self inductance of primary winding = 45 mH (a) 1 (b) s
Self inductance of secondary winding = 30 mH s
(c) 1/s (d )
Mutual inductance between primary and s s s2
3 2
secondary windings = 20 mH 45. Consider the system described by following state
Using the above parameters, the leakage (Ll1, Ll2) space equations
and magnetizing (Lm) inductances as referred to x1 0 1 x1 0 x1
primary side in the equivalent circuit u; y = [1 0] x
x2 1 1 x2 1 2
respectively, are
If u is unit step input, then the steady state error
(a) 5mH, 20mH and 40mH of the system is
(b) 5mH, 80mH and 40mH 1
(a) 0 (b)
(c) 25mH, 10mH and 20mH 2
(d) 45mH, 30mH and 20mH 2
(c) (d ) 1
41. For a 400 km long transmission line, the series 3
impedance is (0.0 + j0.5) /km and the shunt 46. The magnitude Bode plot of a network is shown
admittance is (0.0 + j5.0) mho/km. The magnitude in the figure
of the series impedance (in ) of the equivalent Slope 20 dB/decade
|G(j)|
circuit of the transmission line is ________. dB
42. The complex power consumed by a constant-
voltage load is given by (P 1 + j Q 1 ) where, 0
1 1 log10
1 kW P1 1.5 kW and 0.5 kVAR Q1 1 kVAR 3
A compensating shunt capacitor is chosen such The maximum phase angle m and the
that Q 0.25 kVAR, where Q is the net reactive corresponding gain Gm respectively, are
power consumed by the capacitor-load (a) –30 and 1.73dB (b) –30 and 4.77dB
combination. The reactive power (in kVAR)
(c) +30 and 4.77dB (d) +30 and 1.73dB
supplied by the capacitor is _________.
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3) 7
47. A periodic waveform observed across a load is 50. The transfer characteristic of the Op-amp circuit
represented by shown in figure is
R
1 sin t 0 t 6
V(t) = R
1 sin t 6 t 12 +V sat
R – +Vsat
Vi R
The measured value, using moving iron voltmeter –
+
connected across the load, is –Vsat + Vo
R –V sat
3 2 R
(a) (b)
2 3
V0
3 2 –1
(c) (d )
2 3 (a)
48. In the bridge circuit shown, the capacitors are Vi
loss free. At balance, the value of capacitance C1
in microfarad is _________.
1
V0
(b)
35k C1 Vi
G V0
Vsin(t)
0.1F
105k Vi
(c) 1
V0
49. Two monoshot multivibrators, one positive edge
triggered (M 1 ) and another negative edge Vi
(d ) –1
triggered (M2), are connected as shown in figure
+5V
10k M1
51. A 3-bit gray counter is used to control the output
M2
Q1 of the multiplexer as shown in the figure. The
Q2 VO
Q1 Q1
initial state of the counter is 0002. The output is
10F pulled high. The output of the circuit follows the
sequence
A2
The monoshots M 1 and M 2 when triggered 3–bit gray A
1
counter
produce pulses of width T1 and T2 respectively, A0 +5V
where T1 > T2. The steady state output voltage S0 S1
E R
Vo of the circuit is I0 0
1 4X1
I1
Vo 2 MUX Output
I2 3
T1 T2 T1 T2 T1 CLK I3
(a) (a) I0, 1, 1, I1, I3, 1, 1, I2 (b) I0, 1, I1, 1, I2, 1, I3, 1
t (c) 1, I0, 1, I1, I2, 1, I3, 1 (d) I0, I1, I2, I3, I0, I1, I2, I3
Vo 52. A hysteresis type TTL inverter is used to realize
T1 T1 T1 T1
an oscillator in the circuit shown in the figure.
(b) 10k
t
+5V
Vo
T2 T1 T2 T1 T2 VO
(c)
0.1F
t
Vo
T2 T2 T2 T2 T2 T2
If the lower and upper trigger level voltages are
(d ) 0.9 V and 1.7 V, the period (in ms), for which
t output is LOW, is __________.
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3)
53. A three-phase fully controlled bridge converter t = 2.5ms iL
is fed through star-delta transformer as shown S
in the figure. +
IR
R
Vs ~ L
–
IO
1:K
Y
55. A single-phase voltage source inverter shown in
B figure is feeding power to a load. The triggering
pulses of the devices are also shown in the figure.
The converter is operated at a firing angle of 30.
S1 S2
Assuming the load current (I0) to be virtually C
constant at 1 p.u. and transformer to be an ideal iL
VDC O A Load B
one, the input phase current waveform is
C S3 S4
2/3K
IR 1/3K
(a) 0
S1,S4
–
2/3K
S2,S3
IR K/3
(b) + –
0
If the load current is sinusoidal and is zero at
0, , 2...., the node voltage VAO has the waveform
2K/3
IR VDC/2
(c) 0 (a) VAO
–
–VDC/2
2/3K VDC/2
(b)
IR VAO
(d ) 0 –
VDC/2
54. A diode circuit feeds an ideal inductor as shown
in the figure. Given vs = 100 sin(t) V , where (c)
VAO
–
= 100 rad/s, and L = 31.83 mH. The initial
value of inductor current is zero. Switch S is
VDC/2
closed at t = 2.5 ms. The peak value of inductor (d )
current iL (in A) in the first cycle is ________. VAO
–
– VDC/2
ANSWERS
GENERAL APTITUDE
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (d)
8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (c)
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
1. (c) 2. (2) 3. (a) 4. (0.43) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (a)
8. (a) 9. (a) 10.(14 sample/sec) 11. (d) 12. (c) 13. (12.5Nm)
14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (332) 17. (c) 18. (a) 19. (2) 20. (a)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (c) 25. (b) 26. (c) 27. (d)
28. (0.06) 29. (2) 30. (3 Watts) 31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (c)
35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (33.61) 38. (880 rpm) 39. (24) 40. (b) 41. (186.66)
42. (0.75) 43. (0.24) 44. (b) 45. (a) 46. (c) 47. (a) 48. (0.3F)
49. (c) 50. (c) 51. (a) 52. (0.66) 53. (b) 54. (17.07A) 55. (d)
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3) 9
E XPLANATIONS
5. Total question 4. f(x) = kx2, 1 < x < 2 and f(x) = 0, otherwise since
44 2 = 88 f(x) is a p.d.f
44 3 = 132 2 x3
2
144 88 f ( x)dx = 1 k =1
1
= 3 1
132 308
Total marks obtained = (212) + (153) + (232) 3
k=
= 0.428 ~ 0.43
= 133 7
5. Since f(t) is odd and real
Total Number of students = 44
f(t) = –f(–t)
133
Average = = 3.02
44 F() is imaginary and odd [symmetry property
8. Per ` 100 final value ` 107 of fourier Transform]
100 107 6. VA
per Dollars final value –VC
50 60 60
for 100 dollars? 120 30
V BC
100 50 107
= = 89.16
100 60
VC VB
Discrased by 11%
9. Take number of female students in 2011 = 100 VL = 3Vph = 3 10 = 10 3
Number of male in 2011 = 100
If VA = 10 0
No. of female in 2012 = 100
No. of male in 2012 = 150 then VBC 10 3 –90
150 given VA 10 15
ratio =
100 VBC = 10 3 –90 15 = 10 3 –75
10. (7526)8 – (y)8 = (4364)8 8. S- Domain representation of the given circuit
y8 = (7526)8 – (4364)8
S S
4 (8 + 2=10)
7 5 2 6 1
1 s
4 3 6 4 s
3 1 4 2 Z(s)
When we have base 8, we borrow 8 instead of 10
1 1
as done in normal subtraction. s
s s
Electrical Engineering Z(s) = s
1 1
1. Rank of a matrix is unaltered by the elementary s
s s
transformations i.e., Row/column operations
(Here B is obtained from A by applying s4 3s2 1
row/column operation on A). Since rank of A is N Z(s) =
s3 2s
rank of B is also N x (t )
9.
2. At t = 3s, the distance covered by the particel is
1 +1 + 1 = 3m and displacement from the origin 1
is –1
t
difference betweeen the distance covered by –1 +1
the particle and the magnitude of displacement = 2
from the origin is 3 ––1=2. t t
x(t) = rect = rect 2
3.
. f v = f . v f . v ...(1)
t F
Now .v = 0 + 0 + 0 = 0 rect sa
2
(1) becomes x2y + y2z + z2x = f(0) + v.f
t F 2sin
x(f) = rect 2 sa() =
v.f = x2y + y2z + z2x 2
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3)
By using the scaling property of Fourier Z0 00
transforms, 0Z 0
Z012 = 1
1 sin 2 00Z 2
F{x(2t)} = F [rect (t)] = 2 sa =
2 2 ZS 2Z m 3Z n 0 0
2 0 ZS – Zm 0
=
t
t 0 0 Z S – Z m
Similarly, F x = F rect
2 4 Z1 = Z2 = ZS –Zm
4 sin 2 16. No of load | PQ buses =150
= 2 2sa(2) =
2 No of generator |PV buses =32
t Minimum no of simultaneous equations
The convolved signal y(f) = x(2t) x
2 = 2 150 + 32 = 332
t
F [y(t)] = Fx(2t) F x
2 C s
17. From the signal flow graph, G(s) = U s
sin 2
4sin 2
4 By mason’s gain relation,
=
= 2 sin sin(2)
2 2 2 P1 1 P2 2 .....
Transfer function =
10. Maximum frequency content in 7Hz
Nyquist rate = 2 7=14 sample / sec h1 h
P1 = ; P2 = 0
11. In a synchronous machine the hunting will be S s2
damped by the copper losses in the rotor.
a1
12. In 1- induction motor the centrifugal switch is 1 = 1 ; 2 = 1;
expected to operate at 0.7 NS but it fails to operate. s
Then there is no increase in the torque after a1 a0
= 1+
0.7NS Hence (c) is correct. s s2
13. Given, V = 230V, N =1400rpm h1 a1 b0
Ra = 0 Ia = 8A 1 s s2
Transfer function = s
V.I a 230 8 a1 a0
Torque, T = = = 12.5 Nm 1
W 2 1400 s s2
60 b1 s b0
14. For distortionless transmission line, =
s2 a1 s a0
R G
= RC = GL 19. In LPF wattmeter, Td on the moving system is
L C
small owing to low power factor even when the
a Ia
15. 2s current and potential coils are fully excited. Also
2m 2m the errors introduced due to inductance of
b Ib
2s pressure coil tend to be large at low power factors.
Va
Va
2m So for calculating multiplying factor for a low p.f.
c Ic
2s wattmeter, p.f. mentioned on the wattmeter
Vb
Vb should be taken into account.
Vc Vc
Therefore,
Multiplying Factor = (Current range used
Zn *Voltage range used*p.f)/Power at FSD
In = Ia + Ib + Ic
Given, Power at Full scale reading = 150
Where Zn neutral impedance
Current Range used = 10 A
ZS Self impedance
Voltage Range used = 150 V
Zm mutual impedance
Power Factor = 0.2
Let Z0 zero sequence impedance
Z1 +ve sequence impedance 10 150 0.2
Therefore, m = =2
Z2 –ve sequence impedance 150
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3) 11
S2 24.
S1 +1
+1 jxs
Rs
t Vs RL
t 0
20. T
–1 –1
For minimum power transferred to the load,
X Y mode Vector sum (in X-Y mode)
y Its value must be RL = Z s
1
R L R 2s X s2
x 25. From the given torque speed characteristics of
–1 1
motor (Tm) and load (TL) at the points ‘P’ and ‘S’
–1 the motor stable. Since at low value of slip the
motor is stable.
Point Y s1 X s2 x2 y2 100–1 26. Z = – 1, 1 are the simple poles of f(z) and z = 1 lies
A 0 1 1 0 inside C : z 1 = 1
B 1 1 2 45
f ( z)dz = 2i Res f ( z)
C 0 0 0 0 C z1
D –1 –1 225
2 = 2i Lt ( z 1) f ( z)
E z1
21. True Table z
2
= 2i Lt i
z1 z 1
A B C D
1 1 0 0 27. Mean thickness of silicon steel laminations
0 0 1 1 = 0.2 mm
0 1 1 1 Variance of silicon steel lamination = 0.02
1 0 1 1 Vanish insulation applied both sides of
1 1 0 0 laminations.
If you will observe this true table corresponding Mean thickness of one side insulation = 0.1 mm
to state diagram, then if any input is 0 output is Variance of one side insulation = 0.01
1 and if all the inputs are one output is zero it Transformer core made with 100 vanish coated
means it corresponds to NAND gate. laminations
22. Output of first Op-Amp is +Vsat Mean thickness of two side insulation applied to
2nd Op- Amp circuit is non- inverting amplifier core = 2 0.1 = 0.2 mm
mean thickness of one lamination
R
V0 = 1 Vsat > Vsat = mean thickness of silicon steel + mean
R
thickness of two side insulation
V0 = Vsat
= 0.2 + 0.2 = 0.4 mm
23. Instruction given is :
100 laminations are using so
LHLD 2100H Mean thickness of core = 0.4 100 = 40 mm
The operation performed by this instruction is To find thickness of each lamination
load HL register pair from the specified address
From variance
in the instruction, directly. HL register pair is
d1 0.2 d2 0.2 ... d100 0.2
2 2 2
required 2-Byte data, but in 8085 at one address
= 0.02
it contains only one-byte data, so this instruction 100
will access two memory locations. x xˆ
2
So, first byte address (i.e., 2100 H) is mentioned Variance
in instruction itself and by default second byte n
data is accessed from the next location (i.e., All have same thickness
2101H). Lower address data will be copied to
100 d 0.2
2
lower byte (i.e., (L) M (2100H)) and higher = 0.02
address data will be copied to higher byte (i.e., 100
(H) M (2101 H)) (d – 0.2) = 0.1414
Each lamination d = 0.341 mm
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3)
Thickness X
Similarly 5
x1 0.1 ... x100 0.1 5V 5 Ix
2 2
= 0.01
100
Y
Each side lamination is equal (Assume) 5
ISC (IN) =
100 x 0.1
2
5
= 0.01
100 ISC = 1A
x – 0.1 = 0.1 [Answer is not matching]
Each side x = 0.2 mm 30. 1V
Insulation thickness
Vx
Two side insulation thickness = 0.4 mm
Each lamination (insulation 0.3414 0.4 1 1
+ si steel) thickness 0.7414 mm 1V 2A 1
100 0.7414 0.4
2
Variance of overall core =
100
= 0.1166 KCL at node Vx :
Mean thickness & variance of the core = 40 mm 1 Vx Vx
2 =
and 0.1166 1 1
[No option is matching] Vx 1.5V
28. Clearly, x = 0 is a root of the equation Power delivered by current source is
f(x) = ex – 1 = 0 = 2 1.5 = 3 watts
31. Z
f(x) = ex
(0,0,2) Q
and x0 = 1.0
Using Newton raphson method, ( 2, 2,0)
–X X
f x0 e 1 1
x1 = x0 = 1 (0,0,–2) –Q
f x0 e e
f x1 –Z
and x2 = x1 1 Q1R 1 Q 2 R 2
f 1 x1 E = E1 + E2 =
4 0 R13 R 23
1
=
e 1
1
e
R1
2, 2, 0 0,0, 2
1
e e e
R 1 2 ax 2 a y 2 a z
Q 2 Q1
1 1
= 1 1 R2 2, 2, 0 0,0, 2
e ee
= 0.37 + 0.69 – 1 = 0.06 2 ax 2 a y 2 az
absolute error at 2nd iteration is
0 0.06 = 0.06
E =
1 Q1
4 0 16 2
2 a x 2 a y 2 az
29. Q1
2.5V
X
2 ax 2 ay 2az
16 2
2.5
Q 32 2 0
= 4az = az
5 16 2 4 0 16 2 0
5 E = – 2az
5
32. Given, V1 = 100 0 V;
5V I1 = 0.03 31
Y
2.5 at 1 = 1000 r/sec
X
V2 = 100 0 V;
2.5 2.5V
5 I2 = 2 0
2.5V
Y
at 2 = 2000 r/sec
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3) 13
V2 100 After sampling with 50 Hz spectrum will be
i.e. R = 50
I2 2 LPF of cut off = 25 Hz
V1 100 0 output = 20 Hz
Z = R j X L XC 50 – fx = 20
I1 0.03 31
X XC fx = 30 Hz
= 31 tan1 L
R d
35. y(t) = x(t)
XL XC dt
tan 31 =
R
1 Y() = j ()
1 L if X() is real, Y() is imaginary
1 c
tan 31 = 15
R
1 p c /f
1L = 0.600 50
1C
10
1
1L = 30.04 q ...(1) 36.
1C
5
1
2L =0 ...(2) 25 50 f
2C
Given 50 Hz transformer
1 = 1000 r/sec; v
2 = 2000 r/sec Here ratio maintains constant
f
from 1 and 2, C = 25 F Wn = Af;
L = 10 mH We = B – f2
33. j
where, A = 10
p2 z1
5
and B = tan
0.1
z2 50
p1
Wn at 25 Hz = 10 25 = 250 W
p 1* We at 25 Hz = 0.1 (25)2 = 62.5 W
z 2*
37. Given, P = 1 P.u;
z 1*
p 2* Vt = 1.1 P.u;
The transfer function can be written as Xs = 0.8 P.u
H(s) = K
s z1 s z1 * s z2 s z2 * Pf = 1
s p1 s p1 * s p2 s p2 * Ia =
P
= 1 = 0.91
2 2 2 2 V cos 1.1 1
2 z1 2 z1 2 z2 2 z2
H j = K
V cos Ia R a V sin I a X s
2 2
2 2 2 2 E=
s2 p1 2 p1 2 p2 2 p2
1.1 1 0 0 0.91 0.8
2 2
from figure z1 = p2 E=
z2 = p1 = 1.314 V
From power equation,
H j = K [constant]
34. Sampling rate 50 Hz EV
P= sin
Let x(t) has a frequency of fx Hz, Xs
1.314 1.1
1= sin
0.8
–f x fx f
33.61
38. Given 300 V1
N1 = 900 rpm
Ra = 0.5
–(50 + f x ) –f x 25 2J 50 + f x
I a1 = 2A;
–50 + f x fx
50 – f x I a2 = 15A
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3)
Eb1 = 300 – 2 0.5 = 299 V Where z = total series impedance
Eb2 = 300 – 15 0.5 = 292.5 V = j0.5 /km 400 km = j200
N2 Eb2 y = j5s 10–6 / km
=
N1 Eb1 = j5 10–6 400s = j2 10–3 simen
ABCD parameters of a circuit is
2925
N2 = 900 = 880 rpm Z
29
39. Given, V2 = 110 y1 y2
Load power, P2 = 4 kW
pf = cos 2 = 0.89
AB 1+ y2 z z
load power = y y y y z 1 y z
I2 = CD 1 1
V2 cos2
2 1 2
1 yz
4000 Z = B = Z
= = 40.858 A 6
110 0.89
primary current, I1 = K I2 j 200 j 2 10 –3
= j 200 1
N 6
= 2 I2
N1 1 – 0.4
1 = j 200 = j186.66
= 40.858 = 20.429 A 6
2 42. Net reactive power consumed by capacitor-load
to improve input power factor units, combination is 0.25 KVAR.
V12 Reactive power required for load is 1KVAR
Reactive power = =
X Reactive power supplied by capacitor is
V12 0.75 KVAR.
Reactance, X =
43. Given, H = 5MW –
S
2 MVA
220
= f = 50 Hz
220 20.429 sin 27
Pm = 1pu
= 23.6
0 = 30
40. Given, 220/110 v, 50 Hz
At the instant of fault clearing
L1 = 45 mH,
L2 = 30mH d
= 45 = 3.762 rad/s
M = 20 mH. dt
Leakage inductancy are, d 2 1
LI1 = L1 – 2(m) =
dt2 M m
p – p3
= 45 – 2(20) = 5 mH 1/2
d 2 ( p – p )ds
LI2 = L2 – 2(m) = m e
dt M 0
= 30 – 2(20) = 10 mH
But referred to primary, d ds 2 d d
2
30 2 2
LI2 = 2
2(20) dt dt dt dt
1 1/ 2
2 45
2 =
H / f
30 1 – pmax sin ds
= 120 – 40 = 80 mH
1/2
2 50
pmax cos 30
45
41. For long transmission line, 3.762 =
5
yz
1+ 2
yz
z 1 14.152 = 20 45 – 30 pmax cos45 – cos30
AB 6
= pmax = 0.24 p.u
CD yz yz
y 1 1
6 2
SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3) 15
44. –
47. M.I instrument reads RMS value
R(s ) + 1 +
G(s ) s C(s ) 2
s
(1)2 1
– –
=
2
If G(s) = S
1 1 3
C s S
= 2 2
R s =
s s2
2 48. Bridge is balanced
z1z4 = z2z3
45. Transfer function 1 1
1 35 k. = 105 k.
S 1 0 j 0.1F j c1
C[SI – A]–1. B. = [1 0]
1 ( s 1) 1 C1 = 0.3 F
1 49.
Transfer function = 2 10k V2(t ) M1 M2
s s1 Q1 Q2 V0(t )
+(5V)
G(s) 1
= 2 10F Q1 Q2
1 G(s) s s1
1
G(s) = 2 V2(t ) =
s s
5V
Steady state error for unit step
A
ess = 1 K t
p 5 = 50 sec
1 given M1 mono-stable multivibrator generates
ess = 1 lim G( s) pulse width T1.
s0
1
ess =
1
1 lim
s 0 s s2
1
ess = T1
1
ess = 0 M2 mono-stable multivibrator generates public
width T2.
(1 3 s)
46. G(s) = k.
(1 s)
1
3 k. s
3 (Because T 1 > T 2)
G(s) =
(s 1)
T2
Here k= 1
(1) Assume Initially if Q2 =1 (high state), then
1 1 1
= =1 Q 2 = 0 (low state)
T 3 T
m = 1 ; 1 Then output of AND gate is low, M1 (multi
3 3 vibrator) it does not generates pulse width
G( s) 1 4 T1(Because it is positive edge triggered),
= 3
3
4 (2) Output (Q2), after T2 duration , it is low (comes
3
to stable state then Q 2 is high, the output of
G m in dB = 20 log 3 = 4.77 dB
And gate is high now, then M1 multivibrator
1 generates pulse width T1 (Because it positive
m = sin 1
1 edge triggered), At this time Q 2 does not
generates pulse width T2 (Because it negative
1 1 edge Triggered) then, at the end of T1 pulse,
3 1
= 1 3 sin
1
= sin 1 M2 multi vibrator generates T2 pulse width
1 1 2
3 (Because it is negative edge triggered)
m = 30
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2014 (SET - 3)
Q2( t ) = V0(c )
52. Given LTP = 0.9
(1)
UTP = 1.7
VC(t) = Vmax + (Vinitial – Vmax)e–t/RC
T2 LTP = 0 + (1.7 – 0)e–t/RC = 0.9
t = 0.635 ms (Given R = 10k, C = 0.1 F).
Q1( t ) 54. When S is closed
VL = Vs
di
T1 L = Vm sin t
dt
t = 2.5 ms
D iL
Then again Q2 (t) is high at the end of T1 pulse
Q2(t ) S
VL L = 31.83 mH
T2
Vs = 100 sin t
Overall output wave form Vm
di = sin t.dt but = 100 rad/sec
L
T1 T2
f = 50 Hg T = 20 msa
_ _ _ _ So....on
T2 Integrate on both sides
Vs
50. V0
0 t (m s )
10 20
Slope = 0 iL
Vi
Slope = 1
t (m s )
2.5 10 20
When Vi > 0; V0 = 0 slope = 0 10103 1010 3
Vm
When Vi < 0; V0 = Vi slope = 1 di =
L sin t.dt
2.5103 2.510 3
Transfer characteristics are
current Ic is changing from 0 to mgx density their
51. Gray period.
Decimal Binary Output
A 2 A1 A 0 Vm
cos t2.5103
2.510 3
Imax =
0 000 000 I0 L
1 001 001 1 Vm
=– [cos(100 10 103 )
2 010 011 1 L
3 011 010 I1 cos(100 2.5 103 )]
4 100 110 I3 Vm
=– cos cos
5 101 111 1 L 4
6 11 0 101 1 100
7 111 100 Imax = [1 0.707]
I2 100 31.83 10 3
A0 is mapped to E of 4 :1MUX it means when A0 Imax = 17.07 A
( E ) will be low then MUX will be enabled and as
per S0 (A1) and S2 (A2) will produce the output
and when A0 ( E ) will be high then 4 :1MUX will
be disabled and disabled output will be 1.
SOLVED PAPER – 2013
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
No. of Questions : 65 Maximum Marks : 100
(Q. 1–25) carry one mark each. 5. Which one of the following statements is NOT
1. In the circuit shown below what is the output TRUE for a continuous time causal and stable
voltage (Vout) in Volts if a silicon transistor Q and LTI system?
an ideal op-amp are used? (a) All the poles of the system must lie on the left
side of the j axis.
(b) Zeros of the system can lie anywhere in the
+15 V Q s-plane.
1 k
_ (c) All the poles must lie within |s| = 1.
0 (d) All the roots of the characteristic equation
+ + Vout must be located on the left side of the j axis.
5V _
–15 V
6. Two systems with impulse responses h1 (t) and
h2(t) are connected in cascade. Then the overall
impulse response of the cascaded system is given by
(a) –15 (b) –0.7 (a) product of h1(t) and h2(t)
(c) +0.7 (d) +15 (b) sum of h1(t) and h2(t)
V2 (s) (c) convolution of h1(t) and h2(t)
2. The transfer function of the circuit shown (d) subtraction of h2(t) from h1(t)
V1 (s)
below is 7. A source vs(t) =V cos 100t has an internal impedance
100 F of (4 + j3) If a purely resistive load connected to
this source has to extract the maximum power out
+ + of the source, its value in should be
10 k (a) 3 (b) 4
V1(s) V2(s) (c) 5 (d) 7
100 F 8. A single-phase load is supplied by a single-phase
voltage source. If the current flowing from the
_ _
load to the source is 10– 150°A and if the voltage
at the load terminals is 100 60°V, then the
0.5 s 1 3s 6
(a) (b) (a) load absorbs real power and delivers reactive
s1 s2
power.
s2 s1
(c) (d) (b) load absorbs real power and absorbs reactive
s1 s2 power.
3. Assuming zero initial condition, the response y(t)
(c) load delivers real power and delivers reactive
of the system given below to a unit step input u(t) is
power.
U(s) 1 Y(s) (d) load delivers real power and absorbs reactive
S power.
9. A single-phase transformer has no-load loss of
(a) u(t) (b) t u(t)
64 W, as obtained from an open-circuit test. When
t2 a short-circuit test is performed on it with 90% of
(c) u(t) (d) e1u(t) the rated currents flowing in its both LV and HV
2 windings, the measured loss is 81 W. The
4. The impulse response of a system is transformer has maximum efficiency when
h(t) = t u(t). For an input u(t – 1), the output is operated at
t2 t(t 1) (a) 50.0% of the rated current.
(a) u(t) (b) u(t 1) (b) 64.0% of the rated current.
2 2
(c) 80.0% of the rated current.
(t 1)2 t2 1
(c) u(t 1) (d) u(t 1) (d) 88.8% of the rated current.
2 2
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2013
10. The flux density at a point in space is given by 15. The Bode plot of a transfer function G (s) is shown
B=4 xa x +2 kya y + 8 a z Wb/m 2. The value of in the figure below.
Qconstant k must be equal to
(a) –2 (b) –0.5
(c) +0.5 (d) +2 40
11. A continuous random variable X has a probability 32
Gain (dB)
density function f (x) = e–x, 0 < x < . Then P{X
20
>1} is
(a) 0.368 (b) 0.5
(c) 0.632 (d) 1.0 0
12. The curl of the gradient of the scalar field defined –81 10 100
by V = 2x2y + 3y2z + 4z2x is (rad/s)
(a) 4xyax + 6yzay + 8zxaz The gain (20 log|G(s)|) is 32 dB and –8 dB at 1
(b) 4ax + 6ay + 8az rad/s and 10 rad/s respectively. The phase is
negative for all . Then G(s) is
(c) (4xy + 4z2)ax + (2x2 + 6yz)ay + (3y2 + 8zx)az
39.8 39.8
(d) 0 (a) (b)
s s2
13. In the feedback network shown below, if the
32 32
feedback factor k is increased, then the (c) (d) 2
s s
+ + + 16. A bulb in a staircase has two switches, one switch
_ Vin VI _ A0 _ Vout
being at the ground floor and the other one at
the first floor. The bulb can be turned ON and
also can be turned OFF by any one of the switches
irrespective of the state of the other switch. The
logic of switching of the bulb resembles
+ +
Vf = kVout_ K _ (a) an AND gate (b) an OR gate
(c) an XOR gate (d) a NAND gate
(a) input impedance increases and output 17. For a periodic signal v(t) = 30 sin 100 t + 10 cos
impedance decreases. 300 t + 6 sin (500 t + /4) , the fundamental
(b) input impedance increases and output frequency in rad/s is
impedance also increases. (a) 100 (b) 300
(c) input impedance decreases and output (c) 500 (d) 1500
impedance also decreases. 18. A band-limited signal with a maximum frequency
(d) input impedance decreases and output of 5 kHz is to be sampled. According to the
impedance increases. sampling theorem, the sampling frequency in kHz
14. The input impedance of the permanent magnet which is not valid is
moving coil (PMMC) voltmeter is infinite. (a) 5 (b) 12
Assuming that the diode shown in the figure below (c) 15 (d) 20
is ideal, the reading of the voltmeter in Volts is 19. Consider a delta connection of resistors and its
Ik equivalent star connection as shown below. If all
elements of the delta connection are scaled by a
–
14.14 sin (314 t)V factor k, k > 0, the elements of the corresponding
100 k Voltmeter star equivalent will be scaled by a factor of
+
Ra RC RB
Rb Rc
(a) 4.46 RA
(b) 3.15
(c) 2.23 (a) k2 (b) k
(d) 0 (c) 1/k (d) k
SOLVED PAPER – 2013 3
20. The angle in the swing equation of a (Q. 26–55) carry two marks each.
synchronous generator is the 26. A strain gauge forms one arm of the bridge shown
(a) angle between stator voltage and current. in the figure below and has a nominal resistance
(b) anagular displacement of the rotor with without any load as RS = 300 . Other bridge
respect to the stator. resistances are R 1 = R 2 = R 3 = 300 . The
maximum permissible current through the strain
(c) angular displacement of the stator mmf with
gauge is 20 mA. During certain measurement
respect to a synchronously rotating axis.
when the bridge is excited by maximum
(d) angular displacement of an axis fixed to the permissible voltage and the strain gauge
rotor with respect to a synchronously rotating resistance is increased by 1 % over the nominal
axis. value, the output voltage V0 in mV is
21. Leakage flux in an induction motor is
RS
(a) flux that leaks through the machine R1
(b) flux that links both stator and rotor windings V0
(c) flux that links none of the windings + - +
Vi _
(d) flux that links the stator winding or the rotor
winding but not both
R2
22. Three moving iron type voltmeters are connected R3
as shown below. Voltmeter readings are V, V1 and
V2, as indicated. The correct relation among the (a) 56.02 (b) 40.83
voltmeter readings is (c) 29.85 (d) 10.02
–j 1 –j 2
27. In the circuit shown below, the knee current of
the ideal Zener diode is 10 mA. To maintain 5 V
V1 V2 across RL, the minimum value of RL in and the
V
minimum power rating of the Zener diode in mW
respectively are
V1 V2 100
(a) V = (b) V =V1 + V2
2 2
(c) V = V1V2 (d) V = V2 –V1
10V ILoad
23. Square roots of –i, where i = 1 , are
(a) i, –i RL
VZ = 5 V
3 3
(b) cos i sin ,cos i sin
4 4 4 4
3 3
(c) cos i sin , cos 4 i sin 4
4 4
3 3 3 3
(d) cos i sin , cos i sin (a) 125 and 125 (b) 125 and 250
4 4 4 4
24. Given a vector field F = y2xax – yzay – x2az, the (c) 250 and 125 (d) 250 and 250
28. The open-loop transfer function of a dc motor is
line integral. F.dI evaluated along a segment (s) 10
on the x-axis from x = 1 to x = 2 is given as = . When connected in
Va (s) 1 10s
(a) –2.33 (b) 0 feedback as shown below, the approximate value
(c) 2.33 (d) 7 of Ka that will reduce the time constant of the
closed loop system by one hundred times as
2 2 x1 0
25. The equation 1 1 x = 0 has compared to that of the open-loop system is
2
Va (s) (s)
(a) no solution R(s)
+_ Ka
10
1 10 s
x1 0
(b) only one solution x = 0
2
(c) non-zero unique solution (a) 1 (b) 5
(d) multiple solutions (c) 10 (d) 100
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2013
29. In the circuit shown below, if the source voltage 33. For a power system network with n nodes, Z33 of
Vs =10053.13° V then the Thevenin’s equivalent its bus impedance matrix is j0.5 per unit. The
voltage in Volts as seen by the load resistance RL voltage at node 3 is 1.3 –10° per unit. If a
is capacitor having reactance of –j3.5 per unit is now
3 j4 j6 5
added to the network between node 3 and the
+ -
VL1 reference node, the current drawn by the
+ + capacitor per unit is
j40I2 _ _ 10VL1 R=10
(a) 0.325 –100°
L
I10 I2
(b) 0.325 80°
(a) 100 90° (b) 800 0° (c) 0.371 –100°
(c) 800 90° (d) 100 60°
(d) 0.433 80°
30. Three capacitors C1, C2, and C3, whose values are
34. A dielectric slab with 500 mm × 500 mm cross-
10F, 5F, and. 2F respectively, have breakdown
section is 0.4 m long. The slab is subjected to a
voltages of 10V, 5V, and 2V respectively. For the
uniform electric field of E = 6ax + 8ay kV/mm.
interconnection shown, the maximum safe
The relative permittivity of the dielectric material
voltage in Volts that can be applied across the
is equal to 2. The value of constant 0 is 8.85 × 10–
combination and the corresponding total charge 12
F/m. The energy stored in the dielectric in
in C stored in the effective capacitance across
Joules is
the terminals are respectively
C3 (a) 8.85 × 10–11 (b) 8.85 × 10–5
(a) 2.8 and 36 C2
(c) 88.5 (d) 885
(b) 7 and 119
35. A matrix has eigenvalues –1 and –2. The
(c) 2.8 and 32
(d) 7 and 80 1 1
C1 corresponding eigenvectors are 1 and 2
31. A voltage 1000 sin t Volts is applied across YZ.
Assuming ideal diodes, the voltage measured respectively. The matrix is
across WX in Volts is 1 1 1 2
(a) 1 2 (b) 2 4
1k
1 0 0 1
W (c) 0 2 (d) 2 3
Y X
Z
z2 4
+ 1k
_ 36. z 2 4 dz evaluated anticlockwise around the
(a) sin t (b) (sin t + |sin t|) / 2 circle |z – i| = 2, where i = 1 , is
(c) (sin t – |sin t|) / 2 (d) 0 for all t
(a) –4 (b) 0
32. The separately excited dc motor in the figure
below has a rated armature current of 20 A and a (c) 2 + (d) 2 + 2i
rated armature voltage of 150 V. An ideal chopper 37. The clock frequency applied to the digital circuit
switching at 5 kHz is used to control the armature shown in the figure below is 1 kHz. If the initial
voltage. If La = 0.1 mH, Ra = 1 , neglecting state of the output Q of the flip-flop is ‘0', then
armature reaction, the duty ratio of the chopper the frequency of the output wave orm Q in kHz is
to obtain 50% of the rated torque at the rated
Q Q+Q
speed and the rated field current is
X Q
Q Q
T
Q
Clk
Q
+ Q Q
_ 200 V La, Ra
(a) 0.25
(b) 0.5
(c) 1
(a) 0.4 (b) 0.5
(d) 2
(c) 0.6 (d) 0.7
SOLVED PAPER – 2013 5
38. In the circuit shown below, Q1 has negligible 41. The impulse response of a continuous time system
collector-to-emitter saturation voltage and the is given by h(t) = (t – 1) + (t – 3). The value of
diode drops negligible voltage across it under the step response at t = 2 is
forward bias. If Vcc, is + 5 V, X and Y are digital
(a) 0 (b) 1
signals with 0 V as logic 0 and Vcc as logic 1, then
the Boolean expression for Z is (c) 2 (d) 3
+VCC 42. Two magnetically uncoupled inductive coils have
Q factors q1 and q2 at the chosen operating
frequency. Their respective resistances are R1 and
R1
R2. When connected in series, their effective Q
Z
factor at the same operating frequency is
R2
(a) q1R1 + q2R2
X Q1
Diode (b) q1/R1 + q2/R2
(c) (q1R1 + q2R2) / (R1 + R2)
Y (d) q1R2 + q2R1
(a) X Y (b) XY 43. The following arrangement consists of an ideal
transformer and an attenuator which attenuates
(c) X Y (d) XY
by a factor of 0.8. An ac voltage Vwx1 = l00V is
39. In the circuit shown below the op-amps are ideal. applied across WX to get an open circuit voltage
Then Vout in Volts is Vyz1, across YZ. Next, an ac voltageVyz2 = 100V is
applied across YZ to get an open circuit voltage
Vwx2 across WX. Then, Vyz1 VWX1/ VWX2 / VYZ2 are
respectively. W
1:1.25
(a) 125/100 and 80/100
Y
(b) 100/100 and 80/100
(c) 100/100 and 100/100
X Z
(d) 80/100 and 80/100
44. Thyristor T in the figure below is initially off and
is triggered with a single pulse of width 10 s. It
(a) 4 (b) 6 100 100
is given that L = H and C = F.
(c) 8 (d) 10
40. The signal flow graph for a system is given below. Assuming latching and holding currents of the
thyristor are both zero and the initial charge on
Y s
The transfer function for this system is C is zero, T conducts for
U s
1
+ L
T
15 V C
–1
1 S–1 S 1 Y(s)
U(s)
(a) 10 s (b) 50 s
–4 (c) 100 s (d) 200 s
45. A 4-pole induction motor, supplied by a slightly
–2 unbalanced three-phase 50 Hz source, is rotating
at 1440 rpm. The electrical frequency in Hz of
the induced negative sequence current in the
s1 s1 rotor is
(a) (b)
5s 6 s 2
2
s 6s 2
2
(a) 100 (b) 98
s1 1
(c) 2 (d) (c) 52 (d) 48
s 4s 2 5s 6 s 2
2
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2013
46. A function y = 5x2 + 10 x is defined over an open LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS
interval x = (1, 2). At least at one point in this Statement for Linked Answer Questions 52 and 53:
dy In the following network, the voltage magnitudes at
interval, is exactly..
dx all buses are equal to 1 p.u., the voltage phase angles
(a) 20 (b) 25 are very small, and the line resistances are negligible.
(c) 30 (d) 35 All the line reactances are equal to j1 .
Bus 1(slack) j1 Bus 2
47. When the Newton-Raphson method is applied to
solve the equation f (x) = x3 +2x – 1 = 0, the solution
at the end of the first iteration with the initial P=0.1
2 pu
guess value as x0 = 1.2 is
j1 j1
(a) –0.82 (b) 0.49
(c) 0.705 (d) 1.69
Bus 3
COMMON DATA QUESTIONS P=0.2
3 pu
Common Data for Questions 48 and 49: 52. The voltage phase angles in rad at buses 2 and 3
In the figure shown below, the chopper feeds a resistive are
load from a battery source. MOSFET Q is switched at (a) 2 = –0.1, 3 = –0.2 (b) 2 = 0, 3 = –0.1
250 kHz, with a duty ratio of 0.4. All elements of the (c) 2 = 0.1, 3 = 0.1 (d) 2 = 0.1, 3 = 0.2
circuit are assumed to be ideal.
53. If the base impedance and the line-to-line base
100 F
voltage are 100 and 100 kV, respectively, then
the real power in MW delivered by the generator
12 V connected at the slack bus is
+ Q 470 F 20
_ (a) –10 (b) 0
(c) 10 (d) 20
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 54 and 55:
48. The average source current in Amps in steady-
state is The Voltage Source Inverter (VSI) shown in the figure
below is switched to provide a 50 Hz, square-wave ac
(a) 3/2 (b) 5/3
output voltage (v 0) across an R-L load. Reference
(c) 5/2 (d) 15/4 polarity of v0 and reference direction of the output
49. The PEAK-TO-PEAK source current ripple in current i0 are indicated in the figure. It is given that
Amps is R = 3 , L = 9.55 mH.
(a) 0.96 (b) 0.144
(c) 0.192 (d) 0.288 Q1 Q3
Common Data for Questions 50 and 51: D1 D3 L
The state variable formulation of a system is given as Vdc
+ io
_ + v R
x1 2 0 x1 1
o
_
u,
Q4 Q2
x =
2 0 1 x 2 1 D4 D2
x1(0) = 0
x2(0) = 0
x 54. In the interval when v0 < 0 and i0 > 0 the pair of
and y = 1 0 1
x 2 devices which conducts the load current is
50. The system is (a) Q1, Q2 (b) Q3, Q4
(a) controllable but not observable (c) D1, D2 (d) D3, D4
(b) not controllable but observable 55. Appropriate transition i.e., Zero Voltage Switching
(c) both controllable and observable (ZVS)/Zero Current Switching (ZCS) of the IGBTs
(d) both not controllable and not obser- vable during turn-on/turn-off is
51. The response y(t) to a unit step input is (a) ZVS during turn-off
1 1 2t 1 2t 1 t (b) ZVS during turn-on
(a) e (b) 1 e e
2 2 2 2 (c) ZCS during turn-off
(c) e2t e t (d) 1 – e–t (d) ZCS during turn-on
SOLVED PAPER – 2013 7
G ENERAL APTITUDE (GA) QUESTIONS (Q. 61–65) carry two marks each.
(Q. 56–60) carry one mark each. 61. What is the chance that a leap year, selected at
random, will contain 53 Saturdays?
56. They were requested not to quarrel with others.
(a) 2/7 (b) 3/7
Which one of the following options is the closest
in meaning to the word quarrel? (c) 1/7 (d) 5/7
(a) make out (b) call out 62. Statement: There were different streams of
freedom movements in colonial India carried out
(c) dig out (d) fall out by the moderates, liberals, radicals, socialists, and
57. In the summer of 2012, in New Delhi, the mean so on.
temperature of Monday to Wednesday was 41°C Which one of the following is the best inference
and of Tuesday to Thursday was 43°C. If the from the above statement?
temperature on Thursday was 15% higher than (a) The emergence of nationalism in colonial India
that of Monday, then the temperature in °C on led to our Independence.
Thursday was (b) Nationalism in India emerged in the context
(a) 40 (b) 43 of colonialism.
(c) 46 (d) 49 (c) Nationalism in India is homogeneous.
58. Complete the sentence: (d) Nationalism in India is heterogeneous.
Dare __________ mistakes. 63. The set of values of p for which the roots of the
(a) commit (b) to commit equation 3x2 + 2x + p(p – 1) = 0 are of opposite
sign is
(c) committed (d) committing
(a) (–, 0) (b) (0, 1)
59. Choose the grammatically CORRECT sentence:
(c) (1, ) (d) (0, )
(a) Two and two add four.
64. A car travels 8 km in the first quarter of an hour,
(b) Two and two become four.
6 km in the second quarter and 16 km in the
(c) Two and two are four. third quarter. The average speed of the car in km
(d) Two and two make four. per hour over the entire journey is
60. Statement: You can always give me a ring (a) 30 (b) 36
whenever you need. (c) 40 (d) 24
Which one of the following is the best inference 65. Find the sum to n terms of the series 10 + 84 +
from the above statement? 734 + …
1 1
(a) Because I have a nice caller tune.
9 9n 1 9 9n 1
(b) Because I have a better telephone facility. (a) (b)
10 8
(c) Because a friend in need is a friend indeed.
(d) Because you need not pay towards the
(c)
9 9 1n
n (d)
9 9 1n
n 2
telephone bills when you give me a ring. 8 8
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (b) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (a) 19. (b) 20. (d)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (b) 24. (b) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (c) 29. (c) 30. (d)
31. (d) 32. (d) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (d) 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (a)
41. (b) 42. (c) 43. (b) 44. (c) 45. (b) 46. (b) 47. (c) 48. (b) 49. (c) 50. (a)
51. (a) 52. (a) 53. (d) 54. (d) 55. (d) 56. (b) 57. (c) 58. (b) 59. (d) 60. (c)
61. (a) 62. (d) 63. (b) 64. (c) 65. (d)
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2013
EXPLANATIONS
1.
3. u(s) 1/s y(s)
– y (s) 1
=
1 k + V0 u( s) s
– 1
5V ms y(s) = u(s)
+ s
For unit step 1/s
1
u(s) =
s
5 mA 1
y(s) = 2
5 mA
s
y(t) = t u(t)
–
+ V0 4. As h(t) = t u(t)
input response
(t) t a (t)
VRE t t2
I = I, e I = I0 e VT u(t) tu(t)dt = u tdt = u (t )
2
0
V
– 0 (t 1) 2
I = I0 VT u(t – 1) u (t 1)
e 2
I I ms 5. Consider option (a ): In which all the poles lie
– V0 = VT In I = VT In I
3
0 s on the left of j axis which satisfy casual stable
LTI system.
V0 = – 0.7
2. Option (b ): For a stable casual system, there are
100 μf
no restriction for the position of zeroes on s plane.
Option (c ): text true.
10 k Option (d): Roots of characteristic equation are
V2(S)
V1(S) all closed loop poles and they all line on the left
100 μf side of the j axis.
6. Two systems with impulse responses (h1)(t) and
h2(t) are connected in cascade
1
CS h1(t) h2(t)
Then the overall impulse response of the Cascaded
R system in given by convolution h1(t) and h2(t)
V2(S) Overall Impulse Respone = Convolution of h1(t),
V1(S) 1 h2(t)
CS = Product of H1(s), H2(s)
Where H1(s), H2(s) are transfer function is S
domain.
By voltage division rule 7. For max power
1 RL = R 2s X 2s =
R 4 2 32 5
cs V1 ( s)
v2(s) = 1 1 8. T
R
cs cs
1 4 104
10 103 10
v2 ( s) 100 10 6 s = s
= V
v1 (s) 3 2 10 4 11
10 10
100 10 6 s
v2 ( s) ( s 1)
=
v1 (s) (s 2)
SOLVED PAPER – 2013 9
V = 100 60 Alternative
I = – 10 –150º (source to load current)
P(x > 1) = e x dx = e x
V = 100 60º 1
1
1
= e e1 = 0
e
I = 10 30º
1
= 0.368 = 1 – (0.368)= 0.632
e
30º 12. v = 2x2 y + 3y2z + 4z2x
Curl of gradient of scalar field ‘v’ is
–150º ×(4xy + 4z2) aˆ x + (2x2 + 6yz) aˆ y + (3y2 + 8zx) aˆ z
aˆ x aˆ y aˆ z
I
P complex power =
x y z
= VI* = 10060° 10–30° = 1000 30° (4 xy yz 2 ) (2 x 2 6 yz ) (3 y 2 8 zx )
= 1000 cos 30° + j 1000 sin 30° = aˆx (6 y 6 y ) aˆ y (8z 8z ) aˆ z (4x 4 x)
Hence load absorbs both active and reactive power. 13. Input Independence of a voltage-voltage feedback
circuit
9. P0 = 64 watt
= Zi (1 + A0 k)
Pcu = 81 watt at 90% of rated load
Zi = initial input impedance (without feed output
81 = (0.9 Ifl2)R
Impedance of a voltage-voltage feedback circuit
81 = Z0 (1 A 0 k)
Ifl2R = 100
(0.9)2 Z0 = initial output impedance (without feedback)
Pcu fl = 100 w Hence, As K is increased, the input impedance
For maximum efficiency will increase and output impedance will decrease.
14. V = 2x2y + 3y2z + 4z2x 1
P0 64 s
I = Ifl if Curl (grad v) = × v
Pcu fl 100
(2 x 2 y 3 y 2 z 4 z 2 x ) ˆj (2 x y 3 y z 4 z x)
2 2 2
I = 0.81 Ifl v = i y
x
10. B = 4x aˆ x 2 ky aˆ y 8 aˆ 3
k (2 x 2 y 3 y2 z 4 z2 x)
z
Divergence of magnetic flux density is zero v = i 4 xy 4 z2 jˆ 2 x 2 6 yz k 3 y 2 8 zx
That is B = 0 iˆ ˆj kˆ
(4 x) (2ky) 8 0
× v =
x y z
x y f
4 xy 4 z 2 2 x 2 6 yz 3 y 2 8 zu
4 + 2x + 0 = 0 k = – 2
= iˆ(6 y 6 y ) ˆj (8 z 8 z ) + k̂ (4x – 4x) = 0
Option (a).
15.
32
11 . f(n) = e–n
0n – 40db
P(n > 1) (n) = e = 1 – P(x 1)
–x
1
1 10
e dy
x
P(x 1) = f ( x ) dn = 1
–8
x 1
e 20 log k = 32
= = e–1 – 0 = 0.367
1 k = 101.6 = 39.8
Thus = 1 – P(x 1) As slope is – 40db/decade so two pols at ons’m
39.8
= 1 – 0.367 = 0.6321 so T(s) =
52
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2013
16. Let us consider the switches A and B and bulb Y. 22. V2
Switches can be 2 positions up (0) or down (1)
Starting with both A and B in up position. Let the
bulb be OFF. Now since B can operate
independently when B goes down, the bulb goes
I
ON
A B Y
up (0) up (0) OFF
up (0) down (1) ON
V1
Now keeping A in down position when B goes
down, the bulb will go OFF. v2 > v1 and phase difference is 180 and hence Ms
voltmeter will read
A B Y
v = v2 – v1
down (1) up (0) ON
down (1) down (1) OFF 23. Let a + ib = i
find truth table corresponds to XOR gate. Sequencing both the sides, we get
LCM of numerator 2 a2 – b2 + 2ab i = – i
17. LCM of T1, T2, T3 will be: = =
HCF of denominator. 100 Equating real and imaginary parts
2 a2 – b2 = 0 a = ± b
Overall time period = sec.
100 2ab = –1
Harmonic frequency = 100 rad/sec. 1
18. (A) As fmax = 5 kHz when a =b 2b2 = – 1 b2 =
2
f sampling 2 fmax = 2 fmax = 10 kHz i
b=±
Not 12, 15, 20 kHz a valid samply frequency so 2
sampling frequency fs, such is not valid sampling i i
when b= a=
frequency, 2 2
19. Ra i
1 1 i
a + ib = +
2 2 2 2
RB
RC i i
when b= a
Rb Rc 2 2
i i i 1
then a + ib = i =
RA 2 2 2 2
1
= i
2 = cos
4 i ln 4
2
RB or cos 4 i ln 4
RC 24. F = y2x ax – yz ay – x2 az
l = xi + yj + z k̂
RA
dl = dx i + dyj + dz k̂
F = y2 x i yzj x2 kˆ
y x dx yz dy x dz
2 2
Rc =
Ra Rb
as Ra is scaled by facts k F.dl =
Ra Rb Rc along x-axis, y = 0, z = 0 The integral reduces to zero.
R R
k R a Rb 2
R Rb 2 2 x
1 0
= k a
a b
R c = = 25. = 0
R Rb Rc
a k(R a R b R c ) Ra Rb c 1 1 x2
so elements corresponding to star equivalence will 1
P2 P2 P1
be seated by facts k. 2
20. In swing equation is the angular displacement 2 2 x1 0
0 0 x = 0 rank = 1
of an axis fixed to the rotor with respect to a 2
synchronously rotating axis. no of linearly independent
21. In two mutually coupled coil leakage flux is the 2x1 – 2x2 = 0
flux that links with one coil only. Therefore infinite sol.
SOLVED PAPER – 2013 11
26. Maximum permissible voltage Dividing numerator and denominator by 10Ka + 1
= (300 + 300) 20 10–3 = 12V 10K a
R1 R2
Now w( s ) = 10K a 1
b
R( s ) 10
+ Q 1 s
V0 R3 10K a 1
Rs –
So Tclosed loop = 10 (By comparing from formula)
10K a 1
d
In Question given that time constant of closed loop
1
system is 100 times of time constant of open loop
when Rs is increased by 1% new value of system
Re = 303 10 1 1
so 10K 1 100 10 Tclosed loop 100 Topenloop
a
v0 = v0 – v1 = vmm – v
10 Ka + 1 = 100
300
=6– 12 = (6 – 5.97)v 10 Ka = 99
603
= 0.03 v = 30mv Ka = 9.9 10
27. I s = I z + IL IS K a 10 approximate value
Is – Iz = IL 100 IL 29. Given: Vs = 10053.13V
Iz
Two extreme condition: 10V 3 j4 j6 5
V2= 5V
If Iz (min),then IL (max) + –
VL1
VS ~ + + 10V
If Iz (max)then IL (min) = 0 I1 j40 I2 L1 RL= 10
– –
I2
10 5
Iz (max) = Is = = 50 mA
10 To find: Thevenin’s voltage across Load resistonce
Iz (min) = Is – IL (max) Solution
IL (max) = Is – Iz (min) = Is – Iz = (50 – 10) = 40mA
* For Vth open it.
V 5
RL (min) = K 125 open this
IL (max) 40
terminal
Pz = Vz Iz (max) = 5 50 mA = 250 mw 3 j4 j6 5
28. Given: + –
V L1
VS ~ + + 10V RL= 10
Open loop transfer function of a dc motor as I1 j40 I 2 L1
– –
I2
w( s ) 10
Va ( s ) = 1 10 s * Opening, then I2 = 0
R(S)
+
Va (S) 10 w(s) * When I2 = 0, then j40I2 = 0 {voltage source will
Ka
– 1 + 10s short circuit)
Circuit became
+ –
VL1 j6 5
3 j4
Topic : P controller with unity feed back
VS ~ + 10V I2= 0
Formula: For first order system loop transfer L1 VTH
I1 –
C( s ) K
function is comparing
R( s ) 1 sT V
Vs
I1 VL1 j 4 3 4 j
s
w( s ) 10 3 4 j
with T =10
Va ( s ) 1 10s open loop
* VTH = 10VL1 because no-current flowing through
Now for closed loop overall transfer function is circuit.
given by 40 j Vs
10 VTH = 10 j 4 Vs =
Ka 3 4 j 3 4 j
w( s ) = 1 10 s
From rectangular domain to polar domain.
R( s ) 10
1 Ka 40 90º
1 10 s = 100 53 13º
K a 10 10K a 5 53 13
=
1 10 s K a 10 10 s (10K a 1) VTH 800 90º
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2013
30. Given values: Q2 = Q3
Capacitance Value Voltage Breakdown C2V2 = C3 V3
C1 10 F 10V C2V2 = C3 V3 [V2 + V3 = 7V]
C2 5 F 5V C2V2 = C3 (7 – V2)
C3 2 F 2V. C2V2 = 7C3 – C3V2
Given circuit: 7C3
C2 C3 V2 =
C2 C3
A B
V2 =
72
25
2V V
2 2V
C1 and V3 = 7 – V2 = 7 – 2
To find: V3 5V
Max. safe voltage in volts that can be applied across
As when we take ‘7V’ then for that V2 = 2V &
the combination and Corresponding total charge
is C. V3 = 5V, but max voltage across V3 can be 2V
[because above which it breakdown].
Devising a plan:
as V3 2V
(a) We will first calculate equivalent capacitance
of given figure. But, when we take 7V then V3 have to be 5V which
(b) By calculating capacitance, we can check which is not possible hence ‘d’ is also wrong.
answer can be the solution, it reduce your Only option left is ‘c’
effort in solving problem. But, I will show that it is also right.
(c) Then apply the remaining answer for When VAB = 2. V
remaining options. C2 C3
A B
Solving:
Equivalent capacitance, as C2 & C3 are in series
and we know that when capacitance are in series
C2C3 C1
equivalent capacitance = C C & when two voltage across C1 = 2.8 V [possible as breakdown
2 3
capacitor are in parallel then their addition voltage is 10 V].
C2C3 C3 2.8
= C1 V2 = C C
C2 C3 2 3
C2C3 5μF 2μF V2 8V [possible as breakdown voltage across
* C = C1 = 10μF+ . = 11.4285 F
C2 C3 5μF 2μF C2 is 5V)]
Now check the option by using formula C2
V3 = C C 2.8
CV = 2 3
(a) 2.8 11.4285 = 32 C 36 C (option (a) is wrong) = 2 V [possible as breakdown voltage
hence ‘c’ option can be right across C3 is 2V]
Now when 7V hence option ‘d’ is correct
(b) 7V 11.4285 F = 80 c 119 C { B is *Verification: As I already showed that only ‘s’
is true no one else.
hence ‘d’ option is right.
only ‘c’ & ‘d’ are left. Conclusion: voltage across method capacitance is
Now apply 7V first in given circuit, not same as voltage across method resistance. For
when voltage across AB is 7V then C1 can handle determine voltage across resistance we just do as
it broz max breakdown voltage across is 10Y. we want to determine across R1 & R2
(V2) (V3) A R1 R2 B
C2 C3
A B
VAB
and across as they are
R1
7V V R1 VAB
in series so charge across them will be same. R1 R2
SOLVED PAPER – 2013 13
But in capacitor Thevenin’s equivalent voltage between bus (3) and
C1 C2
ref. bus = 1.3 – 10
A B Z3 3 (3)
VAB IC
C1 –J 3.5 pu
V C1 VAB
C1 C 2
~ 1.3 –10
So, don’t apply resistance voltage method in to
capacitor one, if you do that then you will obtain
‘D’ as answer, but which is wrong. ref. bus
13 10
31. ‘D’ 0 for all + IC = j0.5 j3.5
Y 1K 1.3 10
1cm = = 0.43380°
1000 sin t
W X X j3.0
Y ~ W
34. E =1 E2 Av
Z
1 12 2 12
= 8.85 10 10 10 .5 .5 .4 = 88.57
Z 2
36. Poles are given by
1K z2 + 4 = 0
Note: z = ± 2i
All diode conducts only done negative half. Both poles lies inside a circle
XW is at symmetrical point so voltage across Resdiue at z = 2i = 4 (z – 2i) (z2 – 4)
XW is zero for all time.
Residue at z = – 21
32. Ia rated = 20A I a
+ ( z2 4) 8 2
Vrated = 150V. Lt ( z 2i) = =
R
z 21 ( z 2i) ( z 2i) 4i i
Ra = 1i a
2 2
V = IaRa + Eb V Sum of Residue =
1 1
150 = 20 + 6
z2 4
Eb = 130V
–
z2
4
dz = 2i(Sum or Residue) = 2i(0)
Rated torque T = Ka Ia., T Ia
37.
‘’ is constant, as it is seperately excited D.C.
motor & armature reaction is also neglated.
X
Hence for obtaining 50% of roted torque Ia should T R0
p
Ia 20
be dropped by 50% i.e. so Ian = 10A
2 2 p R0
C1K
speed should be constant so
VN = 130 + 10 = 140V
It is step down chopper
From above fig.
V0 = Vs
= duty ratio
X = Q Q Q Q
140 = 2006 X = 1 because
= 0.7 Q Q = 1 always
33. 1 Q Q = 0 always
3
PS
N/W
Q Q Q Q = 1 0 0 1
h
‘ T ’ input = 1 always
Ref. bus
for ‘ ’ flip flop of input = 1 then O/P will be
Thevenin’s equivalent impedance between bus (3) implemented at the time of triggering.
and ref. bus is Z33
f1 = 0.5(f) = 0.5(1) = 0.5kHz
Z33 = 10.5 pu
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2013
38. VCC u(t)
X
Z
O t
X
u(t) = 1 for t 30 = 0 prt < 0
Y O/P in y(2) u(t – 1) + u(t – 3) = (4 – 1)
z x. y = 4(z –1) + 4 (2 – 3)
39. 1K 1k = 4(1) + (4 – 1) = 0 + 1 = 1
– 2V
WL1 q1R 1
– 1 + 15
+ 15V 42. q1 = L1 =
1 + R1 W
+ Vout
– 15V 2
– WL2
– 15V q2 =
1k R2
1 k
1 k when connected in series
+1V
Leq = L1 + L2, Req = R1 + R2
1 1 1 WL eq WL1 WL 2 qR q R
V out = 1v 1 1 2v 1 1 1 qeq = = = 1 1 2 2
R eq R1 R 2 R1 R 2
43. 1st case :
Gain of Gain Gain of Vwx1 = 100 V
non inverty of non inverty M2
So, Vyz1 = Vwx1 1.25 100 125V
M1
amp (1) inverty amp (2)
amp (1) Vyz1 = Vyz1 x = 125 0.8 = 100 v.
= [1 2 + 2] 2 v = 8v 100
Vyz1/Vwx1 = .
1
100
40. –1
–1
2nd case:
V(S) S S V(S)
Vyz2 = 100 V
100 100
–4
Vyt2 = 125v
0.8
M1 1 1
–2 Now, Vwx2 = Vy z 2 125 100v
Forward path M2 1.25
P1 = S–1, S–1 = S–2 1 = 1 100
Vwx2/Vyz2 =
100
P2 = S–1 2 = 1
Vwx2 = 100V
Loop
L1 = –4S–1 44. When thyristor ON
i
L2 = –2S–1 S–1 = – 2S–2
+
L3 = –2S–1 L
L4 = –4 15 V
C
T(S) = S2 S1
1 4 2S1 2S2 4S–1 t
di 1
dt C 0
S 1 S 2 S 1 Is = L i dt
= = 2
S 6S1 2S2 5S 6S 2
Is 1 I(s)
41. Apply Laplace transform = L bI / s
s c s
h(s) = e–s + e–3s 15C
for input step voltage I(s) =
Lc s 2 1
1 15 LL
y(s) = h(s) = e e 1 / s
s 3 s
s I(s) =
15 / L L
2 LL
1 r |1|2
y(t) = u(t – 1) + u(t – 3) s
2
L1
SOLVED PAPER – 2013 15
1500 1440
45. S= 0.04 1 2
1500 Rank of Matrix [CT CTAT] = 1 because 0
0 0
frequency of +ve seq. current in rotor
1500 1440 rank = 1 No. of states = 2
= 50 = 0.04 × 50 the system is not observable
1500
rreq. of – ve current in rotor 51. x1(0); x2(0) = 0
1500 1440 e 2 t 0
= 50 = 98 Hz. e =
At –1 ( s1 A) 1
1500 e t
0
46 . y = 5x2 + 10x
e 2 n 0 xA et2 n 0 1 e 2n
dy e–A = ,e B
dx
= 10x + 10 0 etn 0 e TL 1 e n
when x = 1.5 e 2 t 1
t 2
dy
0 e B4 ( x)dx = e t – 1
xA
= 10 × 1.5 + 10 = 25
dx
1
47. f(x) = x3 + 2x – 1 = 0
Newton = Raphson method 1
(1 e 2t )
y(t) = [1 0] 2
f ( xn ) 3
x 2 xn 1 t
xn+1 = xn – 1 = xn – n
1 e
f ( xn ) 3 xn2 2
1
3 xn3 2 xn xn3 2 xn 1 y(t) = 1
2 1 e2t e2 t
= 2 2
3 xn2 2
Q 2 0 P2 0.1
2 x3 1 53. 0.1 and P 0.2
xn+1 = 2n Q3 3
3 xn 2
Now, so P1 + P 2 + P 3 = 0
n =0
P1 + 0.1 – 0.2 = 0 P1 = 0.1 P2.
2 x03 1
x1 = x0 12
3 x02 2 (100 10 3 )2
Now, Base VA =
100
2(1.2)3 1 4.456
= = 0.705
3(1.2)2 2 6.32 = 100 × 106
Vn
Base MVA = 100
49. IL(Peak–peak) = DT3
L Real power = 100 × 0.1 = 10 mw
D Duty Ration 54. In voltage source Inverter
With RL load. Current is lagging
V0 I0
ib vY
2
DTS TS
01 02 Q1 Q 2 D3 D4 Q3 Q 4
Given f 250 kH z
When V0 = +VC Either D1D2 or Q1 Q2
T 1/(250 S )
Conduct
i.e. peak peak inductor current
V0 VC
Vin 12 (0.4) 1
= DTs 6
but when Z 0 VC D1 D2 Conduct.
L (100 10 ) 2 x 62
= 0.192A V0 VC
similarly Q1 Q2 Conduct.
1 2 I0 VC
50. Matrix [CT CTAT] =
0 0 so when V0 = –VC, Either D3 D4 Q2 Q3 Q4
2 0 1 2 V0 VC
CTAT =
1 0 0
when D3 D4 Conduct.
0 I 0 –VC
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2013
V
V0 VC
when Q3 Q4 Conduct.
I 0 –VC
So when, V0 <0 & i0 > 0 4
1
C LC
I(s) = 15 L 2
1
s2
LC
C D1 D2 Q1 Q2 D3 D4 Q3 Q4
i(t) = 15 sin W0t
L Mon Tues Wed.
57. 41
1 3
where W0 =
LC Mon + Tues + Wed. = 123 ...(1)
Hence Current is a sinusoidal
Tues Wed Thurs.
1 43º
2f0 = 3
LC
Tue + Wed + Thu. = 129° ...(2)
104
f0 = 5000 (2) – (1)
2
1 Tues + Wed + Thu – (Mon + Tues. + Wed.)
T0 = 2 10 4 sec
5000 = 129 – 123 = 6°
Total time period 11 5 x
Thu. – Mon. = 6° x 6º
i(t) 1 00
115 15 x
t Thus. = Mon = = 6°
100 100
Mon = x x = 40°
as holding current & latching current is zero so.
Thyristor is ON for only ** positive half cycle. So 115 x
Thurs =
time period for which Thyristor is ON is 2 10–4. 100
55. b = 50 Hz 115 40
Thurs = 46º
100
1
T= 20 m sec 61. at a leap year
50
V 52 weeks, and 2 extra day they are (Mon, Tues)
(Tues, Wed) (Wed Thu.) (Thus. Fri) (Fri. Sat) (Sat.
Sun) (Sun Mond.)
2 n(s) = 7
/4 /2 2
n(E) = 2 P(E) =
7
20m sec. Total distance
64. Average Speed =
total time taken
10m sec
8 6 16 30 60
2 50 9.55 10 3 Total Distance =
L 15 15 15 45
= tan–1 = tan–1
R 3 = 40km/h.
= 45°
SOLVED PAPER – 2012
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 100
(Q. 1 – 25) carry one mark each. 6. A system with transfer function
1. Two independent random variables X and Y are (s2 9)(s 2)
G(s) =
uniformly distributed in the interval [–1, 1]. The (s 1)(s 3)(s 4)
probability that max [X, Y] is less than
1
is is excited by sin (t). The steady-state output of
2 the system is zero at
3 9 (a) = 1 rad/s (b) = 2 rad/s
(a) (b)
4 16 (c) = 3 rad/s (d) = 4 rad/s
1 2
(c) (d) 7. In the sum of products function
4 3
f(X, Y, Z) = (2, 3, 4, 5),
2. If x = 1 , then the value of xx is the prime implicants are
2
(a) X Y, X Y
(a) e (b) e 2
(b) X Y, X Y Z , X Y Z
(c) x (d) 1
(c) X Y Z , X YZ, X Y
3. Given
(d) X Y Z , X YZ, X Y Z , X Y Z
1 2
f(z) = . If C is a counterclockwise path n
z 1 z 3 1 n
– u[n], then the region of
8. If x[n] =
1
in the z-plane such the z + 1 = 1, the value of 3 2
1
C f ( z)dz is
2j
convergence (ROC) of its Z-transform in the
Z-plane will be
(a) – 2 (b) – 1
1 1 1
(c) 1 (d) 2 (a) < z < 3 (b) < z <
3 3 2
4. In the circuit shown below, the current through 1 1
the inductor is (c) < z < 3 (d) < z
2 3
2
j1
(a) A 1 9. The bus admittance matrix of a three-bus
1 j 1 0A three-line system is
1 1 0V 1 0V
13 10 5 y11 y12 y13
(b) A
1 j 10 18 10 jy y22 y23
– + + –
1 0A
Y = j = 21
1 5 10 13 y31 y32 y33
(c) A
–j
1 j
1
1 If each transmission line between the two buses
(d) 0 A is represented by an equivalent -network, the
magnitude of the shunt susceptance of the line
5. The impedance looking into nodes 1 and 2 in the
connecting bus 1 and 2 is
given circuit is ib
(a) 4 (b) 2
(a) 50
(c) 1 (d) 0
1k 99ib
(b) 100 10. The slip of an induction motor normally does not
9k
(c) 5 k 1 depend on
+
100 –
1V (a) rotor speed (b) synchronous speed
(d) 10.1 k 2 (c) shaft torque (d) core-loss component
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2012
11. A two-phase load draws the following phase 17. In the following figure, C1 and C2 are ideal capacitors.
currents: i1(t) = Imsin(t – 1), i2(t) = Imcos(t – 2). C1 has been charged to 12V before the ideal switch
These currents are balanced if 1 is equal to S is closed at t = 0. The curent i(t) for all t is
S t =0
(a) – 2 (b) 2
(c) 2 (d) 2 C1 C2
2 2 i (t )
12. A periodic voltage waveform observed on an
oscilloscope across a load is shown. A permanent
magnet moving coil (PMMC) meter connected (a) zero
across the same load reads (b) a step function
v (t ) (c) an exponentially decaying function
10V (d) an impulse function
5V 18. The i-v characteristics of the diode in the circuit
given below are
0 10 12 20 0.7
time (ms) A, 0.7 V
i = 500
–5V 0 A, 0.7 V
(a) 4 V (b) 5 V The current in the circuit is 1k
(c) 8 V (d) 10 V (a) 10 mA i
(b) 9.3 mA
13. The bridge method commonly used for finding v
mutual inductance is (c) 6.67 mA 10V
(a) Heaviside Campbell bridge (d) 6.2 mA
(b) Schering bridge 19. The output Y of a 2-bit comparator is logic 1
(c) De Sauty bridge whenever the 2-bit input A is greater than the
(d) Wien bridge 2-bit input B. The number of combinations for
which the output is logic 1, is
14. With initial condition x(1) = 0.5, the solution of
(a) 4 (b) 6
dx
the differential equation t + x = t is (c) 8 (d) 10
dt
1 1 20. Consider the given circuit.
(a) x = t – (b) x = t2 –
2 2 A
t2 t CLK
(c) x = (d) x =
2 2
15. The unilateral Laplace transform of f ( t) is B
1 In this circuit, the race around
. The unilateral Laplace transform of
s s1
2 (a) does not occur
t f(t) is (b) occurs when CLK = 0
s 2s 1 (c) occurs when CLK = 1 and A = B = 1
(a) – (b) –
(s s 1)2
2
(s s 1)2
2
(d) occurs when CLK = 1 and A = B = 0
s 2s 1 21. The figure shows a two-generator system supplying
(c) (d)
(s s 1)2
2
(s s 1)
2 2 a load of PD = 40 MW, connected at bus 2.
16. The average power delivered to an impedance Bus 1 Bus 2
G1 G2
(4 – j3) by a current 5 cos (100 t + 100) A is PG2
(a) 44.2 W (b) 50 W PG1
(c) 62.5 W (d) 125 W
PD = 40MW
SOLVED PAPER – 2012 3
The fuel cost of generators G1 and G2 are : Q. 26 – Q. 55 carry two marks each.
C1(PG1) = 10,000 Rs/MWh and C2(PG2) = 12,500 Rs/MWh 26. Given that
2
and the loss in the line is Ploss(pu) = 0.5 PG1(pu) ,
5 3 1 0
where the loss coefficient is specified in pu on a A= and I = , the value of A is
3
100 MVA base. The most economic power 2 0 0 1
generation schedule in MW is (a) 15 A + 12 I (b) 19 A + 30 I
(a) PG1 = 20, PG2 = 22 (b) PG1 = 22, PG2 = 20 (c) 17 A + 16 I (d) 17 A + 21 I
(c) PG1 = 20, PG2 = 20 (d) PG1 =0, PG2 = 40 27. The maximum value of f(x) = x3 – 9x2 + 24x + 5 in
22. The sequence components of the fault current the interval [1, 6] is
are as follows : Ipositive = j1.5 pu, Inegative = – j0.5 pu, (a) 21 (b) 25
Izero = – j1 pu. The type of fault in the system is (c) 41 (d) 46
(a) LG (b) LL
28. If VA – VB = 6V; then VC – VD is
(c) LLG (d) LLLG
23. A half-controlled single-phase bridge rectifier is
supplying an R-L load. It is operated at a firing
angle and the load current is continuous. The
fraction of cycle that the freewheeling diode
conducts is
1
(a) (b) 1 (a) – 5 V (b) 2 V
2
(c) 3 V (d) 6 V
(c) (d)
2 29. The voltage gain Av of the circuit shown below is
24. The typcial ratio of latching current to holding
current in a 20 A thyristor is
(a) 5.0 (b) 2.0
(c) 1.0 (d) 0.5
25. For the circuit shown in the figure, the voltage
and current expressions are
(t) = E1 sin (t) + E3 sin (3 t) and
i(t) = I1 sin(t – 1) + I3 sin (3 t – 3) + I5 sin (5 t) (a) Av 200 (b) Av 100
The average power measured by the Wattmeter (c) Av 20 (d) Av 10
is
30. The state transition diagram for the logic circuit
i (t ) shown is
+ Wattmeter
Load
v (t )
–
1
(a) E I cos 1
2 1 1
1 (a) (b)
(b) [E I cos 1 + E1I3 cos 3 + E1I5]
2 11
1
(c) [E I cos 1 + E3I3 cos 3]
2 1 1
(c) (d)
1
(d) [E1I1 cos 1 + E3I1 cos 1]
2
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2012
31. Let y[n] denote the convolution of h[n] and g[n], 35. In the circuit shown, an ideal switch S is operated
n at 100 kHz with a duty ratio of 50%. Given that
where h [n ] = 1 u [n ] and g [n ] is a causal ic is 1.6 A peak-to-peak and I0 is 5 A dc, the peak
2
1 current in S is
sequence. If y[0] = 1 and y[1] = , then g[1] equals
2
1
(a) 0 (b)
2
3
(c) 1 (d)
2
32. The circuit shown is a (a) 6.6 A (b) 5.0 A
R2
(c) 5.8 A (d) 4.2 A
C R1 +5V 36. A 220 V, 15 kW, 1000 rpm shunt motor with
+
0
– + armature resistance of 0.25 , has a rated line
Input Output
– + – current of 68 A and a rated field current of 2.2 A.
0
–5V The change in field flux required to obtain a speed
1 of 1600 rpm while drawing a line current of 52.8 A
(a) low pass filter with f3dB = rad/s and a field current of 1.8 A is
(R1 R 2 )C
(a) 18.18 % increase
1
(b) high pass filter with f3dB = rad/s (b) 18.18 % decrease
R1C
(c) 36.36 % increase
1
(c) low pass filter with f3dB = rad/s (d) 36.36 % decrease
R1C
1 37. A fair coin is tossed till a head appears for the
(d) high pass filter with f3dB = rad/s
(R1 R 2 )C first time. The probability that the number of
required tosses is odd, is
33. For the system shown below, SD1 and SD2 are
1 1
complex power demands at bus 1 and bus 2 (a) (b)
respectively. If V2 = 1 pu, the VAR rating of the 3 2
capacitor (QG2) connected at bus 2 is 2 3
(c) (d)
3 4
38. The direction of vector A is radially outward
form the origin with A = krn where r2 = x2 + y2 + z2
and k is a constant. The value of n for which
. A = 0 is
(a) – 2
(b) 2
(a) 0.2 pu (b) 0.268 pu (c) 1
(c) 0.312 pu (d) 0.4 pu (d) 0
34. A cylindrical rotor generator delivers 0.5 pu power 39. Consider the differential equation
in the steady-state to an infinite bus through a
d 2 y(t) dy(t)
transmission line of reactance 0.5 pu. The
2
+2 + y(t) = (t) with
generator no-load voltage is 1.5 pu and the infinite dt dt
bus voltage is 1 pu. The inertia constant of the dy
y(t) 2 and
generator is 5 MW-s/MVA and the generator t 0
dt t 0 = 0.
reactance is 1 pu. The critical clearing angle, in
dy
degrees, for a three-phase dead short circuit fault The numerical value of is
dt t 0
at the generator terminal is
(a) 53.5 (b) 60.2 (a) – 2 (b) – 1
(c) 70.8 (d) 79.6 (c) 0 (d) 1
SOLVED PAPER – 2012 5
40. Assuming both the voltage sources are in phase, 45. An analog voltmeter uses external multiplier
the value of R for which maximum power is settings. With a multiplier setting of 20 k, it
transferred from circuit A to circuit B is reads 440 V and with a multiplier setting of
2 R 80 k, it reads 352 V. For a multiplier setting of
40 k, the voltmeter reads
(a) 371 V (b) 383 V
+ –j1 +
10 V 3V (c) 394 V (d) 406 V
– –
46. The locked rotor current in a 3-phase, star
connected 15 kW, 4-pole, 230 V, 50 Hz induction
Circuit A Circuit B
motor at rated conditions is 50 A. Neglecting
(a) 0.8 (b) 1. 4 losses and magnetizing current, the approximate
(c) 2 (d) 2.8 locked rotor line current drawn when the motor
is connected to a 236 V, 57 Hz supply is
41. The state variable description of an LTI system
(a) 58.5 A (b) 45.0 A
is given by
(c) 42.7 A (d) 55.6 A
x1 0 a1 0 x1 0
x 0 0 a1 x 0 47. A single phase 10 kVA, 50 Hz transformer with
2 = 2 u 1 kV primary winding draws 0.5 A and 55 W, at
x3 a3 0 0 x3 1
rated voltage and frequency, on no load. A second
x1 transformer has a core with all its linear dimensions
2 times the corresponding dimensions of the first
y = (1 0 0) x2 transformer.The core material and lamination
x3 thickness are the same in both transformers. The
where y is the output and u is the input. The primary windings of both the transformers have
system is controllable for the same number of turns. If a rated voltage of
(a) a1 0, a2 = 0, a3 0 2 kV at 50 Hz is applied to the primary of the
(b) a1 = 0, a2 0, a3 0 second transformer, then the no load current and
power, respectively, are
(c) a1 = 0, a2 0, a3 = 0
(a) 0.7 A, 77.8 W (b) 0.7 A, 155.6 W
(d) a1 0, a2 0, a3 = 0
(c) 1 A, 110 W (d) 1 A, 220 W
42. The Fourier transform of a signal h ( t ) is
H(j) = (2 cos ) (sin 2 )/. The value of h(0) is COMMON DATA QUESTIONS
1 1 Directions (Q. 48 – 49) : In the 3-phase inverter
(a) (b) circuit shown, the load is balanced and the gating
4 2
(c) 1 (d) 2 scheme is 180-conduction mode. All the switching
devices are ideal.
43. The feedback system shown below oscillates at
2 rad/s when
R(s) + K (s + 1) Y(s)
3 2
s + as + 2s + 1
–
(a) K = 2 and a = 0.75 (b) K = 3 and a = 0.75
(c) K = 4 and a = 0.5 (d) K = 2 and a = 0.5
48. The rms value of load phase voltage is
44. The input x(t) and output y(t) of a system are
t (a) 106.1 V (b) 141.4 V
related as y(t) = x( ) cos(3) d . The system is (c) 212.2 V (d) 282.8 V
–
(a) time-invariant and stable 49. If the dc bus voltage Vd = 300 V, the power
(b) stable and not time-invariant consumed by 3-phase load is
(c) time-invariant and not stable (a) 1.5 kW (b) 2.0 kW
(d) not time-invariant and not stable (c) 2.5 kW (d) 3.0 kW
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2012
D irections (Q. 50 – 51) : With 10 V dc connected at 55. The phase of the above lead compensator is
port A in the linear nonreciprocal two-port network maximum at
shown below, the following were observed :
(a) 2 rad/s (b) 3 rad/s
(i) 1 connected at port B draws a current of 3 A
(ii) 2.5 connected at port B draws a current of 2 A 1
(c) 6 rad/s (d) rad/s
+ 3
B
G E NE R A L A P TITU D E (G A ) Q UE S TIO NS
A
(COMPULSORY)
–
Q. 56 – Q. 60 carry one mark each.
50. For the same network, with 6 V dc connected at
7 56. One of the parts (A, B, C, D) in the sentence given
port A, 1 connected at port B draws A. If 8 V
3 below contains an ERROR. Which one of the
dc is connected to port A; the open circuit voltage
following is INCORRECT ?
at port B is
I requested that he should be given the
(a) 6 V (b) 7 V
driving test today instead of tomorrow.
(c) 8 V (d) 9 V
(a) requested that (b) should be given
51. With 10 V dc connected at port A, the current (c) the driving test (d) instead of tomorrow
drawn by 7 connected at port B is
3 5 57. If (1.001)1259 = 3.52 and (1.001)2062 = 7.85, then
(a) A (b) A (1.001)3321 =
7 7
9 (a) 2.23 (b) 4.33
(c) 1 A (d) A (c) 11.37 (d) 27.64
7
LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS 58. Choose the most appropriate alternative from the
options given below to complete the following
Directions (Q. 52 – 53) : In the circuit shown, the
sentence :
three voltmeter readings are V1 = 220 V, V2 = 122 V,
V3 = 136 V If the tired soldier wanted to lie down, he
R I the mattress out on the balcony.
(a) should take
V2
RL (b) shall take
Load
V1 V3
(c) should have taken
X
(d) will have taken
52. The power factor of the load is 59. Choose the most appropriate word from the
(a) 0.45 (b) 0.50 options given below to complete the following
sentence :
(c) 0.55 (d) 0.60
Given the seriousness of the situation that
53. If RL = 5 , the approximate power consumption he had to face, his was impressive.
in the load is
(a) beggary
(a) 700 W (b) 750 W
(b) nomenclature
(c) 800 W (d) 850 W
(c) jealousy
Directions (Q. 54 – 55) : The transfer function of a (d) nonchalance
compensator is given as
s a 60. Which one of the following options is the closest
Gc(s) =
sb in meaning to the word given below ?
Latitude
54. Gc(s) is a lead compensator if
(a) a = 1, b = 2 (a) Eligibility
(b) a = 3, b = 2 (b) Freedom
(c) a = –3, b = –1 (c) Coercion
(d) a = 3, b = 1 (d) Meticulousness
SOLVED PAPER – 2012 7
Q . 61 – Q. 65 carry two marks each. 63. Raju has 14 currency notes in his pocket consisting
of only ` 20 notes and ` 10 notes. The total money
61. A and B are friends. They decide to meet between
value of the notes is ` 230. The number of ` 10
1 PM and 2 PM on a given day. There is a condition
notes that Raju has is
that whoever arrives first will not wait for the
other for more than 15 minutes. The probability (a) 5 (b) 6
that they will meet on that day is (c) 9 (d) 10
1 1 64. There are eight bags of rice looking alike, seven
(a) (b)
4 16 of which have equal weight and one is slightly
7 9 heavier. The weighing balance is of unlimited
(c) (d) capacity. Using this balance, the minimum
16 16
number of weighings required to identify the
62. One of the legacies of the Roman legions was heavier bag is
dis c ipline. In th e legions , milita ry la w (a) 2 (b) 3
pr ev a i led a n d dis c ipli n e w a s b r u ta l. (c) 4 (d) 8
Disc iplin e on the ba ttlefield kept u nits
obedient, intact and fighting, even when the 65. The data given in the following table summarizes
odds and conditions were against them. the monthly budget of an average household.
Which one of the following statements best sums Catego ry Amo unt (Rs.)
up the meaning of the above passage ?
Food 4000
(a) Thorough regimentation was the main reason
for the efficiency of the Roman legions even Clothing 1200
in adverse circumstances. Rent 2000
(b) The legions were treated inhumanly as if the Savings 1500
men were animals.
Other expenses 1800
(c) Discipline was the armies’ inheritance from
their seniors. The approximate percentage of the monthly
(d) The harsh discipline to which the legions were budget NOT spent on savings is
subjected to led to the odds and conditions (a) 10% (b) 14%
being against them. (c) 81% (d) 86%
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2012
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (c) 4. (c) 5. (a) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (b) 10. (d)
11. (d) 12. (a) 13. (a) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (a) 22. (c) 23. (d) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (d)
31. (a) 32. (b) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (c) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (a) 39. (d) 40. (a)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (d) 45. (d) 46. (b) 47. (b) 48. (b) 49. (d) 50. (c)
51. (c) 52. (a) 53. (b) 54. (a) 55. (a) 56. (b) 57. (d) 58. (a) 59. (d) 60. (b)
61. (c) 62. (a) 63. (a) 64. (a) 65. (d)
EXPLANATIONS
1 4.
1. Uniform distribution X, Y on [–1, 1]; f(x) = f(y) =
2
1 1 1
P max( x, y) = P X , 1 Y
2 2 2
1 1
P –1 X , Y
2 2
1/2 1/2
1 1
= 2
dx dy
2 IL = 1 0
1
=
1
A
1 1 1 j1 1 j1
3 3 9
= = 5.
4 4 16
1
2. Given: x = 1 ; xx = 1 = ii
We know, ei = cos + i sin
i
e 2 = cos + i sin = i
2 2
i
i
(i) = e 2 = e 2
i
1 1 1 z
3.
2i C
f ( z) dz = z +1
2 i
dz z + 3
dz
C C
After connecting a voltage source of V
I1 I2
z = –1 is singularity in c and z = –3 is not in c V 50I
Rth = = = 50
By Cauchy’s integral formula I I
z V1 = V2
z + 3 dz = 0
I2 = (10k) (–ib) = 100 (I + 99ib + ib)
C
1 and – 10000ib = 100I + 100 100ib
and I1 = z +1
dz = 1;
= 100I + 10000ib
C
I1 – I2 = 1 – 20000ib = 100I
SOLVED PAPER – 2012 9
Ns Nr
100 10. Slip =
ib = – I
20000 Ns
So depends on Ns (synchronous speed)
I
= So depends on Nr (rotor speed)
200
If torque increases Nr decreases
V = 100[I + 99ib + ib]
It will not dependent on core loss
I
= 100 I 100 i1(t) = Im sin (t – 1)
200
11.
= Im cos [90 – (t – 1)
= 50I = Im cos(t – 1– 90)
V/I = 50 i2(t) = Im cos(t – 2)
Angle difference between two currents should be
(9 2 ) 4 2
6. G(s) = =0 –180 (or) 180 for balanced
2 1 2 9 16 2 –1+ 2– 90 = –180
2 = 9 1 = 90 +2
= 3 rad/s 12. PMMC will read average value
7. yz Area under curve
x 00 01 11 10 Vavg =
0 1 1 Time period
1 1 1 1 3
2 10 10 – [5 2] [8 5] 10
=
f = xy + xy
n n
20 10 3
1 1 = 4V
8. x(n) = – + u (n )
3 2
n n n 14. Given differential equation is
1 1 1 dx
= u (n ) + u(–n) – u(n) t +x=t
3 3 2
dt
n n
1 1
dx
+
x
=1
= u(n) + (3)n u(–n) – u(n)
3 2 dt t
1
1 1 dt
ROC : z > z < 3 z > It’s IF is = e t = elog t = t;
3 2
Solution is x(IF) = (IF)tdt
1
Common ROC : < z < 3 xt = t . tdt
2
t2
9. For three bus system
xt = +c
2
I1 Y11 Y12 Y13 V1 Given : x(1) = 0.5
I = Y Y22 Y23 V2
2 21 1
0.5 = +c
I3 Y31 Y32 Y33 V3 2
Y11 = Y11 + Y12 + Y13 c=0
Y12 = –Y12 = 10j, Y13 = –Y13 = 5j Hence required solution is
Y11 = –13j = Y11 + Y12 + Y13 t2
x.t =
–13j = Y11 –10j – 5j 2
t
Y11 = 2j x=
2
Equivalent network between Bus 1 and Bus 2
I1 y12 = y21 I2 1
15. L[f(t)] = F(s) = ;
+ s s1
2
dF(s)
V1 y11 y22 V2 L[tf(t)] = (–1)
ds
(2s 1) 2s 1
– = (–1) 2 = s2 s 1
Shunt-susceptance, y11 = 2 s s 1
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2012
16. Z = 4 – j3 = RL – jXC; RL = 4; Qnext = A.CLK.Q
I = 5 cos (100t + 100)
= A.CLK + Q
= Im cos2 (t + )
Qnext = A.CLK + Q
1
P = I2m .R L If CLK = 1 and A and B = 1, then
2
1 Q next 1
= 52 4 No race around
2 Q next 1
= 50 W IF CLK = 1 and A = B = 0, then
17. Time constant = RC Q next Q
No race around
In the given circuit, R = 0 Q next Q
Rise time = 0; Thus race around does not occur in the circuit
hence capacitor charges instantaneously and Bus 2
21. G Bus 1
current can be represented as impulse function. 1
~ G2
18. 10 = (1000)i + v ~
PG1
= 1000(v 0.7) + v
500 PD = 40 MW
= 2(v – 0.7) + v PL = 0.5 P 2
G1
= 2v – 1.4 + v PL is given by,
= 3v – 1.4
PL = B11 PG12 2B12 PG1 PG 2 PG 22 .B22
3v – 1.4 = 10
where B11, B12 & B22 are loss - coefficients.
3v = 10 + 1.4 = 11.4
Since load PD is connected to Bus 2,
11.4
v= = 3.8 B22 = B12 = 0.
3
v 0.7 3.8 0.7 PL
PG1 = 2 0.5 PG1 = PG1
i= = Now,
500 500
= 6.2 mA PL
and PG2 = 0.
A A1 A 0
19. A > B if A1B1 + A1 B1 [A0B0]
B B1 B0 1 1
Penality factors, L1 = =
PL 1 PG1
1
PG1
1
and L2 = =1
PL
1
PG 2
Now, L1.C1(PG1) = L2 C2(PG2) =
1
10,000 = 1 (12,500)
1 PG1
20.
PG1 = 0.2 P.U.
PG1 = 20 MW
As, PG1 + PG2 = PD + PL = PD + 0.5 PG12
20 + PG1 = 40 + 0.5 (0.2)2 100
PG2 = 22 MW
SOLVED PAPER – 2012 11
22. Given, Ia1 = j 1.5 p.u. 25. Average power,
2
I a 1 1 1 Ia 0 1
Ia2 = –j 0.5 p.u. and, Ib 1 2 I <P> =
2 v(t).i(t).d ( t)
a1 0
Ic 1 2 Ia 2 1
2
Ia0 = –j 1.0 p.u.
=
2 E
0
1 sin t E3 sin 3 t . I1 sin( t 1 ) .d t
then, Ia = Ia1 + Ia2 + Ia0 = 0. 2
In case of LLG faults at terminal b, c , the
1
2 E
0
1 sin t E3 sin 3 t .I3 sin(3 t 3 ).d t
conditions at the faults are characterized by 2
1
Vb = 0, Vc = 0, Ia = 0, as shown in figure also
2 E0
1 sin t E3 sin 3 t .I5 sin 5 t.d t
a Ia 2
1
=
4 E I cos
0
1 1 1 cos(2 t 1 ) .d t
2
+ 1
In
–
Ea
4 E I cos(
0
1 3 3 2 t ) cos(4 t 3 ) .d t
– – 2
Ec Eb 1
+ +
4 E I cos(2 t ) cos(4 t ) .d t
0
3 1 1 1
2
Ib 1
Ib + Ib = In
4 E 0
3 I3 (cos 3 cos 4 t 3 ).d t
2
Ic 1
4 E
0
1 I5 (cos3 t cos 2 t ).d t
23.
2
1
+
T1 T2 ifd R
4 E 3 I5 (cos t cos 4 t ).d t
Vs ~ b 0
– L E1 I1 cos 1 1
D2 D1 – <P> = .E3 I3 cos 3
E 2 2
+
Vab
Vs Vba
All other terms are zero.
2
as cos(2 t ).d t
E
1
t
0
O T1 T2 T1 T2 2
sin(2 t 1 )
0
2 0
Vab Vba 5 3
26. Given : A = ;
0
Vo
2
Vm Characteristic equation of A is
A–I= 0
5 3
2 =0
0
IT1 IT2
Io
(–5 – ) (–) + 6 = 0
FD FD
5 + 2 + 6 = 0
+ 2 = – 5 – 6
FD
and 3 = –52 – 6
T1 D1 T2 D2
= –5(–5 – 6) –6 ...( 2 = –5 – 6)
As seen in figure, FD works in the period of
= 25 – 6 + 30
3
radian, which is fraction of cycle = = 19 + 30
Every matrix satisfies its characteristic equation.
A3 = 19A + 30I
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2012
27. Given, f(x) = x3 – 9x2 + 24x + 5 30. Truth-table for D-type FF
f(x) = 0 for stationary D Qn Q n 1
3x2 – 18x + 24 = 0; 0 0 0
x = 2, 4; f(x) = 6x – 18 1 0 1
f(2) = 12 – 18 < 0; f(4) = 24 – 18 > 0 0 1 0
Hence f(x) has maximum value at x = 2 1 1 1
The maximum value is when A = 0, Y = X0 = Q
23 – 9 22 + 24 2 + 5 = 25 A = 1, Y = X1 = Q,
when Q = 0, A = 0, Y = X0 = Q = 1
VA VB 6
28. I = = = 3A; then,
2 2 D = 1, Qn+1 = 1.
Since current entering any network is same as Q = 0, A = 1, Y = X1 = 0
leaving in VC – VD branch then, D = 0, Qn+1 = 0
Also it is I = 3A Q = 1, A = 0, Y = X0 = 0
then, D = 0, Qn+1 = 0
Q = 1, A = 1, Y = X1 = 1
then, D = 1, Qn+1 = 1.
Hence, state diagram will be as in fig.(d).
31. y[n] = h[n] * g[n]
=
k
h[K]. g[n K]
y[0] =
k
h[K]. g[ K]
VD = 2 + 3 + VC = 5 + VC ;
K
1
VC – VD = –5V =
k
2 U[K]. g[ K]
29.
K
1
=
k 0
g[ K]
2
2
1 1
= g 0 g 1 . g 2 . ........ 1
2 2
Av ...(A)
0 1 2
1 1 1 1
y[1] = g 1 g 0 g[1] = +....
2 2 2 2
...(B)
Applying KVL in input loop, 1
Eqn (B) – Eqn (A) gives,
13.7 – (IC + IB) 12k – 100k(IB) – 0.7 = 0 2
1
IB = 9.9A; IC = IB = 0.99mA; IE = 1mA g[1] = 0
2
re =
26mA
= 2.6 ; zi = re = 2.6k; g[1] = 0
IE Vo R2 sC1R 2
32. =– =–
(100 k 12 k) Vin R1
1 sC1 R1 1
Av = = 412 sC1
26
100 k It is HPF transfer function
zi = zi = 221;
1 412 33. Bus 1 Bus 2
SG1 V1 = 1 0 p.u. V2 = 1 p.u.
zi 221
= (412)
221 10 k
Avs = Av ~
zi R s 2 = 10.5 p.u.
Avs 10 G2
SD1= 1p.u.
SD2= 1p.u.
SOLVED PAPER – 2012 13
Current flowing from Bus 1 to Bus 2,
iL
V V
I = 1 2 = 1 cos j sin 2 j I2
z
S1 [power deliverd at Bus 1] = V1I* I
= 2j [1 – cos +j sin ] I1 Io
Given, 2 sin = 1 = SD1
t
= 30 O
S2 [power received at Bus 2] = V2I*
= 2j [cos +j sin ].[(1– cos) + j sin]
= 2j [1– cos) – 2 sin Vs
Reactive power.
t
VAR ratio of the capacitor QG2 at Bus (2) is, TON TOFF
Q = 2 [1 – cos]
I2
Q = 2 [1 – cos 30] = 0.268 p.u.
I
34.
EtVt I1
Pmax =
xg + xb
t
Pmax sin
1 p.u. = Pmax 1.5 1
= = 1 pu
1.5
A2 The size in inductor current during ON period.
0.5 p.u. = Peo Vs Vo LL
max = – 0 IL = TON , TON =
A1
L Vs Vo
and during OFF - period
O o = 30 cr max
Vo LL
A1 = Accelerating area, cr = critical clearing angle –IL = – TOFF , TOFF =
T Vo
A2 = Decelerating area.
Switching frequency,
Equal area acceleration states that for stability
1 1 Vo (Vs Vo )
A1 = A2 f= = .
Peo (cr –o) = TON TOFF L IL Vs
max
Vs K(1 K) V
Pmax sin d – Peo max – cr IL = .K= o
cr
fL Vs
Peo (cr –o) = Pmax (cos cr – cos max) The maximum source current is given by,
– Peo (max – cr) L
Imax = Io
Peo (max –o) + Pmax cos max = Pmax cos cr 2
1.6
Peo = 5 = 5.8 A.
cos cr = (max –o) + cos max 2
Pmax
N1 E
30 36. = b1 2
Eb2 1
max = . rad = 2.61 rad. N2
180
Ra = 0.25;
then, cos cr = 0.5 (2.61 – 0.52) + cos 150 = 0.179 Ia = 68 – 2.2 = 65.8A;
cr = cos–1 0.179 = 79.6 Ia2 = 52.8 – 1.8 = 51A
220 65.8 0.25
=
1000
35. is iL i0 2
1
1600 220 51 0.25
+ 2
= 0.6364
FWD C Vo 1
Vs – 2
% decrease = 1 100
1
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2012
= 1 2 100 = 36.36% decrease
1
37. P(odd tosses) = P(H) + P(TTH) + P(TTTTH) + ....
3 5
1
+ + 1 + ......
1
= 70(R + 2)2 = (42 + 70R) 2 (R + 2)
2 2 2
5(R + 2) = 2(3 + 5R)
1 1
2
1
4 5R + 10 = 6 + 10R
= 1 ......
2 2 2 4 = 5R
R = 0.8
1 1 1
2
= 1 ...... 41. Qc = [B AB A2B]
2 4 4
0 a1 0 0
0
A= 0 0 a1 ; B = ;
1 1
=
2 1 1 a3 0 0 1
4 0 a1 a2
0
1 4 2 AB = a2 ; A2B =
= =
2 3 3 0 0
d 2 y(t) dy(t) 0 0 a1 a2
+ y(t) = (t) 0
39. +
dt 2 dt Qc = 0 a2
Converting to s – domain, 1 0 0
s2 Y(s) – sy(0) – y(0) + 2[sY(s) – y(0)] + Y(s) = 1 If rank of Qc = 3 = order of matrix, then
[s2 + 2s + 1] Y(s) + 2s + 4 = 1 a1 0
3 2 s
Y(s) = Qc is controllable a2 0 , then Qc 0
(s 2s 1) a3 0
2
Now, inverse Laplace transform,
y(t) = [–2e–t – te–t]u(t)
dy(t) 42. sin 2
= 2e–t + te–t – e–t
dt
dy(t) sin 2
2cos h(t) = h(t – 1) + h(t + 1)
dt t0
=2–1=1
sin 2
40. Power transferred from circuit A to circuit B e j e j
7 6 10R
P = VI =
R 2 R 2
43. Characterisitic equation is
42 70R 1 + G(s)H(s) = 0
=
(R 2)2 k( s 1)
1+ =0
10 3 7 s3 as2 2s 1
I = =
2R 2R s3 + s2a + s(k + 2) + (k + 1) = 0
V = 3 + IR
s3 1 k 2
7R 6 10R
=3+ = s2 a k1
2R 2R
( k 2) a ( k 1)
dP (R 2)2 (70) (42 70R)2(R 2) s1
= =0 a
dR (R 2)4 s0
as2 + (k + 1) = 0; s = j; s2 = –2; = 2
–a2 + (k + 1) = 0; a2 = k + 1; 4a = k + 1;
From options, k = 2, a = 0.75
SOLVED PAPER – 2012 15
45. Let resistance of voltmeter be R k 47. I
R1 X1 R2 X2
+ +
Io I I2
1
V1 Im Ii E1 E2 V2
– –
440 At no - load, I = Io
V= 20 + 440 ...(1)
R
Io = Ii Im
352 No - load loss, Pi = V1.Ii
V = 352 +
R
80 ...(2)
Pi 55
Solving equations (1) and (2), we get Ii = V = = 0.055 Amp.
1 1000
V = 480; R = 220
480 then, Im = I20 I12
VL = 220 = 406 V
40 220 = 0.52 0.0552 = 0.4969 Amp.
IBR r1 x1 r2 x2
46. when the dimensions increased by
+ 2 times to
that of first transformer.
VBR = 230
V L 2 R
3 Reluctance, R = = =
A C 2
2
AC 2
–
For the rotor at blocked position, slip, s = 1. 1
and as, Im [ H.dl = Ni = R]
As magnetizing current is negligible, therefore R
VBR Im = 0.4969 2 = 0.702 Amp.
IBR =
r1 r2 2 x1 x2 2 Losses are directly proportional to the volume,
since
VBR
= , R = r1 + r2 for, pe = Ke f2 B2m [Eddy current loss], and
R 2 x2
x = x1 + x2 for, ph = Kh f2 Bhm [hysteris loss],
and, P BR = I 2BR .R Ke, Kh volume of material
2
3
15 103 then, pi = 55 = 155.6 W
=R
3 502
2 55
3
R = 2 . Ii
= = 0.077
2 103
230 / 3
then, 50 = No load current,
R 2 x2
Io = Ii 2 Im 2
230 / 3
= = 0.70 Amp.
4 x2
x = 1.74 . at f = 50 Hz 2
48. RMS value of line voltage = VL = V
At f = 57 Hz, x 3 s
57 RMS value of phase voltage
= 1.74 = 1.98 V 2
50 = L = Vs
hence, at f = 57 Hz, VBR = 236 V, 3 3
2
236 / 3 = 300 = 141.42V
I = 3
R 2 x 2
Vph2 (141.42)2
236 / 3 49. P = 3. =3 = 3000W
I = 46 Amp. R ph 20
22 1.982
54. = tan–1 – tan–1
a
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2012
For phase lead should be +ve Total sample sapce = 60 60 = 3600
Favourable cases = Area of OABC – 2(Area of SRC)
tan–1 > tan–1
a 1
= 3600 – 2 45 45
a< b 2
Both option (a) and (c) satisfier but option (c) will = 1575
pot polar and zero as RHS of s-plane thus not possible 1575 7
Required probability = =
Hence option (a) is correct. 3600 16
63. Let number of ` 20 notes be x and ` 10 notes be y
55. For a lead compensator, a < b and a and b should
be positive, in (RHP) else it acts as a oscillator 20x + 10y = 230 ...(1)
a = 1, b = 2, and x + y = 14 ...(2)
Solving equations (1) and (2), we have
max = ab = 2 rad/s
x = 9 and y = 5
57. Let 1.001 = x Hence numbers of 10 rupee notes are 5.
x1259 = 3.52, and x2062 = 7.85
64. Let us categorize bags in three groups as
x3321 = x1259 . x2062
A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3 C1 C2
= 3.52 7.85
1 weighing A vs B
st
= 27.64
Case-1 Case-2
61. A1 A2 A3 = B1 B2 B3 A1 A2 A3 B1 B2 B3
Then either C1 or C2 is Either A or B would be
heavier heavier (Say A > B)
2 nd weighing
C1 vs C2 A1 vs A2
If C1 > C2, then C1 If A1 = A2, then A3
If C1 < C2, then C2 If A1 > A2, then A1
If A1 < A2, then A2
65. Total budget = 10,500
OB is the line when both A and B arrive at same
time. Expenditure other than savings = 9000
Hence approximate percentage of monthly budget
9000
= = 86%
10500
SOLVED PAPER – 2011
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 100
Q s. (1 - 25) carry one mark each.
1. Roots of the algebraic equation x3 + x2 + x + 1 = 0
are
(a) (+1, +j, –j) (b) (+1, –1, +1)
(c) (0, 0, 0) (d) (–1, +j, –j) (a) a0 and bn, n = 1, 3, 5, .......
2. With K as a constant, the possible solution for (b) a0 and an, n = 1, 2, 3, ....
dy (c) a0, an and bn, n = 1, 2, 3, ...
the first order differential equation = e–3x is (d) a0 and an, n = 1, 3, 5, ...
dx
1 1 5. A 4-point starter is used to start and control the
(a) – e–3x + K (b) – e3x + K
3 3 speed of a
–3x
(c) – 3 e + K (d) – 3 e–x + K (a) dc shunt motor with armature resistance
3. The rms value of the current i(t) in the circuit control
shown below is (b) dc shunt motor with field weakening control
(c) dc series motor
1
(a) A (d) dc compound motor
2
1 6. A three-phase, salient pole synchronous motor is
(b) A connected to an infinite bus. It is operated at no
2
load at normal excitation. The field excitation of
(c) 1A
the motor is first reduced to zero and then
(d) 2A increased in the reverse direction gradually. Then
the armature current
(a) increases continuously
4. The Fourier series expansion f(t) = a0 + a
n 1
n (b) first increases and then decreases steeply
(c) first decreases and then increases steeply
cos nt + bn sin nt of the periodic signal shown
below will contain the following nonzero terms (d) remains constant
7. A nuclear power station of 500 MW capacity is located at 300 km away from a load center. Select the most
suitable power evacuation transmission configuration among the following options
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2011
8. The frequency response of a linear system G(j) the CORRECT transfer characteristic is
is provided in the tabular form below
|G(j)| 1.3 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.5 0.3
G(j) –130 – 140 –150 –160 – 180 – 200
The gain margin and phase margin of the system
are (a)
(a) 6 dB and 30 (b) 6 dB and – 30
(c) – 6 dB and 30 (d) – 6 dB and – 30
9. The steady state error of a unity feedback linear
system for a unit step input is 0.1. The steady
state error of the same system, for a pulse input
r(t) having a magnitude of 10 and a duration of
one second, as shown in the figure is
(b)
(a) 0 (b) 0.1
(c) 1 (d) 10
10. Consider the following statements:
(i) The compensating coil of a low power factor
wattmeter compensates the effect of the
(c)
impedance of the current coil.
(ii) The compensating coil of a low power factor
wattmeter compensates the effect of the
impedance of the voltage coil circuit.
(a) (i) is true but (ii) is false
(b) (i) is false but (ii) is true
(c) both (i) and (ii) are true
(d) both (i) and (ii) are false
11. A low-pass filter with a cut-off frequency of 30Hz (d)
is cascaded with a high-pass filter with a cutt-off
frequency of 20 Hz. The resultant system of filters
will function as
(a) an all-pass filter
(b) an all-stop filter 13. A three-phase current source inverter used for
(c) a band stop (band-reject) filter the speed control of an induction motor is to be
realized using MOSFET switches as shown below.
(d) a band-pass filter
Switches S1 to S6 are identical switches.
12. For the circuit shown below,
The proper configuration for realizing switches
S1 to S6 is
SOLVED PAPER – 2011 3
15. The voltage applied to a circuit is 100 2
cos (100t) volts and the circuit draws a current
(a) (b) of 10 2 sin (100t + /4) amperes. Taking the
voltage as the reference phasor, the phasor
representation of the current in amperes is
(a) 10 2 –/4 (b) 10–/4
(c) 10 + /4 (d) 10 2 +/4
(c) (d) 16. In the circuit given below, the value of R required
for the transfer of maximum power to the load
having a resistance of 3 is
14. A point z has been plotted in the complex plane,
as shown in figure below.
(a) zero (b) 3
(c) 6 (d) infinity
17. Given two continuous time signals x(t) = e–t and
y(t) = e–2t which exist for t > 0, the convolution
z(t) = x(t)* y(t) is
1 (a) e–t – e–2t (b) e–3t
The plot of the complex number y = is
z (c) e+t (d) e–t + e–2t
18. A single-phase air core transformer, fed from a
rated sinusoidal supply, is operating at no load.
The steady state magnetizing current drawn by
(a) the transformer from the supply will have the
waveform
(a)
(b)
(b)
(c)
(c)
(d)
(d)
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2011
19. A negative sequence relay is commonly used to 24. The output Y of the logic circuit given below is
protect
(a) an alternator
(b) a transformer
(c) a transmission line (a) 1 (b) 0
(d) a bus bar (c) X (d) X
20. For enhancing the power transmission in a long 25. Circuit turn-off time of an SCR is defined as the
EHV transmission line, the most preferred time
method is to connect a
(a) taken by the SCR to turn off
(a) series inductive compensator in the line
(b) required for the SCR current to become zero
(b) shunt inductive compensator at the receiving (c) for which the SCR is reverse biased by the
end commutation circuit
(c) series capacitive compensator in the line (d) for which the SCR is reverse biased to reduce
(d) shunt capacitive compensator at the sending its current below the holding current
end
Q (26 - 55) carry two marks each.
21. An open loop system represented by the transfer
26. Solution of the variables x1 and x2 for the following
s 1 equations is to be obtained by employing the
function G(s) =
s 2 s 3 is Newton-Raphson iterative method.
(a) stable and of the minimum phase type equation (i) 10x2 sin x1 – 0.8 = 0
(b) stable and of the non-minimum phase type equation (ii) 10x22 – 10x2 cos x1 – 0.6 = 0
(c) unstable and of the minimum phase type Assuming the initial values x1 = 0.0 and x2 = 1.0,
the Jacobian matrix is
(d) unstable and of the non-minimum phase type
10 0.8
22. The bridge circuit shown in the figure below is (a)
0 0.6
used for the measurement of an unknown
element ZX. The bridge circuit is best suited when 10 0
(b)
ZX is a 0 10
0 0.8
(c)
10 0.6
10 0
(d)
10 10
27. The function f(x) = 2x – x2 + 3 has
(a) low resistance (a) a maxima at x = 1 and a minima at x = 5
(b) high resistance (b) a maxima at x = 1 and a minima at x = –5
(c) low Q inductor (c) only a maxima at x = 1
(d) lossy capacitor (d) only a minima at x = 1
23. A dual trace oscilloscope is set to operate in the 28. A lossy capacitor Cx, rated operation at 5 kV, 50 Hz
ALTernate mode. The control input of the is represented by an equivalent circuit with an
multiplexer used in the y-circuit is fed with a signal ideal capacitor Cp is parallel with a resistor Rp.
having a frequency equal to The value of Cp is found to be 0.102 F and the
value of Rp = 1.25 M. Then the power loss and
(a) the highest frequency that the multiplexer can
tan of the lossy capacitor operating at the rated
operate properly voltage, respectively, are
(b) twice the frequency of the time base (sweep) (a) 10 W and 0.0002
oscillator
(b) 10 W and 0.0025
(c) the frequency of the time base (sweep) oscillator
(c) 20 W and 0.025
(d) half the frequency of the time base (sweep) (d) 20 W and 0.04
oscillator
SOLVED PAPER – 2011 5
2 9. Let the Laplace transform of a function f(t) which 33. The open loop transfer function G(s) of a unity
exists for t > 0 be F1(s) and the Laplace transform feedback control system is given as,
of its delayed version f(t – ) be F2*(s). Let F1*(s) 2
be the complex conjugate of F1(s) with the Laplace k s
G(s) = 2
3
F2 ( s).F1* ( s) s s 2
variable set as s = + j. If G(s) = F1 ( s)
2 , From the root locus, it can be inferred that when
k tends to positive infinity,
then the inverse Laplace transform of G(s) is
(a) three roots with nearly equal real parts exist
(a) an ideal impulse (t) on the left half of the s-plane
(b) an ideal delayed impulse (t – ) (b) one real root is found on the right half of the
(c) an ideal step function u(t) s-plane
(d) an ideal delayed step function impulse u(t – ) (c) the root loci cross the j axis for a finite value
of k; k 0
30. A zero mean random signal is uniformly distributed
(d) three real roots are found on the right half of
between limits –a and +a and its mean square
the s-plane
value is equal to its variance. Then the r.m.s value
of the signal is 34. A portion of the main program to call a subroutine
a a SUB in an 8085 environment is given below.
(a) (b) :
3 2
:
(c) a 2 (d) a 3
LXI D, DISP
31. A 220 V, DC shunt motor is operating at a speed LP: CALL SUB
of 1440 rpm. The armature resistance is 1.0 :
and armature current is 10 A. If the excitation of
:
the machine is reduced by 10%, the extra
resistance to be put in the armature circuit to It is desired that control be returned to LP + DISP
maintain the same speed and torque will be + 3 when the RET instruction is executed in the
subroutine. The set of instructions that precede
(a) 1.79 (b) 2.1
the RET instruction in the subroutine are
(c) 3.1 (d) 18.9
(a) POP D (b) POP H
32. A load center of 120 MW derives power from two DAD H DAD D
power stations connected by 220 kV transmission PUSH D INX H
lines of 25 km and 75 km as shown in the figure INX H
below. The three generators G1, G2 and G3 are
INX H
to 100 MW capacity each and have identical fuel
cost characteristics. The minimum loss generation PUSH H
schedule for supplying the 120 MW load is (c) POP H (d) XTHL
DAD D INX D
PUSH H INX D
INX D
(a) P1 = 80 MW + losses
XTML
P2 = 20 MW
P3 = 20 MW 35. The transistor used in the circuit shown below
(b) P1 = 60 MW has a of 30 and ICBO is negligible.
P2 = 30 MW + losses
P3 = 30 MW
(c) P1 = 40 MW
P2 = 40 MW
P3 = 40 MW + losses VBE = 0.7 V
VCE, sat = 0.2 V
(d) P1 = 30 MW + losses
P2 = 45 MW
P3 = 45 MW
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2011
If the forward voltage drop of diode is 0.7 V, then 40. A capacitor is made with a polymeric dielectric
the current through collector will be having an r of 2.26 and a dielectric breakdown
(a) 168 mA (b) 108 mA strength of 50 kV/cm. The permittivity of free
(c) 20.54 mA (d) 5.36 mA space is 8.85 pF/m. If the rectangular plates of
the capacitor have a width of 20 cm and a length
36. A voltage commutated chopper circuit, operated of 40 cm, then the maximum electric charge in
at 500 Hz, is shown below. the capacitor is
(a) 2 C (b) 4 C
(c) 8 C (d) 10 C
41. The response h(t) of a linear time invariant system
to an impulse (t), under initially relaxed condition
is h(t) = e–t + e–2t. The response of this system for
a unit step input u(t) is
(a) u(t) + e–t + e–2t
(b) (e–t + e–2t) u(t)
If the maximum value of load current is 10 A,
then the maximum current through the main (M) (c) (1.5 – e–t – 0.5e–2t) u(t)
and auxiliary (A) thyristors will be (d) e–t (t) + e–2t u(t)
(a) iM max = 12 A and iA max = 10 A
42. The direct axis and quadrature axis reactances of
(b) iM max = 12 A and iA max = 2 A a salient pole alternator are 1.2 p.u. and 1.0 p.u.
(c) iM max = 10 A and iA max = 12 A respectively. The armature resistance is
(d) iM max = 10 A and iA max = 8 A negligible. If this alternator is delivering rated
kVA at upf and at rated voltage then its power
2 1 angle is
37. The matrix [A] = is decomposed into a
4 1 (a) 30 (b) 45
product of a lower triangular matrix [L] and an (c) 60 (d) 90
upper triangular matrix [U]. The properly
decomposed [L] and [U] matrices respectively are 43. A 4 1 2 digit DMM has the error specification as:
1 0 1 1 0.2% of reading +10 counts. If a dc voltage of 100
(a) and
4 1 0 2 V is read on its 200 V full scale, the maximum
error that can be expected in the reading is
2 0 1 1
(b) 4 1 and (a) 0.1% (b) 0.2%
0 1
(c) 0.3% (d) 0.4%
1 0 2 1
(c) and 44. A three-bus network is shown in the figure below
4 1 0 1
indicating the p.u. impedances of each element.
2 0 1 0.5
(d) and
4 3 0 1
38. The two vectors [1, 1, 1] and [1, a, a2], where
1 3
a = 2 j 2 , are
(a) orthonormal (b) orthogonal
The Bus admittance matrix, Y-bus, of the network is
(c) parallel (d) collinear
0.3 0.2 0 15 5 0
39. A three-phase 440 V, 6 pole, 50Hz, squirrel cage
(a) j 0.2 0.12 0.08 (b) j 5 7.5 12.5
induction motor is running at a slip of 5%. The
0 0.08 0.02 0 12.5 2.5
speed of stator magnetic field with respect to rotor
magnetic field and speed of rotor with respect to 0.1 0.2 0 10 5 0
0.2 0.12 0.08
stator magnetic field are (c) j (d) j 5 7.5 12.5
(a) zero, –5 rpm (b) zero, 955 rpm 0 0.08 0.10 0 12.5 10
(c) 1000 rpm, –5 rpm (d) 1000 rpm, 955 rpm
SOLVED PAPER – 2011 7
4 5. A two-loop position control system is shown below. (b)
(c)
The gain k of the Tacho-generator influences
mainly the
(a) peak overshoot
(b) natural frequency of oscillation
(c) phase shift of the closed loop transfer function
at very low frequencies ( 0)
(d) phase shift of the closed loop transfer function (d)
at very high frequencies ( )
46. A two-bit counter circuit is shown below.
COMMON DATA QUESTIONS
If the state QAQB of the counter at the clock time
Common Data for Questions (48 - 49) :
tn is "10" then the state QAQB of the counter at
tn + 3 (after three clock cycles) will be The input voltage given to a converter is
(a) 00 (b) 01 vi = 100 2 sin (100 t)V
The current drawn by the converter is
(c) 10 (d) 11
ii = (10 2 sin (100 t – /3) + 5 2 sin (300 t + /4)
47. A clipper circuit is shown below.
+ 2 2 sin (500 t – /6) A
48. The input power factor of the converter is
(a) 0.31 (b) 0.44
Vi (c) 0.5 (d) 0.71
49. The active power drawn by the converter is
(a) 181 W (b) 500 W
(c) 707 W (d) 887 W
Assuming forward voltage drops of the diodes to
be 0.7 V, the input-output transfer characteristics Common Data for Questions (50 - 51) :
of the circuit is An RLC circuit with relevant data is given below.
(a)
VS = 1 0 V
IS = 2 /4 A
IRL = 2 –/4 A
50. The power dissipated in the resistor R is
(a) 0.5 W (b) 1 W
(c) 2 W (d) 2 W
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2011
51. The current IC in the figure above is Statement for Linked Answer Questions (54 -55):
A solar energy installation utilizes a three-phase
1 bridge converter to feed energy into power system
(a) – j 2 A (b) – j A
2 through a transformer of 400 V/400 V, as shown below,
1
(c) + j A (d) + j 2 A
2
LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS
Statement for Linked Answer Questions(52- 53): The energy is collected in a bank of 400 V battery
and is connected to converter through a large filter
Two generator units G1 and G2 are connected by 15
choke of resistance 10 .
kV line with a bus at the mid-point as shown below.
54. The maximum current through the battery will
be
(a) 14 A (b) 40 A
(c) 80 A (d) 94 A
G1 = 250 MVA, 15 kV, positive sequence reactance
X = 25% on its own base 55. The kVA rating of the input transformer is
G2 = 100 MVA, 15 kV, positive sequence reactance (a) 53.2 kVA (b) 46.0 kVA
X = 10% on its own base (c) 22.6 kVA (d) 19.6 kVA
L1 and L2 = 10 km, positive sequence X = 0.225
GENERAL APTITUDE (GA) QUESTIONS
/km
Qs. (56 - 60) carry one mark each.
52. For the above system, the positive sequence
diagram with the p.u values on the 100 MVA 56. Choose the most appropriate word from the
common base is options given below to complete the following
(a) sentence:
Under ethical guidelines recently adopted
by the Indian Medical Association, human
genes are to be manipulated only to correct
diseases for which_______treatments are
unsatisfactory.
(b)
(a) similar (b) most
(c) uncommon (d) available
57. The question below consists of a pair of related words
(c) followed by four pairs of words. Select the pair that
best expresses the relation in the original pair :
Gladiator : Arena
(a) dancer : stage
(b) commuter : train
(d) (c) teacher : classroom
(d) lawyer : courtroom
58. There are two candidates P and Q in an election.
During the campaign, 40% of the voters promised
to vote for P, and rest for Q. However, on the day
of election 15% of the voters went back on their
53. In the above system, the three-phase fault MVA
promise to vote for P and instead voted for
at the bus 3 is Q. 25% of the voters went back on their promise
(a) 82.55 MVA to vote for Q and instead voted for P. Suppose, P
(b) 85.11 MVA lost by 2 votes, then what was the total number
of voters?
(c) 170.91 MVA
(a) 100 (b) 110
(d) 181.82 MVA
(c) 90 (d) 95
SOLVED PAPER – 2011 9
59. Choose the most appropriate word from the 63. The fuel consumed by a motorcycle during a
options given below to complete the following journey while traveling at various speeds is
sentence: indicated in the graph below.
It was her view that the country's problems
had been_________by foreign technocrats, so
that to invite them to come back would be
counter-productive.
(a) identified
(b) ascertained
(c) exacerbated
(d) analysed
60. Choose the word from the options given below
that is most nearly opposite in meaning to the The distances covered during four laps of the
given word : journey are listed in the table below
Frequency
Lap Distance Average speed
(a) periodicity
(kilometers) (kilometers
(b) rarity
per hour)
(c) gradualness
(d) persistency P 15 15
Q (61 - 65) carry two marks each. Q 75 45
R 40 75
61. The sum of n terms of the series 4 + 44 + 444 + ...
is S 10 10
(a) (4/81) [10n+1 – 9n –1] From the given data, we can conclude that the
(b) (4/81) [10n–1 – 9n –1] fuel consumed per kilometre was least during the
lap
(c) (4/81) [10n + 1 – 9n –10]
(a) P (b) Q
(d) (4/81) [10n – 9n – 10]
(c) R (d) S
62. The horse has played a little known but very
64. Three friends R, S and T shared toffee from a
important role in the field of medicine. Horses
bowl. R took 1/3rd of the toffees, but returned four
were injected with toxins of diseases until their
to the bowl. S took 1/4th of what was left but
blood built up immunities. Then a serum was
returned three toffees to the bowl. T took half of
made from their blood. Serums to fight with
the remainder but returned two back into the
diphtheria and tetanus were developed this way. bowl. If the bowl had 17 toffees left, how many
It can be inferred from the passage, that horses toffees were originally there in the bowl?
were (a) 38 (b) 31
(a) given immunity of diseases (c) 48 (d) 41
(b) generally quite immune to diseases
65. Given that f(y) = |y|/y, and q is any non-zero real
(c) given medicines to fight toxins
number, the value of |f(q) – f(–q)| is
(d) given diphtheria and tetanus serums (a) 0 (b) –1
(c) 1 (d) 2
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (a) 3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (a) 6. (b) 7. (a) 8. (a) 9. (a) 10.(b)
11. (d) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (a) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (c) 23. (c) 24. (a) 25. (c) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (b) 30. (a)
31. (a) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (c) 35. (d) 36. (a) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (*) 40. (c)
41. (c) 42. (b) 43. (c) 44. (b) 45. (a) 46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (b)
51. (d) 52. (a) 53. (a) 54. (b) 55. (c) 56. (d) 57. (d) 58. (a) 59. (c) 60.(b)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (a) 64. (c) 65. (d)
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2011
E XPLANATIONS
1. x3 + x2 + x + 1 = 0 K =9
(x2 + 1)(x + 1) = 0 9
G(S) =
x + 1 = 0; x2 + 1 = 0 S1
Now input is pulse r(t) = 10 [u(t) – u(t – 1)]
x = – 1, x = ± j
1 e s
dy R(S) = 10
2. = e–3x s
dx S.R( s)
dy = e–3x dx ess = Lt
S 0 1 G(S)H(S)
Integrate both sides S 10[1 e s ]
e3 x S 0
y= K = SLt
0
= =0
3 S 10 10
S1
1
= e3 x K
3 10. The compensating coil is made nearly identical
with the current coil and is also coincident with
3. = 1 rad/sec the current coil and opposes the field produce by
XL = 1 ; XC = 1 current coil.
The additional conductor is an internal connections,
1 corresponding to the lead from P to Q of Fig. (A),
+
which carries the voltage-coil current in a reverse
1 sin t direction through the winding.
–
I = IP + IC M P IC
IP
sin t Q M.C
Supply V1 R V
I(t) = = sin t OR
1 P.C
I
1
Irms = A
2 Fig. 4(A) : Compensated wattmeter
Thus any extra torque due to the voltage-coil
4. The given periodic signal is even as f(–t) = f(t)
current in the current coil itself is neutralized by
and also holes half-wave symmetry since the torque due to the voltage-coil current in the
T additional winding.
f t = f(t)
2 11.
Hence, the signal will only have cosine terms and
only odd harmonics will be present.
i.e. bn = 0
an = 0
for n = 2, 4, 6, ... So it is a band pass filter
Hence the correct choice is (d). 12. Redrawing the first stage,
+ 12V
8. At G(j) = – 180, magnitude M = 0.5 R
1
G.M = 20 log = 6dB R
0.5 V1 –
R V01
At |G(j)| = 1, phase angle G(j) = – 150 V2 +
P.M = 180 + (– 150) = 30 – 12 V
R
1
9. For step input, ess = 0.1 =
1 k Assuming ideal OPAMP’s
SOLVED PAPER – 2011 11
vo
V +12V
V– = V+ = 2
2
V2 R +6V
V+ =
R R vi
V2
=
2
Using KCL at inverting terminal, we get Increasing vi
vo
V1 V V V01
= 12V
R R
V01 = 2V– – V1
+6V
= V2 – V1 vi
–6V
= –Vi [as V1 – V2 = Vi]
For the second-stage schmitt-trigger.
–12V
+12V
Input-output wavefrom
V01 –
V0
+ 14. |Z|< 1, so |Y| > 1
Z is having +ve real part and positive imaginary
–12V V– = V+ = V01 part (from characteristics)
R R
So,Y should have +ve real part and negative
imaginary part.
For V01 < V+ or Vi > V+, V0 = 12 Volts
15. V(t) = 100 2 cos (100t)
R R
v+ = VR V0 V1 i(t) = 10 2 sin 100t
RR RR 4 2 2
As VR = 0 [VR is grounded]
= 10 2 cos 100t –
V 4
v+ = 0 V1 ...(A)
2
10 2
For v01 > v+ I= = 10 –
2 4 4
or vi < v+, v0 = – 12 volts
16. For maximum power transfer,
The voltage at the non-inverting terminal is, ZL = ZTH
R VR R R6
v+ = V0 3=
RR RR R6
V2 R = 6
V0 17. z(t) = x(t) * y(t), Taking laplace transform both side
v+ = V2
2 Z(s) = X(s).Y(s)
V0 1 1 1 1
= . =
+12V (s 1) (s 2) (s 1) (s 2)
L {z(s)} = z(t) = e–t – e–2t
–1
vi 1
–6 20. P
–12V
X
where, X = (XL – XC)
decreasing vi
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2011
21. Since, open loop system stability is depends only 1
tan =
on pole locations, hence system is stable CP R P
There is one zero on right half of s-plane so system 1
is non-minimum phase =
(2 50)(0.102 106 )(1.25 106 )
22. The given bridge circuit is maxwell’s bridge circuit = 0.025
At balanced condition, CP V = IC
P
I
R1 R2
j C1 R1 1 R 4 = Z x
R 2R 4
R x jL x = 1 jC1R1
R1
Separating real and imaginary parts, V IP = V/R
P
R R 29. F2(t) = L{f(t – )} = e –S
F1(S)
we get, Rx = 2 4
R1 e s F1 (s).F1* (s)
G(S) = e s
or Lx = R2R4C1 F1 ( s)
2
or, Lx = R2R4C1
G(t) = L–1 {G(S)} = (t – )
L x
Quality factor, Q= = C1R1
( a (– a)) 2
2
Rx 4 a2 a
30. Variance = = = ;
For high values of Q, large values of resistance 12 12 3
R1 is required, therefore for Q > 10. This bridge a
R.M.S. value = variance
is not suited well and used for low values of Q. 3
24. y = x.x x.x = x x = 1 31. Ia1 = 10
Now flux is decreased by 10%, so
26. Equation (1), u(x1, x2) = 10 x2 sin x1 – 0.8 = 0 2 = 0.91
Equation (2), v(x1, x2) = 10 x22 10 x2 cos x1 0.6 = 0 Torque is constant, & T = kTIa
The jacobian matrix is given as, Then, Ia1 1 = Ia2 2
u u 10
x Ia2 = = 11.11 A
x2 10 x2 cos x1 10sin x1 0.9
1 = E
v v 10 x2 sin x1 20 x2 10 cos x1 Now, b
x1 x2
At initial conditions x1 = 0, x2 = 1 N1 E
= b1 2
N2 Eb2 1
10 0
We have Jacobian matrix = 220 Ia1 r1 0.91
0 10 =
220 Ia 2 (r1 R) 1
27. f(x) = 2x – x2 + 3
210 0.9
f (x) = 0 1=
220 11.11(1 R)
2 – 2x = 0 1 + R = 2.79
x=1 [Stationary point] R = 1.79
f (x) = – 2
f (x) < 0
IL
So equation f(x) having only maxima at x = 1 +
If Ia
V2 R ext
28. Power-loss =
RP Ra Vt
2
+
(5 KV) Ea
= –
1.25 M
= 20 W –
SOLVED PAPER – 2011 13
32. Loss p2 Now, from crout’s decomposition,
Loss length 2 1 l11 0 1 u12
For checking all options only option (a) gives less = l l22 0 1
4 1 21
losses.
We get, l11 = 2, l11 u12 = 1
2
2 1
3 6 2 u12 = = 0.5
33. Centroid, = = 2
3 1 6
and, l21 = 4, l21 u12 + l22 = – 1
4 2
= = l22 = – 3
6 3
2 1 2 0 1 0.5
Then,
= 4 3 0 1
4 1
Hence the choice is (d).
38. Dot product of two vectors =1 + a + a2 = 0
Thus orthogonal.
120 f 120 50
39. NS = = 1000 rpm ;
P 6
29 1 180 Rotor speed = NS– SNS = 950 r.p.m.
Asymptotes =
p z Stator magnetic field speed, NS = 1000 r.p.m.
180 Rotor magnetic field speed, NS = 1000 r.p.m.
1 = 90
2 Relative speed between stator and rotor magnetic
18 3 fields is zero
and 2 = 270 Rotor speed with respect to stator magnetic field
2
= 950 – 1000
35. Transistor is in saturation region
= – 50 r.p.m.
12 0.2
IC = = 5.36mA 40. q = CV
2.2K
.A
36. iMmax = Io + ICpeak = V
d
C
= Io + VS V
L = .A
d
0.1
= 10 + 200 = 12A = r0 A E
1m
iAmax = Io = 10 A = 2.26 8.85 10–14 50 103 20 40
= 8C
37. By Dolittle’s decomposition,
2 1 1 0 u11 u12 41. Impulse response, H(s) = h(t)
=
4 1 l21 1 0 u22 1 1
=
We have u11 = 2, u12 = 1 (s 1) (s 2)
l21 u11 = 4 1 1
l21 = 2 Step response = L–1
s(s 1) s(s 2)
and l21u12 + u22 = – 1
1 1 0.5 0.5
u22 = – 1 – l21 u12 = – 3 = L–1
s s 1 s (s 2)
2 1 1 0 2 1
then, = ...(A) = (1 – e–t + 0.5 – 0.5e–2t)u(t)
4 1 2 1 0 3
= (1.5 – e–t – 0.5e–2t)u(t)
eqn (A) does not signfy any choice
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2011
46. Clock Input Output
Iq Ea f quantative axis
0
J A Q B K A = Q B TB = Q A Q A QB
jIq X q
Va Initial 1 0
42.
Id state
Ia
Ia ra jId X d 1 1 0 1 1 1
direct axis
2 0 1 1 0 0
Phasor diagram for salient-pole generator
from the phasor diagram 3 1 0 0 1 0
Ia xq cos ra sin
tan =
Vt Ia xq sin ra cos 47. When – 0.7 V < V1 < 5.7 V output will follow input,
because zener diode and normal diodes are off
For, = 0 [using p.f.],
When Vi – 0.7V, Zener diode forward bias and
Ia = Vt = 1 pu
V0 = – 0.7 V
Xd = 1.2 pu,
When V i 5.7V, diode is forward bias and
Xq = 1pu, V0 = 5.7V
ra = 0
48. Input power factor is depends on fundamental
we get, tan = 1
components
= 45
V(t) = 100 2 sin (100 t) V
43. Number of full digits = 4
I(t) = 10 2 sin 100t
1
Maximum count with 4 digits display 3
2
= 19999 cos = cos = 0.5
3
full-scale reading = 200 V
49. P = V1(rms)I1(rms) cos 1 + V3,rmsI3,rms cos(3)
200 V + V5,rmsI5,rms cos (5)
1 Count =
19999
Here V3,rms = 0
Then, error corresponding to 10 counts
V5,rms = 0
= 10
200 P = V1,rms I1,rms cos(1)
19999
= 0.1 V = 100 10 cos
3
and, error corresponding to 0.2% of reading = 500 Watts
100
= 0.2 50. Total power delivered by the source
100
= power dissipated in ‘R'
= 0.2 V
P = VI cos
Hence total error, E = E1 + E2 = 0.3 V
E = 1 2 cos = 1W
% percentage error = 100% 4
100
= 0.3% 51. Using KCL, we get
IS IRL IC = 0
Y(s) 1
45. = 2 IC = IS IRL
R(s) s ( k 1)s 1
2n = k + 1
= V2 V2
4 4
k1
= ; = 290 = 2j
2
2
Peak over shoot = e–/(1 – )
SOLVED PAPER – 2011 15
52. XL1 = 0.225 10 = 2.25 56. The context seeks to take a deviation only when
XL2 = 0.225 10 = 2.25 existing / present / current / alternative treatments
are unsatisfactory. So word for the blank should
Take 100 MVA,15 kV as base be a close synonym of existing /present/current/
For generator (G 1 ) alternative. Available is the closest of all.
100 57. Given relationship is worker: workplace.
Xg1 = 0.25 = 0.1 p.u
250 A gladiator is
For transmission line (L1 and L2) (i) a person, usually a professional combatant
trained to entertain the public by engaging in
(15)2
ZBase = = 2.25 mortal combat with another person or a wild.
100
(ii) A person engaged in a controversy or debate,
2.25 especially in public.
XTL1 (pu) = = 1 pu
2.25
58. P Q
XTL2 (pu) = 1 pu
40% 60%
For generator (G 2 )
–6% +6%
100 +15% –15%
Xg2 (pu) = 0.1 = 0.1 pu
100 49% 51%
53. XTh1 = 1.1 || –1.1 = 0.55 2% = 2
100% = 100
Base MVA
Fault (MVA) =
fault Thevenin's Impedance 59. Clues: foreign technocrats did something
negatively to the problems – so it is counter-
100 productive to invite them. All other options are
= = 181.82 MVA
A
0.55 non-negative. Best choice is exacerbated which
means aggravated or worsened.
54. Average output of three-phase bridge converter
is, 60. Best antonym is rarity which means shortage or
3Vme scarcity.
V0 = cos
61. Let S = 4 (1 + 11 + 111 + ...)
For > 90, V0 will be negative and converter will 4
supply energy to AC system. = (9 + 99 + 999 +...)
9
Current I0 through the battery, 4
= {(10 – 1) + (102 – 1) + (103 – 1) + ......... }
400 V0 9
I0 = 4
R = {(10 + 102 + ....+ 10n) – n}
9
I0 will be maximum when
4 (10 n 1)
V0 = 0, or = 90 = 10 n
9 9
400 4
then, I0 = = 40 A = {10n+1 – 9n – 10}
10 81
55. RMS value of the output current of 3-phase
62. From the passage it cannot be inferred that horses
converter, are given immunity as in option (a), since the aim
2 is to develop medicine and in turn immunize
Irms = I0 = 32.66 A humans. Option (b) is correct since it is given that
3
horses develop immunity after some time. Refer
Then, KVA rating of the input transformor "until their blood built up immunities". Even
= 3 VLIrms option(c) is invalid since medicine is not built till
immunity is developed in the horses. Option (d)
= 3 400 32.66 is incorrect since specific examples are cited to
= 22.62 KVA illustrate and this cannot capture the essence.
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2011
63. Fuel consumption Actual 132
Number of toffees with T = x 4 4 2
15 1 243
P 60 km/l l
60 4 1 3 2
Remaining toffees in bowl = x 4 4 + 2
75 5
2 4 3
Q 90 km/l l
90 6
1 3 2
40 8 Given : 4 3 x 4 4 + 2 = 17
R 75 km/l l 2
75 15
32
S 30 km/l
10 1
l x 4 = 27
30 3 4 3
x = 48
64. Let total number of toffees in bowl be x
1 y
R took of toffees and returned 4 to the bowl
65. Given : f(y) =
3 y
1 q
Number of toffees with R = x–4 f(q) =
3 q
2 q – q
Remaining of toffees in bowl = x+4 f(–q) = =
3 q q
12
Number of toffees with S = x 4 – 3 q q 2q
43 f(q) – f(q) = = =2
q q q
3 2
Remaining toffees in bowl = x 4 4
43
SOLVED PAPER – 2010
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 100
Q . (1 – 25) carry one mark each 7. As shown in the figure, a 1 resistance is connected
1
across a source that has a load line v + i = 100.
xe dx,
x
1. The value of the quantity P, where P = The current through the resistance is
0
is equal to i
(a) 0 (b) 1 +
(c) e (d) 1/e v
Source 1
2. Divergence of the three-dimensional radial vector –
field r is
(a) 3 (b) 1/r (a) 25 A (b) 50 A
(c) 100 A (d) 200 A
(c) i j k (d) 3(i j k)
8. A wattmeter is connected as shown in the figure.
3. The period of the signal x(t) = 8 sin 0.8 t is The wattmeter reads
4
(a) 0.4 s (b) 0.8 s
Current coil
(c) 1.25 s (d) 2.5 s
Potential coil
Z1
4. The system represented by the input-output wattmeter
5t
relationship y(t) =
x() d, t 0 is Z2
(a) Linear and causal
(a) Zero always
(b) Linear but not causal
(b) Total power consumed by Z1 and Z2
(c) Causal but not linear
(c) Power consumed by Z1
(d) Neither linear nor causal
(d) Power consumed by Z2
5. The switch in the circuit has been closed for a
9. An ammeter has a current range of 0– 5 A, and its
long time. It is opened at t = 0. At t = 0+, the
internal resistance is 0.2 . In order to change the
current through the 1 F capacitor is
range to 0 – 25 A, we need to add a resistance of
1
(a) 0.8 in series with the meter
+
t =0 1 F 4 (b) 1.0 in series with the meter
– 5V
(c) 0.04 in parallel with the meter
(a) 0 A (b) 1 A (d) 0.05 in parallel with the meter
(c) 1.25 A (d) 5 A 10. As shown in the figure, a negative feedback
6. The second harmonic component of the periodic system has an amplifier of gain 100 with ±10 %
waveform given in the figure has an amplitude of tolerance in the forward path, and an attenuator
9
of value in the feedback path. The overall
+1 100
system gain is approximately:
+
100 ± 10%
0 T/2 T t –
–1 9/100
(a) 0 (b) 1
2 (a) 10 ± 1% (b) 10 ± 2%
(c) (d) 5
(c) 10 ± 5% (d) 10 ± 10%
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2010
11. For the system 2 /(s 1) , the approximate time 15. A balanced three-phase voltage is applied to a star-
taken for a step response to reach 98% of its final connected induction motor, the phase to neutral
value is voltage being V. The stator resistance, rotor
resistance referred to the stator, stator leakage
(a) 1 s (b) 2 s
reactance, rotor leakage reactance referred to the
(c) 4 s (d) 8 s
stator, and the magnetizing reactance are
12. If the electrical circuit of figure (b) is an equivalent denoted by rs, rr, xs, xr and Xm, respectively. The
of the coupled tank system of figure (a), then magnitude of the starting current of the motor is
given by
V
(a)
(rs rr ) ( xs xr )2
2
h1 h2
V
(b)
rs ( xs X m )2
2
(a) Coupled tank
B D
V
(c) (rs rr ) ( X m xr )2
2
A C
V
(d)
rs ( X m xr )2
2
(b) Electrical equivalent
(a) A, B are resistances and C, D capacitances 16. Consider a step voltage wave of magnitude 1 pu
(b) A, C are resistances and B, D capacitances travelling along a lossless transmission line that
terminates in a reactor. The voltage magnitude
(c) A, B are capacitances and C, D resistances
across the reactor at the instant the travelling
(d) A, C are capacitances and B, D resistances
wave reaches the reactor is
13. A single-phase transformer has a turns ratio of
A
1 : 2 and is connected to a purely resistive load as
shown in the figure. The magnetizing current
drawn is 1 A, and the secondary current is 1 A. If Reactor
core losses and leakage reactances are neglected,
the primary current is
1A
1:2 (a) –1 pu (b) 1 pu
(c) 2 pu (d) 3 pu
17. Consider two buses connected by an impedance
of (0 + j5). The bus 1 voltage is 100 30 V, and
(a) 1.41 A (b) 2 A bus 2 voltage is 100 0 V. The real and reactive
(c) 2.24 A (d) 3 A power supplied by bus 1, respectively, are
14. Power is transferred from system A to system B (a) 1000 W, 268 VAr
by an HVDC link as shown in the figure. If the (b) – 1000 W, – 134VAr
voltages VAB and VCD are as indicated in the figure, (c) 276.9 W, –56.7 VAr
and I > 0, then
Power Flow
(d) – 276.9 W, 56.7 VAr
V
A C
I AC
18. A three-phase, 33 kV oil circuit breaker is rated
AC
System A V AB V CD System B 1200 A, 2000 MVA, 3 s. The symmetrical breaking
B D
Inverter
current is
Rectifier
(a) VAB < 0, VCD < 0, VAB > VCD (a) 1200 A
(b) VAB > 0, VCD > 0, VAB < VCD (b) 3600 A
(c) VAB > 0, VCD > 0, VAB > VCD (c) 35 kA
(d) VAB > 0, VCD < 0 (d) 104.8 kA
SOLVED PAPER – 2010 3
19. Consider a stator winding of an alternator with 22. Assuming that the diodes in the given circuit are
an internal high-resistance ground fault. The ideal, the voltage V0 is
currents under the fault condition are as shown 10k
in the figure. The winding is protected using a
differential current scheme with current 10V 10k
15V
400 V0
transformers of ratio A as shown. The
5 10k
current through the operating coil is
CT ratio 400/5 CT ratio 400/5
(a) 4 V (b) 5 V
(220 +j0) A (250 +j0) A (c) 7.5 V (d) 12.12 V
23. The power electronic converter shown in the
figure has a single-pole double-throw switch. The
pole P of the switch is connected alternately to
Operating coil
throws A and B. The converter shown is a
(a) 0.1875 A (b) 0.2 A A
P L
(c) 0.375 A (d) 60 kA
+
VIN B
20. The zero-sequence circuit of the three phase VOUT
transformer shown in the figure is –
R r
(a) step-down chopper (buck converter)
(b) half-wave rectifier
b (c) step-up chopper (boost converter)
(d) full-wave rectifier
Y
24. Figure shows a composite switch consisting of a
B y
power transistor (BJT) in series with a diode.
R r Assuming that the transistor switch and the diode
(a) are ideal, the I-V characteristic of the composite
switch is
G + V –
R r
I
(b)
I I
G
r (a) V (b) V
R
(c) I I
(c) V (d) V
G
R r
25. The fully controlled thyristor converter in the
(d)
figure is fed from a single-phase source. When
G
the firing angle is 0, the dc output voltage of the
converter is 300 V. What will be the output voltage
21. Give that the op-amp is ideal, the output voltage for a firing angle of 60, assuming continuous
V0 is conduction?
2R
+
R +10V
V
– Vdc
V0
+
+2V
– 10V –
(a) 4 V (b) 6 V (a) 150 V (b) 210 V
(c) 7.5 V (d) 12.12 V (c) 300 V (d) 100 V
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2010
Q . (26 – 55) carry two marks each 32. Given the finite length input x [ n ] and the
sin t corresponding finite length output y[n] of an LTI
26. At t = 0, the function f(t) = has system as shown below, the impulse response h[n]
t
(a) a minimum of the system is
(b) a discontinuity
(c) a point of inflection h [n ]
(d) a maximum x[n] = {1, –1} y[n] = {1, 0, 0, 0, –1}
27. A box contains 4 white balls and 3 red balls. In
succession, two balls are randomly selected and (a) h[n] {1,0,0,1} (b) h[n] {1,0,1}
removed from the box. Given that the first
removed ball is white, the probability that the (c) h[n] {1,1,1,1} (d) h[n] {1,1,1}
second removed ball is red is
1 3 33. If the 12 resistor draws a current of 1 A as
(a) (b)
3 7 shown in the figure, the value of resistance R is
1 4 1 R
(c) (d)
2 7
1 1 0
2A 1A 12 6V
28. An eigenvector of P = 0 2 2 is
(a) 4 (b) 6
0 0 3
(c) 8 (d) 18
(a) [– 1 1 1]T (b) [1 2 1]T
(c) [1 – 1 2]T (d) [2 1 – 1]T 34. The two-port network P shwon inthe figure has ports
1 and 2, denoted by terminals (a, b) and (c, d)
d2 x dx respectively. It has an impedance matrix Z with
29. For the differential equation 6 8x 0
dt 2
dt parameters denoted by zij. A 1 resistor is connected
dx in series with the network at port 1 as shown in
with initial conditions x(0) = 1 and 0, the the figure. The impedance matrix of the modified
dt t 0
solution is two-port network (shown as a dashed box) is
(a) x(t) = 2e–6t – e–2t (b) x(t) = 2e–2t – e–4t e 1 a c
(c) x(t) = – e + 2e
–6t –4t
(d) x(t) = e–2t + 2e–4t
P
30. For the set of equations f b d
x1 + 2x2 + x3 + 4x4 = 2
3x1 + 6x2 + 3x3 + 12x4 = 6 z11 1 z12 1 z11 1 z12
(a) z
z22 1 (b) z
the followng statement is true: 21 21 z22 1
(a) Only the trivial solution x1 = x2 = x3 = x4 = 0 z11 1 z12 z11 1 z12
exists. (c) z
z22 (d) z 1 z
21 21 22
(b) There are no solutions
(c) A unique non-trivial solution exists 35. The Maxwell’s bridge shown in the figure is at
balance. The parameters of the inductive coil are
(d) Multiple non-trivial solutions exist
R + j L R3
31. x(t) is a positive rectangular pulse from t = – 1 to
t = +1 with unit height as shown in the figure. R4
R2
2
The value of X() d {where X() is the –j/( C4 )
Fourier transform of x(t)} is
(a) 2 x(t)
(a) R = R2 R3/R4, L = C4R2R3
(b) 2 1
(b) L = R2R3/R4, R = C4R2R3
(c) 4 (c) R = R4/R2 R3, L = 1/(C4R2R3)
(d) 4 –1 0 1 t (d) L = R4/R2R3, R = 1/(C4R2R3)
SOLVED PAPER – 2010 5
36. The frequency response of G(s) = 1/[s(s + 1)(s + 2)] 40. A separately excited dc machine is coupled to a
plotted in the complex G(j) plane (for 0 < < ) is 50 Hz, three-phase, 4-pole induction machine as
Im =0 Im shown in the figure. The dc machine is energized
(a) (b)
–3/4 first and the machines rotate at 160 rpm.
Re Subsequently the induction machine is also
connected to a 50 Hz, three-phase source, the
phase sequence being consistent with the
–3/4 Re
=0 direction of rotation. In steady state,
=0 Im DC machine
Induction machine
Im 4 pole, 50 Hz
(c) (d) Re 50 Hz, balanced
three-phase supply
Re (a) both machines act as generators
=0
–1/6 –1/6
(b) the dc machine acts as a generator, and the
1 2 0 induction machine acts as a motor
37. The system x = Ax + Bu with A = , B = is
0 2 1 (c) the dc machine acts as a motor, and the
(a) stable and controllable induction machine acts as a generator
(b) stable but uncontrollable (d) both machines act as motors
(c) unstable but controllable 41. A balanced star-connected and purely resistive
(d) unstable and uncontrollable load is connected at the secondary of a star-delta
transformer as shown in the figure. The line-to-
38. The characteristic equation of a closed-loop
line voltage rating of the transformer is
system is s(s + 1)(s + 3) + k(s + 2) = 0, k > 0. Which
110 V/220V. Neglecting the non-idealities of the
of the following statements is true?
transformer, the impedance ‘Z’ of the equivalent
(a) Its roots are always real star-connected load, referred to the primary side
(b) It cannot have a breakaway point in the range of the transformer, is
– 1 < Re[s] < 0 110 / 220 V r
R
(c) Two of its roots tend to infinity along the 4
4 4
asymptotes Rs[s] = – 1 b
Y
(d) It may have complex roots in the right half plane. y
B
39. A 50 Hz synchronous generator is initially
R
connected to a long lossless transmission line Z
Z
Z
which is open circuited at the receiving end. With Y
the field voltage held constant, the generator is
B
disconnected from the transmission line. Which
(a) (3 + j0) (b) (0.866 – j0.5)
of the following may be said about the steady state
terminal voltage and field current of the (c) (0.866 + j0.5) (d) (1 + j0)
generator? 42. Consider a three-phase, 50 Hz, 11 kV distribution
system. Each of the conductors is suspended by
an insulator string having two identical porcelain
insulators. The self capacitance of the insulator is
(a) The magnitude of terminal voltage decreases,
5 times the shunt capacitance between the link
and the field current does not change.
and the ground, as shown in the figure. The voltage
(b) The magnitude of terminal voltage increases,
across the two insulators are
and the field current does not change.
(a) e1 = 3.74kV, e2 = 2.61 kV 5C e2
(c) The magnitude of terminal voltage increases,
and the field current increases. (b) e1 = 3.46 kV, e2 = 2.89 kV
C 5C
(c) e1 = 6.0 kV, e2 = 4.23 kV e1
(d) The magnitude of terminal voltage does not
change, and the field current decreases. (d) e1 = 5.5 kV, e2 = 5.5 kV
conductor
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2010
43. Consider a three-core, three-phase, 50 Hz, 11 kV 45. The transistor circuit shown uses a silicon
cable whose conductors are denoted as R, Y and B transistor with VBE = 0.7 V, IC IE and a dc current
in the figure. The inter-phase capacitance (C1) gain of 100. The value of V0 is
between each pair of conductors is 0.2 F and the +10 V
capacitance between each line conductor and the
sheath is 0.4 F. The per-phase charging current is 10 k 50
C2
C1 R C1 V0
100
B Y
C2
C2 C1 (a) 4.65 V (b) 5 V
Outer Sheath (c) 6.3 V (d) 7.32 V
(a) 2.0 A (b) 2.4 A
46. The TTL circuit shown in the figure is fed with
(c) 2.7 A (d) 3.5 A the waveform X (also shown). All gates have equal
44. For the power system shown in the figure below, propagation delay of 10 ns. The output Y of the
the specifications of the components are the circuit is
following X 100 ns X
Y
G1 : 25 kV, 100 MVA, X = 9% 1
0 t
G2 : 25 kV, 100 MVA, X = 9%
Y
T1 : 25 kV/ 220 kV, 90 MVA X = 12%
T2 : 25 kV/25 kV, 90 MVA, X = 12% 1
(a)
Line 1: 220 kV, X = 150 ohms 0 t
1
(b)
0 t
Choose 25 kV as the base voltage at the generator Y
G1, and 200 MVA as the MVA base. The impedance
diagram is 1
(c)
j0.27 j0.42 j0.27
0 t
j0.18 j0.18 Y
(a)
1
G1 G2 (d)
0 t
j0.27 j0.62 j0.27
47. When a “CALL addr’ instruction is executed, the
j0.18 j0.18
CPU carries out the following sequential
(b) operations internally:
G1 G2
Note:
j0.27 j0.42 j0.27 (R) means content of register R
((R)) means content of memory location pointed by R
j0.21 j0.21
PC means Program Counter
(c )
G1 G2
SP means Stack Pointer
(a) (SP)incremented (b) (PC) Addr
j0.3 j0.42 j0.3
(PC) Addr ((SP)) (PC)
j0.21 j0.21
((SP)) (PC) (SP) incremented
(d) (c) (PC) Addr (d) ((SP)) (PC)
G1 G2 (SP) incremented (SP) incremented
((SP)) (PC) (PC) Addr
SOLVED PAPER – 2010 7
C OMMON DATA QUESTIONS LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS
Common Data for Q. (48 – 49) : Statement for Linked Answer Q. (52 - 53):
A separately excited DC motor runs at 1500 rpm The following Karnaugh map represents a function F.
under no-load with 200 V applied to the armature. F YZ
The field voltage is maintained at its rated value. The 00 01 11 10
speed of the motor, when it delivers a torque of 5 0 1 1 1 0
Nm, is 1400 rpm as shown in the figure. The rotational X
losses and armature reaction are neglected. 1 0 0 1 0
speed (rpm)
1500 52. A minimized form of the function F is
1400
(a) F = X Y + YZ
(b) F = XY + YZ
(c) F = XY + YZ
0 5 torque (Nm) (d) F = XY + Y Z
48. The armature resistance of the motor is 53. Which of the following circuits is a realization of
(a) 2 (b) 3.4 the above function F?
(c) 4.4 (d) 7.7 X
49. For the motor to deliver a torque of 2.5 Nm at F
(a) Y
1400 rpm, the armature voltage to be applied is
Z
(a) 125.5 V (b) 193.3 V
X
(c) 200 V (d) 241.7 V
F
(b) Y
Common Data for Q. (50 – 51) :
Z
Given f(t) and g(t) as shown below:
X
f(t) g(t)
(c) F
Y
1
Z
0 1 t 0 3 5 t X
50. g(t) can be expressed as F
(d)
Y
(a) g(t) = f(2t – 3) Z
t
(b) g(t) = f 3 Statement for Linked Answer Q. (54 – 55) :
2
The L–C circuit shown in the figure has an inductance
3 L = 1 mH and a capacitance C = 10 F.
(c) g(t) = f 2t
2 L
t 3 i
(d) g(t) = f –
2 2 C 100 V
t=0 +
51. The Laplace transform of g(t) is
1 3s 54. The initial current through the inductor is zero,
(a) (e e5 s )
s while the initial capacitor voltage is 100 V. The
1 5 s switch is closed at t = 0. The current i through
(b) (e e3 s ) the circuit is
s
e3 s (a) 5 cos (5 103t)A
(c) (1 e2 s ) (b) 5 sin ( 104t)A
s
1 (c) 10 cos (5 103t)A
(d) (e5 s e3 s ) (d) 10 sin ( 104t)A
s
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2010
55. The L-C circuit of Q54 is used to commutate a Q.(61 – 65) carry two marks each.
thyristor, which is initially carrying a current of
5 A as shown in the figure below. The values and 61. Hari (H), Gita (G), Irfan (I) and Saira (S) are
initial conditions of L and C are the same as in siblings (i.e. brothers and sisters). All were born
Q54. The switch is closed at t = 0. If the forward on 1st January. The age difference between any
drop is negligible, the time taken for the device two successive siblings (that is born one after
to turn off is another) is less than 3 years. Given the following
L facts:
i – I. Hari’s age + Gita age > Irfan’s age + Saira’s
100 V age
C +
t=0
II. The age difference between Gita and Saira is
100 V 1 year. However, Gita is not the oldest and
5A 20
Saira is not the youngest.
(a) 52 s (b) 156 s III. There are no twins.
(c) 312 s (d) 26 s In what order were they born (oldest first)?
(a) HSIG (b) SGHI
General Aptitude (GA) Questions
(c) IGSH (d) IHSG
Q. (56 – 60) carry one mark each.
62. 5 skilled workers can build a wall in 20 days; 8
56. 25 persons are in a room. 15 of them play hockey, semi-skilled workers can build a wall in 25 days;
17 of them play football and 10 of them play both 10 unskilled workers can build a wall in 30 days.
hockey and football. Then the number of persons If a team has 2 skilled, 6 semi-skilled and 5
playing neither hockey nor football is unskilled workers, how long will it take to build
(a) 2 (b) 17 the wall?
(c) 13 (d) 3 (a) 20 days (b) 18 days
(c) 16 days (d) 15 days
57. Choose the most appropriate word from the
options given below to complete the following 63. Modern warfare has changed from large scale
sentence: clashes of armies to suppression of civilian
If we manage to _________ our natural resources, populations. Chemical agents that do their work
we would leave a better planet for our children. silently appear to be suited to such warfare; and
(a) uphold (b) restrain regretfully, there exist people in military
(c) cherish (d) conserve establishments who think that chemical agents
are useful tools for their cause.
58. The question below consists of a pair of related words
Which of the following statements best sums up
followed by four pairs of words. Select the pair that
best expresses the relation in the original pair. the meaning of the above passage:
Unemployed : Worker (a) Modern warfare has resulted in civil strife
(a) fallow : land (b) unaware : sleeper (b) Chemical agents are useful in modern warfare
(c) wit : jester (d) renovated : house (c) Use of chemical agents in warfare would be
undesirable
59. Which of the following options is the closest in (d) People in military establishments like to use
meaning to the word below:
chemical agents in war
Circuitous
(a) cyclic (b) indirect 64. Given digits 2, 2, 3, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4 how many
distinct 4 digit numbers greater than 3000 can be
(c) confusing (d) crooked
formed?
60. Choose the most appropriate word from the options (a) 50 (b) 51
given below to complete the following sentence:
(c) 52 (d) 54
His rather casual remarks on politics ________his
lack of seriousness about the subject. 65. If 137 + 276 = 435 how much is 731 + 672?
(a) masked (b) belied (a) 534 (b) 1403
(c) betrayed (d) suppressed (c) 1623 (d) 1513
SOLVED PAPER – 2010 9
ANSWERS
1. (b) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (a) 7. (b) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (d) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (c)
21. (b) 22. (b) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (d)
31. (d) 32. (c) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (d) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (b) 43. (a) 44. (b) 45. (a) 46. (a) 47. (d) 48. (b) 49. (b) 50. (d)
51. (c) 52. (b) 53. (d) 54. (d) 55. (a) 56. (d) 57. (a) 58. (d) 59. (b) 60. (c)
61. (b) 62. (d) 63. (c) 64. (b) 65. (c)
E XPLANATIONS
1. We know, For input first x1()
P = f (x) g(x) dx y1(t) =
5t
x1 () d
= f ( x) g( x) dx f ( x)
g ( x) dx dx For input second, x2()
1
xex dx 5t
P =
0
1
y2(t) =
x2 ()d
d For input x1() + x2(),
= x e dx ( x) e dx dx
x x
dx 0
x ( x () d
5t
1 y3(t) =
= xe e dx
x x 1 2
0
y3(t) = y1() + y2()
= xex ex 0
1
so system is linear.
1
ex ( x 1) Causal : Since system depends on the value for
> 0, so that system is non-causal.
0
= e(1 1) e (0 1) 0
5. Circuit at t = 0– (at steady state)
=1
1
2. Let three dimensional field, r = xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ t = 0
–
4
d ˆ d ˆ d ˆ
r =
dx
i
dy
j k xiˆ yjˆ zkˆ
dz
5V vc
= d x d y d z
dx dy dz 4
Initial voltage, Vc(0–) = 5 = 4V
1 4
=1+1+1=3
Circuit at t = 0+
1 t = 0
+
3. Given : x(t) = 8sin 0.8t
4 IB
Compare with x(t) = A0 sin (t + ), we get v c (0) = 4V +
1 F 4
2 –
= 0.8 = +
T i (0 )
2
T = 2.5 sec 4
0.8 ic(0+) = IB = = 1 amp
4
4. For linear, by superposition
Vc t RC
5t i = e
y(t) =
x() d , t 0 R
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2010
6. +1 C( s) G( s)
=
R(s) 1 G( s)H( s)
0 T/2 T t
When G(s) = 100 + 10 = 110,
–1
C( s) 110 1100
Given signal is, half wave symmetry, so even = =
R(s) 9 109
harmonics will be zero. 1 110
100
Hence 2nd harmonic = 0 = 10.091
7. i = 10 + 0.1
+
Source v = 10 + 1% of 10
1
– = 10.1
Load line : v + i = 100 When G(s) = 100 – 10 = 90,
From figure, we have C( s) 90 900
= =
v = 1i = i R(s) 9 91
1 90
100
v =i
= 9.89 9.9
i+i = 100
= 10 – 0.1 10 – 1% of 10
i = 50 A
Hence overall system gain = 10 1%
Ic + IP
8. Current coil
2 A
IP 0 Z1 11. Given : G(s) = =
s1 Ts 1
Time constant, T = 1
~ Potential coil
For 98%, time required = 4T = 4 sec
V Z1
C( s) 2
=
Ic + IP Ic R(s) s1
Since potential coil draws negligible current, 2 1
C(s) =
IP 0 and current through Z1 and Z2 will be same. ( s 1) s
Then, wattmeter will read power consumed by Z2,
1 1
C(s) = 2
P = IC.V where V is potential across Z2.
s s 1
(0 – 25A) C(t) = 2 1 e t 2 0.98
9. A
I 0–5A
A 1 – e–t = 0.98
Rsh
0.2 e–t = 0.02
t = -ln 0.2 = 3.91 sec
For 25A , 12. Q1
Let 5A through ammeter A1.
So, remaining current through Rsh,
I = 25 – 5 = 20 A
Tank (2)
20 Rsh = 0.2 5 h1 h2
1 Tank (1)
Rsh = 0.05
20 Q2
R1 R2 Q3
10. Gain, G(s) = 100 10%
C1 = capacity of tank (1)
9
H(s) = C2 = capacity of tank (2)
100
+ h1, h2 = heights of water
R(s) X G(s) C(s)
– Q1, Q2 = flow rates
H(s) R1, R2 = resistances of flow
SOLVED PAPER – 2010 11
Voltage across the inducter is,
Q1 = Q 2 C1 dh1
dt E(s) E(s)
V(s) = = .LS
dh2 Z c LS Z c LS
Q2 = Q 3 C2
dt 1
V(s) =
h1 h2 h Zc
S
Q2 = , Q3 = 2
R1 R2 L
Equivalent circuit : Taking inverse Laplace transform, we get
h1 R1 h2 R2 Zc
t
L
Q2
v(t) = e
B D
Q3 At t = 0
Q1 C1 C2 v(t) = 1 p.u.
A C
17. 5j
A, C = capacitance 1 2
10030 1000
B, D = resistances
*
i1 10030 1000
13. 1A P + jQ = VI* =10030
5j
~ = 100 30 20 60 20 90
*
= 10030 10 j17.32 20 j
*
1:2
i0 = 1A, i2 = 1A,
= 10030 10 2.68 j
n 2.1
i 2 = 2 i2 = 2A = 10030 10.35 – 15
n1 1
= 103515
i1 = i02 i 22 = P + jQ
P = 1035 cos 15 = 1000W
i1 = 12 22 5
and Q = 1035 sin 15 = 268 VAr.
= 2.24 amp
18. Symmetrical braking current
14. VAB > 0 since rectifier output
VCD > 0 inverter output MVA
= kA
For I > 0, VAB > VCD, 3 kV
hence only current will flow in the given direction. 2000
= 34.99 kA 35kA
3 33
I r s Xs +Xr
r r 19. 400/5 250A 400/5
15. V Xm s
s = 1 for starting 220A
I1
V
I = I2
(X s X r ) 2 ( rs r r ) 2 I2 –I1 OC
Zc 5
16. I1 = 220
+ 400
5
E(s) LS V(s) and I2 = 250
I(s) 400
5
– I2 – I1 = (250 220)
400
1 5 3
E(s) = [step voltage wave having = 30
S 400 8
magnitude 1 p.u.]
= 0.375 A
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2010
20. Y-connected circuit with ungranded central has 23. A
P L
infinite inpetance to zero sequence currents and + – + +
B
a -connected circuit provides in path for zero - Vin VL V out
–
sequence currents flowing in the line. The zero - –
sequence currents being simple - phase, circulate
within the winding.
A
Open-circuit
DT
R r B
(1–D)T
Open-circuit
Let Duty cycle be ‘D’.
When at A : t =0
G
di
Vin = L Vout
dt
21.
i 2R (Vin V0 )
R (iL)in = DT
– L
i VA VB
+ When at B : At t = DT
+ LdiL
–2V Vout = – VL =
dt
Vout
VA = 2V (iL)off = (1 D)T
L
0 VA VA V0 (Vin – Vout) DT + (– Vout) (1 – D)T = 0
and =
R 2R (Vin – Vout) D = Vout(1 – D)
V0 VA Vout = DVin and D < 1
= VA
2 2 So, step down chopper.
V0 = 3VA = 6V
Alternately + V –
24.
V0 = 3iR I
Since iR = 2V (ideal op-amp)
V0 = 3 2 = 6 volts Ideal
D1 10k D2 Since diode connected in series, so I will never
22.
be negative.
+
10k I
10V
– Vo 15V V
10k
In this case, diode D2 will always be reverse biased,
When current flows, voltage across switch is zero.
10 k
V0 = 10 = 5 volts When current is zero, there may be any voltage
10 k 10 k
across switch.
D1
10k 25.
10
10k
Load
For Fully Controlled Converter (FCC)
2 2V
Average output voltage, V0 = cos (V = rms)
For = 0, V0 = 300
SOLVED PAPER – 2010 13
2 2 27. 4W, 3R
300 = V
First removed ball is white
300 So total remaining balls are 6, in which 3W, 3R .
V=
2 2 Probability of second ball to be red
3C1 3 1
2 2 300 = =
A = 60 , V0 = cos60 6C1 6 2
2 2
1 1 0
= 300 1 = 150 V..
28. Given, P = 0 2 2
2
0 0 3
sin t for eigen values,
26. f(t) =
t Now P – 1 = 0
Left hand limit, L t f (t)
t 0 1 1 0
0 2 2
sin( h) sin h = 0
= Lt = Lt =1
h 0 h h0 h 0 0 3
Right hand limit, tL t f (t) (1 )(2 )(3 ) = 0
0
= 1, 2, 3
sin( h) sin h
= Lt = Lt = 1. For 1= 1, the eigen vector is given as
h 0 h h0 h
1 1 1 0 x1
As L t f (t) = L t f (t) , the function f( t ) is
t 0 t 0
0 2 1 2 x2
continuous. = 0
0 0 3 1 x3
t cos t sin t
Further, f(t) = 0 1 0 x1 0
t2 0 1 2 x 0
for, f (t) = 0, we have tcost – sint = 0 2 =
0 0 2 x3 0
tan t
= 1 which infers that t = 0 is which gives, x2 = 0, x2 + 2x3= 0, 2x3= 0,
t
stationary point The solution is, x2 = 0, x3 = 0, x1= K ...(A)
t2 (tsin tcos tcos t)(t cos tsin t)2t Now, for 2 = 2, the eigen vector is given as
Now, f (t) =
t4 0 x1 x2 0
1 1 0 x1
sin t 2 cos t 2sin t 0 0 2 x 0 2 x3 0
= 2 =
t t2 t3 x3 0
0 0 1 x3 0
sin t 2sin t 2t cos t
and, tLt0 f (t) = L t Lt then solution is, x3 = 0, x1 = K, x2= K ...(B)
t 0 t t 0 t3
Now, for 2 = 3,
sin t t cos t
= 1 2L t 2 1 0 x1 0
t 0 t3
0 1 2 x 0 2 x1 x2 0
Using L’hospital’s rule, 2 = x2 2 x3 0
0 0 0 x3 0
t sin t
= 1 2 L t
t 0 3t2 x1 = K, x2 = 2K, x3 = K ...(C)
In case (A) and (B), none of eigen vectors given
t cos t sin t
= 1 2L t satisfies the ratio, but in are (C), we get the ratio
t 0 6t
x1 : x2 : x3 = using eigen vector is [1 2 1]T = 1 : 2 : 1
2 1
= 1 = 0 29. Given partial differential equation
3 3
d2 x dx
sin t 6 8x = 0
As L t f(t) < 0, f(t) = has a maximum at t = 0. dt2 dt
t 0 t
dx
Initial condition : x(0) = 1 and =0
dt t 0
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2010
d 32. x[n] = {1, –1}, N=2
Putting p = , we have
dx y[n] = {1, 0, 0, 0, –1}, N = 5
(p2 + 6p + 8) x = 0 If P is the number of elements in impulse
Characteristic equation is response h[n], then,
p2 + 6p + 8 = 0 N = M + P –1
(p + 2) (p + 4) = 0 5 = 2 + P –1
p = – 2 or – 4 P =4
Solution is, x(t) = Ae2t Be4 t Let h[n] = {x1, x2, x3, x4}
For x (0) = 1, A + B = 1 ...(1) then, y[n] = {x1, (x2– x2), (x3– x2), (x4– x3), –x1}
dx(t) Comparing with y[n] = {1, 0, 0, 0, –1}
= (2)Ae2 t (4)Be t
dt
dx(t) We get x1 = 1, x2= x1= 1, x3= x4=1, x4= x3= 1
= – 2A – 4 B = 0
dt t 0 then, h[n] = {1, 1, 1, 1}
A + 2B = 0 ...(2) 1 VA i R
33.
Solving equations (1) and (2), we get
A = 2, and B = – 1 2A 12 1A 6V
x(t) = 2e–2t – e–4t
30. The augmental matrix is,
VA = 12
1 2 1 4 2 i = 1 – 2 = – 1 amp.
3 6 3 12 6
By KVL, 6 – iR – 12 1 = 0
Doing Gauss elimination, iR = – 6
1 2 1 4 2 6
R= 6
i.e., R2 – 3R1 gives, 0 0 0 0 0 ( 1)
34. Case 1
As, rank (A) = rank (A/B) = 1, the system is
a c
consistent.
v1 i1 P i2 v2
Further, rank of the system (1) is lene than the b d
us of variables (4), therefore infinite non-trivial
solution exists. V1 = Z11 i1 + Z12 i2
V2 = Z21 i1 + Z22 i2
X() .d
2 Case 2
31. I=
e i 1 1 a i2 c
v1
X(). X().d
P v2
= b d
f
V1
= x(t).e
j t
.dt . X() d V1
Z11 = i Z12 =
1 i2 0 i2 i1 0
= X().e
j t
.d . x(t).dt V2 V2
Z21 = Z2 =
i1 i2
i2 0 l1 0
1
= 2
j t
2 X().e .d x(t).dt
Equivalent circuits
For case 1 : Z11
i1 a R2 = 0
= 2 x (t). x(t).dt = 2 x(t) .dt
2
Z11
v1
1
b
= 2 1.dt = 4
1
SOLVED PAPER – 2010 15
For case 2 : New impedance matrix,
i1 1 a i2 = 0 Z11 1 Z12
Z =
Z 11
i1
Z 21 Z22
v1
35. Z1 Z3
b
v1 Z2 Z4
Z11 = (Z11 1)
i1 ~
i2 0
For balanced bridge ,
v1 Z1 Z3
For case 1 : Z12 =
i2 i1 0 Z2 = Z4
i1 = 0 i2 , Z1 Z4 = Z2 Z3
v1 i2 Z12 v2 j
R4
C4
For case 2 : (R + jL) = R2R3
j
i 1 = 0 1 i2 R4
i2 C4
v1
Z 12
jR L RR j
= 2 3 R4
C4 C4 R4 C4
v1
Z12 = Z12 Comparing, we get
i2 i1 0
R 2R3
Z 21 for case 1 : R 4 = L/C4
R4
v2 L = R2R3C4
Z21 =
i1 i2 0 R R 2R3 1
and =
i1 i2 = 0 C 4 R 4 C4
i1
v2 R 2R3
Z 21 R=
R4
For case 2 : 1
i1
36. G(s) =
1 i2= 0 s(s 1) (s 2)
i1
v2 1
Z21 G(j) =
j ( j 1) ( j 2)
1
1
v M=
Z21 = 2 = Z21 1 2 4
2
i1 i2 0
= 90 tan 1 tan 1
Z 22 for case 1 : 2
v2
Z22 =
i2 i1 0
i1 = 0 i2
3
Z 22 v2
–
4 2 rad / sec
1
–
6
For case 2 :
i 1 = 0. 1
Z22 v2
For = 0, M = ; = – 90
V2 For = , M = 0; = – 90 – 90 – 90 = – 270
Z22 = = Z22
i2 i 0
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2010
S o Cutting Real Axis 38. Given : s(s + 1) (s + 3) + k(s + 2) = 0 ; k > 0
Imaginary part of G(j) = 0 k(s 2)
1 =0
i.e. Img {G(j)} = 0 s(s 1) (s 3)
1 But 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
Im =0
j ( 3) 2 k(s 2)
2
G(s) H(s) =
1 s(s 1) (s 3)
Im =0
j 3 2 j
3 2 Roots s = 0, s = – 1, s = – 3 (poles) ; s = – 2 (zero)
It has real pole or zeros.
1
Im 3 = 0 2q 1
3 2
j (2 w ) A = 180
nm
32 j (2 3 )
Im 3 2 = 0
(3 ) (2 w )
2 2
2 – 3 = 0
2 = 2 0 –3 –2 –1
Neglecting = 0, we have
= 2 At s = 0, Asymptotes
1 (2 * 0 1)180
M at 2
= 0 = = 90
2 3 24 2
1 1 3 (2 * 1 1) * 180
= At s = 1, 1 = = 270
36 6 4 2
Centroid,
37. Given : x = Ax + Bu;
real parts of poles – real poles of zeros
(–A) =
1 2 0 number of poles –number of zeros
A= , B =
0 2 1 1 3 2 0
= =–1
For stability, characteristic equation 2
= ( sI A)
1 Re[s] = – 1
1 40. Synchronus speed of induction machine,
s 1 2
=
0 s 2 120 f 120 50
= 1500 rpm.
P 4
1 ( s 2) 2 Speed of d.c. machine, Nr = 1600rpm
= =0
M 0 s1 = actual speed of IM
M = (s + 1) (s – 2) = 0 NS N r 1500 1600
(s – 2) (s + 1) = 0 Slip = = negative
NS 1500
s = 2, s = –1
Hence induction machine acts as induction
So one root in right hand side of s-plane, so system generator and dc machine acts as motor.
is unstable.
41. i1 110:220 i2 r
0 R
For controllability : B = i 2 4
v1 Z
1
Z v2 4 4
Z b
1 2 0 2 Y
AB =
0 2 1 2 y
B
0 2
B : AB = v1 =
110
, v2 = 220
1 2 3
=0–2=–20
220 220
So controllable. But i2 = amp
44 8
SOLVED PAPER – 2010 17
l2 220 v
i 2 = amp ic = v (C)
3 8 3 xc
Now i1v1 = i 2 v2 11 103
= 314 1 106
3
110
i1 = i21 220 = 2 amp
3
44. 25 kV 25 kV
i1 220 kV
= 2 3
i21
220
i1 = 2 3 ~
8 3
Base voltage = 25kV,
440
= 55 amp Base MVA = 200 MVA
8
110 = 2z * i1 Generator G1 , G2
2
XG = XG = 0.9
110 200 25
j 0.18
z=
2 55
1 1 2 100 25
2
XT = 0.12 200 25 j 0.27
z = 1+ j0.
1 90 25
42.
5C For line 1, VL = 220 kV
V2
I2 220
C I1 XLine = 150 * = 0.62
P (220)2
V2 j 0.27 j 0.62 j 0.27
5C V1
j 0.18 j 0.18
I + +
~ G1 ~ G2
– –
Using KCL at point P , we have +10V
45.
I = I1 + I 2
V1(5C) = V2(C) + (5C)V2
10k 50
5V1 = 6V2 ...(A) IB IC +VCE
and V1 + V2 = 11 kV ...(B)
–
Equation (A) and Equation (B) gives, +VBE –
0.7V 100 Vo
V1 = 3.46 kV, V2 = 2.89 kV
IE
43. C1 = 0.2F
Given : IC IE
C2 = 0.4 F
= 100
Capacitance per phase,
IE IC = IB
C = 3C1 + C2
IC IE = 100 IB
= 3 0.2 + 0.4 = 1 F
VCC – RB BI – VBE – IE RE = 0
= 2f = 314
10 – (10 k IB) – 0.7 – 100 IF = 0
0.4 C2 10 – 10 103 IB – 0.7 – 100 100 IB = 0
10 – 10 IB – 0.7 – 10 IB = 0
R
9.3 0.93
IB = mA = + 0.465 mA
0.2 C1 C1 20 2
IE = 0.465 100 = 46.5 mA
B Y
C1 V0 = 100 46.5 mA
C2 C2
= 4650 mV = 4.65 V
Charging current,
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2010
46. X 100 ns N1 Eb1
1 Now =
t
N2 Eb 2
X N2 1400
Y Eb2 = Eb1 200
N1 1500
2 Y2
= 186.67 V
1 Y
1
Eb Ia
At point 1, 1 = X X X delayed 10 n sec. T =
m
2 = X X X = x delayed 20 n sec.
2 N
Due to 10n sec propagation delay, it will take But m =
10 n sec at ON and 10 n sec at OFF 60
60 * Eb Ia
100 ns T =
X 2 N
60 * 186.67 * I a
20 ns 5 =
2 * 1400
Y2 100 ns Ia = 3.926 amp
20 ns V = Eb + Ia Ra
2 2
Y
V Eb2
R a2 =
20 ns 20 ns Ia
Y = X Y2 200 186.67
i.e. output is high only when one input high and 3.926
other is low. = 3.395 = 3.4
49. Given : T = 2.5 Nm, 1400 rpm
47. Addr 60 * Eb Ia
Now T =
2 N
Addr1 CALL Addr 60 * 186.67 * I a
2.5 =
Add r2 2 1400
PC - Add r1 Ia = 1.963 amp
(SP) (PC)
V = Eb + Ra Ia
(SP) (SP + 1) Add 2. sp incremented
= 186.66 + 1.9634 3.4
(PC) Add r.
= 193.34 V
speed (rpm)
48. 50. Expanding f(t) by 2 unit, we get
1500
t
1400 f (t) = f
2
Now shifting by three unit in the right direction,
0 5 t 3
torque(Nm) (t) = f (t – 3) = f .
2 2
Given :
No load speed 51. g(t) = u(t – 3) – u(t – 5)
N0 = 1500 rpm, Va = 200 V, L{g(t)} = L (u(t 3) u(t 5)
T = 5 Nm, N = 1400
e3 s e5 s e3 s
Emf at no load, Eb = V = 200
1
=
s
s
s
1 e2s
SOLVED PAPER – 2010 19
52. F
YZ At t = 0 (swith closed)
00 01 11 10
So device SCR will be off, when this total 5A
x 0 1 1 1 0 current will decrease to zero, or will pass to
X commutation circuit
x
1 0 0 1 0 10 sin104 t = 5
YZ YZ YZ YZ 1
sin104 t = = sin30°
F = X Y YZ . 2
53. F = X Y YZ
0.104 t = 30
X
6
X XY
X Y+YZ = F 100
Y
Y t= 104 s 52 s
YZ 6 6
Z
56. Number of person playing hockey = a + 10 = 15
54. vL
a=5
1 mH
L
n = 25
i – vC
C + 10 F a 10 b
t= 0
vL + vC = 0
Number of person playing football
v C = C idt vL (0)
= b + 10 = 17
i(0) = 0, vC (0–) = 100 V,
b = 17 – 10 = 7
t=0
Hence number of person who plays either football
di 1 or hockey or both
dt C Vc O
L idt = a + 10 + b
= 5 + 10 + 7 = 22
d 2i 1 Number of players playing neither hockey nor
L2 i Vc(0)
dt2 C football
= 25 – 22 = 3
d 2 i i = Vc (0)
dt2 C L 57. Unemployed : Worker
Solution of differential equation is Since a worker who is inactive called unemployed.
C So inactive land is called fallow.
i = Vc 0 sin o t
L 58. Conserve means preserve or to keep for long time.
1 1
where, 0= = 104 59. Circuitous means round about or not direct
LC 10 10.10 6
3
So circuitous : indirect.
10 106
i = 100 sin104 t 60. Betrayed, means ‘showed’ or revealed.
1 10 3
61. H+G>I+S ...(1)
= 10 sin 10 4 t
and G–S=1 ...(2)
55. G is not oldest, S is not youngest
–
100V H+1>I
+
Irfan older than Hari
Gita older than Sarita
5A
20 From given option SGHI
100V
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2010
62. 5 skilled workers build wall in 20 days 64. 2, 2, 3, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4 x > 3000
1 skilled worker build wall in 20 5 days 322 — 3, 4 344 — 2, 3, 4
Hence in 1 day, part of work done by skilled work 323 — 2, 3, 4 422 — 3, 4
1 324 — 2, 3, 4 423 — 2, 3, 4
=
100 332 — 2, 3, 4 424 — 2, 3, 4
Similarly in 1 day part of work done by semi- 333 — 2, 4 432 — 2, 3, 4
skilled workers 334 — 2, 3, 4 433 — 2, 3, 4
1 342 — 2, 3, 4 434 — 2, 3, 4
=
25 8 343 — 2, 3, 4 442 — 2, 3, 4
and in 1 day part of work done by un-skilled 443 — 2, 3, 4
worker
444 — 2, 3, 4
1 Total 51 ways
=
30 10
So part of work done in 1 day by 2 skilled, 6 semi- 65. 137 001 011 111
skilled and 5 unskilled
276 010 111 110
2 6 5 100 011 101 435
=
100 200 300
1 Octal number system
=
15 731 111 011 001
So work done by given workers in days = 15
672 110 111 110
63. Use of chemical agents in warfare would be 100 010 011
undesirable
Hence 1623
SOLVED PAPER – 2009
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 100
Q .1–Q.20 carry one mark each.
1. The pressure coil of a dynamometer type
wattmeter is
(a) highly inductive (b) highly resistive
(c) purely resistive (d) purely inductive
2. The measurement system shown in the figure
uses three sub-systems in cascade whose gains
1
are specified as G 1, G 2 and . The relative small
G3 The element connected between a and b could be
errors associated with each respective
(a)
subsystem G 1, G 2 and G3 are 1 , 2 and 3 . The
error associated with the output is
(b)
1
Input G1 G2
G3
output (c)
1 1. 2 (d)
(a) 1 2 (b)
3 3
(c) 1 2 3 (d) 1 2 3 4. The two inputs of a CRO are fed with two
stationary periodic signals. In the X-Y mode, the
3. The following circuit has a source voltage Vs as screen shows a figure which changes from ellipse
shown in the graph. The current through the to circle and back to ellipse with its major axis
circuit is also shown. changing orientation slowly and repeatedly. The
following inference can be made from this.
(a) The signals are not sinusoidal
(b) The amplitudes of the signals are very close
but not equal
(c) The signals are sinusoidal with their
frequencies very close but not equal
(d) There is a constant but small phase difference
between the signals
5. The increasing order of speed of data access for
the following devices is
(i) Cache Memory (ii) CDROM
(iii) Dynamic RAM (iv) Processor Registers
(v) Magnetic Tape
(a) (v) , (ii), (iii), (iv), (i) (b) (v), (ii), (iii), (i), (iv),
(c) (ii), (i), (iii), (iv), (v) (d) (v), (ii), (i), (iii), (iv)
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2009
6 . A field excitation of 20 A in a certain alternator 11. A Linear Time Invariant system with an impulse
results in an armature current of 400 A in short response h(t) produces output y(t) when input
circuit and a terminal voltage of 2000 V on open
circuit. The magnitude of the internal voltage x( t) is applied. When the input x( t ) is applied
drop within the machine at a load current of 200 to a system with impulse response h(t ), the
A is output will be
(a) 1 V (b) 10 V (a) y( t) (b) y( 2( t ))
(c) 100 V (d) 1000 V
(c) y(t ) (d) y( t 2 )
7. The current through the 2 k resistance in the
circuit shown is 12. The nature of feedback in the opamp circuit shown
is
(a) 0 mA (b) 1 mA (a) Current - Current feedback
(c) 2 mA (d) 6 mA (b) Voltage - Voltage feedback
8. Out of the following plant categories (c) Current - Voltage feedback
(i) Nuclear (d) Voltage - Current feedback
(ii) Run-of-river 13. The complete set of only those Logic Gates
(iii)Pump Storage designated as Universal gates is
(iv) Diesel (a) NOT, OR and AND Gates
the base load power plants are (b) XNOR, NOR and NAND Gates
(a) (i) and (ii) (c) NOR and NAND Gates
(b) (ii) and (iii) (d) XOR, NOR and NAND Gates
(c) (i), (ii) and (iv) 14. The single phase, 50Hz, iron core transformer in
(d) (i), (ii) and (iv) the circuit has both the vertical arms of cross
sectional area 20cm2 and both the horizontal arms
9. For a fixed value of complex power flow in a of cross sectional area 10cm2. If the two windings
transmission line having a sending end voltage V , shown were wound instead on opposite horizontal
the real powerloss will be proportional to arms, the mutual inductance will
(a) V (b) V2
1 1
(c) (d)
V2 V
10. How many 200W/220V incandescent lamps
connected in series would consume the same
total power as a single 100W/220V incandescent
lamp ? (a) double
(a) not possible (b) 4 (b) remain same
(c) 3 (d) 2 (c) be halved
(d) become one quarter
SOLVED PAPER – 2009 3
15. A 3-phase squirrel cage induction motor supplied 18. The first two rows of Routh's tabulation of a third
from a balanced 3-phase source drives a order equation are as follows.
mechanical load. The torque-speed characteristics s3 2 2
of the motor (solid curve) and of the load (dotted 3
s 4 4
curve) are shown. Of the two equilibrium points
A and B, which of the following options correctly This means there are
describes the stability of A and B? (a) two roots at s ± j and one root in right half
s-plane
(b) two roots at s ± j 2 and one root in left half
s-plane
(c) two roots at s ± j 2 and one root in right half
s-plane
(d) two roots at s ± j and one root in left half s-
plane
(a) A is stable B is unstable
19. The asymptotic approximation of the log-
(b) A is unstabel B is stable magnitude vs frequency plot of a system
(c) Both are stable containing only real poles and zeros is shown. Its
(d) Both are unstable transfer function is
16. An SCR is considered to be a semi-controlled –40dB/dec
80dB –60dB/dec
device because
(a) it can be turned OFF but not ON with a gate
pulse
(b) it conducts only during one half-cycle of an
alternating current wave rad/s
0.1 2 5 25
(c) it can be turned ON but not OFF with a gate
pulse
10( s 5)
(d) it can be turned ON only during one half-cycle (a)
s( s 2)( s 25)
of an alternating voltage wave
1000( s 5)
17. The polar plot of an open loop stable system is (b)
shown below. The closed loop system is s ( s 2)( s 25)
2
100( s 5)
(c)
Imaginary
s( s 2)( s 25)
80( s 5)
= (d)
s ( s 2)( s 25)
2
–1.42 Real
20. The trace and determinate of a 2 2 matrix are
known to be –2 and –35 respectively. Its
=0 eigenvalues are
(a) – 30 and – 5
(a) always stable (b) – 35 and – 1
(b) marginally stable (c) – 7 and 5
(c) unstable with one pole on the RH s-plane (d) 17.5 and – 2
(d) unstable with two poles on the RH s-plane
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2009
Q .21–Q.50 carry two marks each. 24. The equivalent capacitance of the input loop of
21. The following circuit has R 10k, C =10F The the circuit shown is
input voltage is a sinusoid at 50Hz with an rms
value of 10V. under ideal conditions, the current
is from the source is
R
10k
Vs = 10V rms 50 Hz
is
+
OPAMP
˜ –
(a) 2F (b) 100F
10k
(c) 200F (d) 4F
R 25. In an 8085 microprocessor, the contents of the
C Accumulator, after the following instructions are
10F
executed will become
XRA A
(a) 10 mA leading by 90o
MVI, B F0H
(b) 20 mA leading by 90o
SUB B
(c) 10 mA leading by 90o
(a) 01 H (b) 0F
(d) 10 mA lagging by 90o
(c) F0H (d) 10 H
22. In the figure shown, all elements used are ideal.
26. For the Y-bus matrix of a 4-bus system given in
For time t 0, S1remained closed and S2 open. At per unit, the buses having shunt elements are
t 0, S1 is opened and S2 is closed. If the voltage Vc2
across the capacitor C2 at t 0 is zero, the
LM 5 2 2.5 0 OP
j M P
2 10 2.5 4
YBUS
voltage across the capacitor combination at t 0 MM2.5 2.5 9 4P
P
will be
N0 4 4 8Q
(a) 1 V
(a) 3 and 4 (b) 2 and 3
(b) 2 V
(c) 1 and 2 (d) 1, 2 and 4
(c) 1.5 V
27. The unit-step response of a unity feedback
(d) 3 V system with open loop transfer function
23. Transformer and emitter follower can both be K
G(s) = is shown in the figure.
used for impedance matching at the outuput of (s + 1)(s +2)
an audio amplifier. The basic relationship between
the input power Pin and output power Pout in both The value of K is
the cases is
(a) P in = Pout for both transformer and emitter
follower
(b) P in > Pout for both transformer and emitter
follower
(c) P in < Pout for transformer and P in = Pout for
emitter follower
(d) P in = Pout for transformer and P in < Pout (a) 0.5 (b) 2
emitter follower
(c) 4 (d) 6
SOLVED PAPER – 2009 5
2 8. The open loop transfer function of a unity feedback 31. Three generators are feeding a load of 100 MW.
0.1 s The details of the generators are
system is given by G( s) ( e )/ s. The gain
Rating Efficiency Regulation
margin of this system is
(MW) (%) (p.u) on
(a) 11.95 dB
100 MVA
(b) 17.67 dB base
(c) 21.33 dB
Generator-1 100 20 0.02
(d) 23.9 dB
Generator-2 100 30 0.04
29. Match the items in List-I with the items in
List-II and select the correct answer using the Generator-3 100 40 0.03
codes given below the lists. In the event of increased load power demand,
List I List II which of the following will happen ?
To Use (a) All the generators will share equal power
A. improve power 1. shunt reactor (b) Generator-3 will share more power compared
factor to Generator-1
B. reduce the current 2. shunt capacitor (c) Generator-1 will share more power compared
ripples to generator-2
C. increase the power 3. series capacitor (d) Generator-2 will share more power compared
flow in line to Generator-3
D. reduce the Ferranti 4. series reactor 32. A 500 MW, 21 kV, 50 Hz, 3-phase, 2-pole
effect synchronous generator having a rated p.f.= 0.9
has a moment of inertia of 27.5 103 kg-m2. The
Codes :
inertia constant (H) will be
A B C D
(a) 2.44 s (b) 2.71 s
(a) 2 3 4 1
(c) 4.88 s (d) 5.42 s
(b) 2 4 3 1
33. f ( x, y) is a continuous function defined
(c) 4 3 1 2
(d) 4 1 3 2 over ( x, y) 0,1 0,1 . Given the two constraints,
30. Match the items in List-I with the items in List- x y 2 and y x2 , the volume under f ( x, y) is
zz
II and select the correct answer using the codes
zz
y 1 x y y 1 x 1
given (a) f ( x, y)dxdy (b) f ( x, y)dxdy
List I List II y 0 x y 2 y x2 x y2
zz z z
Type of transmission Type of distance y1 x1 y x x y
line relay preferred (c) f ( x, y)dxdy (d) f ( x, y)dxdy
y 0 x 0 y 0 x 0
A. Short Line 1. Ohm Relay
B. Medium Line 2. Reactance Relay 34. Assume for simplicity that N people, all born in
C. Long 3. Mho Relay April (a month of 30 days), are collected in a room.
Consider the event of at lest two people in the
Codes : room being born on the same date of the month,
A B C even if in different years, e.g. 1980 and 1985.
(a) 2 1 3 What is the smallest N so that the probability of
(b) 3 2 1 this event exceeds 0.5 ?
(c) 1 2 3 (a) 20 (b) 7
(d) 1 3 2 (c) 15 (d) 16
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2009
3 5. A cascade of 3 Liner Time Invariant systems is 39. Let x 2 – 117 = 0. The iterative steps for the
causal and unstable. From this, we conclude that solutiuon using Newton-Raphson's method is
(a) each system in the cascade is individually given by
causal and unstable
1 117
(b) at least one system is unstable and at least (a) xk1 2 xk x
k
one system is causal
117
(c) at least one system is causal and all systems (b) xk 1 xk
are unstable xk
(d) the majority are unstable and the majority xk
(c) xk 1 xk
are causal 117
36. The Fourier Series coefficients, of a periodic
(d) xk 1 xk
1FG
xk
17 IJ
signal x(t), expressed as x(t) = k a k e
j2kt / T 2 H xk K
are given by a – 2= – j1; a-1 = 0.5 + j 0.2; ao = j 2; a1
40. F ( x, y) (x2 xy)a x ( y 2 xy)a y . It's line integral the
= 0.5 – j 0.2; a2 =2+ j1; and ak = 0; for k 2. over straight line from ( x, y) (0,2) to ( x, y) (2,0)
Which of the following is true ? evaluates to
(a) x( t) has finite energy because only finitely (a) –8 (b) 4
many coefficients are non-zero (c) 8 (d) 0
(b) x( t) has zero average value because it is 41. An ideal OPAMP circuit and its input waveform
periodic are shown in the figures. The output waveform
(c) The imaginary part of x( t) is constant of this circuit will be
(d) The real part of x( t) is even
t 4 t5 t6
37. The z transform of a signal x n is given t1 t2 t3
–1
by 4 z3 3 z1 2 6 z2 2 z3 . It is applied to a –2
–3
system, with a transfer function H ( z) 3 z 1 2.
Let the output be y(n). Which of the following is
true?
(a) y(n) is non causal with finite support
(b) y(n) is causal with infinite support
(c) y(n) =0; n > 3
6 6
(d) Re Y ( z) z e j
= –Re Y ( z) z e j ; Im Y ( z) z e j
V
V
= Im Y ( z) z e j ; t3 t6 t3 t6
(a) 0 (b) 0
t t
38. A cubic polynomial with real coefficients
–3 –3
(a) can possibly have no extrema and no zero
6 6
crossings
(b) may have up to three extrema and upto 2 zero V
V
crossings t6
(c) cannot have more than two extrema and more (c) 0 t2 t4 (d)
t 0 t2 t4 t6
than three zero crossings t
–3
(d) will always have an equal number of extrema –3
and zero crossings
SOLVED PAPER – 2009 7
4 2. A 220V, 50 Hz, single-phase induction motor has
the following connection diagram and winding
orientations shown. MM' is the axis of the main
stator winding (M 1M 2) and AA' is that of the (c)
auxiliary winding (A1A2). Directions of the winding
axes indicate direction of flux when currents in
the windings are in the directions shown.
Parameters of each winding are indicated. When
switch S is closed, the motor
(d)
M1
Rm = 1
L m = 10/H
ra = 1
M2
La = 10/ H
M
S 44. The Current Source Inverter shown in figure is
A A operated by alternately turning on thyristor pairs
220
50Hz (T1, T2) and (T3, T4). If the load is purely resistive,
Rotor the theoretical maximum output frequency
M
obtainable will be
(a) rotates clockwise
(b) rotates anticlockwise
(c) does not rotate
(d) rotates momentarily and comes to a halt
43. The circuit shows an ideal diode connected to a
pure inductor and is connected to a purely
sinusoidal 50Hz voltage source. Under ideal
conditions the current waveform through the
inductor will look like
(a) 125 kHz (b) 250 kHz
(c) 500 kHz (d) 50 kHz
45. In the chopper circuit shown, the main thyristor
(TM) is operated at a duty ratio of 0.8 which is
much larger the commutation interval. If the
maximum allowable reapplied dv / dt on TM is 50
V/s, what should be the theoretical minimum
value of C1 ? Assume current ripple through L0
to be negligible.
(a)
(b)
(a) 0.2 F (b) 0.02 F
(c) 2 F (d) 20 F
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2009
4 6. Match the switch arrangements on the top row 48. The figure shows a three- phase delta connected
to the steady-state V-I characteristics on the lower load supplied from a 400V, 50Hz, 3-phase balanced
row. The steady state operating points are shown source. The pressure coil (PC) and current coil
by large black dots. (CC) of a wattmeter are connected to the load as
Codes : shown, with the coil polarities suitably selected
to ensure a positive deflection.
The wattmeter reading will be
Is Is
(I) (II)
(a) 0
(b) 1600 Watt
VS VS
(c) 800 Watt
(d) 400 Watt
Is Is
(III) (IV) 49. An average-reading digital multimeter reads 10
V when fed with a triangular wave, symmetric
VS VS about the time-axis. For the same input an rms-
reading meter will read
A B C D 20 10
(a) (b)
(a) I II III IV 3 30
(b) II IV I III (c) 20 30 (d) 10 30
(c) IV III I II
50. Figure shows the extended view of a 2 pole dc
(d) IV III II I machine with 10 armature conductors. Normal
47. For the circuit shown, find out the current flowing brush positions are shown by A and B, placed at
through the 2 resistance. Also identify the the interpolar axis. If the brushes are now shifted,
changes to be made to double the current through in the direction of rotation, to A' and B' as shown,
the 2 resistance. the voltage waveform V A' B' will resemble
Vs = 4V Is = 5A
+
– 2
(a) (5A ; Put Vs = 20V)
(b) (2A ; PutVs = 8V)
(c) (5A ; Put Vs = 10A)
(d) (7A ; Put Vs = 12A)
SOLVED PAPER – 2009 9
(a) Common Data for Questions 53 and 54 :
The circuit diagram shows a two-winding, lossless trans-
former with no leakage flux, excited from a current
source, i(t), whose waveform is also shown. The
transformer has a magnetizing inductance of 400/mH.
i(t)
(b)
10A
0
5ms 10ms 15ms 20ms 25ms 30ms t
10A
(c)
(d)
COMMON DATA QUESTIONS
Common Data for Questions 51 and 52:
53. The peak voltage across A and B, with S open is
(a) 400/V (b) 800 V
(c) 4000/V (d) 800/V
54. If the waveform of i(t) is changed to i(t) =10 sin
(100 t ) A, the peak voltage across A and B with S
closed is
(a) 400 V (b) 240 V
The star-delta transformer shown above is excited
on the star side with a balanced, 4-wire, 3-phase, (c) 320 V (d) 160 V
sinusoidal voltage supply of rated magnitude. The Common Data for Questions 55 and 56 :
transformer is under no load condition. A system is described by the following state and
51. With both S1 and S2 open, the core flux waveform output equations
will be dx1 (t)
3 x1 (t) x2 (t) 2u(t)
(a) a sinusoid at fundamental frequency dt
(b) flat-topped with third harmonic dx2 (t)
2 x2 (t) u(t)
dt
(c) peaky with third-harmonic
y(t) x1 (t)
(d) none of these
where u( t) is the input and y( t) is the output
52. With S2 closed and S1 open, the current wave-
form in the delta winding will be 55. The system transfer function is
(a) a sinusoid at fundamental frequency s2 s3
(a) (b)
(b flat-topped with third harmonic s 5s 6
2
s 5s 6
2
(c) only third-harmonic
2s 5 2s 5
(d) none of these (c) (d)
s2 5 s 6 s2 5 s 6
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2009
56. The state-transition matrix of the above system 58. In the autotransformer obtained in Question 57,
is the current in each coil is
LM e3t 0 OP LMe3t
e 2 t e 3 t OP (a) Coil-1 is 25 A and Coil-2 is 10 A
(a)
MNe 2t
e3t e2t PQ (b)
MN 0 e 2t PQ (b) Coil-1 is 10 A and Coil-2 is 25 A
LMe 3 t
e 2 t e 3t OP LMe
3t
e 2 t e 3 t OP (c) Coil-1 is 10 A and Coil-2 is 15 A
(c)
MN 0 e 2 t PQ (d)
MN 0 e 2 t PQ (d) Coil-1 is 15 A and Coil-2 is 10 A
LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS Statement for Linked Answer Questions (59 –60):
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (57–58):
The figure above shows coils 1 and 2 , with dot
markings as shown, having 4000 and 6000 turns 59. For the circuit given above, the Thevenin's re-
respectively. Both the coils have a rated current sistance across the terminals A and B is
of 25 A. Coil 1 is excited with single phase, 400 V, (a) 0.5k
50 Hz supply. (b) 0.2k
57. The coils are to be connected to obtain a single (c) 1k
phase, 400/1000 V, auto-transformer to drive a
(d) 0.11k
load of 10kVA. Which of the options given
should be exercised to realize the required auto - 60. For the circuit given above, the Thevenin's voltage
transformer ? across the terminals A and B is
(a) Connect A and D; Common B (a) 1.25 V
(b) Connect B and D; Common C (b) 0.25 V
(c) Connect A and C; Common B (c) 1 V
(d) Connect A and C; Common D (d) 0.5 V
A NSWERS
1. (b) 2. (d) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (b) 6. (d) 7. (a) 8. (c) 9. (c) 10. (d)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (c)
21. (d) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (d) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (a) 34. (b) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. (a) 38. (c) 39. (a) 40. (d)
41. (d) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (c) 45. (a) 46. (c) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (a) 50. (a)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (d) 54. (a) 55. (c) 56. (b) 57. (a) 58. (a) 59. (b) 60. (d)
SOLVED PAPER – 2009 11
E XPLANATIONS
1. Pressure coil of a dynamometer type wattmeter 9. S = P + jQ = VI (cos + j sin ) = VIej
is made to have very high resistance which 2
S2 R 1
S
includes small unavoidable inductance. P = I R =
2
R = 2j 2
Ve j e V
2. The relative error of product or division of Alternately
different quantities is equal to the sum of relative
Complex power,
errors of individual quantities.
VI * = P + jQ (taking V reference).
3. When a forward biased diode is reverse biased,
initially it conducts due to the flow of stored P+ jQ
I*=
charges. After some time it goes into non- V
conducting state. P – jQ
Alternately I =
V
For 0 < t < 100 ms, Vs = 0, P2 Q2
is = 0; diode not conduct I=
V
For 100 < t < 200 ms, Vs = 10V,
P2 Q2
10 Real power loss = I2 R = .R
i= = 1 mA; diode conducts V2
10K But (P + Q R) = constant
2 2
For 200 < t < 300 ms, Vs = – 10V, 1
i = 0; diode reverse bias Power loss 2
V
current is zero after small reverse recovery time.
For 300 < t < 400 ms, Vs = 0; 220
10. V1 = V2 = Vn =
n
i = 0; diode not conduct
Power consumed in n bulbs connected in series
4. The signals are sinusoidal with their frequency R1 R1 R1
very close but not equal 200W
220V
The phase difference of two signals is varying
V1 V2 V3
linearly with time. So we can write.
X = A sin t
Y = A sin (t – )
Phase difference = 220 v
Alternately FG 220 IJ 2
1 ( 220 ) 2
X = A1 sin t
P1 = n.
HnK .
R1
=
nR 1
Y = A2 cost = A2 sin (t – )
For ellipse, A1 A2 But R1 =
a220f 2
200
For circle, A1 A2
200
P1 =
7. This is a balance Wheatstone bridge. n
1K C 1K It must be equal to 100 watts (for bulb 100W/220V)
200
A 2K B = 100
n
1K 1K or n= 2
D
11. Laplace transform of impulse response of a
system is its transfer function.
6V G1(s) = L[h(t)] = H(s)
VCD = 0 (VC = VD)
y1(s) = H(s) X(s)
iCD = 0
G2(s) = L[h(t – )] = e–sH(s)
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2009
y2(s) = G2(s) L[x(t – )] dTm dTL
15. Since at point B, > stable
= G2(s) e–s X(s) dt dt
= e–2s H(s)X(s) dTm dTL
At point A, <
= e–2s Y(s) dt dt
y2(t) = y(t – 2) T L
A lternately s
B
x (t) h (t) y(t) = x(t). h(t) ...(i) B
A T
x (t – ) h(t – z) y ...(ii) s
A
For system 1. O N/Nsyn
1
y(t) = x(t) h(t) T2 T
Z-transform y(z) = x(z) H(z) ...(iii) Since angle 1 between and at A is larger
s s
For system 2. than 2 at B,
y(t) = x(t –) h(t – ) therefore, any fluctution of load at A would cause
Z-transform y() = z–1 x(z) z–1 much speed variations with respect to the same
H(z) = z–2 x(z) H(z) at B.
...(putting from (iii) 18. Two roots at s = ±j and one in left halfs-plane
y(z) = z y(z)
–2
s3 2 2
Inverse Z - transform = y(t) = y(t–2) s4 4 4
12. Obviously this is voltage . Voltage feed back circuit Characteristic equation is
2K A(s) = 2s3 + 4s2 + 2s + 4 = 0
+6V s3 + 2s2 + s + 2 = 0
1K
– (s + 2) (s2 +1) = 0
Vout
v2
+ s = – 2, s = ± j
–6V
v in
19. At = 0.1, 2 poles
At = 2,1 pole
At = 5, 1 zero
13. Any logic gate can be made using NOR and NAND At = 25, 1 pole
gate.
80dB – 40dB/dec
– 60 dB/dec
14. M A1 A2 – 40 dB/dec
But A1 = A2 = A 60 dB/dec
M A
A2 10 M 0.1 2 5 25 (rad)
M2 = . M1 = M1 = 1
A1 20 2 So, transfer function,
Since M = L 1L 2 k ( s 5)
N1 i
T(s) =
a fa
s s 2 s 25 f
where L1 = L , and i = B1A1 5k
80 = 20 log
i
N1B1 A1 a0.1f 2
2 25
M A 1 A 2 L1 =
Li 5k
4 = log
Alternately 0.5
L = 0 nA 10k = 104
k = 103 = 1000
M = k L 1L 2
1000as 5f
L1 L2 M T(s) =
and M = k L1 L2 = k
2 2
=
2
a fa f
s 2 s 2 s 25
SOLVED PAPER – 2009 13
LM 0 O 1 R 1 1 10 10 3
PQ
20. A(x) =
1 = = .
N0 2
10 3 jX c j 10 3 10 3
Trace = 1+2 = – 2
10 10 –3
Determinant = 12 = – 35 = (10 mA)– 90 lagging
j
Solving, we get 1 = – 7 , and 2 = 5
Alternately
Alternately
V1 = Vs = R . is + V0
A=
LMa bOP 1
Nc d Q V2 = Vo
jC
= Vo
1
1 jRC
a+d= –2 1
R
and ad –bc = – 35 jC
LM – a O Vo F I
–b But Vo = A(V1 – V2) = A Vs – GH JK
– dPQ
Now, I – A = 1 jRC
N –c F A I
= ( – a) ( – d) – bc = 0 GH
Vo 1
1 jRC JK
= AV
Vs
– (a + d) – bc + ad = 0
2
Vo A(1 jRC)
2 + 2 – 35 = 0 = ~ 1 + jRC
Vs 1 jRC A
( + 7) ( – 5) = 0
= 1 + j 100 104 10 10–6
= – 7 or = 5
= 1 + j 10
1 1 10 3 Vo = Vs( 1 + j 10) = 10 (1+ j 10)
21. Xc = = = ohm
C 2 50 10 F But Vs = R . is + Vo
V – Vo 10 – 10 – j100
– jX c or is = s =
VA = . V0 R 10 10 3
– jX c R
= –j 10 mA = 10 –90 mA
– jX c R
V0 = . VA 22. For t < 0, s1 in closed and s2 open
jX c
10 k 3V C1(1F) C2(2F)
R
Vin is V1
+
Vo Q c1 = C1V = 3C
V2
Vs (10V, 50 Hz) –
Q c2 = 0
R At t = 0, S1 is opened and S2 is closed.
VA
C 10 k Now, let Q c1 and Q c2 is the change stored
10 F
after redistribution
Assuming virtual ground,
then, Q c1 +Q c2 = Q c1 Q c2 = 3C ...(A)
Vin = VA = 10V
Q c1 Q c2
– jX c R =
V0 = . 10 c1 c2
– jX c
[Equal potential across C1 and C2].
V – Vo Q c1 Q c2
Current, is = in
R = ...(B)
1 2
=
1
10 –
LM
– jX c R
. 10
OP By equation (A) and equation (B),
10 4
N – jX c Q Q c1 = 1C as Q c2 = 2C
=
1 LM1 – – jX R OP
c and voltage across capacitor combination is,
10 3 N – jX Q c Q c1
=
1 LM – jX jX – R OP
c c
=
C1
= 1 volt
10 3 N – jX Q c
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2009
24. We know,Q = CV
But voltage across capacitor is constant. y 20
y 10 S1 S2
C Q y12
C i
y24
Ctotal (i1+ i2) y 13
Cin li
is 4 3
Cin =
b
i1 i2
.
g S4 y43 S3
i1 From equation (ii)
Ctotal = (100 F)
i1 49i1 y20 = y22 – y12 – y23 – y24
i = –10j + 2 j + 2.5j + j = – 1.5 j
= 1 (100 F) = 2 F
50i1 From equation (iii)
Alternately y30 = y33 – y31 – y32 –y34
1 = – 9j + 2.5j + 2.5j + j4 = 0
Vin = 2RI1 + 50
jC From equation (iv)
1 y40 = y44 –y41 –y42 –y43
I1 = 2RI1 + I
= – 8j –0 + 4j + 4j = 0
jC eq 1
Hence obviously branches (1) and (2) behaves as
C
Ceq = = 2 F shunt elements.
50
K
25. XRA A 27. Given : G (s) =
A 00
( s +1)( s + 2)
MVIBF0 From curve, steady state error = 1 – 0.75 = 0.25
B F0 R( s)
E(s) =
SUBB 1 H( s)G( s)
A A–B 1/ s
A A + (2’s complement to B) k
1 1.
A = 00000000 b gb g
s1 s2
B = 11110000 ess = lim sE(s)
s0
2’s complement of B = 00010000
A + B = (10)H 1/ s
= lim s. = 0.25
s0 k
1
LM Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 OP ( s 1)( s 2)
= MM PP
Y
21 Y22 Y23 Y24 1
26. YBUS = 0.25
MMYY
31 Y32 Y33 Y34
PP 1
k
N 41 Y42 Y43 Y44 Q 2
Here, y11 = y10 + y12 + y13 + y14 = –5j ....(i) 0.25k
y22 = y20 + y22 + y23 + y24 =–10j ....(ii) 1 = 0.25 +
2
y33 = y30 + y32 + y33 + y34 =–9 j ....(iii) 0.75 2
k= =6
y44 = y40 + y42 + y43 + y44 = –8j ...(iv) 0.25
y12 = y21 = –y12 = 2j
y13 = y31 = –y13 = 2.5 j e –0.1 s
28. Given : G(s) =
y14 = y41 = –y10 = 0j s
y23 = y32 = –y23 = 2.5 j e –0.1 j
G(j) =
y24 = y42 –y24 = 4j ( j )
From equation (i), Phase crossover frequency :
y10 = y11 –y12 –y13 –y14 180
– 90 – 0.1 = –180
y10 = –5j + 2j + 2.5j + 0j = –0.5j
SOLVED PAPER – 2009 15
18 35. If h1(t), h2(t) and h3(t) are the impulse response of
= 90
the three LTI-systems, then
= 5 = 15.7 rad/sec Overall response of the system is h(t) = G1(t)
Gain margin : G2(t) G3(t)
1 1 Assuming t1, t2, t3 are the initial points of three
a = G( j ) = 18.7
= = systems,
15.7
Gain margin = 20 log a then, by convolution theorem, initial point for
1 The combined system t = t1 + t2 + t3
= 20 log ( ) = – 23.9 dB.
15.7 As the entire system is causal, therefore
h(t) > 0 for t > 0
P 500MW
32. Machine rating (G) = = For this condition, t > 0 to be true, at least one of
cos 0.9
the time t1, t2, t3 must be greater than zero.
= 555.56 MVA
i.e. one of the system must be causal.
120 50 As far as stability is concerned, if the system
Synchronous speed, Ns = = 3000 rpm
2 becomes unstable, the entire system will be
1 2 N FG IJ 2
unstable.
Stored K.E. =
2
M
60 H K 2kt
1 2 3000 FG IJ 2
36. x(t) = a e
j
T
=
2
27.5 103 60 H K k–
k
4t 2 t
= 1357.07 MJ
KE 1357.07
= (2 – j1) e
j
T + b0.5 j0.2ge j
T + (j2) e0
Inertia constant, H = = = 2.44 s 2 t 4 t
MVA 555.56 + ( 0.5 – j 0.2 )e j T + ( 2 j1) e j T
33. f(x,y) CF;x( 0,1), y (0.1)
= (2 – j1) cos
LM 4t
– j sin
4t OP
x = y2 and y = x2 N T T Q
x= y
(111) LM 2t – j sin 2t OP
+ (0.5 + j 0.2) cos
y=x
2
N T T Q
L 2t j sin 2t OP
+ (j2) + (0.5 –j 0.2) Mcos
N T T Q
L 4t j sin 4t OP
2
x=y
+ (2+j1) Mcos
Limit for x : N T T Q
x = y2 to x = y Separating real and complex coefficients, we get
Limit for y : 4t 4t 2t
x(t) = 2 cos – sin + 0.5 cos
y = 0 to y = 1 T T T
zz
y 1 x y 2 2
+ 0.2sin + 0.5 cos
Volume = f ( x, y)dx dy t t
y0 x y2
2 4t 4t
+ 0.2 sin + 2cos – sin
34. Let N people in room. So number of events t T T
that at least two people in room born at same 4t 4 t 2t
date = N C 2 j cos 2sin 0.2cos
T T T
N
C 2 . N C 3 . N C 4 ....... N C N
0.5 2t 2t
N 0.5sin 2 0.2cos
T T
Solving, we get 2t 4 t 4 t
0.5sin cos 2sin
N= 7 T T
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2009
4 t 4 t y
x(t) = 4 cos – 2sin
T T
2t 2t
cos 0.4sin
T
+ j2 (0, 2)
T
so imaginary part of x(t) is constant = 2 (2, 0) x
x ( t ) has finite energy because only finite
z z z
2 0
coefficients are zero.
F( x. y)dx. dy = ( x xy ) dx + ( y 2 xy ) dy
2
37. Given : X(z) = 4 z + 3 z + 2 – 6z +2z
–3 –1 2 3
0 2
z z
H(z) = 3z – 2,
–1
2 0
output, y(n) = x(n) h(n) =
2
x x( 2 – x )dx + y 2 ( 2 – y ) y. dy
Taking z-tranform both sides, 0 2
Y(z) = H(z) X (z)
Y(z) = X(z) · H(z)
= x e j + ey j
2 2
0
2 0
2
= 4 + ( 0 – 4) = 0.
Y(z) = 12 z–4 – 8z –3 + 9z–2 – 4 –18 z + 18z2 – 4z3
41. 3
As, y[n] 0 for n < 0 2
1
So we see that, we have z, z2, z3 which depends t4 t5 t6
0
on future input but finite terms. So y(n) is non t1 t 2 t3
casual with finite support.
38. F(x) = Ax3 + Bx2 + Cx + D
F(x) = 3Ax2 + 2Bx + C 6
At, first maximum F(x) = 0
3Ax2 + 2Bx + C = 0
t2
It means there can be two maximum points if t4 t6
F(x) < 0 at both the points. –3
Now, F(x) = 6Ax + 2B
As F(x) is a cubic polynomial, it can have more 6V
than three crossings. 1 k +
Vin
Hence, the choice is (c). –
– 3V
2 k
39. Given : x – 117 = 0
2
N-R method for solving f(x) = 0 is given by
b g
VA
f xk 1 k
f bx g
xk +1 = xk –
k
V+ = Vsat = 6V
here f(xk) = xk2 –117
–
f(xk) = 2xk V1 = Vsat = –3V
xk+1 = xk –
x k2 – 117 x
= xk – k –
LM
117 OP V0 = + Vsat, if V+ > V–
2 xk 2 2xk N Q = – Vsat, if V+ < V–
x 117 1 LMx
117 OP 1
VA =
1 2
V
V0 = 0
3
= k +
2 2x k
=
2 N k
xk Q Vin ~ VA 2 (for V0 = 6, upto t2 )
40. (x, y) = (0, 2) to (x, y) = (2, 0) After t2, Vout = – 3VA
Equation of line is, 1
At t = t4, VA = (–3) = –1V ( for V0 = –3, after t4)
x+y=2 3
Hence after t4, Vout = 6V
SOLVED PAPER – 2009 17
4 2. ZAUX = ra + jxLa 1
10
i=
L
vdt
z
= 1+ j (2 50)
= 10 sin 100 t dt
= 1 + j 1000 ~ 1000 90 0.1
M1 i = – cos 100t + c
S M2
At 100 t = , i = 0, c = 0
220V A1 A2 2
ra = 10 i = – cos 100 t
5042 La =
10 ipeak = 1A
H
For < t, vL = vin = 0
M
44. Let T3 and T4 already conducting at t = 0
Now, trigger T1 and T2, so T3 , T4 force commutated.
A A’
VC
M’
Zm = rm + jxm
0.1
= 0.1 + j (2 50)
T1,T2 T
= 0.1 + j 10 = 90
T3,T4
V
I AUX = = Ia–90 Now capacitor start to discharge, becomes zero.
Z A 0
Now charge with opposite polarity
V
IM = = IM –90 T
ZM At t = , trigger T3, T4
2
Starting torque = k Ia Im sin (Ia , Im) So T2, T1 force commutated.
= k sin () = 0 Now capacitor start to discharge, becomes zero
so motor does not rotate at starting. Obviously and now charge with positive polarity
1 motor is not self starting This completes one cycle
0.05-F
di 0.1F 0.1F
43. vL = L
dt
i=
1
2zvdt C1
R
Time constant, = = RC = 0.5s
C2
10
Total = 4 = 40.5 s = 2s
+ –
1 1
f= = = 500 kHz.
Vin L=
0.1 H T 2 10 –6
100
45. I0 =
= 12.5 amp
0.8
2 Duty ratio of TM = 0.8
t
Current through M,
IM = 12.5 0.8 = 10A
dVM
Now IM = C
dt
t 50
5ms 10 = C –6
10
For 0 < t <, 50
or C= 10–6 = 0.2 F
di 10
vL = vin = 10 sint =
dt
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2009
IS Vab = V0
4 6.
Vbc = 400 –120
Vca = 400 –240
VS Current through current coil,
IS Vca 400240
Icc = =
Z2 100 10
IS
= 4 –240A
VS and, voltage across pressure coil,
Vpc = Vbc = 400–120
Hence, wattmeter reading,
IS
P = Vpc Icc cos
is the angle between Vpc and Icc
VS = 400 4 cos 120
= – 800 watts
IS
1 T
VS Vmax
49. VAV = 2 2 = 10
T
Negative voltage, current = 0
i1
2
47. By super position, Vmax = 10 2 = 20V
only voltage source Equation of line OA,
4V 2
4 = mt
i1 = = 2 amp
2 T
only current source At t = , = 20
4
i2 = 2 – ISC = 2 – 2 = 0 20 80
I SC i2
m= =
T/ 4 T
Total current,
80
i = i1 + i2 = 2 amp 2 = t
T
For current to double,
z
FG 80 tIJ at
T /4 2
Put Vin = 8V, as current 1
source has no effect while connecting it across
Vrms =
T/4 HT K
0
voltage source.
4 a80 f F t I
2 3 T/ 4
8
T T GH 3 JK
i = i1 + i2 = + 0 = 4 amp = 2
2 0
48.
4 80 80 aT / 4 f
V –240° 3
= .
a T3 3
4 80 80 20
= =
3 64 3
50. VA,B
When brushes at AB
120°
b V–120° VAB
c
0° t When brushes at AB
12
0. 2 0.4 0.6 0.8
0°
V
Assume Vab as reference phasor, we have
SOLVED PAPER – 2009 19
di x 2 ( s) 2u( s)
5 3. v =M
dt
or x1(s) =
a f a f
s3
+
s3
v =M
d 10 RS
t
4 UV ...(since i =
4
10
t) 1 2. u( s)
dt 5 T W 5 =
as 2fas 3f u(s) +
s3
4
400 10 800 2(s 2) U(s) V(s)
= 10 3 = volts x1(s) =
5 S2 5 s 6
Alternately x 1 ( s) 2s 5
= 2
10A u( s) s 5s 6
56. State-transition matrix (s) = (sI–A)–1
10 15
LL s 0O – L–3 1 OOP = Ls 3 –1 O
= MM
–1 –1
NN0 s PQ MN 0 –2PQQ MN 0 s 2PQ
5 mt
Ls 2 1 OP = LM 1
= M
1 OP
N 0 s 3Q M s 3 a s 2 fa s 3 f PP
MM 0 1
PQ
N s2
t6 LM 1 1 – 1 OP
10 = Ms3 s2 1 s3P = M
Le e – e OP –3 t –2 t –3t
Here, i=
5 ms
t MN 0 s2
PQ NM 0 e PQ –2 t
10 10 4
= t = t 57.
n1
4000
n1
6000
5m 5 A C
. .
d di
v= – = –M 400 V, 500Hz V1 V2
dt dt COIL 2
COIL 1
400 10
= – 10–3
5 10 –3 B
25 A 25 A
D
800 n2 6000
= – V V2 = V1 = 400 = 600 volts
n1 4000
400 d
54. v =M
di
= 10–3 (10 sin 100t) . C
dt dt 600V . C
=
400
10–3 10 100cos 100t
A
. D A . D
1000V
400V 400V
= 400 cos 100t B
B
vpeak = 400...[since v primary = vsecondary (x1 : x2 = 1)] so, 400V/1000V, connect (A and D) and common B.
dx1
55.
dt
= –3x1 + x2 + 2u 58.
. 10A
+C
dx2 A D
= –2x2 + u(t) 1000V
dt
Now sx1(s) –x1(0) = –3x1(s) + x2 (s) + 2u(s)
400V .25A
or x1(s)[s +3] = x2 (s) + 2u(s)
–B –
and sx2(s) –x2(0) = – 2 x2 (s) + u(s)
For primary side,
or x2(s) [s + 2] = u(s)
1 Rated (VA) 10, 000
current = = = 25A
or x2(s) =
a f
s2
u(s) VP 400
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2009
For secondary output side, and VAB = i2 1k
Rated (VA) Rated (VA) i2 = (VAB) mA
current =
Vs Vs i = i1 + i2 = (5VAB) mA
=
10000
= 10A VAB VAB
RTH = = = 0.2 k
1000 i 5VAB 10 –3
59. For Thevenin’s resistance 60. Thevenin’s voltage = Norton current RTH
3VAB
2k
i.e. VTH = IN RTH
+ – A 3VAB
2k
+ - A
SC 2k 1k IN
5V
+ 2k 1k
–
B
B
VAB = 0
0V 3VAB = 0
3VAB 2k
+ - A A®
+ – 2KW
A IN
i1 i2 5V + 2k + IN
– – 5V
1k 1 k
B B
5
Here, IN = = 2.5 mA
2k
B
VAB + 3 VAB – i1 (1103) = 0 VTH = 2.5 10–3 0.2103
4VAB = i1 103 = 0.5 V
i1 = (4VAB) mA
SOLVED PAPER – 2008
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Q .1 – Q.20 carry one mark each. 6. If the rank of a (5 × 6) matrix Q is 4, then which
one of the following statements is correct?
1. The number of chords in the graph of the given
circuit will be (a) Q will have four linearly independent rows
and four linearly independent columns
(a) 3
(b) Q will have four linearly independent rows
(b) 4 and five linearly independent columns
(c) 5 (c) QQT will be invertible
(d) 6 (d) QTQ will be invertible
2. The Thevenin’s equivalent of a circuit operating 7. A function y(t) satisfies the following differential
at = 5 rad/s, has Voc = 3.71 – 15.9 V and equation
Z 0 = 2.38 – j 0.667 . At this frequency, the
dy(t)
m in i ma l r ea l iz a ti on of th e T h ev en i n ’ s + y(t) = (t)
impedance will have a dt
Where (t) is the delta function. Assuming zero
(a) resistor and a capacitor and an inductor
initial condition, and denoting the unit step
(b) resistor and a capacitor
function by u(t), y(t) can be of the form
(c) resistor and an inductor
(a) et (b) e–t
(d) capacitor and an inductor
(c) et u(t) (d) e–t u(t)
3. A signal e sin(t) is the input to a Linear Time
–t
8. The equivalent circuits of a diode, during forward
Invariant system. Given K and are constants,
biased and reverse biased conditions, are shown
the output of the system will be of the form Ke–t
in the figure.
sin(t + ) where
(a) need not be equal to but equal to
(b) need not be equal to but equal to
(c) equal to and equal to
(d) need not be equal to and need not be equal
to
4. X is a uniformly distributed random variable that
takes values between 0 and 1. The value of E
If such a diodes is used in clipper circuit of
oX t will be
3
figure given above, the output voltage (v 0) of
the circuit will be
1
(a) 0 (b) 8
1 1
(c) (d)
4 2
(a)
5. The characteristic equation of a (3 × 3) matrix P
is defined as
() = I – P =3 + 2 + 2 + 1 = 0.
If I denotes identity matrix, then the inverse of
matrix P will be
(b)
(a) (P2 + P + 2I) (b) (P2 + P + I)
–5
(c) – (P2 + P + I) (d) – (P2 + P + 2I)
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
12. Three single-phase transformers are connected to
form a 3-phase transformer bank. The transformers
are connected in the following manner
(c)
The transformer connection will be represented by
(a) Y d0 (b) Y d1
(d)
(c) Y d6 (d) Y d11
13. In a stepper motor, the detent torque means
(a) minimum of the static torque with the phase
winding excited.
9 . Two 8-bit ADCs, one of single slope integrating (b) maximum of the static torque with the phase
type and other of successive approximation type, winding excited.
take TA and TB times to convert 5 V analog input (c) minimum of the static torque with the phase
signal to equivalent digital output. If the input winding unexcited.
analog signal is reduced to 2.5V, the approximate (d) maximum of the static torque with the phase
time taken by the two ADCs will respectively, be winding unexcited.
(a) TA, TB (b) TA , TB 14. A two machine power system is shown below.
2 Transmission line XY has positive sequence
(c) TA, TB (d) A , TB
T impedance of Z1 and zero sequence impedance of
2 2 2 Z0 .
An ‘a’ phase to ground fault with zero fault
10. An input device is interfaced with Intel 8085A
impedance occurs at the centre of the transmission
microprocessor as memory mapped I/O. The
line. Bus voltage at X and line current from X to F
address of the device is 2500H. In order to input for the phase ‘a’, are given by Va Volts and Ia
data from the device to accumulator, the sequence Amperes, respectively. Then, the impedance
of instructions will be measured by the ground distance relay located at
(a) LXI H, 2500H the terminal X of line XY will be given by
MOV A, M
(b) LXI H, 2500H
MOV M, A
(c) LHLD 2500 H Z1 Z0
(a) (b)
MOV A, M 2 2
(d) LHLD 2500H
(c)
bZ 0 Z1 g (d)
Va
MOV M, A 2 Ia
11. Distributed winding and short chording employed 15. An extra high voltage transmission line of length
in AC machines will result in 300 km can be approximated by a lossless line
having propagation constant = 0.00127 radians
(a) increase in emf and reduction in harmonics.
per km. Then the percentage ratio of line length
(b) reduction in emf and increase in harmonics. to wavelength will be given by
(c) increase in both emf and harmonics. (a) 24.24% (b) 12.12%
(d) reduction in both emf and harmonics.
(c) 19.05% (d) 6.06%
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 3
16. A 3-phase transmission line is shown in the figure 19. The impulse response of a causal linear time-
invariant system is given as h(t). Now consider
Voltage drop across the transmission line is given
the following two statements
by the following equation
Statement (I)Principle of superposition holds
LMV OP LM Z
a s Zm Zm OP LMI OP
a
Statement (II)h(t) = 0 for t < 0
MMV PP MMZ
b m Zs Zm PP MMI PP
b
Which one of the following statements is correct?
N V Q NZ
c m Zm Zs Q NI Q
c
(a) Statement (I) is correct and Statement (II) is
Shunt capacitance of the line can be neglected. If wrong
the line has positive sequence impedance of 15
(b) Statement (II) is correct and Statement (I) is
and zero sequence impedance of 48 , then the wrong
values of Zs and Zm will be
(c) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are
wrong
(d) Both Statement (I) and Statement (II) are
correct
230 V
20. It is desired to measure parameters of ,2
115 V
kVA, single-phase transformer. The following
(a) Zs = 31.5 ; Zm = 16.5
wattmeters are available in a laboratory
(b) Zs = 26 ; Zm = 11
W1:250 V, 10 A, Low Power Factor
(c) Zs = 16.5 ; Zm = 31.5
W2:250 V, 5 A Low Power Factor
(d) Zs = 11 ; Zm = 26
W3:150 V, 10 A, High Power Factor
17. In the single phase voltage controller circuit
W4:150 V, 5 A, High Power Factor
shown in the figure, for what range of triggering
angle ( ), the output voltage (v 0) is not The wattmeters used in open circuit test and short
controllable? circuit test of the transformer will respectively
be
(a) W1 and W2 (b) W2 and W4
(c) W1 and W4 (d) W2 and W3
Q.21 to Q.75 carry two marks each.
21. The time constant for the given circuit will be
(a) 0 < < 45
0
(b) 45 < < 135
(c) 90 < < 180 (d) 135 < < 180
18. A 3-phase Voltage Source Inverter is operated in
180 conduction mode. Which one of the following
statements is true?
1 1
(a) Both pole-voltage and line-voltage will have (a) s (b) s
9 4
3rd harmonic components
(c) 4 s (d) 9 s
(b) Pole-voltage will have 3 rd harmonic
component but line-voltage will be free from 22. The resonant frequency for the given circuit will
3rd harmonic be
(c) Line-voltage will have 3 rd harmonic (a) 1 rad/s
component but pole-voltage will be free from (b) 2 rad/s
3rd harmonic
(c) 3 rad/s
(d) Both pole-voltage and line-voltage will be free
(d) 4 rad/s
from 3rd harmonic components
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
2 3. Assuming ideal elements in the circuit shown 28. Given a sequence x[n], to generate the sequence
below, the voltage vab will be y[n] = x[3 – 4n], which one of the following
procedures would be correct?
(a) First delay x[n] by 3 sample to generate z1[n],
then pick every 4th smmple of z1[n] to generate
z2[n], and then finally time reverse z2[n] to
obtain y[n]
(b) First advance x[n] by 3 samples to generate
(a) – 3V (b) 0 V
z1[n], then pick every 4th sample of z1[n] to
(c) 3 V (d) 5 V generate z2[n], and then finally time reverse
24. A capacitor consists of two metal plates each z2[n] to obtain y[n]
500 × 500 mm2 and spaced 6 mm apart. The space (c) First pick every fourth sample of x[n] to
between the metal plates is filled with a glass generate v1[n], time-reverse v1[n] to obtain
plate of 4 mm thickness and a layer of paper of 2 v2[n], and finally advance v2[n] by 3 sample to
mm thickness. The relative permittivities of the obtain y[n]
glass and paper are 8 and 2 respectively. (d) First pick every fourth sample of x[n] to
Neglecting the fringing effect, the capacitance will generate v1[n], time-reverse v1[n] to obtain
be (Given that 0 = 8.85 × 10–12 F/m) v2[n], and finally delay v2[n] by 3 samples to
(a) 983.33 pF (b) 1475 pF obtain y[n]
(c) 6637.5 pF (d) 9956.25 pF 29. A system with input x(t) and output y(t) is defined
25. A coil of 300 turns is wound on a non-magnetic by the input-output relation
z
– 2t
core having a mean circumference of 300 mm and
y(t) = x ( )d
a cross-sectional area of 300 mm2. The inductance
–
of the coil corresponding to a magnetizing current
of 3A will be The system will be
(Given that 0 = 4 ×10–7 H/m) (a) causal, time-invariant and unstable
(a) 37.68 H (b) 113.04 H (b) causal, time-invariant and stable
(c) 37.68 mH (d) 113.04 mH (c) non-causal, time-invariant and unstable
(d) non-causal, time-variant and unstable
26. In the circuit shown in the figure, the value of
the current i will be given by 30. A signal x(t) = sinc (t) where is a real constant
FG sinc (x) = sin (x) IJ
H x K is the input to a Linear
Time invariant system whose impulse response
h(t) = sinc (t) where is a real constant. If min
( ) denotes the minimum of and , and
similarly max (, ) denotes the maximum of
(a) 0.31 A (b) 1.25 A
and , and K is a constant, which one of the
(c) 1.75 A (d) 2.5 A following statements is true about the output
27. Two point charges Q1 = 10 C and Q2 = 20 C are of the system?
placed at coordinates (1, 1, 0) and (– 1, – 1, 0) (a) It will be of the form K sin (t) where = min
respectively. The total electric flux passing (,)
through a plane z = 20 will be (b) It will be of the form K sinc (t) wher = max
(a) 7.5 C (b) 13.5 C (, )
(c) 15.0 C (d) 22.5 C (c) It will be of the form K sinc (t)
(d) It cannot be a since type of signal
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 5
3 1. Let x(t) be a periodic signal with time period T. dx
37. A differential equation = e–2t u(t) has to be
Let y(t) = x(t – t0) + x(t + t0) for some t0. The dt
fourier Series coefficients of y(t) are denoted by solved using trapezoidal rule of integration with
b. If bk = 0 for all odd k, then t0 can be equal to a step size h = 0.01 s. Function u(t) indicates a
unit step function. If x(0–) = 0, then value of x at
T T t = 0.01 s will be given by
(a) (b)
8 4
(a) 0.00099 (b) 0.00495
T
(c) (d) 2T (c) 0.0099 (d) 0.0198
2
32. H(z) is a transfer function of a real system. When 38. Let P be a 2 × 2 real orthogonal matrix and x is a
a signal x[n] = (1 + j)n is the input to such a system,
1
the output is zero. Further, the region Of e
real vector [x1, x2]T with length x = x 12 x 22 j 2 .
FG 1 –1 IJ Then, which one of the following statements is
Convergence (ROC) of 1 – 2 z H K
H (z) is the correct?
entire Z-plane (except z = 0). It can then be
(a) P x x where at least one vector satisfies
inferred that H (z) can have a minimum of
P x x
(a) one pole and one zero
(b) P x x for all vectors x
(b) one pole and two zero
(c) P x x w here at least one vector satisfies
(c) two poles and one zero
P x x
(d) two poles and two zeros
(d) No relationship can be established between
z x andP x
33. Given X(z) = with z > a, the residue of
(z – a) 2 FG t – 1 IJ
X(z)zn – 1 at z = a for n 0 will be
39. Let x(t) = rect
H 2K (where rect (x) = 1 for
(a) an – 1 (b) an 1 1
– x and zero otherwise). Then if since
(c) nan (d) nan – 1 2 2
sin (x)
(x) = , the Fourier Transform of x(t) +
34. Consider function f (x) = (x2 – 4)2 where x is a real x
number. Then the function has x(– t) will be given by
(a) only one minimum FG IJ FG IJ
(b) only two minima
(a) sinc H 2 K (b) 2 sinc H 2 K
(c) three minima F I FI
(c) 2 sinc GH JK cos GH JK
F I FI
(d) sinc GH JK sin GH JK
(d) Three maxima 2 2 2 2
35. Equation ex – 1 = 0 is required to be solved using 40. Two perfectly matched silicon transistors are
connected as shown in the figure. Assuming the
Newton’s method with an initial guess x0 = – 1.
of the transistors to be very high and the forward
Then, after one step of Newton’s method,
voltage drop in diodes to be 0.7 V, the value of
estimate x1 of the solution will be given by current I is
(a) 0.71828 (b) 0.36784
(c) 0.20587 (d) 0.00000
36. A is a m × n full rank matrix with m > n and I is
an identity matrix. Let matrix A+ = (ATA)–1 AT.
Then, which one of the following statements is
FALSE?
(a) AA+ A = A (b) (AA+)2 = AA+ (a) 0 mA (b) 3.6 mA
(c) A+A = I (d) AA+A = A+ (c) 4.3 mA (d) 5.7 mA
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
4 1. In the voltage doubler circuit shown in the figure, 43. A 3 line to 8 line decoder, with active low outputs,
the switch ‘S’ is closed at t = 0. Assuming diodes is used to implement a 3- variable Boolean
D1 and D2 to be ideal, load resistance to be infinite function as shown in the figure.
and initial capacitor voltages to be zero, the steady
state voltage across capacitors C1 and C2 will be
(a) vc1 = 10V, vc2 = 5V (b) vc1 = 10V, vc2 = – 5V
The simplified form of Boolean function F (A, B,
(c) vc1 = 5V, vc2 = 10V (d) vc1 = 5V, vc2 = – 10V C) implemented in ‘Product of Sum’ form will be
42. The block diagrams of two types of half wave (a) (X + Z). ( X + Y + Z ). (Y + Z)
rectifiers are shown in the figure. The transfer
(b) ( X + Z ). (X + Y + Z). ( Y + Z )
characteristics of the rectifiers are also shown
within the block. (c) ( X + Y + Z). ( X + Y + Z). (X + Y + Z). (X + Y + Z )
(d) ( X + Y + Z ). ( X + Y + Z ). (X + Y + Z).
(X + Y+ Z)
44. The truth table of a monoshot shown in the figure
is given in the .table below
It is desired to make full wave rectifer using above
two half-wave rectifiers. The resultant circuit will
be
(a)
(b)
Two monoshots, one positive edge triggered and
other negative edge triggered, are connected as
shown in the figure. The pulse widths of the two
(c) monoshot outputs, Q1 and Q2. are TON1 and TON2
respectively.
(d)
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 7
The frequency and the duty cycle of the signal at If the voltage v1 is made + 2.5 V, the voltage
Q1 will respectively be waveform at point ‘P’ will become
1 TON1
(a) f = ,D=
TON TON TON1 TON2
1 2
TON (a)
1 2
(b) f = ,D=
TON TON TON TON
1 2 1 2
TON
1 1
(c) f = ,D=
TON TON1 TON2
1
TON (b)
1 1
(d) f = ,D=
TON T ON1 T ON2
2
45. The contents (in Hexadecimal) of some of the
memory locations in an 8085A based system are
given below
(c)
Address Contents
.. ..
26FE 00
26FF 01
2700 02
2701 03 (d)
2702 04
.. ..
The contents of stack pointer (SP), program 47. A 230 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole, single-phase induction
counter (PC) and (H, L) are 2700H, 2100H and motor is rotating in the clockwise (forward)
0000H respectively. When the following sequence direction at a speed of 1425 -rpm. If the rotor
of instructions are executed, resistance at standstill is 7.8 . then the effective
2100 H: DAD SP rotor resistance in the backward branch of the
equivalent circuit will be
2101 H: PCHL
the contents of (SP) and (PC) at the end of (a) 2
execution will be (b) 4
(a) (PC) = 2102H, (SP) = 2700H (c) 78
(b) (PC) = 2700H, (SP) = 2700H (d) 156
(c) (PC) = 2800H, (SP) = 26 FEH
48. A 400 V, 50 Hz, 30 hp,three-phase induction motor
(d) (PC) = 2A02H, (SP) = 2702H is drawing 50 A current at 0.8 power factor lagging.
46. A waveform generator circuit using OPAMPs is The stator and rotor copper losses are 1.5 kW
shown in the figure. It produces a triangular wave and 900 W respectively. The friction and windage
at point ‘P’ with a peak to peak voltage of 5 V for losses are 1050 W and the core losses are 1200
v1 = 0 V. W. The air-gap power of the motor will be
(a) 23.06 kW
(b) 24.11 kW
(c) 25.01 kW
(d) 26.21 kW
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
4 9. The core of a two-winding transformer is subjected (c) Pilot relaying system with directional
to a magnetic flux variation as indicated in the comparison scheme
figure. (d) Pilot relaying system with segregated phase
comparison scheme
51. A lossless transmission line having Surge
Impedance Loading (SIL) of 2280 MW is provided
with a uniformly distributed series capcitive
compensation of 30%. Then, SIL of the
compensated transmission line will be
(a) 1835 MW (b) 2280 MW
(c) 2725 MW (d) 3257 MW
52. A lossless power system has to serve a load of 250
MW. There are two generators (G1 and G2) in
The induced emf (ers) in the secondary winding the system with cost curves C1 and C2 respectively
as a function of time will be of the form defined as follows
C1(PG1) = PG1 + 0.055 × PG12
C2(PG2) = 3PG2 + 0.03 × PG22
(a)
where PG1 and PG2 are the MW injections from
generator G1 and G2 respectively. Then the
minimum cost dispatch will be
(a) PGI = 250 MW; PG2 = 0 MW
(b) (b) PGI = 150 MW; PG2 = 100 MW
(c) PGI = 100 MW; PG2 = 150 MW
(d) PGI = 0 MW; PG2 = 250 MW
53. A lossless single machine infinite bus power
(c)
system is shown below
(d)
50. Voltage phasors at the two terminals of a The synchronous generator transfers 1.0 per
transmission line of length 70 km have a
unit of power to the infinite bus. Critical
magnitude of1.0 per unit but are 180 degrees
clearing time of circuit breaker is 0.28 s. If
out of phase. Assuming that the maximum load
1 another identical sycnchronous generator is
current in the line is th of minimum 3-phase connected in parallel to the existing egnerator
5
fault current, which one of the following and each generator is scheduled to supply 0.5
transmission line protection schemes will NOT per unit of power. Then the critical clearing time
pick up for this condition? of the circuit breaker will
(a) Distance protection using mho relays with (a) reduce to 0.14 s
zone-1 set to 80% of the line impedance (b) reduce but will be more than 0.14 s
(b) Directional overcurrent protection set to (c) remain constant at 0.28 s
pick up at 1.25 times the maximum load current
(d) 4increase beyond 0.28 s
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 9
5 4. Single line diagram of a 4-bus single source
V0
distribution system is shown below. Branches e1, e2,
e3 and e4 have equal impedances. The load current
values indicated in the figure are in per unit.
0
Distribution company’s policy requires radial /3 4/3 2 t
(b)
system operation with minimum loss. This can
be achieved by opening of the branch
V0
e1 e2
0
/3 4/3 2 t
(c)
1+jo e3 e 4 5+jo
2+jo
(a) e1 (b) e2 V0
(c) e3 (d) e4
55. A single phase fully controlled bridge converter
0
supplies a load drawing constant and ripple free 2 t
(d)
load current. If the triggering angle is 30, the
input power factor will be
(a) 0.65 (b) 0.78
(c) 0.85 (d) 0.866 57. A 220 V. 20 A, 1000 rpm, separately excited dc
motor has an armature resistance of 2.5. The
56. A single-phase half controlled converter shown motor is controlled by a step down chopper with
in the figure is feeding power to highly inductive a frequency of 1 kHz. The input dc voltage to the
load. The converter is operating at a firing angle chopper is 250 V. The duty cycle of the chopper
of 60. for the motor to operate at a speed of 600 rpm
delivering the rated torque will be
R
(a) 0.518
T1 T2
(b) 0.608
Vs
(c) 0.852
L
D2 D1 (d) 0.902
58. A 220 V. 1400 rpm, 40 A separately excited dc motor
If the firing pulses are suddenly removed, the has an armature resistance of 0.4. The motor is
steady state voltage (v 0) waveform of the fed from a single phase circulating current dual
converter will become converter with an input ac line voltage of 220 V
(rms). The approximate firing angles of the dual
V0 converter for motoring operation at 50% of rated
torque and 1000 rpm will be
(a) 43, 137
(a)
0 2 t (b) 43, 47
(c) 39, 141
(d) 39, 51
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
5 9. A single phase voltage source inverter is feeding 62. A three phase fully controlled bridge converter is
a purely inductive load as shown in the figure. feeding a load drawing a constant and ripple free
load current of 10 A at a firing angle of 30. The
The inverter is operated at 50 Hz in 180 square
approximate Total Harmonic Distortion (%THD)
wave mode. Assume that the load current does
and the rms value of fundamental component of
not have any dc component. The peak value of the input current will respectively be
the inductor current i0 will be
(a) 31% and 6.8 A (b) 31% and 7.8 A
(c) 66% and 6.8 A (d) 66% and 7.8 A
63. In the circuit shown in the figure, the switch is
operated at a duty cycle of 0.5. A large capacitor
is connected across the load. The inductor current
is assumed to be continuous.
(a) 6.37 A (b) 10 A
(c) 20 A (d) 40 A
60. A 400 V, 50 Hz, 4 pole, 1400 rpm, star connected
squirrel cage induction motor has the following The average voltage across the load and the
parameters referred to the stator average current through the diode will
Rr = 1.0, Xs = Xr = 1.5 respectively be
Neglect stator resistance and core and rotational (a) 10 V, 2 A (b) 10 V, 8 A
losses of the motor. (c) 40 V, 2 A (d) 40 V, 8 A
The motor is controlled from a 3-phase voltage 64. The transfer function of a linear time invariant
source inverter with constant V/f control. The system is given as
stator line-to-line voltage (rms) and frequency to
obtain the maximum torque at starting will be 1
G(s) =
s 3s 2
2
(a) 20.6 V, 2.7 Hz (b) 133.3 V, 16.7 Hz
(c) 266.6 V, 33.3 Hz (d) 323.3 V, 40.3 Hz The steady state value of the output of this system
for a unit impulse input applied at time instant
61. A single phase fully controlled converter bridge t = 1 will be
isused for electrical braking of a separately excited (a) 0 (b) 0.5
dc motor. The dc motor load is represented by an
equivalent circuit as shown in the figure. (c) 1 (d) 2
Assume that the load inductance is sufficient to 65. The transfer functions of two compensators are
ensure continuous and ripple free load current. given below
The firing angle of the bridge for a load current
of I0 = 10 A will be 10 (s + 1)
C1 = ,
(s + 10)
s + 10
C2 =
10 (s + 1)
Which one of the following statements is correct?
(a) C1 is a lead compensator and C2 is a lag
compensator
(b) C1 is a lag compensator and C2 is a lead
compensator
(a) 44 (b) 51
(c) Both C1 and C2 are lead compensators
(c) 129 (d) 136
(d) Both C1 and C2 are lag compensators
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 11
6 6. The asymptotic Bode magnitude plot of a minimum 70. The ac bridge shown in the figure is used to
phase transfer function is shown in the figure measure the impedance Z.
If the bridge is balanced for oscillator frequency
f = 2 kHz, then the impedance Z will be
This transfer function has
(a) Three poles and one zero
(b) Two poles and one zero
(c) Two poles and two zeros
(d) One pole and two zeros (a) (260 + j0) (b) (0 + j200)
(c) (260 – j200) (d) (260 + j200)
67. Figure shows a feedback system where K > 0.
The range of K for which the system is stable will COMMON DATA QUESTIONS
be given by Common Data for Questions 71, 72 and 73:
(a) 0 < K < 30 Consider a power system shown below:
(b) 0 < K < 39
(c) 0 < K < 390
(d) K > 390
68. The transfer function of a system is given as Given that:
100 Vs1 = Vs2 = 1.0 + j0.0 pu;
This system is
s 2 20s + 100 The positive sequence impedance are Zs1 = Zs2 = 0.001
(a) an overdamped system + j0.01 pu and ZL = 0.006 + j0.06 pu.
(b) an underdamped system 3-phase Base MV A = 100
(c) a critically damped system Voltage base = 400 kV (Line to Line)
(d) an unstable system
Nominal system frequency = 50 Hz
69. Two sinusoidal signals p(1t) = A sin 1t and q(2t) The reference voltage for phase ‘a’ is defined as v(t) =
are applied to X and Y inputs of a dual channel Vm cos (t).
CRO. The Lissajous figure displayed on the screen
A symmetrical three phase fault occurs at centre of
is shown below
the line, i.e. point ‘F’ at time t0. The positive sequence
Y
impedance from source S1 to point ‘F’ equals 0.004 +
j0.04 pu. The waveform corresponding to phase ‘a’
fault current from bus X reveals that decaying dc
offset current is negative and in magnitude at its
maximum initial value. Assume that the negative
sequence impedances are equal to positive sequence
impedances, and the zero sequence impedances are
three times positive sequence impedances.
71. The instant (t0) of the fault will be
The signal q(2t) will be represented as (a) 4.682 ms (b) 9.667 ms
(a) q(2t) = A sin 2t, 2 = 21 (c) 14.667 ms (d) 19.667 ms
1 72. The rms value of the ac component of fault current
(b) q(2t) = A sin 2t, 2 =
2 (Ix) will be
(c) q(2t) = A cos 2t, 2 = 21 (a) 3.59 kA (b) 5.07 kA
1 (c) 7.18 kA (d) 10.15 kA
(d) q(2t) = A cos 2t, 2 =
2
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
7 3. Instead of the three phase fault, if a single line to 76. The charge stored in the capacitor at t = 5 s, will be
ground fault occurs on phase ‘a’ at point ‘F’ with (a) 8 nC (b) 10 nC
zero fault impedance, then the rms value of the ac
component of fault current (Ix) for phase ‘a’ will be (c) 13 nC (d) 16 nC
(a) 4.97 pu (b) 7.0 pu 77. The capacitor charged upto 5 s, as per the
(c) 14.93 pu (d) 29.85 pu current profile given in the figure, is connected
across an inductor of 0.6 mH. Then the value
Common Data for Questions 74 and 75: of voltage across the capacitor after 1 s will
A 3-phase, 440 V, 50 Hz, 4-pole, slip ring induction approximately be
motor is fed from the rotor side through an auto- (a) 18.8 V (b) 23.5 V
transformer and the stator is connected to a variable (c) – 23.5 V (d) – 30.6 V
resistance as shown in the figure.
Statement for Linked Answer Questions(78-79):
The state space equation of a system is described by
x = Ax + Bu
y = Cx
where x is state vector, u is input, y is output and
LM0 1 OP , B = L0O , C =
A=
N0 – 2Q MN1PQ 1 0 .
78. The transfer function G(s) of this system will be
The motor is coupled to a 220 V, separately excited.
s s +1
dc generator feeding power to fixed resistance of 10 (a) (b)
. Two-wattmeter method is used to measure the (s + 2) s (s – 2)
input power to induction motor. The variable s 1
(c) (d)
resistance is adjusted such that the motor runs at (s – 2) s (s + 2)
1410 rpm and the following readings were recorded 79. A unity feedback is provided to the above system
W1 = 1800 W, W2 = – 200 W G(s) to make it a closed loop system as shown in
74. The speed of rotation of stator magnetic field with figure.
respect to rotor structure will be
(a) 90 rpm in the direction of rotation.
(b) 90 rpm in the opposite direction of rotation.
(c) 1500 rpm in the direction of rotation
(d) 1500 rpm in the opposite direction of rotation
For a unit step input r(t), the steady state error
75. Neglecting all losses of both the machines, the dc in the output will be
generator power output and the current through
(a) 0 (b) 1
resistance (Rex) will respectively be
(c) 2 (d)
(a) 96 W, 3.10 A (b) 120 W, 3.46 A
(c) 1504 W, 12.26 A (d) 1880 W, 13.71 A Statement for Linked Answer Questions(80- 81):
A general filter circuit is shown in the figure:
LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS:
Q (76 – 85) carry two marks each.
Statement for Linked Answer Questions(76 -77):
The current i(t) sketched in the figure flows through
an initially uncharged 0.3 nF capacito.
6
I(t) mA
5
4
3
80. If R1 = R2 = RA and R3 = R4 = RB, the circuit acts as a
2
1 (a) all pass filter (b) band pass filter
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 (c) high pass filter (d) low pass filter
1(s)
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 13
8 1. The output of the filter in Q.80 is given to the Statement for Linked Answer Questions(82-83):
circuit shown in figure A 240 V, dc shunt motor draws 15 A while supplying
the rated load at a speed of 80 rad/s. The armature
resistance is 0.5 and the field winding resistance is
80 .
82. The net voltage across the armature resistance
at the time of plugging will be
The gain vs frequency characteristic of the output (a) 6 V (b) 234 V
(v0) will be
(c) 240 V (d) 474 V
83. The external resistance to be added in the
armature circuit to limit the armature current
to 125% of its rated value is
(a)
(a) 31.1 (b) 31.9
(c) 15.1 (d) 15.9
Statement for Linked Answer Questions(84-85):
A synchronous motor is connected to an infinite bus
at 1.0 pu voltage and draws 0.6 pu current at unity
power factor. Its synchronous reactance is 1.0 pu and
(b) resistance is negligible.
84. The excitation voltage (E) and load angle () will
respectively be
(a) 0.8 pu and 36.86 lag
(b) 0.8 pu and 36.86 lead
(c) (c) 1.17 pu and 30.96 lead
(d) 1.17 pu and 30.96 lag
85. Keeping the excitation voltage same, the load on
the motor is increased such that the motor
current increases by 20%. The operating power
factor will become
(d) (a) 0.995 lagging (b) 0.995 leading
(c) 0.791 lagging (d) 0.848 leading
ANSWERS
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (d) 6. (a) 7. (d) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (d) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (d) 15. (d) 16. (b) 17. (a) 18. (b) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (c) 23. (a) 24. (b) 25. (b) 26. (b) 27. (c) 28. (d) 29. (d) 30. (b)
31. (b) 32. (b) 33. (d) 34. (b) 35. (a) 36. (d) 37. (c) 38. (b) 39. (c) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (b) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (a)
51. (c) 52. (c) 53. (d) 54. (d) 55. (b) 56. (a) 57. (b) 58. (c) 59. (b) 60. (b)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (c) 64. (b) 65. (a) 66. (c) 67. (c) 68. (c) 69. (d) 70. (a)
71. (a) 72. (a) 73. (c) 74. (a) 75. (c) 76. (c) 77. (c) 78. (d) 79. (a) 80. (c)
81. (d) 82. (d) 83. (a) 84. (c) 85. (d)
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
EXPLANATIONS
1. Network Graph of given circuit is dy t
2
7. y t = (t)
1 1
dt
3 1 3
3
2 Taking Laplace transform of both sides, we have
sy (s) – y(0) + y (s) = 1
4 4
4
tree cotree (s + 1) y (s) – 0 = 1
Number of chords = branches of tree = 2 1
y (s) =
Since there is no option which has answer 2, so s1
closest answer is 3. Taking inverse Laplace transform, we get
Alternately y (t) = e–t u (t)
Opening up current source and short-circuiting
voltage source, we have the graph as follows, 8. During +ve cycle of input voltage, Vi,
L When Vi > 5.7 volts
Diode becomes forward-biased and the circuit will
Z R be as shown here
Network
Network 10 k
1 3
+
+ 0.7 V
n V0 10 k
5V
2 Graph 10 sin t
– Rf I
2. Since Thevenin’s impedence, –
Z0 = 2.38 – j 0.667
Rf is the diode forward resistance.
Z0 is a combination of resistor and capacitor in
Output voltage, V0 = 5.7 + RfI
series
During –ve cycle of input voltage Vi,
For Minimum realization,
1 Diode D is reversed-biased and cut-off. The circuit
1 j
Z0 = R = R = R will be as shown below.
Cs j C C
10 k
So Z0 will have a resistor and a capacitor. +
+
4. fx (x ) =
RS1, 0 x 1 10 sint
–
10 k
–5V
V0
T0, otherwise 1
1
x4
x f x dx = 0
3 3
E (x3) = x x dx =
– 4 10k
0
V0 = 10sin t
1 1 10k 10k
= –0 =
4 4 = 5 sin t
5. By Clayey – Hamilton theorem, 9. In Integrating type ADC, digital counter
Every square matrix satisfies its own techniques is employed to measure time required
characteristic equation for voltage ramp to rise from zero to input voltage.
() = 3 +2 + 2 + 1 = 0 Therefore, it conversion time for 5V is TA1
(P) = P3 + P2 + 2P + I = 0
then conversion time for 2.5V is TA 2
I = – P3 + P2 + 2P
Premultiplying by p–1, we get In the case of successive type ADC, conversion
time is independent of input voltage, therefore
P-1 = – [P2 + P + 2I]
Conversion time for 2.5V input voltage is
6. Rank of matrix is equal to number of linearly same to that of 5V input voltage. i.e. = TB. time
independent row and number of lines are required to convert 2.5V input voltage to digital
independend columns. output.
So for Rank = 4, matrix will have four independent
rows and four independent columns.
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 15
10. L × 1 H, 2500H : the data 2500H is loaded into 18. Line voltage,
HL pair
4Vs n
MOV A,M : the content of memory location whose VL =
n 1,3,5 n
cos
6
sin n t
6
address is in HL pair, is moved to accumulator.
So finally input data from device is moved to n
For n = 3, VL = 0. as cos =0
accumulator. 6
Pole voltage,
11. Due to distributed winding and short chording,
2Vs
both emf and harmonics are reduced.
VP =
n 6 k 1 n
sin nt
12. Phase displacement = – 30
For n = 3, VP 0. Hence it is not free from third
Phasor hormonics.
primary
30°
19. For causal linear time invariant system
A2 sec ondary
a2 (1) Superposition principal holds true
c
c2 a (2) for impulse input, h(t) = 0 for t < 0.
N
b 20. Open Circuit Test.
C2 B2 b2
On L.V. side, rated voltage applied = 115 V
14. Impedance measured by ground distance relay
On L.V. side, current = 2 to 10% of rated current
Bus voltage V
= = a 5 2000
Current Ia = = 0.869 A
100 115
2 2 Since power consumed is less, so low power factor
15. Wavelength, = = is used.
0.00127
From available wattmeter, W2 : 250 V, 5A. LPF
= 4947.39 km
used
line length Short Circuit Test
Ratio =
wavelength On H.V. side, rated current applied
300 km 2000
= = 0.0606 =
= 8.69 A
4947.39 km 230
% Ratio = 6.06 % and, applied voltage = 5 to 15% of rated Voltage.
16. For the given system, the relationship between 10
230 = 23 V
=
sequence impedance and Zs, Zm is given by 100
Positive sequence impedance, Hight power is consumed, so H.P.F used.
Z1 = Zs – Zm. From available wattmeter, W3 : 150 V, 10A. HDF
Negative sequence impedance, Hence answer is W2 and W3.
Z2 = Zs – Zm. 21. For time constant
Zero sequence impedance, 1F 3
3
Z0 = Zs – 2Zm. 1F
Given Zs – Zm = 15 3 (1+1)F
3
1F 1F
and Zs + 2Zm = 48
Solving, we get
6
Zs = 26, Zm = 11
12
1F 6
17. R + jXL = (50 + j 50) 2F
1+2
L X 50
tan = = L = =1
R R 50
= 45 Time constant = Req Ceq
Hence firing angle must be greater than 45 2
= 6 = 4 sec
Thus for 0 < < 45, VO is uncontrollable. 3
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
22. 0.1H 25. Given : n = 300
l = 2r = 300mm,
A = 300mm2
1F 1
= 300 × 10–6 m2
Inductance of coil,
Let frequency be . o n2 A
L =
R l
z = jL +
1 jRC 4 10 –7 300 300 300 10 –6
=
1 1 – j 300 10 –3
z = j 0.1 + ×
1 j 1 – j = 113.04 H
1 – j
= j0.1 + 26. 1 a b 3
1 + 2 + –
1 FG
j 0.1 –
IJ
1+
=
1 2 H 2 K +
5V –
l i1
1 1
2
i
+
–
4Vab
For resonance, imaginary part must be zero.
By KVL in loop (1)
0.1 – =0
1 2 5 – 1 × i1 – 1 × i1 = 0
1
or 0.1 = 5
1 + 2 i1 = = 2.5 A.
2
or 1 + = 10
2
Va = 1 × i1 = 2.5 V ...(1)
or 2 = 9
By KVL in loop (2)
= 3 rad/sec
4 Vab = 3i + i
23. i = 1A a
+
4Vab
vab – 2i + 5 = 0 2 i= = Vab
– 4
or vab = – 5 + 2i 1A Vab + 5V i = Vab ...(2)
= –5+2×1 –
Hence in loop (2)
= –3 b Vb = 1 × i
= 1 × Vab
24. r1 = 8 d1 = 4mm
Glass Vb = Va – Vb
Paper r2 = 2 d2 = 2mm Va
Vb =
A1 = A2 = 500 × 500 mm = 25 × 10 2 –2 2
r = 8, r = 2; d1 = 4, d2 = 2 (Putting Va = 2.5 V from (1) we get
1 2
A r1 0 A r2 0 2.5
Vb =
C1 C2 d1 d2 2
Ceq = = = 1.25 V ...(3)
C1 C2 A r1 0 A r2 t 0
From equations (1) and (3)
d1 d2
i = Vab = (Va – Vb)
C1 = 2.5 – 1.25
= 1.25 A
C2 27. By Gauss’s law,
A0 r1 r2 D.ds = Qend =
Ceq = Which states that the “ total flux out of a closed
r1 d 2 r2 d1
surface is equal to the net charge within the
500 500 10 –6 8.85 10 –12 8 2 surface”.
=
8224
= 1475F
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 17
z FG1 – 1 z IJ H(z) –1
z = 20
ROC =
H 2 K
=
b2z – 1g H(z)
2z
O zn
H (z) will be in the form of
Qz Q
y
b g
2z – 1
Hence for minimum realization, n = 2
x z2
H (z) =
b 2z – 1 g
Half of the flux will bass through the plane at z
33. X(z) = with z > a
z = 20 and the other half through the plane at (z – a) 2
z = – 20
zn
Q 20 10 Let f(z) = X(z) zn – 1 =
Then, = end = c (z – a) 2
2 2
Since z = a is a pole of second order, therefore
= 15 c
Residue of F(z) at z = a,
28. On picking up fourth sample of x [n], we get 1d zn
V1 [n] = x [4n]
= 1 dz (z a) 2
(z a)2 at z=a
On time reversing V1 [n], we get
= n z z = a
n 1
V2 [n] = x [– 4n]
Now on delaying V2 [n] by 3 samples, we get = nan – 1
y [n] = x [3 – 4n]
34. f(x) = (x2 – 4)2
z bg f(x) = 2(x2 – 4) (2x – 0) = 4x(x2 – 4) = 4x3 – 16x
–2t
29. y (t) = x d For f(0) = 0, x2 = 4, x = 0
–
x = ± 2, x = 0
LM d xbgi 2 OP –2 t
d
and f(x) = [4x3 – 16x] = 12x2 – 16
y (t) =
MM 2 PP dx
N Q – At x = 0, f(0) = 0 – 16 – 16 < 0 maxima.
It is obvious that system will be time variant, At x = + 2, f(2) = 12(2)2 – 16 = 32 > 0 minima
unstable and non-causal. At x = – 2, f(–2) = 12(–2)2 – 16 = 32 > 0 minima
31. y(t) = x(t – t0) + x (t + t0) so given function has two minima and one
Since y(t) is periodic with period T, then x(t – t0) maxima.
and x(t + t0) will also be periodic with T 35. f(x) = ex – 1 = 0
Now, bk = ak e jk0t0 ak e jk0t0 Let x1 = x0 + h.
1– e
Where, ak is fourier series coefficient of equal x(t), –
–f(x 0 ) e
here, h= =
bk = ak e e jk t
jk t 0 0 0 0
f (x 0 ) 1/e
= 2ak cos k0t0 = e–1
Given that, bk = 0 for odd k At x0 = – 1
1–e
f(x0) = f(–1) = e–1 – 1 =
then, k0t0 = k , e
2
f (x) = ex – 0 = ex
where k = 2m + 1, m is an integer
1
T 2 f (x0) = f(–1) = e–1 =
t0 = 0 e
4 T x1 = x0 + h
32. It will have minimum 1 pole and 2 zeros. = – 1 + (e – 1)
= e–2
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
z
x1 = 0.71828
Now, F[x(t)] = x(t) e–jt at
36. A+ = (AT A)–1 AT = A–1(AT)–1AT
–
z
A+ = A–1I = A–1 1
From options = 1. e–jt at
(a) AA+ A = AA–1 A = A True 0
2
(b) (AA ) (AA ) I I
–1 2 2
|UV LM j –j OP
W|
True 1 e 2 –e 2
AA AA –1 I =
j
MM j PP
(c) A+ A = A–1 A = I True N e 2
Q
(d) AA+ A = AA– 1 A = A A+ False
LM j –j OP
2 e2 –e 2 –j
37.
dx
=e–2t u(t)
=
2j
MM PP . e 2
dt
x = e–2t u(t) at
N Q
x = f(t) at sin –j
F[x(–t)] = 2 e 2
At t = 0.01s, /2
f(t) x(–t) = 1, –1 t 0
= 0, otherwise
f(t)
z
F[x(t)] = x (– t)e–jtat
–
t
h=0.01
z
0
x = Area of trapezoidal = 1. e–jt at
h –1
= [f(0) + f(0.01)]
2
=
1
e2 –e
LM j –j
2
OP j
=
0.01
2
[1 + e–0.02] j MN PQ e 2
= 0.0099 L j –j OP
2 Me 2 – e 2 j
LMcos –sin OP =
M
M 2j
PP e 2
38. Let an orthogonal matrix, P =
Nsin cos Q N Q
Property of orthogonal matrix A
sin j
F[x(– t)] = 2
AAT = I 2
/2 e
so, now Px =
LM
cos –sin OP LMx OP 1 LM
–j j OP
N
sin cos Q Nx Q 2
F[x(t) + x(–t)] =
sin
2 e 2 e2
LM x cos – x sin OP
1 2 /2 MN PQ
Px =
Nx sin x cos Q
1 2
F I
2 G 2 cos J
sin
P x = (x1cos – x 2 sin ) (x1 sin x 2 cos ) 2
2 =
/2
H 2K
P x = 2
x1 x 2
2
F I FI
= 2 sin c G J cos G J
P x = x for all vector x H 2 K H 2 K
–1 1 40. Since Both thyristor are perfectly matched, so
39. rect(x) = 1 for x ...(1)
2 2
VBE1 VBE2
F 1I
x(t) = rect G t – J
Given
H 2K
Simplifying x(t) with the help of equation (1).
x(t) = 1, 0t 1
= 0, therwise
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 19
1k M O R
Vin < O
O + 5V R
Vin P –
IR Ic1 I c2 I Will be positive due
R +
Vo
Will be positive due
to inverting action Q to non-inverting action
R
Q1 Q2 (+Ve)
IB IB
So, output is always rectified.
–5V 43. Let us consider moment active high input
F = (1, 3, 5, 6)
I C1
= exp
VBE1 – VBE 2 LM
= e0 = 1
OP K-map
IC2 VT N Q yz
Since for both are same, therefore x 00 01 11 10
IB1 = IB2 = IB
Now by KVL in loop as shown, 0 0 1 1 0
0 – 0.7 – (–5) 0 1 3 2
IR = = 4.3 mA
1k
1 0 1 0 1
By KCL at point M 4 5 2 6
IR = IC1 + 2 IB
product of sum
I
IR = IC1 + 2 C1
F = (X + Z) (Y + Z) ( X + Y + Z )
...(1) for active high output
IC1 = I
2 R But given, signal is active low output.
So each variable in equation (1) will be
For large , 1 complemented
2
IC1 = IR = 4.3 mA F = ( X + Z ) (X + Y + Z) ( Y + Z )
I = IC2 = IC1 = 4.3 mA ...(2) for active low output
41. t=0 Vc1 D2
45. Given (SP) = 2700H
+ –
S (PC) = 2100H
C1
5sin t + – (HL) = 0000H
li1 D1 C2 V2 Rload
Ic2
– + 2100H : DAD SP : it adds the contents of stack
pointer (SP) to the content of HL pair and store
First capacitor C1 will charge through diode D1 the result in HL pair.
upto Vmax (5 V) with shown polarity 2700H + 0000H = 2700H stored in HL pair
VC1 = 5 V 2101H : PCHL ; the content of HL pair are
Now, diode D1 will be reverse biased and D2 will transfered to program counter.
be forward biascd and capacitor C2 will charge in So now PC has 2700H and contents of SP remains
reverse direction through diode D2 upto 2Vmax unchanged
VC2 = –10 V (PC) = 2700H
Hence, VC1 = 5 V1, VC2 = 10 V (SP) = 2700H
P Q 47. Synchronous speed,
42. For Vin > 0 V0 = (–ve) 0 120f 120 50
NS = =
For Vin < 0 V0 = (0) (+ve) P 4
Now check each option. = 1500 rpm
R 1500 – 1425
–Ve Slip,s = = 0.05
R
1500
Vin P – Resistance of backward branch,
Vo
R + r2 7.8
Q rb = = = 4
R 2–s 2 – 0.05
O
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
3 VI cos Alternately
48. Motor input power in stator =
= 3 400 × 50 × 0.8 51. Series reactance after series compensation
= 27.71 kW 1 1
ZC2 = jL = j L 1 2
Air gap power = Motor input to stator jCse LC se
– Stator copper loss
X
– Coreloss = j L 1 se
XL
= 27.71 – 1.5 – 1.2
= 25.01 kW X se
The ratio, = is called degree of series
XL
d
49. Induced emf in secondary, ers = –N2 compensation.
dt Without compensation,
(Wb)
V2
0.12 (SIL)1 = , Zc = jL
Zc1
with series compensation,
1 2 2.5 t(s)
From given curve, V2
(SIL)2 =
Zc2
= 0.12 t; 0<t<1
0.12; 1t2 Z c1 (SIL)1
then, (SIL)2 = (SIL)1 =
–0.24 t + 0.6; 2 t 2.5 Zc 2 1
ers = – 200 × 0.12 = – 24; 0<t<1 2280
= = 2725 MW
ers = – 200 × 0 = 0; 1<t < 2 1 0.3
ers = – 200 × (–0.24 + 0) = 48; 2 t < 2.5
52. C1(PG1) = PG1 + 0.055 × PG12
Alternately
dC1
During 0 < t < 1 sec, = 1 + 0.11 PG1
dPG1
d
E1 = – = – 0.12 V C2(PG2) = PG2 + 0.03 × PG22
dt
E2 and E1 are in hence opposition, dC2
= 3 + 0.06 PG2
E N 100 dPG2
or F 1 1 = or, E2 = 2E1 = 0.24V
E2 N 2 200 For minimum cost analysis
d
During 1 < t < 2, = – – = 0, then E1 = E2 = 0 dC1 dC2
dt =
dPG1 dPG2
During 2 < t < 2.5
d 1 + 0.11 PG1 = 3 + 0.006 PG2
E1 = – = 0.24 V or 0.11 PG1 – 0.06 PG2 = 2 ...(1)
dt
Then, E2 = 0.48V and PG1 + PG2 = 250 MW ...(2)
Hence the induced (ers) in line secondary cruidip Solving equations (1) and (2), we get
could be of the form as given in choice (a). PG1= 100 MW and PG2 = 150 MW
51. There will not be any effect on active power of
capacitve compensation
SIL = 2280 MW
2280MW
MVA
MV 30%
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 21
53. Pe
P max
e1
A2
8
Pm e4
1+jo e3 5+jo
A1 7 5
2+jo
S
0 0 =90 max 100° Losses = 82R + 32R + 12R
c r = 74 R
cr = critical clearing angle Simlary on removing e2
max = – 0
Losses = 82R + 72R + 52R
By Equal area criterion, A1 = A2
= 138 R
Pm[cr – 0]
max Simlary on removing e3
= P
0
max sin .d] Pm ( max cr ) Losses = 12R + 72R + 22R
= 54 R
cr = cos 1 ( 20 )sin 0 cos 0 Simlary on removing e4
and critical clearing time, Losses = 32R + 22R + 52R
24( r 0 )
12
= 38 R.
tcr = ...(A) So on removing bus e4 losses are minimum, so
f Pm
correct of option is (d).
when one alternator is connected to the bus,
Pm1 = Pe1 = 1p.u.
55.
When two alternator are connected in parallel, I0
we get T1 T3
Load
Pe2 = Pm2 = 0.5 p.u.
By eq (A),
n
is
~
1
tcr Vs = Vm sin t
Pm
T4 T2
tcr 1 Pm
tcr 2 =
2
Pm
1
Pm1 Average output voltage
tcr1 = tcr 2
Pm2 1
V0 =
Vm sin t.d (t)
= 0.28 2
= 0.396 sec
2Vm cos
=
54. Let impedence of each branch be R. On removing e1
For = 30,
8 3
V0 = Vm
e1 e2 e2
e4 V
Input VA = m I0
1+jo e3 e4 5+jo 1+jo e3 3 5+jo 2
2+jo 2+jo
22 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
Vs Vs
4
t
+ 2 2+ 5
3
t
V0
t
T1D1 T2D2 T1D1 T1D2 T1D1
T2D1 T1D2 T2D1
Vo
no firing pulses
T1 is T2 is T1 is
triggered triggered triggered
During,
t 2 t 0 < t <
freewheeling will be done by T2D1, V0 = 0
For, < t <
T1D1 conducts V0 = Vs
io
For < t < +
Freewheeling will be done by T1D2, V0 = 0
Io For + < t < 2
t T2D2 conduct, V0 = –Vs
T1 is again triggered at 2 +
Hence, during 2 + < t < 3, T1D1 conducts.
Now, if firing pulses are removed after T1 is
triggered at 2 + .
At t = 3 + , no firing pulse will be available to
trigger T2. So, load current will flow through T1D2
as load current is continuous. So during 3 + +
t t < 4, TD2 will continue to conduct and V0 = 0
At, t = 4, Diode D1 will become forward-biased
and therefore D2 will become reverse-biased.
Input power facts Hence, D1 will conduct and as T1 is already in
conduction, load current will flow through T1D1
3
V0 I0 Vm I0 and then V0 = Vs.
= =
Vm Is Vm 57. For rated speed,
I0
a I 2.5
6 +
= = 0.78
Vt E
56. –
V = E + Ia Ra
T1 T2 E = V – Ia Ra
+ = 220 – 20 × 2.5
VS V0 = 170 V
–
E
For 600 rpm, E2 = 1 × N2
N1
D2 D1
170
= × 1600 = 102 V
1000
Single phase half controlled converter. Since T I
For highly inductive load, load current is almost therefore rated torque means rated current
constant.
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 23
Now voltage applied 59.
, Vt = E2 + Ia Ra V0
= 120 + 20 × 2.5 = 152 V
Vs
V0 = Vin
t
=
V0
=
152
= 0.608 2
Vin 250 – Vs
Alternately
I0
Vt – Ia ra = Ea
220 – 20 × 2.5 = Ea
IP
Ea = 170 = T = T.2(1000) ...(A)
The output of chopper, V = Vi = 250 2
t
[= duty cycle]
– IP
The, 250 – 20 × 2.5 = T.2(600) ...(B) T
170 1000 1
= T=
250 – 50 600 250 100
= 0.01 sec
or, = 0.608
And, for 0 < t < ,
58. At rated speed and torque, di
V0 = L
E = V – Ia Ra dt
= 220 – 40 × 0.4 I (IP )
200 = 0.1 P
= 204 volts T
At 1000 rpm and 50% of rated torque, since 2IP = 2000T
T I IP = 10 Amps
1 60. For maximum torque, slip,
I2 = × 40 = 20 A
2 Rr
sm = (Neglecting stator resistance)
E1 X sm X rm
E2 = × N2
N1 For starting torque,
204 sm = 1
= × 1000 Xsm + Xrm = Rr ( Rr = 1)
1400
= 145.71 volts 2fm Ls 2 fm + Lr = 1
1
Applied Voltage, fm =
2 (L s L r )
V2 = E2 + I2 R2
where, m indicates value of reactance
= 145.71 + 20 × 0.4
corresponding to maximum torque frequency and
= 153.71 volts fm is frequency at maximum torque.
Hence output of converter (rectifier 1), Xs 1.5
But Ls = =
2Vm 2 50 2 50
V0 = cos 1 = 153.71
1.5
and Lr =
2 50
2 2 220 Putting values of Ls and Lr, we get
cos 1 = 153.71
1 50
1 = 39.1 39
fm = = 16.7 Hz.
1.5 1.5 3
Firing angle of rectifier, 2 = 180 – 1 = 141 50 50
Hence 1 = 39 and 2 = 141 v
For constant ,
f
24 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
v1 400 y(s) 1
= =8 64. G(s) =
f1 50 U(s) s 2 3s 2
v2 1
= 8 y(s) = U(s)
f2 s 3s 2
2
v2 = f2 ×8 = 16.7 × 8 = 133.3 volts But U(t) = (t – 1)
Hence answer is (133.3V, 16.7 Hz). and U(s) = e–s
61. For continuous conduction e –s
y(s) =
Average load current (by KVL), s 2 3s 2
For steady state,
2
Output of – y(t) = Lt sy(s)
t s 0
rectifier Vt = 2Vm cos +
e –s 1
= = = 0.5
Vt – 2Ia + 150 = 0 s 0 s 2 3s 2 2
Vt 150 s 10
I= = 10 A 10(s 1)
2 65. C1 = C2 =
(s 10) 10(s 1)
Vt + 150 = 20
2Vm
cos = – 130
–10 –1 –10 –1
2 2 230 cos zero dominates pole pole dominates zero
= –130
lead compensator lag compensator
= 129 Hence C1 is lead compensator and C2 is lag
62. Rms value of load current, compensator.
Alternately
2 2
Is = I0 = 10 = 8.165 A
3 3 for G = tan–1 – tan–1
10
Supply current
or for G = tan –1
– tan–1
4I0 n
is(t) =
n 1,3,5 n
sin
3
sin n(t ) 10
Hence C1 is lead compensator and C2 is lag
Rms value of fundamental current, compensator.
4 0
4 10 3 66. Transfer function of given plot is of the form
is1 = = sin = 7.8 A k (1 s T1 ) (1 s T2 )
2 3 2 2 T(s) =
s2
Then, THD (Total harmonic distortion)
so, it will have two poles and two zeroes.
2
Is First – 40 dB/decade slope indicates 2 pole in system.
= 1
Is Next – 20 dB/decade slope indicates 1 zero is added.
1
Next – dB/decade slope indicates 1 more zero is
2
8.165 added.
= 7.8 1 = 0.31 = 31%
Alternately
At = 0.1, slope changes from – 40 dB/decade to
63. The current given is a step-up circuit and output
– 20 dB/decade, then, zero at = 0.1
voltage is given as,
At, > 0.1, slope changes from – 20dB/decade to
Vs 20
Vo = = = 40 Volts 0 dB/decade, then one more zero at > 0.1
1 1 0.5
Since, for < 0.1, slope is – 40 dB/decade there is
and, average current through the diode
alveag two poles.
T
1 I
iL dt = L T T0N
T T0N
ID = Hence (c) is the correct option.
T
= IL(1 – ) = 4 (1 – 0.5) = 2 A
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 25
67. K > 0 70. XL = 2 fL
Characteristic equation of the system is = 2 × 2000 × 15.91 × 10–3
1 + G(s) H(s) = 0 = 200
B
K
Z3 8 F
1+ =0 Oscillator Z1 5
00 0.39
s(s + 3) (s + 10) X3 3 00
R3
s(s2 + 13s + 30) + K = 0 A D C
s + 13s + 30s + K = 0
3 2 X2 30
0
Routh array R4
s3 1 30
s2
13 K 1
XC =
390 – K 2 f C
s1 0
13 1
=
s0
K 2 2000 0.398 10 –6
For system to be stable, all element of first column = 200
must be positive. Under balanced condition
390 – K Z1 Z4 = Z2 Z3
>0
13 R1(R4 + j X4) = (R2 + j X2) (R3 – j X3)
K < 390 500(R4 + j X4) = (300 + j200) (300 – j200)
and K>0 500(R4 + j X4) = 90000 + 40000
Hence range of K is 0 < K < 390 130000
R4 + j X4 = = 260
500
100
68. M(s) = 2 Z = 260 + j0
s + 20s 100
Alternately
Comparing with standard form,
Z AB Z
At balance = BC
2n Z AD Z CD
M(s) =
s 2 2 ns 2n 1
R
we get 2n = 20 500 jc
or, =
R + jL Z
= 20 = 1
2 10 1
(R + jL) R
and n = 100
2
or Z= j c
n = 10 500
For = 1, system is critically damped. = 300 j2 10 3 3.14 2 15.91 10 3
2 y j
69. 300 6
1 x 2 3.14 10 2 0.398 10
3
500
Number of times tangent touches top or bottom
= (300 j199.82) (300 – j200)
Number of times tangent touches either side =
500
2 1 (260 + j0)
=
1 2
2V
71.Fault current, i(t) = Ae R L
t
cos(t )
1 z
2 =
1 Where, z = z <
and q(2t) will lead p(1t) by 90 At the time of fault, t = t0, i = 0
q(2t) = A sin (2t + 90) 2V
i(t) = 0 = Ae R L
t0
cos(t0 )
q(2t) = A cos (2t) z
26 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
DC offset value, 73. Ia = Ia = Ia
1 2 0
z1
VV
Ae R L = 2 cos(t0 )
t0
z
Maximum value of DC offset value
VS ~
V2 V z2
=
z Ia 2
This maximum value occurs at
t0 – = 0 z0
Ia 0
t0 =
Given, = 2f = 314 rad/sec Vs
Z = 0.004 + j0.04 = 0.0402 84.3 Ia0 =
Z1 Z 2 Z 0
z< = 0.040284.3
Given, Z0 = 3Z1
84.3 1 Vs
Now, t0 = = 4.682 ms
57 314 Then, Ia0 =
Z1 Z1 3Z1
72. The circuit is drawn during fault, 10
=
ZL ZL 5 0.002 0.02 j
ZS1 2 2 ZS2
Ia0 = 9.95 – 84.3. p.v.
Ix ZL Ix
If (fault current) = 3Ia0 = 29.85 p.u.
VS1 ~ 2 If ~ VS2
If 29.85
Then, Ix = = 14.93 p.u.
2 2
Using, Thenenin’s theorem,
74. Speed of stator of magnetic field,
ZL ZL 120f
ZTH = Z s1 2 Z s2 2 Ns = = 1500 rpm
P
Given, Zs1 = Zs2 = 0.001 + j0.01 p.u. Speed of rotor = 1410 rpm
ZL = 0.006 + j0.06 Relative speed = 1500 – 1410 = 90 rpm in the
direction of rotation.
1 0.006 j 0.06
Then, ZTH = 0.001 j 0.01
2 Z 75. Synchronous speed,
= 0.002 + j0.02 120f 120 50
Ns = = 1500 rpm
In p.u. Fault current, P 4
VTH 10 1500 – 1410
If = = Slip,s = = 0.06
ZTH 0.002 j 0.02 1500
= 49.75 – 84.29. p.u. Total power input to induction motor within.
Base current, Pin = 1800 + (–200) = 1600W
Power output of induction motor,
Base MVA
IB = P0 = (1 – s) Pin (neglecting all losses)
3 Voltage Base( kV)
= (1 – 0.06) × 1600 = 1504W
100 Since all losses are neglected, so it will be power
= = 144.34 kA
3 400 output of dc generator
Total fault current, dc generator output = 1504 W
If = (If)p.v. IB Now, I2Rex = 1504
= 7.18 kA
1504
I2 =
If 10
Hence, IX = = 3.59 kA
2 I= 150.4 = 12.26A
SOLVED PAPER – 2008 27
76. Charge stored at t in 5 s 1
= Lt
s0 1
i(t) 1
mA 4 s(s 2)
2 s(s 2)
= sLt
0 s 2 2s 1
=0
2 5 8 t(Ms) Alternately
z
5
1
q= i t s.
SR(s) s
0 G(s) = Lt = Lt =0
s 0 1 G(s) s 0 1
= area of shaded region between 1
s(s 2)
t = 0 to t = 5 s.
1 1 R4 RB V
= ×2×4+ × 3 × (2 + 4) 80. VA = V = V = i
2 2 R 3 R 4 i R B RB i 2
= 4 + 9 = 13 nC Let Vi only on inverting terminal
78. Given : A= M
L0 1 OP , R2
N0 –2Q R1
C
L0O
B = M P , C = [1 0]
V1
V4
–
V0
N1Q R3
+
LMx OP = LM0 1 OP LMx OP LM0OP u
1 1
R4
Nx Q N0 –2Q Nx Q N1Q
2 2
V01 =
Rf
× Vi
Lx O
y = [1 0] M P
1
R1
and
Nx Q 2 here Rf = R2
1
=
R2
x 1 = x2 sc 1 + sC R 2
x 2 = –2x2 + u Let Vi only non-inverting terminal
and y = x1 F Rf IV
s –1
V02 = 1 +GH R1
JK 2i
1 s–1
u y By superposition theorem
. x1
x2 . V0 = V01 + V02
–2 x2 = x1
State diagram Rf R F IV
Transfer function,
= –
Ri
Vi + 1 + f
R1
GH JK 2
i
1 1 1 F1 – R I V
G(s) =
1
. =
2 s 1 (s 2) = GH R JK 2 f
1
i
s
Alternately Putting value of Rf, we get
G(s) = B[SI – A]–1 C FG1 – R IJ V 2 i
LM0OP LMs –1 OP [10] –1
V0 =
H R (1 sCR ) K 2
1 2
=
N1 Q N 0 s 2 Q F1 – 1 I V
.....( R2 = R1 = RA)
LM0OP LMs + 2 –1OP [10] = GH 1 sR CJK 2 i
= N1Q N 0 s Q =
1
FG s R C IJ V
A
(s 2 2s) s(s 2) A i
V0 =
H 1 sR CK 2A
1
79. G(s) = 1 Vi
s (s 2) V0 =
1 2
For unity feedback, unit step input response, 1
SR A C
1 so, it is high pass filter.
steady state error = sLt
0 1 G (s)
28 SOLVED PAPER – 2008
F sR C I V 84. From phasor diagram,
81. Vin = GH 1 sR CJK 2
A
A
i
taking V as reference
V IaXs
RA
2
1
Vo
sc E
Vin
I aR a
Ia
Vsc 2 (for lagging power factor)
V0 = V
1 R A 1 s R A C in
V = 1 0 pu
sc 2
2 s R AC V Ia = 0.6 0
V0 = . . i
1 s R A C (1 s R A C) 2
Zs = Ra + j Xs = 0 + j.1 = 190 pu
82. Field current,
emf equation for synchronus motor is
If =3A 15A
12A V 0 = E – + Ia Zs
80 0.5 VR
240V
+
E E– = V 0– Ia Zs
–
= 10 – 0.60190
240 = 10– 0.690
If = = 3A
80
E– = 1 – 0.6 j
Ia = 15 – 3 = 12A
From emf equation, E(– ) = 1.166–30.96 pu
E = V – Ia Ra ...(1) Excitation voltage, E = 1.17 pu.
= 240 – 12 × 0.5 and loss angle, = 30.96 lag.
= 234V Alternately
But for plugging polarity back emf is reversed XS Ia
+ +
Now, emf equation is,
– E = V – Ia Ra ...(2)
Vt Ef
Voltage across armature resistance,
Vr = Ia Ra
–
= V+E
Ef = Vt – j Ia . Xs
= 240 + 234 = 474 volts
= 1 0 – j 0.6(1 + j0).1
83. Current, Ia2 = 1.25 × Ia1 = 1 – j0.6 = 1.17 –30.96
= 1.25 × 12 = 15 A
85. Ia = 1.2 × 0.6 = 0.72 pu
Let resistance r is added in series with Ra.
E(–) = V0 – Ia Zs
From equation (2) 1 – 0.6 j = 10 – 0.72 190
– E = V – Ia (Ra + r) 1 – 0.6 90 = 1 – 0.72 190
2
EV 0.6 90 = 0.72 90
Ra × r =
Ia 2 0.6
=
= 0.833
0.72
474 180
= = 3.16 = 0.833 × = 47.74 rad.
15
r = 31.6 – 0.5 cos = 0.6724 leading
= 31.1 Hence nearest option is (d).
SOLVED PAPER – 2007
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Q uestion (1 -20) carry one mark each Which of the following connections, and the
corresponding phase shift , should be used for
1. The common emitter forward current gain of the
transistor shown is F = 100. the transformer between A and B ?
+10V (a) Star – Star ( = 0o)
(b) Star – Delta ( = –30o)
(c) Delta – Star ( = 30o)
(d) Star – Zigzag ( = 30o)
4. The incremental cost curves in Rs/ MW hr for
270 k
two generators supplying a common load of 700
MW are shown in the figures. The maximum
and minimum generation limits are also
indicated. The optimum generation schedule
The transistor is operating in is :
(a) Saturation region
(b) Cutoff region
(c) Reverse active region
(d) Forward active region
GENERATOR A
2. The three-terminal linear voltage regulator is
connected to a 10 load resistor as shown in the 600
figure. If Vin is 10 V, what is the power dissipated
in the transistor ? 450
+10V
Vin RL=10
6.6V
Zener diode P
200 MW 450 MW
0
Incremental Cost Rs/MWhr
(a) 0.6 W (b) 2.4 W
(c) 4.2 W (d) 5.4 W
3. Consider the transformer connections in a part GENERATOR B
of a power system shown in the figure. The nature
800
of transformer connections and phase shifts are
indicated for all but one transformer. 650
-30°
A
15kV
P
150 MW 400 MW
B
30° (a) Generator A : 400 MW, Generator B : 300 MW
0° (b) Generator A : 350 MW, Generator B : 350 MW
(c) Generator A : 450 MW, Generator B : 250 MW
400 kV 220kV
(d) Generator A : 425 MW, Generator B : 275 MW
Autotransformer
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
5. Two regional systems, each having several r R2 V
synchronous generators and loads are (c) a current source with current R R . r
1 2
interconnected by an ac line and a HVDC link as
shown in the figure. Which of the following R2 V
statements is true in the steady state : (d) a current source with current R R . r
1 2
Pdc 8. The system shown in the figure is
u1
S
S +
HVDC link
Region 1 Region 2
u2
AC line
S
Pac
(a) stable
(b) unstable
(a) Both regions need not have the same (c) conditionally stable
frequency
(d) stable for input u1, but unstable for input u2
(b) The total power flow between the regions
(Pac + Pdc) can be changed by controlling the 9. Let a signal a1 sin (1t + 1) be applied to a stable
HVDC converters alone linear time - invariant system. Let the
(c) The power sharing between the ac line and corresponding steady state output be represented
the HVDC link can be changed by controlling as a2F (2t + 2). Then which of the following
the HVDC converters alone. statements is true ?
(d) The direction of power flow in the HVDC link (a) F is not necessarily a “sine” or “cosine”
(Pdc) cannot be reversed. function but must be periodic with 1 = 2
6. Consider a bundled Y (b) F must be a “sine” or “cosine” function with
conductor of an overhead A
a1 = a2
line, consisting of three (c) F must be a “sine” function with 1 = 2 and
X
identical sub-conductors Z 1 = 2
placed at the corners of W
(d) F must be a “sine” or “cosine” function with
an equilateral triangle as
shown in the figure. If we 1 = 2
neglect the charges on B C
10. The frequency spectrum of a signal is shown in
the other phase conductors and ground, and the figure. If this signal is ideally sampled at
assume that spacing between sub-conductors is
intervals of 1 ms, then the frequency spectrum
much larger than their radius, the maximum
of the sampled signal will be
electric field intensity is experienced at
(a) Point X (b) Point Y U(j
(c) Point Z (d) Point W
7. The circuit shown in the figure is
kHz
R1
U(j
+ +
R2 (a)
V -
LOAD
(b)
r
rV (c)
(a) a voltage source with voltage R R
1 2
r R2
(b) a voltage source with voltage V (d)
R1
SOLVED PAPER – 2007 3
11. Divergence of the vector field 18. A single phase full-wave half-controlled bridge
V (x, y, z) = – (x cos xy + y) i + (y cos xy) j converter feeds an inductive load. The two SCRs
+ (sin z2 + x2 + y2) k is in the converter are connected to a common DC
(a) 2z cos z2 (b) sin xy + 2z cos z2 bus. The converter has to have a freewheeling
(c) x sin xy – cos z (d) none of these diode
12. x = [x1 x2 ... xn]T is an n-tuple nonzero vector. The (a) because the converter inherently does not
n n matrix V = xxT provide for free-wheeling
(a) has rank zero (b) has rank l (b) because the converter does not provide for
(c) is orthogonal (d) has rank n free-wheeling for high values of triggering
13. A single - phase fully controlled thyristor bridge angles
ac - dc converter is operating at a firing angle of (c) or else the free-wheeling action of the
25 and an overlap angle 10 with constant dc converter will cause shorting of the AC supply
output current of 20 A. The fundamental power
(d) or else if a gate pulse to one of the SCRs is
factor (displacement factor) at input ac mains is
missed, it will subsequently cause a high load
(a) 0.78 (b) 0.827
(c) 0.866 (d) 0.9 current in the other SCR
19. The electromagnetic torque Te of a drive, and its
14. A three - phase, fully controlled thyristor bridge
connected load torque TL are as shown below.
converter is used as line commutated inverter to
feed 50 kW power at 420 V dc to a three - phase, Out of the operating points A, B, C and D, the
415 V (line), 50 Hz ac mains. Consider dc link stable ones are
current to be constant. The rms current of the
thyristor is
(a) 119.05 A (b) 79.37 A T T
(c) 68.73 A (d) 39.68 A
15. In a transformer. zero voltage regulation at full
load is
(a) not possible Speed Speed
(b) possible at unity power factor load
(c) possible at leading power factor load (a) A, C, D (b) B, C
(d) possible at lagging power factor load
16. The dc motor, which can provide zero speed
regulation at full load without any controller, is T T
(a) series
(b) shunt
(c) cumulative compound
(d) differential compound
Speed Speed
17. The probes of a non- isolated, two - channel
oscilloscope are clipped to points A, B and C in (c) A, D (d) B, C, D
the circuit of the adjacent figure. Vin is a square
wave of a suitable low frequency. The display on 20. “Six MOSFETs connected in a bridge
Ch1 and Ch2 are as shown on the right. Then the configuration (having no other power device)
“Signal” and “Ground” probes S1, G1 and S2, G2 of MUST be operated as a Voltage Source Inverter
Ch1 and Ch2 respectively are connected to points. (VSI)”. This statement is
(a) True, because being majority carier devices,
A B
Ch1 MOSFETs are voltage driven
R
(b) True, because MOSFETs have inherently anti
GND12
L - parallel diodes
Vin
Ch2 (c) False, because it can be operated both as
Current Source Inverter (CSI) or a VSI
C
(d) False, because MOSFETs can be operated as
(a) A, B, C, A (b) A, B, C, B excellent constant current sources in the
(c) C, B, A, B (d) B, A, B, C saturation region
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
Q uestions (21- 75) carry two marks each 24. The switch S is the circuit of the figure is initially
closed. It is opened at time t = 0. You may neglect
21. The input signal Vin shown in the figure is a 1 the Zener diode forward voltage drops. What is
kHz square wave voltage that alternates between the behaviour of Vout for t > 0 ?
+7V and –7V with a 50% duty cycle. Both
transistors have the same current gain, which +10V –10V
is large. The circuit delivers power to the 1 k –
load resistor RL. What is the efficiency of this Vout
circuit for the given input ? Choose the closest – 5.0V
S 10 k
answer. 0.01
F –10V 5.0V
100 k
–10V
(a) It makes a transition from – 5 V to + 5 V at
t = 12.98 s
(b) It makes a transition from – 5 V to + 5 V at
t = 2.57 s
(c) It makes a transition from + 5 V to – 5 V at
t = 12.98 s
(d) It makes a transition from + 5 V to – 5 V at
t = 2.57 s
25. A solid sphere made of insulating material has a
radius R and has a total charge Q distributed
uniformly in its volume. What is the magnitude
(a) 46 % (b) 55 %
of the electric field intensity, E, at a distance
(c) 63 % (d) 92 % r (0 < r < R) inside the sphere ?
22. A, B, C and D are input bits, and Y is the output
1 Qr 3 Qr
bit in the XOR gate circuit of the figure below. (a) 4 3 (b) 4 3
Which of the following statements about the sum 0 R 0 R
S of A, B, C, D and Y is correct ? 1 Q 1 QR
(c) 4 2 (d) 4
0 r
3
A 0 r
XOR
B 26. The figure below shows a three phase self-
commutated voltage source converter connected
XOR Y to a power system. The converter 's dc bus
C
capacitor is marked as C in the figure. The circuit
XOR is initially operating in steady state with = 0
D and the capacitor dc voltage is equal to Vdc0. You
may neglect all losses and harmonics. What
(a) S is always either zero or odd action should be taken to increase the capacitor
(b) S is always either zero or even dc voltage slowly to a new steady state value ?
(c) S = 1 only if the sum of A, B, C and D is even
(d) S = 1 only if the sum of A, B C and D is odd Three phase
voltage source
converter
dx 1 – x E E 0
23. The differential equation = is discretised
dt (a) Make positive and maintain it at a positive
using Euler's numerical integration method with value
a t i me st ep T > 0. What is the maximum (b) Make positive and return it to its original
permissible value of T to ensure stability of the value
solution of the corresponding discrete time
(c) Make negative and maintain it at a negative
equation ?
value
(a) 1 (b) / 2
(d) Make negative and return it to its original
(c) (d) 2 value
SOLVED PAPER – 2007 5
2 7. The total reactance and total susceptance of a undergoing an undamped oscillation, with the
lossless overhead EHV line, operating at 50 Hz, are maximum value of (t) equal to 130. One of the
given by 0.045 pu and 1.2 pu respectively. If the parallel lines trips due to relay maloperation at
velocity of wave propagation is 3 105 km/s, then an instant when (t) = 130 as shown in the figure.
the approximate length of the line is The maximum value of the per unit line reactance,
(a) 122 km (b) 172 km x, such that the system does not lose synchronism
(c) 222 km (d) 272 km subsequent to this tripping is
28. Consider the protection system shown in the 1.0 0
x
figure below. The circuit breakers, numbered x 0.1pu
from 1 to 7 are of identical type. A single line to
ground fault with zero fault impedance occurs at x
1.0
the midpoint of the line (at point F), but circuit
breaker 4 fails to operate (“stuck breaker”). If the
One line trips
relays are coordinated correctly, a valid sequence
of circuit breaker operations is
130
1 3
Transmission
Line Bus C
6 t
Stuck breaker
2 (a) 0.87 (b) 0.74
4
Bus A
(c) 0.67 (d) 0.54
Transmission
31. Suppose we define a sequence transformation
5 Line between “a-b-c” and “p-n-o” variables as follows:
7
Bus B LM f OP LM 1
a
2
1 1 OP LM f OP
p
2
(a) 1, 2, 6, 7, 3, 5 (b) 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, 3 MN ff PQ = k MN
b
c
2
1
1 PQ MN ff PQ where = e
n
o
j
3 and k
(c) 5, 6, 7, 3, 1, 2 (d) 5, 1, 2, 3, 6, 7
is a constant.
29. A three phase balanced star connected voltage
source with frequency rad/s is connected to a LMV OP L0.5 0 0 OP
star connected balanced load which is purely Now, if it is given that : MV P = M 0
M p
n 0.5 0
PQ
inductive. The instantaneous line currents and N Q N0
V o 0 2.0
LMi OP LMV OP LMi OP
phase to neutral voltages are denoted by (ia, ib, ic)
and (van, vbn, vcn) respectively and their rms values p a a
are denoted by V and l.
MNii PQ and MMVV PP = Z MMii PP then,
n b b
LM 0 1 1 OP
o N Q NQc c
MM 1 3
–
3 PP LM 1.0 0.5 0.75OP
1 LMi OP (a) Z = M0.75 1.0 0.5 P
]M 3 P
– 0 a
If R = [van vbn vcn
MM 1 3 P MNii PQ , then
b N 0.5 0.75 1.0 Q
1
– 0 P c
LM1.0 0.5 0.5OP
N 3 3 Q
(b) Z = M0.5 1.0 0.5P
the magnitude of R is N0.5 0.5 1.0Q
(a) 3 VI
(c) 0.7 VI
(b) VI
(d) 0
LM 1.0 0.75 0.5 OP
(c) Z = 3k M 0.5 1.0 0.75P
2
30. Consider a synchronous generator connected to N0.75 0.5 1.0 Q
an infinite bus by two identical parallel
L 1.0 – 0.5 – 0.5O
k M – 0.5 1.0 – 0.5P
transmission lines. The transient reactance x of
2
the generator is 0.1 pu and the mechanical power
(d) Z = M
3 M – 0.5 – 0.5 1.0 P
P
input to it is constant at 1.0 pu. Due to some
previous disturbance, the rotor angle ( ) is N Q
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
3 2. Consider the two power systems shown in figure (c) a cllag-lead compensator that provides an
A below, which are initially not interconnected, amplification of 20 dB and a phase lag of 45 at
and are operating in steady state at the same
the frequency of 3 rad/s.
frequency. Separate loadflow solutions are
computed individually for the two systems, (d) a lag-lead compensator that provides an
corresponding to this scenario. The bus voltage attenuation of 20 dB and phase lead of 45 at
phasors so obtained are indicated on figure A. the frequency of 3 rad/s
These two isolated systems are now 36. Consider the discrete-time system shown in the
interconnected by a short transmission line as figure where the impulse response of G(z) is
shown in figure B, and it is found that g(0) = 0, g(1) = g(2) = 1, g(3) = g(4) = ... = 0.
P1 = P 2 = Q 1 = Q 2 = 0 :
+ G (z)
1.0 –20° 1.0 –5° +
1.02 0° 1.02 0°
1.02 10° 1.02 15°
This system is stable for range of values of K
(a) [–1, 1/2] (b) [–1, 1]
(c) [–1/2, 1] (d) [–1/2, 2]
P1.Q 1 P2.Q2 37. A signal x(t) is given by
R| 1, – T / 4 t 3T / 4
x (t) = S–1, 3T / 4 t 7 T / 4
x y
|T –xat T f
Which among the following gives the fundamental
The bus voltage phase angular difference between Fourier term of x(t) ?
generator bus X and generator bus Y after the
interconnection is 4 FG IJ
t
(a) 10 (b) 25
(a)
cos
H K
–
T 4
(c) –30 (d) 30
4
(b) cosGH
F t IJ
33. The octal equivalent of the HEX number AB.CD 2T 4 K
is
(a) 253.314 (b) 253.632 4 F t I
sin G – J
(c) 526.314 (d) 526.632
(c )
H T 4K
34. If x = Re G(j), and y = lm G(j) then for 0+, 4
(d) sin GH
F t IJ
the Nyquist plot for G(s) = 1/s(s + 1) (s+2) becomes 2T 4 K
asymptotic to the line
(a) x = 0 (b) x = – 3/4 38. If the loop gain K of a negative feedback system
(c) x = y –1/6 (d) x = y / 3 K s 3
having a loop transfer function is to be
s 8
2
35. The system 900/s(s+1) (s+9) is to be compensated
such that its gain-crossover frequency becomes adjusted to induce a sustained oscillation then
same as its uncompensated phase-crossover 4
frequency and provides a 45 phase margin To (a) The frequency of this oscillation must be
3
achieve this, one may use rad/s
(a) a lag compensator that provides an (b) The frequency of this oscillation must be must
attenuation of 20 dB and a phase lag of 45 at be 4 rad/s
(c) The frequency of this oscillation must be must
the frequency of 3 3 rad/s
4
(b) a lead compensator that provides an be 4 or rad/s
amplification of 20 dB and a phase lead of 45 3
at the frequency of 3 rad/s (d) such a K does not exist
SOLVED PAPER – 2007 7
39. The system shown in figure below 42. A voltage source inverter is used to control the
speed of a three-phase, 50 Hz, squirrel cage
induction motor. Its slip for rated torque is 4%.
The flux is maintained at rated value. If the stator
b0 c0 b1 c1 resistance and rotational losses are neglected,
then the frequency of the impressed voltage to
obtain twice the rated torque at starting should
+ + be
1/s 1/s p
– – (a) 10 Hz (b) 5 Hz
a0 a1 (c) 4 Hz (d) 2 Hz
43. A three-phase, 440 V, 50 Hz ac mains fed
thyristor bridge is feeding a 440 V dc, 15 kW.
1500 rpm separately excited dc motor with a
can be reduced to the form ripple free continuous current in the dc link
+ under all operating conditions. Neglecting the
X Y P losses, the power factor of the ac mains at half
+ the rated speed, is
(a) 0.354 (b) 0.372
(c) 0.90 (d) 0.955
Z
44. A single-phase, 230 V, 50 Hz ac mains fed step
with down transformer (4 : 1) is supplying power to a
half-wave uncontrolled ac-dc converter used for
1
(a) X = c0s + c1, Y = , Z = b0s + b1 charging a battery (12 V dc) with the series
s 2
a0 s a1 current limiting resistor being 19.04 . The
(b) X = 1, Y =
c0 s c1 , Z = b0s + b1
charging current is
s 2
a0 s a1 (a) 2.43 A
(c) 1.22 A
(b) 1.65 A
(d) 1.0 A
b1 s b0
45. A three-phase synchronous motor connected to
1
(c) X = c1s + c0, Y = s2 a s a , Z = 1
0 ac mains is running at full load and unity power
1 factor. If its shaft load is reduced by half, with
0
(d) X = c1s + c0, Y = s2 a s a , Z = b1s + b0
1
field current held constant, its new power factor
will be
40. The value of ze
C
dz
j
1 z 2 where C is the contour
(a) unity
(b) leading
(c) lagging
|z – i/2| = 1 is (d) dependent on machine parameters
(a) 2i (b)
(c) tan–1 z (d) i tan–1z 46. A 100 kVA, 415 V (line). star-connected synch-
ronous machine generates rated open circuit
41. A single-phase voltage source inverter is voltage of 415 V at a field current of 15 A. The
controlled in a single pulse-width modulated mode short circuit armature current at a field current
with a pulse width of 150 in each half cycle Total of 10 A is equal to the rated armature current.
harmonic distortion is defined as THD The per unit saturated synchronous reactance is
Vrms 2 – V12 (a) 1.731 (b) 1.5
= 100, where V1 is the rms value of (c) 0.666 (d) 0.577
V1
the fundamental component of the output voltage. 47. A three-phase, three-stack, variable reluctance
The THD of output ac voltage wave form is step motor has 20 poles on each rotor and stator
(a) 65.65 % (b) 48.42% stack. The step angle of this step motor is
(c) 31.83 % (d) 30.49% (a) 3 (b) 6
(c) 9 (d) 18
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
48. A single - phase 50 – kVA, 250V / 500 V two winding
z
2
transformer has an efficiency of 95 % at full load, 52. The integral
1
2
a f
sin t – cos d equals
unity power factor. If it is reconfigured as a 500 V / 0
750 V autotransformer, its efficiency at its new rated (a) sin t cos t (b) 0
load at unity power factor will be (c) (1/2) cos t (d) (1/2) sin t
(a) 95.752 % (b) 97.851 %
53. X(z) = 1 – 3z –1, Y (z) = 1 + 2z –2 are Z- transforms
(c) 98.276 % (d) 99.241 % of two signals x[n], y[n] respectively. A linear time
invariant system has the impulse response h[n]
49. A 230 V (phase), 50 Hz, three - phase, 4 – wire
defined by these two signals as
system has a phase sequence ABC. A unity
power - factor load of 4 kW is connected h[n] = x[n–1]*y[n]
between phase A and neutral N. It is desired where * denotes discrete time convolution. Then
to achieve zero neutral current through the use the output of the system for the input [n –1]
of a pure inductor and a pure capacitor in the (a) has Z – transform z–1 X (z) Y(z)
other two phase. The value of inductor and (b) equals [n - 2] – 3 [n – 3] + 2[n – 4] – 6 [n –5]
capacitor is (c) has Z – transform 1 – 3z –1 + 2z –2 – 6 z –3
(a) 72.95 mH in phase C and 139.02 F in phase B (d) does not satisfy any of the above three.
(b) 72.95 mH in phase B and 139.02 F in phase C 54. A loaded dice has following probability
(c) 42.12 mH in phase C and 240.79 F in phase B distribution of occurrences
(d) 42.12 mH in phase B and 240. 79 F in phase C Dice value 1 2 3 4 5 6
50. The state equation for the current I1 shown in Probability 1/4 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/8 1/4
the network shown below in terms of the
voltage Vx and the independent source V, is If three identical dice as the above are thrown,
given by the probability of occurrence of values 1, 5 and
6 on the three dice is
(a) same as that of occurrence of 3, 4, 5
+ – (b) same as that of occurrence of 1, 2, 5
Vx I (c) 1/128
+ I –
V (d) 5/8
– +
55. Let x and y be two vectors in a 3 dimensional
0.5H 0.2 VX
space and <x, y> denote their dot product. Then
the determinant
(a)
dI 1 5
–1.4Vx – 3.75I 1 V
det
LM x, x x, y OP
dt 4
N y, x y, y Q
dI 1 5 (a) is zero when x and y are linearly independent
(b) –1.4Vx – 3.75I 1 – V
dt 4 (b) is positive when x and y are linearly
independent
dI 1 5
(c ) –1.4Vx 3.75I 1 V (c) is non-zero for all non-zero x and y
dt 4
(d) is zero only when either x or y is zero
dI 1 5
(d) –1.4Vx 3.75I 1 – V 56. The linear operation L(x) is defined by the cross
dt 4
product L(x) = b x, where b = [0 1 0] T and
51. If u(t), r(t) denote the unit step and unit ramp x = [x1 x2 x3]T are three dimensional vectors. The
functions respectively and u (t ) * r ( t ) their 3 3 matrix M of this operation satisfies
convolution, then the function u(t+1) * r(t–2) is LMx OP 1
L(x) = M Mx P
given by
2
(a) (1/2) (t – 1) (t – 2) MNx PQ 3
(b) (1/2) (t – 1) (t – 2) Then the eigenvalues of M are
(c) (1/2) (t – 1)2 u(t – 1) (a) 0, + 1, –1 (b) 1, –1, 1
(d) none of these (c) i, –i, 1 (d) i, –i, 0
SOLVED PAPER – 2007 9
5 7. In the figure, transformer T1 has two secondaries, 59. In the circuit of adjacent figure the diode connects
all three windings having the same number of the ac source to a pure inductance L.
turns and with polarities as indicated. One
D
secondary is shorted by a 10 resistor R, and
the other by a 15 F capacitor. The switch SW is
opened (t = 0) when the capacitor is charged to 5
Pure
V with the left plate as positive. At t = 0+ the AC L
voltage VP and current IR are
SW IR
T1 The diode conducts for
R
(a) 90 (b) 180
+ (c) 270 (d) 360
25 V
C 60. The circuit in the figure is a current commutated
Vp dc – dc chopper where, ThM is the main SCR and
ThAUX is the auxiliary SCR. The load current is
constant at 10 A. ThM is ON. ThAUX is triggered
(a) –25 V, 0.0 A at t = 0. ThM is turned OFF between.
(b) very large voltage, very large current ThM
(c) 5.0 V, 0.5 A
(d) – 5.0 V, – 0.5 A Th Aux
58. IC 555 in the adjacent figure is configured as an
astable multivibrator. It is enabled to oscillate at L
+
t = 0 by applying a high input to pin 4. The pin O
230 V 10 F 25.28 H A
description is : 1 and 8 – supply ; 2 – trigger;
D
4 – reset; 6 – threshold; 7–discharge. The
waveform appearing across the capacitor starting
from t = 0, as observed on a storage CRO is
+
(a) 0 s < t 25 s
(b) 25 s < t 50 s
10 K
(c) 50 s < t 75 s
8
(d) 75 s t 100 s
7
IC 555
61. In the circuit shown in figure switch SW1 is
3
initially CLOSED and SW2 is OPEN. The inductor
10 K
2.6 L carries a current of 10 A and the capacitor is
4 1 charged to 10 V with polarities as indicated. SW2
C
is initially CLOSED at t = 0 – and SW1 is
OPENED at t = 0. The current through C and
the voltage across L at t = 0 + is
(a) (b)
SW 2 R2 10
SW1
R1 10 +
10 amps
C 10 V
L
(c) (d)
(a) 55 A, 4.5 V
(b) 5.5 A, 45 V
(c) 45 A, 5.5 V
(d) 4.5 A, 5.5 V
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
62. The R-L-C series circuit shown is supplied from a 64 A 3 V dc supply with an internal resistance of 2
variable frequency voltage source. The admittance supplies a passive non-linear resistance
- locus of the R-L-C network at terminals AB for characterized by the relation VNL = I2NL. The
increasing frequency is power dissipated in the non-linear resistance is
(a) 1.0 W (b) 1.5 W
(c) 2.5 W (d) 3.0 W
A R
65. Consider the feedback control system shown
L below which is subjected to a unit step input. The
system is stable and has the following parameters
C
kp = 4, ki = 10 = 500 and = 0.7.
k1
s
(a) (b) z
1m 1 +
1m 0 + 2
kp 2
– + s +2s + 2
Re Re
The steady state value of z is
(c) (d)
(a) 1 (b) 0.25
1m
1m (c) 0.1 (d) 0
66. A three-phase squirrel cage induction motor has
Re a starting torque of 150 % and a maximum torque
Re
of 300 % with respect to rated torque at rated
voltage and rated frequency. Neglect the stator
63. In the figure given below all phasors are with resistance and rotational losses. The value of slip
reference to the potential at point “O”. The locus for maximum torque is
of voltage phasor VYX as R is varied from zero to (a) 13.48 % (b) 16.24 %
infinity is shown by
(c) 18.92 % (d) 26.79 %
67. The matrix A given below is the node incidence
matrix of a network. The columns correspond to
R branches of the network while the rows correspond
V 0° to nodes. Let V = [v1 v2 ... v6]T denote the vector
Vyx
of branch voltages while I = [i1 i2 ... i6]T that of
branch currents. The vector E = [ e1 e2 e3 e4]T
X Y denotes the vector of node voltages relative to a
V 0° common ground.
LM 1 1 1 0 0 0OP
0 MM 0 –1 0 –1 1 0
P
A = –1 0 0 0 –1 –1P
2V
MN 0 0 –1 1 0 1Q
P
(a) O (b) Locus of V YX
V YX Which of the following statements is true ?
V YX (a) The equations v1 – v2 + v3 = 0, v3 + v4 – v5 = 0
Locus of V YX are KVL equations for the network for some
O 2V
loops
2V (b) The equations v1 – v3 – v6 = 0, v4 + v5 – v6 = 0
(c) O (d) Locus of V YX are KVL equations for the network for some
V YX
VYX loops
(c) E = AV
Locus of V YX O 2V (d) AV = 0 are KVL equations for the network
SOLVED PAPER – 2007 11
6 8. An isolated 50 Hz synchronous generator is rated 72. If a star-delta starter is used to start this induction
at 15 MW which is also the maximum continuous motor, the per unit starting torque will be
power limit of its prime mover. It is equipped with (a) 0.607 (b) 0.816
a speed governor with 5% droop. Initially, the
generator is feeding three loads of 4 MW each at (c) 1.225 (d) 1.616
50 Hz. One of these loads is programmed to trip 73. If a starting torque of 0.5 per unit is required
permanently if the frequency falls below 48 Hz. then the per unit starting current should be
If an additional load of 3.5 MW is connected then
(a) 4.65 (b) 3.75
the frequency will settle down to
(a) 49.417 Hz (b) 49.917 Hz (c) 3.16 (d) 2.13
(c) 50.083 Hz (d) 50.583 Hz Common Data for Questions (74-75):
69. Which one of the following statements regarding A 1 : 1 Pulse Transformer (PT) is used to trigger the
the INT (interrupt) and the BRQ (but request) SCR in the adjacent figure. The SCR is rated at 1.5
pins in a CPU is true ? kV, 250 A with IL = 250 mA, IH = 150 mA, and
IGmax = 150 mA, IGmin = 100 mA. The SCR is connected
(a) The BRQ pin is sampled after every instruction
to an inductive load, where L = 150 mH in series
cycle, but the INT is sampled after every
with a small resistance and the supply voltage is
machine cycle
200 V dc. The forward drops of all transistors / diodes
(b) Both INT and BRQ are sampled after every and gate - cathode junction during ON state
machine cycle are 1.0 V.
(c) The INT pin is sampled after every instruction
10
cycle, but the BRQ is sampled after every
machine cycle
+ 10V PT R S
(d) Both INT and BRQ are sampled after every C L
instruction cycle R
70. A bridge circuit is shown in the figure below.
Which one of the sequences given below is most +
200 V
suitable for balancing the bridge ?
R1 R3
jX1 74. The resistance R should be
(a) 4.7 k (b) 470
R4 (c) 47 (d) 4.7
R2
–jX4 75. The minimum approximate volt - second rating
of the pulse transformer suitable for triggering
the SCR should be : (volt – second rating is the
maximum of product of the voltage and the width
of the pulse that may be applied)
(a) First adjust R4 and then adjust R1 (a) 2000 V – s (b) 200 V – s
(b) First adjust R2 and then adjust R3 (c) 20 V – s (d) 2.0 V – s
(c) First adjust R2 and then adjust R4
LINKED ANSWER QUESTIONS :
(d) First adjust R4 and then adjust R2
Q.(76-85) carry two marks each
COMMON DATA QUESTIONS Statement for Linked Answer Questions (76 -77):
Common Data for Questions (71-73): An inductor designed with 400 turns coil wound on
A three phase squirrel cage induction motor has a an iron core of 16 cm2 cross sectional area and with
starting current of seven times the full load current a cut of an air gap length of 1 mm. The coil is
and full load slip of 5 %. connected to a 230 V, 50 Hz ac supply. Neglect coil
resistance, core loss, iron reluctance and leakage
71. If an autotransformer is used for reduced voltage inductance. (0 = 4 10–7 H/m)
starting to provide 1.5 per unit starting torque,
the autotransformer ratio (%) should be . 76. The current in the inductor is
(a) 57.77 % (b) 72.56 % (a) 18.08 A (b) 9.04 A
(c) 78.25 % (d) 81.33 % (c) 4.56 A (d) 2.28 A
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
77. The average force on the core to reduce the air Statement for Linked Answer Questions (82-83 ):
gap will be The associated figure shows the two types of rotate
(a) 832.29 N (b) 1666.22 N right instructions R1, R2 available in a microprocessor
(c) 3332.47 N (d) 6664.84 N where Reg is a 8-bit register and C is the carry bit.
The rotate left instructions L1 and L2 are similar except
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (78-79):
that C now links the most significant bit of Reg instead
Cayley – Hamilton Theorem states that a square of the least significant one.
matrix satisfies its own characteristic equation.
Consider a matrix
Reg C
R1:
A=
LM–3 2OP
N–1 0Q R2:
Reg C
78. A satisfies the relation
(a) A + 3I + 2A–1 = 0 (b) A2 + 2A + 2I = 0 82. Suppose Reg contains the 2's complement number
(c) (A + I) (A + 2I) = 0 (d) exp(A)= 0 11010110. If this number is divided by 2 the
answer should be
79. A9 equals
(a) 01101011 (b) 10010101
(a) 511 A + 510 I (b) 309 A + 104 I
(c) 154 A + 155 I (d) exp (9 A) (c) 11101001 (d) 11101011
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (80-81): 83. Such a division can be correctly performed by the
following set of operations
Consider the R – L – C circuit shown in figure.
(a) L2, R2, R1 (b) L2, R1, R2
R = 10 L 1mH
(c) R2, L1, R1 (d) R1, L2, R2
Statement for Linked Answer Questions (84 -85):
ei C = 10 F e0
84. A signal is processed by a causal filter with transfer
function G(s). For a distortion free output signal
80. For a step – input ei, the overshoot in the output waveform, G(s) must
e0 will be (a) provide zero phase shift for all frequency
(a) 0, since the system is not under-damped (b) Provide constant phase shift for all frequency
(b) 5 %
(c) provide linear phase shift that is proportional
(c) 16 %
to frequency
(d) 48 %
(d ) provide a phase shift that is inversely
81. If the above step response is to be observed on a proportional to frequency
non- storage CRO, then it would be best to have
the ei as a 85. G (z) = z–1 + z–3 is a low-pass digital filter with a
phase characteristics same as that of the above
(a) step function
question if
(b) square wave of frequency 50 Hz
(c) square wave of frequency 300 Hz (a) = (b) = –
(d) square wave of frequency 2.0 kHz (c) = (d) = –(1/3)
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (c) 5. (c) 6. (b) 7. (d) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (a) 12. (d) 13. (a) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (d) 17. (b) 18. (c) 19. (c) 20. (b)
21. (d) 22. (d) 23. (d) 24. (d) 25. (a) 26. (d) 27. (c) 28. (c) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (b) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (b) 35. (d) 36. (b) 37. (c) 38. (d) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (c) 42. (c) 43. (a) 44. (d) 45. (b) 46. (a) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (b) 50. (a)
51. (c) 52. (b) 53. (b) 54. (c) 55. (d) 56. (c) 57. (d) 58. (d) 59. (c) 60. (b)
61. (d) 62. (a) 63. (b) 64. (a) 65. (a) 66. (d) 67. (c) 68. (c) 69. (a) 70. (c)
71. (c) 72. (b) 73. (c) 74. (c) 75. (a) 76. (d) 77. (a) 78. (a) 79. (a) 80. (c)
81. (c) 82. (d) 83. (a) 84. (c) 85. (a)
SOLVED PAPER – 2007 13
E XPLANATIONS
+10V
1.
IE 3.
–30
15 kV
IB
270 k
IC
30
0
400 kV 220 kV
Assume VBE = 0.7 and since >> 1, IC IE using
KVL in base-emitter circuit, Autotransformer
10 – VBE – IERE – IBRB = 0
Equal phase shift of points A and B with respect
10 – 0.7 = ( + 1) I . R + R . I
B E B B to source from both bus paths.
9.3
IB mA = 0.025 mA 4. Maximum incremental cost in Rs/MWhr for
101 270 generator A
Now, using KVL in Collector-emitter circuit, = 600 (at 450 MW)
Minimum incremental cost in Rs/MWhr for
10 – VCE – IE IC 1 0 [Assume VCE = 0.2 V] generator B
= 650 (at 150 MW)
9.8
IC IC = 4.9 mA As maximum value of increamental cost of A is
2
less than minimum value of B,
IC 4.9 Generator A will operate at its maximum
(IB)min = = 0.049 mA output 450 MW and
100
B at (700 – 450) MW = 250 MW
As (IB)min < IB = 0.025 mA, therefore transistor
operates in active region. 5. By changing the grid angle, we can change the
power sharing between the AC line and HVDC
link.
V BE = .7V
2. +10V
6. Electric field intensity at various points are
3AV 1k
+ shown as fallows :
+
RL = 10V E2
– 6.6V E3
x 1
E1
Point X:
BJT operates in active region. Point X :
6.6 0.7
Crrrent in RL = = 0.59 amp 2 3
10
0.7
Current in 1k = = 0.7 M amp
1 1000
Total current = 0.59 + 0.0007 amp
Point Y :
Power dissipated in transistor
= (0.59) (3.4 + 0.7)
= 0.59 (4.1)
= 2.4 W
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
10. Here, frequency of signal, c = 1 kHz
1
Sampling frequency, s = = 1 kHz
1ms
For an ideal sampler, s > 2c
Point Z : But here s = c
s
so, at , next sampling will start resulting
2
sampled signal will be as follows :
Point W :
It is clear from the above diagrams that
minimum cancellation of vectors occurs at the 11. V (x, y, z) = – (x cos xy + y) i + (y cos xy) j
point Y, hence maximum electric field intensity. + (sin2 + x2 + y2) k
Vx Vy Vz
7. It behaves as a current source since I0 depends Divergence = .V =
on Vin and resistance only. x y z
= – cos xy + x (sin xy) (y) + cos xy – y (sin xy) x
V R2 V
I0 = = + 2z cos z2
r R1 R2 r
= 2z cos z2
R2
= 12. The n n matrix, V = xxT has rank n
R1 R2
I0 Vin Vm
13. I0 = L [cos – cos ( + )]
R2 V s
I0 =
R1 R2 r 230 2
20 = [cos 25 – cos (25 + 10)]
8. Transfer function for u 1 2 100 L s
bs 1g / bs 2g = bs 2g LS = .0045 Henery
TF1 =
F s 1 I . F 1 I b s 3g
1G
2 2 230
H s 2 JK GH s 1JK V0 =
2 50 0.0045
cos 25 – 20 = 178.65
V0 I 0
Displacement factor =
VS I S
178.65 20
= = 0.78
230 20
Hence stable 14. P = Vd Id
Transfer function for u 2 50 1000 = 420 Id
F 1 I
GH s 1 JK Id = 119.05
119.05
TF2 =
F 1 I. F s 1 I
1G
rms current of the thyristor =
3
= 39.68
H s 1 JK GH s 2 JK 15. Zero voltage regulation at full load is possible at
1 leading power factor load as
=
b
s 3 s1 gb g % Reg =
IR cos – I sin
V2
100
Hence unstable, as it has pole at right side of
s-plane. = V2 is the secondary voltage
SOLVED PAPER – 2007 15
16. Shunt motor has a constant speed characteristic. partially in R and partially to the energy stored
in load emf E. No energy is fed back to the source
during free-wheeling period.
Therefore, in the absence of free-wheeling diode,
T1 and T2 may conduct simultaneously which
will came short-circuit of supply voltage VS.
19. Electromagnetic torque T e decrease with
increament in speed in stable operating zone.
17. Here, B is a common point
22. Y = A BCD
S1 A
G1 B = ABCD + ABCD + ABCD + ABCD
S2 C + ABCD + ABCD + ABCD + ABCD
G2 B
S= Y+A+B+C+D
Hence answer is A, B, C, B
Drawing K-map for Y,
18. CD
AB 00 01 11 10
00 1 1
01 1 1
11 1 1
10 1 1
K-map for Y.
When sum of A, B, C, D is odd, Y = 1
and, S = 0, CY = 0 or 1
when sum of A, B, C, D is even, Y = 0
and, S = 0, CY = 0 or 1
Hence, S is always either zero or even.
24. It is a limited circuit
It makes a transition from + 5V to –5V
100
e j
20 1 e t/RC = 5
110
= Voltage across 100 k
RC = 0.01 10–6 103
t = 2.57 s
25. By Gauss's theorem
S
where,
z
E . d s =
Q enc
0
Qenc = charge enclosed in radius r
S
z
E . ds = 4
3
Q
R 3
4
. r3
3
Qr 3
Fig. Single-phase bridge type semi-converter: or E(4r2) =
R3
(a) circuit diagram, and (b) waveforms. Qr
During the free-wheel period, to ( + ), and or E=
4 0 R 3
2 to (2 + ), energy stored in Inductance
during ( + ) to and to , gets dissipated
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
26. To increase the capacitor dc voltage slowly to a As load is purely inductive, Ia lags Van by 90°,
new steady state value, make negative and Ib lags Vbn by 90° and Ic lags Van by 90° as shown
return it to its original valve. in the phasor-diagram
27. Assume that ZB is the base impedance, Iab Ia – Ib I – 90 – I– 210 3I – 60
then, X(in ) 0.045 ZB
Ibc Ib – Ic I – 210 – I30 3I – 180
1.2 Ica Ic – Ia I30 – I – 90 3I 60
and, Y(in )
ZB
1 1
If l is length of line, then, X Ll and Y Cl 0 –
3 3
I a
X 0.045 ZB 1 1 I
or, L ... (A) Then, R [van vbn vcn ] – 0 b
l l 3 3
1 Ic
1
Y 1.2 – 0
and C= ... (B) 3 3
l l Z B
1
1 [Van Ibc Vbn Ica Vcn I ab ]
Now, velocity of propagation vc 3
LC
l
1
vc
1
3I [V180 V 60 V 60]
0.45 1.2 3
0.045 Z B 1.2
l l Z =0
B
30.
(314) l Pe
3 10 8
0.045 1.2
PeI
l 222 10 m 3
= 222 km.
PeII
28. If the relays are coordinated correctly, due to
fault in a particular section, relay in that section
Pm = 1pu
must operate first, then relays in near by section
if first relay fails. It is back up protection. Thus,
the sequence is 5, 6, 7, 3, 1, 2.
2 = 130°
29. Assume van as reference phasor,
Van= V 0° E f Vt X
PeI sin , X1 0.1
Ic= I 30° X1 2
E f Vt
– Ib PeII sin , when tripping occurs.
X2
At 1 = 2
PeII = Pm X2 = X + 0.1
120° 120°
Ia = I – 90° E f Vt
sin 2 1
120° X2
90° sin 130° = X2 X2 = 0.76
Vbn V – 120°
X = X2 – 0.1 = 0.66
Vcn
33. First converting HEX to binary
Ib = I –210°
A = 1010
Van V0 B = 1011
C = 1100
Vbn V – 120
D = 1101
Vcn V120 (AB.CD)16 = (10 10 10 11 1100 1101)2
SOLVED PAPER – 2007 17
Grouping for octal conversion 39. By block diagram, technique reduction
method
41. Vo
= (2 5 3 .6 3 2)8
1
34. Given, G (s) =
s( s 1) ( s 2)
d
G (j) =
1
=
b
j 1 j 2 j gb g Vs
2
3
b gb
j 1 j 2 j g e
1 2
j e4 j 2
–d O
2d 2
t
2 2d 2
2
=
e j = 3 j e2 j
j 2 3 j 2 2
– Vs
e1 je4 j e1 je4 j
2 2 2 2 Pulse width,
2d = 150°
=
3
–j
e2 j 2 d = 75°
75
e1 je4 j e1 je4 j
2 2 2 2
57
=radian
3 = 1.315 radian
x = ,
e1 je4 j
2 2 RMS value of output voltage,
e2 j 2
1
2
d
y = –
e1 je4 j
2 2
Vrms
Vs2 d (t)
–d
2
3
At 0, x ,y– 2d
4 Vs
36. G(z) = z–1 + z–2
Characteristic equation is 2 1.315
Vs
1 + KG (z) = 0
= 0.915 Vs
1 + K (z–1 + z–2) = 0
Output voltage in terms of fourier series,
z2 + Kz + I = 0
4Vs n
Using stability criteria, V0 sin .sin nd.sin nt
|K| < 1 n 1,3,5 n 2
i.e. –1 < K < 1 RMS value of fundamental component of output
voltage,
37. By property of symmetry of Fourier term of x (t)
1 4Vs
38. Characteristics equation is V1 sin 75
2
1+
b
K s3 g =0 = 0.87 Vs
bs 8g 2
then, total harmonic distortion,
s2 + (16 + K) s + 3K + 64 = 0
2
Vrms – V12
Routh's array, THD 100
V12
s2 1 3K + 64
s 16 + K
(0.913 Vs )2 – (0.87 Vs ) 2
s 0
3K + 64 100
(0.87 Vs ) 2
No such K exist to make all element of a
row equal to 0. 31.83%
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
43. Back emf of separately excited motor, 46. Synchronous line impedance,
Ea N (speed of the motor). open circuit line voltage
=
3 short circuit phase current
As losses are neglected, I2a ra O
415
Vt – I a ra E a
then, by =
F 100 100 I
3G
= 1.722
we get, Vt Ea N H 3 415 JK
When the speed is reduced by half of rated speed
output voltage of the bridge also get reduced by 360
half 47. Step Angle = =6
3 20
2 49.
RMS value of the supply current, Is Ia . VAN
3
Power delivered to motor, Po = Vo Ia
IA
Input power to thyristor, Pin = 3VsIs ,
Po
Hence, Input power factor,
Pin
30° 30°
Vo Ia 220 I a 30° 90° 30°
3 VsI s 2 vBN
3 440 I a VCN
3
= 0.354. IB IC
44.
D Inductor is connected in phase-B and capacitor
+ + is connected in phase-C
Half-wave
R IB lagging VBN by 90°.
V1 V2 57.5 V Uncontrolled
230V IC leading VCN by 90°.
AC-DC
Converter
– – E = 12V VAN = 230° 0 [VAN is reference phasor)
4:1
VBN = 230° – 120
V1 4 V 230
V2 1 57.5 volts.
V2 1 4 4 VCN = 230° – 240
Diode will conduct when V2 > E Given, IA is drawn at unity pf.
i.e., Vm sin 1 E P 4 103
IA 17.40
VAN cos 230
(57.5) 2 sin 12
The current into the central will be zero
1 8.48 or, 0.148 rad
IB cos 60 IC cos60
1 2
2 0
Changing current io . d t
IB IC
– 1
1 Vm sin t – E as IA IB sin 60 IC sin 60
2
R
. d t
1
= 2IB sin 60 3IB
1
[2Vm cos 1 – E( – 21 )]
2R IA 17.4
IB IC amp. 10.05A
1 3 3
2 57.5 2 cos8.48 – 12( – 2 0.148)
2 19.04
VBN 230
as |I B |
1A L (314)L
SOLVED PAPER – 2007 19
57. At t = 0 +, re-drawing the circuit as,
230
L 72.86 mH
314 10.05 SW
IR
and |IC | |VCN |.C (230) 314 C – – C
A
10.05 +
C 139.08 uf . 25 V + D
230 314 – –
+ +C
E
3 .2H 5
50. I2
+B –
I1 + I2 F
I2
+
V .5H
–
+
Using dot-convention, VEF VE – VF 5
– I1
1 0.2 Vx
2 VA has negative polarity as VF has also the same
VC has negative polarity as VA has also the same.
Since the turns ratio are same,
Using KVL in loop (1), we get therefore,
d I1 VEF (–VAB ) (–VCD ) 5 volts
V = 3(I1 + I2) + Vx + 0.5 ....(1)
dt VCD – 5 volts.
and using KVL in loop (2), we have
VCD
and IR – 0.5A
d I1 R
and 0.5 = 5 I2 – 0.2 Vx ....(2)
dt
58. An astable multivibrator is provide pulses like
d I1 5 15 given below.
Solving (1) and (2), = V– I – 1.4 Vx
dt 4 4 1
1 s
51. L[u (t + 1)] =
s
e e j
59.
1 2 s
L [r(t – 2)] = 2 e
s
L–1
LM 1 e s 1 2 s
e
OP = L–1
LM e OP
s
Ns s2 Q Ns Q
3
1
= (t – 1)2 u (t – 1)
2 60. THm im I0
52. By the property of definite integral
D
zaf z b
2 2
THAUX
f x = g
f 2 x = – f(x) = 0 230 V
+
– L
Load
0 0
ic
54. The probability of occurrence of values 1, 5, and
6 on the three dice is multiplication of dice value For t < 0, Vc = Vs, ic = 0 and iT1 = I0
of 1, 5 and 6
At t = 0, THAUX is trigered, and a resonant
1 1 1 1 Current ic designs to flow from C through THAUX,
= =
4 8 4 128 L and back to c.
The resonant current is given by,
L x.x x. y O
det M y. x y. y P
x. x x. y
55.
N Q= y. x y. y
ic –Vs
C
L
sin 0 t
is zero only when either x or y is zero.
56. The eigen values of M are i, – j, 1 –I p sin 0 t
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
64. Here, 3 = 2I + I2
At t1 , i 0, and Vc –Vs I = 1A
0 c
VNL = 1V
Since iC gets reverses, THAUX is off.
Power = 1 1 = 1W
For Vc = – Vs, resonant current ic flows through
C, L, D and THm. Because this current ic flows 65. Steady state value of z
and builds up in opposite direction to forward ki
current of THm Then, = t sE(s)
s0 s
im Io – ic Io – I p sin t
1 k
s. . i
when im 0, THm gets turned off s s
= st0
ki 2
1 kp 2 2
1 I s s 2 sr s
i.e., t sin –1 0
0 Ip
ki / s
t
= s0
k 2
Hence, THm is off between t1 t t1 t 1 + kp i 2 2
s s 2sr s
t1 LC 10 25.28 -sec =1
0
= 50 -sec. Tst Z
66. =
Tm 1
i.e., commutation time given by 50 s < t < 75 s sm
sm
61. The circuit at t = 0+ is drawn as,
1.5 sm
=
R2 = 10 3 1 – sm 2
P
10 Amps sm 2 – 4sm 1 = 0
+
Vc (0+) = 10 V
R1
open L – 4 16 – 4 1
(10 sm = = (4 – 2 3)
Ic 2 2
C
= 0.268
67. v1 v2 v3 v4 v5 v6
Using KCL at mode P , e1 1 1 1 0 0 0
Vp Vp – 10 e2 0 –1 0 –1 1 0
– 10 0
10 10 e3 –1 0 0 0 –1 –1
Vp = 55 volts. e4 0 0 –1 1 0 1
T
V p – Vc 55 – 10 E = e1 e 2 e 3 e 4 = AV
V
and, Ic 4.5 Amps.
10 10 68.
frequency
63.
f
VYX
50 Hz
f
0 2V
VYX = VX – VY
= V–0 for R= O P1
MW
= V – 2V for R=0 P
SOLVED PAPER – 2007 21
P1 = 12 MW Tst FI I s
from the diagram we have, 71. TF = GH I JK
sc
F
f k2
0.05 f 15 1.5 = 72 0.05 k2
f – 50 P1 k = 0.7825 = 78.25 %
0.05 f 15 Tst 1 I F I 2
1
f – 50 12
f = 52.083 72.
TF
= sc
3 IF GH JK Sf =
3
49 0.05 = 0.816
Now, the new load is, P=11.5 MW. Tst FG I sc IJ 2
S
Then, 73. TF = HI F K f
52.083 – f 11.5
0.5 = G
FI sc IJ 2
0.05
52.083 – 50 12
HI F K
11.5 I sc
52.083 – f 2.08 IF = 10 = 3.16
12
1
f 50.083 Hz +10 V
74. D1 R
69. Interrupt is sampled after every machine cycle
and Bus request pin is sampled after every
instruction cycle. V1 V2 D2 + 200 V
–
1
70. X 1 L 1 , X 4 , Z R jX ,
1 1 1
+
VCE
C4 –
T
Z 4 R 4 – jX 4 Transistor T is in active state, So VCE = 1volts
and V1 = 10 – VCE = 9V
Z1 Z3
At balance,
Z2 Z4 V2 1
V2 = 9V
V1 1
Z1Z4 = Z3 Z 2
Voltage drop across R,
1 VR = V2 – V01 – Vgk
(R1 jL1 ) R 4 – j R2R3
L 4 where Vgk is the gate-cathode voltage drop during
ON state.
Equating real and Imaginary terms, we get,
VR = 9 – 1 – 1 = 7 volts.
R 2 R 3 C4 R 2 R 3 R 4 C42
2
For SCR to turn-ON,
L1 = , R1 =
1 + (C 4 R 4 ) 2
1 + (C4 R 4 )2
VR .7
R 47 .
I g (max) 150 mA
L1 1
Quality factor, Q
R1 C4 R 4 75. RL = 1
R 2R3R4 2 R 2R 3 R 4 C24 +
iL L
Then, L1 = , R1 = VT
1 1 –
1+ 2 1+ 2
Q Q + 200 V
–
For Q 10 , L1 R 2 R 3 C4 , R1 2 R 2 R 3 C42 R 4
During ON-state, forward voltage drop across
As R2 is common in both the expressions of L1 and SCR, VT = 1V then, using KVL around the loop
R1, then R2 would have to be adjusted first and above, we get
then R4 should be adjusted.
22 SOLVED PAPER – 2007
di 79. from, A2 + 3A + 2I = 0, we have
E – L L – RiL – VT 0
dt A2 = – 3A – 2I
A4 = A2 . A2 = (– 3A – 2I) (– 3A – 2I)
diL
200 – 0.15 – iL – 1 0 = 9A2 + 12A + 4I
dt
= 9(– 3A – 2I) + 12A + 4I
iL 199 (1 – e t / 0.15 ) = –15A – 14I
Let T is the time required for ia to rise to IL A8 = A4. A4 = (–15A – 14I) (–15A – 14I)
then, = – 255A – 254I
IL 199 (1 – e T / 0.15 ) A9 = A8. A = A(–255A – 254I)
= – 255(A2) – 254 A
250 10 –3
199(1 – e T / 0.15
) = – 255(– 3A – 2I) – 254 A
T = 188.56 s A9 = 511 A + 510I
voltage across PT = 10 volts. 80. Characteristic equation is,
then, voltage rating of
LCs2 + RCs + 1 = 0
PT 10 188.50 s 2000 V s. R 1
s2 s =0
2 –7 2 –4
L LC
0N A 4 10 ( 400) (16 40 )
76. L= = 1
(1 10 –3 ) n = 10 4
LC
= .3215 R
XL = 2L 2fn =
L
V 230 R
I= = = 2.28A f =
Xc 2 . 3215 L2 n
10
1 2 = –3 = 0.5
77. Energy stored = LI 10 2 10 4
2
e –
1
= (.3215) 2.28
2
a f 2
= 0.832.30 Joule Overshoot = 100 = 16%
1 – 2
E
Force to reduce 1mm air gap = 82. take 2's complement of 11010110 is 00101010 and
d
then divide by 2 then answer is 11101011
0.832,30
= = 832.30 N
1 10 –3 83. Right sequence is L2, R2, R1
84. For a distortion free output signal waveform,
– 3 2 phase shift that is proportional to frequency
78. Given, A
– 1 0 should be provided so that equal delay could be
imparted to all frequency component.
Characteristic equation is given by, | A – I| 0
85. z–1 corresponds to frequency .
–3 – 2
0 2 3 2 0 z–3 corresponds to frequency 3.
–1 0–
For the same amplification of the signals at
As Cayley –Hamilton Theorem states, a square frequency and 3, amplification should be
matrix satisfies this equation, then,
equal, i.e., .
A2 + 3A + 2I = 0
multiplying A–1 to both sides, we get,
A + 3I + 2A–1 = 0
SOLVED PAPER – 2006
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
(Q.1 – 20) carry one mark each
1. The following is true 5. Which of the following statements holds for the
(a) A finite signal is always bounded divergence of electric and magnetic flux densities?
(b) A bounded signal always possesses finite energy (a) Both are zero
(c) A bounded signal is always zero outside the (b) These are zero for static densities but non zero
interval [– t0, t0] for some t0 for time varying densities
(d) A bounded signal is always finite (c) It is zero for the electric flux density
(d) It is zero for the magnetic flux density
2. x (t) is a real valued function of a real variable
with period T. Its trigonometric Fourier Series 6. In transformers, which of the following
expansion contains no terms of frequency = 2 statements is valid ?
(2k)/ T; k = 1, 2,.... Also, no sine terms are (a) In an open circuit test, copper losses are
present. Then x (t) satisfies the equation obtained while in short circuit test, core losses
(a) x (t) =– x (t – T) are obtained
(b) x (t) = x (T – t) = – x (–t) (b) In an open circuit test, current is drawn at
(c) x (t) = x (T – t) = – x (t – T/2) high power factor
(d) x (t) = x (t – T) = x (t – T/2) (c) In a short circuit test, current is drawn at zero
power factor
3. In the figure the current source is 1 0 A,
(d) In an open circuit test, current is drawn at
R = 1 , the impedances are ZC = – j , and
low power factor
ZL = 2j . The Thevenin equivalent looking into
the circuit across X-Y is 7. For a single phase capacitor start induction motor
X which of the following statements is valid ?
(a) The capacitor is used for power factor
improvement
(b) The direction of rotation can be changed by
reversing the main winding terminals
Y (c) The direction of rotation cannot be changed
(a) 2 0 V, (1 + 2j) (d) The direction of rotation can be changed by
interchanging the supply terminals
(b) 2 45 V, (1 – 2j)
(c) 2 45V, (1 + j) 8. In a DC machine, which of the following
statements is true ?
(d) 2 45 V, (1 + j)
(a) Compensating winding is used for neutralizing
4. The three limbed non ideal core shown in the armature reaction while interpole winding is
figure has three windings with nominal used for producing residual flux
inductances L each when measured individually (b) Compensating winding is used for neutralizing
with a single phase AC source. The inductance of armature reaction while interpole winding is
the windings as connected will be used for improving commutation
R Y B
(a) very low (c) Compensating winding is used for improving
commutation while interpole winding is used
(b) L/3
for neutralizing armature reaction
(c) 3L (d) Compensating winding is used for improving
(d) very high commutation while interpole winding is used
for producing residual flux
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2006
9. The concept of an electrically short, medium, and 15. The time/ div and voltage/div axes of an oscilloscope
long line is primarily based on the have been erased. A student connects a 1 kHz,
(a) nominal voltage of the line 5 V p-p square wave calibration pulse to channel
(b) physical length of the line 1 of the scope and observes the screen to be as
(c) wavelength of the line shown in the upper trace of the figure. An
(d) power transmitted over the line unknown signal is connected to channel 2 (lower
trace) of the scope. If the time/div and V/div on
10. Keeping in view the cost and overall effectiveness, both channels are the same, the amplitude (p-p)
the following circuit breaker is best suited for and period of the unknown signal are respectively
capacitor bank switching
(a) vacuum (b) air blast
(c) SF6 (d) oil
11. In a biased differential relay, the bias is defined
as a ratio of
(a) number of turns of restraining and operating coil
(b) operating coil current and restraining coil current
(c) fault current and operating coil current (a) 5 V, 1 ms (b) 5V, 2 ms
(d) fault current and restraining coil current (c) 7.5 V, 2 ms (d) 10V, 1 ms
12. An HVDC link consists of rectifier, inverter 16. A sampling wattmeter (that computes power
transmission line and other equipments. Which from simultaneously sampled values of voltage
one of the following is true for this link ? and current) is used to measure the average
(a) The transmission line produces/supplies power of a load. The peak to peak voltage of
reactive power the square wave is 10 V and the current
(b) The rectifier consumes reactive power and the is a triangular wave of 5 A p-p as shown in
inverter supplies reactive power from/to the the figure. The period is 20 ms. The reading in
respective connected AC systems W will be
(c) Rectifier supplies reactive power and the
inverted consumes reactive power to/from the (a) 0 W 0
respective connected AC systems (b) 25 W
(d) Both the converters (rectifier and inverter)
(c) 50 W
consume reactive power from the respective 0
connected AC systems (d) 100 W
13. For a system with the transfer function 17. What are the states of the three ideal diodes of
3 s 2 the circuit shown in figure ?
H (s) = , the matrix A in the state 1
4 s2 2s 1
space form x = Ax + Bu is equal to 1
1 0 0 0 1 0 D2
(a) 0 1 0 (b) 0 0 1 1
5A
1 2 4 1 2 4 10V D1 D3
0 1 0 1 0 0 (a) D1 ON, D2 OFF, D3 OFF
(c) 3 2 1 (d) 0 0 1 (b) D1 OFF, D2 ON, D3 OFF
1 2 4 1 2 4 (c) D1 ON, D2 OFF, D3 ON
(d) D1 OFF, D2 ON, D3 ON
14. A discrete real allpass system has a pole at
z = 2 30° : it, therefore 18. The speed of a 3–phase, 440 V, 50 Hz induction
1 motor is to be controlled over a wide range from
(a) also has a pole at 30
2 zero speed to 1.5 time the rated speed using a
(b) has a constant phase response over the z- plane: 3-phase voltage source inverter. It is desired to keep
arg |H(z)| = constant the flux in the machine constant in the constant
(c) is stable only, if it is anticausal torque region by controlling the terminal voltage
(d) has a constant phase response over the unit as the frequency changes. The inverter output
circle: arg |H(ej )| = constant voltage vs frequency characteristic should be
SOLVED PAPER – 2006 3
(a) V (b) V 20. A single-phase half wave uncontrolled converter
circuit is shown in figure. A 2–winding transformer is
used at the input for isolation. Assuming the load
current to be constant and v = Vm sin t, the
f current waveform through diode D2 will be
50 f
50 D1 iL L
(c) V (d) V
Vin V
D2
f (a)
f 50
50
0 2
19. For a given sinusoidal input voltage, the voltage (b)
waveform at point P of the clamper circuit shown 0 2
in figure will be (c)
+12V RL 0 2
–
C (d)
+ P
+ V
– in –12V 0 2
(Q. 21 - 75) carry two marks each
Vin 21. x [n] = 0; n < – 1, n > 0, x [– 1] = – 1, x[0] = 2 is the
input and
y [n] = 0; n < – 1, n > 2, y[– 1] = – 1 = y[1], y [0] = 3,
y [2] = – 2 is the output of a discrete-time LTI system.
The system impulse response h[n] will be
(a) h[n] = 0; n < 0, n > 2, h[0] = 1, h[1] = h[2] = – 1
(a) (b) h[n] = 0; n < – 1, n > 1, h[–1] = 1, h[0] = h[1] = 2
(c) h[n] = 0; n < 0, n > 3, h[0] = – 1, h[1] = 2, h[2] = 1
(d) h[n] = 0; n < – 2, n > 1, h[–2] = h[1] = h[–1]
= – h[0] = 3
H
22. The expression V = R (1 – h/H)2 dh for the
2
0
(b) volume of a cone is equal to
R R
(a) 0 R (1 – h/H)2 dr (b) R 2 (1 – h/H)2 dh
2
0
H R r
(c) 0 2 rH(1 – r/R) dh (d) 2 r H(1 – )2 dr
0 R
23. The discrete-time signal
(c)
3n 2 n
x[n] X (z) =
n 0
2 n
z ,
12V
where denotes a transform-pair relationship,
– 0.7V is orthogonal to the signal
n
2 –n
(a) y1 [n] Y1 (z) = n 0 z
(d) 3
(b) y2 [n] Y2 (z) = n 0 5n – n z
– 2 n 1
0.7V (c) y3 [n] Y3 (z) = n –
2–|n| z– n
(d) y4 [n] Y4(z) = 2 z–4 + 3 z–2 + 1
–12V
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2006
24. A surface S (x, y) = 2x + 5y – 3 is integrated once 29. In the circuit shown in the figure, the current
over a path consisting of the points that satisfy source I = 1 A , voltage source V = 5V,
(x + 1)2 + (y – 1)2 = 2 . The integral evaluates R1 = R 2 = R 3 = 1 W
to
L 1 = L 2 = L 3 = 1H
(a) 17 2 (b) 17/ 2 C1 = C 2 = 1F.
(c) 2 /17 (d) 0 The currents (in A) through R3 and the voltage
source V respectively will be
25. A continuous-time system is described by
y (t) = e–|x(t)|, where y (t) is the output and x (t) is R1 R2
the input. y (t) is bounded
(a) only when x(t) is bounded L1 C1 L3 +
–
C2
(b) only when x(t) is non-negative V
I L2 R3
(c) only for t 0 if x (t) is bounded for t 0
(a) 1, 4 (b) 5, 1
(d) even when x(t) is not bounded (c) 5, 2 (d) 5, 4
26. The running integrator, given by 30. The parameter type and the matrix representation
t
of the relevant two port parameters that describe
y (t) =
–
x(t) dt
the circuit shown are
(a) has no finite singularities in its double sided I2
I1
Laplace Transform Y (s)
+ +
(b) produces a bounded output for every causal
bounded input V1 V2
(c) produces a bounded output for every anticausal – –
bounded input
(d) has no finite zeroes in its double sided Laplace 0 0
(a) z-parameters,
Transform Y (s) 0 0
27. Two fair dice are rolled and the sum r of the 1 0
(b) h-parameters,
numbers turned up is considered 0 1
1 0 0
(a) Pr (r > 6) = (c) h-parameters,
6 0 0
5 1 0
(b) Pr (r/3 is an integer) = (d) z-parameters,
6
0 1
5
(c) Pr (r = 8|r/4 is an integer) = 31. Consider the following statements with reference
9
1 p
(d) Pr (r = 6|r/5 is an integer) = to the equation
18 t
(1) This is a point form of the continuity equation
28. The parameters of the circuit shown in the figure
are Ri = 1 M , R o = 10 , A = 10 6 V/V. (2) Divergence of current density is equal to the
If Vi = 1 V, then output voltage, input impedance decrease of charge per unit volume per unit at
and output impedance respectively are every point
Ri Ro (3) This is Max well's divergence equation
+ (4) This represents the conservation of charge
+ Select the correct answer.
Vi – AVi
(a) Only 2 and 4 are true
– (b) 1, 2 and 3 are true
(a) 1V, , 10 (b) 1 V, 0, 10 (c) 2, 3 and 4 are true
(c) 1 V, 0, (d) 10 V, , 10 (d) 1, 2 and 4 are true
SOLVED PAPER – 2006 5
32. The circuit shown in the figure is energized by a 34. A 400 V, 50 Hz, three phase balanced source supplies
sinusoidal voltage source V1 at a frequency which power to a star connected load whose rating is
causes resonance with a current of I. 12 3 k VA , 0.8 pf (lag). The rating (in kVAR) of the
I delta connected (capacitive) reactive power bank
necessary to bring the pf to unity is
(a) 28.78 (b) 21.60
V2
(c) 16.60 (d) 12.47
V1 35. An energy meter connected to an immersion
Vc
heater (resistive) operating on an AC 230 V, 50 Hz,
The phasor diagram which is applicable to this AC single phase source reads 2.3 units (kWh) in
circuit is 1 hour. The heater is removed from the supply
and now connected to a 400 V peak to peak square
(a)
I V2 V1 wave source of 150 Hz. The power in kW
dissipated by the heater will be
VC (a) 3.478 (b) 1.739
(b) (c) 1.540 (d) 0.870
V2 I 36. A 220 V DC machine supplies 20 A at 200 V as a
generator. The armature resistance is 0.2 ohm.
V1 If the machine is now operated as a motor at same
terminal voltage and current but with the flux
increased by 10%, then ratio of motor speed to
VC generator speed is
(c) (a) 0.87 (b) 0.95
VC
(c) 0.96 (d) 1.06
V1 37. A synchronous generator is feeding a zero power
V factor (lagging) load at rated current. The
2 I armature reaction is
(a) magnetizing (b) demagnetizing
(d) (c) cross-magnetizing (d) ineffective
V1
38. Two transformers are to be operated in parallel
V2 such that they share load in proportion to their
KVA ratings. The rating of the first transformer
is 500 kVA and its pu leakage impedance is
0.05 pu. If the rating of second transformer is
250 kVA, then its pu leakage impedance is
I (a) 0.20 (b) 0.10
(c) 0.05 (d) 0.025
VC 39. The speed of a 4-pole induction motor is controlled
33. An ideal capacitor is charged to a voltage V0 and by varying the supply frequency while
connected at t = 0 across an ideal inductor L. (The maintaining the ratio of supply voltage to supply
circuit now consists of a capacitor and inductor frequency (V/f) constant. At rated frequency of
1 50 Hz and rated voltage of 400 V its speed is
alone). If we let 0 = , the voltage across the 1440 rpm. Find the speed at 30 Hz, if the load
LC
capacitor at time t > 0 is given by torque is constant.
(a) V0 (b) V0 cos (0t) (a) 882 rpm (b) 864 rpm
(c) V0 sin (0t) (d) V0 e–0t cos (0t) (c) 840 rpm (d) 828 rpm
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2006
40. A 3 phase, 4 pole, 400 V, 50 Hz, star connected (a) Van1 = X (+ 30°),
induction motor has following circuit parameters Van2 = Y (2– 30°)
r1 = 1.0 , r2 = 0.5 , x1 = x2= 1.2 , xm = 35 (b) Van1 = X (– 30°),
The starting torque when the motor is started Van2 = Y (2 + 30°)
direct- on-line is (use approximate equivalent
circuit model) 1
(c) Van1 = X (– 30°),
(a) 63.6 Nm (b) 74.3 Nm 3
(c) 190.8 Nm (d) 222.9 Nm 1
Van2 = Y (2 + 30°)
3
41. A 3 phase, 10 kW, 400 V, 4 pole, 50 Hz, star
connected induction motor draws 20 A on full load. 1
(d) Van1 = X (– 60°),
Its no load and blocked rotor test data are given 3
below :
1
No Load test : 400V 6A 1002 W Van2 = Y (2 – 60°)
3
Blocked Rotor test : 90 V 15 A 762 W
Neglecting copper loss in no Load test and core 46. A generator is connected through a 20 MVA,
loss in Blocked Rotor test, estimate motor's full 13.8/138 kV step down transformer, to a
load efficiency. transmission line. At the receiving end of the line
(a) 76 % (b) 81% a load is supplied through a step down transformer
(c) 82.4 % (d) 85% of 10 MVA, 138/69 kV rating. A 0.72 pu load,
evaluated on load side transformer ratings as base
42. A 3 phase, 400 V, 5 kW, star connected synchronous values, is supplied from the above system. For
motor having an internal reactance of 10 is operating system base values of 10 MVA and 69 kV in load
at 50% load, unity pf. Now, the excitation is increased circuit, the value of the load (in per unit) in
by 1% . What will be the new load in percent, if the generator circuit will be
power factor is to be kept same ? Neglect all losses
(a) 36 (b) 1.44
and consider linear magnetic circuit.
(c) 0.72 (d) 0.18
(a) 67.9% (b) 56.9%
(c) 51% (d) 50% 47. The Gauss Seidel load flow method has following
disadvantages. Tick the incorrect statement.
43. The A, B, C, D constants of a 220 kV line are:
(a) Unreliable convergence
A = D = 0.94 1, B = 130 73, C = 0.001 90.
(b) Slow convergence
If the sending end voltage of the line for a given
load delivered at nominal voltage is 240 kV, then (c) Choice of slack bus affects convergence
% voltage regulation of the line is (d) A good initial guess for voltages is essential
(a) 5 (b) 9 for convergence
(c) 16 (d) 21 48. The Bode magnitude plot of
44. A single phase transmission line and a telephone 10 4 (1 j )
line are both symmetrically strung one below the H (j) = is
(10 j ) 100 j
2
other, in horizontal configurations, on a common
tower. The shortest and longest distances between (a) |H (j ) d B
the phase and telephone conductors are 2.5 m 40
and 3 m respectively. The voltage (volt/km) 20
induced in the telephone circuit, due to 50 Hz
log ( )
current of 100 amps in the power circuit is –1 +1 +2 +3
–20
(a) 4.81 (b) 3.56
–40
(c) 2.29 (d) 1.27
(b) |H (j ) d B
45. Three identical star connected resistors of 1.0 pu
are connected to an unbalanced 3 phase supply. 40
The load neutral is isolated. The symmetrical 20
components of the line voltages in pu are: log ( )
–1 +1 +2 +3
Vab1 = X 1, Vab2 = Y2. If all the pu calculations –20
are with the respective base values, the phase to
–40
neutral sequence voltages are
SOLVED PAPER – 2006 7
(c ) |H (j ) d B (b) one positive real root and four complex roots,
40 all with positive real parts
20 (c) one negative real root, two imaginary roots,
log ( ) and two roots with positive real parts
–1 +1 +2 +3
–20 (d) one positive real root, two imaginary roots,
–40 and two roots with negative real parts
(d) |H (j ) d B 52. Consider the following Nyquist plots of loop
40 transfer functions over = 0 to = . Which
20 of these plots represents a stable closed loop
log ( ) system ?
–1 +1 +2 +3
Im
–20 (1) (2) Im
–40
R
49. A closed-loop system has the characteristic =
Re =
–1 –1 Re
function (s2 – 4) (s + 1) + K (s – 1) = 0. Its root
locus plot against K is
(a) j
Im Im
(4)
–2 –1 +1 +2 (3) =
= Re
Re –1
–1
j
(b)
(a) (1) only (b) all, except (1)
(c) all, except (3) (d) (1) and (2) only
–2 –1 +1 +2
53. A current of – 8 + 6 2 (sin t + 30°) A is passed
through three meters. They are a centre zero
(c) j PMMC meter, a true rms meter and a moving iron
instrument. The respective readings (in A) will be
(a) 8, 6, 10 (b) 8, 6, 8
–2 –1 +1 +2 (c) – 8, 10, 10 (d) –8, 2, 2
54. A variable w is related to three other variables
(d) j x, y, z as w = xy/z. The variables are measured
with meters of accuracy 0.5 % reading, 1% of
full scale value and 1.5% reading. The actual
readings of the three meters are 80, 20 and
–2 –1 +1 +2
50 with 100 being the full scale value for all
three. The maximum uncertainty in the
measurement of w will be
50. y [n] denotes the output and x [n] denotes the input
(a) 0.5 % rdg (b) 5.5 % rdg
of a discrete-time system given by the difference
equation y [n] – 0.8 y [n – 1] = x[n] + 1.25 x [n + 1]. (c) 6.7 % rdg (d) 7.0 rdg
Its right- sided impulse response is 55. A 200/1 Current transformer (CT) is wound with
(a) causal (b) unbounded 200 turns on the secondary on a toroidal core. When
(c) periodic (d) non-negative it carries a current of 160 A on the primary, the
ratio and phase errors of the CT are found to be –
51. The algebraic equation 0.5% and 30 minutes respectively. If the number of
F(s) = s5 – 3s4 + 5s3 – 7s2 + 4s + 20 is given. secondary turns is reduced by 1 the new ratio error
F(s) = 0 has (%) and phase error (min) will be respectively
(a) a single complex root with the remaining roots (a) 0.0, 30 (b) – 0.5, 35
being real (c) –1.0, 30 (d) – 1.0, 25
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2006
56. R1 and R4 are the opposite arms of a Wheatstone (a)
bridge as are R3 and R2. The source voltage is 6
applied across R 1 and R 3 . Under balanced
conditions which one of the following is true ? –10
(a) R1 = R3 R4/ R2 (b) R1 = R2 R3/ R4
(c) R1 = R2 R4/ R3 (d) R1 = R2 + R3+R4
(b)
57. Assuming the diodes D1 and D2 of the circuit 10
shown in figure to be ideal ones, the transfer
–6
characteristics of the circuit will be
D1 (c)
2 V0 6
D2
Vi RL =
10 V 5V
–10
v0 v0 (d)
(a) (b) 10
10
–6
5
vi vi
10 5
v0
60. A TTL NOT gate circuit is shown in figure.
v0
(c) (d) Assuming VBE = 0.7 V of both the transistors, if
10 10
Vi = 3.0 V, then the states of the two transistors
will be
5
5V
vi vi
5 10 10
4k 1.6k
58. Consider the circuit shown in figure. If the Q2
of the transistor is 30 and I CBO is 20 nA and Vi
the input voltage is + 5 V, then transistor Q1
would be operating in
12V
(a) Q1 ON and Q2 OFF
2.2k
(b) Q1 reverse ON and Q2 OFF
15k (c) Q1 reverse ON and Q2 ON
Vi
Q
100k
(d) Q1 OFF and Q2 reverse ON
–12V 61. A student has made a 3-bit binary down counter
(a) saturation region (b) active region and connected to the R-2R ladder type DAC
(c) breakdown region (d) cut-off region [Gain = (– 1 k /2R)} as shown in figure to
generate a staircase waveform. The output
59. A relaxation oscillator is made using OPAMP as achieved is different as shown in figure. What
shown in figure. The supply voltages of the could be the possible cause of this error ?
OPAMP are 12V. The voltage waveform at point
R R R 1k
P will be
R1
2R +12V
R2
2R 2R 2R
–
–
C V0
+
2k +
Counter
P 1kHz
clock –12V
10k 10k
10k
SOLVED PAPER – 2006 9
7 65. A single-phase inverter is operated in PWM mode
6 generating a single-pulse of width 2d in the centre
5 of each half cycle as shown in figure. It is found
4
that the output voltage is free from 5th harmonic
3
2
for pulse width 144°. What will be percentage of
1 3rd harmonic present in the output voltage
0 (Vo3/Vo1 max) ?
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ms
(a) The resistance values are incorrect V 2d
(b) The counter is not working properly 32
2
(c) The connection from the counter to DAC is 2
–V 2d
not proper
(d) The R and 2R resistances are interchanged (a) 0.0 % (b) 19.6%
62. A 4 1 MUX is used to implement a 3–input (c) 31.7 % (d) 53.9%
Boolean function as shown in figure. The Boolean 66. A 3-phase fully controlled bridge converter with
function F (A, B, C) implemented is free wheeling diode is fed from 400 V, 50 Hz AC
A I0 source and is operating at a firing angle of 60°.
I1 The load current is assumed constant at 10 A due
‘1’ I2 F(A, B, C) to high load inductance. The input displacement
factor (IDF) and the input power factor (IPF) of
‘0’ I3
S1 S0
the converter will be
(a) IDF = 0.867 IPF = 0.828
B C (b) IDF = 0.867 IPF = 0.552
(a) F (A, B, C) = (1, 2, 4, 6) (c) IDF = 0.5 IPF = 0.478
(b) F (A, B, C) = (1, 2, 6) (d) IDF = 0.5 IPF = 0.318
(c) F (A, B, C) = ( 2, 4, 5, 6)
67. A voltage commutation circuit is shown in figure.
(d) F (A, B, C) = (1, 5, 6) If the turn off time of the SCRs is 50 sec and a
63. A software delay subroutine is written as given safety margin of 2 is considered, then what will be
below: the approximate minimum value of capacitor
DELAY : MVI H, 255 D required for proper commutation?
MVI L, 255 D
50 50
LOOP : DCR L
C
JNZ LOOP 100V
DCR H Th 1 Th2
JNZ LOOP
How many times DCR L instruction will be (a) 2.88F (b) 1.44 F
executed ? (c) 0.91 F (d) 0.72 F
(a) 255 (b) 510
68. A solar cell of 350 V is feeding power to an ac
(c) 65025 (d) 65279 supply of 440 V, 50 Hz through a 3-phase
64. In an 8085 A microprocessor based system, it is fully controlled bridge converter. A large
desired to increment the contents of memory inductance is connected in the dc circuit to
location whose address is available in (D,E) maintain the dc current at 20 A. If the solar cell
register pair and store the result in same location. resistance is 0.5 , then each thyristor will be
The sequence of instructions is reverse biased for a period of
(a) XCHG (b) XCHG (a) 125°
INR M INX H (b) 120°
(c) INX D (d) INR M (c) 60°
XCHG XCHG (d) 55°
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2006
69. A single-phase bridge converter is used to charge Common Data(Q.74 – 75) :
a battery of 200 V having an internal resistance A generator feeds power to an infinite bus through
of 0.2 as shown in figure. The SCRs are a double circuit transmission line. A3 phase fault
triggered by a constant dc signal. If SCR 2 gets occurs at the middle point of one of the lines. The
open circuited, then what will be the average infinite bus voltage is 1 pu, the transient internal
charging current ? voltage of the generator is 1.1 pu and the equivalent
200V transfer admittance during fault is 0.8 pu. The
Battery 100 MVA generator has an inertia constant of
5 MJ/MVA and it was delivering 1.0 pu power prior
230V SCR1 SCR 2
of the fault with rotor power angle of 30°. The system
50Hz
frequency is 50 Hz.
SCR3 SCR4
74. The initial accelerating power (in pu) will be
(a) 23.8 A (b) 15 A (a) 1.0 (b) 0.6
(c) 11.9 A (d) 3.54 A (c) 0.56 (d) 0.4
70. An SCR having a turn ON time of 5 sec, latching 75. If the initial accelerating power is X pu, the initial
current of 50 mA and holding current of 40 mA is acceleration in elect deg/sec2, and the inertia
triggered by a short duration pulse and is used in constant in MJ-sec/elect deg respectively will be
the circuit shown in figure. The minimum pulse (a) 31.4X, 18 (b) 1800X, 0.056
width required to turn the SCR ON will be (c) X/1800, 0.056 (d) X/31.4, 18
Linked Answer Questions : Q. 76 to Q. 85 carry
20 two marks each
100V 5k Statement for Linked Answer Questions 76
and 77 :
0.5H
p = [– 10 1 3]T, q = [–2 –5 9]T, r = [2 –7 12]T are three
vectors
(a) 251 sec (b) 150 sec
76. An orthogonal set of vectors having a span that
(c) 100 sec (d) 5 sec
contains p, q, r is
Common Data (Q. 71- 73) : (a) [–6 –3 6]T, [4 –2 3]T
A 4 pole, 50 Hz, synchronous generator has 48 (b) [–4 2 4]T, [5 7 –11]T, [8 2 –3]T
slots in which a double layer winding is housed. Each (c) [6 7 –1]T, [–3 12 –2]T, [3 9 –4]T
coil has 10 turns and is short pitched by an angle (d) [4 3 11]T, [1 31 3]T, [5 3 4]T
to 36° electrical. The fundamental flux per pole is
0.025 Wb. 77. The following vector is linearly dependent upon
the solution to the previous problem
71. The line-to-line induced emf (in volts), for a three (a) [8 9 3]T (b) [–2 –17 30]T
phase star connection is approximately
(c) [4 4 5]T (d) [13 2 –3]T
(a) 808 (b) 888
(c) 1400 (d) 1538 S ta teme n t f or L in ke d A n s w er Q u e s tio n s
78 and 79 :
72. The line-to-line induced emf (in volts), for a two It is required to design an anti-aliasing filter for an
phase connection is approximately 8 bit ADC. The filter is a first order RC filter with
(a) 1143 (b) 1332 R = 1 and C = 1F. The ADC is designed to span a
(c) 1617 (d) 1791 sinusoidal signal with peak to peak amplitude equal
to the full scale range of the ADC.
73. The fifth harmonic component of phase emf
(in volts), for a three phase star connection is
R = 1
(a) 0
A/D
(b) 269 C = 1F
(c) 281
(d) 808
SOLVED PAPER – 2006 11
78. The transfer function of the filter and its roll off j 0.16 j 0.08 j 0.12
respectively are Zbus = j 0.08 j 0.24 j 0.16
(a) 1/ (1 + RCs), –20 dB/ decade
j 0.12 j 0.16 j 0.34
(b) (1 + RCs), – 40 dB/decade
The pre-fault voltages are 1.0 p.u at all the buses.
(c) 1/(1 + RCs), –40 dB/decade
The system was unloaded prior to the fault. A solid 3
(d) {RCs/ (1 + RCs)}, –20 dB/decade phase fault takes place at bus 2.
79. What is the SNR (in dB) of the ADC ? Also find 82. The post fault voltages at buses 1 and 3 in per
the frequency (in decades) at the filter output at unit respectively are
which the filter attenuation just exceeds the SNR
(a) 0.24, 0.63 (b) 0.31, 0.76
of the ADC.
(c) 0.33, 0.67 (d) 0.67, 0.33
(a) 50 dB, 2 decades (b) 50 dB, 2.5 decades
(c) 60 dB, 2 decades (d) 60 dB, 2.5 decades 83. The per unit fault feeds from generators connected to
buses 1 and 2 respectively are
S ta teme n t f or L in ke d A n s w er Q u e s tio n s
80 and 81 : (a) 1.20, 2.51 (b) 1.55, 2.61
A 300 kVA transformer has 95% efficiency at full load (c) 1.66, 2.50 (d) 5.00, 2.50
0.8 pf lagging and 96% efficiency at half load, unity pf. S ta teme n t f or L in ke d A n s w er Q u e s tio n s
84 and 85 :
80. The iron loss (Pi) and copper loss (Pc) in kW, under
full load operation are A voltage commutated chopper operating at 1 kHz is
used to control the speed of dc motor as shown in figure.
(a) Pc = 4.12, Pi = 8.51 (b) Pc = 6.59, Pi = 9.21
The load current is assumed to be constant at 10 A.
(c) Pc = 8.51, Pi = 4.12 (d) Pc = 12.72, Pi = 3.07
81. What is the maximum efficiency (in %) at unity +
1F iL
pf load ?
A
(a) 95.1 (b) 96.2 V = 250 V
(c) 96.4 (d) 98.1
2mH
S ta teme n t f or L in ke d A n s w er Q u e s tio n s –
82 and 83 :
84. The minimum time in sec for which the SCR M
For a power system the admittance and impedance should be ON is
matrices for the fault studies are as follows.
(a) 280 (b) 140
– j 8.75 j1.25 j 2.50 (c) 70 (d) 0
Ybus = j1.25 –6.25 j 2.50
85. The average output voltage of the chopper will be
j 2.50 – j 2.50 – j 5.00
(a) 70 V (b) 47.5 V
(c) 35 V (d) 0 V
ANSWERS
1. (d) 2. (c) 3. (d) 4. (a) 5. (d) 6. (d) 7. (b) 8. (b) 9. (b) 10. (a)
11. (a) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (c) 16. (a) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (d) 20. (d)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (a) 24. (d) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (c) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (d) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (b) 39. (b) 40. (a)
41. (b) 42. (a) 43. (c) 44. (c) 45. (c) 46. (a) 47. (a) 48. (a) 49. (b) 50. (*)
51. (c) 52. (a) 53. (c) 54. (d) 55. (a) 56. (b) 57. (b) 58. (a) 59. (a) 60. (c)
61. (c) 62. (a) 63. (d) 64. (a) 65. (b) 66. (c) 67. (a) 68. (d) 69. (a) 70. (b)
71. (c) 72. (a) 73. (a) 74. (c) 75. (c) 76. (d) 77. (d) 78. (a) 79. (b) 80. (c)
81. (b) 82. (d) 83. (c) 84. (b) 85. (c)
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2006
E XPLANATIONS
1. A signal having amplitude within finite boundaries 6. In SC test, I1 (FLC) is drawn at angle 1
called bounded signal and it can have finite energy In OC test, only Io (NLC) is drawn at angle 2
or infinite energy. If this signal is power signal,
V1 I1
then it possess infinite energy. I2
1
But in any case, this bounded signal will be finite
for all the values of time. Ii 2 I0
2. Since, the fourier expansion of x(t) contains no Im
sine terms, therefore,
E2
x(t) = x(– t)
I2 E1
or, x(t) = x(T – t)
as x(t) is periodic with T 2 > 1
Now, as signal x(t) contains odd harmonics. So cos 2 < cos 1
T So current is drawn a low power factor.
Then x(t) = x t
2 7. For changing the direction of rotation, we have
Thus, x(t) = x(T – t) to change main winding terminal and direction
magnetic flux will be reversed.
= x t
T
2 8. By the use of interpoles the armature cross flux
3. Zeq = 1 + (2j – j) to neutralized and in addition some flux is
produced there. This addition flux induces
=1+j= 2 45 rotational emf in the commuted coil in such a
V = IZeq direction as to oppose the reactance voltage thus
= (1 0) e 2 45 =j 2 45
we get zero current in commutated coil and a
sparkless commutation.
X
The effect of armature reaction under pole shoe
R can be neutralized by using compensating
I winding. It neutralizes the armature flux.
L
11. Biased differential relay has 2 coils. Operating
C
Y coil and restraining coil. Ratio of differential
current (operating coil current) to restraining coil
4. The inductance of all three coils are L and they
current is known as bias.
are connected to same line carrying the same
current and set up the flux in the same direction. 13. It is state space representation using phase
variable.
2 2
0 1 0
Standard form 0 0 1
– an – an–1 – an–2
Thus ATQ an = 1, an–1 = – 2, an–2 = 4
All these fluxes when linked with each other they 15. p–p divison of upper trace voltage = 2
will balance each other. So their net flux will be
and value of p-p voltage = 5V.
very low. Thus net L will very low.
Voltage
5. Divergence of magnetic field is always zero
= 2.5
divisons
because magnetic flux makes always a closed Now it will same for unknown voltage,
path.
p-p division of unknown voltage = 3
So .B = 0(Maxwell's equation), So p-p voltage = 3 2.5 = 7.5 voltage
Frequency of upper trace = 1 kHz.
while divergence of electric field .E=
0
SOLVED PAPER – 2006 13
1 22. Choices (a) and (d) can be correct because variable
Time Period = = 10–3 = 1 ms. is r in these two.
103
and divison on x-axis = 4 By integrating (d), we get
Time 1ms 1 2
Thus, = r H, which is volume of cone.
Divison 4 3
and divison of Lower trace voltage on x-axis = 8 25. y (t) = e–|x(t)|
Time 1ms e–x is always convergent even when x is not
Thus, =
Divison 4 bounded.
e– x is bounded even though x2 is not bounded.
Period of unknown signal,
Time
2
8 = 2ms
Division
27. r 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
16. If we consider both the waves we, can see positive
1 2 3 4 5 6 5 4 3 2 1
power and negative power in each cycle is equal. P(r)
36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 36
Net power = 0
In the above table r reflects the sum of digit and
P(r) is the probability of the sum of digit.
a
b c Now, Pr (r/4 is an integer)
= Pr (r = 4) + Pr (r = 8) + Pr (r = 12)
3 5 1 1
a c = =
b 36 36 36 4
5
Pr (r = 8 & r/4 is an integer) =
17. Analysing the circuit we can see that D1 and D2 36
are in forward bias and D3 is in reverse bias. But 5
no current flows through D2 because current gets 5
Then, Pr (r = 8 r/4 is an integer) = 36
shortest path through D1. 1 9
4
18. For speed control by varying frequency method,
28. Output voltage = AVi = 106 10–6 = 1 volt.
V
ratio must be kept constant, so that maximum V1 = Z11i1 + Z12i2
f
flux density may remain constant. i.e., V2 = Z21i1 + Z22 i2
V = 4.44 Nf BmA Ri
+
Ro
V
= 4.44 NBmA = constant Vi
f ± AVi
–
But for frequency above 50 Hz, voltage can’t be
increased alone rated voltage. So, above 50 Hz Output circuit secondary, i2 = 0
voltage kept constant. V1 V
Z11 = = 1 =
19. During the cycle of Vin, diode is cut-off and i1 0
VP = Vi Av = –VCC = – 12 volts Output circuit primary, i1 = 0
During -ve cycle of Vin, diode is ON, V2 AVi
Z 22 = = = R0 = 10
Current through RL , iL = 0 i2 i2
Then, VP = VL + VD
29. At steady state, inductor gets short-circuited and
= iLRL + VD = 0.7 volts capacitor gets open-circuited.
20. During 0 < t < , Diode D1 is forward-biased and R 1 I1 + I2 R 2 P
diode D2 sets reversed-biased.
I2
During < t < 2, diode D1 is reversed-biased
1A + 5 volts
and diode D2 is forward-biased. I1 R3 –
Thus, in < t < 2, diode D2 starts conduct, and
in < t < 2, there is no current flows.
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2006
Voltage across, R3 = 5 volts Representation of charged capacitor to voltage V0
5 in S-domain. When this capacitor is connected to
Current through R3, I1 = =5A inductor at t > 0, the circuit becomes as,
R3
IL(0+) = 0
Given I1 + I2 = 1 A
I2 = 1 – I1 = – 4 A
V0 +
(Current flowing in opposite direction) s – V(s ) sL
30. I1 I2
+ + 1
sC
I(s )
V1 V2
V0
– –
I1 = g11 V1 + g12 I2 I(s) = s
1
V2 = g21 V1 + g22 I2 sL
sC
I1 = 0 [port-1 open-circuited]
V2 = 0 [port-2 short-circuited] V0 1
= 1
I1 0 L 2
g11 = = = 0, s
V1 V1 LC
I2 0
and, VL(s) = I(s) · Ls
I V0 s
g12 = 1
V2 V(s) =
V1 0 1
s2
LC
V2 0
g21 = = = 0, Taking reverse Laplace, we get
V1 V1
I2 0
v(t) = V0 cos 0 t,
0 1
g22 = =0 0 =
I2 LC
G-parameters, are Voltage across capacitor will discharge through
inductor till voltage across capacitor is zero. When
g g12 0 0 inductors becomes fully charged, it starts
= 11 =
g21 g22 0 0 charging capacitor till current flow through the
circuit is zero.
32. At resonance, voltage across L and C will be equal In this fashion, electrostatic energy gets
in magnitude and opposite in direction. So V2 is exchanged into magnetic energy and vice-versa.
the voltage which is equal to the voltage across
R1, and will be in the same direction of I and V1 34. Given VA readings = 12 3 kVA.
be voltage across capacitor Vc will be lagging the cos = 0.8 pf (lag)
current by 90 To bring power factor to unity cos of delta
Thus, we have connected network = 0.8 pf (leading)
I sin = 0.6
R2 R1 V1
I V2 kVAR (Reactive Power) = 12 3 0.6
L V2 = 12.47 kVAR
V1
VC
C VC 35. Reading of Energy Meter = 2.3 Units (kWH)
V2 t 230 230
33. 2.3 103 = = 1
R R
VC(0+) + R = 23.
s –
Power dissipated in
C V2 200 200
kW = =
V C(0 +) = V0 R R
40
= 10 = 1.739 kW..
3
23
SOLVED PAPER – 2006 15
36. For Generator, E = V + IaRa 43. Voltage at sending-end,
= 200 + 20 0.2 = 204 V Vs = AVR + BIR
For Motor, V = E – IaRa at no-load,
E = 200 – 20 0.2 = 196 V IR = 0
E1 N Vs 240
= 1 1 and VRO =
E2 N 2 2 A 0.941
204 N 1 = 255.32 Volts
= 1
196 N 11 VRO VRL
2
% voltage regulation = 100
N2 196 VRL
and = = 0.87 Where VRL is the full-load voltage at receiving-end
N1 204 1.1
255.32 220
37. The distributor of current and fluxes with phase = 100 = 16%
220
angle = +
2 44. P1 P2 [Power lines]
.
EMF + +
Current +
. 3
m
N S D
2.5 m P
1T
2
DP1 T1
s
T1 T2 [Telephone lines]
For lagging load is the current will be shifted in Mutual inductance between lower line and
telephone line,
space by an angle from maximum emf which
2
coincide with centre of pole. The field created by D
M = 4 107 ln P1T2 H/m
the armature reaction mmf will be in opposite to DP T
1 1
main field flux and will therefore by wholly
3
dimagnetizing effect. = 4 107 ln H/m
2.5
1 = 0.73 10–7 H/m
38. Per unit leakage impedance
kVA Hence voltage induced by power line into the
500 kVA 0.05 = 250 kVA x telephone line,
500 VT = MI
x= 0.05 = 0.10
250 = 314 (0.73 10–7) 100
120 f 120 50 = 2.29 H/km
39. Since, N S1 = = = 1500,
P 4 a
N = NS1 (1 – S) 45.
a
1440 = 1500 (1 – S)
(1 – S) = 0.96
n
S = 0.04
120 30 b
NS2 = = 900 rpm. c c b
4
N e g a t i v e -s e q u e n c e P o si t i v e -se q u e n c e
N = 900 (1 – 0.04) = 864 rpm.
Assuming Va as reference phasor,
41. Value of power loss in case of blocked rotor at Van1 = V0
2
20
full load = 762 = 1354.6 watts. Vbn1 = V–120
15
Total losses = 1354.6 + 1002 = 2356.6 watts. Vab1 = Van Vbn
1 1
Total input = 10000 + 2386.6 = 12356.6 = V0 – V–120
10000
% Efficiency = 100 = 81% = 3 Van1 30
12356.6
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2006
Given, Vab1 = X 1 xy
54. Given, w=
z
Then, Van1 = X 1 30 Taking log, we get ,
3 log w = log x + log y + log z
Now, Vab2 = Van Vbn By considering only positive error, differentiating
2 2
= V0 V 120 with respect to w, we get, for maximum uncertainly
an2 an2
dw dx dy dz
= 100
3 V 30 z
Vab2 = w
an2 x y
=
Given, Vab2 = X 2 0.4 1 0.75
80 20 50 100
Then, Y 2 = 3 V 30
an2 = 7% of reading
Van2 = Y 2 + 30 I
3 55. Actual Ratio,R1 = n1 1 e
IP
46. T1 T2
a b I
~ Line
Load = 200 1 e
G I P
20 MVA 10 MVA
13.8/138 kV 138/69 kV Where n1 is the turn ratio,
Base impedance on load side, ZBL NS
n1 =
(69 kV) 2 NP
= = 476
(10 MVA) 200
Nominal ratio, KN = = 200
Then, value of load, 1
ZL = ZL(p.v.) ZBL K R1
Ratio Error, R= N 100
= 0.72 476 = 342.8 R1
Base impedance on generator side, Initially ratio error = – 0.5%
(13.8 kV) 2
200 R1
ZBG = = 9.522 – 0.5 = 100
(20 MVA) R1
Then, in p.u. impedenace R1 201
ZL 342.8 Now, n2 (turn ratio)
Zp.u. = =
Z BG 9.522 NS
= = 199
= 36 p.u. NP
47. The time required for a single iteration in I
R2 = 199 1 e
G-S method is smaller with respect to Newton- I P
Raphson method, but no. of iteration is quite large
201
as it is proportional to the size of system. = 199 200
200
Also, convergence property also gets affected by
the selection of slack bus. K R2
Then ratio, error = n
R2
53. PMMC instrument reads only DC value and since
it is centre zero type so it will give –8 value. 200 200
= =0
RMS meter will read rms value of the current, so 200
Phase angle error,
2
6 2
RMS = 8
2
= 10 A. Im
180
=
2 IP
Moving iron also reads rms value, so its reading that is independent of turn ratio.
will also be 10 A.
Hence ratio error, reduces to zero, however phase
Hence ultimately it will be – 8 , 10 , 10. angle error remains same.
SOLVED PAPER – 2006 17
56. At balance condition,
VCC +12V
Potential at B = Potential at D
VA – i1R1 = VA – i2R2 ...(A) Re 2.2k
i1 R RTH
= 2 13k
i2 R1 z Q
B 58. IB
i1
R1 R3 VTH
A C
i2 G
12 15 100
R2 R4 VTH = vi
15 100 115
D
For vi = 5V
VTH = 2.78 volts,
+ –
RTH = (15//100) = 13 k
Similarly, we get
VTH VBE
i1 R4 Minimum value of IB =
= ...(B) 13 k
i2 R3
2.78 0.7
Equating eqn (A) eqn (B), we have = = 0.16 mA
13
R2 R and IC = IB = 30 0.16 = 4.8 mA
= 4
R1 R3
VCC VCE ,sat
Now, IC(sat) =
57. For Vi < 5 volts Re
D1 is OFF, D2 is ON 12 0.2
= = 5.36 mA
then, the circuit will be drawn as, 2.2 k
D1
+ 5.36 mA
A
Then, IB(sat) = = 0.178 mA
D2 30
2 V0 As, IB(sat) > IB(min)
10V 5V
The transistor is in active region.
–
KVL in loop (A) gives, 62. The truth-table for given MUX is given as,
10 – 2I – 5 = 0 Select Signals
I = 2.5 A B C Output
and V0 = 5 volts
S1 S0 Y
For Vi > 5 volts, D1 is ON and D2 is OFF.
0 0 A
The circuit will be as shown below,
D1 0 1 A
+ +
1 0 1
2 1 1 0
Vi V0
I 10V 5V Now, Drawing K-map,
– – C 0 1
B
KVL gives, 0 A A
Vi 10 1 1 0
I =
2
Y = ABC ABC BC
and V0 = 10 + 2I
= 10 + Vi – 10 Y = ABC ABC ABC ABC
V0 = Vi Again drawing K-map for Y having three variables
Hence, the transfer characteristics will be as A, B &C,
shown in choice (b).
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2006
C Then, CDF (current displacement factor)
A B 00 01 11 10
1 1 1 2
I S1
0 0 3 =
IS
1 1 4 5 7 1 6
As shown in k-map, the boolean function 6 I0 1 3
=
F(A, B, C) implemented as, I0 2
F(A, B, C) = (1, 2, 4, 6) 3
= = 0.955
63. DCRL will be executed 255 times till it content of
L becomes zero. and input displacement factor, (IDF)
Then, for every decrement of content of H, DCRL cos = cos 60 = 0.5
will again be executed by 256 times. (When L is Input power factor,
decremented by 1 and becomes FFH). This will IPF = IDF CDF
be repeated by 254 times. = 0.5 0.955 0.478
Hence, no. of execution of DCRL 67. Firing of TH1 thyristor would commute TH2 and
= 254 256 + 255 = 65279 firing of TH2 would commute TH1 and in this
way load will be transfered between TH1 and TH2
64. The address of the memory location is stored in
and vice-versa.
DE register pair. But INR M command will
increase the content of the memory location M. Circuit turn-off time for,
But this command will execute only on HL pair. TH1, t1 = R1C ln 2
So we have to exchange the address of Memory and turn-off time for
location in HL pair from DE pair first. TH2, t2 = R2C ln 2
65. The output of single-phase inverter, Safety margin = 2
Then, t1 = t2 = 2 50 10–6 (given)
4VS
n
V0 =
n 1
n
sin nd · sin (nt) · sin
2
R1C ln2 = 2 50 10 –6
For pulse width of 144, output is tree from 2 50 106
C= = 2.88 F
5th harmonic 50 ln 2
i.e., 2d = 144 68. Voltage across 3- fully controlled bridge converter
d = 72 V0 = – (E – Idc Rcell)
4VS = – (350 – 20 0.5)
Then, V01 = sin 72 sin t sin
2 = – 340V
4VS 3 3Vme
V03 = sin(3 72)sin(3t) sin i.e., V0 = – 340 = cos
3 2
4VS 3 440 2 cos
3 sin (216) = – 340
V03
ratio, = 20%
V01,max 4VS = 125
sin (72)
Thus, each thyristor will be reversed biased for a
period of (180 – 125) = 55
66. For 3- full-wave converter,
RMS value of source current, 69. Average current is given by,
1 1
2 1 2 Iavg = Vm sin t E ·d
= I0
IS = I02 2R 1
3 3
1
RMS value of nth harmonic current, = 2Vm cos E( 21 )
2R
n 4I0 E
sin
ISh = 1 = sin 1
2 n 3 where,
Vm
For fundamental component,
200
= sin 1
2 2 6 230 2
IS1 = I0 sin I0
3 = 38 = 6.66 rad
SOLVED PAPER – 2006 19
1 d
Then, Iavg = and Kp = cos
2 2 2
2 2 230 cos38 200( 2 0.66) where, d = Chording angle = 36 (given)
Kp = cos 18 = 0.95
= 11.9 amps.
Ev = 3 4.44 Kd Kp T F
70. iT
= 3 4.44 0.966 0.95 0.025 50 160
iR
iL = 1406 volt
20
R2 = 5k
0.5H
72. Here, m = 6 phases = 2
VS = 100 volts
6 15
sin
Kd = 2
100 100 15
iR = = = 0.02 A 6 sin
R2 5 103 2
V 1t
R
0.707
iL = 1 e L = = 0.98
R1 6 0.130
100 t ( = 36)
20
K P = cos = 0.95
= 1 e 0.5 2
20
2 48 10 1
= 5 (1 – e–40t) T= 2 = 240
2
Then, iT = iL + iR
Ev = 4.44 Kd KP T F
= 0.02 + 5(1 – e–40t)
= 4.44 0.98 0.95 0.025 240 50
It minimum pulse width is T for ia latching
= 1147 V
current.
Then, 0.02 + 5(1 – e–40t) = 0.05 73. Fifth harmonic component,
5(1 – e–0.40t) = 0.03 Maximum value,
t = 150 sec. n
cos = Em cos (5 18)
71. Given, = 0.025 Wb, 2
= Em cos (90) = 0
Number of slots
N=
Poles 74. Transfer reactance,
48 1 1
= = 12 X= = 1.25 p.u.
4 Y 0.8
Zp Electrical power delivered,
F = 50 Hz, T =
2 E f Vt sin
Pe =
2 48 10 1 X
= 2 = 160
3 (1.1) (1) sin 30
= = 0.44 p.u.
m 1.25
sin
2 Acelerating power,
But Kd =
P a = Pm – P e
m sin
2 = 1 – 0.44 = 0.56 p.u.
where, m = Number of slots/poles /phase = 4,
75. Inertia constant,
= Angular displacement between
adjacent slots GH
M=
180 180 f
= = 15
12 5 100
= = 0.056
4 15 180 50
sin
2 = 0.966 H 5 1
Kd = M (in p.u.) = =
15 180 f 180 50 1800
4 sin
2
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2006
Then, accelerating power, 83. y10 = y11 + y12 + y13
d
2 = y11 – y12 – y13
Pa = M
dt2 = – j 8.75 + j 1.25 + j 2.50
d 2 P X =–j5
= a y20 = y22 + y21 + y23
dt 2
M 1
1800 = + y22 – y21 – y23
= 1800 X = – j 6.25 + j 1.25 + j 2.5
= j 2.5
n VI cos
80. = 1
n VI cos Pi Pc n2 Z10 = = 2j,
y10
For first condition,
1
300 0.8 Z20 = = j 0.4
0.95 = ...(i) y20
300 0.8 Pi Pc
Current fed by generator (1),
For second condition,
EG 1 V1f
1 IGf 1 =
300 Z10
0.96 = 2 ...(ii)
1 Pi Pc 10 0.670
300 =
2 4 j 0.2
Solving equations (i) and (ii), we get
= 1.65 –90
Pi = 4.12 kW, Pc = 8.51 kW
Current fed by generator (2),
81. For maximum efficiency, EG2 V2f 10 0
Pi = x 2 P c IGf 2 = =
Z 20 j 0.4
1/ 2
4.12 = 2.5–90
x= = 0.696
8.51
84. In positive half cycle, it will charge the capacitor,
xkVA therefore minimum time will be half the time for
We know, =
xKVA x2 Pc Pi one cycle.
0.696 300 2
= T= = 2 LC
0.696 300 4.12 4.12
208.73 Since the time will be half so minimum time
= 100 = 96.2% required for charging,
216.97
T = LC
82. At Bus (2), Fault current,
= 3.14 2 10 –3 10 –6
f
V20
I = = 140 sec.
Z 22 Z f
1 0 Ion
V
= 85. Average output =
j 0.24 Ttotal
= – 4.167 j p.u. 1 1
Ttotal = 3 = 1 msec
post-fault voltage at bus (1), f 10
V1f = V10 Z12 I f 140 sec
Average output = 250 = 35 V..
= 1 0 – j0.08 (– j 4.167) 1 m sec
= 0.67 p.u.
Post-fault voltage at bus (3),
V3f = V3 V32I f
= 1 0 – j 0.16 (– j 4.167)
= 0.33 p.u.
SOLVED PAPER – 2005
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Q . 1 - 30 Carry One Mark Each
1. In the figure given below the value of R is 6. A system with zero initial conditions has the closed
8A R loop transfer function.
s2 + 4 .
T(s) =
(s + 1) (s + 4)
100V
The system output is zero at the frequency
(a) 0.5 rad/sec (b) 1 rad/sec
(c) 2 rad/sec (d) 4 rad/sec
(a) 2.5 (b) 5.0
(c) 7.5 (d) 10.0 7. Figure shows the root locus plot (location of poles
not given) of a third order system whose open
2. The RMS value of the voltage u(t) = 3 + 4cos (3t) is
loop transfer function is
(a) 17 V (b) 5 V Im
(c) 7 V (d) (3 2 2)V 2 3
3. For the two port network shown in the figure the 3
Z-matrix is given by
–3 –2 –1 1 2 3 Re
i1 Z2 i2
– 3
–2 3
v1 Z1 v2
K K
(a) (b)
s3 s (s 1)
2
(a)
LM Z Z Z OP (b) LM Z Z OP
1 1 2 1 1
K K
NZ Z Z Q NZ Z Z Q
1 2 2 1 2 2
(c)
s(s 1)
2
(d) 2
s(s – 1)
LM Z Z OP (d) LZ Z O
(c)
1
NZ Z Z Q
2 1
MNZ Z Z PQ
2
2
1
1 1
1
2
8. The gain margin of a unity feedback control system
with the open loop transfer function
4. In the figure given below, 4 the initial capacitor ( s + 1)
G (s) = is
voltage is zero. The switch is closed at t = 0. The s2
final steady-state voltage across the capacitor is 1
t=0 10 (a) 0 (b)
2
(c) 2 (d)
20V 10F 10
9. In the matrix equation P x = q , which of
the following is a necessary condition for the
(a) 20 V (b) 10 V existence of at least one solution for the unknown
(c) 5 V (d) 0 V vector x :
(a) Augmented matrix [Pq] must have the same
5. If E is the electric field intensity, ( E ) is rank as matrix P
equal to (b) Vector q must have only non-zero elements
(a) E (b) E (c) Matrix P must be singular
(c) null vector (d) zero (d) Matrix P must be square
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2005
10. If P and Q are two random events, then the 17. The p.u. parameters for a 500 MVA machine on
following is TRUE its own base are :
(a) Independence of P and Q implies that inertia, M = 20 p.u. ; reactance, X = 2 p.u.
probability (P Q ) = 0 The p.u. values of inertia and reactance on 100
(b) Probability (P Q ) > Probability MVA common base, respectively, are
(P) + Probability (Q) (a) 4, 0.4 (b) 100, 10
(c) If P and Q are mutually exclusive, then they (c) 4, 10 (d) 100, 0.4
must be independent
18. An 800 kV transmission line has a maximum
(d) Probability (P Q ) Probability (P)
power transfer capacity of P. If it is operated at
400 kV with the series reactance unchanged, then
11. If S = x–3 dx , then S has the value new maximum power transfer capacity is
1
approximately
1 1 (a) P (b) 2P
(a) (b)
3 4 (c) P/2 (d) P/4
1
(c) (d) 1 19. The insulation strength of an EHV transmission
2 line is mainly governed by
12. The solution of the first order differential equation (a) load power factor
x(t) = –3x(t), x (0) = x0 is (b) switching over-voltages
(a) x (t) = x0 e–3t (b) x (t) = x0 e–3 (c) harmonics
(c) x (t) = x0 e–1/3 (d) x (t) = x0 e–1 (d) corona
13. The equivalent circuit of a transformer has 20. High Voltage DC (HVDC) transmission is mainly
leakage reactances X 1 , X and magnetizing used for
reactance XM. Their magnitudes satisfy
(a) bulk power transmission over very long
(a) X1 >> X2 >> XM (b) X1 << X2 << XM distances
(c) X1 X2 << XM (d) X1 X2 >> XM (b) inter-connecting two systems with the same
14. Which three-phase connection can be used in a nominal frequency
transformer to introduce a phase difference of 30 (c) eliminating reactive power requirement in the
between its output and corresponding input time operation
voltages (d) minimizing harmonics at the converter
(a) Star - Star (b) Star - Delta stations
(c) Delta - Delta (d) Delta - Zigzag 21. The Q - meter works on the principle of
15. On the torque/speed curve of induction motor (a) mutual inductance (b) self inductance
shown in the figure four points of operation are (c) series resonance (d) parallel resonance
marked as W, X, Y and Z. Which one of them
represents the operation at a slip greater than 1 ? 22. A PMMC voltmeter is connected across a series
Torque combination of a DC voltage source V1 = 2 V and
an AC voltage source V2 (t) = 3 sin (4t) V. The
meter reads
X Y
(a) 2V (b) 5 V
W (c) (2 + 3/2) V (d) ( 17/2) V
0 Speed
Z
23. Assume that D1 and D2 in figure are ideal diodes.
The value of current I is
(a) W (b) X
(c) Y (d) Z D1
2k
16. For an induction motor, operating at a slip s, the 1mA
(DC)
ratio of gross power output to air gap power is
I 2k
equal to D2
(a) (1 – s)2 (b) (1 – s)
(a) 0 mA (b) 0.5 mA
(c) (1 s) (d) (1 s ) (c) 1 mA (d) 2 mA
SOLVED PAPER – 2005 3
24. The 8085 assembly language instruction that stores Q. 31 - 80 Carry Two Marks Each
the content of H and L registers into the memory
locations 2050H and 2051H, respectively, is 31. The RL circuit of the figure is fed from a constant
magnitude, variable freqency sinusoidal voltage
(a) SPHL 2050H (b) SPHL 2051H
source vIN. At 100 Hz, the R and L elements each
(c) SHLD 2050H (d) STAX 2050H have a voltage drop uRMS. If the frequency of the
25. Assume that the N-channel MOSFET shown in source is changed to 50Hz, then new voltage drop
the figure is ideal, and that its thereshold voltage across R is
is + 1.0 V. the voltage Vab between nodes a and b is R
1k 1k
a
N L
D
G 2k
10V Vab
S
2V 5 2
(a) uRMS (b) uRMS
b 8 3
(a) 5 V (b) 2 V 8 3
(c) uRMS (d) uRMS
(c) 1 V (d) 0 V 5 2
26. The digital circuit shown in the figure works as a 32. For the three-phase circuit shown in the figure
the ratio of the currents IR : IY : IB is given by
IR
D Q R
X
R1
CLK Q
(a) JK flip-flop (b) Clocked RS flip-flop Balanced IB
3 – phase voltage B
(c) T flip-flop (d) Ring counter source
R1
27. A digital-to-analog converter with a full-scale
IY
output voltage of 3.5 V has a resolution close to Y
14 m V. Its bit size is (a) 1 : 1 : 3 (b) 1 : 1 : 2
(a) 4 (b) 8
(c ) 1 : 1 : 0 (d) 1 : 1 : 3 / 2
(c) 16 (d) 32
33. For the triangular wave form shown in the figure,
28. The conduction loss versus device current
the RMS value of the voltage is equal to
characteristic of a power MOSFET is best
v(t)
approximated by
l
(a) a parabola
(b) a straight line
(c) a rectangular hyperbola T/2 T 3T/2 2T t
(d) an exponentially decaying function 1 1
(a) (b)
6 3
29. A three-phase diode bridge rectifier is fed from a
400 V RMS, 50 Hz, three-phase AC source. If the 1 2
(c ) (d)
load is purely resistive, then peak instantaneous 3 3
output voltage is equal to 34. The circuit shown in the figure is in steady state,
(a) 400 V (b) 400 2 V when the switch is closed at t = 0. Assuming that
2 400 the inductance is ideal, the current through the
(c) 400 V (d) V inductor at t = 0+ equals
3 3
30. The output voltage waveform of a three-phase
square-wave inverter contains
10V 10 mH t=0
(a) only even harmonics
(b) both odd and even harmonics
(c) only odd harmonics (a) 0 A (b) 0.5 A
(d) only triple harmonics (c) 1 A (d) 2 A
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2005
35. The charge distribution in a metal-dielectric- 40. If the compensated system shown in the figure
semiconductor specimen is shown in the figure. has a phase margin of 60 at the crossover
The negative charge density decreases linearly frequency of 1 rad/sec, then value of the gain K is
in the semiconductor as shown. The electric field
R(s) + 1 Y(s)
distribution is as shown in K+0.366s
s(s+1)
Metal Dielectric Semiconductor –
+
+
+
+
X
X1 X2 X3 (a) 0.366 (b) 0.732
(a ) E (c) 1.366 (d) 2.738
X
3 –2 2
(b ) E
X
41. For the matrix p = 0 –2 1 , one of the eigen
0 0 1
(c ) E
values is equal to –2. Which of the following is an
X
eigen vector ?
(d ) E
X 3 –3
(a) –2
X1 X2 X3
(b) 2
36. In the given figure, the Thevenin's equivalent pair
1 –1
(voltage, impedance), as seen at the terminals
P-Q, is given by 1 2
10
P
(c) –2 (d) 5
3 0
Unknown
network
1 0 –1
42. If R = 2 1 –1 , then top row of R–1 is
4V
2 3 2
Q
(a) (2V, 5 ) (b) (2 V, 7.5 ) (a) [5 6 4] (b) [5 –3 1]
(c) (4V, 5 ) (d) (4 V, 7.5 ) (c) [2 0 –1] (d) [2 –1 1/2]
37. A unity feedback system, having an open loop gain 43. A fair coin is tossed three times in succession. If
K(1 – s) the first toss poduces a head, then the probability
G(s)H(s) = , becomes stable when of getting exactly two heads in three tosses is
(1 + s)
(a) K 1 (b) K > 1 1 1
(a) (b)
(c) K 1 (d) K < – 1 8 2
3 3
38. When subjected to a unit step input, the closed (c) (d)
8 4
loop control system shown in the figure will have
a steady state error of 44. For the function f(x) = x2 e–x, the maximum occurs
when x is equal to
R (s) + – 2 Y (s) (a) 2 (b) 1
– 3 s +2
+ (c) 0 (d) – 1
(a) – 1.0 (b) – 0.5 x2 y2
45. For the scalar field u , magnitude of
(c) 0 (d) 0.5 2 3
39. In the GH(s) plane, the Nyquist plot of the loop the gradient at the point (1, 3) is
e±0.25 (a) 13 / 9 (b) 9/ 2
transfer function G(s)H(s) = passes
s 9
through the negative real axis at the point (c ) 5 (d)
2
(a) (– 0.25, j0) (b) (– 0.5, j0)
(c) (– 1, j0) (d) (– 2, j0)
SOLVED PAPER – 2005 5
46. For the equation x (t)+ 3 x (t) + 2x(t) = 5, the 52. In relation to DC machines, match the following
solution x (t) approaches which of the following and choose the correct combination
values as t ? Group – I Group – II
5 Performance Variables Proportional to
(a) 0 (b)
2 P. Armature emf (E) 1. Flux (), speed ()
(c) 5 (d) 10 and armatrue
47. The Laplace transform of a function f( t ) is current (Ia)
5s2 + 23s + 6 Q. Developed torque (T) 2. and only
F (s) = . As t , f(t) approaches R. Developed power (P) 3. and Ia only
s(s2 + 2s + 2)
(a) 3 (b) 5 4. Ia and only
17 5. Ia only
(c) (d)
2 (a) P-3, Q-3, R-1 (b) P-2, Q-5, R-4
48. The Fourier series for the function f (x) = sin2 x is (c) P-3, Q-5, R-4 (d) P-2, Q-3, R-1
(a) sin x + sin 2x (b) 1 – cos 2x 53. In relation to the synchronous machines, which
(c) sin 2x + cos 2x (d) 0.5 – 0.5 cos 2x one of the following statements is false?
49. If u(t) is the unit step and (t) is the unit impulse (a) In salient pole machines, the direct-axis
synchronous reactance is greater than the
1
function, the inverse z-transform of F(z) = quadrature-axis synchronous reactance
z1
for k > 0 is (b) The damper bars help the synchronous motor
(a) (–1)k (k) (b) (k) – (–1)k self start
(c) (–1)k u(k) (d) u(k) – (–1)k (c) Short circuit ratio is the ratio of the field
current required to produce the rated voltage
50. Two magnetic poles revolve around a stationary on open circuit to the rated armature current
armature carrying two coil (c1 – c1 , c2 – c2 ) as (d) The V-curve of a synchronous motor represents
shown in the figure. Consider the instant when the variation in the armature current with
the poles are in a position as shown. Identify the field excitation, at a given output power.
correct statement regarding the polarity of the
54. Under no load condition, if the applied voltage to
induced emf at this instant in coilsides c1 and c2.
an induction motor is reduced from the rated
voltage to half the rated value,
C ’2
(a) the speed decreases and the stator current
C ’1
S N increases
C1
(b) both the speed and the stator current decrease
C2
(c) the speed and the stator current remain
practically constant
(a) in c1, no emf in c2
(d) there is negligible change in the speed but
(b) in c1, no emf in c2
the stator current decreases
(c) in c2, no emf in c1
(d) in c2, no emf in c1 55. A three-phase cage induction motor is started by
direct-on-line (DOL) switching at the rated
51. A 50 kW dc shunt motor is loaded to draw rated
voltage. If the starting current drawn is 6 times
armature current at any given speed. When driven
the full load current, and the full load slip is 4%,
(i) at half the rated speed by armature voltage then ratio of the starting developed torque to the
control and full load torque is approximately equal to
(ii) at 1.5 times the rated speed by field control, (a) 0.24 (b) 1.44
the respective output powers delivered by the
(c) 2.40 (d) 6.00
motor are approximately.
(a) 25 kW in (i) and 75 kW in (ii) 56. In a single phase induction motor driving a fan
(b) 25 kW in (i) and 50 kW in (ii) load, the reason for having a high resistance rotor
is to achieve
(c) 50 kW in (i) and 75 kW in (ii)
(a) low starting torque (b) quick acceleration
(d) 50 kW in (i) and 50 kW in (ii)
(c) high efficiency (d) reduced size
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2005
57. Determine the correctness or otherwise of the where P1 and P2 are the generation in MW of G1
following Assertion [a] and the Reason [r] and G2, respectively.
Assertion : Under V/f control of induction motor, For most economic generation to meet 300 MW
the maximum value of the developed torque of load, P1 and P2, respectively, are
remains constant over a wide range of speed in (a) 150, 150 (b) 100, 200
the sub-synchrbnous region.
(c) 200, 100 (d) 175, 125
Reason : The magnetic flux is maintained almost
constant at the rated value by keeping the ratio 62. Two networks are connected in cascade as shown
V/f constant over the considered speed range. in the figure. With the usual notations the
(a) Both (a) and (r) are true and (r) is the correct equivalent A, B, C and D constants are obtained.
reason for (a) Given that, C = 0.025 45 , the value of Z2 is
o
(b) Both (a) and (r) are true but (r) is not the Z1 =10 30
correct reason for (a)
(c) Both (a) and (r) are false
Z2
(d) (a) is true but (r) is false
58. The parameters of a transposed overhead
transmission line are given as : (a) 10 30 (b) 40 – 45
Self reactance x s = 0.4 /km and Mutual (c) 1 (d) 0
reactance xm = 0.1 /km 63. A generator with constant 1.0 p.u. terminal voltage
The positive sequence reactance x1 and zero supplies power through a step-up transformer of
sequence reactance x0, respectively, in /km are 0.12 p.u. reactance and a double-circuit line to an
(a) 0.3, 0.2 (b) 0.5, 0.2 infinite bus bar as shown in the figure. The infinite
(c) 0.5, 0.6 (d) 0.3, 0.6 bus voltage is maintained at 1.0 p.u.. Neglecting
the resistances and susceptances of the system,
59. At an industrial sub-station with a 4 MW load, a
the steady state stability power limit of the system
capacitor of 2 MVAR is installed to maintain the
is 6.25 p.u. If one of the double-circuit is tripped,
load power factor at 0.97 lagging. If the capacitor
then resulting steady state stability power limit
goes out of serivce, the load power factor becomes
in p.u. will be
(a) 0.85 (b) 1.00
(c) 0.80 lag (d) 0.90 lag 1 2 3
x
60. The network shown in the given figure has x
impedances in p.u. as indicated. The diagonal (a) 12.5 p.u. (b) 3.125 p.u.
element Y22 of the bus admittance matrix YBUS
(c) 10.0 p.u. (d) 5.0 p.u
of the network is
1 2 3 64. The simultaneous application of signals x(t) and
+j 0.1 +j 0.1
y ( t ) to the horizontal and vertical plates,
respectively, of an oscilloscope, produces a vertical
–j 20.0 –j 20.0 –j 10.0
figure-of-8 display. If P and Q are constants, and
x(t) = P sin (4t + 30), then y(t) is equal to
(a) Q sin (4t – 30) (b) Q sin (2t + 15)
(a) – j 19.8 (b) + j 20.0 (c) Q sin (8t + 60) (d) Q sin (4t + 30)
(c) + j 0.2 (d) – j 19.95
65. A DC ammeter has a resistance of 0.1 and its
61. A load centre is at an equidistant from the two current range is 0-100A. If the range is to be
thermal generating stations G1 and G2 as shown extended to 0-500A, then meter requires the
in the figure. The fuel cost characteristics of the following shunt resistance
generating stations are given by
(a) 0.010
(b) 0.011
G1 G2
Load
(c) 0.025
F1 = a + bP1 + cP12 Rs/hour
(d) 1.0
F1 = a + bP2 + 2cP22 Rs/hour
SOLVED PAPER – 2005 7
66. The set-up in the figure is used to measure 70. Consider the inverting amplifier, using an ideal
resistance R. The ammeter and voltmeter operational amplifier shown in the figure. The
resistances are 0.01 and 2000 , respectively. designer wishes to realize the input resistance
Their readings are 2 A and 180 V, respectively, seen by the small-signal source to be as large as
giving a measured resistance of 90 . The possible, while keeping the voltage gain between
percentage error in the measurement is – 10 and – 25. The upper limit on RFis 1 M. The
value of R1 should be
R
RF
A
V Vin –
R1
(a) 2.25 % (b) 2.35 % +
Vou t
(c) 4.5 % (d) 4.71 %
67. A 1000 V DC supply has two 1-core cables as its (a) Infinity (b) 1 M
positive and negative leads: their insulation (c) 100 k (d) 40 k
resistances to earth are 4 M and 6 M ,
respectively, as shown in the figure. A voltmeter 71. The typical frequency response of a two-stage
direct coupled voltage amplifier is as shown in
with resistance 50 k is used to measure the
insulation of the cable. When connected between
the positive core and earth, then voltmeter reads (a) Gain
1000 V Frequency
4 M 6 M
(b) Gain
V
Frequency
(a) 8 V (b) 16 V
(c) 24 V (d) 40 V (c) Gain
68. Two wattmeters, which are connected to measure Frequency
the total power on a three - phase system
supplying a balanced load, read 10.5 kW and (d) Gain
– 2.5 kW, respectively. The total powere and the Frequency
power factor, respectively, are
72. In the given figure, if the input is a sinusoidal
(a) 13.0 kW, 0.334
signal, the output will appear as shown in
(b) 13.0 kW, 0.684 +V
R
(c) 8.0 kW, 0.52 –
(d) 8.0 kW, 0.334 Vin +
+
69. The common emitter amplifier shown in the figure t
–V RL Vou t
R
is biased using a 1 mA ideal current source. The
approximate base current value is
VC C =5V
(a) Vo ut
RC =1k
Vout t
=100 (b) Vout
+ t
1 mA (c)
Vin Vout
t
(a) 0 A (b) 10 A (d) Vout
t
(c) 100 A (b) 1000 A
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2005
73. Select the circuit which will produce the given
output Q for the input signals X1 and X2 given in
the figure v, i
V
v
I
t
t1 t2
(a) X1 (b) X1
Q VI
Q (a) Turn ON, (t1 + t2)
2
(b) Turn OFF, VI (t1 + t2)
(c) Turn ON, VI (t1 + t2)
X2
X2
VI
(c) X1 (d) X1 (d) Turn OFF, (t1 + t2)
2
Q Q
77. An electronic switch S is required to block
voltages of either polarity during its OFF state
as shown in the fig. (a). This switch is required to
X2 X2 conduct in only one direction during its ON state
as shown in the figure (b)
74. If X1 and X2 are the inputs to the circuit shown in
l S l’
the figure, the output Q is
+
VD D –
(a)
i
l l’
S
Q
(b)
X1 X2 Which of the follow ing are valid realizations of
the switch S?
(P) 1 1’
(a) X 1 + X 2 (b) X 1 X 2
(c) X 1 X 2 (d) X 1 X 2
75. In the figure, as long as X1 = 1 and X2 = 1, the (Q) 1 1’
output Q remains
1
X1 Q
X2 (R) 1 1’
(a) at 1 (b) at 0
(S)
(c) at its initial value (d) unstable 1 1’
76. The figure shows the voltage across a power
semiconductor device and the current through
the device during a switching transitions. It the
(a) Only P
transition a turn ON transition or a turn OFF
(b) P and Q
transition? What is the energy lost during the
transition? (c) P and R
(d) R and S
SOLVED PAPER – 2005 9
78. The given figure shows a step-down chopper 81b. For the value of obtained in (a), the time taken
switched at 1kHz with a duty ratio D = 0.5. The for 95% of the stored energy to be dissipated is
peak-peak ripple in the load current is close to close to
200 mH (a) 0.10 sec (b) 0.15 sec
+
(c) 0.50 sec (d) 1.0 sec
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 82a and
100 V i 5
82b
–
0 1 1LM
A state variable system X(t) = 0 3 X t 0 u t ,
OP a f LM OP a f
(a) 10 A (b) 0.5 A N Q NQ
(c) 0.125 A (d) 0.25 A with the initial condition X(0) [–1 3]T and the unit step
input u(t) has
79. An electric motor, developing a starting torque
of 15 Nm, starts with a load torque of 7Nm on its 82a. The state transition matrix
shaft. If the acceleration at start is 2 rad/sec2, (a) (b) LM1 1 ee t e3t jOP
the moment of inertia of the systems must be 1
1
1 e3 t
(neglecting viscous and Coulomb friction)
3
MN0 3 e t PQ
0 e3 t
(a) 0.25 kg m2 (b) 0.25 Nm2
(c) 4 kg m2 (d) 4 Nm2
(c) 1 t 3 t (d) 1
1 3 e e
1 e t
0 e t
80. Consider a phase-controlled converter shown in 0 e3 t
the figure. The thyristor is fired at an angle in
every postive half cycle of the input voltage. If 82b. The state transition equation
the peak value of the instantaneous output t – e– t t – e– t
voltage equals 230 V, the firing angle is close to (a) X t = – t (b) X t = –3t
e 3e
+ t – e–3t t – e–3t
(c) X t = –3t
(d) X t = –3t
230 3e e
(RMS) R vo
50 Hz Statement for Linked Answer Questions 83a and
83b
–
(a) 45 (b) 135 A 1000 kVA, 6.6 kV, 3-phase star connected cylindrical
pole synchronous generator has a synchronous reactance
(c) 90 (d) 83.6
of 20 . Neglect the armature resistance and consider
Linked Answer Questions : Q. 81a to Q. 85b.
operation at full load and unity power factor.
Carry Two Marks Each
Statement for Linked Answer Questions 81a and 83a. The induced emf (line-to-line) is close to
81b (a) 5.5 kV (b) 7.2 kV
A coil of inductance 10 H i and resistance 40 is (c) 9.6 kV (d) 12.5 kV
connected as shown in the figure. After the switch S
has been in contact with point 1 for a very long time, 83b. The power (or torque) angle is close to
it is moved to point 2 at t = 0. (a) 13.9 (b) 18.3
(c) 24.6 (d) 33.0
81a. If, at t = 0+, the voltage across the coil is 120 V,
the value of resistance R is Statement for Linked Answer Questions 84a and
1 84b
At a 220 kV substation of a power system, it is given
S 2 that the three-phase fault level is 4000 MVA and single-
10 H
line to ground fault level is 5000 MVA. Neglecting the
120 V resistance and the shunt susceptances of the system.
R
84a. The positive sequence driving point reactance at
the bus is
(a) 0 (b) 20
(a) 2.5 (b) 4.033
(c) 40 (d) 60
(c) 5.5 (d) 12.1
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2005
84b. And the zero sequence driving point reactance at IDS =4(mA)
the bus is VGS =4 V
4
(a) 2.2 (b) 4.84 3V
(c) 18.18 (d) 22.72 3
2V
Statement Linked Answers Questions 85a and 2
1V
85b
1
Assume that the threshold voltage of the N-channel
MOSFET shown in Fig. Q.85 is + 0.75 V. The output 0
VDS (V)
characteristics of the MOSFET are also shown.
VDD = 25V 85a. The transconductance of the MOSFET is
(a) 0.75 ms
(b) 1 ms
R = 10 k
(c) 2 ms
(d) 10 ms
Vout
85b. The voltage gain of the amplifier is
(a) + 5
+ (b) – 7.5
Vin = 2 mV (c) + 10
(d) – 10
2V
ANSWERS
1. (c) 2. (a) 3. (d) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (c) 7. (a) 8. (d) 9. (a) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (a) 13. (d) 14. (b) 15. (a) 16. (b) 17. (d) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (a)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (c) 25. (d) 26. (c) 27. (b) 28. (a) 29. (b) 30. (c)
31. (c) 32. (a) 33. (b) 34. (c) 35. (a) 36. (a) 37. (c) 38. (c) 39. (b) 40. (c)
41. (d) 42. (b) 43. (b) 44. (b) 45. (c) 46. (b) 47. (a) 48. (d) 49. (b) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (d) 53. (c) 54. (b) 55. (b) 56. (b) 57. (a) 58. (d) 59. (c) 60. (d)
61. (c) 62. (b) 63. (d) 64. (b) 65. (c) 66. (c) 67. (a) 68. (d) 69. (b) 70. (d)
71. (b) 72. (d) 73. (b) 74. (d) 75. (d) 76. (a) 77. (c) 78. (c) 79. (c) 80. (b)
81 a . (c) 81b. (c) 82 a. (a) 82b. (c) 83 a. (b) 83b. (c) 84 a. (d) 84b. (a) 85 a. (b) 85 b. (d)
SOLVED PAPER – 2005 11
EXPLANATIONS
1. The equivalent circuit is drawn as, K
R 7. G(s) H(s) =
8A s3
Characteristic equation is,
100V
5 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0
s3 + K = 0
dK
The current, =0
ds
100 3s2 = 0
I = =8
R5 s = 0, 0
100 Note : In all other options, all breaking points
R= 5 = 7.5 are not at origin.
8
2. Given : u(t) = 3 + 4 cos (3t), and = 3 ( j 1) 1 j
8. G(j) = =
2 ( j ) 2
2
T =
3 1 1
=
RMS value of 2
For Gain Margin, complex part of G(j) = 0
1 T
u(t)
T 0
2
u(t) = 1 =0
3 2 / 3
2 0
= (3 4 cos 3t)2 =
1
= 17 Gain margin = 20 log
G( j )
V1 1
3. Z11 = = Z1 ; = 20 log =
I1 I2 0 1
V2
Z 22 = = Z1 + Z2
I2 I1 0
9. According to Rouche's theorem, the system
is consistent if and only if the coefficient matrix
V1 and the augmented matrix K are of the same
Z 12 = = Z1 ;
I2 I1 0 rank, otherwise the system is inconsistent.
V2 10. As PQP
Z 21 = = Z1
I1 I2 0
n (P Q) n(P)
and Pr (P Q) Pr(P)
Z Z1
Z-matrix = 1
Z1 Z1 Z2
x2
1
11. S = x dx =
3
=
4. At, t = 0+, capacitor is uncharged 1 2 1 2
At steady state condition, capacitor is open
12. x (t) = – 3x(t)
circuited
20 dx(t)
Vc() = 10 = 10 volts = – 3x(t)
10 10 dt
dx(t)
5. Divergence of a curl field is always zero i.e. x(t) = 3 dt
E = 0 loge x(t) = – 3t + C
T( j ) 4
2
At t = 0,
6. T( j ) = =0
( j 1) ( j 4) x(t) = x0
– + 4 = 0,
2 then, loge x0 = C
= 2 rad/sec
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2005
and, loge x(t) = – 3t + loge x0
x(t) = x0e–3t 2k
13. To minimise magnetising current, XM is very high 1mA
X2 = a X22 I=0 2k
For approximate equivalent circuit,
X 2 25. MOSFET is n-channel. Gate voltage source is so
X1 a2X2 a
2
a2 connected that MOSFET will be in Enhance mode
and so conductivity of the channel will be
X1 X2
increased very much, and effectively P terminals
X1 X2 << XM acts as short circuited.
14. Only in Y – and – Y, phase shift of 30 can be So, Vab = 0
introduced. 26. Truth-table for given digital circuit is,
15. In this region braking takes place, s > 1 X Q(t) D = XQ(t) Q(t + 1)
16. Cu – loss = sPg 0 0 0 0
Gross power output = Pg(1 – s) 0 1 1 1
1 0 1 1
Old rating
17. Mp.u.new = Mp.u.old 1 1 0 0
New rating
Truth-table for T-FF
500
= 20 = 100 p.u.
100 T Q(t) Q(t + 1)
MVA new 0 0 0
p.u.X new = X p.u.old
MVA old 0 1 1
100 1 0 1
= 2 = 0.4
500 1 1 0
18. Maximum power transfer capacity V 2
V0
2 27. Resolution =
P1 V 2n
then, = 1
P2 V2 3.5
2n =
2 14 103
V
P2 = P1 2 n=8
V1
2 28. Pon = I2 rDS(on)
P2 = P
400
800 29. Since, load is purely resistive, therefore
Peak instantaneous,
P
= V0 =
4 2 Vrms
19. Since, EHV, operates above 400 kV, and above = 400 2 volts
345 kV, switching surges are more dangerous than
30. In 180 conduction mode,
lightning overvoltage.
Output voltage
22. PMMC, measures only DC.
4VS n
Vab =
n 1,3,5 n
cos
6
sin n t
6
23. Diode D1 is forward-biased and D2 is reversed-
biased, then the circuit will be drawn as and, line to neutral voltage,
2VS
Va0 =
n 6 k1 n
sin nt
Where k = 0, 1, 2, ..........
For 120 conduction mode
SOLVED PAPER – 2005 13
line output voltage, Reference phasor
3VS VYB = V – 120
Vab =
n 6 k1 n
sin n t
3 VBR = V – 240
and line to neutral output voltage, Now, IR + IY + IB = 0 given,
2VS n V V
Va0 =
n 1,3,5 n
cos
6
sin n t
6
R1
240
R1
120 IB = 0
The voltage expressions given above shows that V
IB = V3 90
output voltage wave form contains only odd R1
harmonics. V V V
Then IR : IY : IB = : : 3
31. At, 100 Hz, VR = VL, R = L R1 R1 R1
Vin = 1:1: 3
Also, Vr.m.s. =
2 2 T
t 0 t
Vin T 2
At, 50 Hz, Iin = 33. f (t) =
0 T
L 2 2
t T
R2 2
4
1 T 2 4 2 1
T 2 0 T 2
Vin 2Vin RMS = t dt =
= = 3
L
2 2
5L
2 L2
4 34. At steady state, current,
2Vin 2Vin 10
Vnew = R = I= = 1 Amp
5L 5 10
By Lenz's, law at t = 0+, current through inductor, I
2 2ur . m. s. 8
= = ur. m. s. = 1 Amp
5 5
35. Inside metal, E = 0
32. IR
In dielectric, E = constant
In semiconductor, E follows the charge density
R1 across the specimen.
36. 10
IB R1 P
4V
10
20 VTH
IY I2 I1
VRB V Q
IR = BR Short-circuiting voltage source, we get
R1 R1
10
V 240
IR =
R1 10
VYB V – 120 RTH
IY =
R1 R1
RTH = 10//10
R = 5
4
Now, I1 = I2 = A [As PQ is open-circuited]
20
1
120
° Then, VTH = 10 = 2 volts
5
B
Y
120°
VRY = V 0
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2005
37. 1 + G(s) H(s) = 0 0.366
K
(1 – K)s + (1 + K) = 0
tan 1
= – 30
s (1 – K) 0 1 – K > 0, 1 + K > 0 1 0.366
So, K<1 K
0.366 K 1
38. =
R( s )
+ + M(s ) 2
Y( s )
K 0.3662 3
3/s s +2
– At cross-over frequency of 1 rad/sec,
we get K + 0.366 = 1.732 K – 0.634
3
M(s) = R(s) R(s) Y(s) K = 1.366
s
3 2 2
2 3 3
and Y(s) = R( s) 1 Y( s) 41. P = 0 2 1
s 2 s s
0 0 1
Y(s) 2(s 3)
= 2 The eigen-values corresponding to triangular
R(s) s 2s 6 matrix are = 3, – 2 and 1.
2(s 3)
E(s) = R(s) – Y(s) = 1 2 For finding eigen vector, A 1 xˆ = 0
s 2s 6
3 2 2 x1 0
s2 0 2 1 x
E(s) = R( s) 2 2 = 0
s 2s 6
0 0 1 x3 0
ess = sLt E(s) 0
0
For = – 2,
e 0. 25 s
5 2 2 x1 0
39. G(s) H(s) = 0 0 1 x
s 2 = 0
0 0 3 x3
G(js) H(j) =
a f
cos 0.25 j sin 0.25 a f 0
j or, 5x1 – 2x2 + 2x3 = 0
x3 = 0
=
a
f
sin 0.25 j cos 0.25
a f If
3x3 = 0
x2 = k (Assume),
Imaginary part = 0 5x1 – 2k = 0,
2
b
cos 0.25 = 0 g x1 = k
5
Then eigen vectors
= , = 2 2
4 2 x1 5 2
G( j) H( j) x
2 2 = 1 = 5
x3 0 0
=
2 FG IJ
2
sin
4 H K
adj (R) Cofactor (R)
T
1 42. R–1 = =
= 0.5 R R
2
1 0 1
Y(s) R = 2 1 1 = 1
40. Here, T=
R(s) 2 3 2
K 0.366 s 5 3 1
= and Adj R = 6 4 1
s(s 1)
Since, P.M. = 180 + G(j) + (j) 1 3 1
1 0.366 5 3 1
60 = 180 tan 90 tan 1
K Then, R = 6 4 1 ,
–1
1 3 1
SOLVED PAPER – 2005 15
Top Row of R–1 = 5 3 1 a0
f(x) = an cos nx
2 n 1
A P(A B) f(x) = 0.5 + terms containing cosine
43. P =
B P(B)
P 2 heads in 3 tosses and first toss is head 1 z1 z
49. F(z) = =
=
P first toss is head
z1 z1
z
1 = 1
P(B) = z (1)
2
and, P(A B) = P(H H T) + P(H T H) 1 z n
z–1[F(z)] = (t) – (– 1n) z z a a
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
=
=
2 2 2 2 2 2 4 51.
Then, P(two heads in three tosses)
1
A
= P = 4 =
1
B 1 2
2
n base
44. f(x) = x2e–x ra control
If control
df (i) At half rated speed, by armature voltage
For maxima, = 0, x = 0, 2
dx control P N
d2 f 50
Now, = (x2 – 4x + 2)e–x Pnew = 25 kW
dx2 2
d2 f (ii) At 1.5 times rated speed, by field control
and, <0
dx2 P remains constant
x 2
Therefore, maxima occurs at x = 2 Pnew Pold = 50 kW
u ˆ u 2 P
45. Grad u = iˆ j = x iˆ yjˆ 52. Since, Eb = z
x y 3 A
P
2 T = zIa
2 A
At (1, 3), Grad u = 1 3 = 5
3 P = EbIa
P
5 = zIa
46. (s2 – 3s + 2) X(s) = A
s 2
5/s Tst I
X(s) = 2 55. = st sf 1
Tf 1 I
s 3s 2 f1
5 = 36 0.04 = 1.44
Lt x t = Lt s X (s) =
t s0 2 56. Since, high rotor resistance increases starting
47. Lt f (t) = Lt sF(s) torque, hence quick acceleration.
t s0
57. By keeping V/f ration constant, flux remains
5s2 23s 6
= Lt =3 constant which keeps maximum torque constant.
s0 s2 2 s 2
48. f(x) = sin2x 58. xl = xs – xm
Since, f(x) is an even function, hence it has no = 0.3 /km
sine terms. x 0 = xs + 2xm
= 0.4 + 0.2
2
f xdx 1
0
a0 = = 0.6 /km
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2005
59. O 4 MW I1
1 A
C=
2 V2 I2 0
B V1
(Z1 Z 2 ) 1
C= =
2 MVAR V1 Z2
Z2
Z1 Z 2
C
1 1
1 = cos–1 (0.97) Z2 = =
C 0.025 45
= 14.07
BC = 2MV Ar, = 40 45
OA = 4 MW 63. When double-circuit is connected,
AB = OA tan 1 E f Vt 1
= 1.0025 MVAr P1 = =
x x
AC = 3.0025 MVAr
xt 0.12
2 2
3.0025 = 36.89
2 = tan 1
= 6.25 p.u.
4 x = 0.08 p.u.
p.f. = cos 2 = 0.8 lag. It one of the double circuit is tripped
60. I1 = V1Y11 + (V1 – V2)Y12 E f Vt
P2 =
I1 = j 0.05 V1 – j10 (V1 – V2) xt x
= – j 9.95 V1 + j10 V2 1
=
I2 = (V2 – V1) Y21 + (V2 – V3) Y23 0.12 0.08
= j10V1 – j9.9 V2 – j0.1 V3 = 5 p.u.
Y 22 = Y11 + Y23 + Y23
fy x peak
= – j 9.95 – j 9.9 – j0.1 64. Since, =
fx y peak
= – j19.95
Here, x-peak = (1), and y-peak = (2)
61. Incremental fuel cost of generator G1, fx
fy =
dF1 2
= b + 2cP1
dP1 Since x(x) = P sin (4t + 30)
Incremental fuel cost of generator G2, 4 t 30
y(t) = Q sin
dF2 2
= b + 4CP2
dP2 = Q sin (2t + 15)
For most economic operation, If R1 = 100 kW, then gain of – 25 is not possible.
So, R1 = 100 kW
dF1 dF2
=
dP1 dP2 65. I
b + 2cP1 = b + 4cP2 Is h Im
P1 = 2P2 ...(A) Rs h
Rm
P1 + P2 = 300 ...(B)
From equation (A) and equation (B),
Multiplying power,
P1 = 200 MW,
I 500
P2 = 100 MW m= = =5
Im 100
V1 A B V2 By current division,
62. =
I1 C D I2 I R sh
Im =
V R sh R m
B= 1 ,
I2 V2 0 Rm I
1 = =m
R sh I m
SOLVED PAPER – 2005 17
Rm 0.1 10.5 (2.5)
Rsh = = cos = cos tan 1 3
m1 4 10.5 2.5
= 0.025 = 0.334
66. Total power, P = P1 + P2
R = 10.5 – 2.5
A
2 – IV 2A = 8 kW
Ic
V 69. Since, = ,
IV Ib
V 180 1 10 –3
IV = = Ib =
RV 2000 100
= 0.09 A = 10 A
Current through R, = I – IV 70. If gain = –25,
= 2 – 0.09
1 103
= 1.91 A then – 25 =
R1
Then, real value of resistance,
V0 R
180 Now = f
Rreal = = 94.24 Vin R1
1.91
1000
Percentage error in the measurement, k
R1 =
25
R measured R real = 40 k
= 100
R real
If gain = –10,
90 94.24 then R1 = 100 k
= 100
94.24 It R1 = 100 kW, then gain of – 25 is not possible
= – 4.5% So, R1 = 100 k
67. 1000 V
71.
I |gain|
4M 6M
P
Q R
f
V for 1-stage
RPQ = RV//4M
|gain|
= 50 k//4M 50k
RQR = 6 M
1000 f
Current, I= for 2 -stage
R PR
72. During + ve input voltage, the circuit will be shown
1000 1000 as,
= = A
R PQ R QR 6.05 +V
R –
Voltmeter reading, +
VD + +
1000
V= 10 6 0.05 106 8 volts Vin Vo
6.05 RL
R –V
68. Power factor, – –
1 P P2 From the circuit,
cos = cos tan 3 1
P1 P2 V– – V+ = VD = 0.7 volts
P1 = 10.5 kW Then, V0 = – Av (V– – V+)
P2 = – 2.5 kW = – V volts
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2005
During – ve input cycle, i is constant during this period i = I
R
+V E2 = I vdt
+ –
+ 1
VD + VIt2
= ...(B)
Vin –V 2
RL V o
R Hence, total energy lost during the transition
– – E = E1 + E2
From the circuit, Using equation (A) & (B)
V– – V+ = – VD 1 1
then Vo = – Av(V– – V+) = + VD = VIt1 VIt2
2 2
Hence the waveform will be as drawn in
77. Given switch S blocks voltage in both forward and
option (c).
reverse direction whereas current flows in
75. X1 forward direction only.
Q
Since thyristor blocks voltage in either direction
X2 till gate is triggered. After triggering, current
Y flows in forward direction only.
In the devices given in figure Q and S, current
y = X2 Q flows through diode D. Hence, the correct devices
Q = X1 · y are (P) and (R).
Truth table 79. Since, I = T = Ts – TL = 8 Nm
Q( t 1) 8
I= = 4kgm2
X1 X2 Q( t) Y X 2 Q(t) X1 Y 2
1 1 0 1 1 80.
VS
1 1 1 0 0
Vm 230 2 V
As seen from truth-table, output Q switches its
state from 0 to 1 and vice-versa, therefore, output
0 t
is unstable. 2
76. (a )
V V0
V l
i Vm
t t
t1 t2 (b )
2
During t1 interval,
power loss = vi V0
E1 = Energy loss VP
t
= 135°
= vidt = V idt (c )
V is constant during this period v = V
If the thyristor is triggered at firing angle
,
E1 = V idt 2
output voltage will also have peak value of
1 230 2 V
= Vlt1 ...(A)
2 The supply voltage at = 135, is
During t2 interval
VS 135 = V sin135
power loss = vi m
1
E2 = Energy loss = 230 2 = 230 V
2
= vidt when thyristor is triggered at = 135, 230 V will
appear across the load, it is also the peak value
= i vdt
of the output voltage.
SOLVED PAPER – 2005 19
81. a . In steady-state the circuit becomes as, 1
then, = 2e–10t2 [from eqn (A)
20 5
e10t2 = 2 5
120V
t2 = 0.15 sec
i L(0–) 40
Adj sI – A
1
for t < 0 s 1
82 a . (sI – A)–1 = =
120
iL(0–) = iL(0+) = = 2A 0 s 3 | sI – A|
60
s 3 1 s 3 1
[Since the current flowing in the inductor can’t 0
0 s
s
change instantly] = =
When switch changes to position (2), s 1 s s 3
0 s 3
The circuit becomes as,
A 1 1
20
s s s 3
=
1
0
s3
R i 2(0+) 40
(t) = L–1(sI – A)–1
Given VAB = 120 volts and
B
=
1
1
3
1 e3t
VAB = 120 = iL(0+) [R + 20] 0 e3 t
120 = 2 (R + 20)
82 b . Zero state response = L–1(s) B U(s)
R = 40
1 1
81. b . Drawing circuit in S-domain, we get, s s s 3 1 1
20 = L–1
0 s
1
0
s3
LS = 10s
1
t
40 40 = L–1 s2
0
I + (s ) 0
– State transition equation = Zero input response
+ Li L(0+) = 20V
+ zero state response.
20 Xt =(X) X(0) + t
I(s) =
100 10 s 1 1 e3 t t
2 = 3 t
I(s) = 0 3e 0
s 10
Inverse Laplace transform give, t e3 t
= 3 t
i(t) = L1 2 = 2e–10t ...(A) 3e
s 10
Now, W1 (Energy stored in Inductor at t = 0] 83 a .
1
= L iL2 (0)
2 Is
1
= 10 22 = 20 J
2
At, t = t2, W2 = 0.05 W1 6.6 kv
=1J 1000
1 I= 151.51 A
L i (t2 ) = 1
2 6.6
2 I R = 151.51 20 = 3.03 kV
1
i(t2) = Eend = 6.6 2 3.032 = 7.2 kV
5
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2005
3.03 If
83 b . Torque angle, = tan–1 Ia1 = = 4.37 kA
6.6 3
= 24.6 Vprefault
84. a . For 3- fault, and, Ia1 =
x1 x2 x0
Fault level = 3 Vprefault I f 220
4000 10 6
4.37 = 3
If = 2 12.1 x0
3 220 103
= 10.5 kA x0 4.84
Ids 4 3 mA
Positive sequency driving point reactance,
85 a . gm = 1 ms
Vprefault VGs 4 3 V
X1 = 3
85 b . G D +
If
220 Vi n rd R
Im Vg s Vout
= 3 = 12.1
10.5 2V I=0 I
S –
84. b . For single-line to ground fault = 5000 MVA and
fault current, Since, rd > > R
Fault-level hence, all current will pass through R
If =
3 Vprefault Vout = –gmVgs. R
5000 106 = – 1 10–3 2 10–3 10 103
= = –20 mV
3 220 103
= 13.12 kA Vout 20 mV
Voltage gain = = – 10
Positive-sequence current, Vin 2 mV
SOLVED PAPER – 2004
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Q . 1-30 Carry One Mark Each
1. The value of Z in Fig. Q 1 which is most appropri- 5. A 500 kVA, 3-phase transformer has iron losses of
ate to cause parallel resonance at 500 Hz is 300 W and full load copper losses of 600 W. The
percentage load at which the transformer is
expected to have maximum efficiency is
5
(a) 50.0% (b) 70.7%
2H Z (c) 141.4% (d) 200.0%
6. For a given stepper motor, the following torque
has the highest numerical value.
(a) 125.00 mH (b) 304.20 F (a) Detent torque (b) Pull-in torque
(c) 2.0 F (d) 0.05 F (c) Pull-out torque (d) Holding torque
2. A parallel plate capacitor is shown in Fig. Q 2. 7. The following motor definitely has a permanent
It is made of two square metal plates of 400 mm magnet rotor
side. The 14 mm space between the plates is filled (a) DC commutator motor
with two layers of dielectrics of r = 4, 6 mm thick
(b) Brushless dc motor
and r = 2, 8 mm thick. Neglecting fringing of fields
at the edges the capacitance is (c) Stepper motor
(d) Reluctance motor
o = 8.85×10 –12F/m
8. The type of single-phase induction motor having
r = 4; d = 6 mm the highest power factor at full load is
r = 2; d = 8 mm (a) shaded pole type
(b) split-phase type
(a) 1298 pF (b) 944 pF (c) capacitor-start type
(d) 354 pF (d) 257 pF (d) capacitor-run type
3. The inductance of a long solenoid of length 1000 mm 9. The direction of rotation of a 3-phase induction
wound uniformly with 3000 turns on a cylindrical motor is clockwise when it is supplied with 3-phase
paper tube of 60 mm diameter is sinusoidal voltage having phase sequence A-B-C.
(a) 3.2 H For counterclockwise rotation of the motor, the
(b) 3.2 mH phase sequence of the power supply should be
(c) 32.0 mH (a) B-C-A (b) C-A-B
(d) 3.2 H (c) A-C-B (d) B-C-A or C-A-B
4. Total instantaneous power supplied by a 3-phase 10. For a linear electromagnetic circuit, the following
ac supply to a balanced R-L load is statement is true.
(a) zero (a) Field energy is equal to the co-energy
(b) constant (b) Field energy is greater than the co-energy
(c) pulsating with zero average (c) Field energy is lesser than the co-energy
(d) pulsating with non-zero average (d) Co-energy is zero
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2004
11. The rated voltage of a 3-phase power system is 17. Two perfectly matched silicon transistors are
given as connected as shown in Fig. Q 17. The value of the
(a) rms phase voltage current I is
(b) peak phase voltage
(c) rms line to line voltage +3 V
1 k
(d) peak line to line voltage I
12. The phase sequence of the 3-phase system shown
in Fig. Q 12 is = 1000 = 1000
+
0.7 V
R
–5 V
Y
(a) 0 mA (b) 2.3 mA
B
(c) 4.3 mA (d) 7.3 mA
(a) RYB (b) RBY
18. The feedback used in the circuit shown in Fig. Q
(c) BRY (d) YBR 18 can be classified as
13. In thermal power plants, the pressure in the
working fluid cycle is developed by VCC
(a) condenser (b) super heater RC
(c) feed water pump (d) turbine RF C=x
14. For harnessing low variable waterheads, the suit- C=x
able hydraulic turbine with high percentage of re- RL
action and runner adjustable vanes is
(a) Kaplan (b) Francis RS RB
C=x
RE
(c) Pelton (d) Impeller
15. The transmission line distance protection relay
having the property of being inherently directional
is (a) shunt-series feedback
(a) impedance relay (b) shunt-shunt feedback
(b) MHO relay (c) series-shunt feedback
(c) OHM relay (d) series-series feedback
(d) reactance relay 19. The digital circuit using two inverters shown in
16. The current through the Zener diode in Fig. Q 16 Fig. Q 19 will act as
is
2.2 k
R Z = 0.1 k +
R1 3.5 V (a) a bistable multi-vibrator
10V
IZ –
VZ = 3.3 V (b) an astable multi-vibrator
(c) a monostable multi-vibrator
(a) 33 mA (b) 3.3 mA (d) an oscillator
(c) 2 mA (d) 0 mA
SOLVED PAPER – 2004 3
20. The voltage comparator shown in Fig. Q 20 can be 26. A galvanometer with a full scale current of 10 mA
used in the analog-to-digital conversion as has a resistance of 1000 . The multiplying power
(a) a 1-bit quantizer (the ratio of measured current to galvanometer
(b) a 2-bit quantizer V1 + current) of a 100 shunt with this galvanometer is
V0
(c) a 4-bit quantizer (a) 110 (b) 100
V2 –
(d) a 8-bit quantizer (c) 11 (d) 10
21. The Nyquist plot of loop transfer function G(s) H(s) 27. A bipolar junction transistor (BJT) is used as a power
of a closed loop control system passes through the control switch by biasing it in the cut-off region
point (– 1, j0) in the G(s) H(s) plane. The phase (OFF state) or in the saturation region (ON state).
margin of the system is In the ON state, for the BJT
(a) 0° (b) 45° (a) both the base-emitter and base-collector
(c) 90° (d) 180° junctions are reverse biased
5 (b) the base-emitter junction is reverse biased, and
22. Consider the function, F(s) =
s(s2 + 3s + 2) the base-collector junction is forward biased
where F(s) is the Laplace transform of the func- (c) the base-emitter junction is forward biased,
tion f(t). The initial value of f(t) is equal to and the base-collector junction is reverse bi-
5 ased
(a) 5 (b)
2
5 (d) both the base-emitter and base-collector
(c) (d) 0 junctions are forward biased
3
23. For a tachometer, if (t) is the rotor displacement 28. The circuit in Fig. Q 28 shows a full-wave recti-
is radians, e(t) is the output voltage and Kt is the fier. The input voltage is 230 V (rms) single-phase
tachometer constant in V/rad/sec, then the trans- ac. The peak reverse voltage across the diodes D1
E(s) and D2 is
fer function, will be
Q(s)
Kt
(a) Kt s2 (b) D1
s 230 V,
(c) Kt s (d) Kt 50 Hz,
ac
24. A dc potentiometer is designed to measure up to D2
about 2 V with a slide wire of 800 mm. A standard
230V/50-0-50V
cell of emf 1.18 V obtains balance at 600 mm. A
test cell is seen to obtain balance at 680 mm. The
(a) 100 2V (b) 100 V
emf of the test cell is
(a) 1.00 V (b) 1.34 V (c) 50 2 V (d) 50 V
(c) 1.50 V (d) 1.70 V 29. The triggering circuit of a thyristor is shown in
Fig. Q 29. The thyristor requires a gate current of
25. The circuit in Fig. Q. 25 is used to measure the
10 mA, for guaranteed turn-on. The value of R
power consumed by the load. The current coil and
required for the thyristor to turn on reliably un-
the voltage coil of the wattmeter have 0.02 and
der all conditions of Vb variation is
1000 resistances respectively. The measured
power compared to the load power will be Load
Vb = 12 4V
(a) 0.4% less 0.02 20A R 100 V
(b) 0.2% less Vb
upf
(c) 0.2% more 1000 200 V load
(a) 10000 (b) 1600
(d) 0.4% more
(c) 1200 (d) 800
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2004
30. The circuit in Fig. Q 30 shows a 3-phase half-wave 34. In Fig. Q 34, the admittance values of the elements
rectifier. The source is a symmetrical, 3-phase four- in Siemens are Y R = 0.5 + j0, Y 1 = 0 – j1.5,
wire system. The line-to-line voltage of the source YC = 0 + j0.3 respectively. The value of I as a phasor
is 100 V. The supply frequency is 400 Hz. The ripple when the voltage E across the elements is 10 0 V
frequency at the output is R
is
(a) 400 Hz Y
R
(b) 800 Hz
B
(c) 1200 Hz I YR YI YC E = 10 0° V
N
(d) 2400 Hz
Q. 31 - 90 Carry Two Marks Each
31. The rms value of the periodic waveform given in (a) 1.5 + j0.5 (b) 5 – j18
Fig. Q. 31 is (c) 0.5 + j1.8 (d) 5 – j12
35. In Fig. Q 35, the value of resistance R in is
6A
10 2A
t +
T/2 T
100 V – 10 R
–6A
(a) 2 6 A (b) 6 2 A (a) 10 (b) 20
(c) 30 (d) 40
(c) 4/3 A (d) 1.5 A
36. In Fig. Q 36, the capacitor initially has a charge of
32. In Fig Q. 32, the value of the source voltage is 10 Coulomb. The current in the circuit one second
after the switch S is closed will be
P 2A
10 6
S 2
+
1A 6 E + +
– 100 V 0.5 F
– –
(a) 14.7 A (b) 18.5 A
(a) 12 V (b) 24 V
(c) 40.0 A (d) 50.0 A
(c) 30 V (d) 44 V
37. The rms value of the resultant current in a wire
33. In Fig. Q 33, Ra, Rb and Rc are 20 , 10
which carries a dc current of 10 A and a sinusoidal
respectively. The resistances R1, R2 and R3 in
alternating current of peak value 20 A is
of an equivalent star-connection are
(a) 14.1 A (b) 17.3 A
a
(c) 22.4 A (d) 30.0 A
a
R1
38. The Z matrix of a 2-port network as given by
Rb Rc
0.9 0.2
R3 R2 0.2 0.6 . The element Y22 of the corresponding
c Ra b c b
Y matrix of the same network is given by
(a) 2.5, 5, 5 (b) 5, 2.5, 5 (a) 1.2 (b) 0.4
(c) 5, 5, 2.5 (d) 2.5, 5, 2.5 (c) – 0.4 (d) 1.8
SOLVED PAPER – 2004 5
39. The synchronous speed for the seventh space 45. Two 3-phase, Y-connected alternators are to be
harmonic mmf wave of a 3-phase, 8 pole, 50 Hz paralleled to a set of common busbars. The
induction machine is armature has a per phase synchronous reactance
(a) 107.14 rpm in forward direction of 1.7 and negligible armature resistance. The
line voltage of the first machine is adjusted to 3300
(b) 107.14 rpm in reverse direction
V and that of the second machine is adjusted to
(c) 5250 rpm in forward direction 3200 V. The machine voltages are in phase at the
(d) 5250 rpm in reverse direction instant they are paralleled. Under this condition,
the synchronizing current per phase will be
40. A rotating electrical machine having its self-induc-
tances of both the stator and the rotor windings, (a) 16.98 A (b) 29.41 A
independent of the rotor position will be definitely (c) 33.96 A (d) 58.82 A
not develop
46. A 400 V, 15 kW, 4 pole, 50 Hz, Y-connected induction
(a) starting torque (b) synchronizing torque motor has full load slip of 4%. The output torque
(c) hysteresis torque (d) reluctance torque of the machine at full load is
41. The armature resistance of a permanent magnet (a) 1.66 Nm (b) 95.50 Nm
dc motor is 0.8 . At no load, the motor draws 1.5 (c) 99.47 Nm (d) 624.73 Nm
A from a supply voltage of 25 V and runs at 1500
rpm. The efficiency of the motor while it is operat- 47. For a 1.8°, 2-phase bipolar stepper motor, the
ing on load at 1500 rpm drawing a current of 3.5 A stepping rate is 100 steps/second. The rotational
from the same source will be speed of the motor in rpm is
(a) 15 (b) 30
(a) 48.0% (b) 57.1%
(c) 60 (d) 90
(c) 59.2% (d) 88.8%
48. A 8 pole, DC generator has a simplex wave-wound
42. A 50 kVA, 3300/230 V single-phase transformer is
armature containing 32 coils of 6 turns each. Its
connected as an autotransformer shown in Fig. Q. 42.
flux per pole is 0.06 Wb. The machine is running
The nominal rating of the autotransformer will be
at 250 rpm. The induced armature voltage is
+
(a) 96 V (b) 192 V
N2
+
Vout
(c) 384 V (d) 768 V
Vin = 3300 V
49. A 400 V, 50 kVA, 0.8 pf leading -connected, 50 Hz
N1 synchronous machine has a synchronous reactance
– –
of 2 and negligible armature resistance. The
(a) 50.0 kVA (b) 53.5 kVA friction and windage losses are 2 kW and the core
(c) 717.4 kVA (d) 767.4 kVA loss is 0.8 kW. The shaft is supplying 9 kW load at
a power factor of 0.8 leading. The line current
43. The resistance and reactance of a 100 kVA 11000/
drawn is
400 V, – Y distribution transformer are 0.02 and
0.07 pu respectively. The phase impedance of the (a) 12.29 A (b) 16.24 A
transformer referred to the primary is (c) 21.29 A (d) 36.88 A
(a) (0.02 + j0.07) (b) (0.55 + j1.925) 50. A 500 MW 3-phase Y-connected synchronous
(c) (15.125 + j52.94) (d) (72.6 + j254.1) generator has a rated voltage of 21.5 kV at 0.85 pf.
The line current when operating at full load rated
44. A single-phase, 230 V, 50 Hz, 4 pole, capacitor-start
conditions will be
induction motor has the following stand-still
impedances (a) 13.43 kA (b) 15.79 kA
Main winding Zm = 6.0 + j4.0 (c) 23.25 kA (d) 27.36 kA
Auxiliary winding Za = 8.0 + j6.0 51. A 800 kV transmission line is having per phase
The value of the starting capacitor required to line inductance of 1.1 mH/km and per phase line
produce 90° phase difference between the currents capacitance of 11.68 nF/km. Ignoring the length of
in the main and auxiliary windings will be the line, its ideal power transfer capability in MW is
(a) 176.84 F (b) 187.24 F (a) 1204 MW (b) 1504 MW
(c) 265.26 F (d) 280.86 F (c) 2085 MW (d) 2606 MW
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2004
52. A 110 kV, single core coaxial, XLPE insulated power reactance Xd = 26% and synchronous reactance =
cable delivering power at 50 Hz, has a capacitance 130%. The generator is operating at no load and
of 125 nF/km. If the dielectric loss tangent of XLPE rated voltage when a three phase short circuit fault
is 2 × 10–4, then dielectric power loss in this cable occurs between the breakers and the transformer.
in W/km is The magnitude of initial symmetrical rms current
(a) 5.0 (b) 31.7 in the breakers will be
(c) 37.8 (d) 189.0 (a) 4.44 kA (b) 22.20 kA
(c) 30.39 kA (d) 38.45 kA
53. A lightning stroke discharges impulse current of
10 kA (peak) on a 400 kV transmission line having 57. A 3-phase transmission line supplies -connected load
surge impedance of 250 . The magnitude of Z. The conductor 'c' of the line develops an open
transient over-voltage travelling waves in either circuit fault as shown in Fig. Q 57. The currents in
direction assuming equal distribution from the the lines are as shown on the diagram. The + ve
point of lightning strike will be sequence current component in line ‘a’ will be
(a) 1250 kV (b) 1650 kV
(c) 2500 kV (d) 2900 kV Ia = 10 0° A
a
54. The generalized circuit constants of a 3-phase, 220
kV rated voltage, medium length transmission line
are Z Z
Ib = 10 180° A
A = D = 0.936 + j0.016 = 0.936 0.98 b
Z
Ic = 0
B = 33.5 + j138 = 142.0 76.4 c
C = (– 5.18 + j914) × 10–6 (a) 5.78 –30 (b) 5.78 90
If the load at the receiving end is 50 MW at 220 kV X
with a power factor of 0.9 lagging, then magnitude (c) 6.33 90 (d) 10.00 30
of line to line sending end voltage should be
58. A 500 MVA, 50 Hz, 3-phase turbo-generator
(a) 133.23 kV
produces power at 22 kV. Generator is Y-connected
(b) 220.00 kV and its neutral is solidly grounded. Its sequence
(c) 230.78 kV reactances are X1 = X2 = 0.15 and X0 = 0.05 pu. It is
(d) 246.30 kV operating at rated voltage and disconnected from
the rest of the system (no load). The magnitude of
55. A new generator having Eg = 1.4 30 pu [equiva- the sub-transient line current for single line to
lent to (1.212 + j0.70) pu] and synchronous reac- ground fault at the generator terminal in pu will
tance ‘Xs’ of 1.0 pu on the system base, is to be be
connected to a bus having voltage Vt in the exist- (a) 2.851 (b) 3.333
ing power system. This existing power system can
(c) 6.667 (d) 8.553
be represented by Thevenin’s voltage Eth = 0.9 0
pu in series with Thevenin’s impedance Z th = 59. A 50 Hz, 4-pole, 500 MVA, 22 kV turbo-generator
is delivering rated megavolt-amperes at 0.8 power
0.25 90 pu. The magnitude of the bus voltage Vt
factor. Suddenly a fault occurs reducing is electric
of the system in pu will be power output by 40%. Neglect losses and assume
(a) 0.990 (b) 0.973 constant power input to the shaft. The accelerating
(c) 0.963 (d) 0.900 torque in the generator in MNm at the time of the
fault will be
56. A 3-phase generator rated at 110 MVA, 11 kV is
connected through circuit breakers to a (a) 1.528 (b) 1.018
transformer. The generator is having direct axis (c) 0.848 (d) 0.509
sub-transient reactance X d = 19%, transient
SOLVED PAPER – 2004 7
60. A hydraulic turbine having rated speed of 250 rpm 64. In the active filter circuit shown in Fig. Q 64, if Q
is connected to a synchronous generator. In order = 1, a pair of poles will be realized with 0 equal to
to produce power at 50 Hz, the number of poles
required in the generator are R1 = 200k
(a) 6 (b) 12
1nF 1nF
(c) 16 (d) 24
61. Assuming that the diodes are ideal in Fig Q. 61, R2
–
the current in diode D1 is
+
1k 1k
(a) 1000 rad/s (b) 100 rad/s
D1 D2
(c) 10 rad/s (d) 1 rad/s
5V
8V 65. The input resistance RIN(= vx/ix) of the circuit in
Fig Q. 65 is
(a) 8 mA (b) 5 mA R1 = 10 k R2 = 100 k
(c) 0 mA (d) – 3 mA
–
62. The transconductance gm of the transistor shown
vy
in Fig. Q 62 is 10 mS. The value of the input resis- +
tance RIN is
vx
ix R3 = 1 M
VCC
X
RC (a) + 100 k (b) – 100 k
10k C=
Vo (c) + 1 M (d) – 1 M
C=
Vs = 50 66. The simplified form of the Boolean expression
Y = ( A . BC D)(A . D B . C) can be written as
10k 1k C=
(a) A . D B . C . D (b) AD B . C . D
(c) (A + D) (B . C + D) (d) A . D BC . D
(a) 10.0 k (b) 8.3 k
67. A digital circuit which compares two numbers A3
(c) 5.0 k (d) 2.5 k
A2 A1 A0, B3 B2 B1 B0 is shown in Fig. Q 67. To get
63. The value of R for which the PMOS transistor in output Y = 0, choose one pair of correct input
Fig. Q 63 will be biased in linear region is numbers.
B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1 B0 A0
+ 4V
VT = –1V
R
1 mA
Y
(a) 220 (b) 470
(a) 1010, 1010 (b) 0101, 0101
(c) 680 (d) 1200
(c) 0010, 0010 (d) 0010, 1011
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2004
68. The digital circuit shown in Fig Q. 68 generates a 72. For the block diagram shown in Fig. Q. 72, the
modified clock pulse at the output. Choose the
C(s)
correct output waveform from the options given transfer function is equal to
R(s)
below.
PR = 1
R(s) 1 + 1 + C(s)
1 s + s +
J Q
CLK
O/P
K Q
1
s2 1 s2 s 1
CL = 1 (a) (b)
s2 s2
s2 s 1 1
(c) (d)
s s s1
2
CLK
(a )
73. The state variable description of a linear autono-
mous system is, X = AX,
(b )
where X is the two dimensional state vector and A
( c)
0 2
(d ) is the system matrix given byA = .
2 0
69. In the Schmitt trigger circuit shown in Fig. Q 69, The roots of the characteristic equation are
if VCE(sat) = 0.1 V, the output logic low level (VOL) is (a) – 2 and + 2 (b) – j2 and + j2
(c) – 2 and – 2 (d) + 2 and + 2
+ 5V
74. The block diagram of a closed loop control system
200 is given by Fig. Q 74. The values of K and P such
that the system has a damping ratio of 0.7 and an
Vo
undamped natural frequency n of 5 rad/sec, are
Vi = 0 respectively equal to
R(s) + K C(s)
1 k
I = 1.25 mA s(s + 2)
–
(a) 1.25 V (b) 1.35 V
1 + sP
(c) 2.50 V (d) 5.00 V
70. If the following program is executed in a micropro- (a) 20 and 0.3 (b) 20 and 0.2
cessor, the number of instruction cycles it will take (c) 25 and 0.3 (d) 25 and 0.2
from START to HALT is
75. The unit impulse response of a second order
(a) 4 (b) 8
under-damped system starting from rest is given
(c) 13 (d) 16 by
71. For the equation, s3 – 4s2 + s + 6 = 0 c(t) = 12.5 e–6t sin 8 t, t0
the number of roots in the left half of s-plane will The steady-state value of the unit step response of
be the system is equal to
(a) zero (b) one (a) 0 (b) 0.25
(c) two (d) three (c) 0.5 (d) 1.0
SOLVED PAPER – 2004 9
76. In the system shown in Fig. Q 76, the input 82. A single-phase load is connected between R and Y
x(t) = sin t. In the steady-state, the response y(t) terminals of a 415 V, symmetrical, 3-phase, 4 wire
will be system with phase sequence RYB. A wattmeter is
connected in the system as shown in Fig. Q 82.
x(t) s y(t) The power factor of the load is 0.8 lagging.
s+1 The wattmeter will read
W
1 1 R
(a) sin (t – 45°) (b) sin( t 45 )
2 2 100
Z 0.8 pf lag
(c) sin(t – 45°) (d) sin (t + 45°)
77. The open loop transfer function of a unity feed- Y
as 1 B
back control system is given as G(s) = . The
s2 N
value of ‘a’ to give a phase margin of 45° is equal to
(a) – 795 W (b) – 597 W
(a) 0.141 (b) 0.441
(c) + 597 W (d) + 795 W
(c) 0.841 (d) 1.141
83. A 50 Hz, bar primary CT has a secondary with 500
78. A CRO probe has an impedance of 500 k in paral- turns. The secondary supplies 5 A current into a
lel with a capacitance of 10 pF. The probe is used to purely resistive burden of 1 . The magnetizing
measure the voltage between P and Q as shown in ampere-turns is 200. The phase angle between the
Fig. Q 78. The measured voltage will be primary and secondary current is
100 k P (a) 4.6° (b) 85.4°
(c) 94.6° (d) 175.4°
To CRO
10 V rms through
100 k 84. The core flux in the CT of Prob. Q 83, under the
100 kHz Probe
given operating condition is
Q (a) 0 (b) 45.0 Wb
(a) 3.53 V (b) 4.37 V (c) 22.5 mWb (d) 100.0 mWb
(c) 4.54 V (d) 5.00 V
85. A MOSFET rated for 15 A, carries a periodic current
79. A moving coil of a meter has 100 turns, and a length as shown in Fig. Q 85. The ON state resistance of
and depth of 10 mm and 20 mm respectively. It is the MOSFET is 0.15 . The average ON state loss
in the MOSFET is
positioned in a uniform radial flux density of 200
mT. The coil carries a current of 50 mA. The torque
on the coil is 10A
(a) 200 Nm (b) 100 Nm
t
(c) 2 Nm (d) 1 Nm 0 2 3
(a) 33.8 W (b) 15.0 W
80. A dc A-h meter is rated for 15 A, 250 V. The meter
constant is 14.4 A-sec/rev. The meter constant at (c) 7.5 W (d) 3.8 W
rated voltage may be expressed as 86. The triac circuit shown in Fig. Q 86 controls the
ac output power to the resistive load. The peak
(a) 3750 rev/kWh (b) 3600 rev/kWh
power dissipation in the load is
(c) 1000 rev/kWh (d) 960 rev/kWh
81. A moving iron ammeter produces a full scale torque
of 240 Nm with a deflection of 120° at a current of 230 2 sin t = /4 R = 10
10 A. The rate of change of self inductance (H/
radian) of the instrument at full scale is
(a) 3968 W (b) 5290 W
(a) 2.0 H/radian (b) 4.8 H/radian
(c) 7935 W (d) 10580 W
(c) 12.0 H/radian (d) 114.6 H/radian
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2004
87. Figure Q 87 shows a chopper operating from a 100 89. A single-phase half-controlled rectifier is driving a
V dc input. The duty ratio of the main switch S is separately excited dc motor. The dc motor has a
0.8. The load is sufficiently inductive so that the back emf constant of 0.5 V/rpm. The armature
load current is ripple free. The average current current is 5 A without any ripple. The armature
through the diode D under steady state is resistance is 2 . The converter is working from a
S 230 V, single phase ac source with a firing angle of
30°. Under this operating condition, the speed of
100 V
the motor will be
D 10
(a) 339 rpm (b) 359 rpm
(c) 366 rpm (d) 386 rpm
(a) 1.6 A (b) 6.4 A
(c) 8.0 A (d) 10.0 A 90. A variable speed drive rated for 1500 rpm, 40 Nm
is reversing under no load. Figure Q. 90 shows
88. Figure Q 88 shows a chopper. The device S1 is the the reversing torque and the speed during the tran-
main switching device. S2 is the auxiliary commu- sient. The moment of inertia of the drive is
tation device. S1 is rated for 400 V, 60 A. S2 is
rated for 400 V, 30 A. The load current is 20 A. The
main device operates with a duty ratio of 0.5. The +20 Nm
peak current through S1 is t
Torque
S1 0.5 sec
20A
S2
2 F
200 V
D + 500 rpm
200 H t
Speed
(a) 10 A
–1500 rpm
(b) 30 A
(c) 30 A (a) 0.048 kg m2 (b) 0.064 kg m2
(d) 40 A (c) 0.096 kg m2 (d) 0.128 kg m2
A NSWERS
1. (d) 2. (d) 3. (c) 4. (b) 5. (b) 6. (c) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (c) 10. (a)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (c) 14. (a) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (c) 18. (b) 19. (a) 20. (b)
21. (a) 22. (d) 23. (c) 24. (b) 25. (c) 26. (c) 27. (d) 28. (a) 29. (d) 30. (c)
31. (a) 32. (c) 33. (a) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (a) 37. (b) 38. (d) 39. (a) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (d) 43. (d) 44. (a) 45. (a) 46. (c) 47. (b) 48. (c) 49. (c) 50. (b)
51. (c) 52. (d) 53. (a) 54. (c) 55. (b) 56. (c) 57. (a) 58. (d) 59. (b) 60. (d)
61. (c) 62. (c) 63. (d) 64. (a) 65. (b) 66. (a) 67. (d) 68. (b) 69. (b) 70. (c)
71. (c) 72. (b) 73. (a) 74. (d) 75. (d) 76. (b) 77. (c) 78. (b) 79. (a) 80. (c)
81. (b) 82. (b) 83. (a) 84. (b) 85. (c) 86. (d) 87. (a) 88. (d) 89. (c) 90. (c)
SOLVED PAPER – 2004 11
E XPLANATIONS
1. Admittance of the given circuit is, 5. At maximum efficiency, Cu-loss = Iron loss
1 1 or, K2 Pcu = Pi
Y = YL + YZ = +
j L Z
where K is the load factor
At resonance the circuit must have unity power
factor, Pi 300
then, K= P = = 0.707 = 70.7%
1 1 cu 600
i.e.,= + =0
j L Z
6. The torque versus pulses/s relationship is depicted
L below :
or, Z = [Capacitive]
j
1 L
or, =
j L j
1
or, C = = 0.05 F
2 L
2. When two capacitors formed by two layers of
dielectrics are connected in series, then equiva-
7. Stepper Motor
lent capacitance,
C1 C 2 8. In capacitor run single phase motors, capacitor is
Ceq = permanently in the series with the auxiliary
C1 C 2
winding. At a particular load, the capacitor and
auxiliary winding result in the approx. 90° time
r 1 0 A 0 r 2 A
. phase displacement between the two currents in
d1 d2 the main and auxiliary winding. Motor would op-
=
r1 0 A 0 r 2 A erate as a balanced two phase motor backward
+
d1 d2 rotating flux will be absent and motor will have a
improved efficiency and better operating power
(8.85 10 –12 ) (400 10–3 )2 4 2 factor.
=
4 8 10-3 + 6 2 10-3 9. To reverse the direction of rotation, any of the
= 257 pF two phases can be interchanged. Thus the answer
is A-C-B.
3. Let B = 0 nI
10. For a linear circuit, field energy is equal to the
Then, = B . S = 0n SI co-energy.
where S is the cross-sectional area of the solenoid. 11. The rated voltage of a 3-phase system is always
Flux linkage, = n = 0n2SI given by the rms value of line-line voltage.
Hence inductance/length = 0n2S(H/m)
12. The phase sequence of the shown system is RBY,
For l = 1000 mm = 1 m i.e. in the anti clockwise direction it can be checked
L = 4 × 10–7(3000)2 (30 × 10–3) as sequence.
= 32 mH.
15. From the options, only the MHO relay is being
4. Total instantaneous power supplied is, inherently directional.
P = Va ia + Vb ib + Vc ic
VZ
= {Vm sin t}{Im sin(t – )} 16. RZ =
IZ
+ Vm sin(wt – 120°). Im sin(t – 120° – )
+ Vm sin (t +120°). Im sin (t + 120° – ) 3.5 3.3
= I z
= VI(cos – cos (2t – ) + cos –cos(2t
– 240° – ) + cos – cos (2t + 240° – )]
P = 3VI cos 0.2
It implies that total instantaneous power is con- or Iz = 0.1 K = 2 mA.
stant.
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2004
17. Since, both transistors are perfectly matched, then l2 680
VBF1 = VBE2 = (1.18) × = 1.34 V..
l1 600
IC1 25. Power indicated by wattmeter,
therefore = exp [(VBF1 – VBE2)/VT] = 1
IC2 = Power consumed by load + Power
loss in current coil
= 400 × 20 + 202 × 0.02 = 4008 W
Load power = 4000 W
4008 4000
then % increases = 100
4000
= 0.2% more.
26. For this galvanometer, we have
Also for both is same, then I
Multiplying Power =
IB1 = IB2 = IB I1
+ 5 – 0.7 I1
Now, IR = = 4.3 mA 100
1K =
I2 1000
Writing KCL at node B,
IC1 + 2IB – IR = 0 I1 I2 I
= =
100 1000 1100
or, IC1 = I [ IC = IB] I 1100
+ 2 R = = 11.
I1 100
= 4.3 4.3 mA
+ 2 I2 100
{As is very large)
Hence, IC1 = IC2 = IR = 4.3 mA.
18. Equivalent circuit can be drawn and with input
voltage comparision and current feedback, it is
shunt-shunt feedback. 1000
20. Even when V1 > V2, the output V0 is high and for I
I1
the next case when V1 < V2, output is low, it is
2-bit quantizer. 27. For a BJT in saturation region, both the Base-
emitter and Base-collector junctions are forward
21. Phase margin, = G( j) H( j)| 1 180
biased.
= – 180° + 180° = 0°
28. The peak reverse voltage in full-wave rectifier is
[Since, at point (– 1, j0), G(j)]. H( j)| 1 180
2Vm, here Vm is the ac input peak value.
5 Peak reverse voltage = 100 2 .
22. Initial value = lin sF( s) = lin =0
s s s2 3s 2
29. Vb =12 ± 4V
23. Transfer function is derived as, Vbmin =8 V
d Vbmax =16 V
Kt . = e(t)
dt The thyristor should turn-ON even for minimum
sKt . (s) = E(s) value of Vb, i.e. Vbmin
E( s) In this case, the gate current require to turn-ON
= sKt.
( s) is Ig = 10 mA
24. For the d.c. potentiometer, we have Then, required value of
E1 l1 Vb,min 8
= R= = = 0.8 k = 800
E2 l2 Ig 10 mA
or, Emf of the test cell, E2 = E1 .
SOLVED PAPER – 2004 13
30. By drawing output voltage waves, each diode 33. From the given diagram,
conducts for 120 only. R bR c 100
R1 = = = 2.5
R a Rb R c 40
R aR c 200
R2 = = = 5
R a Rb R c 40
R aR b 200
Rb = = = 5
R a Rb R c 40
34. From the diagram given in the question paper,
IR =YR . E = 0.5 0° * 10° 0° = 50° A
There are three pulses of output voltage during IL =YL . E = 1.5 – 90° * 10 0° = 15 – 90° A
one cycle of I/P voltage.
IC = YC . E = 0.3 90° * 10 0° = 3 90° A
Then ripple frequency is 1200 Hz.
I I R IL I C = 5 – j15 + j 3 = (5 – j 12).
31. x = T/2, (– 6) = y
tan = m, slope, y = mt 35. I1 = I – 2
Applying KVL in mesh,
T 10 I + 10(I – 2) = 100
0 12
m = 2 20I = 100 + 20 = 120
–6–0 T I = 6A.
Hence drop across resistance R,
VR = I1 . 10
= 4 × 10 = 40 V
rms value for any waveform 40
R = = 20 .
2
1 T 2
T 0
= f (t) . dt dq q
36. Using KVL, we have 100 = R
dt C
1
=
T
0
T/2
(mt)2 . dt
T
T/2
62 . dt
1/2
or, z q dq
q0 100C q
=
1
RC z0
t
dt
or, 100C – q = (100C – q0) e– t/RC
1/2
1 144 T3 T
2 36 dq (100 C q0 )
=
T T 38 2 Differentiating, we have, i =
dt
=
RC
e–t/RC = 40 e–1
= [6 + 18]1/2 = 24 = 2 6 = 14.7.
32. Apply KVL in loop containing E, 37. v(t) = 10 + 20 sin t
E = 2×6+3×6
= 12 + 18 = 30 V.
vrms = LM 1
N 2 z
0
2
(10 20 sin t) 2 . dt
OP
Q
1/2
10 6 2A
=
LM 1
N 2 z 2
0
(100 400 sin 2 t 400 sin t) . dt
OP
Q
1/2
z
+
1A 3A 6 E
= LM 1 2
(100 200 (1 cos 2t) 400 sin t) . dt
OP 1/2
N 2 0 Q
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2004
= LM 1
N 2z 2
0
( 300 200 cos 2t 400 sin t) . dt
OP
Q
1/2
I2
+
= L
1
MN 2 z 2
0
300 . dt
OP
Q
1/2
= 300 = 17.3 A.
I1
(I1 – I2)
V0
V in = 3300 V
0.9 0.2
38. Z =
0.2 0.6 –
|Z| = 0.9 × 0.6 – 0.04 = 0.5
43. pu impedance, Z(pu) = 0.02 + 0.07j
Y=
1 LM
0.6 0.2
=2
0.6 0.2 OP LM OP Base impedance referred to the primary
N
0.5 0.2 0.9 0.2 0.9 Q N Q V p2 V p2 (11 10 3 ) 2
1.2 – 0.4 ZBase = = =
= Vp I p (VL IL /3)
1.8
100/3
– 0.4
= 3630 .
hence y22 = 1.8. Now, phase impedance referred to the primary,
39. The synchronous speed for seventh space harmonic Z = Z(pu) × ZBase
ns = (0.02 + 0.07j) × 3630
mmf would be in the forward direction.
7 = (72.6 + j 254.1).
120 50 44. Phase angle of the main winding current,
Here, ns = = 750 rpm
8 Im = – Z1m = – (6 + 4j) = – 33.7°
750 and, phase angle of the auxiliary winding current
Then, required speed = with capacitor in series,
7
= 107.14 rpm. I a = – [8 + 6j) – j/C]
40. Since the two self-inductances, with both
independent of the rotor position, with synchronizing Now, = I a – I a
torque we tend to synchronize the relative rotor 90° = – tan–1 – (– 33.7°)
position, with independency to rotor position, it’ll
F6 1 I
not develop synchronizing torque.
GG C JJ = – 1.5
41. From the data provided in the question, from
no-load data, GH 8 JK
constant loss = 25 × 1.5 – 1.52 × 0.8 = 35.7 W 1
At load-current of 3.5 A, = 18
C
variable loss = I2 . R = 3.52 × 0.8 = 9.8 W.
1
Total loss = 45.5 W or, C= = 1.768 × 10–4 = 176.8 F..
18 2 50
Total power = 25 × 3.5 = 87.5 W
87.5 – 45.5 3300
efficiency, = 100 45. E f1 = V
87.5 3
= 48%.
3200
42. Vin = 3300 volts and E f2 = V
3
V0 = 3300 + 230 = 3530 volts.
EC E f1 E f2
50 103 Circulating current, I c = =
I2 = = 217.4 amp Z S1 + Zs2 Z S1 Z S2
230
Then, kVA rating of auto transformer = V0
100 100
I2 = (3530) × (217.4) = = = 16.98 A.
3 . (1.7 + 1.7) 3 3.4
= 767.42 kVA.
SOLVED PAPER – 2004 15
120 50 52. I
46. ns = = 1500 rpm,
4
2ns
and s = = 157.07 rad/sec V
C
60
pm R
Then, torque developed, T =
s (1 s)
IR IC
15 103
= = 99.47 Nm.
157.07(1 - 0.04)
47. Stepping rate is 100 steps/second.
360
Step required for one revolution = = 200 steps IC
1.8
Time required for one revolution = 2 seconds
Revolution per second = 0.5 V
Hence, revolutions per minute = 30 rpm. IR
tan is the loss tangent
48. Induced armature voltage,
Dielectric power loss in cable,
FG IJ
nZ P P = V2 C tan
Eg =
60 AH K 110 103
2
= 2 50 125 10 2 10
–9 –4
where, Z = total number of armature conductors 3
= 2C NC = 2 × (32) × 6 = 384. = 31.7 W/km.
For wave winding, A = 2 53. The impulse current of 10 kA (peak) will be equally
divided in both the directions since there is equal
0.06 250 384 8
Eg = = 384. distribution on both sides.
60 2 Then, magnitude of transient over-voltage
49. Input power = 9 kW + 2kW + 0.8 kW = 11.8 kW = 5 kA × 250 = 1250 kV.
Then 3 VL IL cos = 11.8 kW 54. Sending-end voltage/phase,
Vs = A Vr + B I r
11.8 103
or IL = = 21.29 amp. 50 106
3 400 0.8
Here, Ir = = 130.31 – 25.8°
3 220 103 0.9
50. 3 VLIL cos = 500 MW
then, Vs = (0.936 0.98°)
FG 220kV IJ 0°
500 106 H 3 K
or IL = = 15.79 kA.
3 21.5 103 0.85 + ([42 76.4°] [130.31 – 25.8°)]
= 11.74 + 14.3j + 118.84 + 2j
L = 130.28 + 16.3j = (131.3 7.13°) kV
51. Surge impedance, ZC =
C Then, Line-to-line, Vs = 230.78 kV
Eg ETH
1.1 10– 3 55. From the circuit, we have I =
= ZTH X s
11.68 10-9
1.430 (0.9) 0
= 306.88 . =
1.25 j
(800 kV)2
Then, power transfer capability = = 0.56 – 0.2496 j
ZC
= 2085 MW.
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2004
Since losses one negligible,
Then, | Vt | = |E g ( I X s )|
Mechanical power input,
= (1.212 + 0.7j) – (0.56 – 0.2496j) × (j)| Pm = electrical power output (Pe)
When Pe gets reduced by 40%
= 0.973 8.27p.u.
Pe = 0.60 Pe = 240 MW
then, Accelerating power, Pa = Pm – Pe
and, Pa = Ta s
120 f
s == 1500 rpm = 157 rad/sec
P
P P Pe
then, Ta = a = m
1 1 s s
56. ISC = = = – j 5.26 pu
X d 0.19 j
400 240
= = 1.018 MN-m
110 10 6 157
Base current, IB = =5773.67 amp.
3 11 103 120f 120 50
60. Number of poles, p = = = 24.
n 250
Then, Symmetrical rms current = IB . ISC
61. From the circuit, it can be infered that D1 is OFF
= 30.37 kA
and D2 is ON. Then, current through it would be
1 0 mA.
57. Ia1 = (I + Ib + 2 Ic) 62. Transistor input resistance,
3 a
1 hfe 50
= (100° + 10 300° + 0) Rin = = = 5 k
3 gm 10 10 3
1 overall input resistance
= (10 + 5 – 8.66j) = 5.78 – 30 °.
3 RIN = 10 k 10 k Rin = 2.5 k
58. For single – line to ground fault, Ib Ri n
+ +
Vi n 10 k 10 k h f e Ib Re Re Vo
Z1
– –
Ea ~
63. VGS = – 4V, VDS = – 4V.
|VGS – VT | > |IaR + VDS|
Z2 Ia 0 = Ia 1 = Ia 2
i.e. |– 4 + 1| > |R × 10–3 – 4|
3 > (– R × 10–3 + 4)
R > 1000
Hence R = 1200 .
Z3 V0 ( s) s/R 2 C1
64. Here = C1 C 2
,
Vi 2 1
s s
R 1C1C 2 R 1R 2C1C 2
( 0/ Q)A0 s
Ea
Ia0 =
Z1 Z 2 Z3
and, Av(s) = 2
b g
s 0/Q s 0 2
10 0 C1 C 2
= = 2.857 90 Comparing we have, =
j 0.15 j 0.15 j 0.05 Q R 1 C1 C 2
Fault current, FC C I
If = 3 Iao = 3 2.857 = 8.57p.u or 0 = Q . GH R C C JK = 1 .
1
1 1
2
2
59. Electric power output, Pe = 500 cos,
cos = power factor 10 9 2
= 1000 rad/sec.
= 500 0.8 = 400 MW 200 10 3 10 8
SOLVED PAPER – 2004 17
65. Using KCL at inverting terminal, we have
J K Qn Q n 1
vx vy vz 0 68.
+ =0 1 1 0 1
R2 R1
1 1 1 0
vx R1
or = .....(i) Assuming a negative edge-triggered flip-flop
vy R1 R 2
CLK
Y= Q.CLK
69. Vi = 0, then first transistor will be cut-off and
Using same at non-inverting terminal, we get
current through left resistor will drive the second
R R2 transistor into saturation.
vx vy vx vx 1 Then, v0 = vCE, sat + 1.25 × 10–3 × 103 = 1.35 volt.
R1
ix = = 70. A has 14H, i.e. 0001 0100
R3 R3
Hence for MVI A, 14H ; we have 1 cycle
[Using equation (i)]
SHIFT is done with 6 cycles,
vx R 2
or ix = – JNZ SHIFT ; check is done 5 cycles
R1 R 3
(whether zero/not)
vx R1R 3 HLT ; one cycle.
or RIN = =–
ix R2 Total cycles = 1 + 6 + 5 + 1
104 106 = 13 cycles.
= – = – 100 k.
100 103
71. Constructing Routh-array,
s3
66. Y = A . BC D A D + BC s2
1
–4
1
6 0
0
= AD + BCD + ABCD s1 2 0
Drawing K-map, we have s0 6
From the K-map, it can be inferred that, simplified Number of sign changes in the first column is two,
expression is therefore the number of roots in the left half s-
Y = AD + BCD . plane is 2.
72. Constructing signal-flow graph as shown here,
Number of forward paths is 3 having path gains,
67. The output, 1
Y= , P1 = ,
(B3 A 3 ) (B2 A 2 ) (B1 A1 ) (B0 A 0 ) s2
Y will be zero if any of output of X – OR gate P2 = 1,
is 1. The output of X – OR is 1 only if one input is 1
0 and another is 1. P3 =
s
In only option (d), the inputs are different.
So the right option is (d).
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2004
There are no loops, then, transfer function is given Taking inverse Laplace transformation, we have
as, 1 1 1 t
y(t) = e jt + e jt – e
P1 1 P2 2 P3 3 1 1 2(1 j ) 2(1 j) 2
T = = 2 1
s s
1 1 –t
= (sin t + cos t) – e
2
s s1 2 2
= [1 = 2 = 3 = = 1]
s2 1 1 –t
= sin (t + 45°) – e
2 2
73. Characteristic equation for this system is,
|sI – A| = 0 Then, steady state value = lin y(t)
t
s 2 1
or = sin (t + 45°).
2 s =0 2
or s2 – 4= 0 77. The value of at which |G(j)| = 1 is given by,
or s = ± 2. ( c a)2 1
1 = .......... (i)
C( s) k /s( s 2) k c2
74. T(s) = = k(1 sP) =
R( s ) 1 s 2 (2 Pk )s k
s(s 2)
Now, k = n2,
and (Pk + 2) = 2n
Then, k = 25
and P = 0.2.
12.5 8
75. C(s) =
( s 6) 2 8 2
Also G( j)| c + 180° = 45°
100 or tan–1(c a) – 180° + 180° = 45°
= 2
s 12s 100 or c a = 1
Then, Output for unit step respoure From equation (i), we have,
1 100 c = 21/4
= . 2 = 1.189 rad/sec.
s s 12s 100
Then, a = 0.841.
and steady-state value = lin sC(s)
s 0 100 k P
78.
100
= lin =1 10 V ~ 100 k 500 k – j159.15 k
s0 s 12s 100
2
s
76. Y(s) = X(s) .
s 1 Q
1 s 1
Y(s) = 2
. Given C = 10 10–12F , f = 100 103
( s 1) s 1 2
1
A B C then, X c=
= 2fc
( s j) ( s j) ( s 1)
1
1 F 1 I+ 1 1
Xc =
2 100 103 10 10 12
= (–159.15 j) k
2(1 j) GH s j JK
= –
2(1 j )( s j ) 2( s 1)
SOLVED PAPER – 2004 19
Using KCL at node (p), we get 83. Phase angle between the Is and Ip is,
V p – 10 VP VP
100 10 3
+
100 10 3
+
500 103 FG 180 IJ . FG 200 . 1 IJ 4.6°
VP
degree
H K H 500 . 5 K
+ =0
j159.15 103
84. Voltage induced in the secondary,
Vp = 4.37 –15.94 V
Es = Is × Zs = 5 volts
79. Deflecting torque, Td = NBldI
= (10) (200 × 10–3) (100 × 10–3)(20 × 10–3)(50 × 10–3) Now Es = 4.44 f m Ns.
= 200 Nm. Es
m =
80. Meter constant is 14.4 A sec per rev. 4. 44 f N s
14. 4 14. 4 250 5
i.e., Ahr = = = 45 Wb.
3600 3600 4. 44 50 500
gz
Whr = 1 Whr per rev
1 /
i 2 R dt
hence 1rev/Whr = 1000 rev/kWhr. 85. Average ON-state loss =
b 2/ 0
1 2 dL
81. At full scale position, I = Tc 1
2 d = . 10 2 . 0.15 . =7.5 Watts.
2
1 dL
or . (10)2 . = 240 × 10–6 86. Vi m
2 d
dL
or = 4.8 H/radian 2 t
d 0
82. From the figure given in the question, we get
VRY = 415 30°,
415 0 =/4 2
VBN = 120°
3
Peak value of input voltage, Vm = 230 2
Now, current through current coil is,
At = , peak voltage across the load is also Vm
4
Then, peak power dissipation is the load.
Vm2 (230 2)2
P= = = 10580 W
R 10
87. V0
Vs TOFF
TON
t
VRY T
IC = i0
Z
415 30 I0
= = 4.15 – 6.87
100 36.87
t
415 i0
S = VI* = 4.15 –126.87
3 I0
= 994.34 126.87 t
Hence P = – 597 W. During TON, Chopper is ON load voltage is equal
to source voltage, i.e, VO = Vs
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2004
During TOFF, Chopper is OFF and diode is ON, 89. Average output voltage of single-phase controlled
therefore, VO = 0 rectifier
Now, average load voltage VO = Vs Vm
= 0.8 100 = 80 V V0 = (1 + cos )
2
VO 80
Average load current, Io = = = 8A 230 2
R 10 = (1 + cos 30) = 96.6 volts
2
T
1 +
T T
Diode current, ID = Io dt
ON single
T TON phase V0 Ra
~
= IO +
T Vs
rectifier Ea
ID = (1 – ) IO = (1 – 0.8) 8 = 1.6A –
88. When S1 and S2 are OFF, capacitor is changed to –
Vs with upper plate positive Ea = V0 – Ia Ra
When S1 is on, Vs is applied across load and = 96.6 – 5 2 = 86.6 Volts
constant load current I0 begins to flow thereby Then, speed of the motor
creating an oscillatory circuit consisting of C, S,
E a 86.6
and L then, capacitor current, N= = = 346.4 rpm
kb 0.25
C
.sin 0 t
ic = Vs
L
90. Here,=
LM 500 ( 1500) OP 2 rad/sec 2
and current through S1, is1= i0 + ic N 0.5 Q 60
c = 418.67 rad/sec2,
= I0 + Vs lim 0 t
L
and, T = 40 N-m
C
peak value, is1 (peak) = I0 + Vs Using, T = I
L
40(N m)
2 10 6 we have I =
418.67(rad/sec 2 )
= 20 + 200 6
200 10
= 40A = 0.096 kg-m2.
SOLVED PAPER – 2003
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
Q. 1 - 30 Carry One Mark Each
1. Figure given below shows the waveform of the 4. Two conductors are carrying forward and
current passing through an inductor of resistance return current of + I and – I as shown in the
1 and inductance 2 H. The energy absorbed by figure below. The magnetic field intensity H at
the inductor in the first four seconds is
point P is
6A Z +I P –I
X
d d
0 2s 4s Y
(a) 144 J (b) 98 J I I
(a) y (b) x
(c) 132 J (d) 168 J d d
2. A segment of a circuit is shown in the figure I I
(c) y (d) x
below. VR = 5V, VC = 4 sin 2t. The voltage VL is 2d 2d
given by
5. Two infinite strips of width W m in x direction as
Q shown in the figure below, are carrying forward
and return currents of + I and – I in the z
+
direction. The strips are separated by a distance
1A 5 VR
_ of x m. The inductance per unit length of the
2A 1F
R
configuration is measured to be L H/m. If the
P _
+
Vc
distance of separation between the strips is now
+ reduced to x/2 m, the inductance per unit length
ic
2X VL of the configuration is
_
Z +I x
X
(a) 3 – 8 cos 2t (b) 32 sin 2t –I
W
(c) 16 sin 2t (d) 16 cos 2t Y
3. In the figure below, Z1 = 10 – 60, Z2 = 1060, (a) 2L H/m (b) L/4 H/m
Z3 = 50 53.13. The venn impedance seen from
(c) L/2 H/m (d) 4L H/m
X–Y is
6. A single phase transformer has a maximum
efficiency of 90% at full load and unity power
X
Z1 Z3 factor. Efficiency at half load at the same power
+
100 0° Z2
factor is
(a) 86.7%
Y
(b) 88.26%
(a) 56.645 (b) 6030 (c) 88.9%
(c) 7030 (d) 34.465 (d) 87.8%
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
7. Group I lists different applications and Group II 10. No-load test on a 3-phase induction motor was
lists the motors for these applications. Match the conducted at different supply voltages and a plot
application with the most suitable motor and of input power versus voltage was drawn. This
choose the right combination among the choices curve was extrapolated to intersect the
given thereafter y-axis. This intersection point yields
Group I Group II
(a) Core loss
P Food mixer 1 Permanent magnet
(b) Stator copper loss
dc motor
Q Cassette tape 2 Single-phase motor (c) Stray load loss
induction recorder (d) Friction and windage loss
R Domestic water 3 Universal motor 11. Bundled conductors are mainly used in high
pump
voltage overhead transmission lines to
S Escalator 4 Three-phase induction
(a) reduce transmission line losses
motor
5 DC series motor (b) increase mechanical strength of the line
6 Stepper motor (c) reduce corona
(a) P-3, Q-6, R-4, S-5 (b) P-1, Q-3, R-2, S-4 (d) reduce sag
(c) P-3, Q-1, R-2, S-4 (d) P-3, Q-2, R-1, S-4 12. A power system consists of 300 buses out of which
8. A stand alone engine driven Synchronous 20 buses are generator buses, 25 buses are the
generator is feeding a partly inductive load. A ones with reactive power support and 15 buses
capacitor is now connected across the load to are the ones with fixed shunt capacitors. All the
completely nullify the inductive current. For this other buses are load buses. It is proposed to
operating condition perform a loadflow analysis for the system using
(a) the field current and fuel input have to be Newton-Raphson method. The size of the
reduced Newton-Raphson Jacobian matrix is
(b) the field current and fuel input have to be (a) 553 553 (b) 540 540
increased (c) 555 555 (d) 554 554
(c) the field current has to be increased and fuel
input left unaltered 13. Choose two appropriate auxiliary components of
a HVDC transmission system from the following
(d) the field current has to be reduced and fuel
input left unaltered P D.C. line inductor
Q A.C. line inductor
9. Curves X and Y in the figure below denote open
circuit and full-load zero power factor (zpf) R Reactive power sources
characteristics of a synchronous generator. Q is S Distance relays on D.C. line
a point on the zpf characteristics at 1.0 p.u.
voltage. The vertical distance PQ in the figure T Series capacitance on A.C. line
below gives the voltage drop across (a) P and Q (b) P and R
Voltage (p.u)
(c) Q and S (d) S and T
X
P 14. A round rotor generator with internal voltage
Y E1 = 2.0 p.u. and X = 1.1 p.u. is connected to a
1.0 Q round rotor synchronous motor with internal
voltage E2 = 1.3 p.u. and X = 1.2 p.u. The
reactance of the line connecting the generator
Field Current
to the motor is 0.5 p.u. When the generator
(a) Synchronous reactance
supplies 0.5 p. u. power, the rotor angle difference
(b) Magnetising reactance between the machines will be
(c) Potier reactance (a) 57.42 (b) 1
(d) Leakage reactance (c) 32.58 (d) 122.58
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 3
15. The interrupting time of a circuit breaker is the 19. Figure given below shows a 4 to 1 MUX to be
period between the instant of used to implement the sum S of a 1-bit full adder
(a) initiation of short circuit and the arc with input bits P and Q and the carry input Cin.
extinction on an opening operation Which of the following combinations of inputs to
(b) energizing of the trip circuit and the arc I0, I1, I2 and I3 of the MUX will realize the sum S ?
extinction on an opening operation 4 to 1 MUX
(c) initiation of short circuit and the parting of I0
primary arc contacts I1 S
F
(d) energizing of the trip circuit and the parting I2
of primary arc contacts I3 S S0
1
16. The variation of drain current with gate-to-source
voltage (ID-VGS characteristic) of a MOSFET is P Q
shown in the figure below. The MOSFET is
(a) I0 = I1 = Cin ; I2 = I3 = Cin
ID
(b) I0 = I1 = Cin ; I2 = I3 = Cin
(c) I0 = I3 = Cin ; I1 = I2 = Cin
0 VGS (d) I0 = I3 = Cin ; I1 = I2 = Cin
(a) an n-channel depletion mode device 20. When a program is being executed in an 8085
(b) an n-channel enhancement mode device microprocessor, its Program Counter contains
(c) a p-channel depletion mode device (a) the number of instructions in the current
(d) a p-channel enhancement mode device program that have already been executed
(b) the total number of instructions in the
17. In the circuit of figure below, assume that the
program being executed
transistor has hFE = 99 and VBE = 0.7 V. The value
of collector current I C of the transistor is (c) the memory address of the instruction that
approximately is being currently executed
(d) the memory address of the instruction that
IC 3.3K
is to be executed next
33K
12V 21. A control system is defined by the following
mathematical relationship
4V
3.3K
d2 x dx
dt 2
6
dt
5x = 12 1 – e–2t e j
(a) [3.3/3.3] mA (b) [3.3/(3.3 + .33] mA The response of the system as t is
(c) [3.3/33] mA (d) [3.3/(33 + 3.3] mA (a) x = 6 (b) x = 2
18. For the circuit of figure below with an ideal (c) x = 2.4 (d) x = – 2
operational amplifier, the maximum phase shift
of the output Vout with reference to the input Vin is 22. A lead compensator used for a closed loop
controller has the following transfer function
R1
FG s IJ
R1
_
K 1+
H aK
Vout FG 1 s IJ
Vin
R
+
H bK
C
For such a lead compensator, the condition will
be
(a) 0 (b) – 90 (a) a < b (b) b < a
(c) + 90 (d) + 180 (c) a > Kb (d) a < Kb
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
23. A second order system starts with an initial 27. Figure given below shows a thyristor with the
condition of
LM2OP without any external input. The standard terminations of anode (A), cathode (K),
gate (G) and the different junctions named J1, J2
N3Q and J3. When the thyristor is turned on and
state transition matrix for the system is given conducting
Le 0 O
A
–2t J3
by M P P J2
MN 0 e PQ
–t . The state of the system at the
N J1
P
end of 1 second is given by N
L0.271OP
(a) M
K
Q
N1100
. Q (a) J1 and J2 are forward biased and J3 is reverse
biased
L0.135OP
(b) M
(b) J1 and J3 are forward biased and J2 is reverse
N0.368Q biased
(c) J1 is forward biased and J2 and J3 are reverse
L0.271OP
(c) M
biased
N0.736Q (d) J1, J2, and J3 are all forward biased
L0.135OP
(d) M
28. Figure given below shows a MOSFET with an
integral body diode. It is employed as a power
N1.100Q switching device in the ON and OFF states
through appropriate control. The ON and OFF
24. A Manganin swamp resistance is connected states of the switch are given on the VDS-Is plane by
in series with a moving coil ammeter consisting
of a milli-ammeter and a suitable shunt in D
order to
G VDS
(a) minimise the effect of temperature variation
S
(b) obtain large deflecting torque
IS
(c) reduce the size of the meter
IS
(d) minimise the effect of stray magnetic fields IS
VDS
25. The effect of stray magnetic fields on the A. VDS B.
actuating torque of a portable instrument is
maximum when the operating field of the
IS IS
instrument and the stray fields are
(a) perpendicular (b) parallel VDS VDS
C. D.
(c) inclined at 60 (d) inclined at 30
26. A reading of 120 is obtained when a standard (a) Fig. A (b) Fig. B
inductor was connected in the circuit of a
(c) Fig. C (d) Fig. D
Q-meter and the variable capacitor is adjusted
to a value of 300 pF. A lossless capacitor of 29. The speed/torque regimes in a dc motor and the
unknown value Cx is then connected in parallel control methods suitable for the same are given
with the variable capacitor and the same reading respectively in Group I and Group II
was obtained when the variable capacitor is Group I Group II
readjusted to a value of 200 pF. The value of Cx P Field Control 1 Below base speed
in pF is Q Armature Control 2 Above base speed
(a) 100 (b) 200 3 Above base torque
(c) 300 (d) 500 4 Below base torque
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 5
The match between the control method and the 34. In Fig. Q.34, the value of R is
speed/torque regime is as follows
(a) P-1 ; Q-3 (b) P-2 ; Q-1 R
(c) P-2 ; Q-3 (d) P-1 ; Q-4 14 1
30. A fully controlled natural commutated 3-phase
bridge rectifier is operating with a firing angle 10 A 5A
= 30. The peak to peak voltage ripple expressed
as a ratio of the peak output dc voltage at the 2
output of the converter bridge is 100 V +
_ +
_ 40 V
3
(a) 0.5 (b)
2
F1 – 3 I (a) 10 (b) 18
(c) GH 2 JK s(d) 3 –1
(c) 24 (d) 12
Q. 31- 90 carry two marks each 35. A balanced delta connected load of (8 + j6) per
31. In the circuit of Fig. Q31, the magnitudes of VL phase is connected to a 400 V, 50 Hz, 3-phase
and VC are twice that of VR. The inductance of supply lines. If the input power factor is to be
improved to 0.9 by connecting a bank of star
the coil is
connected capacitors the required KVAR of the
(a) 2.14 mH (b) 5.30 H bank is
(c) 31.8 mH (d) 1.32 H (a) 42.7 (b) 10.2
32. In the figure below, the potential difference (c) 28.8 (d) 38.4
between points P and Q is
36. In the circuit shown in in the figure below, the
2A switch S is closed at time t = 0. The voltage across
the inductance at t = 0+, is
3
2 4 S
P Q
4F
+
10V 10 V +
_ 4
~ 4H
– 4
8 6
(a) 12 V (b) 10 V (a) 2 V (b) 4 V
(c) – 6 V (d) 8 V
(c) - 6 V (d) 8 V
37. The h-parameters for a two-port network are
33. Two ac sources feed a common variable resistive
load as shown n in the figure below. Under the
defined by
LME OP = LM h
1 11 h12 OP LM I OP .
1
maximum power transfer condition, the power
absorbed by the load resistance RL is N I Q Nh
2 21 h22 Q NE Q
2
For the two-port network shown in in the figure
6 j8 6 j8 below, the value of h12 is given by
4 2 2
I1 I2
110 0° RL 90 0°
E1 2 4 E2
(a) 2200 W (b) 1250 W
(a) 0.125 (b) 0.167
(c) 1000 W (d) 625 W
(c) 0.625 (d) 0.25
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
38. A point charge of + 1 nC is placed in a space with E1 E1
a permittivity of 8.85 10–12 F/m as shown in I2 I2
in the figure below. The potential difference VPQ E2
E2
between two points P and Q at distances of A. I1 B. I1
40 mm and 20 mm respectively from the point
charge is
E1 E1
20 mm Q
P
I1 I1
1nC
40 mm C. D.
E2
E2
(a) 0.22 kV (b) – 225 V I2
I2
(c) – 2.24 kV (d) 15 V
(a) Fig. A (b) Fig. B
39. A parallel plate capacitor has an electrode area
of 100 mm2, with a spacing of 0.1 mm between (c) Fig. C (d) Fig. D
the electrodes. The dielectric between the plates 42. To conduct load test on a dc shunt motor, it is
is air with a permittivity of 8.85 10–12 F/m. The coupled to a generator which is identical to the
charge on the capacitor is 100 V. The stored motor. The field of the generator is also connected
energy in the capacitor is to the same supply source as the motor. The
(a) 8.85 pJ armature of the generator is connected to a load
resistance. The armature resistance is 0.02 p.u.
(b) 440 pJ
Armature reaction and mechanical losses can be
(c) 22.1 nJ neglected. With rated voltage across the motor,
(d) 44.3 nJ the load resistance across the generator is
adjusted to obtain rated armature current in both
40. A composite parallel plate capacitor is made up
motor and generator. The p.u. value of this load
of two different dielectric materials with different
resistance is
thicknesses (t1 and t2) as shown in the figure
below. The two different dielectric materials are (a) 1.0 (b) 0.98
separated by a conducting foil F. The voltage of (c) 0.96 (d) 0.94
the conducting foil is
43. In the figure below shows a -Y connected
3-phase distribution transformer used to step
r1 = 3; t1 = 0.5 mm 100 V down the voltage from 11000 V to 415 V line-to-
r2 = 4; t2 = 1 mm line. It has two switches S1 and S2. Under normal
0V conditions S1 is closed and S2 is open. Under
certain special conditions S1 is open and S2 is
(a) 52 V (b) 60 V closed. In such a case the magnitude of the
(c) 67 V (d) 33 V voltage across the LV terminals a and c is
41. In the figure below shows an ideal single-phase
transformer. The primary and secondary coils are HV LV
wound on the core as shown. Turns ratio A
a
(N1/N2) = 2. The correct phasors of voltages E1,
E2, currents I1, I2 and core flux are as shown in
B
S2 b
I1
I2
C
N1 N2 R c
E1 E2 S1
(a) 240 V (b) 480 V
(c) 415 V (d) 0 V
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 7
44. In the figure below shows an ideal three-winding 45. Following are some of the properties of rotating
transformer. The three windings 1, 2, 3 of the electrical machines
transformer are wound on the same core as P Stator winding current is dc, rotor winding
shown. The turns ratio N1:N2:N3 is 4:2:1. A current is ac
resistor of 10 is connected across winding-2. Q Stator winding current is ac, rotor winding
A capacitor of reactance 2.5 is connected current is dc
across winding-3.Winding-1 is connected across
R Stator winding current is ac, totor winding
a 400 V, ac supply. If the supply voltage phasor
current is ac
V1 = 4000, the supply current phasor I1 is given
by S Stator has salient poles and rotor has
commutator
I1
T Rotor has salient poles and sliprings and
stator is cylindrical
V1 1 N1 N2 2 U Both stator and rotor have poly-phase
R=10
windings
N3
DC machines. Synchronous machines and
Induction machines exhibit some of the above
3 properties as given in the following table. Indicate
the correct combination from this table
DC machines Synchronous Induction
XC =2.5 machines machines
(a) P.S Q. T R. U
(a) (– 10 + j 10) A
(b) Q. U P. T R. S
(b) (– 10 – j 10) A
(c) P. S R. U Q. T
(c) (10 + j 10) A
(d) R. S Q. U P. T
(d) (10 – j 10) A
46. When Stator and Rotor windings of a 2-pole rotating electrical machine are excited, each would produce a
sinusoidal mmf distribution in the airgap with peak values Fs and Fr respectively. The rotor mmf lags
stator mmf by a space angle at any instant as shown in the figure below. Thus, half of stator and rotor
surfaces will form one pole with the other half forming the second pole. Further, the direction of torque
acting on the rotor can be clockwise or counter-clockwise
Stator
C Airgap
Rotor
c
BC b D Fs
Stator mmf axis
d Ft
a Rotor mmf axis
The following Table gives four sets of statements as regards poles and torque. Select the correct set
corresponding to the mmf axes as shown in Fig.
Stator Surface Stator Surface Rotor Surface Rotor Surface Torque is
ABC forms CDA forms cda forms cda forms
(a) North Pole South Pole North Pole South Pole Clockwise
(b) South Pole North Pole North Pole South Pole Counter Clockwise
(c) North Pole South Pole South Pole North Pole Counter Clockwise
(d) South Pole North Pole South Pole North Pole Clockwise
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
47. A 4-pole, 3-phase, double-layer winding is housed 52. A surge of 20 kV magnitude travels along a
in a 36-slot stator for an ac machine with 60 lossless cable towards its junction with two
phase spread. Coil span is 7 slot pitches. Number identical lossless overhead transmission lines.
of slots in which top and bottom layers belong to
The inductance and the capacitance of the cable
different phases is
are 0.4 mH and 0.5 F per km. The inductance
(a) 24 (b) 18
and capacitance of the overhead transmission
(c) 12 (d) 0 lines are 1.5 mH and 0.015 F per km. The
48. A 3-phase Induction Motor is driving a constant magnitude of the voltage at the junction due to
torque load at rated voltage and frequency. If both surge is
voltage and frequency are halved, following (a) 36.72 kV (b) 18.36 kV
statements relate to the new condition if stator
resistance, leakage reactance and core loss are (c) 6.07 kV (d) 33.93 kV
ignored 53. A dc distribution system is shown in the figure
P The difference between synchronous speed below with load currents as marked. The two
and actual speed remains same ends of the feeder are fed by voltage sources such
Q The airgap flux remains same that VP, – VQ = 3V. The value of the voltage VP for
R The stator current remains same a minimum voltage of 220 V at any point along
S The p.u. slip remains same the feeder is
Among the above, correct statements are VP VQ
(a) All (b) P. Q & R 0.1 R 0.15 S 0.2
P Q
(c) Q. R & S (d) P & S
49. A single phase induction motor with only the main
10A 20A 30A 15A
winding excited would exhibit the following
response at synchronous speed (a) 225.89 V
(a) Rotor current is zero (b) 222.89 V
(b) Rotor current is non-zero and is at slip (c) 220.0 V
frequency
(d) 228.58 V
(c) Forward and backward totating fields are
equal 54. A 3-phase. 11- kV generator feeds power to a
constant power unity power factor load of 100
(d) Forward rotating field is more than the
MW through a 3-phase transmission line. The
backward rotating field
line-to-line voltage at the terminals of the
50. A dc series motor driving an electric train faces a machine is maintained constant at 11 kV. The
constant power load. It is running at rated speed per unit positive sequence impedance of the line
and rated voltage. If the speed has to be brought based on 100 MVA and 11 kV is j 0.2. The line to
down to 0.25 p.u. the supply voltage has to be line voltage at the load terminals is measured to
approximately brought down to be less than 11 kV. The total reactive power to be
(a) 0.75 p.u. (b) 0.5 p.u. injected at the terminals of the load to increase
(c) 0.25 p.u. (d) 0.125 p.u. the line-to-line voltage at the load terminals to
11 kV is
51. The ABCD parameters of a 3-phaseover
(a) 100 MVAR (b) 10.1 MVAR
head transmission line are A =D = 0.9 0.
B = 20090 and C = 0.95 10–3 90 S. At (c) – 100 MVAR (d) 10.1 MVAR
no-load condition a shunt inductive, reactor is
55. The bus impedance matrix of a 4-bus power
connected at the receiving end of the line to limit
system is given by
the receiving-end voltage to be equal to the
sending-end voltage. The ohmic value of the LM j0.3435 j 0.2860 j 0.2723 j0.2277OP
= M PP
reactor is j 0.2860 j 0.3408 j 0.2586 j 0.2414
(a) (b) 2000 Zbus
MM j0.2723 j0.2586 j 0.2791 j0.2209
PQ
(c) 105.26 (d) 1052.6 N j0.2277 j0.2414 j 0.2209 j0.2791
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 9
A branch having an impedance of j0.2 is 58. A list of relays and the power system components
connected between bus 2 and the reference. Then protected by the relays are given in Group I and
the values of Z22,new and Z23,new of the bus impedance Group II respectively. Choose the correct match
matrix of the modified network are respectively from the four choices given below
(a) j0.5408 and j0.4586 Group I Group II
(b) j0.1260 and j0.0956 P Distance relay 1 Transformers
(c) j0.5408 and j0.0956 Q Under frequency relay 2 Turbines
(d) j0.1260 and j0.1630 R Differential relay 3 Busbars
56. A 20-MVA, 6.6-kV, 3-phase alternator is connected S Buchholz relay 4 Shunt capacitors
to a 3-phase transmission line. The per unit 5 Alternators
positive-sequence, negative-sequence and
zero-sequence impedances of the alternator are 6 Transmission lines
j0.1, j0.1 and j0.04 respectively. The neutral of (a) P–6, Q–5, R–3, S–1
the alternator is connected to ground through (b) P–4, Q–3, R–2, S–1
an inductive reactor of j0.05 p.u. The per unit
positive-, negative- and zero-sequence impedances (c) P–5, Q–2, R–1, S–6
of the transmission line are j0.1, j0.1 and j0.3, (d) P–6, Q–4, R–5, S–3
respectively. All per unit values are based on the
machine ratings. A solid ground fault occurs at 59. A generator delivers power of 1.0 p.u. to an infinite
one phase of the far end of the transmission line. bus through a purely reactive network. The
The voltage of the alternator neutral with respect maximum power that could be delivered by the
to ground during the fault is generator is 2.0 p.u. A three-phase fault occurs
at the terminals of the generator which reduces
(a) 513.8 V (b) 889.9 V
the generator output to zero. The fault is cleared
(c) 1112.0 V (d) 642.2 V after tc second. The original network is then
57. Incremental fuel costs (in some appropriate unit) restored. The maximum swing of the rotor angle
for a power plant consisting of three generating is found to be max = 110 electrical degree. Then
units are the rotor angle in electrical degrees at t = tc is
IC1 = 20 + 0.3 P1, IC2 = 30 + 0.4 P2 , IC3 = 30 (a) 55 (b) 70
where P1 is the power in MW generated by unit (c) 69.14 (d) 72.4
i, for i = 1, 2 and 3.
60. A three-phase alternator generating unbalanced
Assume that all the three units are operating all voltages is connected to an unbalanced load
the time. Minimum and maximum loads on each through a 3-phase transmission line as shown in
unit are 50 MW and 300 MW respectively. If the the figure below. The neutral of the alternator
plant is operating on economic load dispatch to and the star point of the load are solidly grounded.
supply the total power demand of 700 MW, the
The phase voltages of the alternator are
power generated by each unit is
Ea = 10 0 V, Eb = 10 –90 V, Ec = 10 120 V.
(a) P1 = 242.86 MW The positive-sequence component of the load
P2 = 157.14 MW and current is
P3 = 300 MW Ea j1.0 j1.0
(b) P1 = 157.14 MW
P2 = 242.86 MW Eb j1.0 j2.0
P3 = 300 MW
Ec j3.0
(c) P1 = 300.0 MW j1.0
P2 = 300.0 MW
P3 = 100 MW (a) 1.310 –107 A
(b) 0.332 – 120 A
(d) P1 = 233.3 MW
(c) 0.996 –120 A
P2 = 233.3 MW
P3 = 233.4 MW (d) 3.510 – 81 A
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
61. For the n-channel enhancement MOSFET shown 64. The circuit in figure below shows a 555 Timer IC
in the figure below, the threshold voltage connected as an astable multivibrator. The value
Vtn = 2V. The drain current ID of the MOSFET is of the capacitor C is 10 nF. The values of the
4 mA when the drain resistance RD is 1 k. If the
resistors RA and RB for a frequency of 10 kHz and
value of RD is increased to 4 k, drain current ID
will become a duty cycle of 0.75 for the output voltage
waveform are
10V Vcc
ID RD RA
Th Vout
RB
Tr
R1
C
555
Timer
(a) 2.8 mA (b) 2.0 mA IC
(c) 1.4 mA (d) 1.0 mA
62. Assuming the operational amplifier to be ideal,
(a) RA = 3.62 k, RB = 3.62 k
the gain Vout/Vin for the circuit shown in the figure
below is (b) RA = 3.62 k, RB = 7.25 k
10K 10K
(c) RA = 7.25 k, RB = 3.62 k
(d) RA = 7.25 k, RB = 7.25 k
1K
65. The simplified block diagram of a 10-bit A/D
converter of dual slope integrator type is shown
_
Vin
1K
in Fig. Q65. The 10-bit counter at the output is
Vout
+ clocked by a 1 MHz clock. Assuming negligible
timing overhead for the control logic, the
maximum frequency of the analog signal that can
be converted using this A/D converter is
(a) – 1 (b) – 20
approximately
(c) – 100 (d) – 120
Input sample to be
converted
63. A voltage signal 10 sin t is applied to the circuit Integrator
10-bit
Counter
Comparator and Digital
with ideal diodes, as shown in the figure below. Control Logic output
Reference dc input Clock
The maximum, and minimum values of the
1 MHz
output waveform V out of the circuit are
respectively 10 kw. (a) 2 kHz (b) 1 kHz
10K
(c) 500 Hz (d) 250 Hz
+
66. TheBoolean expression XYZ XYZ XYZ
+ XYZ XYZ can be simplified to
Vin 4V Vout
4V
_ (a) XZ XZ YZ
10K
(b) XZ YZ YZ
_
(c) XY YZ XZ
(a) + 10 V and – 10 V (b) + 4 V and – 4 V
(d) XY YZ XZ
(c) + 7 V and – 4 V (d) + 4 V and – 7 V
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 11
67. The shift register shown in Fig. Q67 is initially 71. A control system with certain excitation is
loaded with the bit pattern 1010. Subsequently the governed by the following mathematical equation
shift register is clocked, and with each clock pulse d 2 x 1 dx 1
x 10 5e 4 t 2e– 5 t
the pattern gets shifted by one bit position to the dt2 2 dt 18
right. With each shift, the bit at the serial input is The natural time constants of the response of
pushed to the left most position (msb). After how the system are
may clock pulses will the content of the shift register
(a) 2s and 5s (b) 3s and 6s
become 1010 again? Clock
(c) 4s and 5s (d) 1/3s and 1/6s
(a) 3 Serial
1 0 1 0
(b) 7 Input 72. The block diagram shown in the figure below
gives a unity feedback closed loop control system.
(c) 11 The steady state error in the response of the
(d) 15 above system to unit step input is
68. An X–Y flip flop, whose Characteristic Table is
u (t ) + 3 15
given below is to be implemented using a J–K s + 15 s +1 y (t )
flip flop
X Y Qn+1
0 0 1 (a) 25 % (b) 0.75 %
0 1 Qn (c) 6 % (d) 33 %
1 0 Qn
1 1 0 73. The roots of the closed loop characteristic
equation of the system shown in Fig Q72–73 are
This can be done by making
(a) – 1 and – 15
(a) J X, K Y (b) J X, K Y
(b) 6 and 10
(c) J Y, K X (d) J Y, K X
(c) – 4 and – 15
69. A memory system has a total of 8 memory chips,
(d) – 6 and 10
each with 12 address lines and 4 data lines. The
total size of the memory system is 74. The following equation defines a separately
(a) 16 kbytes (b) 32 kbytes excited dc motor in the form of a differential
equation
(c) 48 kbytes (d) 64 kbytes
70. The following program is written for an 8085 d 2 B d K 2 K
2
Va
microprocessor to add two bytes located at dt J dt L J LJ
memory addresses 1FFE and 1FFF The above equation may be organized in the state-
LXI H, 1FFE space form as follows
MOV B, M
INR L LM d OP L d O
2
MOV A,M MM dtd PP = P MM dt PP QV
2
a
ADD B MN dt PQ N Q
INR L
where the P matrix is given by
MOV M, A
XOR A B K2 K2 B
– – – –
On completion of the execution of the program, (a) J LJ (b) LJ J
the result of addition is found 1 0 0 1
(a) in the register A 0 1 1 0
(b) at the memory address 1000 2
(c) – K B
– (d) – B –
K2
(c) at the memory address 1F00 L J J J LJ
(d) at the memory address 2000
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
75. The loop gain GH of a closed loop system is given 78. The items in Group I represent the various types
of measurements to be made with a reasonable
K accuracy using a suitable bridge. The items in
by the following expression
b gb
s s+ 2 s 4 g Group II represent the various bridges available
for this purpose. Select the correct choice of the
The value of K for which the system just becomes item in Group II for the corresponding item in
unstable is Group I from the following
(a) K = 6 (b) K = 8 Group I Group II
(c) K = 48 (d) K = 96 P Resistance in the 1 Wheatstone Bridge
milli-Ohm range
76. The asymptotic Bode plot of the transfer function Q Low values of 2 Kelvin Double
K
Capacitance Bridge
is given in Fig. Q76. The error in phase R Comparison of 3 Schering Bridge
s
1+
a resistances which are
nearly equal 4 Wien’s Bridge
angle and dB gain at a frequency of = 0.5 a are
S Inductance of a coil 5 Hay’s Bridge
respectively
with a large time-
20 log K constant 6 Carey-Foster Bridge
20 dB/decade
(a) P = 2, Q = 3, R = 6, S = 5,
GdB
a (b) P = 2, Q = 6, R = 4, S = 5,
(c) P = 2, Q = 3, R = 5, S = 4,
0.1a a 10a
(d) P = 1, Q = 3, R = 2, S = 6,
45/decade
Ph (In deg.) 79. A rectifier type ac voltmeter consists of a series
resistance Rs, an ideal full-wave rectifier bridge
and a PMMC instrument as shown in Fig.Q79.
The internal resistance of the instrument is
(a) 4.9 0.97 dB (b) 5.7 3 dBs
100 and a full scale deflection is produced by a
(c) 4.9 3 dB (d) 5.7 0.97 dB dc current of 1 mA. The value of Rs. required to
obtain full scale deflection with an ac voltage of
77. The block diagram of a control system is shown 100 V (rms) applied to the input terminals is
in the figure below. The transfer function
G(s) = Y(s)/U(s) of the system is
Rs
9
100V
– ac PMMC
u(t) y( t) input milliammeter
Integrator 2 Integrator
+ + – +
–
3 12
1 (a) 63.56 (b) 89.93
(a)
FG s IJ FG1 + s IJ (c) 89.93 k (d) 141.3 k
18 1 +
H12 K H 3K 80. A wattmeter reads 400 W when its current coil is
1 connected in the R phase and its pressure coil is
(b)
s FG
s IJ FG IJ connected between this phase and the neutral of
27 1 +
6
1+
H
9 KH K a symmetrical 3-phase system supplying a
balanced star connected 0.8 p.f. inductive load.
1
(c)
FG s IJ FG1 + s IJ The phase sequence is RYB. What will be the
27 1 +
H12 K H 9K reading of this wattmeter if its pressure coil alone
is reconnected between the B and Y phases, all
1 other connections remaining as before?
(d)
F s I F sI
27 G 1 + J G1 + J (a) 400.0 (b) 519.6
H 9 K H 3K (c) 300.0 (d) 692.8
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 13
81. The inductance of a certain moving-iron ammeter (a) P = 1, Q = 3, R = 6, S = 5
2 (b) P = 2, Q = 6, R = 4, S = 5
is expressed as L = 10 + 3 – H , where is
4
the deflection in radians from the zero position. (c) P = 2, Q = 3, R = 5, S = 4
The control spring torque in 25 10 – 6 Nm/radian. (d) P = 1, Q = 5, R = 6, S = 6
The deflection of the pointer in radian when the
meter carries a current of 5A, is 85. In the circuit shown in Fig. Q85, the current gain
() of the ideal transistor is 10. The operating
(a) 2.4 (b) 2.0
point of the transistor (Vce, Ic) is
(c) 1.2 (d) 1.0
82. A 500 A/5 A, 50 Hz current transformer has a bar IC 10
primary. The secondary burden is a pure
resistance of 1 and it draws a current of 5 A. If 0.5A
VCC 40V
the magnetic core requires 250 AT for 15V
magnetization, the percentage ratio error is
(a) 10.56 (b) – 10.56
(a) (40V, 4A) (b) (40V, 5A)
(c) 11.80 (d) – 11.80
(c) (0V, 4A) (d) (15V, 4A)
83. The voltage-flux adjustment of a certain 1-phase
220 V induction watt-hour meter is altered so 86. A phase-controlled half-controlled single-phase
that the phase angle between the applied voltage converter is shown in Fig. Q86. The control angle
and the flux due to it is 85 (instead of 90). The = 30
errors introduced in the reading of this meter
=30°
when the current is 5 A at power factors of unity Idc
Idc
and 0.5 lagging are respectively
Vac
(a) 3.8 mW, 77.4 mW (b) – 3.8 mW, –77.4 mW
(c) – 4.2 W, – 85.1 W (d) 4.2 W, 85.1 W
Vdc
84. Group II represents the figures obtained on a
CRO screen when the voltage signals Vx = Vxm
sin t and Vy = Vym sin (t + ) are given to its X Fig. A.
and Y plates respectively and is changed. t
Choose the correct value of from Group I to
Vdc
match with the corresponding figure of Group II
Group I
Fig. B.
P. = 0 Q. = /2 t
R. < <3 /2 S. = 3 /2
Vdc
Group II
Fig. C.
t
1. 2. Vdc
Fig. D.
t
The output dc voltage waveshape will be as shown
3. 4. in
(a) Fig. A
(b) Fig. B
5. 6. (c) Fig. C
(d) Fig. D
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
87. A chopper is employed to charge a battery as
shown in Fig.Q87. The charging current is 5 A. When the conduction angle = 120, the rms
The duty ratio is 0.2. The chopper output voltage fundamental component of the output voltage is
is also shown in Fig.Q87. The peak to peak ripple (a) 0.78 V (b) 1.10 V
current in the charging current is
(c) 0.90 V (d) 1.27 V
L = 20mH
+
89. With reference to the output waveform given in
VDC the figure below, the output of the converter will
pper 5A 12 V
Cho be free from 5th harmonic when
–
(a) = 72 (b) = 36
V0
(c) = 150 (d) = 120
60 V
90. An ac induction motor is used for a speed control
application. It is driven from an inverter with a
0 t
200 s constant V/f control. The motor name-plate
1ms details are as follows
(a) 0.48 A (b) 1.2 A V:415 VPh:3 f:50 Hz N:2850 rpm
(c) 2.4 A (d) 1 A The motor is run with the inverter output
frequency set at 40 Hz, and with half the rated
88. An inverter has a periodic output voltage with
slip. The running speed of the motor is
the output waveform as shown in Fig.Q88–89.
(a) 2400 rpm
1
(b) 2280 rpm
(c) 2340 rpm
2
(d) 2790 rpm
0
-1
A NSWERS
1. (a) 2. (b) 3. (a) 4. (a) 5. (c) 6. (d) 7. (c) 8. (d) 9. (d) 10. (d)
11. (c) 12. (b) 13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (b) 16. (c) 17. (b) 18. (d) 19. (c) 20. (d)
21. (c) 22. (a) 23. (a) 24. (a) 25. (b) 26. (a) 27. (b) 28. (b) 29. (b) 30. (b)
31. (c) 32. (c) 33. (d) 34. (d) 35. (b) 36. (b) 37. (d) 38. (b) 39. (d) 40. (b)
41. (a) 42. (c) 43. (d) 44. (d) 45. (a) 46. (c) 47. (c) 48. (b) 49. (d) 50. (b)
51. (b) 52. (a) 53. (d) 54. (b) 55. (b) 56. (d) 57. (a) 58. (a) 59. (c) 60. (d)
61. (c) 62. (d) 63. (d) 64. (c) 65. (b) 66. (b) 67. (b) 68. (d) 69. (b) 70. (d)
71. (b) 72. (a) 73. (d) 74. (a) 75. (c) 76. (a) 77. (b) 78. (a) 79. (c) 80. (b)
81. (c) 82. (b) 83. (c) 84. (d) 85. (c) 86. (a) 87. (a) 88. (a) 89. (a) 90. (c)
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 15
E XPLANATIONS
1. For 0 < t < 2 sec, i(t) = 3t
diL
Then, VL = L
Energy stored in inductor, dt
2
di d
EL1 = L i .dt =2
dt
(1 – 8 cos 2 t)
dt
0
= 32 sin 2t
2 2
= 2 3t 3.dt = 18 t2 dt 3. Thevenin’s impedance, ZXY = (Z1 || Z2) + Z3
0 0
= 10 + 50 52.13
t3 2
= 40 + 40 j = 56.6 45
= 3 36 J
18
0
and energy stored in resistor, 4. H = H1 + H2
2 2
ER1 = i2 R dt = 9t .dt
2
0 0
3 2
t
= 9 = 24 J
3 0
For 2 < t < 4 sec,
di(t) I I
i(t) = 6A, =0 = y y
dt 2 d 2 d
Energy stored in Inductor, I
= y
4
di d
EL2 = L i dt = 0
dt
2
kS cos
Energy stored in resistor, 6. Efficiency, = k
S cos +Pi Pc
4 4
= R i2 (t). dt = 62 dt = 72 J
2
Pc
2
where, k= Pi
Hence, total energy stored,
E= EL1 + ER1 + EL2 + ER2 Pc = copper loss
= 132 Joule
Pi = iron loss
d VC S
2. Current through L, iL = 2 – 1 – C At cos = 1 0.90 =
dt S 2Pi
= 1 – 8 cos 2 t S
or Pi = (Watt)
18
1
At half-load, k= ,
2
1 S
then, Pc = Pi =
4 72
1 S
S
and = 2= 2
1 Pi S S S
S +Pi +
2 4 2 18 72
= 0.878 = 87.8%
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
8. The phasor diagram for the given conditions are Xl
as shown. 14.
Xg Xm
+ +
E11 – – E22
Electrical power transfer,
Since, active power remain unchanged, then E1 E2
Pe = sin (1 – 2)
= constant, but to nullify the inductive load X X m Xl
suggests improvement in power factor and for it
E1 E2
Ef should be reduced. (sin (1 – 2)) = Pe
X X m Xl
11. Corona loss,
0.5 [1.1 1.2 0.5]
sin (1–2) =
( f 25) r 2 1.3
P = 241 10–5 (V – V0)2 kw/km
d p 1–2 = sin–1(0.53) = 32.58
Where, = air density factor
17. Using KVL in B – E loop, we get
r = radius of conductor
d = spacing between conductor
VP = operating voltage (kv)
V0 = critical disruptive voltage (kv)
.r
2
P Vp – V0
d
By bundling of the conductors, self GMD gets
increased and as V0 is directly proportional to
size of the conductor, the term (VP – V0)2 gets
smaller.
r
Also the term increases as size of the 4 – 33IB – VBE – 3.3 IE = 0
d
conductor increases. But (VP – V0)2 reduction 3.3
or = IB [since IE = ( + 1) IB]
r 33 3.3 ( 1)
dominates over the increment of the term
d
hence, overall corona loss gets reduced. 3.3
or IB = mA
33 330
12. Total number of buses, N = 300
Number of generator bus, N2 = 20 99 (3.3)
and IC = IB = mA
Number of reactive power support buses, N3 = 25 33 330
Number of fixed shunt capacitor buses, N4 = 15
3.3
Then, number of voltage controlled bus, or IC mA
3.3 0.33
N5 = N3 + N4 = 40
and, number of PQ buses, 18. From the circuit,
J = 2N – (N2 + N5) = 600 – 40 = 540 Vin
Hence, size of N–R Jacobian matrix, V+ =
1 j RC
= J J= 540 540
and V– = V+ (Ideal OPAMP)
Vin V V V0
and, =
R1 R1
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 17
or V0 = 2V– – Vin = 2V+ – Vin 23. The state of the system at time t is,
LM 2 1OP V 1 j RC
X(t) = [sI – A]–1 X(0) = (t)X(0)
=
N 1 jRC Q in =
1 j RC
V0
LMe2 t OP L2O = L2e 2 t OP
PQ MN3PQ MMN 3e
0
then, (V0/Vi) = –2 tan–1 RC
=
MN 0 t
e t
PQ
For – 90 90 phase-shift (V0/Vi) = ± 180 2e2 0.271
At t = 1, X(1) = 1 =
3e 1.100
19. Truth-table is as shown below
26. C be the readjusted value and C = 300 pF.
S1 (P) S0 (Q) Cin S
1 1
0 0 0 0 Then Q= =
RC R (C C x )
0 0 1 1
0 1 0 1 or C = C + Cx
0 1 1 0 or Cx = C – C
1 0 0 1 = 300 – 200 = 100 pF
1 0 1 0 27. Since, the thyristor is turned on and conducting,
1 1 0 0 it is operating in forward conducting mode. In
1 1 1 1 this mode all the three junctions J1, J2, J3 are
Now, Reducing the truth-table as forward biased and thyrister behaves like a closed
switch.
S1 S0 S
0 0 Cin I0 28. When reverse current flows through diode D,
IS < 0 and VDS = 0
0 1 Cin I1 For MOSFET to be in ON State,
Is > 0 and VDS = 0
1 0 Cin I2
For MOSFET to be in OFF State,
1 1 Cin I3 Is = 0 and VDS > 0
30. Average output voltage of the converter,
Thus, I0 = I3 = Cin
3 Vml
I 1 = I 2 = Cin V0 = cos
Peak output dc voltage,
or I1 = I2 = Cin
3 Vml
V0P =
21. Taking Laplace-transform of both-sides, we have
1 1 Then, peak-to-peak voltage ripple,
24
[s2 + 6s × 5] X(s) =12 – = 3 Vml
s s + 2 s(s 2) cos 30
V0 3
= = = cos 30 =
24 VOP 3 Vml 2
or X(s) =
s(s2 6s 5) (s 2)
Lim x( t) = Lim sX(s) 31. Since, V L = V C, hence the circuit is in
then,
t s 0 resonance,
24 5 5
= Lim = 2.4 and current, I= = = 1A
s0 (s 6s 5) (s 2)
2
R 5
Now,VL (Voltage across L) = 2VR = 10
1
22. = tan tan 1 or L = 10
a b
For lead compensator, >0 10 10 10
or L = = = = 31.8 mH
then, b>a 2 f 2 . 50
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
32. In open-circuting current source, the circuit will 100 – 14I – 30 = 0
be as or I = 5A
then, VP – VQ = 14I – (15 – I). 1
= 70 – 10 = 60 volts.
VPQ
Thus, the value of R =
10 I
60
= = 12
10 5
Short-circuiting the voltage source, the circuit
will be as
35. 1 = tan–1 6 = 36.85
8
Thus, – VPQ = VPQ1 + VPQ2
= (1.6 2 + 1.2 4) + (2 1 – 4 1) = 6 volts
or VPQ = – 6 volts.
33.
2 = cos–1 0.9 = 25.84
400
I1 = = 32 – 24 j
For maximum power absorbed by 8 j6
Now, oa = I cos 2 = I cos 1 = 32.
RL = R 2TH X 2TH = 32 4 = 5 I 0.9 = 32
Now, 110 = (6 + j8 + 5) I1 + 5I2 ...(i) or I = 35.55
ac = 24A
and 90 = (6 + j8 + 5) I2 + 5I1 ...(ii)
ab = I sin 2
Solving these two equations, we get = 35.55 sin 25.84 = 15.49 A
I1 = 5.5 – 2.75 j bc = ac – ab
I2 = 4.5 – 2.2 j = 24 – 15.49 8.5
Total current in RL = I1 + I2 IC = 8.5 A
= (10 – 4.55 j) A = 11.15 A kVR of the capacitor bank
Power absorbed by RL = I2R 3 400 8.5
= = 10.2
= (11.15)2 5 = 625 W 1000
34. Using KVL in loop 1 36. Initially at t = 0, VC = 0, iL = 0
then, current through 3 resitor,
10
I= = 2 amp.
3 (4 / /4)
and voltage across inductance,
FG I . 4IJ
VL = H44 K 4 = 4 volts.
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 19
37. Using – Y conversion, we have
then, E1 = 4.5 I1 + I1 + I2 = 5.5 I1 + I2
and E2 = 3I2 + I1 + I2 = I1 + 4I2
(E2 I1 )
Now, E1 = 5.5 I1 + = 5.25 I1 + 0.25 E2
4
Thus, h 12 = 0.25 The voltages inducing in phase of Y-winding is
opposite to that of phase c, therefore
q q
38. VP – VQ =
4 0 (OP) 4 0 (OQ) VP V
Vac = P = 0 volt.
9 26.5 26.5
9 10 10 9
= 9 10 3
40 10 20 103
= – 225 volt. E1 N1 4
44. = =
E2 N2 2
1 1 1 0 A 2
39. E = QV= CV2 = .V
2 2 2 d
E1 400
1 8.85 10 12 100 10 6 104 E2 = = = 200 V
= . = 44.3 nJ 2 2
2 104
E1 N1 4
r1 0 A r2 0 A E3
= N3
=
1
40. C1 = , C2 =
t1 t2
400
Let voltage of the conducting foil is V, then E3 = = 100 V
4
C1 (100 – V) = C2V
E2 200
[charges on both capacitors are equal]. I2 = = = 20
R 10
r1 r2
or (100–V) = V 100
t1 t2 I3 = = j40
– j 2.5
or 6 (100 — V) = 4V
I1 N2 2
600 = =
or V= = 60 volts. I2 N 4
10
20
41. The magnetising flux always lags about 90 I1 = = 10
2
behind induced emf. The voltages E1, E2 have
the same polarity and currents, I1, I2 flows in I1 N3 1
the same direction. Thus, correct phases will be = =
I3 N1 4
as shown in Fig. (a).
j 40
43. When the switch S1 is open and S2 is closed, I1 = = j 10
then connection will be as shown. 4
But when I3 is refer to I1 side, then its direction
V1 N1 11000
= = = 26.50 changes
V2 N2 415
I1 = – j 10
current phasor, I1 = 10 – j 10
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
1 V 0.4 mH
48. r = 52. Z1 (cable) = =
4.44 K w1 N ph1 f 0.5 H 800
Since (V/f) remains constant as both V and f being
halved. Z2 (line) = Z3 (line)
r (air-gap flux) remain constant. 1.5 mH
= = 100,000
f0 R 2 0.015 H
s = . , where f0 is rated frequency
f X 20 (Z 2 //Z3 ) Z1
Reflection coefficient, =
1 (Z2 //Z3 ) Z1
or s (i.e. pu slip will increase)
f 100,000
s ( f / f0 ) . V0 800 12.98
I2 (stator current) = = 2 = = 0.696
R2 100,000 18.63
800
As, slip doubles and f halves, I2 remain constant. 2
50. For constant power load, T = constant Thus, voltage at the junction due to surge
or Ia2 = constant = Vi + Vi
1 Ia 1 = 20 kV (1 + 0.696) = 33.93 kV.
Ia I a1
or Ia2 = = 1 1 = 53.
2 0.25 1 0.5 15.55A +14.45A
Also for constant power drive, VP I VQ
Ea Ia Vt I–10 (A) I–30 (B) I–60
Ia = constant 0.1 0.15 0.2
V .I
then, Vt2 = t1 a1 = 0.5 Vt1
I a2
10A 20A 30A 15A
or Vt2 = 0.5 p.u.
51. Real power received at receiving end, Given, VP – VQ = 300 volts
Vs VR A VP – VQ = 3
2
PR = cos( – ) – VR cos( – ) ....(i) = 0.1 (I – 10) + (I – 30) 0.15 + (I – 60) 0.20
B B
3 = 0.45 I – 17.5
and, reactive power received at receiving end,
I = 45.55 A
VS VR A 2 In section BQ, the current, I – 60 = –14.45A, is
QR = sin( – ) – VR sin( – ) ....(ii)
B B flowing in opposite direction, to current flowing
in section AB therefore, voltage must be
Given, PR= 0, and VS = VR minimum at point (B),
then, equation (i) gives, VB = 200 volts
2 and Vp = 220 + (I – 30) 0.15 + (I – 10) 0.10
VR 0.9 2
0= cos(90 ) – V cos90 = 225.89 volts
200 200 R
54. Line impedance, ZL = ZL (p.u.) ZBase
2
VR
sin = 0 = 0 ( k V)2
200 = ZL (p.u.)
MVA
Equation (ii) gives,
11
2
VR
2
0.9 VR
2
= 0.2 100 j = 0.242j
QR = sin 90 – sin 90
B B Real power transmitted,
2
0.1 VR 0.1 2 VS VR sin
= VR =
B 200 P R =100 =
ZL
and if the ohmic value of reactor is X,
11 11sin
VR
2
0.1 2
100 =
then, = VR 0.242
X 200 =11.53
X = 2000
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 21
Reactive power at receiving end,
Ea
2 and, Ia1 =
VS VR cos VR Z0 Z1 Z2 3Zn
QR = –
ZL ZL
1
2 =
121 11 0.2j +0.2j +0.34j +0.15j
= cos (11.53) –
0.242 0.242 [For L-G fault] = –1.12 j (p.u.)
= – 10.1 MVAr.
As power is being deliverd at unity power factor, 20 106
IB (Base current) = = 1750 amp.
therefore, load reactive power should be zero. 3 6.6 103
and if the injected reactive power, Qi Then, If (fault current) = (3 Iac). IB
then, QL =Qi+ QR [load reactive power]. = – (5897.6) j amp
O=QL + QR Neutral voltage, VN = If . Zn
QL =– QR = 10.1 MVAr
(6.6)2
where, Zn = ZB 0.05 = 0.05
55. ZBUS (new) = ZBUS (old) 20
= 0.1089
Z1 j
1 then, VN = 5897.6 0.1089 = 642.2 volts.
– [ Z j 1 Z jn ]
Z jj Z b 57. For optimal generation,
Z nj
New elements (Zb) is connected between j th and P 3= 300 (Maximum load)
reference bus and IC1 = IC2
Here, j = 2, n = 4 or 20 + 0.3P1 = 30 + 0.4 P2 ...(v)
Z12 Now, as P1 + P2 + P3 = 700
1 Z22 Z
21 Z22 Z23 Z 24
or P1 + P2 = 400 MW ...(ii)
Z1 j Zb Z32 Then, from equation (i),
Z42 20 + 0.3 P1 = 30 + 0.4 (400 – P1)
j.2860
j 0.3408 or 0.7 P1 = 170 MW
1
= or P 1 = 242.8 MW
j.3408 j 0.2 j 0.2586
and P2 = (400 – 242.8) MW = 157.14 MW
j 0.2414
j0.2860 j.3408 j.2586 j.2414 59. For stability, A1 = A2
z z
c max
We are required only changes in Z22 and Z23 or d = (2 sin 1). d
— — — — 30 c
— j 0.2147 j 0.16296 —
=
— — — —
— — — —
Z22 (new) = Z22 (old) – j0.2147
= j 0.1260
Z23 (new) = Z23 (old) – j0.16296
= j0.2586 – j0.16296
c – 30 = 2 cos c
max
= j0.0956 or
= – 2 cos max + 2 cos c – max + c
LMl : stand for line, and OP
56. Z 0 = Z l0 + Z g 0
Ng : stand for generator Q ( max 30 )
57
2 cos max
Z 1 = Z l1 + Z g 1 or = cos c
2
Z 2 = Zl2 + 2g2
22 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
62. Using KCL at the node 1 , we have
1. 40 0.68
or cos c = = 0.35
2
or c = 69.14
E a 100
60. Ia = 5 j
Za 2j
Eb 1090
IB = = 3.33 –180
Zb 3j
E c 10120
IC = = 2.530 V 0 V V Vout
Zc 4j =0
Then, positive sequence component of the load, 10 1 10
1 2 12V = Vout ...(i)
Iai = (I a Ib I c )
3 Also, using KCL at inverting node, we get
1 Vin 0 0V
= [5 – 90 + 3.33 (– 180+ 120 =
3 1 10
+ 2.5 (30 + 240]
or, V = – Vin . 10 ...(ii)
1
= [5 – 90 + 3.33 – 60+ 2.5 270] From equations (i) and (ii), we get
3
= 3.510 – 81 Amp Vout
Vin = – 120
61. ID = K(VGS – VE(TH)]2 10k +
4mA = K (VGS – 2)2 63.
VGS = 10 – 4 1 = 6
+
D1 D2
Vin V0
4 = K(6 – 2)2
– 4V
4V
10k
–
When Vi > 4 volts,
Diode D2 is ON
and Diode D1 is OFF
4 1 Then, the circuit will be as shown
or K= =
16 4 10k
+
Now when RD is increased to 4k.
+
VGS = 10 – 4ID
Vin V0
4
Now ID = ( 10 – 4 ID – 2)2 – 4V
16
2
or 4ID = (8 – 4ID)2 = 64 + 16 ID – 64 ID
–
2
Fig.(a )
or 16 ID – 68 ID + 64 = 0
For – 4 < Vi < 4 volts, both D1 and D2 are OFF
or 2
4 ID – 17 ID + 16 = 0 Then
+
ID = 2.8 mA, 1.4mA
10 k
For ID = 2.84 mA
Vin +
–
VGs < O and VGs < Vt V0
then transistor will be cut . If as VDG = 0– Vt 4V 4V
Hence, ID = 1.4mA
–
Fig.(b )
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 23
From fig.(b), V0 = Vi fC 106
1
For, Vi < – 4 volts, D1 is ON and D2 is OFF, the fmax = = = 1kHz
2N .TC 2N 1024
circuit will be as shown in Fig.(c)
10k + 66. Drawing the k-map.
+
Vin
4V V0
–
4V
10k
F ig . (c)
–
Vi 4 Vin 4 From the k-map,
V0 = Vin .10 =
20 2 simplified function, f = XZ + YZ + YZ
For, Vin = – 10 volts
67. Y 2 = Q1 Q0
V0 = – 7 volts
Vi V0 Y1 = Q2 Y2
+ 10
+4 V0
–7 Vi
– 10
TON The sequences are as follows.
64. Duty cycle, =
T Q3 (Y1) Q2 Q1 Q0 Y1 Y2
or TON = T = 0.75 T = 0.75 10–4 1 1 0 1 0 1 1
= 75 sec. 2 1 1 0 1 0 1
3 0 1 1 0 0 1
As TON = 0.7C (RA + RB)
4 0 0 1 1 0 0
75 10–6 5 0 0 0 1 1 1
or = RA + RB
0.7 108 6 1 0 0 0 0 0
or RA + RB = 10.714 k 7 0 1 0 0 1 0
1 0 1 0
and TOFF = 0.7C RB
25 10-6 As we see from the table, sequence 1010 repeats
or RB = = 3.57 k after 7 cycles.
8
0.7 10
68. (J – K FF) truth-table
thus RA = 7.25 k
J K Qn Qn+1
65. The waveform for dual slope integrater is shown.
0 0 0 0
The maximum frequency can be attained when
T2 – T1 =0 and, as 0 0 1 1
0 1 0 0
0 1 1 0
1 0 0 1
1 0 1 1
1 1 0 1
1 1 1 0
T 1 = 2N TC (TC = clock period)
24 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
X– Y FF excitation-table C(s) 1 18
71. T(s) = = =
X Y Qn Qn+1 R(s) 2 s 1 10s (s 1)
2
s + +
X 1 0 0 2 18
X 0 0 1 18
= (3s 1) (6s 1)
1 X 1 0
0 X 1 1 A
As, T(S) have the form,
(J1 s 1) (J 2 s 1)
Now, constructing K-map, The time - constant are J1 = 3 sec, J2 = 6 sec.
JK Y(s) 45
72. = 2
00 01 11 10 U(s) s 16 s 60
Qn × × × × Steady-state error, ess = lim sE(s)
s0
0 1 1 0
X=K = slim
0 s [U(s) – Y(s)]
JK s2 16s 15 1
= lim = = 25%.
00 01 11 10 s0 s2 16s 60 4
Qn 0 1 0 0 73. The characteristic equation is,
1 + GH = 0
1 X X X
45
Y =J or 1+
(s 15) (s 1)
= 0
Thus, making J = Y , K = X, we can have the
or s2 + 16s + 60 = 0
required FF
or (s + 6) (s + 10) = 0
69. Total size of memory system Thus, s = – 6, s = – 10 are the roots.
= 4 8 212 =128 210 bits
= 128 kbits = 16 kbytes. d 2 B d K 2 K
74. 2 = Va ...(i)
70. L I, H 1FFE This will load 1FFE in H – L dt J dt LJ LJ
memory IF EF d d
= 1. + 0. ...(ii)
H L dt dt
MOV B,M Move the contents at memory From equations (i) and (ii), we get
location 1FFE to the memory register d 2
B 2 d K
dt B/J K /LJ
D X C 2
dt LJ V
d = a
IFFE D 1 0
0
INR, L Increment the contents of H.L. by 1, dt
1F FF
75. The characteristics equation is,
H L 1 + GH = 0
3 2
MOV A,M A Y 1FFF Y s + 6s + 8s + k = 0
Constructing routh-Hurwitz array
ADD B A Y + D
INR LH – L 20 00 s3 1 8 0
2 6 k
MOV M, A 2000 H Y + D s
1 k 48
s
XOR A A 00 00
s k
As we see here, the result of addition is at
2000 H. The system will be just unstable
k – 48 = 0 or k = 48.
SOLVED PAPER – 2003 25
In this case reading of watt meter,
76. GH| = 0.5a = – tan–1 VL IL VL
a
W1 = L cos 1 = 0.8
3 3
= – tan–1 0.5 = 26.56
In second case connection is
From the plot,
at = 0. GH = 22.5
Then error = – 22.50 (– 26.56) = 4.06
At = 0.5 a, 20 log|GH|
= 20 log k – 20 log |1 + j 0.5|
= 20 log k – 0.97
From the plot, 20 log|GH|= 20 log k
Then, error in dB gain = 0.97 dB R IR
23.14º
2 1
77. Forward path gain,P1 =
s2 2
1 = 1 120º 30º
VYB
3 12 18
Individual loop gains = , , 2
s s s 120º
P12 (Non-touching loop gain) = 36/s2 B Y
P1 1 In second case, angle 2 between IL and VYB
Then, T= 2= 30 + 23.14 = 53. 14
1 P11 P21 P23 P12
Reading of wattmeter = VYB IR cos2
2. / s 2
= 15 18 36 = s2 15s 54 = 3 V IR cos (53.14)
1
s s2 s2 = 3 500 0.6 = 519.6W
2 1 1 2 dL
= ( s 6) ( s 9) = 81. At equilibrium, k = i .
s s 2 d
27 1 1
6 9
1 2
i . 3 – = 25 -6
or (25 10–6) = 3– 2 10
2 2 2
1 1
79. d.c. sensitivity is,Sdc = I = = 103 /V 5
fs 1mA or = 3
2
For full-wave rectifier a.c. sensitivity, 6
or = = 1.2
Sac = 0.9 Sdc 5
= 0.9 103 = 900 /V 250
82. Im = = 250 A
Resistance of multiplier, 1
Rs = Sac V – Rm – 2 Rd IP = (n I s ) 2 (Im ) 2
Since, diodes are ideal, Rd = 0
then, Rs = 900 100 – 100 500
Here n= = 100
= 89.90 k. 5
80. IP = (100 5)2 +2502 = 559.0169
IP 559.0169
R= I = = 111.8033
S 5
100 –111.8033
Ratio error = = – 10.56
111.8033
83. At = 85, = 60 (pf = 0.5)
1 = cos–1 0.8 = 36.86
Energy registered= V I sin ( – )
26 SOLVED PAPER – 2003
1 ms
then, error = V I sin (– ) – V I cos
= 200 5 (sin 85 – cos 60) Imx
= – 85.1 W
Imn
At = 80, = 0 (pf = 0)
error = V I sin ( – ) – V I cos TON
t
T
= V I (sin 85 – cos 0)
and, V – t area applied to L is,
= – 4.2 W
= (60 – E) TON
85. Vce = Vcc – Ic Rc = 48 TON
= 40 – I . Rc Equating the volt-area, we have
48 TON
= – 10 I =
L
48 0.2 10–3
= = 0.48 A
20 10 –3
88.
Since for Ic = 5 mA, Vce goes negative, then we
take operating point as (0V, 4A) i.e. at the 4 Vs n
Ic - axis. Output voltage,V0 =
sin
2 .
n=1,3,5 n
86. Since current source is connected at the load
sin nd sin nt
terminal, therefore current flows continuously
either through pair T1 T2 or T3 T4. rms fundamental component of the V0 is,
If T1 and T2 fired at = 30, then T1 T2 will 4 Vs
sin 60 = 0.78 volt.
=
conduct for 30 < t < 210. Similarly, if T3 and T4 2
fired at + then T1 T2 turns off by supply
voltage through natural commutation and the 89. (a) To eliminate nth harmonic,
nd =
load current is transferred from T1 T2 to T3 T4.
VDC will be negative during conduction of T3 T4. or d =
n
87. During TON, V– t area across L is , 2 2
and = 2d = = = 72.
z z
TON TON n 5
di 3000 – 2850 150
VL dt = L . dt 90. s = = = 0.05
dt 3000 3000
0 0
= z
I mn
I mx
L di = L (Imx – Imn) = LI
Now, Ns = Ns
[Ns = 3000 rpm is taken]
40
50
= 2400 rpm
then, running speed of the motor,
FG1 s IJ . N
Nr =
H 2K s
= (1 – 0.025) . 2400
= 2340 rpm.
SOLVED PAPER – 2002
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
S ECTION – A (75 Marks) (a) A circle of unit radius.
1. This question consists of TWENTY FIVE (b) An ellipse
sub-questions (1.1–1.25) of ONE mark each. For (c) A parabola
each of these sub-questions, four choices (A, B, (d) A straight line inclined at 45 with respect to
C and D) are given, out of which only one is the x-axis.
correct. Answer each sub-question by darkening
the appropriate bubble on the OBJECTIVE 1.5 Given a vector field F , the divergence theorem
states that
z z z z
RESPONSE SHEET (ORS) using a soft HB pencil.
Do not use the ORS for any rough work. You (a) F dS = FdV (b) F dS = FdV
may like to use the answer book for any rough s v s v
work, if needed. (25 1 = 25)
1.1 A current impulse, 5(t), is forced through a
(c) z
s
F dS = z
v
FdV (d) z
s
F dS = z
v
FdV
capacitor C. The voltage, Vc (t), across the
1.6 If a 400V, 50 Hz, star connected, 3 phase squirrel
capacitor is given by
cage induction motor is operated from a 400V, 75Hz
(a) 5t (b) 5u(t) – C supply, the torque that the motor can now provide
5 5u(t) while drawing rated current from the supply?
(c) t (d)
C C (a) reduces
1.2 Fourier Series for the waveform, f(t) shown in (b) increases
the figure below is (c) remains the same
f(t)
(d) increase or reduces depending upon the rotor
1
resistance
-1 0 1 2 3
t
1.7 A dc series motor fed from rated supply voltage
-1
is overloaded and its magnetic circuit is
LM
(a) 8 sin(t) 1 sin(3t) 1 sin(5t )..... OP saturated. The torque-speed characteristic of this
2 N 9 25 Q motor will be approximately represented by
8 LM 1
(b) 2 sin(t) cos(3t)
1
sin(5t ).....
OP which curve of the figure below?
N 9 25 Q (a) Curve A A
8 L O
Speed
1 1
(c)
N
2 M cos(t ) cos(3t)
9 25
cos(5t ).....P
Q
(b) Curve B B
8 L
Mcos(t) 19 sin(3t) 251 sin(5t).....OPQ
D
(c) Curve C C
(d)
N
2 (d) Curve D Torque
1.3 The graph of an electrical network has N nodes 1.8 A 1 kVA, 230V/100V, single phase, 50Hz
and B branches. The number of links, L, with transformer having negligible winding resistance
respect to the choice of a tree, is given by and leakage inductance is operating under
(a) B – N + 1 (b) B + N saturation, while 250V, 50 Hz sinusoidal supply
(c) N – B + 1 (d) N – 2B – 1 is connected to the high voltage winding. A
resistive load is connected to the low voltage
1.4 Two in-phase, 50 Hz sinusoidal waveforms of unit winding which draws rated current. Which one
amplitude are fed into channel 1 and channel 2 of the following quantities will not be sinusoidal?
respectively of an oscilloscope. Assuming that (a) Voltage induced across the low voltage winding
the voltage scale, time scale and other settings
are exactly the same for both the channels, what (b) Core flux
would be observed if the oscilloscope is operated (c) Load current
in X-Y mode? (d) Current drawn from the source
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2002
1.9 A 400V/200V/200V, 50Hz three winding (b) 4 V in the positive half cycle and 5 V in the
transformer is connected as shown in the figure negative half cycle.
below. The reading of the voltmeter, V, will be (c) 3.3 V in both positive and negative half cycles
400 V
(d) 4 V in both positive and negative half cycle.
50 Hz
~ V
1.13 The line-to-line input voltage to the 3 phase, 50
Hz, ac circuit shown in the figure below is 100 V
rms. Assuming that the phase sequence is RYB,
400 : 200 : 200 the wattmeters would read.
(a) 0 V (b) 400 V
R
(c) 600 V (d) 800 V
w1
5 60
1.10 The frequency of the clock signal applied to the
rising edge triggered D flip-flop shown in the
5 60 5 60
figure below is 10 kHz. The frequency of the
signal available at Q is
Y
w2
D Q
B
CLK Q
(a) W1 = 886 W and W2 = 886 W
10 kHz (b) W1 = 500 W and W2 = 500 W
(a) 10 kHz (b) 2.5 kHz (c) W1 = 0 W and W2 = 1000 W
(c) 20 kHz (d) 5 kHz (d) W1 = 250 W and W2 = 750 W
1.11 The forward resistance of the diode shown in 1.14 The logic circuit used to generate the active low
the figure below is 5 and the remaining chip select (CS) by an 8085 microprocessor to
parameters are same as those of an ideal diode. address a peripheral is shown in the figure below.
The dc component of the source current is The peripheral will respond to addresses in the
range.
A15
~ V m sin(t)
= 314 rad/s
45
A14
A13
A12
Vm Vm (a) E000-EFFF (b) 000E-FFFE
(a) (b) (c) 1000-FFFF (d) 0001-FFF1
50 50 2
Vm 2Vm 1.15 Consider a long, two-wire line composed of
(c) (d) solid round conductors. The radius of both
100 2 50
conductors is 0.25 cm and the distance
1.12 The cut-in voltage of both zener diode Dz and between their centres is 1m. If this distance is
diode D shown in the figure below is 0.7 V, while doubled, then the inductance per unit length
break-down voltage of Dz is 3.3 V and reverse (a) doubles
break-down voltage of D is 50V. The other (b) halves
parameters can be assumed to be the same as (c) increases but does not double
those of an ideal diode. The values of the peak
(d) decreases but does not halve
output voltage (V0) are
1.16 Consider a power system with three identical
1 k generators. The transmission losses are
1 negligible. One generator (G1) has a speed
Dz
10 sin( t) governor which maintains its speed constant
= 314 rad/s D Vo at the rated value, while the other generators
(G2 and G3) have governors with a droop of
(a) 3.3 V in the positive half cycle and 1.4 V in 5%. If the load of the system is increased, then
the negative half cycle. in steady state.
SOLVED PAPER – 2002 3
(a) generation of G2 & G3 is increased equally 1.20 Let Y(s) be the Laplace transformation of the
while generation of G1 is unchanged. function y(t), then the final value of the function is
(b) generation of G1 alone is increased while (a) Lim Y(s) (b) Lim Y(s)
s0 s
generation of G2 & G3 is unchanged.
(c) generation of G1, G2 and G3 is increased (c) Lim sY(s) (d) Lim sY(s)
s0 s
equally.
1.21 The determinant of the matrix
(d) generation of G1, G2 and G3 is increased in
the ratio 0.5:0.25:0.25. 1 0 0 0
100 1 0 0
1.17 A long wire composed of a smooth round is
100 200 1 0
conductor runs above and parallel to the
ground (assumed to be a large conducting 100 200 300 1
plane). A high voltage exists between the (a) 100 (b) 200
conductor and the ground. The maximum (c) 1 (d) 300
electric stress occurs at
1.22 The state transition matrix for the system
(a) the upper surface of the conductor. = AX with initial state X(0) is
X
(b) the lower surface of the conductor.
(a) (sI – A)–1
(c) the ground surface.
(b) eAt X(0)
(d) midway between the conductor and ground. (c) Laplace inverse of [(sI – A)–1]
1.18 Consider the problem of relay co-ordination (d) Laplace inverse of [(sI – A)–1 X(0)]
for the distance relays R1 and R2 on adjacent
1.23 A six pulse thyristor rectifier bridge is connected
lines of a transmission system (in the figure
to a balanced 50 Hz three phase ac source.
below). The Zone 1 and Zone 2 settings for
Assuming that the dc output current of the rectifier
both the relays are indicated on the diagram.
is constant, the lowest frequency harmonic
Which of the following indicates the correct
component in the ac source line current is
time setting for the Zone 2 of relays R1 and R2.
(a) 100 Hz (b) 150 Hz
Zone 2 (R2)
(c) 250 Hz (d) 300 Hz
Zone 2 (R2)
R1 1.24 What is the rms value of the voltage waveform
R1 shown in the figure below?
Zone 1 (R1)
Zone 2 (R1) + 100y
(a) TZ2R1 = 0.6s, TZ2R2 = 0.3s
(b) TZ2R1 = 0.3s, TZ2R2 = 0.6s e
(c) TZ2R1 = 0.3s, TZ2R2 = 0.3s
(d) TZ2R1 = 0.1s, TZ2R2 = 0.3s – 100V
/3 2/3 4/3 5/3 2
1.19 Let s(t) be the step response of a linear system (a) 200/V (b) 100/V
with zero initial conditions; then the response (c) 200V (d) 100V
of this system to an input u(t) is
t
1.25 A step down chopper is operated in the continuous
(a) s(t )u() d
0
conduction mode in steady state with a constant
duty ratio D. If V0 is the magnitude of the dc
LM OP
z
t output voltage and if Vs is the magnitude of the
d
s(t ) u ( )d dc input voltage, the ratio V0/Vs is given by
(b) dt
MN 0 PQ (a) D
LM O
z z
t t
u ( )d Pd
(b) 1 – D
s(t )
(c)
0 MN 0
1 1
PQ (c)
1
1 D
z
1
(d) s (t – ) u () d
2
D
(d)
0 1 D
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2002
2. This question consists of TWENTY FIVE sub- 2.5 A 200V, 2000 rpm, 10A, separately excited dc motor
questions (2.1 – 2.25) of TWO marks each. For has an armature resistance of 2. Rated dc voltage
each of these sub-questions, four choices (A, B, is applied to both the armature and field winding
C and D) are given, out of which only one is of the motor. If the armature drawn 5A from the
correct. Indicate each sub-question by darkening source, the torque developed by the motor is
the appropriate bubble on the OBJECTIVE (a) 4.30 Nm (b) 4.77 Nm
RESPONSE SHEET (ORS) using a soft HB pencil.
(c) 0.45 Nm (d) 0.50 Nm
Do not use the ORS for any rough work. You
may like to use the answer book for any rough 2.6 The rotor of a three phase, 5 kW, 400V, 50Hz, slip
work, if needed. (25 2 = 50) ring induction motor is wound for 6 poles while
2.1 A two port network, shown in the figure below, its stator is wound for 4 poles. The approximate
is described by the following equations average no load steady state speed when this
motor is connected to 400V, 50 Hz supply is
I1 = Y11E1 + Y12E2
(a) 1500 rpm (b) 500 rpm
I1 = Y21E1 + Y22E2
(c) 0 rpm (d) 1000 rpm
I1 I2
2 2 2.7 The flux per pole in a synchronous motor with
E1 2 E2 the field circuit ON and the stator disconnected
from the supply is found to be 25 mWb. When
the stator is connected to the rated supply with
the field excitation unchanged, the flux per pole
The admittance parameters, Y11 , Y12 , Y21 and
in the machine is found to be 20 mWb while the
Y22 for the network shown are
motor is running on no load. Assuming no load
(a) 0.5 mho, 1 mho, 2 mho and 1 mho respectively
losses to be zero, the no load current down by
1 1 1 1 the motor from the supply
(b) mho, mho, mho and mho
3 6 6 3 (a) lags the supply voltage
respectively (b) leads the supply voltage
(c) 0.5 mho, 0.5 mho, 1.5 mho and 2 mho (c) is in phase with the supply voltage
respectively
(d) is zero
2 3 3 2
(d) mho, mho, mho and mho 2.8 An 11 V pulse of 10 s duration is applied to the
5 7 7 5
respectively circuit shown in the figure below. Assuming that
the capacitor is completely discharged prior to
2.2 In the circuit shown in the figure below, what applying the pulse, the peak value of the capacitor
value of C will cause a unity power factor at the voltage is
ac source ?
230 V C
50 Hz – ZL = 30 40
(a) 11 V (b) 5.5 V
(a) 68.1 F (b) 165 F (c) 6.32 V (d) 0.96 V
(c) 0.681 F (d) 6.81 F
2.9 The output voltage (Vo) of the Schmitt trigger
2.3 A first order, low pass filter is given with R = 50 shown in the figure below swings between +15
and C = 5 F. What is the frequency at which V and –15V. Assume that the operational
the gain of the voltage transfer function of the amplifier is ideal. The output will change from
filter is 0.25 ? +15V to –15V when the instantaneous value of
(a) 4.92 kHz (b) 0.49 kHz the input sine wave is
(c) 2.46 kHz (d) 24.6 kHz
2.4 A series R-L-C circuit has R = 50 L = 100 H
and C= 1 F. The lower half power frequency of
the circuit is
(a) 30.55 kHz (b) 3.055 kHz
(c) 51.92 kHz (d) 1.92 kHz
SOLVED PAPER – 2002 5
(a) 5 V in the positive slope only (a) Reactive power absorbed by the rectifier is
(b) 5 V in the negative slope only maximum when = 5
(c) 5 V in the positive and negative slopes (b) Reactive power absorbed by the rectifier is
(d) 3 V in the positive and negative slopes. maximum when = 30
(c) Reactive power absorbed by the rectifier is
2.10 For the circuit shown in the figure below, the maximum when = 15
boolean expression for the output Y in terms of
(d) Reactive power absorbed by the rectifier is
inputs P, Q, R and S is
maximum when = 15
P
P 2.14 A power system consists of 2 areas (Area 1 and
P
P.Q Area 2) connected by a single tie-line in the figure
P.Q
Q below. It is required to carry out a loadflow study
Q on this system. While entering the network data,
Y
R the tie-line data (connectivity and parameters)
R R.S is inadvertently left out. If the loadflow program
R.S
S is run with this incomplete data
S
P+Q+R+S (a) The loadflow will converge only if the slack
bus is specified in Area 1
(a) P Q R S (b) P + Q + R + S
(b) The loadflow will converge only if the slack
(c) (P Q)(R S) (d) (P + Q)(R + S) bus is specified in Area 2
2.11 In the circuit shown in the figure below, it is (c) The loadflow will converge if the slack bus is
found that the input ac voltage (vi) and current i specified in either Area 1 or Area 2
are in phase. The coupling coefficient is (d) The loadflow will not converge if only one
M slack bus is specified.
K= , where M is the mutual inductance
L 1L 2 Tie Line
between the two coils. The value of K and the Area 1 Area 2
dot polarity of the coil P-Q are
2.15 A transmission line has a total series reactance
of 0.2 pu. Reactive power compensation is applied
at the midpoint of the line and it is controlled
such that the midpoint voltage of the
transmission line is always maintained at 0.98
pu. If voltage at both ends of the line are
(a) K = 0.25 and dot at P maintained at 1.0 pu, then the steady state power
(b) K = 0.5 and dot at P transfer limit of the transmission line is
(c) K = 0.25 and dot at Q (a) 9.8 pu (b) 4.9 pu
(d) K = 0.5 and dot at Q (c) 19.6 pu (d) 5 pu
2.12 Consider the circuit shown in the figure below. If 2.16 A generator is connected to a transformer which
the frequency of the source is 50 Hz, then a value feeds another transformer through a short feeder
of t0 which results in a transient free response is (in the figure below). The zero sequence impedance
(a) 0 ms values are expressed in pu on a common base and
are indicated in the figure below. The Thevenin
(b) 1.78 ms
equivalent zero sequence impedance at point B is
(c) 2.71 ms
(d) 2.91 ms
2.13 A three phase thyristor bridge rectifier is used
in a HVDC link. The firing angle (as measured
from the point of natural commutation) is
constrained to lie between 5 and 30. If the dc (a) 0.8 + j0.6
side current and ac side voltage magnitudes are (b) 0.75 + j0.22
constant, which of the following statements is (c) 0.75 + j0.25
true (neglect harmonics in the ac side currents
(d) 1.5 + j 0.25
and commutation overlap in your analysis)
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2002
2 3 1
2.17 For the system X = X + u, which of
0 5 0
the following statements is true ?
(a) The system is controllable but unstable
(b) The system is uncontrollable and unstable
(c) The system is controllable and stable
Vs 2L
(d) The system is uncontrollable and stable (a) D = 1 – (b) D =
V0 RT
2.18 A unity feedback system has an open loop transfer 2L RT
K (c) D = 1 – (d) D =
function, G(s) = 2 . The root locus plot is RT L
s
(a) (b) 2.23 Figure (a) below shows an inverter circuit with
a dc source voltage Vs. The semiconductor
switches of the inverter are operated in such a
manner that the pole voltages v10 and v20 are as
(c) (d) show (b). What is the rms value of the pole-to-
pole voltage v12 ?
+
Vs v1 v2
–
2.19 The transfer function of the system described
d 2 y dy du 0
by + = + 2u with u as input and y as
dt2 dt dt
output is Vs
V10
(s 2) (s 1)
0 2
(a) (b)
(s s)
2
(s s)
2
Vs
V20
2 2s
(c) (d)
(s2 s) (s2 s)
Vs
(a) (b) Vs
2 0 1 2
2.20 For the system X = X + u ; y =
0 4 1 Vs
4 0 X, with u as unit impulse and with zero (c) Vs (d)
2
initial state, the output, y, becomes
(a) 2 e2t (b) 4 e2t 2.24 In the circuit shown in the figrur below the
(c) 2 e4t (d) 4 e4t switch is closed at time t = 0. The steady state
value of the voltage vc is
2.21 The eigen values of the system represented by
0 1 0 0
0 0 1 0
X = X are
0 0 0 1
0 0 0 1
(a) 0, 0, 0, 0 (b) 1, 1, 1, 1
(c) 0, 0, 0, –1 (d) 1, 0, 0, 0
(a) 0 V (b) 10 V
2.22 In the chopper circuit shown in the figure below, (c) 5 V (d) 2.5 V
the input dc voltage has a constant value Vs.
The output voltage Vo is assumed ripple-free. The 2.25 In the single phase diode bridge rectifier shown
switch S is operated with a switching time period in the figure below, the load resistor is R=50 .
T and a duty ratio D. What is the value of D at The source voltage is v = 200 sin (t), where
the boundary of continuous and discontinuous = 2 50 radians per second.. The power
conduction of the inductor current iL ? dissipated in the load resistor R is
SOLVED PAPER – 2002 7
5. An electrical network is fed by two ac sources,
as shown in Fig. P5. Given that Z1 = (1 – j),
Z2 = (1 + j) and ZL = (1 + j0).. Obtain the
Thevenin equivalent circuit (Thevenin voltage
and impedance) across terminals x and y, and
determine the current IL through the load ZL
3200 400
(a) W (b) W
(c) 400 W (d) 800 W
SECTION – B (75 Marks)
Fig. P5
This section consists of TWENTY questions of FIVE
marks each. ANY FIFTEEN out of them have to be 6. In the resistor network shown in Fig. P6, all
answered. If more than fifteen questions are resistor values are 1.. A current of 1A passes
attempted, score off answers that are not to be from terminal a to terminal b, as shown in the
figure. Calculate the voltage between terminals
evaluated. Otherwise only the first fifteen unscored
a and b. [Hint : You may exploit the symmetry
answers will be considered.
of the circuit].
3. The magnetic vector potential in a region is
defined by A = e–y sin(x). a z . An infinitely long
conductor, having a cross section area, a = 5 mm2
and carrying a dc current, I = 5A in the y
direction, passes through this region as shown
in Fig. P3.
Determine the expression for (a) B and (b) force
density f exerted on the conductor..
Fig. P6
7. A 230V, 250 rpm. 100A separately excited dc
motor has an armature resistance of 0.5. The
motor is connected to 230V dc supply and rated
dc voltage is applied to the field winding. It is
driving a load whose torque-speed characteristic
is given by TL = 500 – 10, where is the
Fig. P3
rotational speed expressed in rad/sec and TL is
4. A constant current source is supplying 10 A to a the load torque in Nm. Find the steady state
circuit shown in Fig. P4. The switch S, which is speed at which the motor will drive the load and
initially closed for a sufficiently long time, is the armature current drawn by it from the
suddenly opened. Obtain the differential equation source. Neglect the rotational losses of the
governing the behaviour of the inductor current machine.
and hence obtain the complete time response of 8. A single phase 6300 kVA, 50 Hz, 3300V/400V
the inductor current. What is the energy stored distribution transformer is connected between
in L, a long time after the switch is opened ? two 50 Hz supply systems, A and B as shown in
Fig. P8. The transformer has 12 and 99 turns in
the low and high voltage windings respectively.
The magnetizing reactance of the transformer
referred to the high voltage side is 500. The
leakage reactance of the high and low voltage
windings are 1.0 and 0.012. respectively.
Neglect the winding resistance and core losses
Fig. P4
of the transformer. The Thevenin voltage of
system A is 3300V while that of system B is 400 V.
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2002
The short circuit reactance of systems A and B Vy
are 0.5 and 0.010 respectively. If no power is 12. Determine the transfer function for the
transferred between A and B, so that the two Vx
RC network shown in Fig. P12(a) This network is
system voltages are in phase, find the
used as a feedback circuit in an oscillator circuit
magnetizing ampere turns of the transformer.
shown in Fig. P12(b) to generate sinusoidal
oscillations. Assuming that the operational
amplifier is ideal, determine RF. for generating
these oscillations. Also, determine the oscillation
frequency if R = 10 k and C = 100 pF.
Fig. P8
9. A 440 V, 50 Hz, 6 pole, 960 rpm star connected
induction machine has the following per phase
parameters referred to the stator :
Rs = 0.6 Rr = 0.3 Xs = 1= Xr
The magnetizing reactance is very high and is
neglected. The machine is connected to the 440V,
50 Hz supply and a certain mechanical load is Fig. P12
coupled to it. It is found that the magnitude of
13. The ripple counter shown in Fig. P13 is made
the stator current is equal to the rated current
up of negative edge triggered J-K flip-flops. The
of the machine but the machine is running at a
signal levels at J and K inputs of all the flip-flops
speed higher than its rated speed. Find the speed
are maintained at logic 1. Assume that all outputs
at which the machine is running. Also find the
are cleared just prior to applying the clock signal.
torque developed by the machine.
(a) Create a table of Q0, Q1, Q2 and A in the format
10. A 415 V, 2 pole, 3 phase, 50 Hz, star connected, given below for 10 succesive input cycles of
non-salient pole synchronous motor has the clock CLK1.
synchronous reactance of 2 per phase and (b) Determine the module number of the counter.
negligible stator resistance. At a particular field (c) Modify the circuit of Fig. P13 to create a
excitation, it draws 20 A at unity power factor modulo-6 counter using the same components
from a 415 V, 3 phase, 50 Hz supply. The used in the figure.
mechanical load on the motor is now increased
till the stator current is equal to 50 A. The field
excitation remains unchanged. Determine :
(a) the per phase open circuit voltage Eo
(b) the developed power for the new operating
condition and corresponding power factor.
11. For the circuit shown in Fig. P11, IE = 1mA,
= 99 and VBE = 0.7 V. Determine
Fig. P13
14. A long lossless transmission line has a unity
power factor (UPF) load at the receiving end and
an ac voltage source at the sending end (Fig.
P14). The parameters of the transmission line
are as follows :
Fig. P11
Characteristic impedance Zc= 400, propagation
(a) the current through R1 and RC. constant = 1.2 10-–3 rad/km, and length
(b) the output voltage Vo l = 100 km. The equation relating sending and
(c) the value of RF receiving end questions is
SOLVED PAPER – 2002 9
Vs = Vr cos (l) + jZc sin(l)IR 17. A single input single output system with y as
Complete the maximum power that can be output and u as input, is descirbed by
transferred to the UPF load at the receiving end d2 y dy du
if |Vs| = 230 kV. 2
2 10y 5 3u
dt dt dt
IR
Transmission Line For the above system find an input u(t), with
zero initial condition, that produces the same
VS VR UPF Load output as with no input and with the initial
Fig. P14 dy(0 )
conditions. = –4, y(0–) = 1.
15. Two transposed 3 phase lines run parallel to each dt
other. The equation describing the voltage drop
18. Obtain a state variable representation of the
in both lines is given below.
system governed by the differential equation :
Va1 0.15 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 Ia1
0.05 0.15 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 I d 2 y dy
– 2y = u (t) e–t,
Vb1 b1 dt2 dt
Vc1 0.05 0.05 0.15 0.04 0.04 0.04 Ic1 with the choice of state variables as x 1 = y,
= j
Va2 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.15 0.05 0.05 Ia2 dy
V 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.15 0.05 Ib2 x2 = – y et. Also find x2 (t), given that u(t)
b2 dt
Vc2 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.15 Ic2 is a unit step function and x2 (0) = 0.
Compute the self and mutual zero sequence 19. The open loop transfer function of a unity
impedances of this system i.e. compute ZO11, feedback system is given by
ZO12, ZO21, ZO22 in the following equations.
2(s )
VO1 = ZO11 IO1 + ZO12 IO2 G(s) =
s(s 2)(s 10)
VO2 = ZO21 IO1 + ZO22 IO2
Sketch the root locus as varies from 0 to .
Where V O1 , V O2 , I O1 , I O2 are the zero Find the angle and real axis intercept of the
sequence voltage drops and currents for the two
asymptotes, breakaway points and the imaginary
lines respectively.
axis crossing points, if any.
16. A synchronous generator is to be connected to
20. In fig. P20, the ideal switch S is switched on and
an infinite bus through a transmission line of
off with a switching frequency f = 10 kHz. The
reactance X = 0.2 pu, as shown in Fig. P16. The
switching time period is T = tON + tOFF = 100
generator data is as follows :
s. The circuit is operated in steady state at the
x' = 0.1 pu, E' = 1.0 pu, H = 5 MJ/MVA, mechani
boundary of continuous and discontinuous
cal power Pm= 0.0 pu, B = 2 50 rad/s. All
conduction, so that the inductor current i is as
quantities are expressed on a common base.
shown in Fig. P20. Find
The generator is initially running on open circuit
(a) The on-time tON of the switch.
with the frequency of the open circuit voltage
slightly higher than that of the infinite bus. If at (b) The value of the peak current Ip.
the instant of switch closure, = 0 and
d
= = init, compute the maximum value of
dt
inint so that the generator pulls into
synchronism.
z
Hint : Use the equation (2H / B ) d Pe d = 0
Fig. P16
Fig. 20
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2002
21. In the circuit shown in Fig. P21, the source I is 22. The semiconductor switch S in the circuit of Fig.
a dc current source. The switch S is operated P22 is operated at a frequency of 20 kHz and a
with a time period T and a duty ratio D. You duty ratio D = 0.5. The circuit operates in the
may assume that the capacitance C has a finite steady state. Calculate the power transferred
value which is large enough so that the voltage. form the dc voltage source V1 to the dc voltage
Vc has negligible ripple. calculate the following source V2.
under steady state conditions, in terms of D, I
and R.
(a) The voltage Vc, with the polarity shown in
Figure P21.
(b) The average output voltage V0, with the
polarity shown.
Fig. 22
Fig. 21
ANSWERS
EE-1.
1.1. (d) 1.2. (c) 1.3. (a) 1.4. (d) 1.5. (a) 1.6. (a) 1.7. (b) 1.8. (d) 1.9. (a)
1.10. (d) 1.11. (a) 1.12. (b) 1.13. (c) 1.14. (a) 1.15. (c) 1.16. (b) 1.17. (b) 1.18. (a)
1.19. (b) 1.20. (c) 1.21. (c) 1.22. (c) 1.23. (c) 1.24. (d) 1.25. (a)
EE-2.
2.1. (b) 2.2. (a) 2.3. (c) 2.4. (b) 2.5. (b) 2.6. (c) 2.7. (b) 2.8. (c) 2.9. (a)
2.10. (b) 2.11. (c) 2.12. (b) 2.13. (b) 2.14. (d) 2.15. (d) 2.16. (b) 2.17 (b) 2.18. (b)
2.19. (a) 2.20. (b) 2.21. (d) 2.22. (c) 2.23. (b) 2.24. (c) 2.25. (c)
SOLVED PAPER – 2002 11
E XPLANATIONS
1.1. i = 5 (t) 2.1. I1 = Y11 E1 + Y12 E2
1 I2 = Y21 E1 Y22 E2
V =
C
z idt = C1 z 5 (t ) dt = 5uC(t ) Short circuit E2, i.e. E2 = 0
I1 I2
1.4. Since both the signals are of same frequency,
2 2
same phase and of same amplitude hence these
E1 2 E2
are applied at the X-Y input of the CRO, hence
on the CRO’s screen, these will be produced a
straight line with 45 with respect to x-axis. This I1 I2
can be understood from following 2 2
E1 2
I1 I2
2 2
2 E2
I1 1
Y11 = =
E1 3
E2 0
I2 1
Y21 = =–
E1 6
E2 0
1.6. The given induction motor is designed for 400 V, Short circuit, E1 i.e. E1 = 0
50 Hz. When it is connected to 400, 75 Hz supply,
then speed of motor increases, as it’s clear from I1 1
3 Y12 = =–
s LM
n
2f OP E2 E1 0
6
N P Q
, then the slip of the rotor increased
Y22 =
I1
=
1
3 r2 E1 3
Torque, Te = · I22 E2 0
s s
As the slip increases, Te decreases 2.2. At u.p.f. operation admittance of both branch
1.7. As the motor is over loaded and its magnetic
circuit is saturated now, the torque - speed
°
characteristic become linear in the saturated
condition.
1.13 In two watt meter method 1
W1 = 3 VP IP cos (30 + ) Y = jC + 30 40
W2 = 3 VP IP cos (30 – ) 1
= 60 b
= jC + 30 0.76 + 0.64 j g
For unity pt Im [Y]= 0
Hence W1 = 3 VP IP cos 90 = 0
0.64
V2 j C j =0
W2 = 3 P cos (30 – 60) = 1000 W 30
R or C = 68.1 F
D 2.4. For series RLC circuit, at lower half power frequency
1.15. L = 2 10–7 ln
r' 1
1L – = –R
2D 1C
L2 ln
r' 1
When D is doubled,
L1
=
D 2 f1 100 10–6 – = – 50
ln 2 f 1 1 10 6
r'
f1 = 3.055 kHz
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2002
EaIa 2.16. Zero sequence impedence diagram of the given
2.5. Torque developed, Te = power system can be drawn as follows :
=
b200 10 2g 10 60 = 4.77 N-m
2 314
. 2000
2.6. The motor will not rotate, because in slip-ring
induction motor, stator and rotor poles should
be equal. Equivalent zero sequence impedance = 3 2.5
2.7. When stator is disconnected from supply the flux + j 0.1 + j 0.05 + j 0.07 = 0.75 + j 0.22
per pole is 25 mm Wb
LM OP LM OP
2 3 1
Et = Vt 2.17. X N Q NQ
= 0 5 X+ 0 u
L1O L2 3O
B = M0P , A = M0 5P
When stator is connected to rated supply and
= 20 m Wb, then terminal voltage will decrease.
NQ N Q
L2 3O L1O L2O
AB = M0 5P M0P = M0P
Ef
N Q NQ NQ
L1 2O
[B : AB] = M0 0P
I
N Q
2.10. This is not a 2 2 matrix, hence system is
uncontrollable
LM OP LM OP
s 0 2 3
Now
N Q N Q
[sI – A] = 5 s – 0 5
Ls 2 3 O
= M 0 s 5P = (s – 2) (s – 5)
N Q
Two roots on positive half of the y-axis, hence
unstable
2.11.
K
2.18. G(s) =
s2
Vi
Angle of asymptote, A =
b g
2q + 1 180
= ± 90
20
Equivalent impedance,
Vi
= 10 – j 12 + j 8 + j 8 ± j 2 K L1 L 2
Ii
= 10 + 4j ± j 2 K L1 L 2
For Vi and i to be in phase, equivalent imaginary
part of impedance seen should be zero for this. Hence root locus can be
There should be – 2j K L1 L 2 , dot should be at Q.
2 0 LM OP
1 LM OP
and 4 = 2K 2.20. X N Q
= 0 4 X+ 1 u;
NQ Y = [4 0] X
K =
4
=
2
8
= 0.25
[sI – A] =
LM s 2 0 OP
2 88 N 0 s4 Q
2.15.
LM 1 0
OP
= (s) M P
s2
[sI – A]–1
MM 0 1 P
N s 4 PQ
E s Er
P= sin
X tr
11 Y(s) = (s) C (s) . X (s)
Steady state power transfer limit = = 5 pu
0.2
SOLVED PAPER – 2002 13
LM 1 OP 1
MNL 12 z b1 cos 2t g dt OPQ
0 200 2
= M P
Y ( s) s2 4 =
X ( s) MM 0 1 P [4, 0] = s 2 0
N s 4 PQ 1
200 LM 1 Lt sin 2 t O OP 2
MN 2 MN 2 PQ PQ
With input as (t), L [ (t)] = 1 =
4 0
Y(s) = · [1]
s2 1
200 LM 1 OP = 200
2
Y(s) =
4
s2
=
N2 Q 2
Power dissipated in register,
Y(t) = 4 e2 t
Vor 2 2002
2.23. R = = = 400 W
R 2 50
–y
EE-3. A = e · sin x;
a = 5 mm2 = 5 10–6 m2;
I = 5 A in y-direction
1
L1
= M zV
2 O
d P
2
V12 rms
MN 0
s
PQ
Vs Magnetic flux density,
B = A
= · = Vs
ax ay az
2.24. After steady state reached the equivalent ckt can
=
be drawn as x y z
0 0 e y sin x
LM ee sin xj 0OP
y
= az
N y Q
L y O
– a M e e sin x 0jP + a . 0
N x
y Q z
obviously, vc = 5 V L y O
= – Me sin x a e sin x a P wb/m
y 2
2.25. Output of the rectifier will be N Q x y
Force on the conductor,
F = z I dl B
0
z
= 5 dy a y B
1 0
MNL 1 z b200 sin t g dt OPQ
z
Vor =
2 2
LM
5 dy a y e y sin x. ax e y sin x. a y
OP
0
1
=
0
N Q
200 L F 1 cos 2 t I O
z LMN OP
= M
N H
z G J
K Q dt P
2
y
= 5 dy e sin x . a z =– 5 e
y
sin x . a z
0 2
0 Q 0
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2002
= 5 sin x . a z
5 sin x a z
Force density, F =
5 10 6
= 106 · sin x a z N/m3 Zth = Z1 // Z2 =
b1 jgb1 jg = 2 =1
1 j 1 j 2
EE-4. Initially switch is closed for a long time Vth = (I1 + I2) (Z1//Z2)
iL (0– ) = 0A
vL (0– ) = 0V = vL (0+)
30 30 j 30 30 j
I1 + I2 =
b g
2 1 j
+
b g
2 1 j
30
Now when s is opened = [j – j] = 0 V
2
V 1
L
+ V dt vL 0 = 10 Vth = 0 · (Z1//Z2) = 0V
R
z
Load current through ZL= 0 A
V 1
+ Vdt 0 = 10 EE-6.
10 5
V+2
Taking Laplace transform
z Vdt = 100
2 V ( s) 100
V(s) + + 0=
s s
V(s) 1
2LM OP
100
s N=
sQ p r
100 = [Kirchhoff’s law]
V(s) = q s
2 s no current in diagonal element since upper
Taking Inverse Laplace transform bridge is balance one
v(t) = 100 e–2t diagonal element can be removed
1 1
iL (t) =
L
z Vdt =
5
z 100 e 2 t
dt
100 e 2 t
= – 10 e–2 t
=
5
·
2 b g
After a long time elapsed,
iL (t) = 10 A
Energy stored in conductor
1 1 Similarly as above the diagonal element can
= L i2 = 5 102
2 2 be removed in lower bridge
= 225 Joules
EE-5.
SOLVED PAPER – 2002 15
EE-9. Equivalent circuit of 1M referred to stator side
can be drawn as
0.6 1.0 1.0
440 0.3
V=
3 S
120 50 120 50
ns = = = 1000 rpm
P 6
1000 960
p r LM 2 2 OP slip, s =
1000
= 0.04
q
=
5 N1 1Q Current, I =
440
R FG
2
2 IJ b g
3 Rs r
s H X s X r
K
440
=
FG .6 0.3 IJ b1 1g
2
2
3
H 0.04 K
Voltage drop between a and b = 1.5 V 440
= = 30.4478 Amp.
EE-8. 3 65.61 4
Torque developed by machine,
3 60 r2
Te = I22
2 1000 s
Drawing equivalent ckt of the transformer
0.3
= 0.028647 (30.4478)2
0.04
= 199.1891 N-m
For a same rated current it will work as a
generator and slip will be negative
Referring all the quantities to hv side, equivalent
circuit becomes 1000 nr
– 0.4 =
1000
nr = 1040 rpm
Ia
EE-10 + +
2 Vt Et
33
x 2 = 0.012 = 0.8167 – –
4
2 From the phasor diagram
33
x = 0.01 = 0.68 Vt = Et j Ia1 xs
4
V2 =
33
400 = 3300 V Et = Vt j Ia1 xs
4
2
Magnetizing current, Et = Vt2 I a1 xs
3300 3300 2
IM = + 415
. 10
05 . 500 08167
. 068
. 500 = (20 x )
2 2
3
= 6.5802 + 6.5803 = 13.1605 A
Open-circuit voltage,
Hence magnetizing ampere turns
E t = 242.92 Volts
AT = 99 13.1605
= 1302.84 Ampereturns
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2002
VBE IER E
(a) Current throughR1, I1 =
Ia x 5 R1
1
Vt
0.7 1 1 . 1
07 17
.
I Et = = = = 0.1 mA
2 5 17 17 17
a
2
x
Current through RF = IB + I1
Et
= 0.01 + 0.1 = 0.11
1
Current through, RC= IC + IB + I1
= 0.99 + 0.11 = 1.1 mA
2 (b) VO = 15 – 1.1 1 = 13.9 V
When the load is increased for the stator current
VO VBE 1 1 13.9 .7 1
of 50A, the new load angle will be 2, and (c) RF = =
011
. 011
.
2
Vt2 Et2 Ia2 xs = 110.9 k
cos 2 =
2VtEt
EE-12.
(242.92)2 (239) 2 (20 2)2 R
= C
2(242.92) (239)
C R V
cos 2 = 0.916 VX y
or, 2 = 23.58
3EtVt
New power developed = sin 2
xs
3 242.92 239
= sin 23.58
2
= 34.84 mW a
R 1
3Et Vt
Also, 3VtI a cos 2 = sin 2 cS
2
xs 1 RV
Vx cS y
then, new power factor,
Et
cos 2 = sin 2 = 0.97 (lagging) b
I a xs
RF
EE-11. IE = 1 mA
= 99 1k
–
VBE = 0.7 V Vo
+
Vi
C R
R
C
1
Vab = Cs
99 1
= = = 0.99 R+
1 99 1 Cs
IC 1
= = 0.99 Vx = V
RCs + 1 x
IE
R Rcs 1
IC = 0.99 IE = 0.99 mA Vy = Vab = Vx
IC 1 R cS + 1 (R cS 1)
R+
= Cs
IB
IC 0.99 Vy R cS
I = = = 0.01 mA =
99 Vx R cS + 12
SOLVED PAPER – 2002 17
Vy R cS + 12 = A A = cos h (jl)
=
Vx 1
R cS
= l l
2
1
=– = cos l = cos 0.12 = 0.99
RF
Now, = ZC sin hyl
For generating oscillation, |A| = 1
ZC
R cS + 1 2 = l l
1 2
=1
R cS RF ZC
= 2 j sin l jZC sin l
2
RF =
R cS + 1 2
R cS
= j400 sin 0.12 = 47.88 j
PR will further maximum at UPF for Vs = Vr,
1
Frequency of oscillation = 2
2RC VR
then, PR,max = 1 A cos
1 B
=
2 10 103 100 1012 230 2
=
47.88
1 0.99 cos(0.12)
= 159.15 kHz
PR,max 18.91 mW
EE-13.
(a) EE-15.
CLK1 Q2 Q1 Q0 A Va1 Ia1
V 0.15 0.05 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 I
b1 0.05 0.15 0.05 0.04 0.04 0.04 b1
1 1 0 0 1 1 Vc 0.05 0.05 Ic
0.15 0.04 0.04 0.04
2 1 0 1 0 1 1
= 1
Va2 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.15 0.05 0.05 I a2
3 1 1 0 1 0 V 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.15 0.05 I
b2 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.05 0.05
0.15 b2
4 1 0 0 0 1 Vc2 Ic2
5 1 0 0 1 1 a1 a 2
6 1 0 1 0 1
7 1 1 0 1 0 b1 c1 b2 c2
8 1 0 0 0 1 We have given equations are
9 1 0 0 1 1 V01 = Z011 I01 + Z012 I02
10 1 0 1 0 1 V02 = Z021 I01 + Z022 I02
we have Z1 = j (Xs – Xm)
(b) From the above table and given diagram,
the Module Number of the counter is 4 = positive sequence impedence
(c) Module-6 counter will be Z2 = j (Xs – Xm)
= negative sequence impedence
Z0 = j (Xs + 2 Xm)
= zero sequence impedence
Hence for above system the zero sequence
impedence can be calculated as
Z011 = j (0.15 + 2 0.5) = 0.25 j
EE-14. Vs = VR cos l + jZC sin (l) · IR Z012 = j (0.15 + 2 .04) = 0.23 j
l = 1.2 10–3 100 = 0.12 rad Z021 = j (0.15 + 2 .04) = j (0.23) = 0.23 j
Maximum, power received, Z022 = j (0.15 + 2 .05) = 0.25 j
2
Vs VR A VR EE-16.
PR = cos( )
VB B
We have,
Constant, A = cos(hxl)
= cos h ( + j)l
As = 0,
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2002
X = 0.2 pu s2 Y(s) + 2 s Y(s) + 10 Y(s)= 5 s U (s) – 3 U (s)
X' = 0.1 pu 5s 3
Y(s) = 2
U (s) ... (ii)
E' = 1.0 pu s 2 s 10
H = 5 MJ/MVA Now given that from Y(s) in both cases are same,
Pm = 0.0 pu hence from above equation (i) and (ii)
B = 2 50 rad/sec. s2 5s 3
Y (s) = 2
= 2
U (s)
We have swing equation s 2 s 10 s 2 s 10
H d 2
= (Pm – Pe) pu U (s) =
s2
=
1 LM 5s 10 OP
f dt 2 5s 3 5 N 5s 3 Q
EV LM 7 OP
Here Pe =
X tr
sin
U (s) =
1 LM 5s 3 7 OP = 1 MM1 5 3 PP
11
sin = 3.33 sin
=
5 N 5s 3 5s 3 Q 5 N s 5Q
0.3
LM t 7 e u t OP 3
MN b g 5 b gPQ
Put the values in swing equation, we have 1 5
t
u (t) =
5
5 d 2
= 0 – 3.33 sin
. 50 dt 2
314 1 7 t
3
u (t) = (t) – e 5 u (t)
d 2 5 25
= – 104.72 sin
dt 2 d2 y dy
d EE-18. 2 + – 2y = u (t) e–t
dt dt
= + 104.72 cos + 0
dt x1 = y
0 = 0 [given]
But
FG dy yIJ e
d
= 104.72 cos
x2 = H dt K t
dt
State variable representation is
d
Now init = = Ax + Bu
X
dt
dy
(Winit)max
F d I
= GH dt JK
Now x1 =
dt
= x2 e–t + y = x1 + x2 e–t ... (i)
max
d FG dy yIJ
= 104.72 rad/sec x2 =
dt H dt K et
d2 y dy du d2 y dy t dy
EE-17. 2 + 2 dt + 10 y = 5 dt – 3 u = 2 et + e – y et – et
dt dt dt dt
With no initial i/p and with initial condition of LM a f
t
= ut e
dy
2 y et +
dy t OP
dy 0e j
= – 4 and y (0– ) = 1
N dt dt
e
Q
dy
dt – y e t – et
Taking Laplace transform of above equation dt
[s2 Y (s) – s Y (0) – Y' (0)] + 2 dy t
= u (t) – e + 2 y et – y et
[s Y(s) – Y(0)] + 10 Y(s) = 0 dt
= u (t) – [x2 e–t + y] et + 2 y et – y et
Y(s) [s2 + 2s + 10] – s 1
– (–4) – 2 1 = 0 x2 = u (t) – x2 ... (ii)
s2 State space representation will be
Y(s) = 2
, U(s) ... (i)
s 2 s 10 x1 = x1 + x2 e–t
Now with u (t) and zero initial condition, taking x2 = u (t) – x2
laplace transform. LM x OP = LM1 e t OP LM x OP + L0O u (t)
Q N x Q MN1QP
1 1
[s2 Y(s) – s Y(0) – Y' (0)] + 2 [s Y(s) – Y(0)] + 10 Y(s)
= 5 s U (s) – 3 U (s)
N x Q N0
2 1 2
x 2 (t) = –x2(t) + u(t)
SOLVED PAPER – 2002 19
Taking laplace transform, we have Hence real axis intercept of the asymptote
5x(s) – x(0) = –x(s) + v(s) 0 10 2 0
A = =–4
x(s) [s + 1] = v(s) 30
1 1 For break away points
x(s) = v(s) s , unit step function
( s 1) s d
1 1 =0
x(s) = ds
s s1 1
Inverse laplace transform gives, – [3s2 + 24 s + 22] = 0
2
x(t) = L–1x(s) = 1 – e–t 3 s2 + 24 s + 22 = 0
EE-19. 24 17.66
s= = – 1.056, – 6.9433
j 6
For imaginary axis crossing points
Apply Routh Criterion we have
4.69j
s3 + 12 s2 + 22 s + 2 = 0
s3 1 22
0
6=
break away point s2 12 2
0 = 0
s = –10 – A= –4 s = –2 –1.056 264 2
s1 0
12
s0 2
264 2
=0
– 4.69j 12
= 132
Auxiliary equation is
b
2 s+ g 12 s2 + 2 132 = 0
G (s) =
b gb
s s + 2 s 10 g s2 = – 22
s = ± j 4.69
Characteristic equation can be written as
Imaginary axis crossing points will be
1 + G (s) = 0
s (s + 2) (s + 10) + 2 (s + ) = 0 s = + j 4.69
s ((s2 + 12s + 20) + 2s + 2 = 0 s = – j 4.69
s3 + 12 s2 + 20 s + 2s + 2 = 0 EE-20. f = 10 KHz
s3 + 12 s2 + 22 s + 2 = 0 T = tON + tOFF = 100 S
This equation can be written as
2
1+ 3 =0
s 12 s 2 22 s
= 0, gives poles of the system
= gives zeros of the system
There are 3 poles of the system During tON
Number of zeros = 0 di
100 = 100 10–6
Angles of asymptotes, dt
A =
b
2q 1 180 g
; q = 0, 1, 2
di
dt
= 106
mn
i = 106 t + i (0)
=
b
2q 1 180 g
= 60, 180, 300 Suppose i (0) = 0,
30 since in the start of period tON, i = 0
s3 + 12 s2 + 22 s = 0 i = 106 t
Poles will be s=0 After tON IP = 106 tON ...(i)
12 144 80 di
and s= During tOFF 500 = – 100 10–6
2 dt
s = –2, – 10 i = – 5 106t + i (0)
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2002
Here i (0) = IP Hence average output voltage
After tOFF, i = 0
0 = – 5 106 tOFF + IP ...(ii)
From equations (i) and (ii)
( a) 106 tON = 5 106 tOFF
tON = 5 tOFF ...(iii)
LM F I I OP
z
DT
MN GH C tJK dt 0PQ
Now tON + tOFF = 100 s 1
tON + 0.2 tON = 100 s VO, agv. =
T 0
100
1 I Lt O
tON = = 63.33 s T
2
1 I T2
(b)
12
.
Value of peak current,
=– M
T C MN 2 PQ
P =–
T C
·
2
0
IP = 106 tON I
= 106 63.33 10–6 = 63.33 A =– · T
2C
EE-21. EE-22. f = 20 KHz
1
HenceTime period, T =
20 10 3
= 0.05 10–3 = 50 S
Duty ratio, D = 0.5
C tON = 25 S
I
+ – tOFF = 25 S
VC
Now when switch is ON, energy will be stored
I in the inductor
di
V=L
dt
Fig. (a) When switch s is open
di
100 = 100 19–6
dt
di
= 106
dt
i = 106 t + l (0)
Initially inductor has no energy.
Fig. ( b ) When switch s is closed
During tOFF
dVC
I=C
dt
dVC I
=
dt C
I
VC = t + vc (0);
C
I
put vc (0) = 0 = (T – DT) Hence i (0) = 0
C
I i = 106 t
VC = (1 – D) T 1 1
C
E= L i2 = 100 10–6 106
During tON 2 2
dV 106 25 25 10–12
C = I2
dt = 3.1250 10–2J
I Power transferred during tOFF
I2 = C =I
C
I 31250
. 10 2
VO = – VC = – t = = 12.5 10 2 W
C 25 10 6
Graph of output voltage can be drawn as
SOLVED PAPER – 2001
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
S ECTION -A (Total Marks = 75)
EE1. This question consists of 25 (TWENTY FIVE) 1.5. A passive 2-port network is in a steady-state.
sub-sections. (1.1-1.25) of ONE mark each. Compared to its input, the steady state output
(25 1 = 25) can never offer
1.1. In a series RLC circuit at resonance, thze (a) higher voltage
magnitude of the voltage developed across the (b) lower impedance
capacitor (c) greater power
(a) is always zero (d) better regulation
(b) can never be greater than the input voltage
1.6. A single-phase transformer is to be switched
(c) can be greater than the input voltage, to the supply to have minimum inrush current.
however, it is 90 out of phase with the input The switch should be closed at
voltage
(a) maximum supply voltage
(d) can be greater than the input voltage, and
(b) zero supply voltage
is in phase with the input voltage.
1
(c) maximum supply voltage
1.2. Two incandescent light bulbs of 40 W and 60W 2
rating are connected in series across the mains. 1
Then (d) maximum supply voltage
2
(a) the bulbs together consume 100 W
1.7. It is desirable to eliminate 5th harmonic voltage
(b) the bulbs together consume 50 W
from the phase voltage of an alternator. The
(c) the 60 W bulb glows brighter coils should be short-pitched by an electrical
(d) the 40 W bulb glows brighter angle of
1.3. A unit step voltage is applied at t = 0 to a series (a) 30 (b) 36
RL circuit with zero initial conditions. (c) 72 (d) 18
(a) It is possible for the current to be 1.8. Fig. P1.8 shows the magnetization curves of
oscillatory. an alternator at rated armature current, unity
(b) The voltage across the resistor at t = 0+ is power factor and also at no load. The
zero. magnetisation curve for rated armature
current, 0.8 power factor leading is given by
(c) The energy stored in the inductor in the
V
steady state is zero. no load roted
armature
(d) The resistor current eventually falls to zero. current
unity pt
1.4. Given two coupled inductors L1 and L2, their A B C D
mutual inductance M satisfies Exciting current
( L1 L2 ) (a) curve A
(a) M = L12 L22 (b) M >
2 (b) curve B
(c) curve C
(c) M > L1L2 (d) M L1L2
(d) curve D
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
1 .9. The core flux of a practical transformer with a 1.14. The polar plot of a type-1, 3-ploe, open-loop
resistive load system is shown in Fig. P1.14. The closed-loop
(a) is strictly constant with load changes system is
(b) increases linearly with load
(c) increases as the square root of the load GH-place
(d) decreases with increased load – 1.42
=0
1.10. X d , X d and X d are steady state d-axis
synchronous reactance, transient d-axis
reactance and sub-transient d-axis reactance =0
of a synchronous machine respectively. Which (a) always stable
of the following statements is true ? (b) marginally stable
(a) Xd > Xd > Xd (b) Xd > Xd > Xd (c) unstable with one pole on the right half
s-plane
(c) Xd > Xd > Xd (d) Xd > Xd > Xd
(d) unstable with two poles on the right half
1.11. A 50 Hz balanced three-phase, Y-connected s-plane.
supply is connected to a balanced three-phase
Y-connected load. If the instantaneous phase- 1.15. Given the homogeneous state-space equation
a of the supply voltage is Vcos(t) and the
3 1
phase-a of the load current is Icos (t – ), the x = x
instantaneous three-phase power is 0 2
(a) a constant with a magnitude of VIcos the steady state value of xss = lim x(t), given
t
(b) a constant with a magnitude of (3/2) VIcos
the initial state value of x(0) = [10 – 10] T, is
(c) time-varying with an average value of
(3/2) VIcos and a frequency of 100 Hz 0
(a) xss =
(d) time-varying with an average value of 0
VIcos and a frequency of 50 Hz
3
(b) xss =
1.12. In the protection of transformers, harmonic 2
restraint is used to guard against
(a) magnetizing inrush current 10
(c) xss =
(b) unbalanced operation 10
(c) lightning
(d) xss =
(d) switching over-voltages
1.13. A lossless radial transmission line with surge 1.16. If an energy meter disc makes 10 revolutions
impedance loading in 100 seconds when a load of 450 W is con-
(a) takes negative VAR at sending end and zero nected to it, the meter constant (in rev/kWh) is
VAR at receiving end (a) 1000 (b) 500
(b) takes positive VAR at sending end and zero (c) 1600 (d) 800
VAR at receiving end
1.17. The minimum number of wattmeter (s)
(c) has flat voltage profile and unity power
required to measure 3-phase, 3-wire balanced
factor at all points along it
or unbalanced power is
(d) has sending end voltage higher than
(a) 1 (b) 2
receiving end voltage and unity power
factor at sending end (c) 3 (d) 4
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 3
1 .18. In the single-stage transistor amplifier circuit 1.23. The main reason for connecting a pulse
shown in Fig. P1.18, the capacitor CE is transformer at the output stage of a thyristor
removed. Then, the ac small-signal midband triggering circuit is to
voltage gain of the amplifier (a) amplify the power of the triggering pulse
+ 12V (b) provide electrical isolation
– (c) reduce the turn on time of the thyristor
+ Output (d) avoid spurious triggering of the thyristor
Input due to noise
CE
–
1.24. AC-to-DC circulating current dual converters
(a) increases are operated with the following relationship
between their triggering angles (1 and 2).
(b) decreases
(c) is unaffected (a) 1 + 2 = 180 (b) 1 + 2 = 360
(d) drops to zero (c) 1 – 2 = 180 (d) 1 + 2 = 90
1.19. Among the following four, the slowest ADC 1.25. In case of an armature controlled separately
(analog-to-digital converter) is
excited dc motor drive with closed-loop speed
(a) parallel-comparator (i.e., flash) type control, an inner current loop is useful because
(b) successive approximation type it
(c) integrating type (a) limits the speed of the motor to a safe value
(d) counting type (b) helps in improving the drive energy
1.20. The output of a logic gate is “1” when all its efficiency
inputs are at logic “0”. The gate is either (c) limits the peak current of the motor to the
(a) a NAND or an EX-OR gate permissible value
(b) a NOR or an EX-OR gate (d) reduces the steady state speed error
(c) an AND or an EX-NOR gate EE2. This question consists of TWENTY FIVE sub-
(d) a NOR or an EX-NOR gate sections (2.1-2.25) of TWO marks each.
1.21. The output f of the 4-to-1 MUX shown in Fig. (25 2 = 50)
P1.21 is
2.1. The electric field E (in volts/metre) at the point
VCC 3 MUX f (1,1,0) due to a point charge of + 1 C located
1 at (– 1, 1, 1) (coordinates in metres) is
0 S 1 S0
10 6 10 6
(a) (2i k) (b) (2i k)
20 50 200
x y
10 6 10 6
(a) xy + x (b) x + y (c) (2i k) (d) (2i k)
20 50 200
(c) x + y (d) xy + x
2.2. A connected network of N > 2 nodes has at
1.22. An op-amp has an open-loop gain of 105 and an most one branch directly connecting any pair
open-loop upper cut-off frequency of 10 Hz. If of nodes. The graph of the network
this op-amp is connected as an amplifier with
a closed-loop gain of 100, then the new upper (a) must have at least N branches for one or
cut-off frequency is more closed paths to exist
(a) 10 Hz (b) can have an unlimited number of branches
(b) 100 Hz (c) can only have at most N branches
(c) 10 kHz (d) can have a minimum number of branches
(d) 100 kHz. not decided by N
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
2 .3. Consider the star network shown in below. The 2.7. A 3-phase transformer has rating of 20 MVA,
resistance between terminals A and B with C 220 kV (star) – 33 kV (delta) with leakage
open is 6 , between terminals B and C with A reactance of 12%. The transformer reactance
open is 11 , and between terminals C and A (in ohms) referred to each phase of the L.V.
with B open is 9 . Then delta-connected side is
(a) 23.5 (b) 19.6
A
(c) 18.5 (d) 8.7
RA
2.8. A 75 MVA, 10 kV synchronous generator has
RB RC
Xd = 0.4 p.u. The Xd value (in p.u.) to a base of
100 MVA, 11 kV is
B (a) 0.578 (b) 0.279
C
(c) 0.412 (d) 0.44
2.9. A star-connected 440 V, 50 Hz alternator has
(a) RA = 4, RB = 2, RC = 5 per phase synchronous reactance of 10 . It
(b) RA = 2, RB = 4, RC = 7 supplies a balanced capacitive load current of
20 A, as shown in the per phase equivalent
(c) RA = 3, RB = 3, RC = 4 circuit of shown in below. It is desirable to have
(d) RA = 5, RB = 1, RC = 10 zero voltage regulation. The load power factor
should be
2.4. Given the potential function in free space to
20A
be V(x ) = (50x 2 + 50y 2 + 50z2) volts, the j10
magnitude (in volts/metre) and the direction
of the electric field at a point (1, –1, 1), where ~E ph =
440
V
the dimensions are in metres, are 3
Load
(a) 100 ; (i + j + k)
(b) 100/3 ; (i – j + k) (a) 0.82 (b) 0.47
(c) 0.39 (d) 0.92
(c) 100 3 ; [iˆ ˆj kˆ / 3]
(d) 100 ; [(– i – j – k)/3] 2.10. A 240 V single-phase ac source is connected to
a load with an impedance of 1060 . A
2.5. The hysteresis loop of a magnetic material has capacitor is connected in parallel with the load.
an area of 5 cm2 with the scales given as If the capacitor supplies 1250 VAR, the real
1 cm = 2 AT and 1 cm = 50 mWb. At 50 Hz, the power supplied by the source is
total hysteresis loss is (a) 3600 W
(a) 15 W (b) 2880 W
(b) 20 W (c) 2400 W
(c) 25 W (d) 1200 W
(d) 50 W 2.11. A 50 Hz alternator is rated 500 MVA, 20 kV,
2.6. An electric motor with “constant output with Xd = 1.0 per unit and Xd = 0.2 per unit. It
power” will have a torque-speed characteristic supplies a purely resistive load of 400 MW at
in the form of a 20 kV. The load is connected directly across
(a) straight line through the origin the generator terminals when a symmetrical
fault occurs at the load terminals. The initial
(b) straight line parallel to the speed axis rms current in the generator in per unit is
(c) circle about the origin (a) 7.22 (b) 6.4
(d) rectangular hyperbola (c) 3.22 (d) 2.2
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 5
2 .12. Consider the model shown in below of a 2.16. The asymptotic approximation of the log-
transmission line with a series capacitor at its magnitude versus frequency plot of a minimum
mid-point. The maximum voltage on the line phase system with real poles and one zero is
is at the location shown in below. Its transfer functions is
P1 j0.1 pu P2 P3 j0.1 pu P4 dB
– 40 dB/dec
– j0.15 pu I = 1 pu
pf = 1 54 – 60 dB/dec
Vs = 1 pu 0 VT
– 40 dB/dec
– 60 dB/dec
(a) P1 (b) P2
(c) P3 (d) P4 rad/s
0.1 2 5 25
2.13. A power system has two synchronous
20( s 5)
generators. The Governor-turbine (a)
s( s 2)( s 25)
characterisitics corresponding to the
generators are 10(s 5)
(b)
(s 2)2 (s 25)
P1 = 50 (50 – f), P2 = 100 (51 – f)
20(s 5)
where f denotes the system frequency in Hz, (c)
s2 (s 2) (s 25)
and P1 and P2 are, respectively, the power
outputs (in MW) of turbines 1 and 2. Assuming 50(s 5)
(d)
the generators and transmission network to s (s 2) (s 25)
2
be lossless, the system frequency for a total 2.17. A 100 A ammeter has an internal resistance
load of 400 MW is of 100 . For extending its range to measure
(a) 47.5 Hz 500 A, the shunt required is of resistance
(b) 48.0 Hz (in )
(c) 48.5 Hz (a) 20.0 (b) 22.22
(d) 49.0 Hz (c) 25.0 (d) 50.0
2.14. The conductors of a 10 km long, single phase, 2.18. Resistances R1 and R2 have, respectively,
two wire line are separated by a distance of nominal values of 10 and 5, and tolerances
1.5 m. The diameter of each conductor is of ± 5% and ±10%. The range of values for the
1 cm. If the conductors are of copper, the parallel combination of R1 and R2 is
inductance of the circuit is
(a) 3.077 to 3.636
(a) 50.0 mH
(b) 2.805 to 3.371
(b) 45.3 mH
(c) 3.237 to 3.678
(c) 23.8 mH
(d) 3.192 to 3.435
(d) 19.6 mH
2.19. For the oscillator circuit shown in Fig. P2.19,
2.15. Given the relationship between the input u(t) the expression for the time period of oscillation
and the output y(t) to be can be given by (where = RC)
t
(2 t )e
–3(t )
y(t) = u( ) d , C
–
R
0 v
+
the transfer function Y(s)/U(s) is
2 e2 s s2 R R
(a) (b)
s 3 (s 3)2
2s 5 2s 7 (a) ln 3 (b) 2 ln 3
(c) (d) (c) ln 2 (d) 2 ln 2
s3 (s 3)2
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
2 .20. An Intel 8085 processor is executing the 2.24. A half-wave thyristor converter supplies a
program given below. purely inductive load, as shown in Fig. P2.24.
MVI A, 10H If the triggering angle of the thyristor is 120,
MVI B, 10H the extinction angle will be
BACK : NOP
+
~
ADD B
L
RLC – V sin t
m
JNC BACK
HLT (a) 240 (b) 180
The number of times that the operation NOP (c) 200 (d) 120
will be executed is equal to
2.25. A single-phase full-bridge voltage source
(a) 1 (b) 2 inverter feeds a purely inductive load, as shown
(c) 3 (d) 4 in Fig. P2.25, where T1, T2, T3, T4 are power
2.21. A sample-and-hold (S/H) circuit, having a transistors and D1, D2, D3, D4 are feedback
holding capacitor of 0.1 nF, is used at the input diodes. The inverter is operated in square-
of an ADC (analog-to-digital converter). The wave mode with a frequency of 50 Hz. If the
conversion time of the ADC is 1 sec, and average load current is zero, what is the time
during this time, the capacitor should not lose duration of conduction of each feedback diode
more than 0.5% of the charge put across it in a cycle ?
during the sampling time. The maximum value T3
T1 D1 D3
of the input signal to the S/H circuit is 5V. The
leakage current of the S/H circuit should be
less than + L
(a) 2.5 mA – T2
T4 D4 D2
(b) 0.25 mA
(c) 25.0 A
(d) 2.5 A
(a) 5 msec
2.22. An op-amp, having a slew rate of 62.8 V/sec, (b) 10 msec
is connected in a voltage follower
(c) 20 msec
configuration. If the maximum amplitude of
the input sinusoidal is 10 V, then the minimum (d) 2.5 msecSEC
frequency at which the slew rate limited SECTION -B (Total Marks = 75)
distortion would set in at the output is
This section consists of TWENTY questions of FIVE
(a) 1.0 MHz marks each. ANY FIFTEEN out of them have to be
(b) 6.28 MHz answered.
(c) 10.0 MHz EE3. Determine the resonance frequency and the
(d) 62.8 MHz Q-factor of the circuit shown in Fig. P3.
2.23. An n-channel JFET, having a pinch-off voltage Data : R = 10, C = 3 F, L1 = 40 mH, L2 = 10
(Vp) of – 5 V, shows a transconductance (gm) of mH, and M = 10 mH.
1 mA/V when the applied gate-to-source voltage M
(VGS) is – 3 V. Its maximum transconductance
+ R C
(in mA/V) is
(a) 1.5 (b) 2.0
~
–
L1 L2
(c) 2.5 (d) 3.0
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 7
EE4. An ideal transformer has a linear B/H EE7. A dc series motor is rated 230 V, 1000 rpm, 80
characteristic with a finite slope and a turns A (refer to Fig. P7). The series field resistance
ratio of 1 : 1. The primary of the transformer is 0.11, and the armature resistance is 0.14
is energized with an ideal current source, . If the flux at an armature current of 20 A is
producing the signal i as shown in Fig. P4. 0.4 times of that under rated condition,
Sketch the shape (neglecting the scale factor) calculate the speed at this reduced armature
of the following signals, labeling the time axis current of 20 A.
clearly
+
i Rf = 0.110
Ra = 0.140 230V
–
t (s )
1 3 5 7
EE8. A 50 kW synchronous motor is tested by driving
it by another motor. When the excitation is
not switched on, the driving motor takes 800
W. When the armature is short-circuited and
(a) the core flux oc with the secondary of the the rated armature current of 10 A is passed
transformer open, through it, the driving motor requires 2500
(b) the open-circuited secondary terminal W. On open-circuiting the armature with rated
voltage v2(t), excitation, the driving motor takes 1800 W.
Calculate the efficiency of the synchronous
(c) the short-circuited secondary current i2(t), motor at 50% load. Neglect the losses in the
and driving motor.
(d) the core flux sc with the secondary of the
EE9. Two identical synchronous generators, each
transformer short-circuited.
of 100 MVA, are working in parallel supplying
EE5. Consider the voltage waveform v, shown in Fig. 100 MVA at 0.8 lagging p.f. at rated voltage.
P5. Find. Initially the machines are sharing load equally.
If the field current of first generator is reduced
v by 5% and of the second generator increased
by 5%, find the sharing of load (MW and MVAR)
1V
between the generators.
Assume Xd = Xq = 0.8 p.u., no field saturation
t (m s ) and rated voltage across load. Reasonable
0 3 5 8 10 13
approximations may be made.
– 1V EE10. A 132 kV transmission line AB is connected to
a cable BC. The characteristic impedances of
the overhead line and the cable are 400 and
(a) the dc component of v, 80 respectively. Assume that these are
(b) the amplitude of the fundamental purely resistive. A 250 kV switching surge
component of v, and travels from A to B.
(c) the rms value of the ac part of v. (a) Calculate the value of this voltage surge
when it first reaches C.
EE6. In a dc motor running at 2000 rpm, the (b) Calculate the value of the reflected
hysteresis and eddy current losses are 500 W component of this surge when the first
and 200 W respectively. If the flux remains reflection reaches A.
constant, calculate the speed at which the total
(c) Calculate the surge current in the cable BC.
iron losses are halved.
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
EE11. For the Y-bus matrix given in per unit values, EE15. A unity feedback system has an open-loop
where the first, second, third, and fourth row transfer function of
refers to bus 1, 2, 3, and 4 respectively, draw 10000
the reactance diagram. G(s) =
s(s 10)2
6 2 2.5 0 (a) Determine the magnitude of G(j) in dB at
2 10 2.5 4 an angular frequency of = 20 rad/sec.
Ybus = j
2.5 2.5 9 4 (b) Determine the phase margin in degrees.
0 4 4 8
(c) Determine the gain margin in dB.
EE12. A synchronous generator is connected to an (d) Is the system stable or unstable ?
infinite bus through a lossless double circuit
EE16. Given the characteristic equation
transmission line. The generator is delivering
1.0 per unit power at a load angle of 30 when s3 + 2s2 + Ks + K = 0.
a sudden fault reduces the peak power that Sketch the root locus as K varies from zero to
can be transmitted to 0.5 per unit. After infinity. Find the angle and real axis intercept
clearance of fault, the peak power that can be of the asymptotes, break-away/break-in points,
transmitted becomes 1.5 per unit. Find the and imaginary axis crossing points, if any.
critical clearing angle.
EE17. For the ring counter shown in Fig. P17, find
EE13. A single line-to-ground fault occurs on an the steady state sequence if the initial state of
unloaded generator in phase a positive, the counter is 1110(i.e., Q3 Q2Q1Q0 = 1110).
negative, and zero sequence impedances of the Determine the MOD number of the counter.
generator are j0.25 p.u., j0.25 p.u., and j0.15
p.u. respectively. The generator neutral is
grounded through a reactance of j0.05 p.u. The
D Q3 D Q2 D Q1 D Q0
prefault generator terminal voltage is 1.0 p.u.
(a) Draw the positive, negative, and zero
sequence networks for the fault given.
clk
(b) Draw the interconnection of the sequence
EE18. For the op-amp circuit shown in Fig. P18,
networks for the fault analysis.
determine the output voltage v0. Assume that
(c) Determine the fault current.
the op-amps are ideal.
EE14. A power system has two generators with the 1k 2k 4k 8k
following cost curves 1V
Generator 1 : C1 (PG1) = 0.006 P2G1 + 8PG1
– –
+ 350 (Thousand Rupees/Hour) vo
+ –1V +
Generator 2 : C2 (PG2) = 0.009 P2G2 + 7PG2
3k
+ 400 (Thousand Rupees/Hour)
The generator limits are 1k
100 MW PG1 650 MW
50 MW PG2 500 MW EE19. The transistor in the amplifier circuit shown
in below is biased at IC = 1 mA.
A load demand of 600 MW is supplied by the
generators in an optimal manner. Neglecting Use VT (= kT/q) = 26 mV, 0 = 200, rb = 0, and r0 .
losses in the transmission network, determine (a) Determine the ac small-signal midband
the optimal generation of each generator. voltage gain v0/vi of the circuit.
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 9
(b) Determine the required value of CE for the (b) Cabculate the value of inductor L, if the
circuit to have a lower cut-off frequency of peak current through the main thyristor
10 Hz. Th1 is limited to 180% of the load current.
(c) Calculate the maximum instantaneous
VCC output voltage of the chopper.
RC Th 1 IL = 20A
1k C
vo
Th 2
+ 6 F
RB D2
vi
– D1
25k L
Vdc
CE 100V Load
RE
100
EE22. A separately excited dc motor is controlled by
varying its armature voltage using a single-
phase full-converter bridge as shown in below.
EE20. A simple active filter is shown in below. Assume The field current is kept constant at the rated
ideal op-amp. Derive the transfer function v0/ value. The motor has an armature resistance
vi of the circuit, and state the type of the filter of 0.2 , and the motor voltage constant is 2.5
(i.e., high-pass, low-pass, band-pass, or band- V/(rad/sec). The motor is driving a mechanical
load having a constant torque of 140 Nm. The
reject). Determine the required values of R1,
triggering angle of the converter is 60. The
R2, and C in order for the filter to have a 3-dB
armature current can be assumed to be
frequency of 1 kHz, a high-frequency input continuous and ripple free.
resistance of 100 k, and a high-frequency gain
magnitude of 10. (a) Calculate the motor armature current.
(b) Evaluate the motor speed in rad/sec.
(c) Calculate the rms value of the fundamental
R2
R1 C component of the input current to the
vi –
bridge.
vo
+
I0
R0 = 0.2
250V (rms)
50 Hz
EE21. A voltage commutated thyristor chopper cir-
cuit is shown in below. The chopper is oper- ~ If costant
ated at 500 Hz with 50% duty ratio. The load
takes a constant current of 20A.
+ –
(a) Evaluate the circuit turn off time for the
main thyristor Th1.
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
ANSWERS
SECTION – A
EE – 1
1.1 (c) 1.2 (d) 1.3 (b) 1.4 (d) 1.5 (c) 1.6 (a) 1.7 (b) 1.8 (d) 1.9 (a) 1.10 (a)
1.11 (b) 1.12 (a) 1.13 (c) 1.14 (c) 1.15 (a) 1.16 (d) 1.17 (b) 1.18 (b) 1.19 (c) 1.20 (d)
1.21 (b) 1.22 (c) 1.23 (b) 1.24 (a) 1.25 (c)
EE – 2
2.1 (a) 2.2 (a) 2.3 (b) 2.4 (c) 2.5 (c) 2.6 (d) 2.7 (b) 2.8 (d) 2.9 (a) 2.10 (b)
2.11 (c) 2.12 (c) 2.13 (b) 2.14 (c) 2.15 (d) 2.16 (d) 2.17 (c) 2.18 (a) 2.19 (b) 2.20 (c)
2.21 (d) 2.22 (a) 2.23 (c) 2.24 (d) 2.25 (d)
E XPLANATIONS
SECTION –A VI
EE-1 = [ cos t + cos + cos (2t–240–)
2
V + cos + cos (2t + 240–) + cos ]
1.1 At reason ance, I =
R VI
= [ cos t – + 3 cos + cos (2t–
V j v 2
Vc = = – 90
R C RC ) + cos 240 – sin(2t –) sin 240 + cos
–j/C jL (2 t–) cos 240 + sin (2t–) sin 240]
R
VI
= [cos (2t – ) + 3 cos – cos (2t–)]
VR VC 2
VI
= 3 cos
2
~ 1.14 a = + 1.42
It may be RC < 1.
GM (gain margin) = – 20 log a
then |VC| > V.
1.3 At any time t, current is given by
i(t) = V(t) [1–e–R/L t ]
At t = o+
i(t) = 0.
So, VR = 0. Since a > 1,
1.11 Total power transmitted = sum of the individual So GM will be – ve and system unstable,
powers in each phase 1 jT1
P = Va ia + Vb ib + Vc ic Now, G (j) H (j) = j (1 j T2 )
= V cos t.I cos (t–) V cos (t – 120) .
[assuming one pole in RHS plane].
I cos (t – 120 – ) + V cos (t + 120)
cos (t + 120–) G (j) H (j) = – 90– tan T – tan T2
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 11
At = 0,G (j) H (j) = – 90 1.21
At = G (j) H (j) = – 270
both the conditions satisfies by polor plot given.
=
LM3 1 OP X = AX
1.15 X
N 0 2Q
Its solution is,
X(t) = £ 1 [ sI A] 1 X (0)
From the map, f = x + y
LMs 3 1 OP LM 10OP 1
Ao
= £–1
N 0 s 2Q N10Q 1.22 Closed loop gain, Aof = 1 A
LM LMs 2 1 OP OP Given, Aof = 100, and A0 = 105.
o
MM£ 1 N 0 s 3Q P 1 + Ao = 103.
( s 2) ( s 3) P X (0)
=
MM PP So, upper cut-off frequency, fHf = fH (1 + Ao)
N Q = 10 103
LM£ 1 1
£ 1
1 LM
.
1 OPOP = 104 Hz
MM N Q
OP PP X (0)
s 3 s2 s3
= 1 LM EE–2
MN 0 £ 1
s2 N Q PQ
|
LMe 3t
e 2 t
e 3t OP L 10O 2.1 E =
q r1 |
volts/meter
PQ MN10PQ
4t o r 3
=
MN 0 e 2 t
QP = r = 2iˆ kˆ
Nor, Xss = lim X(t) P(1,1,0)
t
LM20e 10e OP = L0O
3t 2 t
= lim
t MN 10e PQ MN0PQ 2 t
(–1,1,1)Q
10
1.16 Meter constant, km =
100
= 800. 10 6 . (2i k )
(0.450) × E =
60 × 60 4 o ( 5 ) 3
1.18 With CE 106
= . ( 2i k ) volts/metre
– h fe R L 20 5 o
Voltage gain, Av = h (1 h ) R
ie fe E
2.3
Given, RA + RB = 6 with C open
RB + RC = 11 with A open
If RE by passed with capacitor CE,
RC + RA = 9
Av will increase.
then, RA + RB + RC = 26/2 = 13
Hence, after removing CE mid band voltage gain
Hence, RA = 2
decreases.
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
E =–
LM V i V
x y V
j z k volts/m
OP 2.10 Current through the load
2.4
N x y z Q
= – [100 x i + 100 y j + 100 k ] volts/m.
At (1, –1, 1) E = – 100 [ i – j + k ] volts/m.
– i j – k
Its direction =
3
and magnitude = 100 3
2.5 Area of the loop = 5 cm2 = I + IC
wb
240 1250
= +j
c 1060 240
= 24 – 60 + 5.20 j
= 12 – 15.60j
w AT Power, S = VI = P + j Q
b o d
= 240 (12 + 15.60j)
e = 2880 + 3744 j
a Real power, P = 2880 W
The hysteresis loss
2.12 I = Vs Vr = 20 j ( Vs Vr ) = 1
Ph = 5 2 50 f 10–3 W
Given f = 50 Hz
Ph = 25 W.
T
2.6
Vs Vr = + 0.05 j
Ea Ia = T Vr = 1 + 0.05 j
T = constant Voltage at P2 = 1 – 0.1 j
T = C
Voltage at P3 = 1 – 0.1 j + j (0.15)
2.7 From sides, Z (in ohms)
= 1 + 0.05 j
(33 KV) 2 thus at P3, voltage will be maximum
= 3. 0.12 = 19.6
20 MVA
2.13 P1 + P 2 = 400
F KV I F MVA 2
I 5(50 – f) + 10(51–f) = 40
G KV JK GH MVA JK
old, base new,base
2.8 Xd (new) = X d(old)
H new, base old,base
50 + 102 – 8 = 3f
F 10I 100 = 0.44 P.U.
= 0.4 G J
2 f = 48 Hz.
H 11K 75 2.14 Inductance of the circuit/km,
D
2.9 For zero voltage regulation, z (load) = R + jx L = 4 10–7ln mH/km
r'
E ph – I (R + jx) – I j 10 = 0
1
Separating real and imaginary parts, = 4 10–7 ln 0.7788 5 10 3
440
= IR and I 10 = – I x = 2.381 mH/km.
3
1 X FG IJ Inductance = 2.381 mH/km 10
load p.f. cos = cos tan
R
= 0.82 H K = 23.81 mH
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 13
2.15 From the given relationship, 2.20 The sequence of instructions executed,
LM 2 [1 e 3t
]
t 3t 1
e [1 e 3t ] U (t)
OP MVI A,10H — A 10 H
y (t) =
N3 3 9 Q MVI B,10H B 10 H
Taking laplace transform both sides,
LM 2 L 1 1 O 1 LM
1 1 1 OPOP NOP
Y(s) =
MN 3 MN s s 3PQ 3 (s 3) 2
N
9 s s3 QPQ U(s) ADD B
2s 7 0 CY
Y( s)
=
U( s) ( s 3) 2 A 20 H 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0
2.16 Since at = 2 and = 25, slope changes from 40 RLC
dB/dec to –60 dB/dec at both the valve. So there JNC
are poles at = 2 and = 25. Also at = 0.1 A
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 40H
slope is – 40 dB/dec. It means, there is two poles
0 CY
at origin. Hence the transfer function, should
be of the form, NOP
ADD B
K( s 5)
T(s) = 2 CY 0
s ( s 2)( s 25)
5K A
0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 50H
Now, 54 = 20 log (0.1) 2 50
or K = 50. RLC
50 ( s 5) CY 0
Thus T(s) =
s 2 ( s 2) ( s 25) A
1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 40H
2.17 Let required shunt resistance be R. JNC
Then, by current division NOP
ADD B
CY
A
1 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 130H
RLC
JNC
HLT
A
0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 61H
CY
1
R 0.5
500 = 100 Q
R + 100 Q '
100 0.005 CV
2.21 I = = =
R = 25 t t 10 6
0.005 10 10 5
1+ = = 25 10–7 = 2.5 A.
2.19 T = 2RC ln 1 10 6
2.22 Input, Vs = Vm sin t
1 R
Here, = = Vm = 10V.
2 RR
In a voltage follower,
= 2RCln 3 Output voltage V0 = Vs (input voltage).
= 2 ln 3 then, V0 = Vm sin t
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
dv0
Slew rate =
dt
= Vm cos t.
dv0
= Vm s [Gain]
dt
–
Vo
+
+
VS
– Voltage follower From the figure,
at t = (extinction angle)
and, 2f Vm s
i0 = 0.
s
f 2 V Hence, from equation(i)
m 0 = sin (t – ) – sin (– )
62.8 sin () = sin ()
10 6 6.28 10
(triggering angle)
106 Hz Hence = 120
fmin = 1 MHz.
SECTION –B
VGSF I
2.23 As, gm = gm 1 V
P
GH JK EE3. Applying KVL to both the loop,
we get,
1mA
Given, gm = . 1
V V1 = R1 I1+ I + I L j+ I2 jM ...(i)
jc 1 1 1
gm and 0 = jL2 I2 + jM I1 ...(ii)
then, gmo =
FG1 V IJ GS
H V K P
1
=
3
1
5
= 2.5 mA/V.
2.24 Output current is given by
From equation (ii),
L I1 M
+
I2 = L2
Vm sint
– Putting this value of I2 in equation (i) , we get
1 M2
V = I R1 L1 j – 2 j
j C L
Vm Vm V
i0 = sin (t – ) – I =
Z Z 1 M2
sin (– ). exp
R
RS UV R1
jC
L1 j
L2
j
L T W ...(i)
At resonance, the circuit must have unity power
2 2 factor.
where Z = (L) R
Line R = 0, 1 M2
i.e. + L1j– j= 0
jC L2
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 15
FL M I 2 d oc
GH L JK j
1
2
=
j
C
(b) Induced emf in the primary, e1 = –
dt
e1 N1 1
= .= [given N1 : N2 = 1:1]
L2 1 e2 N2 1
.
C (L1L2 M2 ) Since, secondary is open circuited,
Here, C = 3 10–6 F, L1 = 40mH, d oc
v2 (t) = e2 = e1 = –
L2 = 10mH, M = 10 mH dt
Resonant frequency, Its waveform is shown below.
1 L2
f = .
2 C (L1L2 M2 )
1 10 10 3
= .
2 3 10 6 (4 1) 106
1 10 10 105 (c) For ideal transform,
= = = 5305 Hz.
2 9 6 I1 (t) in the primary winding and I2 (t) in the
Q – factor of the circuit, secondary are in phase.
FG L 1 IJ Also,
I1 (t )
=
N2
=1
Q = H R CR K I 2 (t ) N1
I2 (t) = I1 (t)
M2
here, L= L1 – The waveform of I2 (t) same as of I1 (t)
L2
1 LML + 1 OP
=
R N C Q
M2 1
1 L –
= 1 +
R L2 C
105 103
100 3 1 (d) i2 (t) = K i2 (t)
= 40
3 5 6
10 10 3 10 The waveform of sc is shown below.
1
= [103 + 10] = 101
10
EE4.
EE5. The waveform v (t) can be written as,
v (t) = 1, 0 < t < 3,
(a) oc Im i sin Here T = time, period = 5 (ms)
where, o = power factor angle. = –1, 3 < t < 5
The wave form oc is given below.
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
Average value of v(t) over one time period, (b) Amplitude of the fundamental component of
z
T
1 v = a12 b12
ao = v(t).dt
T 0
2 6 1 6 FG IJ
LM OP 1 cos
H K
z z
Here a= sin , b1 =
3 5 5 5
1 1.dt 1 dt
=
T MN 0 3
PQ 2 6 FG 6 IJ 2
sin 2 1 cos
1 1
v=
5 H 5 K
= [3 – 5 + 3] =
5 5
2 2 2 3
z = sin
T
2 2n 5
and, an = v (t) cos t dt
T 0 T 4 3
=
sin
LM 1.cos nt dt
z OPPQ
5
MN z
3T/5 T
2
= = 1.21 volts.
T 0 3T/5 (c) The rms value of ac part of
2 sin nt 3T/5 0 v (t) = c12 c2 2 c3 2 ...
|0 sin nt| 3T/5
T n
=
2 LMsin 3nT sin nT + sin 3nT OP where C= a12 b12 ,
=
nT N 5 5 Q
Cn = a n 2 bn 2
2 L 3nT O
=
2n NM2 sin
5
sin nTP
Q Cn =
4
sin
3n
=
4
n 5
L O
z z
3T/5 T
2 M 1.sin nt dt 1.sin nt dt P 3 1 6 1 9 1 12
T MN PQ
bn = sin 2 sin 2 sin2 sin2 .....
5 4 5 9 5 16 15
0 3T/5
2
= cos nt |30T/5 cos nt |03T/5 EE6. Ph (hysteresis loss) = Ke f Bmh
nT
1 LM
cos
n 3T
1 cos nT cos
n 3T OP Pe (eddy current loss) = Kef2 Bm2
=
n N 5 5 Q Since flux remains constant and speed is
1 LM
1 cos nT 2 cos
3nT OP proportional to frequency.
=
n N 5 Q P h = K1 N
where N is speed of motor.
Now Fourier series is given by,
Pe = K2 N2
v (t) = ao + ban cos nt bn sin nt g Now, in the first case,
n 1
500 = K1. 2000 ...(i)
1 2 6 2 FG 6 IJ 200 = K2. (2000)2 ...(ii)
= +
5
sin
5
cos t +
H 1 cos
5 K 1
1 12 1 Gives K1 =
sin t+ sin cos 2t + 4
5
K2 = 5 10–5
FG1 cos 12 IJ sin 2t 1 sin 18
H 5 K 3 5
In second case, let at speed N' total losses be
1 F 18 I
halved,
cos 3t +
3
G
H 1 cos
5 K
J sin 3t +..... then 350 = K1N' + K2 N'2
(a) dc component of 1 '
or 350 = N + 5 10–4 N'2
1 4
v = = a0
5 or 20 10–4 N'2 + N' – 1400 = 0
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 17
When, open circuiting armature circuit, the open
1 1 4.1400 20 10 4 circuit loss,
N' =
. 4
2.2010 W2 = 1800 – Wf = 1000W.
Hence,total loss,
= 623 rpm, –1072.25
W = Wf + W1 + W2
Second value is rejected as it is negative.
= 3500W.
Then, N ' = 623 rpm.
At 50% load,efficiency,
EE7. For dc series motor, IL = Ia losses
Speed of this motor is given by, –
input
n = kN
LM V I a (R a R f ) OP ...(i)
3.5
N Q = 1 – 25 + 3.5
kf Ia ...(ii) = 87.71%
Initially, under rated condition. EE9. Since both generators are sharing load equally,
p.v. load shared by each generator is 0.50 p.v. at
0.8 lagging p.f.
Assuming terminal voltage = 1 p.v. , I a = 0.50 –37
Then, E f A = E f B = Vt j Ia X s
= 10 + j0.50 (0.8 – 0.6 j).
= 1.24 + 0.32 j = 1.28 14.47
Now, when generator A15 field current is reduced
by 5 % and generator B 15 field current is
increased by 5%, then
Ia2 = 80A, n = 1000 rpm. E f A = 1.28 0.95 1
= 1.216 1
LM 230 80 (011 . )O
. 014
PQ
E f A V t
n = kN
N 1 IA =
f s
210
1000 = kN. ...(iii) (1.216 cos 1 1) j1.216sin
1 =
0.8 j
At Ia2 = 20A, 2 = 0.4 1
S A (Power delivered by generator. A)
(230 20 0.25) = Vt IA
n2 = kN 2 = 1.52 sin 1 + 1.25 j (1.216 cos 1 – 1)
kN 225 Active power delivered will remain same
= . then,
1 0.4
From equation (iii), 1.52 sin 1 = 0.50 0.8
1 = 15.26
kN 1000
= Reactive power
1 210
QA = j (1.216 cos 15.26 –1) 1.25
1000 225 = 21.64 MVAR
n2 = . = 2678.57 rpm.
210 0.4 Active power,
EE8. When excitation is not switched on, there will PA = 40 MW
be only friction and windage loss, i.e. and E fB = 1.28 1.05 2
Wf = 800W.
= 1.344 2
When armature is short circuited, then short
circuit loss E f B V t
I B =
W = 2500 – Wf jX s
= 2500 – 800 j1.68sin 2 (1.344 cos 2 1)
=
= 1700 W. 0.8 j
18 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
S B (Power delivered by generator B) LM6 2 2.5 0OP
i M
2 10 2.5 4P
= Vt IB
1.68 (1.344 cos 2 1)
EE11. YBus =
MM2.5 2.5 9 4P
P
=
0.8
sin 2
0.8 N0 4 4 –8Q
Further This is 4 4 admittance matrix.
1.68
0.8
sin 2 = 0.50 0. LM Y11 Y12 Y13 Y14 OP
2 = 13.77 YBus = MMYY
21
31
Y22
Y32
Y23
Y33
Y24
Y34 PP
Q B =
j (1.344 cos 2 1) NY41 Y42 Y43 Y44 Q
0.8 where Y11 = Y10 + Y12 + Y13 + Y14 = – 6 j ...(i)
= 38.17 MVAr
Y22 = Y20 + Y22 + Y23 + Y24 = – 10 j ...(ii)
P B = 40 MW
Y33 = Y30 + Y32 + Y33 + Y34 = – 9 j ...(iii)
EE10. Given, Vi = 250 KV Y44 = Y40 + Y41 + Y42 + Y44 = – 8 j ...(iv)
Zc1 = 400 The off-jonal elements of YBUS are given by,
Zc2 = 80 Y12 = Y21 = –y12 = 2 j
Y13 = Y31 = –y13 = 2.5 j
Y14 = Y41 = –y14 = 0 j
Y23 = Y32 = –y23 = 2.5 j
Y24 = Y42 = –y24 = 4 j
Y34 = Y34 = 4 j
Now from equation (i),
(a) Voltage surge at C, y10 = y11 – y12 – y13 – y14
y10 = – 6 j + 2 j + 2.5 j + 0 j = – 1.5 j
2 Z c2
vt = . Vi
Z c1 Z c 2
2 80
= 250 KV = 83.34 KV
480
(b) Reflected voltage at A,
FZ Z c1 I
Vr = GH Z c2
c2 Z c1
JK . Vi
( 400 80)
= Vi
480
320
= – 250 KV = –166.67 KV
400
(c) Surge current in the cable BC, From equation (ii),
it = ii + ir = ii – ii y20 = y22 – y12 – y23 – y24
= – 10 j + 2 j + 2.5 j + 4 j
Z c2 Z c1 = – 1.5 j
where =
Z c2 Z c1 From equation (iii),
y30 = y33 – y31 – y32 – y34
Surge, current,
= – 9 j + 2.5 j + 2.5 j + 4 j
F1 Z Z I V = 0
it = GH Z Z JK Zc2
c2
c1
c1
i
c1
From equation (iv),
y40 = y44 – y41 – y42 – y43
FG1 320IJ . 25 = 1.04 KA = –8j+0+4j+4=0
=
H 480K 40 Hence draw the reactance diagram.
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 19
EE12. Applying equal area criterion to the case of Given Vf = 1 P.U.
critical angle, z1 = j0.25
o = 30 = 0.52 rad z2 = j 0.25
z
cr z0 = j0.15
Ia1
(Pm – Pmax II sin ) d (a)
o
Z1
z
max +
N – Ea
= (Pmax III sin – Pm) d ...(A) Ec – – E
cr +b
+
Pe Z1
Pl I, prefault Zfn Ib1
b
Pl III, postfault
c
Ic1
Ia2
Pm
Pl II, during fault
Z2
Va2
+ ve sequence network
o cr 2 = max
ZPB
F P I Ia1
where,max = – sin –1 GH P JK m
max III Z2
= – 0.729
= 2.41 rad. +
Integrating, equation (A)we get Z2 Z2 Zfn
Ib2
(Pm + PmaxII cos )| 0cr
bP max II g
cos Pm | crmax = 0 Ic2
I a1
Pm (cr – o) + Pmax II (cos cr– cos o )
+ Pm (max– cr) + PmaxIII (cos max –cos cr ) = 0
Z1
cos cr Va2
+
E
Pm ( max o ) Pmax II cos o Pmax III cos max – a
=
Pmax III Pmax II ZPB
Ia0
1 (2.41 0.52) 0.5. cos (0.52) (15
. ) cos (2.41)
= Z0
15. 0.5
= 0.35
cr = 1.21 radian.
Z0 Z0 Zin
EE13. Ib0
Ic0
Ia0
Z0
Va0
3Zn
20 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
(b) 10,000
EE15. Given, G(s) =
s ( s + 10) 2
+
Ea H(s) = 1
–
Va1
10,000
G (s) H (s) =
E1 S (S + 10) 2
F
10,000
Ia1 G (j) H (j) =
+ j ( j + 10) 2
Z2
(a) G (j) in decibels
Va1
= 20 log | G (j) H (j) | =20
– F 10,000
Ia2 = 20 log
{ | 20 j | | 10 20 j |2 }
+
Z0 Va0 10,000
= 20 log = 0 db.
10000
(b) First, gain cross over frequency, = 1
3Zn
– should be calculated.
By definition,
As, | G ( j) H ( j) | 1 = 1
1 10,000
I a0 I a1 Ia = 1
3 | j 1 | 10 j 1 |2
(c) Fault current, 10,000 = 1 (12 + 100)
3 Vf
Gives 1 = 20 rad/sec.
Ia = 3Ia1 = ( z z z ) 3z
1 2 0 n Now, phase margin,
3 = G (j) H (j) | = + 180
=
(0.25 j 0.25 j 015
. j ) j 015
1
. 1
1
3 = 90 2 tan 180
= = – 3.75 j 10
0.80 j = – 36.86
2 ( c ) For, gain margin, first calculate phase-cross
EE14. (a) C1 (PG1) = 0.06 PG + 8 PG + 350
1 1
over frequency, = 2.
C2 (PG ) = 0.009 P 2 + 7 PG + 900 As per definition,
2 G2 2
Now, incremental fuel cost of both the G ( j) H ( j) | 2 180
generators are
dC1 2
1 = = 0.018 PG + 8 – 90 – 2 . tan–1 = – 180
dPG1 2 10
2
and, 2 =
dC 2
= 0.018 PG 2 7 tan 1 = 45
dPG 2 10
or 2 = 10 rad/sec.
For optimal operation,
1 = 2
Now, Gain margin, GM = – 20 log a
0.012 PG 1 1 = 0.018 PG 2 ....(i)
where a = G ( j) H ( j) 2
Given, PD = PG1 PG 2 = 600
10,000
GM = 20 log ( 2 100)
From equation (i), we have
0.012 PG 1 1 = 0.018 (600 PG 1 ) 2 2
10 ,000
0.03 PG 1 = 9.8 = 20 log = –13.97 dB
10, 200
PG1 = 326.67 MW
(d) Since gain margin is negative, so system is
And PG 2 = 273.33 MW
unstable
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 21
EE16. Given, s3 + 2s2 + ks + K = 0 .....(i) 5 j 7
It gives, s1,2= = – 1.25 0.67j
Dividing characteristics equation by the terms 4
that do not contain K, we get open-loop Both the values of s does not satisfies the angle
transfer function, criterion at this value. So there is no finite
K ( s 1) breakaway point.
G (s) H (s) = 2 .
s ( s 2) The root locus is drawn below.
180 (2q 1)
(angle of asymptotes) =
nm
where, n number of poles 3
m number of zeroes 1
then, = 90, 270
n m
P j Zi
j 1 i 1 –2 –1 –0.5
Centroid (– A) =
nm
201
= = – 0.5
2
For the break away points,
dK ( s 1) (3s 2 4 s) s 2 ( s 2)
=0 = =0 From the root locus, one can inferred that there
ds ( s 1) 2
is no imaginary-axis crossing.
EE17.
From, the given circuit, the required expressions are,
D Qn 1
D3 = Q 3 Q 2 Q1 0 0
1 1
D2 = Q3
D1 = Q2 .
D0 = Q1.
Following table shows the count sequence,
Count Counter State Flip flop inputs
N Q0 Q1 Q2 Q3 D0 D1 D2 D3
0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
1 1 1 1 0 1 1 0 0
2 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
3 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
4 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
5 0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0
6 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
7 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
8 0 0 0 1 0 0 1 0
9 0 0 1 0
22 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
From the table it can be inferred that, counter states at N = 4 and N = 8 are the same. Hence it is
mod-4 counter.
The waveform is drawn below.
D3 Q3 D2 Q2 D1 Q1 D0 Q0
CLK
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
0
Q0
Q1
11
0111 1110 1100 1000 0001 0010 0010 1000 0001
EE18. V0 FG1 IJ = 1 V
–
From equation (ii),
4
1
H2 K 2
1
or 3V0 = (2 V1 ) 4 .....(iii)
– –
3V1 1 V
– From equation (i), = 0
4 4 8
V0 = 2 (3V1 + 1) .....(iv)
From equations (iii) and (iv), we get
20
V0 = volts
7
V0
The voltage at point (1) is and at poin. (3) EE19. The equivalent circuit of the given circuit is
4 shown below.
is – 1 V VC C
Assume at point (2) it be V1
Then apply KCL at point (2),
V0
V1 1 V1 4
=0 .....(i) 25k
4 2
V0 V0
1 V1
At node (1), 4 4 =0 .....(ii)
1 2
Fig. Gain Circuit
SOLVED PAPER – 2001 23
Given, IC = 1 mA, 0 = hfe = 200. 1 R E R B rb e
fL = .
IC 1 2 R E C E ( R B rb e )
Then, gm = V = .
T 26 1 . 25 5.2) 103
(01
and, gm rbe = hfe CE = . = 0.16 F..
2 01
. 10 (30.2) 103
200
rbe = = 5.2 k
1 / 26 EE20. Applying KCL at inverting node,
Since rbb= 0, rce = r0 R2
The circuit reduces to shown below,
R1
Vi –
VO
+
e
0 Vi 0 V0
= 0
1 R2
R1
sC
From the circuit, it can be inferred, V0 sC R 2
Vbe = Vbe =
Vi 1 s R 1C
jR 2 C
= . This is High-pass filter..
(1 jR1C)
V0 1 R 2 C
Now, = = ...(i)
Vi 2 1 2 R 12 C 2
V0 R
Given 2 ...(ii)
Vi = R1 = 10
R1 = 100 k ...(iii)
Now, V0 = –gmVbeRC Then R2 = 1000 k= 1 M.
Vi From equation (i),
And Vbe = . rb e
RE 6 3
R B rb e 1 106 (100 103 ) 2 C 2 = 2 10 C 10
jR E C E 1
1 + 106 1010 C2 = 2 1012 C2. 106
V0 gm R C rb e C = 7.08 10–10 F.
(a) Av(j) = V =
i RE
R B rb e EE21.
jR E C E 1 Th 1 IL
g m R C (1 jR E C E ) +
C_ Vc +
= Th 2
(R B rb e ) (1 jR E C E ) R E Vs = Vdc
100V – D2
Load V0
Now, mid-bind voltage gain when .
L –
gm R C rb e
= D1
R B rb e R E
Putting the values, we get Voltage-commutated chopper
1 The wave forms of current and voltage drawn
. 103 . (5.2 103 ) below for the given chopper.
26
Av = = – 6.6
25 103 5.2 103 0.1 103
(b) Lower cut-off frequency,
R E R B rb e IL
L = 2fL = R C (R r )
E E B be O t
24 SOLVED PAPER – 2001
(a) Now, given Kv (motor voltage constant)
Vc
= 2.5 V/rad/sec.
Turn-off time
+Vs then, Ea = Kv .
tc
where is the angular speed.
t
–Vs Also, EaIa = T for dc motor
mode I
where T is driving torque
mode II mode III Mode IV
Kv . Ia = T
VO +2V s T 140
Ia = = = 56 amp.
KV 2.5
+V s
Vs
(b) Now, apply KVL in the armature loop, we
t have
0
V0 E a
( i) Turn-off time, Ia = Ra
CVs 6 10 6 100 Ea = V0 – IaRa
tC = I = = 30 sec.
L 20 From equation(i)
(ii) Peak current through Th1,
2 . (250 2 )
C Ea = cos 60 20 (0.2)
iTh1 = I 0 Vs
L = 215.2 V.
Given iTh1 = 1.80 IL . = 36 amp.
Ea Ia 215.2 20
then, = =
C T 140
36 = 20 + 100 = 30.74 rad/sec.
L
C (c) rms value of fundamental component of
L= = 2.34 10 –4 Henry.. input current
0.16 2
(c) From the waveform, I or
Irms = 1
Maximum instances output voltage,
L1 R UO
2 M Sb – g sin 2 VP
1 2
V0 = 2Vs = 200 V.
N T 2 WQ
EE22. Averge value of output voltage, Given Ior = 56 amp, and = 60
2 Vm 56
V0 = cos ...(i) Irms = 1
= tiggering angle
L 1 RF I 1 1 UO
2 M SG J VP
2
N TH 3 K 2 2 WQ
where
Ia
39.60 39.6
Ra = 0.2 = = 1
FG 5 IJ
1
If
LM 2 1 OP 2 2
V0 Ea
N3 4Q H 12 K
= 61.34 amp.
SOLVED PAPER – 2000
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Time Allowed : 3 Hours Maximum Marks : 150
SECTION -A (Total Marks = 75)
EE1. This question consists of 25 (Twenty Five) 1.5. The type of power amplifier which exhibits
sub-question. Each sub-question carries ONE crossover distortion in its output is
mark. The answers to these sub-secti (a) Class A (b) Class B
ons MUST be written only in the appropriate
boxes corresponding to the questions in the (c) Class AB (d) Class C
first page of the answer book. 1.6. The feedback factor for the circuit shown in
(25 1 = 25) below
1.1. An electron with velocity u is placed in an 1000
–
electric field E and magnetic field B. The force
experienced by the electron is given by +
+
(a) – eE
VS
(b) – eu B – 90
10 1K
(c) – e(u E + B)
(d) – e(E + u B)
(a) 9/100 (b) 9/10
1.2. A voltage waveform V(t) = 12t2 is applied across (c) 1/9 (d) 1/10
a 1H inductor for t 0, with initial current
1.7. A 3-phase, 4-pole squirrel cage induction motor
through it being zero. The current through
has 36 stator and 28 rotor slots. The number
the inductor for t 0 is given by :
of phases in the rotor is
(a) 12t (b) 24t
(a) 3 (b) 9
(c) 12t3 (d) 4t3 (c) 7 (d) 8
1.3. The circuit shown in below uses an ideal opamp 1.8. The compensating winding in a dc machine
working with +5V and – 5V power supplies.
(a) is located in armature slots for
The output voltage V0 is equal to
compensation of the armature reaction
1K
(b) is located on commutating poles for
improving the commutation
5V (c) is located on pole shoes for avoiding the
–
1mA V0 flashover at the commutator surface
+
–5V (d) is located on pole shoes to avoid the
sparking at the brushes.
(a) + 5V (b) – 5V 1.9. In a constant voltage transformer (CVT), the
output voltage remains constant due to
(c) + 1V (d) – 1V
(a) capacitor
1.4. Which one of the following is not a vectored
(b) input inductor
interrupt ?
(c) saturation
(a) TRAP (b) INTR
(d) tapped windings
(c) RST7.5 (d) RST3
2 SOLVED PAPER – 2000
1 .10. The phase sequence of a three-phase alternator The considerations which constitute advantages
will reverse if of HVDC transmission are
(a) the field current is reversed keeping the (a) all of the above (b) (i) and (iii)
direction of rotation same (c) (iii) and (iv) (d) (ii) and (iv).
(b) the field current remains the same but the
1.16. In a 3-step distance protection, the reach of
direction of rotation is reversed
the three zones of the relay at the beginning
(c) the field current is reversed and the of the first line typically extends upto
number of poles is doubled (a) 100% of the first line, 50% of the second
(d) the number of poles is doubled without line and 20% of the third line
reversing the field current. (b) 80% of the first line, 50% of the second line
1.11. A 1.8. step, 4-phase stepper motor has a total and 20% of the third line
of 40 teeth on 8 poles of stator. The number of (c) 80% of the first line, 20% of second line
rotor teeth for this motor will be and 10% of the third line
(a) 40 (b) 50 (d) 50% of first line, 50% of second line and
(c) 100 (d) 80 20% of the third line.
1.12. In a thermal power plant, the feed water 1.17. A three phase semiconverter feeds the
coming to the economiser is heated using armature of a separately excited dc motor,
supplying a non-zero torque. For steady state
(a) H.P. steam operation, the motor armature current is
(b) L.P. steam found to drop to zero at certain instances of
(c) direct heat in the furnace time. At such instances, the votage assumes a
value that is
(d) flue gases.
(a) equal to the instantaneous value of the ac
1.13. For given base voltage and base volt-amperes, phase voltage
the per unit impedance value of an element (b) equal to the instantaneous value of the
is x. What will be the per unit impedance value motor back emf.
of this element when the voltage and
(c) arbitrary
volt-ampere bases are both doubled ?
(d) zero.
(a) 0.5x (b) 2x
(c) 4x (d) x 1.18. A thyristorised, three phase, fully controlled
converter feeds a dc load that draws a constant
1.14. In an inverse definite minimum time, current. Then the input ac line current to the
electromagnetic type over-current relay, the converter has
minimum time feature is achived because of
(a) an rms value equal to the dc load current
(a) saturation of the magnetic circuit
(b) an average value equal to the dc load current
(b) proper mechanical design
(c) a peak value equal to the dc load current
(c) appropriate time delay element
(d) a fundamental frequency component, whose
(d) electromagnetic damping. rms value is equal to the dc load current.
1.15. Out of the considerations (i) to (iv) listed below, 1.19. Triangular PWM control, when applied to a
(i) no distance limitation related to steady three phase, BJT based voltage source
state stability inverter, introduces
(ii) no reactive power requirement from the (a) low order harmonic voltages on the dc side
system at the two terminals (b) very high order harmonic voltages on the
(iii) no substantial effect on fault level of the dc side
two systems at the terminals inspite of the (c) low order harmonic voltages on the ac side
interconnection
(d) very high order harmonic voltage on the
(iv) no corona problems dc side.
SOLVED PAPER – 2000 3
1 .20. Instrument transformers are known to 1.25. A linear time-invariant system initially at rest,
introduce magnitude and phase errors in when subjected to a unit-step input, gives a
measurements. These are primarly due to response y(t) = te–t, t > 0. The transfer function
(a) improper conections on the primary side of the system is.
(b) measurement errors inherent in the meter
1 1
connected to the transformer secondary (a) (b)
( s 1)2 s( s 1) 2
(c) open and short circuit parameters of the
s 1
instrument transformers (c) (d)
( s 1)2 s(s 1)
(d) none of the above.
EE2. This question consists of 25 (Twenty Five)
1.21. An analogue electronic circuit that measures
sub-questions. Each sub-questions carries TWO
rms value of the input voltage by averaging
the square of the instantaneous voltage level, mark. The answers to these sub-questions
responds slowly to changes in the input signal MUST be written only in the appropriate boxes
due to corresponding to the questions in the second
(a) the “square” function built into the circuit page of the answer book. (25 2 = 50)
(b) the “square-root” function built into the 2.1. A two-port device is defined by the following
circuit pair of equations :
(c) the averaging function built into the circuit i1 = 2v1 + v2 and i2 = v1 + v2.
(d) none of the above.
Its impedance parameters (z11, z12, z21, z22)
1.22. Ratio of the rotor reactance X to the rotor are given by
resistance R for a two-phase servomotor
(a) (2, 1, 1, 1)
(a) is equal to that of a normal induction motor.
(b) (1, – 1, – 1, 2)
(b) is less than that of a normal induction
motor. (c) (1, 1, 1, 2)
(c) is greater than that of a normal induction (d) (2, – 1, – 1, 1)
motor.
2.2. The circuit shown in below is equivalent to a
(d) may be less or greater than that of a load of
normal induction motor. I 2
1.23. Feedback control systems are
+
(a) insensitive to both forward-and feedback- 4 2I
–
path parameter changes.
(b) less sensitive to feedback-path parameter
4 8
changes than to forward-path parameter (a) ohms (b) ohms
changes. 3 3
(c) less sensitive to forward-path parameter (c) 4 ohms (d) 2 ohms
changes than to feedback-path parameter 2.3. The impedance seen by the source in the circuit
changes.
in shown below
(d) equally sensitive to forward-and feed –j2
4 1:4
back- path parameter changes.
1.24. A unity feedback system has open-loop transfer +
ZL = 10 30
function G(s). The steady-state error is zero –
for
(a) step input and type-1G(s) (a) (0.54 + j0.313) ohms
(b) ramp input and type-1G(s) (b) (4– j2) ohms
(c) step input and type-0 G(s) (c) (4.54 – j1.69) ohms
(d) ramp input and type-0 G(s). (d) (4 + j2) ohms
4 SOLVED PAPER – 2000
2.4. The minimal product-of-sums function 2.8. A 3-phase delta/star transformer is supplied at
described by the K-map shown below. 6000V on the delta-connected side. The
terminal voltage on the secondary side when
supplying full load at 0.8 lagging power-factor
is 415 V. The equivalent resistance and
reactance drops for the transformer are
1% and 5% respectively. The turns ratio of the
transformer is
(a) AC (b) A+ C (a) 14 (b) 24
(c) A+ C (d) AC (c) 42 (d) 20
2.5. A diode whose terminal choracteristics are 2.9. A 240 V dc series motor takes 40A when giving
V F I its rated output at 1500 rpm. Its resistance is
GH JK
related as iD = Is V , where Is is the reverse
T
0.3 ohms. The value of resistance which must
be added to obtain rated torque at 1000 rpm is
saturation current and VT is the thermal
(a) 6 ohms (b) 5.7 ohms
voltage (= 25 mV), is biased at iD = 2 mA. Its
(c) 2.2 ohms (d) 1.9 ohms
dynamic resistance is.
2.10. The power input to a 415V, 50 Hz, 6 pole,
(a) 25 ohms
3-phase induction motor running at 975 rpm
(b) 12.5 ohms is 40 kW. The stator losses are 1 kW and
(c) 50 ohms friction and windage losses total 2 kW. The
(d) 100 ohms. efficiency of the motor is
(a) 92.5%
2.6. In the circuit of shown below the value of the
(b) 98%
base current IB will be
(c) 92%
5V
(d) 88%
5K
2.11. A single-phase, 2000 V alternator has armature
resistance and reactance of 0.8 ohms and
= 50 4.94 ohms respectively. The voltage regulation
IB +
of the alternator at 100A load at 0.8 leading
0.7V –
power-factor is
10k
(a) 7%
– 10V (b) – 11.62%
(a) 0.0 micro amperes (c) 14%
(b) 18.2 micro amperes (d) 0%
(c) 26.7 micro amperes 2.12. A permanent magnet dc commutator motor
(d) 40.0 micro amperes has a no load speed of 6000 rpm when
connected to a 120V dc supply. The armature
2.7. A dual-slope analog-to-digital converter uses resistance is 2.5 ohms and other losses may
an N-bit counter. When the input signal Va is be neglected. The speed of the motor with
being integrated, the counter is allowed to supply voltage of 60V developing a torque
count up to a value 0.5 Nm, is
(a) equal to 2N – 2 (a) 3000 rpm
(b) equal to 2N –1 (b) 2673 rpm
(c) proportional to Va (c) 2836 rpm
(d) inversely proportional to Va (d) 5346 rpm
SOLVED PAPER – 2000 5
2 .13. A transmission line has equal voltages at the 2.17. The severity of line-to-ground and three phase
two ends, maintained constant by two sources. faults at the terminals of an unloaded
A third source is to be provided to maintain synchronous generator is to be same. If the
constant voltage (equal to end voltages) at terminal voltage is 1.0 p.u. and z1 = z2 = j0.1
either the midpoint of the line or at 755 of p.u., z0 = j0.05 p.u. for the alternator, then
the distance from the sending end. Then the the required inductive reactance for neutral
maximum power transfer capabilities of the grounding is
line in the original case and the other two
(a) 0.0166 p.u.
cases respectively will be in the following
ratios. (b) 0.05 p.u.
(a) 1 : 1 : 1 (c) 0.1 p.u.
(b) 1 : 2 : 1/0.75 (d) 0.15 p.u.
(c) 1 : 2 : 4 2.18. A three phase voltage source inverter supplies
(d) 1 : 4 : 16 a purely inductive three phase load. Upon
Fourier analysis, the output voltage waveform
2.14. The plug setting of a negative sequence relay is found to have an h-th order harmonic of
is 0.2 A. The current transformer ratio is 5 : 1. magnitude h times that of the fundamental
The minimum value of line to line fault current frequency component ( h < 1). The load
for the operation of the relay is
current would then have an h -th order
1 harmonic of magnitude
(a) 1A (b) A
1.732 (a) zero
0.2 (b) h times the fundamental frequency
(c) 1.732 A (d) A.. component
1.732
(c) h h times the fundamental frequency
2.15. The incremental cost characteristics of two
component
generators delivering 200 MW are as follows
(d) h / h times the fundamental frequency
dF1
= 2.0 + P1 component
dP1
2.19. A step down chopper operates from a dc voltage
dF2 source Vs, and feeds a dc motor armature with
= 1.6 + 0.02P2
d P2 a back emf Eb. From oscilloscope traces, it is
For economic operation, the generations P1 found that the current increases for time tr,
falls to zero over time t1, and remains zero for
and P2 should be
time t0, in every chopping cycle. Then the
(a) P1 = P2 = 100 MW
average dc voltage across the freewheeling
(b) P1 = 80MW, P2 = 120 MW diode is
(c) P1 = 200MW, P2 = 0 MW Vstr
(a)
(tr tf t0 )
(d) P1 = 120 MW, P2 = 80 MW
2.16. The corona loss on a particular system at 50Hz ( Vstr Ebtf )
(b)
is 1 kW/km per phase. The corona loss at (tr tf t0 )
60 Hz would be
( Vstr Ebt0 )
(a) 1 kW/km per phase (c)
(tr tf t0 )
(b) 0.83 kW/km per phase
(c) 1.2 kW/km per phase Vstr Eb [tf t0 ]
(d)
(d) 1.13 kW/km per phase (tr tf t0 )
6 SOLVED PAPER – 2000
2 .20. A three phase, wound rotor induction motor is 2.25. Maximum phase-lead of the compensator
to be operated with slip energy recovery in
(0.5s + 1)
the constant torque mode, when it delivers an D(s) = , is
(0.05s + 1)
output power P0 at slip s. Then theoretically,
the maximum power that is available for (a) 52 deg at 4 rad/sec
recovery at the rotor terminals, is equal to (b) 52 deg at 10 rad/sec
(a) P0 (b) P0.s (c) 55 deg at 12 rad/sec
(d) None of the answers is correct
P0 P0 .S
(c) (d)
(1 s) (1 s) SECTION -B (Total Marks = 75)
2.21. The two wattmeter method is used to measure This section consists of Twenty questions of Five
active power on a three phase, three wire marks each. ANY FIFTEEN out of them have to be
system. If the phase voltage is unbalanced, then answered. If more number of questions are
the power reading is attempted, score off the answers not to be evaluated,
else, only the first fifteen unscored answers will be
(a) affected by both negative sequence and zero
considered.
sequence voltages
(b) affected by negative sequence voltages but EE3 Predict the current I in Fig. P3 in response to
not by zero sequence voltages a 1voltage of 200 V The impedance values
are given in ohms. Use thevenin’s theorem.
(c) affected by zero sequence voltages but not
by negative sequence voltages b
(d) not affected by negative or zero sequence j40 – j20
voltages. o c
20 0
2.22. If an ac voltage wave is corrupted with an 40 – j20
arbitrary number of harmonics, then the
d
overall voltage waveform differs from its
fundamental frequency component in terms EE4 (a) Show via the construction of a suitable
of Gaussian surface, that the capacitance of a
(a) only the peak values spherical capacitor consisting of two concentric
(b) only the rms values shells of radii a and b is given by
(c) only the average values ab
C = 40 ( )
(d) all the three measures (peak, rms, and b a
average values).
where 0 is the free space permittivity.7
2.23. The characteristic equation of a feedback
(b) A current I in the short conducting element
control system is
shown in Fig. P4 produces a flux density B1 at
2s4 + s3 + 3s2 + 5s + 10 = 0 point 1. Determine the magnitude and the
The number of roots in the right half of s-plane direction of the flux density vector at point 2.
are
2
(a) zero (b) 1
(c) 2 (d) 3
d
2.24. A unity feedback system has open-loop transfer
I
function G( s) = {25/[ s( s + 6)]}. The peak
overshoot in the step-input response of the d
system is approximately equal to d/2
(a) 5% (b) 10%
1 B1
(c) 15% (d) 20%
SOLVED PAPER – 2000 7
EE5. A currrent amplifier has an input resistance voltage and 6% drop in frequency. Assume that
of 10, an output resistance of 10k and a friction, windage and stray power losses
current gain of 1000. It is feed by a current remain constant.
source having a sorce resistance of 10k and
EE11. A 2300 V, 3-phase synchronous motor driving
its output is connected to a 10 load resistance.
a pump is provided with a line ammeter and a
Find the voltage gain and the power gain.
field rheostat. When the rheostat is adjusted
EE6. An active filter consisting of an op-amp, such that the ac line current is minimum, the
resistors R1, R2, R3 and two capacitors of value ammeter reads 8.8 A. What is the power being
C each, has a transfer function delivered to the pump, neglecting losses ? How
should the rheostat be adjusted so that the
s
motor operates at 0.8 leading power-factor?
(R 1 C)
T (s) = , How many kVARs is the motor supplying to
2s 1
s2 the system at this new power-factor ?
(R 3 C) (RR 3 C2 )
EE12. A 275 kV, 3-phase, 50 Hz, 400 km lossless line
where R = R1||R2.
has following parameters :
If R1 = 2k, R2 = 2/3 k, R3 = 200 k and
x = 0.05 ohms/km, line charging susceptance
C = 0.1 F, determine the centre frequency y = 3.0 micro-Siemens/km.
0, gain A0 and the Q of the filter.
(a) Calculate the receiving end voltage on open
EE7. The counter shown in Fig. P7 is initially in circuit using justifiable assumptions.
state Q2 = 0, Q1 = 1, Q0 = 0. With reference to (b) What load at the receiving end will result
the CLK input, draw waveforms for Q2, Q1, in a flat voltage profile on the line ?
Q0 and P for the next three CLK cycles. (c) If the flat voltage profile is to be achieved
at 1.2 times the loading in (b), what will be
the nature and quantum of uniformly
distributed compensation required ?
EE13. In a 3-bus system, Gauss load flow method is
to be used for finding the switched capacitor
EE8. In a single-phase, three-winding transformer, compensation required to maintain the voltage
the turns ratio for primary : secondary: tertiary at bus 2 equal to 1.0 p.u. The data for the
windings is 20 : 4 : 1. With the lagging currents system is as follows.
of 50 A at a power-factor of 0.6 in the tertiary
Line Data : Z12 = Z13 = Z31 = j0.1 p.u. Neglect
winding, find the primary current and power-
line charging.
factor.
Bus Data :
EE9. A belt driven dc shunt generator runs at 1500
Bus No. Bus Type Specifications
rpm delivering 10kW, at 220V busbars. The
belt breaks, following which the machine 1 Slack V1 = (1 + j0) p.u.
operates as a motor drawing 2 kW power. What 2 PV Load : P2 + jQ2
will be its speed as a motor ? The armature
and field resistances are 0.25 ohms and 55 = (0.4 + j0.2) p.u.
ohms respectively. Ignore armature reaction V2 (magnitude)
and assume the contact drop at each brush to
= 1.0 p.u.
be 1V.
3. PQ Load : P3 + jQ3
EE10. A 230 V, 20 hp, 60Hz, 6-pole, 3-phase induction
= 0.3 + j0.15) p.u.
motor driving a constant torque load at rated
frequency, rated voltage and rated horse-power, All data are on common base values.
has a speed of 1175 rpm and an efficiency of With the help of one iteration of load flow,
92.1%. Determine the new operating speed if explain how you will achieve the stated
a system disturbance causes 10% drop in objective.
8 SOLVED PAPER – 2000
EE14. For the configuration shown in below, the rises from Imin to Imax in the ON period Ton of
breaker connecting a large system to bus 2 is the chopper; and drops from Imax to Imin in
initially open. The system 3-phase fault level
the OFF period Toff of the same circuit. Both
at bus 3 under this condition is not known.
the rise and fall of the current may be assumed
After closing the system breaker, the 3-phase
to be approximately linear. What is the average
fault level at bus 1 was found to be 5.0 p.u.
power loss in the machine armature ?
What will be the new 3-phase fault level at
system bus 3 after the interconnection ? All EE18. For perfectly balanced operation a certain
per unit values are on common bases. Prefault three phase ac power electronic circuit
load currents are neglected and prefault generates odd harmonic currents of order five
voltages are assumed to be 1.0 p.u. at all buses. and seven in the three phases of the ac mains.
4 1 2 3
Identify which of these harmonics form a
positive-sequence system, and which form a
~ ~ negative-sequence system.
Gen System
Eg = 1.0p.u., XT = 0.2 p.u., XLine = 0.3p.u. EE19. A three phase load operates with balanced
Xd = 0.2p.u. voltages applied to its terminals, and draws
balanced currents. The potential coil of a
EE15. A synchronous generator, having a reactance moving coil wattmeter is connected from R to
of 0.15 p.u., is connected to an infinite bus Y terminals of the load. The current coil of the
through two identical parallel transmission meter is connected in series with phase B. By
lines having reactance of 0.3 p.u. each. In appropriate derivation, show that the quantity
steady state, the generator is delivering 1 p.u. indicated by this wattmeter is proportional to
power to the infinite bus. For a three phase the reactive power drawn by the load.
fault at the receiving end of one line, calculate
the rotor angle at the end of first time step of EE20. Open-loop transfer function of a unity-feedback
0.05 seconds. Assume the voltage behind system is
transient reactance for the generator as
estD
1.1 p.u. and infinite bus voltage as 1.0 p.u. Also G(s) = G1(s). e–rD =
s(s 1 )(s 2 )
indicate how the accelerating powers will be
evaluated for the next time step if the breaker Given :|G1(j)| 1 when = 0.466.
clears the fault
(i) at the end of an interval (a) Determine the phase margin when D = 0.
(ii) at the middle of an interval. (b) Comment in one sentence on the effect of
dead-time on the stability of the system.
EE16. A single phase voltage source of magnitude
(c) Determine the maximum value of dead-
Vs and frequency (rad/s) is connected to an
time D for the closed-loop system to be
inductance L through an antiparallel back-to-
stable.
back pair of thyristors. The forward and
reverse conducting thyristors are fired at an EE21. A unity feedback system has open-loop transfer
angle of /2 from the positive-going and function
negative-going zero crossings of the supply
voltage respectively, in each cycle. K(s 5)
G(s) = ; K0
Obtain an expression for the inductor current s(s 2)
in each cycle for a given value of . (a) Draw a rough sketch of the root locus plot;
The voltage drop across the thyristors, when given that the complex roots of the
either of them is in conduction, may be characteristic equation move along a circle.
assumed to be negligible.
(b) As K increases, does the system become
EE17. A dc motor with armature resistance Ra is fed less stable ? Justify your answer.
from a step down chopper in the continuous (c) Find the value of K(if it exists) so that the
mode, and operates at some known speed and damping of the complex closed loop poles
known excitation current. The motor current is 0.3.
SOLVED PAPER – 2000 9
EE22. Consider the state equation (b) Show that
x(t) = A x(t)
(sI – A)–1 = (s) =
LM
1 s 2 1 OP
LMe te
t t
te t OP N
D 1 s Q
Given :eAt =
MN te t
e tet
t
PQ = (s + 1)2
(a) Find a set of states x1(1) and x2 (1) such (c) From (s), find the matrix A.
that x1(2) = 2.
A NSWERS
SECTION – A
EE – 1
1.1 (a) 1.2 (d) 1.3 (d) 1.4 (d) 1.5 (b) 1.6 (d) 1.7 (a) 1.8 (c) 1.9 (d) 1.10 (b)
1.11 (b) 1.12 (d) 1.13 (a) 1.14 (a) 1.15 (b) 1.16 (c) 1.17 (b) 1.18 (c) 1.19 (d) 1.20 (c)
1.21 (c) 1.22 (b) 1.23 (c) 1.24 (a) 1.25 (a)
EE – 2
2.1 (b) 2.2 (b) 2.3 (c) 2.4 (b) 2.5 (b) 2.6 (b) 2.7 (d) 2.8(b) 2.9 (d) 2.10 (b)
2.11 (b) 2.12(b) 2.13 (a) 2.14 (c) 2.15 (d) 2.16 (d) 2.17 (a) 1.18 (d) 2.19 (c) 2.20 (b)
2.21 (d) 2.22 (d) 2.23 (c) 2.24 (b) 2.25 (d)
EXPLANATIONS
SECTION – A
EE – 1 1.15 Reactive power compensation is required at two
terminals.
1.1 Lorentz force
z
t
1 1.22 For obtaining high torque and linear
1.2 i= Vdt characteristics of servomotor is kept high.
L
0
z GH
t
= 12t = 4t3A 1.23 STG = – , GH >> 1
1 GH
0
= – 1 (Sensitivity with change in H)
1.3 V0 = – 10 –3 3
10 = – 1 V 1
SGT = (Sensitivity with change in G)
1 GH
10 1
1.6 Feedback factor =
1000 10 + G(s )
1.24
1.7 Number of phases are same as stator phases. R(s ) C(s )
–
360
1.11 T= ,
n H(s )
where n = number of phases,
= step angle. C( s) G (s)
T(s) = =
(KNA)new (KV) 2 old R( s) 1 G (s) H ( s)
1.13 Xnew = Xold
(KVA)old (KV) 2 new For H(s) = 1 [unity feedback system]
2 R( s) C( s) 1
= X. = 0.5 X E(s) = =
4 R( s) 1 G( s)
10 SOLVED PAPER – 2000
lt sE(s) 2.6 5V
steady-state error, Gss = s 0
IC
lt SR( s)
= s 0 1 G( s)
1 (s Z1 ) ( s Z2 ) IB
For, G(s) = [Type -1 system] +
s (s P1 ) (s P2 ) IE
0.7V–
1 10 k
and R(s) = [step function]
s –10V
s
Gs = lt = 0 [k is a constant] kvL around B–E Loop gives,
s0 1 k
IERE – 10 + VBE = 0
1.25 y (t) = te–t
(IB + BIB) RE = 9.3
1
y (s) = y(t) =
9.3
= 18.2 A
(s 1)2 IB =
10 k 51
Y( s) s
T (s) = = Phase voltage on primary side
R(s) (s 1)2 2.8 Turns ratio =
Phase voltage on secondary side
1
[R(s) = , unit- step function].
s 6000 3
= = 24 = I
EE – 2 415
2.1 i1 = 2v1 + v2 ...(A) 2.9 Ea1= Vt – Ia1r
i2 = v1 + v2 ...(B) Let R be the resistance to be added, then
Equation (A) – Equation (B) gives, Ea2= Vt – Ia2(r + R)
v1 = i1 – i2 ...(C) At rated output, Ia1 = Ia2
and Equation (B) 2 – Equation (A) gives, Ea1 Vt Ia1 r N
= = 1
v2 = 2i2 – i1 ...(D) E a2 Vt Ia2 (r R) N 2
Writing Equation (C), Equation (D) in matrix 240 40 0.3 1500
=
form, 240 40(0.3 R) 1000
v1 1 1 i1 R = 1.9
v = 1 2 i
2 2 2.10 Air-gap power, PG = Pin – Pstator-loss
40 – 1 = 39 kW
V V 2I
2.2 Applying KCL =I Cu loss, PCu = SPG = 39 kW 0.025
4 4
V 8 = 0.975 kW
= Poutput = PG – PCu – Pwf
I 3
2 = 39 – 0.975 – 2 = 36.025 kW
1
2.3 ZL = 10 30 Output
4 % efficiency () = 100
Input
= (0.54 + j0.31) 36.025
Total impedance = (4.54 – j 1.69) = 100 = 90%
40
AB 2.11 D
2.4 C 00 01 11 10
0 1 1 0 0
f =C+A E2 2 I2X2
1 0 0 0 0
I2
A
F
C I 2R 2
V 25 10 3 2 2
2.5 = = 12.5
i D 2 10 3 C V2 A B
0
SOLVED PAPER – 2000 11
E2 = V2 + I2R2 cos2 – I2X2 sin2 2.24 Damping ratio = 0.6, % overshoot
MP= er / 1 r 2 100 = 10%
Voltage regulation at leading power factor,
E V2
% Voltage Regulation = 2 100%
V2 2.25 Phase-agnles = D(j) = tan–1 (0.5) – tan–1(0.05 )
I R cos 2 I2 X 2 sin 2 will be maximum when
= 2 2 100
V2 d 0.5 0.05
=0=
100(0.8 0.8 4.94 0.6) d 1 (0.5) 2
1 (0.05)2
= 100
2000 10 + 10 (0.05 )2 = 1 + (0.5)2
= – 11.62%
9
2 = = 40
2.12 Eb = KN, 0.25 0.025
K = 1/50 V/rpm, = 6.32 rad/sec.
I a2 = 2.62 A and, = tan–1 (6.32 0.5) – tan–1 (0.05 6.32) = 55
Eb2 = 53.45 SECTION-B
53. 45
N= 6000 = 2673 rpm 40 j40
120 EE3. Zth = – j10 = 20 + j10
40 j40
2.15 For economic operation,
Vth = j10 V (b to a)
d F1 d F2
j10
d P1 = d P2 I= = 0.32 7156 A
20 j10 10
2 + 0.01 P1 = 1.6 + 0.02 P2
z
EE4. ( a ) From gauss’s law
z
– P1 + 2P2 = 40 ...(A)
and P1 + P2 = 2000 ...(B) D s . dS DS dS
Q= =
Equation (A) and (B) given, s Sph
zz
2
P1 = 120 MW, P2 = 80 MW.
= Ds r 2 sin d d
2.16 Corona loss (f + 25) 0 0
where f is frequency of the single q
or DS =
(Loss)1 f 25 75 4 r 2
= 1 = q
(Loss)2 f2 25 85 or E = 4 r 2 ar
(Loos)2 = 1.13 kW/km/phase 0
q
V V E= ,
2.17 = (given) 4 r 2
Z1 Z2 Z0 3Zn 3Z1
E = – V
Also Z1 = Z2
Z0 + 3Zn = Z1
or V=– z
line
E . dL
z
a
= j 0.1, Zn = 0.0167 p.u. Q Q(b a)
V = ar . drar
2.21 Power measured by two wattmeters is 4r 2 4ab
rb
independent of nature of waveform.
Q 4 0 ab
2.23 Constructing routh- array, we get C= (If dielectric is air)
V b a
54 2 3 10 EE4. (b )
d
53 1 5 0
0 r2 r1
2
. a y
52 7 10 2
51 45 10
y
d
7 7
I
0 520 0
5
d x
45
As, there are no. of sign change is the first row d /2
z
is 2, therefore no. of roots in Rh-splane is two. 1
12 SOLVED PAPER – 2000
0 I dl r1 V0
At point (1), B1 = Av = = 999
4 r12 Vi
d Ai = 998
0 I dl( ax ) ( a y )
= 2 Power gain = Av . Ai
4 (d / 2)2 = 997 103
0 Idl(d / 2) EE6.
= . a2
2
d
C1 R3
0 I dl R1
B1 = 2 d . az –
+ C2 +
At point (2), r2 = d (ax a y ) R2 +
Vs V0
0 I dl r2 –
B2 = –
4 r22
S
0 I dl ( ax ) d (ax a y )
B2 = V0 R1 C1
T (s) = = . ..(A)
4 ( d 2 d 2 )2 Vs s2 C1 C2 1
0 I dl ( az ).d R3 C1 C2 R R 3 C1 C2
=
4 .2d 2 Hence, C1 = C2 = C = 0.1F
0 I dl 2k 1
=( a2 ) R = R = R1 R2 = 2k = k
8d 3 2
Using equation (A), we get 0
Q A0 s
B1
AV (s) = . . .(B)
B2 = – Ans.
8 s2 0 s 20
Q
(c) New loading, Zc = Zc 1.2
Comparing equation (A) with equation (B), we
=129 1.2 = 155W.
get
Constant B = Z =155j = B + x ( 0.05 400j) x is
Q
the factor of compensation – R1C1 = . . .(C)
0 A0
155j = B + 20j x = 129j + 20j x
C1 C2 Q Q R C
155 129 R3 = or = 3 . . .(D)
x = = 1.3 C1 C2 0 0 2
20
1 1
Hence, compensation should be inductive and and RR3C1C2 = = RR3C2 . . .(E)
it should be increased by series compensation 02 02
factor of 130%. 1
1 k 200 k . 0.1 1012
2
EE5. =
02 2
Ib
0 = 10 rad/sec
0 R 3 C
10K 10 bIb 10K 10 V0
From (D), Q=
I 2
10 2000 103 0.1
= = 105
2
Current Amplifier
Q 1
From (C), A0 = .
Vi = IbRi = 10 Ib V 0 R1 C1
I b R 0 R L 1000 10 10 3 10 105 1
V0 = = 999 Ib V = = 5 107
(R 0 R L ) (10 10 3 10) 10 0.2 103
SOLVED PAPER – 2000 13
4 As constant torque is being delivered,
EE8. I2 = 50 –36.87 = (8 – 6j)
20 T = T
A (ref. to primary side) 1 3 V12 1 s. 3 (0.9 V1 )2 1
. . = .
1 48 s r2 0.94 s r2
I3 = 60 – 53.13 = (1.8 – j2 .4) A
20
0.94
(ref. to primary side) s= = 0.0242
0.81 48
Total primary current I1 = I 2 I 3 and, New motor speed, n = (1–s)ns
= 8 – j6 + 1.8 – j2.4 = 12.90 – 40.60 A = (1 – 0.0242) 1200
12.90 A at 0.76 (lag) P.F.
= 1100.7 rpm.
EE9. For generating
EE11. V = 2300 V, 3 phases
10,000
IL = = 45.45 A, At minimum line current power factor will be
220
unity.
220
If = =4A Power delivered = 3 Vt Ia cos
55
Armature current, Ia = 49.45 A Power delivered = 3 2300 8.8 1 = 35.05 kW
Back emf, Eb1 = 220 + 49.45 . 0.25 + 2 . 1 For operating motor at 0.8 leading power factor,
= 234.36 V excitation should be increased or field resist-
For motoring operation ance should be reduced, when exicitation
changes, active power remains same so
2000
IL = Ia
220 I a =
= 9.09 A, cos
If = 4A kVAR supplied = 3 Vt I a sin
Armature current, Ia = 9.09 – 4 = 5.09 A 3 2300 11 0.6
kVAR supplied = = 26.30
Eb2 = 220 – 5.09 . 0.25 – 2 . 1 = 216.72 V 1000
Eb1 N1 uz P EE12.
= Eb 60 A .
E b2 N2
(a) Since line is loss less so R = 0
216.72
N2 = 1500 using nomial -method
234.36
j 20
= 1387 rpm
120 f 120 60
EE10. Synchronous speed, ns = =
P 6 VS VR (Receiving end)
=1200 rpm. +j0.6 × 10–3 S j0.6 × 10–3 S
1200 1175 1
Ship s1 = =
1200 48
X = 0.05 . 400 = 20
3 V12 1 3 V12 1
Rated torque, T = s1 = . . Y = 1.2 . 10–3 siemens
s r2 48 s r2
where, n2 is the rotor resistance 275 ( j1667)
VR =
Now, when frequency drops by 6% and voltage j1647
by 10% then = 278.34 kV
s = 0.94 s and V1 = 0.9 V1 (b) For flat voltage profile load will be
and Rated torque,
L X 0.05
3 (0.9 V1 ) 2 1 z= = 129
T = s. . C Y 3.0 10 6
0.94 s r2
14 SOLVED PAPER – 2000
y12 y13 y12 y13 EV
EE15. P= sin
X
EE13. YBUS = y21 y21 y 23 y23
y31 y32 y31 y32 X = j0.15 + j0.15
= j0.30 p.u.
j20 j10 j10 E = 1.1 p.u.
= j10 j20 j10 V = 1.0 p.u.
j10 j10 j20 0.3 1
sin 0 =
Assuming flat voltage start i.e. . 1
11
V2 = 1.0 + j0 = 1 0 = 0.2727
Q2 = j0.2 p.u. (given) or 0 = 15.82
V2 =
LM
1 P2 jQ 2
y 2 v1 y 23 v 30
OP Assuming inertia constant (H) = 1 p.u.
GH
N
y 22 ( V20 ) * Q M=
f
= 1.1 10–4 p.u.
1 0.4 j0.2 1.0 0.0
j10 j10
j20
= Pa(0 +) = = 0.5
1 2
= (1.01 + j0.02) p.u. 0.5
(0 +) =
. 10 4
V3 =
LM
1 P3 jQ 3
y 31 V1 y 32 V' 2
OP 111
= 4504 deg/sec2
N
y 33 ( V30 ) * Q
1 = (t)2 (0 +)
1 0.3 j015
.
= j10 j10 (1.01 j0.02) = (0.05)2 4504 = 1.26 deg.
j20 1 j0
Then, Rotar angle 1 = 0 + 1
= 1.0125 + j0.025 p.u.
= 15.82 + 11.26 = 27 deg.
Since voltage at bus 2 after one iteration is more
than 1 p.u. so capacitive reactance is to be When breaker clears the fault :
reduced. (i) at the end of an interval : A weighted average
value of accelerating power before and after
EE14. Line diagram
faults are used.
Equivalent reactance at bus (1)
(ii) at the middle of an interval : Accelerating power
XI = 0.2 p.u. 1 Xt = 0.3 p.u. 2 3 is taken as the value at the beginning of the
interval i.e.
Xg = 0.2p.u. X
Pa = Ps – output during the fault (Ps is shaft power)
1 p.u.
A
1 p.u. EE16. VL =
1
2 z2
0
2Vs2 sin 2 ( wt) d( wt)
zeq = (Xg + XT) ||(Xe + X)
0.04X
=
VS
z0
2
sin 2 ( wt) d( wt) z3 2
sin 2 ( wt) d ( wt)
=
0. 4 X'
given 3- fault level = 5, so
; X = Xt + X
Th1
z
2
sin 2 (wt) d (wt)
1.0(0. 4 X' )
=5
0. 4X'
X = 0.4 p.u.
X = 0.4 – 0.3 Th2 IL
= 0.1 p.u. +
Now fault level at (3) after interconnection 2 Vs sin t
–
1.0 1.0
= L
( X g X T X l )||X ( 0.2 0.2 0.3)||0.1
= 11.43 p.u.
SOLVED PAPER – 2000 15
integrating and solving EE19. Let phase sequence be RYB and system is star
VS
connected.
3 2 sin 2
2 VL = Voltage across potential coil (PC) = VRY 30
Current through inductor Current through current coil (CC) = IB 120 –
IL =
1
L z0
T
VL dt ;
where is load power factor (lagging)
VRY VR
T = Time over one cycle
VL 2
= 30°
L
120°
= VS 2 3 2 sin 2 IB
(I max I min ) t
EE17. i = + Imax t TON VB VY
TON
(I min I max ) t Power measured a voltage across PC current
i= + Imax + TON + TOFF t > TON through CC cosine of phase difference
TOFF
between two.
i
Imax VRY IB cos (90 – )
VRY IB sin
i.e. proportional to reactive power.
EE20.
I min
TON TOFF (a) Phase margin :
t = 180 – tan–1 – tan–1 0.5 – 90
Average power =
1
TON TOFF z 0
TON TOFF
i 2 Rdt ..(i)
= 180 – tan–1 (0.466) – tan–1 (0.233) – 90
= 51.9
LM
z R|S|TFGH IJ U|
TON 2
Ra I max I min 2 (b) As dead time increases, system’s phase margin
=
MN K t 2 I min
2
( I max I min )I min t dt V|
0
TON TON
W and gain margin decrease, hence system become
less stable.
R|F I U| OP
z IJ
2
I max 2
+ S|GH min
K t 2 I max
2
( I min I max )I max t dtV| PQ (c) Maximum value of dead time D for the closed
TON T TON TOFF
W loop system to be stable at zero phase margin, so
Solving and simplyfing above equation w D 180
51.9 – = 0. JD = 0.90
Average Power = Ra
LM (I max I min ) 2
I max I min W
OP
N 3 Q D =
0.90
0.466
EE18. Phase difference for 5th order harmonic is 0, = 1.94 sec.
240, 120 EE21.
(i.e. 5 . 0 = 0, 5 120 – 360 = 240, 5 240 K(S 5)
( a ) G(s) = ;K0
– 3 360 = 120) S(S 2)
so this form negative sequence system. (i) Open loop poles s = 0, – 2,
Phase difference for 7th order harmonci is 0, open loop zero s = – 5
120, 240 (ii) Breakaway points
(i.e. 7 0 = 0, 7 120 – 2 360 = 120, 7 240 dK
=0
– 4 360 = 240) so this form positive sequence dS
system. S = – 1.125, – 8.87
16 SOLVED PAPER – 2000
and applying rules, root locus plot is obtained Substituting t = 1, 2 in equation (1) and t = 1 in
as follows : equation (2) and simplying, we get
2X1 (1) + X2(1) = 2e
Imaginary Axis
(b ) Taking laplace transform of the given relation
1 1 1
S 1
1 S 1
2 2
–8 –5 –2 –1 0 Real Axis S
(SI – A) =(s) =
–1
–1 1 1
S 1
2
S 1 S 12
LM
1 S2 1 OP
; = (S + 1)2
(b ) No, because as K increases closed loop poles
move away from in left half-part.
=
N
1 S Q
( c ) For = 0.3, value of K comes out a complex (c ) (SI – A)–1 = (s)
number, so it doesn’t exist.
or (SI – A) = –1 (s) =
LMS 1 OP
EE22. N1 S2 Q
(a) X(t) = eAt X(0)
S 0 S 1 0 1
where X(0) initial value of states A = .
0 S 1 S 2 1 2
X1(t) = (e–t + te–t) X1 (0) + te–t X2(0) . . .(1)
–t –t –t
X2(t) = (– te ) X1(0) + (e – te ) X2(0) . . .(2)
You might also like
- Gate 2023 Physics Solved Papers 2000 2022 9789356810044 - CompressNo ratings yetGate 2023 Physics Solved Papers 2000 2022 9789356810044 - Compress418 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering: Cleanup GuidelineNo ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering: Cleanup Guideline3 pages
- Cracking GATE: A Comprehensive Guide To SuccessNo ratings yetCracking GATE: A Comprehensive Guide To Success262 pages
- Understanding The GATE Exam and Why Your Preparation MattersNo ratings yetUnderstanding The GATE Exam and Why Your Preparation Matters3 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering - WikipediaNo ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering - Wikipedia23 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE)No ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering (GATE)2 pages
- Chairman's Message: Dear GATE 2017 CandidatesNo ratings yetChairman's Message: Dear GATE 2017 Candidates1 page
- R R Institute of Technology: GATE: To A Rewarding Career''No ratings yetR R Institute of Technology: GATE: To A Rewarding Career''28 pages
- GATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in EngineeringNo ratings yetGATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering16 pages
- GATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in EngineeringNo ratings yetGATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering16 pages
- GATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in EngineeringNo ratings yetGATE 2012: Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering16 pages
- Graduate Aptitude Test in Engineering EntranceNo ratings yetGraduate Aptitude Test in Engineering Entrance12 pages
- Gate Metallurgical Engineering Solved Papers by Frank100% (1)Gate Metallurgical Engineering Solved Papers by Frank10 pages
- GATE Exam Guide for Engineering StudentsNo ratings yetGATE Exam Guide for Engineering Students11 pages
- Solenoid Valve 2/2 Way N.O. Direct Acting - Dampness-Proof IP 67No ratings yetSolenoid Valve 2/2 Way N.O. Direct Acting - Dampness-Proof IP 672 pages
- B - Précontrainte - Prestressing C & F - ENNo ratings yetB - Précontrainte - Prestressing C & F - EN36 pages
- TENARIS Pipes-For-Civil-Industrial-InstallationNo ratings yetTENARIS Pipes-For-Civil-Industrial-Installation28 pages
- Lecture11 - 18374 - Zero Lecture CIV438No ratings yetLecture11 - 18374 - Zero Lecture CIV43852 pages
- Recent Advances and Application of Machine Learning in Food Flavor Prediction and RegulationNo ratings yetRecent Advances and Application of Machine Learning in Food Flavor Prediction and Regulation14 pages
- A Coding Style Guide For Java WorkShop and Java Studio Programming - Achut ReddyNo ratings yetA Coding Style Guide For Java WorkShop and Java Studio Programming - Achut Reddy35 pages
- Dokumen - Tips Basic Flowsheeting Principles Thermart Himmelblau D M and Riggs J B 2003 BasicNo ratings yetDokumen - Tips Basic Flowsheeting Principles Thermart Himmelblau D M and Riggs J B 2003 Basic111 pages
- Razavi Monolithic Phase-Locked Loops and Clock Recovery CircuitsNo ratings yetRazavi Monolithic Phase-Locked Loops and Clock Recovery Circuits39 pages
- Es 103 - Module 4 - Shearing DeformationNo ratings yetEs 103 - Module 4 - Shearing Deformation21 pages